Forage Plato · Laws
Plato

Laws

Νόμοι

The Laws is Plato’s last and longest work. Three old men — an unnamed Athenian, Clinias of Crete and Megillus of Sparta — walk on a summer’s day from Knossos toward the cave of Zeus, and pass the time by discussing laws. Clinias reveals that he is helping to found a new colony, and the conversation turns into the design of a whole city, Magnesia, down to its religion, education, marriage, property, crime and punishment.

Where the Republic imagines rule by philosopher-kings, the Laws settles for the “second-best” city, governed by written law. Its ideas — laws that begin with persuasive preambles, a mixed constitution, education through song and dance, and a proof of the gods’ existence in Book X — shaped political thought from Aristotle to the American founders.

Greek text: John Burnet, Platonis Opera, vol. 5 (Oxford), via the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. English: translated from the Greek with AI (Claude), then edited for accuracy and consistency. Not reviewed by a human specialist. Free to reuse under CC BY-SA 4.0. Margin numbers are the standard Stephanus references.
ListenRead by a cast of 4 · AI voices · 14 hr 0 min
Chapters

    Athenian Julian · Clinias Oliver · Megillus Clyde · Narrator Christopher

    MP3 of this part (32 MB)

    Download

    About Plato

    Plato (about 428–348 BC) was an Athenian philosopher, a follower of Socrates, and the founder of the Academy, a school in Athens. His dialogues, most with Socrates as the main speaker, are among the founding texts of Western philosophy.

    Who’s who

    The Athenian
    An unnamed elderly visitor from Athens who leads the conversation and proposes most of the laws.
    Clinias
    An elderly Cretan from Knossos, helping to found a new colony, who is eager to use the discussion.
    Megillus
    An elderly Spartan who speaks rarely and briefly, often in defense of Spartan customs.
    Minos
    The legendary king of Crete, said to have received his laws from his father Zeus.
    Lycurgus
    The legendary lawgiver of Sparta.
    Tyrtaeus
    A Spartan war poet whose praise of courage in battle the Athenian questions in Book I.
    Epimenides
    A Cretan seer and relative of Clinias, said to have visited Athens ten years before the Persian Wars.
    Homer
    The epic poet, quoted on Minos and on the early, scattered way of life after the flood.
    Cyrus
    The founder of the Persian empire, praised as a general but said to have neglected his sons’ education.
    Cambyses
    Cyrus’ son, whose poor upbringing the Athenian blames for the loss of the empire.
    Darius
    The Persian king who restored the empire, not having been raised as a king’s son.

    Key terms

    lawgiver νομοθέτης nomothetēs
    The person who frames a city’s laws. The speakers ask what a wise lawgiver should aim at, and plan laws for a new city.
    preamble προοίμιον prooimion
    A persuasive introduction placed before a law. Plato’s idea is that laws should persuade citizens before they compel them with penalties.
    constitution πολιτεία politeia
    A city’s form of government and way of life. The Athenian favors one that mixes monarchy and democracy.
    virtue ἀρετή aretē
    Human goodness as a whole. The Athenian argues that laws should aim at all of virtue, not only courage in war.
    moderation σωφροσύνη sōphrosynē
    Self-control over pleasures and desires; one of the four parts of virtue, which the book ranks above courage.
    courage ἀνδρεία andreia
    Firmness against fear, and also against pleasure. The Athenian ranks it the lowest of the four parts of virtue.
    wisdom φρόνησις phronēsis
    Practical understanding of what is good; the leading part of virtue, which the other parts should follow.
    common meals συσσίτια syssitia
    Shared daily meals for citizens, a Cretan and Spartan practice that the new city keeps.
    education παιδεία paideia
    The training of children, through song, dance and gymnastics, to love what is good and hate what is bad.
    choral performance χορεία choreia
    Song and dance performed together by a chorus; for the Athenian, the core of early education.
    puppet θαῦμα thauma
    The Athenian’s image of a human being as a puppet of the gods, pulled by pleasure, pain and the golden leading-string of calculation.
    allotment κλῆρος klēros
    A citizen household’s fixed share of land. The new city has 5,040 of them, which may not be sold or divided.
    guardians of the laws νομοφύλακες nomophylakes
    Thirty-seven elected officials who watch over the laws and supervise much of the city’s business.
    auditors εὐθύνους euthynous
    Officials who review the conduct of every magistrate at the end of a term of office.
    the Nocturnal Council νυκτερινὸν σύλλογον nykterinon syllogon
    A council of senior officials and younger members that meets before dawn to study virtue and preserve the laws.
    impiety ἀσέβεια asebeia
    Wrongdoing toward the gods. Book X treats it as a crime and first argues that the gods exist and care for humans.
    GreekEnglish

    Book I

    Is war the aim of law? Drinking parties as a test of virtue.

    Athenianθεὸς ἤ τις ἀνθρώπων ὑμῖν, ὦ ξένοι, εἴληφε τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς τῶν νόμων διαθέσεως;

    AthenianTell me, strangers: is it a god or some human being who gets the credit among you for establishing your laws?

    The Laws opens on Crete, as three old men walk from Knossos toward the cave of Zeus on Mount Ida, where the god was said to have been raised.

    Cliniasθεός, ὦ ξένε, θεός, ὥς γε τὸ δικαιότατον εἰπεῖν· παρὰ μὲν ἡμῖν Ζεύς, παρὰ δὲ Λακεδαιμονίοις, ὅθεν ὅδε ἐστίν, οἶμαι φάναι τούτους Ἀπόλλωνα. ἦ γάρ;

    CliniasA god, stranger, a god—to put it in the justest way. With us it’s Zeus; with the Spartans, where our friend here comes from, I believe they say Apollo. Isn’t that right?

    Megillusναί.

    MegillusYes.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν καθʼ Ὅμηρον λέγεις ὡς τοῦ Μίνω φοιτῶντος 624b πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἑκάστοτε συνουσίαν διʼ ἐνάτου ἔτους καὶ κατὰ τὰς παρʼ ἐκείνου φήμας ταῖς πόλεσιν ὑμῖν θέντος τοὺς νόμους;

    AthenianDo you mean, then, as Homer says, that Minos used to go 624b every ninth year to meet with his father, and laid down laws for your cities according to the pronouncements he brought back from him?

    Minos, legendary king of Crete and son of Zeus; the Odyssey (19.178–9) calls him the “confidant of great Zeus” who ruled in nine-year periods.

    Cliniasλέγεται γὰρ οὕτω παρʼ ἡμῖν· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν ἀδελφόν γε αὐτοῦ Ῥαδάμανθυν—ἀκούετε γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα—δικαιότατον 625a γεγονέναι. τοῦτον οὖν φαῖμεν ἂν ἡμεῖς γε οἱ Κρῆτες, ἐκ τοῦ τότε διανέμειν τὰ περὶ τὰς δίκας, ὀρθῶς τοῦτον τὸν ἔπαινον αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι.

    CliniasYes, that’s what’s said among us. And his brother Rhadamanthus too—you’ve heard the name—was the most just of men. 625a We Cretans at least would say that he rightly earned this praise from the way he handled judicial matters in those days.

    Athenianκαὶ καλόν γε τὸ κλέος ὑεῖ τε Διὸς μάλα πρέπον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐν τοιούτοις ἤθεσι τέθραφθε νομικοῖς σύ τε καὶ ὅδε, προσδοκῶ οὐκ ἂν ἀηδῶς περί τε πολιτείας τὰ νῦν καὶ νόμων τὴν διατριβήν, λέγοντάς τε καὶ ἀκούοντας ἅμα κατὰ 625b τὴν πορείαν, ποιήσασθαι. πάντως δʼ ἥ γε ἐκ Κνωσοῦ ὁδὸς εἰς τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄντρον καὶ ἱερόν, ὡς ἀκούομεν, ἱκανή, καὶ ἀνάπαυλαι κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ὡς εἰκός, πνίγους ὄντος τὰ νῦν, ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς δένδρεσίν εἰσι σκιαραί, καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις πρέπον ἂν ἡμῶν εἴη τὸ διαναπαύεσθαι πυκνὰ ἐν αὐταῖς, λόγοις τε ἀλλήλους παραμυθουμένους τὴν ὁδὸν ἅπασαν οὕτω μετὰ ῥᾳστώνης διαπερᾶναι.

    AthenianA fine reputation, and very fitting for a son of Zeus. Since you and our friend here were brought up under legal customs like these, I expect it would be no unpleasant thing for us to spend the time now talking about constitutions and laws, speaking and listening as we go 625b along. The road from Knossos to the cave and shrine of Zeus is long enough, so we hear, and along the way, as you’d expect, there are shady resting places under tall trees, now that the heat is stifling. It would suit men of our age to rest in them often, and to encourage one another with conversation, and in that way to get through the whole journey with ease.

    Cliniasκαὶ μὴν ἔστιν γε, ὦ ξένε, προϊόντι κυπαρίττων τε 625c ἐν τοῖς ἄλσεσιν ὕψη καὶ κάλλη θαυμάσια, καὶ λειμῶνες ἐν οἷσιν ἀναπαυόμενοι διατρίβοιμεν ἄν.

    CliniasYes, stranger, and as you go further there are cypresses 625c in the sacred groves, of amazing height and beauty, and meadows where we could rest and pass the time.

    Athenianὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    AthenianYou’re right.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν· ἰδόντες δὲ μᾶλλον φήσομεν. ἀλλʼ ἴωμεν ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ.

    CliniasCertainly—and we’ll say so even more once we’ve seen them. But let’s go, and good luck to us.

    Athenianταῦτʼ εἴη. καί μοι λέγε· κατὰ τί τὰ συσσίτιά τε ὑμῖν συντέταχεν ὁ νόμος καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅπλων ἕξιν;

    AthenianSo be it. Now tell me: with what aim has your law arranged your common meals, your athletic training and the kind of arms you carry?

    Common meals (syssitia): in Crete and Sparta the citizen men ate together every day in fixed messes, an institution tied to military life.

    Cliniasοἶμαι μέν, ὦ ξένε, καὶ παντὶ ῥᾴδιον ὑπολαβεῖν εἶναι τά γε ἡμέτερα. τὴν γὰρ τῆς χώρας πάσης Κρήτης φύσιν 625d ὁρᾶτε ὡς οὐκ ἔστι, καθάπερ ἡ τῶν Θετταλῶν, πεδιάς, διὸ δὴ καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἵπποις ἐκεῖνοι χρῶνται μᾶλλον, δρόμοισιν δὲ ἡμεῖς· ἥδε γὰρ ἀνώμαλος αὖ καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν πεζῇ δρόμων ἄσκησιν μᾶλλον σύμμετρος. ἐλαφρὰ δὴ τὰ ὅπλα ἀναγκαῖον ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ κεκτῆσθαι καὶ μὴ βάρος ἔχοντα θεῖν· τῶν δὴ τόξων καὶ τοξευμάτων ἡ κουφότης ἁρμόττειν δοκεῖ. ταῦτʼ οὖν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἅπαντα ἐξήρτυται, 625e καὶ πάνθʼ ὁ νομοθέτης, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπων συνετάττετο· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ συσσίτια κινδυνεύει συναγαγεῖν, ὁρῶν ὡς πάντες ὁπόταν στρατεύωνται, τόθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος ἀναγκάζονται φυλακῆς αὑτῶν ἕνεκα συσσιτεῖν τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον.

    CliniasI think, stranger, that anyone can easily grasp the reasons for ours at least. You can see that the land of Crete as a whole 625d isn’t flat, as Thessaly is. That’s why the Thessalians use horses more, and we use running on foot, since this land is uneven and better suited to training for foot races. In such country one has to have light arms, so as to run without carrying weight, and the lightness of bows and arrows seems to fit. So all these things have been fitted out for war, 625e and it seems to me, at least, that the lawgiver arranged everything with his eye on that. Even the common meals: he probably brought them in because he saw that whenever men are on campaign, the situation itself forces them all to eat together for that time, for their own protection.

    ἄνοιαν δή μοι δοκεῖ καταγνῶναι τῶν πολλῶν ὡς οὐ μανθανόντων ὅτι πόλεμος ἀεὶ πᾶσιν διὰ βίου συνεχής ἐστι πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς πόλεις· εἰ δὴ πολέμου γε ὄντος φυλακῆς ἕνεκα δεῖ συσσιτεῖν καί τινας ἄρχοντας καὶ 626a ἀρχομένους διακεκοσμημένους εἶναι φύλακας αὐτῶν, τοῦτο καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ δραστέον. ἣν γὰρ καλοῦσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰρήνην, τοῦτʼ εἶναι μόνον ὄνομα, τῷ δʼ ἔργῳ πάσαις πρὸς πάσας τὰς πόλεις ἀεὶ πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον κατὰ φύσιν εἶναι.

    And he seems to me to have convicted the many of folly, for not understanding that everyone is always engaged, throughout life, in continuous war against all cities. If in war one must eat together for protection, and have certain rulers and 626a ruled arranged to guard them, then the same must be done in peacetime too. For what most people call peace is only a name; in reality every city is always, by nature, in an undeclared war against every other.

    καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνευρήσεις, οὕτω σκοπῶν, τὸν Κρητῶν νομοθέτην ὡς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἅπαντα δημοσίᾳ καὶ ἰδίᾳ τὰ νόμιμα ἡμῖν ἀποβλέπων συνετάξατο, καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα 626b οὕτω φυλάττειν παρέδωκε τοὺς νόμους, ὡς τῶν ἄλλων οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν ὄφελος ὂν οὔτε κτημάτων οὔτʼ ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἂν μὴ τῷ πολέμῳ ἄρα κρατῇ τις, πάντα δὲ τὰ τῶν νικωμένων ἀγαθὰ τῶν νικώντων γίγνεσθαι.

    Look at it this way and you’ll pretty well discover that the lawgiver of the Cretans arranged all our institutions, public and private, with his eye on war, and handed down the laws 626b to be kept on that basis. His view was that nothing else, neither possessions nor pursuits, is of any use unless one prevails in war, since all the goods of the defeated go to the victors.

    Athenianκαλῶς γε, ὦ ξένε, φαίνῃ μοι γεγυμνάσθαι πρὸς τὸ διειδέναι τὰ Κρητῶν νόμιμα. τόδε δέ μοι φράζε ἔτι σαφέστερον· ὃν γὰρ ὅρον ἔθου τῆς εὖ πολιτευομένης πόλεως, 626c δοκεῖς μοι λέγειν οὕτω κεκοσμημένην οἰκεῖν δεῖν, ὥστε πολέμῳ νικᾶν τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις. ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianYou seem to me, stranger, to be well trained in understanding the institutions of the Cretans. But explain this to me more clearly still. The standard you set for a well-governed city: 626c you seem to me to be saying that it must be organized so as to defeat other cities in war. Is that it?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν· οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τῷδε οὕτω συνδοκεῖν.

    CliniasCertainly. And I think our friend here agrees.

    Megillusπῶς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλως ἀποκρίναιτο, ὦ θεῖε, Λακεδαιμονίων γε ὁστισοῦν;

    MegillusHow else could any Spartan answer, my inspired friend?

    Athenianπότερʼ οὖν δὴ πόλεσι μὲν πρὸς πόλεις ὀρθὸν τοῦτʼ ἐστί, κώμῃ δὲ πρὸς κώμην ἕτερον;

    AthenianSo is this right for city against city, but something different for village against village?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNot at all.

    Athenianἀλλὰ ταὐτόν;

    AthenianThe same, then?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτί δέ; πρὸς οἰκίαν οἰκίᾳ τῶν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ, καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα ἀνδρὶ ἑνὶ πρὸς ἕνα, ταὐτὸν ἔτι;

    AthenianWhat about household against household in the village, and man against man, one against one? Still the same?

    Cliniasταὐτόν.

    CliniasThe same.

    Athenianαὐτῷ δὲ πρὸς αὑτὸν πότερον ὡς πολεμίῳ πρὸς πολέμιον διανοητέον; ἢ πῶς ἔτι λέγομεν;

    AthenianAnd a man against himself: must we think of him as enemy against enemy? Or what do we say now?

    Cliniasὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε—οὐ γάρ σε Ἀττικὸν ἐθέλοιμʼ ἂν προσαγορεύειν· δοκεῖς γάρ μοι τῆς θεοῦ ἐπωνυμίας ἄξιος εἶναι μᾶλλον ἐπονομάζεσθαι· τὸν γὰρ λόγον ἐπʼ ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ἀναγαγὼν σαφέστερον ἐποίησας, ὥστε ῥᾷον ἀνευρήσεις ὅτι νυνδὴ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ὀρθῶς ἐρρήθη τὸ πολεμίους εἶναι πάντας πᾶσιν δημοσίᾳ τε, καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστους αὐτοὺς σφίσιν αὐτοῖς.

    CliniasAthenian stranger—for I wouldn’t like to call you “Attic”: you seem to me to deserve rather to be named after the goddess—you’ve made the argument clearer by rightly taking it back to its starting point. So you’ll more easily see that what we said just now was right: that all men are enemies of all in public life, and in private each is an enemy to himself.

    Athens is named for the goddess Athena; “Attic” refers merely to the region, Attica.

    Athenianπῶς εἴρηκας, ὦ θαυμάσιε;

    AthenianWhat do you mean, my remarkable friend?

    Cliniasκἀνταῦθα, ὦ ξένε, τὸ νικᾶν αὐτὸν αὑτὸν πασῶν νικῶν πρώτη τε καὶ ἀρίστη, τὸ δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ πάντων αἴσχιστόν τε ἅμα καὶ κάκιστον. ταῦτα γὰρ ὡς πολέμου ἐν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν ὄντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σημαίνει.

    CliniasHere too, stranger, victory over oneself is the first and best of all victories, and to be defeated by oneself is the most shameful and the worst of all things. This shows that there is a war in each of us against ourselves.

    Athenianπάλιν τοίνυν τὸν λόγον ἀναστρέψωμεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἷς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ὁ μὲν κρείττων αὑτοῦ, ὁ δὲ ἥττων 627a ἐστί, πότερα φῶμεν οἰκίαν τε καὶ κώμην καὶ πόλιν ἔχειν ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ἐν αὑταῖς ἢ μὴ φῶμεν;

    AthenianThen let’s turn the argument back the other way. Since each one of us is either superior to himself or inferior, 627a are we to say that households, villages and cities have this same thing in them, or not?

    Cliniasτὸ κρείττω τε ἑαυτῆς εἶναι λέγεις τινά, τὴν δʼ ἥττω;

    CliniasYou mean that one is superior to itself, another inferior?

    Athenianναί.

    AthenianYes.

    Cliniasκαὶ τοῦτο ὀρθῶς ἤρου· πάνυ γὰρ ἔστι καὶ σφόδρα τὸ τοιοῦτον, οὐχ ἥκιστα ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν. ἐν ὁπόσαις μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἀμείνονες νικῶσιν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τοὺς χείρους, ὀρθῶς ἂν αὕτη κρείττων τε ἑαυτῆς λέγοιθʼ ἡ πόλις, ἐπαινοῖτό τε ἂν δικαιότατα τῇ τοιαύτῃ νίκῃ· τοὐναντίον δέ, ὅπου τἀναντία.

    CliniasYou were right to ask this too. There certainly is such a thing, very much so, and not least in cities. In all those where the better people defeat the multitude and the worse, that city would rightly be called superior to itself, and would be most justly praised for such a victory; and the opposite where the opposite happens.

    Athenianτὸ μὲν τοίνυν εἴ ποτέ ἐστίν που τὸ χεῖρον κρεῖττον τοῦ ἀμείνονος ἐάσωμεν—μακροτέρου γὰρ λόγου—τὸ δὲ ὑπὸ σοῦ λεγόμενον μανθάνω νῦν, ὥς ποτε πολῖται, συγγενεῖς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως γεγονότες, ἄδικοι καὶ πολλοὶ συνελθόντες, δικαίους ἐλάττους ὄντας βιάσονται δουλούμενοι, καὶ ὅταν μὲν κρατήσωσιν, ἥττων ἡ πόλις αὑτῆς ὀρθῶς αὕτη λέγοιτʼ ἂν ἅμα καὶ κακή, ὅπου δʼ ἂν ἡττῶνται, κρείττων τε καὶ ἀγαθή.

    AthenianWell, whether the worse is ever superior to the better, let’s leave aside—that needs a longer discussion. But I understand what you’re saying now: that sometimes citizens, kinsmen born of the same city, who are unjust and numerous, will band together and use force to enslave the just, who are fewer. When they prevail, the city would rightly be called inferior to itself and bad as well; and where they are defeated, superior to itself and good.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα ἄτοπον, ὦ ξένε, τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον· ὅμως δὲ ὁμολογεῖν οὕτως ἀναγκαιότατον.

    CliniasWhat’s being said now is very strange, stranger. Still, we can’t avoid agreeing to it.

    Athenianἔχε δή. καὶ τόδε πάλιν ἐπισκεψώμεθα· πολλοὶ ἀδελφοί που γένοιντʼ ἂν ἑνὸς ἀνδρός τε καὶ μιᾶς ὑεῖς, καὶ δὴ καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν τοὺς πλείους μὲν ἀδίκους αὐτῶν γίγνεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ ἐλάττους δικαίους.

    AthenianWait, then. Let’s look at this as well. Presumably one man and one woman might have many sons who are brothers; and it would be no wonder if most of them turned out unjust and the fewer just.

    Cliniasοὐ γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasNo wonder at all.

    Athenianκαὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴη γε πρέπον ἐμοί τε καὶ ὑμῖν τοῦτο θηρεύειν, ὅτι νικώντων μὲν τῶν πονηρῶν ἥ τε οἰκία καὶ ἡ συγγένεια αὕτη πᾶσα ἥττων αὑτῆς λέγοιτʼ ἄν, κρείττων δὲ 627d ἡττωμένων· οὐ γὰρ εὐσχημοσύνης τε καὶ ἀσχημοσύνης ῥημάτων ἕνεκα τὰ νῦν σκοπούμεθα πρὸς τὸν τῶν πολλῶν λόγον, ἀλλʼ ὀρθότητός τε καὶ ἁμαρτίας πέρι νόμων, ἥτις ποτʼ ἐστὶν φύσει.

    AthenianAnd it wouldn’t be fitting for you and me to chase after this point: that when the wicked win, the household and the whole family would be called inferior to itself, and superior 627d when they’re defeated. We’re not examining now the propriety or impropriety of words, as ordinary people use them, but the correctness and error of laws—whatever it is by nature.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true, stranger.

    Megillusκαλῶς μὲν οὖν, ὥς γε ἐμοὶ συνδοκεῖν, τό γε τοσοῦτον, τὰ νῦν.

    MegillusWell said—so far, at least, I agree, for now.

    Athenianἴδωμεν δὴ καὶ τόδε· τούτοις τοῖς ἄρτι λεγομένοις ἀδελφοῖς γένοιτʼ ἄν πού τις δικαστής;

    AthenianLet’s look at this too. Presumably these brothers we just mentioned might have a judge?

    Cliniasπάνυ γε.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianπότερος οὖν ἀμείνων, ὅστις τοὺς μὲν ἀπολέσειεν 627e αὐτῶν ὅσοι κακοί, τοὺς δὲ βελτίους ἄρχειν αὐτοὺς αὑτῶν προστάξειεν, ἢ ὅδε ὃς ἂν τοὺς μὲν χρηστοὺς ἄρχειν, τοὺς χείρους δʼ ἐάσας ζῆν ἄρχεσθαι ἑκόντας ποιήσειεν; τρίτον δέ που δικαστὴν πρὸς ἀρετὴν εἴπωμεν, εἴ τις εἴη τοιοῦτος ὅστις παραλαβὼν συγγένειαν μίαν διαφερομένην, μήτε ἀπολέσειεν 628a μηδένα, διαλλάξας δὲ εἰς τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον, νόμους αὐτοῖς θείς, πρὸς ἀλλήλους παραφυλάττειν δύναιτο ὥστε εἶναι φίλους.

    AthenianWhich one would be better, then? One who put to death 627e all the bad ones among them and appointed the better ones to rule themselves? Or one who had the good ones rule, but let the worse live and made them willing to be ruled? And we might name a third judge, still better with respect to virtue: if there were one who took over a single family at odds with itself, and put no one 628a to death, but reconciled them for the future, laid down laws for them, and was able to watch over them so that they would be friends to one another.

    Cliniasμακρῷ ἀμείνων γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος δικαστής τε καὶ νομοθέτης.

    CliniasSuch a judge and lawgiver would be far better.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τοὐναντίον γε ἢ πρὸς πόλεμον ἂν βλέπων αὐτοῖς τοὺς νόμους διανομοθετοῖ.

    AthenianAnd yet in laying down their laws he would be looking to the opposite of war.

    Cliniasτοῦτο μὲν ἀληθές.

    CliniasThat’s true.

    Athenianτί δʼ ὁ τὴν πόλιν συναρμόττων; πρὸς πόλεμον αὐτῆς ἂν τὸν ἔξωθεν βλέπων τὸν βίον κοσμοῖ μᾶλλον, 628b ἢ πρὸς πόλεμον τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ γιγνόμενον ἑκάστοτε, ἣ δὴ καλεῖται στάσις; ὃν μάλιστα μὲν ἅπας ἂν βούλοιτο μήτε γενέσθαι ποτὲ ἐν ἑαυτοῦ πόλει γενόμενόν τε ὡς τάχιστα ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.

    AthenianWhat about the man who brings a city into harmony? Would he order its life with his eye on external war rather 628b than on the war that from time to time arises within it, the one called civil strife? That’s the war everyone would most want never to happen in his own city, and, if it does happen, to be rid of as quickly as possible.

    Cliniasδῆλον ὅτι πρὸς τοῦτον.

    CliniasClearly on the second.

    Athenianπότερα δὲ ἀπολομένων αὖ τῶν ἑτέρων εἰρήνην τῆς στάσεως γενέσθαι, νικησάντων δὲ ποτέρων, δέξαιτʼ ἄν τις, μᾶλλον ἢ φιλίας τε καὶ εἰρήνης ὑπὸ διαλλαγῶν γενομένης, οὕτω τοῖς ἔξωθεν πολεμίοις προσέχειν ἀνάγκην εἶναι τὸν 628c νοῦν;

    AthenianWould anyone choose that peace should follow civil strife through the destruction of one side and the victory of the other, rather than that friendship and peace should come about through reconciliation, and the city then have to turn its 628c attention to enemies outside?

    Cliniasοὕτω πᾶς ἂν ἐθέλοι πρότερον ἢ ʼκείνως περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ γίγνεσθαι πόλιν.

    CliniasAnyone would want it that way for his own city rather than the other way.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ νομοθέτης ὡσαύτως;

    AthenianAnd the lawgiver likewise?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἆρα οὖν οὐ τοῦ ἀρίστου ἕνεκα πάντα ἂν τὰ νόμιμα τιθείη πᾶς;

    AthenianSo would anyone lay down all his rules for the sake of anything but the best?

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianτό γε μὴν ἄριστον οὔτε ὁ πόλεμος οὔτε ἡ στάσις, ἀπευκτὸν δὲ τὸ δεηθῆναι τούτων, εἰρήνη δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἅμα καὶ φιλοφροσύνη, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ νικᾶν, ὡς ἔοικεν, αὐτὴν 628d αὑτὴν πόλιν οὐκ ἦν τῶν ἀρίστων ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀναγκαίων· ὅμοιον ὡς εἰ κάμνον σῶμα ἰατρικῆς καθάρσεως τυχὸν ἡγοῖτό τις ἄριστα πράττειν τότε, τῷ δὲ μηδὲ τὸ παράπαν δεηθέντι σώματι μηδὲ προσέχοι τὸν νοῦν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ πρὸς πόλεως εὐδαιμονίαν ἢ καὶ ἰδιώτου διανοούμενος οὕτω τις οὔτʼ ἄν ποτε πολιτικὸς γένοιτο ὀρθῶς, πρὸς τὰ ἔξωθεν πολεμικὰ ἀποβλέπων μόνον καὶ πρῶτον, οὔτʼ ἂν νομοθέτης ἀκριβής, εἰ μὴ χάριν εἰρήνης τὰ πολέμου νομοθετοῖ μᾶλλον 628e ἢ τῶν πολεμικῶν ἕνεκα τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης.

    AthenianYet the best is neither war nor civil strife—to need these is something we pray against—but peace with one another together with goodwill. And even the city’s victory over 628d itself, it seems, turns out to be not among the best things but among the necessary ones. It’s as if someone supposed that a sick body, when it gets medical purging, is at its best then, and paid no attention at all to a body that never needed such a thing. In the same way, anyone who thinks like this about the happiness of a city, or of an individual, would never be a true statesman, if he looks only, and first, to wars with outsiders; nor would he be a precise lawgiver unless he legislated for war for the sake of peace, rather 628e than for peace for the sake of war.

    Cliniasφαίνεται μέν πως ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὦ ξένε, ὀρθῶς εἰρῆσθαι, θαυμάζω γε μὴν εἰ τά τε παρʼ ἡμῖν νόμιμα καὶ ἔτι τὰ περὶ Λακεδαίμονα μὴ πᾶσαν τὴν σπουδὴν τούτων ἕνεκα πεποίηται.

    CliniasThis argument does seem somehow to be right, stranger. And yet I’d be surprised if our institutions, and the Spartan ones too, haven’t put all their effort into war.

    The whole of virtue

    Against Tyrtaeus, the Athenian argues that a lawgiver must aim at all of virtue, not courage alone.

    Athenianτάχʼ ἂν ἴσως· δεῖ δὲ οὐδὲν σκληρῶς ἡμᾶς αὐτοῖς διαμάχεσθαι τὰ νῦν ἀλλʼ ἠρέμα ἀνερωτᾶν, ὡς μάλιστα περὶ ταῦτα ἡμῶν τε καὶ ἐκείνων σπουδαζόντων. καί μοι τῷ λόγῳ συνακολουθήσατε. προστησώμεθα γοῦν Τύρταιον, τὸν φύσει μὲν Ἀθηναῖον, τῶνδε δὲ πολίτην γενόμενον, ὃς δὴ μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων περὶ ταῦτα ἐσπούδακεν εἰπὼν ὅτι— οὔτʼ ἂν μνησαίμην οὔτʼ ἐν λόγῳ ἄνδρα τιθείμην 629b οὔτʼ εἴ τις πλουσιώτατος ἀνθρώπων εἴη, φησίν, οὔτʼ εἰ πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κεκτημένος, εἰπὼν σχεδὸν ἅπαντα, ὃς μὴ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἄριστος γίγνοιτʼ ἀεί. ταῦτα γὰρ ἀκήκοάς που καὶ σὺ τὰ ποιήματα· ὅδε μὲν γὰρ οἶμαι διακορὴς αὐτῶν ἐστι.

    AthenianPerhaps so. But we mustn’t do battle with them harshly now, but question them calmly, on the assumption that both we and they are very serious about these matters. Follow the argument with me. Let’s bring forward Tyrtaeus, an Athenian by birth who became a citizen of our friends here, and who, more than anyone, was serious about these things. He says: “I would not mention, nor take account of, a man 629b —not if he were the richest of men,” he says, “nor if he had many goods”—and he lists nearly all of them—“if he did not always prove best in war.” You’ve surely heard these poems too; our friend here, I imagine, has had his fill of them.

    Tyrtaeus, a seventh-century BC poet whose martial elegies were sung by the Spartans; one tradition made him an Athenian.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Cliniasκαὶ μὴν καὶ παρʼ ἡμᾶς ἐλήλυθε κομισθέντα ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος.

    CliniasYes, and they’ve come over to us too, brought from Sparta.

    Athenianἴθι νυν ἀνερώμεθα κοινῇ τουτονὶ τὸν ποιητὴν οὑτωσί πως· “ὦ Τύρταιε, ποιητὰ θειότατε—δοκεῖς γὰρ δὴ 629c σοφὸς ἡμῖν εἶναι καὶ ἀγαθός, ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ διαφέροντας διαφερόντως ἐγκεκωμίακας—ἤδη οὖν τυγχάνομεν ἐγώ τε καὶ ὅδε καὶ Κλεινίας ὁ Κνώσιος οὑτοσὶ συμφερόμενοί σοι περὶ τούτου σφόδρα, ὡς δοκοῦμεν· εἰ δὲ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λέγομεν ἀνδρῶν ἢ μή, βουλόμεθα σαφῶς εἰδέναι. λέγε οὖν ἡμῖν· ἆρα εἴδη δύο πολέμου καθάπερ ἡμεῖς ἡγῇ καὶ σὺ σαφῶς; ἢ πῶς;” πρὸς ταῦτʼ οἶμαι κἂν πολὺ φαυλότερος 629d εἴποι Τυρταίου τις τἀληθές, ὅτι δύο, τὸ μὲν ὃ καλοῦμεν ἅπαντες στάσιν, ὃς δὴ πάντων πολέμων χαλεπώτατος, ὡς ἔφαμεν ἡμεῖς νυνδή· τὸ δὲ ἄλλο πολέμου θήσομεν οἶμαι γένος ἅπαντες ᾧ πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτός τε καὶ ἀλλοφύλους χρώμεθα διαφερόμενοι, πολὺ πρᾳότερον ἐκείνου.

    AthenianCome on, then, let’s question this poet together, something like this: “Tyrtaeus, most inspired of poets—for you seem to us 629c wise and good, since you’ve praised exceptionally those who are exceptional in war—now, the three of us, I and this man and Clinias of Knossos here, happen to agree with you strongly on this, as we think. But we want to know clearly whether we’re talking about the same men or not. So tell us: do you, like us, clearly hold that there are two kinds of war? Or how do you see it?” To this I think even someone much less able 629d than Tyrtaeus would give the true answer: that there are two. One is what we all call civil strife, which is the harshest of all wars, as we said just now. The other kind of war, I think, we’ll all take to be the one we engage in when we quarrel with outsiders and foreigners, and it is much milder than the first.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianφέρε δή, ποτέρους, καὶ πρὸς πότερον ἐπαινῶν τὸν πόλεμον, οὕτως ὑπερεπῄνεσας, τοὺς δὲ ἔψεξας τῶν ἀνδρῶν; ἔοικας μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτός· εἴρηκας γοῦν ὧδε ἐν τοῖς 629e ποιήμασιν, ὡς οὐδαμῶς τοὺς τοιούτους ἀνεχόμενος, οἳ μὴ τολμήσωσιν μὲν ὁρᾶν φόνον αἱματόεντα, καὶ δηίων ὀρέγοιντʼ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενοι. οὐκοῦν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα εἴποιμεν ἂν ἡμεῖς ὅτι “σὺ μὲν ἐπαινεῖς, ὡς ἔοικας, ὦ Τύρταιε, μάλιστα τοὺς πρὸς τὸν ὀθνεῖόν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν πόλεμον γιγνομένους ἐπιφανεῖς.” φαίη ταῦτʼ ἄν που καὶ ὁμολογοῖ;

    AthenianCome, then: which men, and with an eye to which war, did you praise so extravagantly, and which did you blame? It seems to be those in the war against outsiders. At any rate you’ve said this in your 629e poems, that you can’t abide the sort of men who “dare not look upon bloody slaughter, and reach for the enemy, standing close.” Then we’d go on to say: “Tyrtaeus, it seems that you praise most of all those who distinguish themselves in foreign war, against outsiders.” I suppose he’d say yes and agree?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἡμεῖς δέ γε ἀγαθῶν ὄντων τούτων ἔτι φαμὲν ἀμείνους εἶναι καὶ πολὺ τοὺς ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ πολέμῳ γιγνομένους ἀρίστους διαφανῶς· ποιητὴν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρʼ ἔχομεν, Θέογνιν, πολίτην τῶν ἐν Σικελίᾳ Μεγαρέων, ὅς φησιν— πιστὸς ἀνὴρ χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου ἀντερύσασθαι ἄξιος ἐν χαλεπῇ, Κύρνε, διχοστασίῃ. τοῦτον δή φαμεν ἐν πολέμῳ χαλεπωτέρῳ ἀμείνονα ἐκείνου πάμπολυ γίγνεσθαι, σχεδὸν ὅσον ἀμείνων δικαιοσύνη καὶ 630b σωφροσύνη καὶ φρόνησις εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθοῦσαι μετʼ ἀνδρείας, αὐτῆς μόνης ἀνδρείας. πιστὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑγιὴς ἐν στάσεσιν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ἄνευ συμπάσης ἀρετῆς· διαβάντες δʼ εὖ καὶ μαχόμενοι ἐθέλοντες ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν ᾧ πολέμῳ φράζει Τύρταιος τῶν μισθοφόρων εἰσὶν πάμπολλοι, ὧν οἱ πλεῖστοι γίγνονται θρασεῖς καὶ ἄδικοι καὶ ὑβρισταὶ καὶ ἀφρονέστατοι σχεδὸν ἁπάντων, ἐκτὸς δή τινων εὖ μάλα ὀλίγων.

    AthenianBut we say that, good as these men are, those who are plainly best in the greatest war are better still, and by a long way. We too have a poet as witness, Theognis, a citizen of Megara in Sicily, who says: “A trustworthy man, Cyrnus, is worth his weight in gold and silver in harsh civil discord.” Such a man, we say, proves far better than the other in the harsher war—almost as much better as justice, 630b moderation and wisdom, joined together with courage, are better than courage by itself alone. For no one could ever be trustworthy and sound in civil strife without the whole of virtue. But plenty of mercenaries will “plant their feet firm” and fight, willing to die, in the war Tyrtaeus speaks of; and most of them turn out reckless, unjust, violent and just about the most senseless of all people, apart from a very few.

    Theognis, an elegiac poet of the sixth century BC, whose poems are addressed to a young man, Cyrnus; he is usually placed in Megara near Athens rather than its Sicilian colony.

    ποῖ δὴ τελευτᾷ νῦν ἡμῖν οὗτος ὁ λόγος, καὶ τί 630c φανερόν ποτε ποιῆσαι βουληθεὶς λέγει ταῦτα; δῆλον ὅτι τόδε, ὡς παντὸς μᾶλλον καὶ ὁ τῇδε παρὰ Διὸς νομοθέτης, πᾶς τε οὗ καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, οὐκ ἄλλο ἢ πρὸς τὴν μεγίστην ἀρετὴν μάλιστα βλέπων ἀεὶ θήσει τοὺς νόμους· ἔστι δέ, ὥς φησιν Θέογνις, αὕτη πιστότης ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἥν τις δικαιοσύνην ἂν τελέαν ὀνομάσειεν. ἣν δʼ αὖ Τύρταιος ἐπῄνεσεν μάλιστα, καλὴ μὲν καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν κεκοσμημένη τῷ ποιητῇ, τετάρτη μέντοι ὅμως ἀριθμῷ τε καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ 630d τιμία εἶναι λέγοιτʼ ἂν ὀρθότατα.

    Where, then, does this argument of ours end up, and what 630c does it want to make clear in saying all this? Clearly this: that the lawgiver here, who came from Zeus, above all—and any lawgiver who is of even the slightest use—will always lay down his laws with his eye above all on nothing other than the greatest virtue. And this, as Theognis says, is trustworthiness in the face of dangers, which one might call complete justice. As for the virtue Tyrtaeus praised most, though it’s a fine one, and fittingly adorned by the poet, it would still most correctly be called fourth, both in rank and in its claim 630d to honor.

    Cliniasὦ ξένε, τὸν νομοθέτην ἡμῶν ἀποβάλλομεν εἰς τοὺς πόρρω νομοθέτας.

    CliniasStranger, we’re relegating our own lawgiver to the back ranks of lawgivers.

    Athenianοὐχ ἡμεῖς γε, ὦ ἄριστε, ἀλλʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, ὅταν οἰώμεθα πάντα τά τʼ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι καὶ τὰ τῇδε πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον μάλιστα βλέποντας Λυκοῦργόν τε καὶ Μίνω τίθεσθαι τὰ νόμιμα.

    AthenianNot him, my good friend, but ourselves—when we think that Lycurgus and Minos laid down all the institutions in Sparta and here with their eyes chiefly on war.

    Lycurgus, the legendary lawgiver of Sparta.

    Cliniasτὸ δὲ πῶς χρῆν ἡμᾶς λέγειν;

    CliniasThen how should we have put it?

    Athenianὥσπερ τό τε ἀληθὲς οἶμαι καὶ τὸ δίκαιον ὑπέρ γε 630e θείας διαλεγομένους λέγειν, οὐχ ὡς πρὸς ἀρετῆς τι μόριον, καὶ ταῦτα τὸ φαυλότατον, ἐτίθει βλέπων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀρετήν, καὶ κατʼ εἴδη ζητεῖν αὐτῶν τοὺς νόμους οὐδʼ ἅπερ οἱ τῶν νῦν εἴδη προτιθέμενοι ζητοῦσιν. οὗ γὰρ ἂν ἕκαστος ἐν χρείᾳ γίγνηται, τοῦτο ζητεῖ νῦν παραθέμενος, ὁ μὲν τὰ περὶ τῶν κλήρων καὶ ἐπικλήρων, ὁ δὲ τῆς αἰκίας πέρι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλʼ ἄττα μυρία τοιαῦτα· ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν εἶναι τὸ περὶ 631a νόμους ζήτημα τῶν εὖ ζητούντων ὥσπερ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἠρξάμεθα.

    AthenianIn the way that is true, I think, and right to say when discussing a legislation that is 630e divine: not that he legislated with his eye on a part of virtue, and the most trivial part at that, but on the whole of virtue; and that he sought out his laws according to their kinds—but not the kinds that people now set out when they search. Nowadays each person sets out and looks for whatever he happens to need: one the laws about inheritances and heiresses, another about assault, others countless other things of the sort. But we say that the inquiry 631a into laws, among those who inquire well, is the kind we’ve just begun.

    καὶ σοῦ τὴν μὲν ἐπιχείρησιν τῆς ἐξηγήσεως περὶ τοὺς νόμους παντάπασιν ἄγαμαι· τὸ γὰρ ἀπʼ ἀρετῆς ἄρχεσθαι, λέγοντα ὡς ἐτίθει ταύτης ἕνεκα τοὺς νόμους, ὀρθόν· ὅτι δὲ πάντα εἰς μόριον ἀρετῆς, καὶ ταῦτα τὸ σμικρότατον, ἐπαναφέροντα ἔφησθʼ αὐτὸν νομοθετεῖν, οὔτε ὀρθῶς ἔτι μοι κατεφάνης λέγων τόν τε ὕστερον νῦν λόγον τοῦτον πάντα εἴρηκα διὰ ταῦτα. πῇ δὴ οὖν σε ἔτʼ ἂν ἐβουλόμην διελόμενον 631b λέγειν αὐτός τε ἀκούειν; βούλει σοι φράζω;

    And I entirely admire the way you set about explaining your laws. To begin from virtue, saying that he laid down the laws for its sake, is right. But when you said that he legislated by referring everything to a part of virtue, and the smallest part at that, you no longer seemed to me to be speaking correctly; and that’s why I’ve made this whole later speech. So how would I have wanted you to draw the distinctions 631b and speak, and to hear them myself? Shall I tell you?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasBy all means.

    Athenian“ὦ ξένε,” ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν, “οἱ Κρητῶν νόμοι οὐκ εἰσὶν μάτην διαφερόντως ἐν πᾶσιν εὐδόκιμοι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν· ἔχουσιν γὰρ ὀρθῶς, τοὺς αὐτοῖς χρωμένους εὐδαίμονας ἀποτελοῦντες. πάντα γὰρ τἀγαθὰ πορίζουσιν. διπλᾶ δὲ ἀγαθά ἐστιν, τὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπινα, τὰ δὲ θεῖα· ἤρτηται δʼ ἐκ τῶν θείων θάτερα, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν δέχηταί τις τὰ μείζονα πόλις, 631c κτᾶται καὶ τὰ ἐλάττονα, εἰ δὲ μή, στέρεται ἀμφοῖν.

    AthenianYou should have said something like this. Stranger, it’s not for nothing that the laws of the Cretans are exceptionally well regarded among all the Greeks. They are right, since they make those who use them happy, providing all good things. Goods are of two kinds, human and divine. The first kind depends on the divine; and if a city receives the greater goods, 631c it gains the lesser too, but if not, it is deprived of both.

    ἔστι δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐλάττονα ὧν ἡγεῖται μὲν ὑγίεια, κάλλος δὲ δεύτερον, τὸ δὲ τρίτον ἰσχὺς εἴς τε δρόμον καὶ εἰς τὰς ἄλλας πάσας κινήσεις τῷ σώματι, τέταρτον δὲ δὴ πλοῦτος οὐ τυφλὸς ἀλλʼ ὀξὺ βλέπων, ἄνπερ ἅμʼ ἕπηται φρονήσει· ὃ δὴ πρῶτον αὖ τῶν θείων ἡγεμονοῦν ἐστιν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ φρόνησις, δεύτερον δὲ μετὰ νοῦ σώφρων ψυχῆς ἕξις, ἐκ δὲ τούτων μετʼ ἀνδρείας κραθέντων τρίτον ἂν εἴη δικαιοσύνη, τέταρτον δὲ 631d ἀνδρεία. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐκείνων ἔμπροσθεν τέτακται φύσει, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῷ νομοθέτῃ τακτέον οὕτως.

    The lesser goods are led by health; beauty is second; third is strength, for running and for all the other movements of the body; and fourth is wealth—not blind wealth, but sharp-sighted, provided it follows wisdom. Wisdom, in turn, is first and leader among the divine goods; second, following on intelligence, is a moderate disposition of soul; from these, mixed with courage, would come justice, third; and fourth, 631d courage. All these are by nature ranked ahead of the others, and the lawgiver too must rank them so.

    μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς ἄλλας προστάξεις τοῖς πολίταις εἰς ταῦτα βλεπούσας αὐτοῖς εἶναι διακελευστέον, τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπινα εἰς τὰ θεῖα, τὰ δὲ θεῖα εἰς τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν σύμπαντα βλέπειν· περί τε γάμους ἀλλήλοις ἐπικοινουμένους, μετά τε ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς τῶν παίδων γεννήσεσιν καὶ τροφαῖς ὅσοι 631e τε ἄρρενες καὶ ὅσαι θήλειαι, νέων τε ὄντων καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρεσβύτερον ἰόντων μέχρι γήρως, τιμῶντα ὀρθῶς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ καὶ ἀτιμάζοντα,” “ἐν πάσαις ταῖς τούτων ὁμιλίαις τάς τε λύπας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας συμπάντων 632a τε ἐρώτων τὰς σπουδὰς ἐπεσκεμμένον καὶ παραπεφυλαχότα, ψέγειν τε ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐπαινεῖν διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν νόμων· ἐν ὀργαῖς τε αὖ καὶ ἐν φόβοις, ὅσαι τε διὰ δυστυχίαν ταραχαὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς γίγνονται καὶ ὅσαι ἐν εὐτυχίαις τῶν τοιούτων ἀποφυγαί, ὅσα τε κατὰ νόσους ἢ κατὰ πολέμους ἢ πενίας ἢ τὰ τούτοις ἐναντία γιγνόμενα προσπίπτει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παθήματα, ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς τοιούτοις τῆς ἑκάστων διαθέσεως διδακτέον 632b καὶ ὁριστέον τό τε καλὸν καὶ μή.

    Next he must direct the citizens that all his other instructions to them look to these; and that of these, the human look to the divine, and the divine all look to their leader, intelligence. As they join with one another in marriage, and after that in the begetting and rearing of children, 631e male and female, both when they are young and as they go on toward old age, until they reach it, he must take care of them, bestowing honor and dishonor rightly. In all their dealings with one another he must examine and keep watch over their pains and pleasures and desires, and the intensity 632a of all their passions, and use the laws themselves to blame and praise rightly. So too with anger and fear, and with all the disturbances that come upon souls through misfortune, and all the escapes from them in good fortune, and all the experiences that befall people in sickness or war or poverty, or their opposites: in all such things he must teach 632b and define what is fine and what is not in each person’s disposition.

    μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνάγκη τὸν νομοθέτην τὰς κτήσεις τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τὰ ἀναλώματα φυλάττειν ὅντινʼ ἂν γίγνηται τρόπον, καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους πᾶσιν τούτοις κοινωνίας καὶ διαλύσεις ἑκοῦσίν τε καὶ ἄκουσιν καθʼ ὁποῖον ἂν ἕκαστον πράττωσιν τῶν τοιούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπισκοπεῖν, τό τε δίκαιον καὶ μὴ ἐν οἷς ἔστιν τε καὶ ἐν οἷς ἐλλείπει, καὶ τοῖς μὲν εὐπειθέσιν τῶν νόμων τιμὰς ἀπονέμειν, τοῖς δὲ δυσπειθέσι δίκας τακτὰς 632c ἐπιτιθέναι, μέχριπερ ἂν πρὸς τέλος ἁπάσης πολιτείας ἐπεξελθών, ἴδῃ τῶν τελευτησάντων τίνα δεῖ τρόπον ἑκάστοις γίγνεσθαι τὰς ταφὰς καὶ τιμὰς ἅστινας αὐτοῖς ἀπονέμειν δεῖ·

    After this the lawgiver must watch over the citizens’ acquisitions and expenditures, in whatever way they happen, and oversee their partnerships with one another in all these matters, and the dissolution of partnerships, voluntary and involuntary—however each such dealing between them is conducted—seeing where justice is present in them and where it is lacking. To those who obey the laws he must assign honors, and on the disobedient he must impose fixed 632c penalties, until, having come to the end of the whole constitution, he sees how the burials of the dead should be conducted in each case and what honors must be assigned to them.

    κατιδὼν δὲ ὁ θεὶς τοὺς νόμους ἅπασιν τούτοις φύλακας ἐπιστήσει, τοὺς μὲν διὰ φρονήσεως, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀληθοῦς δόξης ἰόντας, ὅπως πάντα ταῦτα συνδήσας ὁ νοῦς ἑπόμενα σωφροσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἀποφήνῃ, ἀλλὰ μὴ πλούτῳ μηδὲ 632d φιλοτιμίᾳ.” οὕτως, ὦ ξένοι, ἔγωγε ἤθελον ἂν ὑμᾶς καὶ ἔτι νῦν βούλομαι διεξελθεῖν πῶς ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς λεγομένοις νόμοις τοῖς τε τοῦ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος, οὓς Μίνως τε καὶ Λυκοῦργος ἐθέτην, ἔνεστίν τε πάντα ταῦτα, καὶ ὅπῃ τάξιν τινὰ εἰληφότα διάδηλά ἐστιν τῷ περὶ νόμων ἐμπείρῳ τέχνῃ εἴτε καί τισιν ἔθεσιν, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἡμῖν οὐδαμῶς ἐστι καταφανῆ.

    Having surveyed all this, the one who lays down the laws will set guardians over all of it, some who proceed through wisdom and some through true opinion, so that intelligence, binding it all together, may show it to be following moderation and justice, not wealth or 632d ambition. That, strangers, is how I would have wanted you—and still do want you now—to go through how all these things are contained in the laws said to be Zeus’s and those of Pythian Apollo, which Minos and Lycurgus laid down; and how, having been given a certain order, they are clearly visible to someone experienced in laws, whether through expertise or through some kind of habituation, though to the rest of us they aren’t apparent at all.

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν, ὦ ξένε, λέγειν χρὴ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα;

    CliniasThen how, stranger, should the discussion go from here?

    Courage against pleasures

    Spartan training hardens men against pain, but nothing in either code trains them to resist pleasure.

    Athenianἐξ ἀρχῆς πάλιν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ χρῆναι διεξελθεῖν, 632e καθάπερ ἠρξάμεθα, τὰ τῆς ἀνδρείας πρῶτον ἐπιτηδεύματα, ἔπειτα ἕτερον καὶ αὖθις ἕτερον εἶδος τῆς ἀρετῆς διέξιμεν, ἐὰν βούλησθε· ὅπως δʼ ἂν τὸ πρῶτον διεξέλθωμεν, πειρασώμεθα αὐτὸ παράδειγμα θέμενοι καὶ τἆλλʼ οὕτω διαμυθολογοῦντες παραμύθια ποιήσασθαι τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὕστερον δὲ ἀρετῆς πάσης ἅ γε νυνδὴ διήλθομεν ἐκεῖσε βλέποντα ἀποφανοῦμεν, ἂν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ.

    AthenianIt seems to me we should go through it again from the beginning, 632e as we began: first the practices that make for courage; then we’ll go through another kind of virtue, and then another, if you like. And as we go through the first, let’s try to make it a model, and by talking through the rest in the same way, make the talk a solace for the road. Afterward we’ll show that everything we’ve just gone through looks to the whole of virtue, if the god is willing.

    Megillusκαλῶς λέγεις, καὶ πειρῶ πρῶτον κρίνειν τὸν τοῦ Διὸς ἐπαινέτην τόνδε ἡμῖν.

    MegillusWell said. And try first to put this praiser of Zeus of ours to the test.

    Athenianπειράσομαι, καὶ σέ τε καὶ ἐμαυτόν· κοινὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος. λέγετε οὖν· τὰ συσσίτιά φαμεν καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἐξηυρῆσθαι τῷ νομοθέτῃ;

    AthenianI’ll try—you and myself too, since the argument is shared. So tell me: do we say that the common meals and the athletic training were devised by the lawgiver for war?

    Megillusναί.

    MegillusYes.

    Athenianκαὶ τρίτον ἢ τέταρτον; ἴσως γὰρ ἂν οὕτω χρείη διαριθμήσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς εἴτε μερῶν εἴτε ἅττʼ αὐτὰ καλεῖν χρεών ἐστι, δηλοῦντα μόνον ἃ λέγει.

    AthenianAnd what’s third, or fourth? For perhaps one should enumerate in this way also with the parts of the rest of virtue—or whatever one ought to call them, provided one makes clear what one means.

    Megillusτρίτον τοίνυν, ἔγωγʼ εἴποιμʼ ἂν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ὁστισοῦν, τὴν θήραν ηὗρε.

    MegillusThird, then, I and any Spartan at all would say, he devised hunting.

    Athenianτέταρτον δέ, ἢ πέμπτον εἰ δυναίμεθα, λέγειν πειρώμεθα.

    AthenianLet’s try to say a fourth, and a fifth, if we can.

    Megillusἔτι τοίνυν καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ἔγωγε πειρῴμην ἂν λέγειν, τὸ περὶ τὰς καρτερήσεις τῶν ἀλγηδόνων πολὺ παρʼ ἡμῖν γιγνόμενον, ἔν τε ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ταῖς χερσὶ μάχαις καὶ ἐν ἁρπαγαῖς τισιν διὰ πολλῶν πληγῶν ἑκάστοτε γιγνομένων· ἔτι δὲ καὶ κρυπτεία τις ὀνομάζεται θαυμαστῶς πολύπονος 633c πρὸς τὰς καρτερήσεις, χειμώνων τε ἀνυποδησίαι καὶ ἀστρωσίαι καὶ ἄνευ θεραπόντων αὐτοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακονήσεις νύκτωρ τε πλανωμένων διὰ πάσης τῆς χώρας καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν. ἔτι δὲ κἀν ταῖς γυμνοπαιδίαις δειναὶ καρτερήσεις παρʼ ἡμῖν γίγνονται τῇ τοῦ πνίγους ῥώμῃ διαμαχομένων, καὶ πάμπολλα ἕτερα, σχεδὸν ὅσα οὐκ ἂν παύσαιτό τις ἑκάστοτε διεξιών.

    MegillusWell, I’d try to name a fourth as well: the endurance of pain, which is much practiced among us, both in fistfights with one another and in certain raids for plunder, which always involve many blows. And there’s also something called the krypteia, wonderfully laborious 633c as training in endurance: going barefoot in winter and sleeping without bedding, looking after themselves without servants, and roaming the whole country by night and by day. Then again at the Gymnopaidiai we have terrible trials of endurance, as they contend with the force of the stifling heat; and a great many other things, almost more than one could ever finish describing.

    The krypteia (“secret service”) sent young Spartans out alone into the countryside; the Gymnopaidiai was a summer festival of dancing and athletic display by naked youths.

    Athenianεὖ γε, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιε ξένε, λέγεις. τὴν ἀνδρείαν δέ, φέρε, τί θῶμεν; πότερον ἁπλῶς οὕτως εἶναι πρὸς φόβους 633d καὶ λύπας διαμάχην μόνον, ἢ καὶ πρὸς πόθους τε καὶ ἡδονὰς καί τινας δεινὰς θωπείας κολακικάς, αἳ καὶ τῶν σεμνῶν οἰομένων εἶναι τοὺς θυμοὺς ποιοῦσιν κηρίνους.

    AthenianWell said, Spartan stranger. But come, what are we to take courage to be? Simply a fight against fears 633d and pains and nothing more? Or also against longings and pleasures and certain dangerous, fawning enticements, which turn to wax the spirits even of those who think themselves above such things?

    Megillusοἶμαι μὲν οὕτω· πρὸς ταῦτα σύμπαντα.

    MegillusI think the latter: against all of them.

    Athenianεἰ γοῦν μεμνήμεθα τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν λόγους, ἥττω τινὰ ὅδε καὶ πόλιν ἔλεγεν αὐτὴν αὑτῆς καὶ ἄνδρα. ἦ γάρ, ὦ ξένε Κνώσιε;

    AthenianWell, if we remember what was said earlier, our friend here spoke of a city, and a man, as inferior to itself. Didn’t he, stranger from Knossos?

    Cliniasκαὶ πάνυ γε.

    CliniasHe certainly did.

    Athenianνῦν οὖν πότερα λέγομεν τὸν τῶν λυπῶν ἥττω κακὸν ἢ καὶ τὸν τῶν ἡδονῶν;

    AthenianNow, then, do we call bad the man who is inferior to pains, or also the one who is inferior to pleasures?

    Cliniasμᾶλλον, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, τὸν τῶν ἡδονῶν· καὶ πάντες που μᾶλλον λέγομεν τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἡδονῶν κρατούμενον τοῦτον τὸν ἐπονειδίστως ἥττονα ἑαυτοῦ πρότερον ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν λυπῶν.

    CliniasMore, it seems to me, the one inferior to pleasures. We all, I think, are more inclined to say that the man overcome by pleasures is shamefully “inferior to himself” than the one overcome by pains.

    Athenianὁ Διὸς οὖν δὴ καὶ ὁ Πυθικὸς νομοθέτης οὐ δήπου χωλὴν τὴν ἀνδρείαν νενομοθετήκατον, πρὸς τἀριστερὰ μόνον δυναμένην ἀντιβαίνειν, πρὸς τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ κομψὰ καὶ θωπευτικὰ ἀδυνατοῦσαν; ἢ πρὸς ἀμφότερα;

    AthenianSurely, then, the lawgivers of Zeus and of Pythian Apollo haven’t legislated a lame courage, able to resist only on the left, but powerless against the charming, flattering things on the right? Or against both?

    Cliniasπρὸς ἀμφότερα ἔγωγε ἀξιῶ.

    CliniasAgainst both, I’d say.

    Athenianλέγωμεν τοίνυν πάλιν ἐπιτηδεύματα ποῖα ἔσθʼ ὑμῖν ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς πόλεσιν, ἃ γεύοντα τῶν ἡδονῶν καὶ οὐ φεύγοντα αὐτάς, καθάπερ τὰς λύπας οὐκ ἔφευγεν, ἀλλʼ ἄγοντα εἰς μέσας, ἠνάγκαζε καὶ ἔπειθεν τιμαῖς ὥστε κρατεῖν 634b αὐτῶν; ποῦ δὴ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ταὐτὸν περὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς συντεταγμένον ἐν τοῖς νόμοις; λεγέσθω τί τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ὃ καὶ ἀπεργάζεται ὑμῖν ὁμοίως πρός τε ἀλγηδόνας καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὰς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀνδρείους, νικῶντάς τε ἃ δεῖ νικᾶν καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἥττους πολεμίων τῶν ἐγγύτατα ἑαυτῶν καὶ χαλεπωτάτων.

    AthenianThen let’s say again: what practices do you have in your two cities that give a taste of pleasures, and don’t avoid them—just as they didn’t avoid pains—but lead people into the thick of them, and by compulsion and by persuasion, through honors, make them master 634b them? Where in your laws is this same arrangement made with respect to pleasures? Let it be said what it is that, among you, makes the same men courageous alike in the face of pains and of pleasures, defeating what they ought to defeat and never inferior to the enemies that are closest to them and most dangerous.

    Megillusοὕτω μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ ξένε, καθάπερ πρὸς τὰς ἀλγηδόνας εἶχον νόμους ἀντιτεταγμένους πολλοὺς εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἂν 634c ἴσως εὐποροίην κατὰ μεγάλα μέρη καὶ διαφανῆ λέγων περὶ τῶν ἡδονῶν· κατὰ δὲ σμικρὰ ἴσως εὐποροίην ἄν.

    MegillusWell, stranger, though I had many laws to cite that are ranged against pains, I might not 634c be so well supplied in the case of pleasures, if I had to speak of large and conspicuous categories; but in small matters I might perhaps be well supplied.

    Cliniasοὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτὸς ἔγωγε ἐν τοῖς κατὰ Κρήτην νόμοις ἔχοιμι ἐμφανὲς ὁμοίως ποιεῖν τὸ τοιοῦτον.

    CliniasNor could I myself make any such thing equally evident in the laws of Crete.

    Athenianὦ ἄριστοι ξένων, καὶ οὐδέν γε θαυμαστόν. ἀλλʼ ἂν ἄρα τις ἡμῶν περὶ τοὺς ἑκάστων οἴκοι νόμους ψέξῃ τι, βουλόμενος ἰδεῖν τό τε ἀληθὲς ἅμα καὶ τὸ βέλτιστον, μὴ χαλεπῶς ἀλλὰ πρᾴως ἀποδεχώμεθα ἀλλήλων.

    AthenianBest of strangers, that’s no wonder at all. But if one of us finds fault with anything in the laws of the others’ homelands, out of a wish to see what is true and at the same time what is best, let’s take it from one another not harshly but gently.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς, ὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε, εἴρηκας, καὶ πειστέον.

    CliniasYou’re right, Athenian stranger; we must do as you say.

    Athenianοὐ γὰρ ἄν, ὦ Κλεινία, τηλικοῖσδε ἀνδράσιν πρέποι τὸ τοιοῦτον.

    AthenianYes, Clinias, for the other way would not become men of our age.

    Cliniasοὐ γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasNo, it wouldn’t.

    Athenianεἰ μὲν τοίνυν ὀρθῶς ἢ μή τις ἐπιτιμᾷ τῇ τε Λακωνικῇ καὶ τῇ Κρητικῇ πολιτείᾳ, λόγος ἂν ἕτερος εἴη· τὰ δʼ οὖν λεγόμενα πρὸς τῶν πολλῶν ἴσως ἐγὼ μᾶλλον ἔχοιμʼ ἂν ὑμῶν ἀμφοτέρων λέγειν. ὑμῖν μὲν γάρ, εἴπερ καὶ μετρίως κατεσκεύασται τὰ τῶν νόμων, εἷς τῶν καλλίστων ἂν εἴη νόμων μὴ ζητεῖν τῶν νέων μηδένα ἐᾶν ποῖα καλῶς 634e αὐτῶν ἢ μὴ καλῶς ἔχει, μιᾷ δὲ φωνῇ καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος πάντας συμφωνεῖν ὡς πάντα καλῶς κεῖται θέντων θεῶν, καὶ ἐάν τις ἄλλως λέγῃ, μὴ ἀνέχεσθαι τὸ παράπαν ἀκούοντας· γέρων δὲ εἴ τίς τι συννοεῖ τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν, πρὸς ἄρχοντά τε καὶ πρὸς ἡλικιώτην μηδενὸς ἐναντίον νέου ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους.

    AthenianWhether someone is right or wrong in criticizing the Spartan and Cretan constitutions would be another question. But what most people say about them I might perhaps be better placed to report than either of you. With you, if your laws are even moderately well made, one of your finest laws would be the one that forbids any of the young to inquire which of the laws are good 634e and which are not good, but requires all of them to agree with one voice, from one mouth, that all are well established, since gods established them; and if anyone says otherwise, they’re not to put up with hearing it at all. And if an old man has some thought about anything among you, he’s to make remarks of this kind to an official or someone of his own age, with no young person present.

    Cliniasὀρθότατά γε, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις, καὶ καθάπερ μάντις, 635a ἀπὼν τῆς τότε διανοίας τοῦ τιθέντος αὐτά, νῦν ἐπιεικῶς μοι δοκεῖς ἐστοχάσθαι καὶ σφόδρα ἀληθῆ λέγειν.

    CliniasVery true, stranger. Like a seer, 635a though far from the thinking of the man who laid them down in those days, you seem to me to have made a fair guess at it now, and to be speaking very truly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν ἐρημία μὲν νέων, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἕνεκα γήρως ἀφείμεθʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ νομοθέτου διαλεγόμενοι περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων μόνοι πρὸς μόνους μηδὲν ἂν πλημμελεῖν;

    AthenianWell, now there are no young people here, and we ourselves have been exempted by the lawgiver because of our age. So we’d do nothing out of tune if we discussed these very things, just ourselves, among ourselves?

    Cliniasἔστι ταῦτα οὕτως, εἰς ἃ καὶ μηδέν γε ἀνῇς ἐπιτιμῶν τοῖς νόμοις ἡμῶν· οὐ γὰρ τό γε γνῶναί τι τῶν μὴ καλῶν ἄτιμον, ἀλλὰ ἴασιν ἐξ αὐτοῦ συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι 635b τῷ μὴ φθόνῳ τὰ λεγόμενα ἀλλʼ εὐνοίᾳ δεχομένῳ.

    CliniasThat’s so. So don’t hold back at all from criticizing our laws. There’s no dishonor in recognizing something that isn’t good; rather, it leads to a cure 635b for anyone who takes what’s said not with resentment but with goodwill.

    Athenianκαλῶς· οὐ μὴν ἐπιτιμῶν γε ἐρῶ τοῖς νόμοις πω, πρὶν βεβαίως εἰς δύναμιν διασκέψασθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπορῶν. ὑμῖν γὰρ ὁ νομοθέτης μόνοις Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων, ὧν ἡμεῖς πυνθανόμεθα, τῶν μεγίστων ἡδονῶν καὶ παιδιῶν ἐπέταξεν ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ μὴ γεύεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τῶν λυπῶν καὶ φόβων, ὅπερ ἄρτι διεληλύθαμεν, ἡγήσατο εἴ τις ἐκ παίδων 635c φευξεῖται διὰ τέλους, ὁπόταν εἰς ἀναγκαίους ἔλθῃ πόνους καὶ φόβους καὶ λύπας, φευξεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐν ἐκείνοις γεγυμνασμένους καὶ δουλεύσειν αὐτοῖς.

    AthenianGood. But I shan’t speak as someone criticizing your laws yet—not before I’ve examined them securely, as best I can—but rather as someone who is puzzled. Your lawgiver alone, of all the Greeks and non-Greeks we know of, ordered you to keep away from the greatest pleasures and amusements and not to taste them. But when it came to pains and fears, which we’ve just gone through, he thought that if someone avoided them all the way through from childhood, 635c then when he came up against unavoidable toils and fears and pains, he would run from those who had been trained in them and become their slave.

    Greeks called all foreign peoples barbaroi; it is rendered “non-Greeks” throughout.

    ταὐτὸν δὴ τοῦτʼ, οἶμαι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς ἔδει διανοεῖσθαι τὸν αὐτὸν νομοθέτην, λέγοντα αὐτὸν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὡς ἡμῖν ἐκ νέων εἰ ἄπειροι τῶν μεγίστων ἡδονῶν οἱ πολῖται γενήσονται, καὶ ἀμελέτητοι γιγνόμενοι ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς καρτερεῖν καὶ μηδὲν τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀναγκάζεσθαι ποιεῖν, ἕνεκα τῆς γλυκυθυμίας τῆς πρὸς τὰς 635d ἡδονὰς ταὐτὸν πείσονται τοῖς ἡττωμένοις τῶν φόβων· δουλεύσουσι τρόπον ἕτερον καὶ ἔτʼ αἰσχίω τοῖς γε δυναμένοις καρτερεῖν ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς καὶ τοῖς κεκτημένοις τὰ περὶ τὰς ἡδονάς, ἀνθρώποις ἐνίοτε παντάπασι κακοῖς, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ μὲν δούλην τῇ δὲ ἐλευθέραν ἕξουσιν, καὶ οὐκ ἄξιοι ἁπλῶς ἀνδρεῖοι καὶ ἐλευθέριοι ἔσονται προσαγορεύεσθαι. σκοπεῖτε οὖν εἴ τι τῶν νῦν λεγομένων ὑμῖν κατὰ τρόπον δοκεῖ λέγεσθαι.

    This same lawgiver, I think, ought to have thought the same way about pleasures too, saying to himself: “If our citizens grow up from youth without experience of the greatest pleasures, and have no practice in holding firm amid pleasures and in not being forced to do anything shameful, then, because of the sweet feelings pleasures 635d arouse, they’ll suffer the same fate as those overcome by fears. They’ll be enslaved in another way, and a still more shameful one, to those who can hold firm amid pleasures and who control what pleasures are made of—people who are sometimes thoroughly bad. Their souls will be partly slave and partly free, and they won’t deserve to be called, without qualification, courageous and free.” So consider whether any of what is being said now seems to you to be said properly.

    Cliniasδοκεῖ μὲν ἡμῖν γέ πως λεγομένου τοῦ λόγου· περὶ δὲ τηλικούτων εὐθὺς πεπιστευκέναι ῥᾳδίως μὴ νέων τε ᾖ μᾶλλον καὶ ἀνοήτων.

    CliniasIt does seem so to us, somehow, as the argument is being made. But to be persuaded straightaway and easily about matters of such importance might be more the mark of young and foolish people.

    Moderation and drinking

    Megillus praises the Spartan ban on drinking parties; the Athenian asks how such practices should be judged.

    Athenianἀλλʼ εἰ τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα διεξίοιμεν ὧν προυθέμεθα, ὦ Κλεινία τε καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιε ξένε—μετʼ ἀνδρείαν γὰρ δὴ σωφροσύνης πέρι λέγωμεν—τὶ διαφέρον ἐν ταύταις ταῖς πολιτείαις ἢ ταῖς τῶν εἰκῇ πολιτευομένων ἀνευρήσομεν, 636a ὥσπερ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον νυνδή;

    AthenianWell, suppose we went on to the next of the things we set out to discuss, Clinias and Spartan stranger—after courage, let’s speak about moderation. What difference shall we find between these constitutions and those of people governed at random, 636a as we did just now with regard to war?

    Megillusσχεδὸν οὐ ῥᾴδιον· ἀλλʼ ἔοικεν γὰρ τά τε συσσίτια καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια καλῶς ηὑρῆσθαι πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας.

    MegillusHardly an easy thing. And yet the common meals and the athletic training seem to have been well devised for both.

    Athenianἔοικεν δῆτα, ὦ ξένοι, χαλεπὸν εἶναι τὸ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας ἀναμφισβητήτως ὁμοίως ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ γίγνεσθαι· κινδυνεύει γάρ, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν, οὐ δυνατὸν εἶναι προστάξαι τι πρὸς ἓν σῶμα ἓν ἐπιτήδευμα, ἐν ᾧ οὐκ ἂν φανείη ταὐτὸν τοῦτο τὰ μὲν βλάπτον τὰ ἡμῶν σώματα, 636b τὰ δὲ καὶ ὠφελοῦν. ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια ταῦτα καὶ τὰ συσσίτια πολλὰ μὲν ἄλλα νῦν ὠφελεῖ τὰς πόλεις, πρὸς δὲ τὰς στάσεις χαλεπά—δηλοῦσιν δὲ Μιλησίων καὶ Βοιωτῶν καὶ Θουρίων παῖδες—καὶ δὴ καὶ παλαιὸν νόμον δοκεῖ τοῦτο τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα καὶ κατὰ φύσιν, τὰς περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἡδονὰς οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπων ἀλλὰ καὶ θηρίων, διεφθαρκέναι.

    AthenianIt does seem hard, strangers, for things to do with constitutions to be beyond dispute in practice as well as in theory. It looks as though it’s like with bodies: you can’t prescribe a single regimen for a single body without its appearing to harm our bodies in some ways 636b and to benefit them in others. So too these athletic exercises and common meals now benefit cities in many other ways, but they’re dangerous where civil strife is concerned—as the young men of Miletus, Boeotia and Thurii show. And in particular, this practice seems to have corrupted an ancient custom, one in accord with nature, concerning sexual pleasures, a custom that holds not only for human beings but for animals too.

    καὶ τούτων τὰς ὑμετέρας πόλεις πρώτας ἄν τις αἰτιῷτο καὶ 636c ὅσαι τῶν ἄλλων μάλιστα ἅπτονται τῶν γυμνασίων· καὶ εἴτε παίζοντα εἴτε σπουδάζοντα ἐννοεῖν δεῖ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐννοητέον ὅτι τῇ θηλείᾳ καὶ τῇ τῶν ἀρρένων φύσει εἰς κοινωνίαν ἰούσῃ τῆς γεννήσεως ἡ περὶ ταῦτα ἡδονὴ κατὰ φύσιν ἀποδεδόσθαι δοκεῖ, ἀρρένων δὲ πρὸς ἄρρενας ἢ θηλειῶν πρὸς θηλείας παρὰ φύσιν καὶ τῶν πρώτων τὸ τόλμημʼ εἶναι διʼ ἀκράτειαν ἡδονῆς. πάντες δὲ δὴ Κρητῶν τὸν περὶ Γανυμήδη μῦθον 636d κατηγοροῦμεν ὡς λογοποιησάντων τούτων· ἐπειδὴ παρὰ Διὸς αὐτοῖς οἱ νόμοι πεπιστευμένοι ἦσαν γεγονέναι, τοῦτον τὸν μῦθον προστεθηκέναι κατὰ τοῦ Διός, ἵνα ἑπόμενοι δὴ τῷ θεῷ καρπῶνται καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἡδονήν.

    And for this one might blame your cities first, and 636c those others that are most devoted to athletic training. Whether one should consider such matters in play or in earnest, one must bear in mind that nature seems to have granted the pleasure involved in these things to the female and male natures when they unite to beget children; whereas that of males with males, or females with females, is contrary to nature, and those who first ventured on it did so from lack of control over pleasure. And we all accuse the Cretans of inventing the story of Ganymede: 636d since their laws were believed to have come from Zeus, they added this story about Zeus, so that they could enjoy this pleasure too, following the god’s example.

    Ganymede, a Trojan youth carried off by Zeus to be his cupbearer and beloved.

    τὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μύθου χαιρέτω, νόμων δὲ πέρι διασκοπουμένων ἀνθρώπων ὀλίγου πᾶσά ἐστιν ἡ σκέψις περί τε τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς λύπας ἔν τε πόλεσιν καὶ ἐν ἰδίοις ἤθεσιν· δύο γὰρ αὗται πηγαὶ μεθεῖνται φύσει ῥεῖν, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἀρυτόμενος ὅθεν τε 636e δεῖ καὶ ὁπότε καὶ ὁπόσον εὐδαιμονεῖ, καὶ πόλις ὁμοίως καὶ ἰδιώτης καὶ ζῷον ἅπαν, ὁ δʼ ἀνεπιστημόνως ἅμα καὶ ἐκτὸς τῶν καιρῶν τἀναντία ἂν ἐκείνῳ ζῴη.

    Well, let’s leave the story aside. But when people investigate laws, nearly the whole inquiry concerns pleasures and pains, both in cities and in the characters of individuals. These are two springs that nature has let flow. Whoever draws from the right one, 636e at the right time and in the right amount, is happy—city, individual and every living creature alike; whoever draws without knowledge and at the wrong times will live the opposite kind of life.

    Megillusλέγεται μὲν ταῦτα, ὦ ξένε, καλῶς πως· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἀφασία γʼ ἡμᾶς λαμβάνει τί ποτε χρὴ λέγειν πρὸς ταῦτα, ὅμως δʼ ἔμοιγε ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ τὸ τὰς ἡδονὰς φεύγειν διακελεύεσθαι τόν γε ἐν Λακεδαίμονι νομοθέτην, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν Κνωσῷ νόμων ὅδε, ἂν ἐθέλῃ, βοηθήσει.

    MegillusThat’s well said, somehow, stranger; yet we’re at a loss what to say in reply. Still, it seems to me that the lawgiver in Sparta is right to order us to avoid pleasures. As for the laws in Knossos, our friend here will come to their defense, if he wishes.

    τὰ δʼ ἐν 637a Σπάρτῃ κάλλιστʼ ἀνθρώπων δοκεῖ μοι κεῖσθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς ἡδονάς· οὗ γὰρ μάλιστʼ ἄνθρωποι καὶ μεγίσταις προσπίπτουσιν ἡδοναῖς καὶ ὕβρεσι καὶ ἀνοίᾳ πάσῃ, τοῦτʼ ἐξέβαλεν ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας συμπάσης, καὶ οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπʼ ἀγρῶν ἴδοις, οὔτʼ ἐν ἄστεσιν ὅσων Σπαρτιάταις μέλει, συμπόσια οὐδʼ ὁπόσα τούτοις συνεπόμενα πάσας ἡδονὰς κινεῖ κατὰ δύναμιν, οὐδʼ ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν ἀπαντῶν κωμάζοντί τινι 637b μετὰ μέθης οὐκ ἂν τὴν μεγίστην δίκην εὐθὺς ἐπιθείη, καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν Διονύσια πρόφασιν ἔχοντʼ αὐτὸν λύσαιτο, ὥσπερ ἐν ἁμάξαις εἶδόν ποτε παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐγώ, καὶ ἐν Τάραντι δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἀποίκοις πᾶσαν ἐθεασάμην τὴν πόλιν περὶ τὰ Διονύσια μεθύουσαν· παρʼ ἡμῖν δʼ οὐκ ἔστʼ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον.

    In 637a Sparta, it seems to me, the laws about pleasures are the finest in the world. The thing that, more than anything, leads people into the greatest pleasures and excesses and every kind of folly, our law has banished from the whole country. Neither in the countryside nor in the towns that Spartans control would you see drinking parties, or all the things that go with them and stir up every sort of pleasure as much as they can. There’s no one who, if he met someone reveling drunkenly, 637b wouldn’t at once impose the heaviest punishment on him; and not even the excuse of the Dionysia would get him off—as I once saw among you, on the wagons; and at Tarentum, among our colonists, I watched the whole city drunk at the Dionysia. With us there’s nothing of the kind.

    The Dionysia were festivals of Dionysus, god of wine; at Athens, revelers rode on wagons and hurled abuse at passers-by. Tarentum, in southern Italy, was a Spartan colony.

    Athenianὦ Λακεδαιμόνιε ξένε, ἐπαινετὰ μὲν πάντʼ ἐστὶν τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὅπου τινὲς ἔνεισιν καρτερήσεις, ὅπου δὲ ἀνεῖνται, 637c βλακικώτερα· ταχὺ γάρ σου λάβοιτʼ ἄν τις τῶν παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀμυνόμενος, δεικνὺς τὴν τῶν γυναικῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν. ἅπασιν δὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις, καὶ ἐν Τάραντι καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν δέ, μία ἀπόκρισις ἀπολύεσθαι δοκεῖ τοῦ μὴ κακῶς ἔχειν ἀλλʼ ὀρθῶς· πᾶς γὰρ ἀποκρινόμενος ἐρεῖ θαυμάζοντι ξένῳ, τὴν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀήθειαν ὁρῶντι, “μὴ θαύμαζε, ὦ ξένε· νόμος ἔσθʼ ἡμῖν οὗτος, ἴσως δʼ ὑμῖν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων 637d ἕτερος.” ἡμῖν δʼ ἐστὶ νῦν, ὦ φίλοι ἄνδρες, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἄλλων ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν νομοθετῶν αὐτῶν κακίας τε καὶ ἀρετῆς.

    AthenianSpartan stranger, all such things are praiseworthy where there’s some endurance in them; but where they’re relaxed, 637c they’re rather foolish. Someone from our side could quickly catch you out in return, pointing to the laxity of your women. To all such charges—in Tarentum, with us, and with you as well—there’s one answer that seems to clear them of being bad and show them to be right. Anyone will answer a stranger who is astonished at seeing what is unfamiliar to him: “Don’t be astonished, stranger: this is our law; perhaps yours about these same matters 637d is different.” But our discussion now, my friends, is not about the rest of mankind, but about the badness and virtue of the lawgivers themselves.

    ἔτι γὰρ οὖν εἴπωμεν πλείω περὶ ἁπάσης μέθης· οὐ γὰρ σμικρόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα οὐδὲ φαύλου διαγνῶναι νομοθέτου. λέγω δʼ οὐκ οἴνου περὶ πόσεως τὸ παράπαν ἢ μή, μέθης δὲ αὐτῆς πέρι, πότερον ὥσπερ Σκύθαι χρῶνται καὶ Πέρσαι χρηστέον, καὶ ἔτι Καρχηδόνιοι καὶ Κελτοὶ καὶ Ἴβηρες καὶ Θρᾷκες, πολεμικὰ 637e σύμπαντα ὄντα ταῦτα γένη, ἢ καθάπερ ὑμεῖς· ὑμεῖς μὲν γάρ, ὅπερ λέγεις, τὸ παράπαν ἀπέχεσθε, Σκύθαι δὲ καὶ Θρᾷκες ἀκράτῳ παντάπασι χρώμενοι, γυναῖκές τε καὶ αὐτοί, καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἱματίων καταχεόμενοι, καλὸν καὶ εὔδαιμον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύειν νενομίκασι. Πέρσαι δὲ σφόδρα μὲν χρῶνται καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τρυφαῖς ἃς ὑμεῖς ἀποβάλλετε, ἐν τάξει δὲ μᾶλλον τούτων.

    So let’s say more about drunkenness in general; for it’s no small practice, nor one for a poor lawgiver to judge. I’m not talking about drinking wine or not drinking it at all, but about drunkenness itself: should we treat it as the Scythians and Persians do, and the Carthaginians, Celts, Iberians and Thracians as well, 637e all of them warlike peoples, or as you do? You, as you say, abstain altogether; whereas the Scythians and Thracians drink their wine completely unmixed, women and men alike, and pour it down their cloaks, and they believe this is a fine and happy practice to follow. The Persians indulge a great deal, both in this and in the other luxuries that you reject, but in a more orderly way than these others.

    Greeks normally drank their wine mixed with water; drinking it unmixed was thought a mark of excess.

    Megillusὦ λῷστε, διώκομεν δέ γε ἡμεῖς πάντας τούτους, ὅταν ὅπλα εἰς τὰς χεῖρας λάβωμεν.

    MegillusMy good friend, we put all of them to flight whenever we take up arms.

    Athenianὦ ἄριστε, μὴ λέγε ταῦτα· πολλαὶ γὰρ δὴ φυγαὶ καὶ διώξεις ἀτέκμαρτοι γεγόνασίν τε καὶ ἔσονται, διὸ φανερὸν ὅρον τοῦτον οὐκ ἄν ποτε λέγοιμεν, ἀλλὰ ἀμφισβητήσιμον, περὶ καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ μή, νίκην τε καὶ ἧτταν λέγοντες μάχης. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ αἱ μείζους τὰς ἐλάττους πόλεις 638b νικῶσιν μαχόμεναι καὶ καταδουλοῦνται, Συρακόσιοι μὲν Λοκρούς, οἳ δὴ δοκοῦσιν εὐνομώτατοι τῶν περὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον γεγονέναι, Κείους δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι· μυρία δὲ ἄλλα τοιαῦτʼ ἂν εὕροιμεν. ἀλλὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἑκάστου ἐπιτηδεύματος πειρώμεθα λέγοντες πείθειν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, νίκας δὲ καὶ ἥττας ἐκτὸς λόγου τὰ νῦν θῶμεν, λέγωμεν δʼ ὡς τὸ μὲν τοιόνδʼ ἐστὶν καλόν, τὸ δὲ τοιόνδε οὐ καλόν. πρῶτον δʼ ἀκούσατέ τί μου, περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ὡς δεῖ τό τε χρηστὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ σκοπεῖν.

    AthenianMy excellent friend, don’t say that. There have been many flights and pursuits whose causes can’t be traced, and there will be more. So we’d never be stating a clear standard, but a disputable one, about which practices are good and which are not, if we cited victory and defeat in battle. After all, larger cities defeat smaller ones 638b in battle and enslave them—the Syracusans did so to the Locrians, who seem to have been the best-governed people in that region, and the Athenians to the Ceans; and we could find countless other cases like these. Instead, let’s try to persuade ourselves by discussing each practice on its own terms, and leave victories and defeats out of account for now, and say that this kind of thing is good and that kind is not. But first listen to me on how one should examine what is beneficial and what is not in these very matters.

    Locri Epizephyrii in southern Italy, famed for its early lawgiver Zaleucus; Ceos, an island in the Aegean.

    Megillusπῶς οὖν δὴ λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat do you mean?

    Athenianδοκοῦσί μοι πάντες οἱ λόγῳ τι λαβόντες ἐπιτήδευμα, καὶ προθέμενοι ψέγειν αὐτὸ ἢ ἐπαινεῖν εὐθὺς ῥηθέν, οὐδαμῶς δρᾶν κατὰ τρόπον, ἀλλὰ ταὐτὸν ποιεῖν οἷον εἰ δή τις, ἐπαινέσαντός τινος πυροὺς βρῶμα ὡς ἀγαθόν, εὐθὺς ψέγοι, μὴ διαπυθόμενος αὐτοῦ μήτε τὴν ἐργασίαν μήτε τὴν προσφοράν, ὅντινα τρόπον καὶ οἷστισι καὶ μεθʼ ὧν καὶ ὅπως ἔχοντα καὶ ὅπως προσφέρειν ἔχουσιν. νῦν δὴ ταὐτόν μοι 638d δοκοῦμεν ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ποιεῖν· περὶ μέθης γὰρ ἀκούσαντες τοσοῦτον μόνον, εὐθὺς οἱ μὲν ψέγειν αὐτό, οἱ δʼ ἐπαινεῖν, καὶ μάλα ἀτόπως. μάρτυσιν γὰρ καὶ ἐπαινέταις χρώμενοι ἐπαινοῦμεν ἑκάτεροι, καὶ οἱ μέν, ὅτι πολλοὺς παρεχόμεθα, ἀξιοῦμέν τι λέγειν κύριον, οἱ δέ, ὅτι τοὺς μὴ χρωμένους αὐτῷ ὁρῶμεν νικῶντας μαχομένους· ἀμφισβητεῖται δʼ αὖ καὶ τοῦτο ἡμῖν.

    AthenianIt seems to me that all those who take up some practice in discussion, and set out to blame it or praise it as soon as it’s mentioned, go about it quite wrongly. It’s as if, when someone praised wheat as a good food, someone else immediately blamed it, without finding out about its preparation or its serving: in what way, to whom, with what, in what condition, and how people serve it. That seems to me 638d to be just what we’re doing in our discussion now. Hearing only this much about drunkenness, some of us immediately blame it and others praise it, and quite absurdly. Each side praises by calling on witnesses and supporters: some of us think we’re saying something decisive because we produce many of them, others because we see those who don’t use it winning their battles. And this too is disputed between us.

    εἰ μὲν δὴ καὶ περὶ ἑκάστων 638e οὕτω καὶ τῶν ἄλλων νομίμων διέξιμεν, οὐκ ἂν ἔμοιγε κατὰ νοῦν εἴη, τρόπον δὲ ἄλλον, ὃν ἐμοὶ φαίνεται δεῖν, ἐθέλω λέγειν περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου, τῆς μέθης, πειρώμενος ἂν ἄρα δύνωμαι τὴν περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν τοιούτων ὀρθὴν μέθοδον ἡμῖν δηλοῦν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ μυρία ἐπὶ μυρίοις ἔθνη περὶ αὐτῶν ἀμφισβητοῦντα ὑμῖν πόλεσι δυοῖν τῷ λόγῳ διαμάχοιτʼ ἄν.

    If we’re going to go through each of the other customs in this way too, 638e it wouldn’t be to my liking. I want to speak about this very subject, drunkenness, in another way, the one I think is needed, and try to see whether I can show us the correct method for all such matters. For countless nations upon nations, disputing about them, would take up the argument against your two cities.

    Megillusκαὶ μὴν εἴ τινα ἔχομεν ὀρθὴν σκέψιν τῶν τοιούτων, 639a οὐκ ἀποκνητέον ἀκούειν.

    MegillusWell, if we have a correct way of examining such things, 639a we mustn’t shrink from hearing it.

    Athenianσκεψώμεθα δή πῃ τῇδε. φέρε, εἴ τις αἰγῶν τροφήν, καὶ τὸ ζῷον αὐτὸ κτῆμα ὡς ἔστιν καλόν, ἐπαινοῖ, ἄλλος δέ τις ἑωρακὼς αἶγας χωρὶς νεμομένας αἰπόλου ἐν ἐργασίμοις χωρίοις δρώσας κακὰ διαψέγοι, καὶ πᾶν θρέμμα ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων ἰδὼν οὕτω μέμφοιτο, τὸν τοῦ τοιούτου ψόγον ἡγούμεθα ὑγιὲς ἄν ποτε ψέξαι καὶ ὁτιοῦν;

    AthenianThen let’s look at it somehow like this. Suppose someone praised the keeping of goats, and said the animal itself is a fine thing to own; and someone else, who had seen goats grazing without a goatherd and doing damage on cultivated land, found fault with the whole business, and likewise blamed every herd he’d seen without a keeper or with bad keepers. Would we think that such a person’s blame would ever be sound about anything at all?

    Megillusκαὶ πῶς;

    MegillusHow could it be?

    Athenianχρηστὸς δὲ ἄρχων ἔσθʼ ἡμῖν ἐν πλοίοις πότερον ἐὰν 639b τὴν ναυτικὴν ἔχῃ ἐπιστήμην μόνον, ἄντʼ οὖν ναυτιᾷ ἄντε μή, ἢ πῶς ἂν λέγοιμεν;

    AthenianIs a commander on board ship a good one if 639b he has seafaring knowledge alone, whether he gets seasick or not? Or what would we say?

    Megillusοὐδαμῶς, ἄν γε πρὸς τῇ τέχνῃ ἔχῃ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πάθος ὃ λέγεις.

    MegillusNot at all, not if on top of his skill he also has this affliction you mention.

    Athenianτί δʼ ἄρχων στρατοπέδων; ἆρʼ ἐὰν τὴν πολεμικὴν ἔχῃ ἐπιστήμην, ἱκανὸς ἄρχειν, κἂν δειλὸς ὢν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς ὑπὸ μέθης τοῦ φόβου ναυτιᾷ;

    AthenianWhat about the commander of an army? If he has military knowledge, is he fit to command, even if he’s a coward and gets seasick in dangers, drunk with fear?

    Megillusκαὶ πῶς;

    MegillusHow could he be?

    Athenianἂν δὲ αὖ μήτε ἔχῃ τὴν τέχνην δειλός τε ᾖ;

    AthenianAnd if he both lacks the skill and is a coward?

    Megillusπαντάπασίν τινα πονηρὸν λέγεις, καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἀνδρῶν ἄρχοντα ἀλλά τινων σφόδρα γυναικῶν.

    MegillusYou’re describing someone utterly worthless—a commander not of men at all, but of a pack of the feeblest women.

    Athenianτί δʼ ἐπαινέτην ἢ ψέκτην κοινωνίας ἡστινοσοῦν ᾗ πέφυκέν τε ἄρχων εἶναι μετʼ ἐκείνου τε ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ μήτε ἑωρακὼς εἴη ποτʼ ὀρθῶς αὐτὴν αὑτῇ κοινωνοῦσαν μετʼ ἄρχοντος, ἀεὶ δὲ ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων συνοῦσαν; οἰόμεθα δή ποτε τοὺς τοιούτους θεωροὺς τῶν τοιούτων κοινωνιῶν χρηστόν τι ψέξειν ἢ ἐπαινέσεσθαι;

    AthenianAnd what about someone who praises or blames any association whatever that naturally has a leader and, with him, is beneficial, when he has never seen it associating properly under its leader, but always either without a leader or with bad leaders? Do we suppose that observers of such associations, when they’re like this, will ever blame or praise anything usefully?

    Megillusπῶς δʼ ἄν, μηδέποτέ γε ἰδόντας μηδὲ συγγενομένους 639d ὀρθῶς γενομένῳ μηδενὶ τῶν τοιούτων κοινωνημάτων;

    MegillusHow could they, when they’ve never seen or taken part in 639d any such association conducted properly?

    Athenianἔχε δή· τῶν πολλῶν κοινωνιῶν συμπότας καὶ συμπόσια θεῖμεν ἂν μίαν τινὰ συνουσίαν εἶναι;

    AthenianWait, then. Among the many kinds of association, would we count drinking companions and drinking parties as one kind of gathering?

    Megillusκαὶ σφόδρα γε.

    MegillusVery much so.

    Athenianταύτην οὖν μῶν ὀρθῶς γιγνομένην ἤδη τις πώποτε ἐθεάσατο; καὶ σφῷν μὲν ἀποκρίνασθαι ῥᾴδιον ὡς οὐδεπώποτε τὸ παράπαν—οὐ γὰρ ἐπιχώριον ὑμῖν τοῦτο οὐδὲ νόμιμον—ἐγὼ δὲ ἐντετύχηκά τε πολλαῖς καὶ πολλαχοῦ, καὶ προσέτι πάσας ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν διηρώτηκα, καὶ σχεδὸν ὅλην 639e μὲν οὐδεμίαν ὀρθῶς γιγνομένην ἑώρακα οὐδὲ ἀκήκοα, μόρια δʼ εἴ που σμικρὰ καὶ ὀλίγα, τὰ πολλὰ δὲ σύμπανθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν διημαρτημένα.

    AthenianNow has anyone ever yet seen one of these conducted properly? You two can easily answer that you’ve never seen one at all—it’s not native to you, nor lawful. But I’ve come across many, in many places, and have moreover inquired about practically all of them; and I’ve hardly seen or heard of one conducted properly 639e as a whole—perhaps some small parts here and there, but most of them, practically in their entirety, gone wrong.

    Cliniasπῶς δὴ ταῦτα, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις; εἰπὲ ἔτι σαφέστερον· ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ, ὅπερ εἶπες, ἀπειρίᾳ τῶν τοιούτων, οὐδὲ ἐντυγχάνοντες 640a ἂν ἴσως εὐθύς γε γνοῖμεν τό τε ὀρθὸν καὶ μὴ γιγνόμενον ἐν αὐτοῖς.

    CliniasHow do you mean, stranger? Say it more clearly still. For we, as you said, through inexperience of such things, even if we came across 640a them, might perhaps not recognize straightaway what’s being done properly in them and what isn’t.

    Athenianεἰκὸς λέγεις· ἀλλʼ ἐμοῦ φράζοντος πειρῶ μανθάνειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐν πάσαις τε συνόδοις, καὶ κοινωνίαις πράξεων ὡντινωνοῦν, ὡς ὀρθὸν πανταχοῦ ἑκάστοις ἄρχοντα εἶναι, μανθάνεις;

    AthenianThat’s reasonable. But try to learn as I explain. You understand that in all gatherings, and in partnerships for any activity whatever, it’s right that each of them should everywhere have a leader?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἐλέγομεν νυνδὴ μαχομένων ὡς ἀνδρεῖον δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντʼ εἶναι.

    AthenianAnd we said just now that the leader of fighting men must be courageous.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianὁ μὴν ἀνδρεῖος τῶν δειλῶν ὑπὸ φόβων ἧττον τεθορύβηται.

    AthenianNow the courageous man is less thrown into confusion by fears than cowards are.

    Cliniasκαὶ τοῦτο οὕτως.

    CliniasThat’s so as well.

    Athenianεἰ δʼ ἦν τις μηχανὴ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν δεδιότα μηδὲ θορυβούμενον ἐπιστῆσαι στρατοπέδῳ στρατηγόν, ἆρʼ οὐ τοῦτʼ ἂν παντὶ τρόπῳ ἐπράττομεν;

    AthenianAnd if there were some way to put a general in charge of an army who was not afraid or confused at all, wouldn’t we do it by every means?

    Cliniasσφόδρα μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianνῦν δέ γε οὐ στρατοπέδου περὶ λέγομεν ἄρξοντος ἐν ἀνδρῶν ὁμιλίαις ἐχθρῶν ἐχθροῖς μετὰ πολέμου, φίλων δʼ ἐν εἰρήνῃ πρὸς φίλους κοινωνησόντων φιλοφροσύνης.

    AthenianBut now we’re not talking about a man who will lead an army in encounters of enemy with enemy in war, but about friends sharing goodwill with friends in peace.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianἔστιν δέ γε ἡ τοιαύτη συνουσία, εἴπερ ἔσται μετὰ μέθης, οὐκ ἀθόρυβος. ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianAnd such a gathering, if it’s going to involve drinking, isn’t free of confusion, is it?

    Cliniasπῶς γάρ; ἀλλʼ οἶμαι πᾶν τοὐναντίον.

    CliniasHow could it be? Quite the opposite, I think.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν πρῶτον μὲν καὶ τούτοις ἄρχοντος δεῖ;

    AthenianSo in the first place these people need a leader too?

    Cliniasτί μήν; ὡς οὐδενί γε πράγματι.

    CliniasOf course—more than anything.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν ἀθόρυβον, εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη, τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄρχοντα ἐκπορίζεσθαι δεῖ;

    AthenianThen must we provide them with a leader who is free of confusion, if that’s possible?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν περί γε συνουσίας, ὡς ἔοικεν, αὐτὸν φρόνιμον εἶναι δεῖ· γίγνεται γὰρ φύλαξ τῆς τε ὑπαρχούσης 640d φιλίας αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔτι πλείονος ἐπιμελητὴς ὅπως ἔσται διὰ τὴν τότε συνουσίαν.

    AthenianAnd where a gathering is concerned, it seems, he must be wise; for he becomes the guardian of the friendship 640d that already exists among them, and also sees to it that it will grow greater through the gathering.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν νήφοντά τε καὶ σοφὸν ἄρχοντα μεθυόντων δεῖ καθιστάναι, καὶ μὴ τοὐναντίον; μεθυόντων γὰρ μεθύων καὶ νέος ἄρχων μὴ σοφός, εἰ μὴ κακὸν ἀπεργάσαιτό τι μέγα, πολλῇ χρῷτʼ ἂν ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ.

    AthenianSo we must appoint a sober and wise leader over drinkers, and not the opposite? A drunk and young leader of drunks, who isn’t wise, would be very lucky if he didn’t do some great harm.

    Cliniasπαμπόλλῃ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasExtremely lucky.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἰ μὲν γιγνομένων ὡς δυνατὸν ὀρθότατα τούτων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τῶν συνουσιῶν μέμφοιτό τις, ἐπικαλῶν 640e αὐτῷ τῷ πράγματι, τάχʼ ἂν ὀρθῶς ἴσως μέμφοιτο· εἰ δὲ ἁμαρτανόμενον ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα ἐπιτήδευμά τις ὁρῶν λοιδορεῖ, πρῶτον μὲν δῆλον ὡς ἀγνοεῖ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ γιγνόμενον οὐκ ὀρθῶς, εἶθʼ ὅτι πᾶν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ φανεῖται πονηρόν, δεσπότου τε καὶ ἄρχοντος νήφοντος χωρὶς πραττόμενον. ἢ οὐ συννοεῖς τοῦθʼ, ὅτι μεθύων κυβερνήτης καὶ πᾶς παντὸς ἄρχων 641a ἀνατρέπει πάντα εἴτε πλοῖα εἴτε ἅρματα εἴτε στρατόπεδον, εἴθʼ ὅτι ποτʼ εἴη τὸ κυβερνώμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ;

    AthenianSo if someone found fault with these gatherings when they’re conducted in cities as properly as possible, attacking 640e the thing itself, perhaps he might be right to find fault. But if someone reviles the practice after seeing it done as badly as it could possibly be, then first, clearly he doesn’t know that this is being done improperly; and second, anything at all will look bad when it’s done this way, without a sober master and leader. Or don’t you realize that a drunken helmsman, and anyone in charge of anything, 641a overturns everything—ships or chariots or an army, or whatever he’s steering?

    Cliniasπαντάπασιν τοῦτό γε ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας, ὦ ξένε· τοὐπὶ τῷδε δʼ ἡμῖν λέγε, τί ποτε, ἂν γίγνηται τοῦτο ὀρθὸν τὸ περὶ τὰς πόσεις νόμιμον, ἀγαθὸν ἂν δράσειεν ἡμᾶς; οἷον, ὃ νυνδὴ ἐλέγομεν, εἰ στράτευμα ὀρθῆς ἡγεμονίας τυγχάνοι, νίκη πολέμου τοῖς ἑπομένοις ἂν γίγνοιτο, οὐ σμικρὸν ἀγαθόν, καὶ 641b τἆλλʼ οὕτω· συμποσίου δὲ ὀρθῶς παιδαγωγηθέντος τί μέγα ἰδιώταις ἢ τῇ πόλει γίγνοιτʼ ἄν;

    CliniasThat’s entirely true, stranger. But tell us what comes next: if this custom of drinking were practiced properly, what good would it do us? Take what we were saying just now: if an army got proper leadership, victory in war would come to those who followed, and that’s no small good; 641b and so with the rest. But when a drinking party is properly supervised, what great benefit would come to individuals or to the city?

    Athenianτί δέ; παιδὸς ἑνὸς ἢ καὶ χοροῦ παιδαγωγηθέντος κατὰ τρόπον ἑνός, τί μέγα τῇ πόλει φαῖμεν ἂν γίγνεσθαι; ἢ τοῦτο οὕτως ἐρωτηθέντες εἴποιμεν ἂν ὡς ἑνὸς μὲν βραχύ τι τῇ πόλει γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὄφελος, εἰ δʼ ὅλως ἐρωτᾷς παιδείαν τῶν παιδευθέντων τί μέγα τὴν πόλιν ὀνίνησιν, οὐ χαλεπὸν εἰπεῖν ὅτι παιδευθέντες μὲν εὖ γίγνοιντʼ ἂν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοί, γενόμενοι 641c δὲ τοιοῦτοι τά τε ἄλλα πράττοιεν καλῶς, ἔτι δὲ κἂν νικῷεν τοὺς πολεμίους μαχόμενοι. παιδεία μὲν οὖν φέρει καὶ νίκην, νίκη δʼ ἐνίοτε ἀπαιδευσίαν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ὑβριστότεροι διὰ πολέμων νίκας γενόμενοι μυρίων ἄλλων κακῶν διʼ ὕβριν ἐνεπλήσθησαν, καὶ παιδεία μὲν οὐδεπώποτε γέγονεν Καδμεία, νῖκαι δὲ ἀνθρώποις πολλαὶ δὴ τοιαῦται γεγόνασίν τε καὶ ἔσονται.

    AthenianWell, when one child, or one chorus, is properly supervised, what great benefit would we say comes to the city? Or, asked that question, wouldn’t we say that from one the city would get only a small benefit? But if you ask in general what great benefit the city gets from the education of those it educates, it isn’t hard to say that, if they’re well educated, they’d become good men, and being such 641c they’d do everything else well, and would even defeat their enemies in battle. So education brings victory too, while victory sometimes brings lack of education. For many who have grown more arrogant through victories in war have, through their arrogance, been filled with countless other evils. And education has never yet proved a Cadmean victory, whereas victories of that kind have often come to human beings, and will again.

    A “Cadmean victory” was proverbial for one that ruins the victor (like the later “Pyrrhic victory”).

    Cliniasδοκεῖς ἡμῖν, ὦ φίλε, τὴν ἐν τοῖς οἴνοις κοινὴν 641d διατριβὴν ὡς εἰς παιδείας μεγάλην μοῖραν τείνουσαν λέγειν, ἂν ὀρθῶς γίγνηται.

    CliniasYou seem to us, my friend, to be saying that the shared pastime 641d over wine makes a large contribution to education, if it’s done properly.

    Athenianτί μήν;

    AthenianCertainly.

    Cliniasἔχοις ἂν οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ὡς ἔστιν τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον ἀληθές;

    CliniasCould you, then, go on to say how what you’ve just said is true?

    Athenianτὸ μὲν ἀληθές, ὦ ξένε, διισχυρίζεσθαι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν, πολλῶν ἀμφισβητούντων, θεοῦ· εἰ δʼ ὅπῃ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται δεῖ λέγειν, οὐδεὶς φθόνος, ἐπείπερ ὡρμήκαμέν γε τοὺς λόγους περὶ νόμων καὶ πολιτείας ποιεῖσθαι τὰ νῦν.

    AthenianTo insist firmly that this is how things are, stranger, when many dispute it, is for a god to do. But if I have to say how it looks to me, I don’t at all begrudge it, since we’ve set out to discuss laws and constitutions now.

    Cliniasτοῦτʼ αὐτὸ δὴ πειρώμεθα, τὸ σοὶ δοκοῦν περὶ τῶν 641e νῦν ἀμφισβητουμένων καταμαθεῖν.

    CliniasThat’s just what we’re trying to do: to learn your view about the matters 641e now in dispute.

    Athenianἀλλὰ χρὴ ποιεῖν οὕτως, ὑμᾶς τε ἐπὶ τὸ μαθεῖν καὶ ἐμὲ ἐπὶ τὸ δηλῶσαι πειρώμενον ἁμῶς γέ πως, συντεῖναι, τὸν λόγον. πρῶτον δέ μου ἀκούσατε τὸ τοιόνδε. τὴν πόλιν ἅπαντες ἡμῶν Ἕλληνες ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ὡς φιλόλογός τέ ἐστι καὶ πολύλογος, Λακεδαίμονα δὲ καὶ Κρήτην, τὴν μὲν βραχύλογον, τὴν δὲ πολύνοιαν μᾶλλον ἢ πολυλογίαν ἀσκοῦσαν· 642a σκοπῶ δὴ μὴ δόξαν ὑμῖν παράσχωμαι περὶ σμικροῦ πολλὰ λέγειν, μέθης πέρι, σμικροῦ πράγματος, παμμήκη λόγον ἀνακαθαιρόμενος. τὸ δὲ ἡ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτοῦ διόρθωσις οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο ἄνευ μουσικῆς ὀρθότητός ποτε σαφὲς οὐδὲ ἱκανὸν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἀπολαβεῖν, μουσικὴ δὲ ἄνευ παιδείας τῆς πάσης οὐκ ἂν αὖ ποτε δύναιτο· ταῦτα δὲ παμπόλλων ἐστὶν λόγων.

    AthenianThen this is what we must do: you must try to learn and I to explain, somehow or other, and we must both strain at the argument together. But first listen to this. All the Greeks assume that our city is fond of talk and talks a great deal, while Sparta is brief in speech, and Crete cultivates much thought rather than much talk. 642a So I’m wary of giving you the impression that I’m saying a great deal about a small thing—drunkenness, a small matter—by laying out a very long argument to clear it up. But setting it right according to its nature could never be grasped clearly or adequately in argument without the correctness of music, and music could never be grasped without education as a whole; and these call for a great deal of talk.

    ὁρᾶτε οὖν τί ποιῶμεν εἰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσαιμεν ἐν τῷ 642b παρόντι, μετεκβαῖμεν δʼ εἰς ἕτερόν τινα νόμων πέρι λόγον.

    So consider what we should do. What if we left these matters for 642b now and moved on to some other discussion about laws?

    Megillusὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε, οὐκ οἶσθʼ ἴσως ὅτι τυγχάνει ἡμῶν ἡ ἑστία τῆς πόλεως οὖσα ὑμῶν πρόξενος. ἴσως μὲν οὖν καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς παισίν, ἐπειδὰν ἀκούσωσιν ὅτι τινός εἰσιν πόλεως πρόξενοι, ταύτῃ τις εὔνοια ἐκ νέων εὐθὺς ἐνδύεται ἕκαστον ἡμῶν τῶν προξένων τῇ πόλει, ὡς δευτέρᾳ οὔσῃ πατρίδι μετὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν· καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐμοὶ νῦν ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ἐγγέγονεν.

    MegillusAthenian stranger, perhaps you don’t know that our family happens to be the proxenos of your city. And perhaps it’s the same for all children: once they hear that they’re proxenoi of some city, a goodwill toward that city sinks into each of us proxenoi straight from childhood, as though it were a second homeland after our own. And that’s just what has happened to me now.

    A proxenos was a citizen who acted as the official friend and representative of another city’s interests in his own city, often as a hereditary role.

    ἀκούων γὰρ τῶν παίδων εὐθύς, 642c εἴ τι μέμφοιντο ἢ καὶ ἐπαινοῖεν Λακεδαιμόνιοι Ἀθηναίους, ὡς “ἡ πόλις ὑμῶν, ὦ Μέγιλλε,” ἔφασαν, “ἡμᾶς οὐ καλῶς ἢ καλῶς ἔρρεξε” —ταῦτα δὴ ἀκούων, καὶ μαχόμενος πρὸς αὐτὰ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀεὶ πρὸς τοὺς τὴν πόλιν εἰς ψόγον ἄγοντας, πᾶσαν εὔνοιαν ἔσχον, καί μοι νῦν ἥ τε φωνὴ προσφιλὴς ὑμῶν, τό τε ὑπὸ πολλῶν λεγόμενον, ὡς ὅσοι Ἀθηναίων εἰσὶν ἀγαθοὶ διαφερόντως εἰσὶν τοιοῦτοι, δοκεῖ ἀληθέστατα λέγεσθαι· μόνοι γὰρ ἄνευ ἀνάγκης αὐτοφυῶς, θείᾳ μοίρᾳ 642d ἀληθῶς καὶ οὔτι πλαστῶς εἰσιν ἀγαθοί. θαρρῶν δὴ ἐμοῦ γε ἕνεκα λέγοις ἂν τοσαῦτα ὁπόσα σοι φίλον.

    For straight from childhood, 642c whenever the Spartans found fault with the Athenians or praised them, I’d hear the other boys say, “Your city, Megillus, has done us a bad turn,” or “a good one.” Hearing this, and always fighting on your behalf against those who brought your city into disrepute, I came to feel every goodwill toward it. And now I find your accent dear to me, and what many people say—that those Athenians who are good are good in an exceptional way—seems to me to be said very truly. For they alone are good without compulsion, by their own nature, by divine dispensation, 642d genuinely and not artificially. So as far as I’m concerned, you can speak with confidence and say as much as you like.

    Cliniasκαὶ μήν, ὦ ξένε, καὶ τὸν παρʼ ἐμοῦ λόγον ἀκούσας τε καὶ ἀποδεξάμενος, θαρρῶν ὁπόσα βούλει λέγε. τῇδε γὰρ ἴσως ἀκήκοας ὡς Ἐπιμενίδης γέγονεν ἀνὴρ θεῖος, ὃς ἦν ἡμῖν οἰκεῖος, ἐλθὼν δὲ πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν δέκα ἔτεσιν πρότερον παρʼ ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ μαντείαν, θυσίας τε ἐθύσατό 642e τινας ἃς ὁ θεὸς ἀνεῖλεν, καὶ δὴ καὶ φοβουμένων τὸν Περσικὸν Ἀθηναίων στόλον, εἶπεν ὅτι δέκα μὲν ἐτῶν οὐχ ἥξουσιν, ὅταν δὲ ἔλθωσιν, ἀπαλλαγήσονται πράξαντες οὐδὲν ὧν ἤλπιζον, παθόντες τε ἢ δράσαντες πλείω κακά. τότʼ οὖν ἐξενώθησαν ὑμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι ἡμῶν, καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐκ τόσου ἔγωγε ὑμῖν καὶ 643a οἱ ἡμέτεροι ἔχουσιν γονῆς.

    CliniasAnd for my part, stranger, once you’ve heard and taken in my story too, speak confidently and say as much as you wish. You may have heard that Epimenides, an inspired man, was born here; he was a relative of ours. Ten years before the Persian Wars, he came to you in accordance with the god’s oracle and performed certain sacrifices 642e that the god had ordained. And when the Athenians were afraid of the Persian expedition, he told them that the Persians would not come for ten years, and that when they did come, they would go away having achieved none of what they hoped, and having suffered more harm than they had done. At that time our ancestors became guest-friends of yours, and ever since then I and my 643a family have felt goodwill toward you.

    Epimenides, a Cretan seer said to have purified Athens; ancient sources usually date his visit to around 600 BC, well before the Persian invasion of 490 BC.

    What education is

    Education is defined as training from childhood in virtue, not in trades or money-making.

    Athenianτὰ μὲν τοίνυν ὑμέτερα ἀκούειν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἕτοιμʼ ἂν εἴη· τὰ δʼ ἐμὰ βούλεσθαι μὲν ἕτοιμα, δύνασθαι δὲ οὐ πάνυ ῥᾴδια, ὅμως δὲ πειρατέον. πρῶτον δὴ οὖν πρὸς τὸν λόγον ὁρισώμεθα παιδείαν τί ποτʼ ἐστὶν καὶ τίνα δύναμιν ἔχει· διὰ γὰρ ταύτης φαμὲν ἰτέον εἶναι τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ἐν τῷ νῦν λόγον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, μέχριπερ ἂν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀφίκηται.

    AthenianWell, then, you’d be ready to listen, it seems. As for me, I’m ready enough to want to, but being able to isn’t at all easy. Still, I must try. First, then, for the sake of the argument, let’s define what education is and what power it has. For we say that the argument we’ve now taken in hand must travel by way of education until it arrives at the god.

    Presumably Dionysus, god of wine, since the argument is about drinking.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν δρῶμεν ταῦτα, εἴπερ σοί γε ἡδύ.

    CliniasBy all means let’s do that, if it suits you.

    Athenianλέγοντος τοίνυν ἐμοῦ τί ποτε χρὴ φάναι παιδείαν εἶναι, σκέψασθε ἂν ἀρέσκῃ τὸ λεχθέν.

    AthenianThen as I say what one ought to say education is, see whether you like what’s said.

    Cliniasλέγοις ἄν.

    CliniasGo ahead.

    Athenianλέγω δή, καί φημι τὸν ὁτιοῦν ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἐκ παίδων εὐθὺς μελετᾶν δεῖν, παίζοντά τε καὶ σπουδάζοντα ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πράγματος ἑκάστοις προσήκουσιν. οἷον τὸν μέλλοντα ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι γεωργὸν ἤ τινα οἰκοδόμον, τὸν μὲν οἰκοδομοῦντά τι τῶν παιδείων 643c οἰκοδομημάτων παίζειν χρή, τὸν δʼ αὖ γεωργοῦντα, καὶ ὄργανα ἑκατέρῳ σμικρά, τῶν ἀληθινῶν μιμήματα, παρασκευάζειν τὸν τρέφοντα αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν μαθημάτων ὅσα ἀναγκαῖα προμεμαθηκέναι προμανθάνειν, οἷον τέκτονα μετρεῖν ἢ σταθμᾶσθαι καὶ πολεμικὸν ἱππεύειν παίζοντα ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἄλλο ποιοῦντα, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι διὰ τῶν παιδιῶν ἐκεῖσε τρέπειν τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τῶν παίδων, οἷ ἀφικομένους αὐτοὺς δεῖ τέλος ἔχειν.

    AthenianI say—and I claim—that anyone who is going to be good at anything at all must practice that very thing from childhood on, in play and in earnest, amid everything that belongs to it. For example, one who is going to be a good farmer, or a good builder, should play, the one at building some children’s 643c houses, the other at farming; and whoever is raising each of them should provide each with small tools, imitations of the real ones. In particular, they should learn beforehand whatever it’s necessary to have learned beforehand—a carpenter, for instance, measuring or using the rule, a soldier riding a horse in play or doing something else of the sort. And through their games one should try to turn the children’s pleasures and desires toward the place where they must arrive and find their goal.

    κεφάλαιον δὴ παιδείας 643d λέγομεν τὴν ὀρθὴν τροφήν, ἣ τοῦ παίζοντος τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς ἔρωτα μάλιστα ἄξει τούτου ὃ δεήσει γενόμενον ἄνδρʼ αὐτὸν τέλειον εἶναι τῆς τοῦ πράγματος ἀρετῆς· ὁρᾶτε οὖν εἰ μέχρι τούτου γε, ὅπερ εἶπον, ὑμῖν ἀρέσκει τὸ λεχθέν.

    So the heart of education, we say, 643d is correct upbringing, which will draw the soul of the child at play, as much as possible, into love of the thing in which he’ll have to be accomplished, once he’s become a man, in the excellence of that pursuit. So see whether, up to this point, as I said, you like what’s been said.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν μηδʼ ὃ λέγομεν εἶναι παιδείαν ἀόριστον γένηται. νῦν γὰρ ὀνειδίζοντες ἐπαινοῦντές θʼ ἑκάστων τὰς τροφάς, λέγομεν ὡς τὸν μὲν πεπαιδευμένον ἡμῶν ὄντα τινά, 643e τὸν δὲ ἀπαίδευτον ἐνίοτε εἴς τε καπηλείας καὶ ναυκληρίας καὶ ἄλλων τοιούτων μάλα πεπαιδευμένων σφόδρα ἀνθρώπων· οὐ γὰρ ταῦτα ἡγουμένων, ὡς ἔοικʼ, εἶναι παιδείαν ὁ νῦν λόγος ἂν εἴη, τὴν δὲ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐκ παίδων παιδείαν, ποιοῦσαν ἐπιθυμητήν τε καὶ ἐραστὴν τοῦ πολίτην γενέσθαι τέλεον, ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπιστάμενον μετὰ δίκης.

    AthenianThen let’s not leave what we’re calling education undefined either. As things are, when we criticize or praise the upbringing of particular people, we say that one of us is educated 643e and another uneducated—sometimes of people who are extremely well educated in shopkeeping and shipping and other such trades. But our present account, it seems, isn’t the talk of people who think those things are education. It’s about education in virtue from childhood, which makes a person desire and passionately love to become a complete citizen, one who knows how to rule and be ruled with justice.

    ταύτην 644a τὴν τροφὴν ἀφορισάμενος ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, νῦν βούλοιτʼ ἂν μόνην παιδείαν προσαγορεύειν, τὴν δὲ εἰς χρήματα τείνουσαν ἤ τινα πρὸς ἰσχύν, ἢ καὶ πρὸς ἄλλην τινὰ σοφίαν ἄνευ νοῦ καὶ δίκης, βάναυσόν τʼ εἶναι καὶ ἀνελεύθερον καὶ οὐκ ἀξίαν τὸ παράπαν παιδείαν καλεῖσθαι. ἡμεῖς δὴ μηδὲν ὀνόματι διαφερώμεθʼ αὑτοῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ νυνδὴ λόγος ἡμῖν ὁμολογηθεὶς μενέτω, ὡς οἵ γε ὀρθῶς πεπαιδευμένοι σχεδὸν ἀγαθοὶ γίγνονται, καὶ δεῖ δὴ τὴν παιδείαν 644b μηδαμοῦ ἀτιμάζειν, ὡς πρῶτον τῶν καλλίστων τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἀνδράσιν παραγιγνόμενον· καὶ εἴ ποτε ἐξέρχεται, δυνατὸν δʼ ἐστὶν ἐπανορθοῦσθαι, τοῦτʼ ἀεὶ δραστέον διὰ βίου παντὶ κατὰ δύναμιν.

    It’s 644a this upbringing, I think, that our account has marked off and would now call education, and nothing else; while the kind that aims at money, or at some sort of strength, or even at some other wisdom without intelligence and justice, it would call vulgar and illiberal and wholly unworthy of the name. So let’s not quarrel among ourselves over a name. Let the account we agreed on just now stand: those who are rightly educated generally turn out good. And so one must never 644b hold education cheap, since it’s the first of the finest things that come to the best of men; and if it ever goes off course but can be set right, this is what everyone must always do, all his life, as best he can.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς, καὶ συγχωροῦμεν ἃ λέγεις.

    CliniasRight, and we agree with what you say.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν πάλαι γε συνεχωρήσαμεν ὡς ἀγαθῶν μὲν ὄντων τῶν δυναμένων ἄρχειν αὑτῶν, κακῶν δὲ τῶν μή.

    AthenianAnd long ago we agreed that those able to rule themselves are good, and those who aren’t are bad.

    Cliniasλέγεις ὀρθότατα.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianσαφέστερον ἔτι τοίνυν ἀναλάβωμεν τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ὅτι 644c ποτὲ λέγομεν. καί μοι διʼ εἰκόνος ἀποδέξασθε ἐάν πως δυνατὸς ὑμῖν γένωμαι δηλῶσαι τὸ τοιοῦτον.

    AthenianThen let’s take up again, more clearly, what exactly 644c we mean by this. And bear with me if I use an image, in case I can somehow make this sort of thing clear to you.

    Cliniasλέγε μόνον.

    CliniasJust say it.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἕνα μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον αὐτὸν τιθῶμεν;

    AthenianWell, shall we suppose that each of us is one person?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianδύο δὲ κεκτημένον ἐν αὑτῷ συμβούλω ἐναντίω τε καὶ ἄφρονε, ὣ προσαγορεύομεν ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπην;

    AthenianBut that each has within himself two counselors, opposed to each other and senseless, which we call pleasure and pain?

    Cliniasἔστι ταῦτα.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianπρὸς δὲ τούτοιν ἀμφοῖν αὖ δόξας μελλόντων, οἷν κοινὸν μὲν ὄνομα ἐλπίς, ἴδιον δέ, φόβος μὲν ἡ πρὸ λύπης 644d ἐλπίς, θάρρος δὲ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου· ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις λογισμὸς ὅτι ποτʼ αὐτῶν ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον, ὃς γενόμενος δόγμα πόλεως κοινὸν νόμος ἐπωνόμασται.

    AthenianAnd besides these two, opinions about what’s to come, whose common name is expectation. In particular, fear is the expectation 644d of pain, and confidence the expectation of its opposite. And over all of these is calculation about which of them is better or worse—and calculation, when it becomes the common decision of a city, has been named law.

    Cliniasμόγις μέν πως ἐφέπομαι, λέγε μὴν τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἑπομένου.

    CliniasI’m only just about following—but go on to what comes next as though I were.

    Megillusκαὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴν ταὐτὸν τοῦτο πάθος ἔνι.

    MegillusThe same thing is happening to me too.

    The puppets of the gods

    Each person is a puppet pulled by the cords of feeling; we must follow the golden cord of reason.

    Famous passage The puppets of the godsHuman beings are pictured as puppets pulled by iron cords of feeling and the golden cord of reason.

    Athenianπερὶ δὴ τούτων διανοηθῶμεν οὑτωσί. θαῦμα μὲν ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἡγησώμεθα τῶν ζῴων θεῖον, εἴτε ὡς παίγνιον ἐκείνων εἴτε ὡς σπουδῇ τινι συνεστηκός· οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό 644e γε γιγνώσκομεν, τόδε δὲ ἴσμεν, ὅτι ταῦτα τὰ πάθη ἐν ἡμῖν οἷον νεῦρα ἢ σμήρινθοί τινες ἐνοῦσαι σπῶσίν τε ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀλλήλαις ἀνθέλκουσιν ἐναντίαι οὖσαι ἐπʼ ἐναντίας πράξεις, οὗ δὴ διωρισμένη ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία κεῖται. μιᾷ γάρ φησιν ὁ λόγος δεῖν τῶν ἕλξεων συνεπόμενον ἀεὶ καὶ μηδαμῇ ἀπολειπόμενον ἐκείνης, ἀνθέλκειν τοῖς ἄλλοις νεύροις ἕκαστον, ταύτην 645a δʼ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ λογισμοῦ ἀγωγὴν χρυσῆν καὶ ἱεράν, τῆς πόλεως κοινὸν νόμον ἐπικαλουμένην, ἄλλας δὲ σκληρὰς καὶ σιδηρᾶς, τὴν δὲ μαλακὴν ἅτε χρυσῆν οὖσαν, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας παντοδαποῖς εἴδεσιν ὁμοίας.

    AthenianLet’s think about these matters like this. Let’s suppose that each of us living creatures is a puppet of the gods, whether put together as their plaything or for some serious purpose—that 644e we don’t know. But this we do know: these feelings in us are like tendons or cords that pull us, and, being opposed, drag against one another toward opposite actions; and that’s where the line between virtue and vice lies. For our account says that each of us must always follow one of these pulls and never let go of it, pulling against the other tendons; and this 645a is the golden and sacred leading-string of calculation, which is called the city’s common law. The others are hard and made of iron, while this one is soft, since it’s golden; and the others resemble all sorts of shapes.

    δεῖν δὴ τῇ καλλίστῃ ἀγωγῇ τῇ τοῦ νόμου ἀεὶ συλλαμβάνειν· ἅτε γὰρ τοῦ λογισμοῦ καλοῦ μὲν ὄντος, πρᾴου δὲ καὶ οὐ βιαίου, δεῖσθαι ὑπηρετῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀγωγήν, ὅπως ἂν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ χρυσοῦν γένος νικᾷ τὰ ἄλλα 645b γένη. καὶ οὕτω δὴ περὶ θαυμάτων ὡς ὄντων ἡμῶν ὁ μῦθος ἀρετῆς σεσωμένος ἂν εἴη, καὶ τὸ κρείττω ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἥττω εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ φανερὸν ἂν γίγνοιτο μᾶλλον ὃ νοεῖ, καὶ ὅτι πόλιν καὶ ἰδιώτην, τὸν μὲν λόγον ἀληθῆ λαβόντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ περὶ τῶν ἕλξεων τούτων, τούτῳ ἑπόμενον δεῖ ζῆν, πόλιν δὲ ἢ παρὰ θεῶν τινος ἢ παρὰ τούτου τοῦ γνόντος ταῦτα λόγον παραλαβοῦσαν, νόμον θεμένην, αὑτῇ τε ὁμιλεῖν καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν.

    So one must always cooperate with the finest leading-string, the law’s. For since calculation is fine, but gentle and not violent, its leading needs helpers, so that the golden kind within us may prevail over the other 645b kinds. In this way our story of virtue, with us as puppets, would be kept safe; what it means to be “stronger than oneself” and “weaker than oneself” would somehow become clearer; and so would this: that the individual must take into himself the true account of these pulls and live by following it, while the city must receive an account either from one of the gods or from the person who has come to know these things, make it law, and govern its dealings with itself and with other cities by it.

    οὕτω καὶ κακία δὴ καὶ ἀρετὴ 645c σαφέστερον ἡμῖν διηρθρωμένον ἂν εἴη· ἐναργεστέρου δʼ αὐτοῦ γενομένου καὶ παιδεία καὶ τἆλλα ἐπιτηδεύματα ἴσως ἔσται μᾶλλον καταφανῆ, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ περὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς οἴνοις διατριβῆς, ὃ δοξασθείη μὲν ἂν εἶναι φαύλου πέρι μῆκος πολὺ λόγων περιττὸν εἰρημένον, φανείη δὲ τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως τοῦ μήκους γʼ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀπάξιον.

    In this way vice and virtue would be 645c more clearly distinguished for us. And once that’s more evident, education and the other practices will perhaps become clearer too—including the business of spending time over wine, which might be thought a trivial subject on which a lot of superfluous talk has been spent, but might well turn out not to be unworthy of the length of it.

    Cliniasεὖ λέγεις, καὶ περαίνωμεν ὅτιπερ ἂν τῆς γε νῦν διατριβῆς ἄξιον γίγνηται.

    CliniasWell said. Let’s carry through whatever proves worthy of our present conversation.

    Athenianλέγε δή· προσφέροντες τῷ θαύματι τούτῳ τὴν μέθην, ποῖόν τί ποτε αὐτὸ ἀπεργαζόμεθα;

    AthenianTell me, then: when we give drink to this puppet, what sort of thing do we make of it?

    Cliniasπρὸς τί δὲ σκοπούμενος αὐτὸ ἐπανερωτᾷς;

    CliniasWhat do you have in view when you ask that?

    Athenianοὐδέν πω πρὸς ὅτι, τοῦτο δὲ ὅλως κοινωνῆσαν τούτῳ ποῖόν τι συμπίπτει γίγνεσθαι. ἔτι δὲ σαφέστερον ὃ βούλομαι πειράσομαι φράζειν. ἐρωτῶ γὰρ τὸ τοιόνδε· ἆρα σφοδροτέρας τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας καὶ θυμοὺς καὶ ἔρωτας ἡ τῶν οἴνων πόσις ἐπιτείνει;

    AthenianNothing in particular yet—just what sort of thing this one becomes, in general, when combined with that. I’ll try to say still more clearly what I mean. I’m asking this: does drinking wine make pleasures and pains and angers and loves more intense?

    Cliniasπολύ γε.

    CliniasMuch more.

    Athenianτί δʼ αὖ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ μνήμας καὶ δόξας καὶ φρονήσεις; πότερον ὡσαύτως σφοδροτέρας; ἢ πάμπαν ἀπολείπει ταῦτα αὐτόν, ἂν κατακορής τις τῇ μέθῃ γίγνηται;

    AthenianAnd what about perceptions and memories and opinions and wisdom? Do they become more intense in the same way? Or do they desert a man entirely, once he’s had his fill of drink?

    Cliniasναί, πάμπαν ἀπολείπει.

    CliniasYes, they desert him entirely.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφικνεῖται τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἕξιν τῇ τότε ὅτε νέος ἦν παῖς;

    AthenianThen he arrives at the same condition of soul as when he was a young child?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἥκιστα δὴ τότʼ ἂν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γίγνοιτο ἐγκρατής.

    AthenianSo at that point he’d have the least mastery over himself.

    Cliniasἥκιστα.

    CliniasThe least.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν πονηρότατος, φαμέν, ὁ τοιοῦτος;

    AthenianAnd such a man, we say, is at his very worst?

    Cliniasπολύ γε.

    CliniasBy far.

    Athenianοὐ μόνον ἄρʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὁ γέρων δὶς παῖς γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ μεθυσθείς.

    AthenianSo it seems it’s not only the old man who becomes a child twice over, but the drunk as well.

    Cliniasἄριστα εἶπες, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasExcellently put, stranger.

    Athenianτούτου δὴ τοῦ ἐπιτηδεύματος ἔσθʼ ὅστις λόγος ἐπιχειρήσει πείθειν ἡμᾶς ὡς χρὴ γεύεσθαι καὶ μὴ φεύγειν παντὶ σθένει κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν;

    AthenianThen is there any argument that will try to persuade us that we should taste this practice, rather than flee it with all our might, as far as we can?

    Cliniasἔοικʼ εἶναι· σὺ γοῦν φῂς καὶ ἕτοιμος ἦσθα νυνδὴ λέγειν.

    CliniasIt seems there is. You say so, at any rate, and you were ready to give it just now.

    Athenianἀληθῆ μέντοι μνημονεύεις· καὶ νῦν γʼ εἴμʼ ἕτοιμος, ἐπειδήπερ σφώ γε ἐθελήσειν προθύμως ἔφατον ἀκούειν.

    AthenianYou remember correctly. And I’m ready now, since you both said you’d be eager to listen.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὐκ ἀκουσόμεθα; κἂν εἰ μηδενὸς ἄλλου χάριν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ τε καὶ ἀτόπου, εἰ δεῖ ἑκόντα ποτὲ ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἅπασαν φαυλότητα ἑαυτὸν ἐμβάλλειν.

    CliniasOf course we’ll listen—if for no other reason, then for the wonder and strangeness of it: that a human being should ever deliberately throw himself into every kind of degradation.

    Athenianψυχῆς λέγεις· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianOf the soul, you mean, don’t you?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτί δέ; σώματος, ὦ ἑταῖρε, εἰς πονηρίαν, λεπτότητά τε καὶ αἶσχος καὶ ἀδυναμίαν, θαυμάζοιμεν ἂν εἴ ποτέ τις 646c ἑκὼν ἐπὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀφικνεῖται;

    AthenianWell then, my friend, what about the body’s degradation—into thinness, ugliness and weakness? Would we be surprised if someone ever 646c came to such a state deliberately?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτί οὖν; τοὺς εἰς τὰ ἰατρεῖα αὐτοὺς βαδίζοντας ἐπὶ φαρμακοποσίᾳ ἀγνοεῖν οἰόμεθα ὅτι μετʼ ὀλίγον ὕστερον καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἕξουσιν τοιοῦτον τὸ σῶμα, οἷον εἰ διὰ τέλους ἔχειν μέλλοιεν, ζῆν οὐκ ἂν δέξαιντο; ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ πόνους ἰόντας οὐκ ἴσμεν ὡς ἀσθενεῖς εἰς τὸ παραχρῆμα γίγνονται;

    AthenianWell then: those who walk off to the doctor’s to take medicine—do we suppose they don’t know that a little later, and for many days, their bodies will be in a state that, if they were to stay that way for good, they’d refuse to go on living? Or don’t we know that those who go off to the gymnasiums to exert themselves become weak for the moment?

    Cliniasπάντα ταῦτα ἴσμεν.

    CliniasWe know all that.

    Athenianκαὶ ὅτι τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα ὠφελίας ἕνεκα ἑκόντες πορεύονται;

    AthenianAnd that they go willingly, for the sake of the benefit that follows?

    Cliniasκάλλιστα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν χρὴ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδευμάτων πέρι διανοεῖσθαι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον;

    AthenianThen shouldn’t we think about the other practices in the same way?

    Cliniasπάνυ γε.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ τῆς περὶ τὸν οἶνον ἄρα διατριβῆς ὡσαύτως διανοητέον, εἴπερ ἔνι τοῦτο ἐν τούτοις ὀρθῶς διανοηθῆναι.

    AthenianThen we must think about spending time over wine in the same way too, if it’s possible to think of it rightly as one of them.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἂν ἄρα τινὰ ἡμῖν ὠφελίαν ἔχουσα φαίνηται μηδὲν τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα ἐλάττω, τῇ γε ἀρχῇ τὴν σωμασκίαν νικᾷ τῷ τὴν μὲν μετʼ ἀλγηδόνων εἶναι, τὴν δὲ μή.

    AthenianSo if it turns out to bring us some benefit no smaller than the body’s training does, it at least beats physical exercise at the outset, in that the one involves pain and the other doesn’t.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις, θαυμάζοιμι δʼ ἂν εἴ τι δυναίμεθα τοιοῦτον ἐν αὐτῷ καταμαθεῖν.

    CliniasYou’re right—though I’d be surprised if we could discover anything of the kind in it.

    Wine as a test of character

    Drinking under supervision tests and trains a citizen's shame and self-control cheaply and safely.

    Athenianτοῦτʼ αὐτὸ δὴ νῦν, ὡς ἔοιχʼ, ἡμῖν ἤδη πειρατέον φράζειν. καί μοι λέγε· δύο φόβων εἴδη σχεδὸν ἐναντία δυνάμεθα κατανοῆσαι;

    AthenianThat, it seems, is exactly what we must now try to explain. Tell me: can we discern two kinds of fear that are nearly opposite?

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasWhat kinds?

    Athenianτὰ τοιάδε· φοβούμεθα μέν που τὰ κακά, προσδοκῶντες γενήσεσθαι.

    AthenianThese: we fear evils, I suppose, when we expect them to happen.

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianφοβούμεθα δέ γε πολλάκις δόξαν, ἡγούμενοι δοξάζεσθαι κακοί, πράττοντες ἢ λέγοντές τι τῶν μὴ καλῶν· ὃν 647a δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ πάντες, αἰσχύνην.

    AthenianAnd we often fear opinion, thinking we’ll be thought bad if we do or say something that isn’t fine. And this fear 647a we call—we do, and I think everyone does—shame.

    Cliniasτί δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτούτους δὴ δύο ἔλεγον φόβους· ὧν ὁ ἕτερος ἐναντίος μὲν ταῖς ἀλγηδόσιν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις φόβοις, ἐναντίος δʼ ἐστὶ ταῖς πλείσταις καὶ μεγίσταις ἡδοναῖς.

    AthenianThose are the two fears I meant. The second of them is opposed to pains and to the other fears, and it’s also opposed to the most numerous and greatest pleasures.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ καὶ νομοθέτης, καὶ πᾶς οὗ καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, τοῦτον τὸν φόβον ἐν τιμῇ μεγίστῃ σέβει, καὶ καλῶν αἰδῶ, τὸ τούτῳ θάρρος ἐναντίον ἀναίδειάν τε προσαγορεύει 647b καὶ μέγιστον κακὸν ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ πᾶσι νενόμικεν;

    AthenianThen doesn’t the lawgiver, and everyone who’s worth anything at all, hold this fear in the highest honor? Doesn’t he call it modesty, and give the confidence opposed to it the name of shamelessness, 647b and regard it as the greatest evil for everyone, in private and in public?

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τά τʼ ἄλλα πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ὁ φόβος ἡμᾶς οὗτος σῴζει, καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ νίκην καὶ σωτηρίαν ἓν πρὸς ἓν οὐδὲν οὕτως σφόδρα ἡμῖν ἀπεργάζεται; δύο γὰρ οὖν ἐστὸν τὰ τὴν νίκην ἀπεργαζόμενα, θάρρος μὲν πολεμίων, φίλων δὲ φόβος αἰσχύνης πέρι κακῆς.

    AthenianAnd doesn’t this fear keep us safe in many other important ways—and, taken point for point, is there anything that secures victory and safety in war for us as effectively? For there are two things that produce victory: confidence toward the enemy, and fear of disgrace in the eyes of friends.

    Cliniasἔστι ταῦτα.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianἄφοβον ἡμῶν ἄρα δεῖ γίγνεσθαι καὶ φοβερὸν 647c ἕκαστον· ὧν δʼ ἑκάτερον ἕνεκα, διῃρήμεθα.

    AthenianSo each of us must become both fearless and fearful. 647c And we’ve distinguished what each is for.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἄφοβόν γε ἕκαστον βουληθέντες ποιεῖν φόβων πολλῶν τινων, εἰς φόβον ἄγοντες αὐτὸν μετὰ νόμου, τοιοῦτον ἀπεργαζόμεθα.

    AthenianAnd when we want to make someone fearless in the face of many sorts of fear, we do it by leading him into fear, with the help of law.

    Cliniasφαινόμεθα.

    CliniasIt seems so.

    Athenianτί δʼ ὅταν ἐπιχειρῶμέν τινα φοβερὸν ποιεῖν μετὰ δίκης; ἆρʼ οὐκ ἀναισχυντίᾳ συμβάλλοντας αὐτὸν καὶ προσγυμνάζοντας νικᾶν δεῖ ποιεῖν διαμαχόμενον αὑτοῦ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς; ἢ τῇ μὲν δειλίᾳ τῇ ἐν αὑτῷ προσμαχόμενον καὶ 647d νικῶντα αὐτὴν δεῖ τέλεον οὕτω γίγνεσθαι πρὸς ἀνδρείαν, ἄπειρος δὲ δήπου καὶ ἀγύμναστος ὢν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγώνων ὁστισοῦν οὐδʼ ἂν ἥμισυς ἑαυτοῦ γένοιτο πρὸς ἀρετήν, σώφρων δὲ ἄρα τελέως ἔσται μὴ πολλαῖς ἡδοναῖς καὶ ἐπιθυμίαις προτρεπούσαις ἀναισχυντεῖν καὶ ἀδικεῖν διαμεμαχημένος καὶ νενικηκὼς μετὰ λόγου καὶ ἔργου καὶ τέχνης ἔν τε παιδιαῖς καὶ ἐν σπουδαῖς, ἀλλʼ ἀπαθὴς ὢν πάντων τῶν τοιούτων;

    AthenianAnd what about when we try to make someone fearful in the right way? Mustn’t we make him win by pitting him against shamelessness and training him to fight against his own pleasures? Or is it that he must fight against the cowardice within him and 647d conquer it in order to become complete in courage, and that anyone at all who’s inexperienced and untrained in such contests wouldn’t become even half of what he might be in virtue—and yet he’ll be perfectly moderate without having fought through and conquered, by argument, action and skill, in play and in earnest, the many pleasures and desires that urge him toward shamelessness and wrongdoing, but simply by never having encountered any of them?

    Cliniasοὔκουν τόν γʼ εἰκότα λόγον ἂν ἔχοι.

    CliniasThat, at least, wouldn’t be reasonable.

    Athenianτί οὖν; φόβου φάρμακον ἔσθʼ ὅστις θεὸς ἔδωκεν ἀνθρώποις, ὥστε ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἂν ἐθέλῃ τις πίνειν αὐτοῦ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον αὐτὸν νομίζειν καθʼ ἑκάστην πόσιν δυστυχῆ γίγνεσθαι, καὶ φοβεῖσθαι τὰ παρόντα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα αὑτῷ 648a πάντα, καὶ τελευτῶντα εἰς πᾶν δέος ἰέναι τὸν ἀνδρειότατον ἀνθρώπων, ἐκκοιμηθέντα δὲ καὶ τοῦ πώματος ἀπαλλαγέντα πάλιν ἑκάστοτε τὸν αὐτὸν γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianWell then: is there some drug for fear that a god has given human beings, such that the more of it someone is willing to drink, the more unfortunate he believes himself to become with every drink, and the more he fears everything present and to come 648a for himself, until at last the bravest of men is in utter terror—but when he’s slept it off and is rid of the drink, he becomes his usual self again every time?

    Cliniasκαὶ τί τοιοῦτον φαῖμεν ἄν, ὦ ξένε, ἐν ἀνθρώποις γεγονέναι πῶμα;

    CliniasAnd what drink like that could we say has ever existed among human beings, stranger?

    Athenianοὐδέν· εἰ δʼ οὖν ἐγένετό ποθεν, ἔσθʼ ὅτι πρὸς ἀνδρείαν ἦν ἂν νομοθέτῃ χρήσιμον; οἷον τὸ τοιόνδε περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ μάλα εἴχομεν ἂν αὐτῷ διαλέγεσθαι· φέρε, ὦ νομοθέτα, εἴτε Κρησὶν εἴθʼ οἱστισινοῦν νομοθετεῖς, πρῶτον 648b μὲν τῶν πολιτῶν ἆρʼ ἂν δέξαιο βάσανον δυνατὸς εἶναι λαμβάνειν ἀνδρείας τε πέρι καὶ δειλίας;

    AthenianNone. But if one had turned up from somewhere, would it have been of any use to a lawgiver for courage? We could very well have talked to him about it, for example, like this. Come, lawgiver, whether you’re legislating for Cretans or for anyone else: first of all, 648b would you welcome being able to test your citizens for courage and cowardice?

    Cliniasφαίη που πᾶς ἂν δῆλον ὅτι.

    CliniasAnyone would say yes, clearly.

    Athenianτί δέ; μετʼ ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἄνευ κινδύνων μεγάλων ἢ μετὰ τῶν ἐναντίων;

    AthenianAnd would you want to do it safely and without great risks, or the opposite?

    Cliniasκαὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τῆς ἀσφαλείας συνομολογήσει πᾶς.

    CliniasEveryone will agree to that too—safely.

    Athenianχρῷο δʼ ἂν εἰς τοὺς φόβους τούτους ἄγων καὶ ἐλέγχων ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν, ὥστε ἀναγκάζειν ἄφοβον γίγνεσθαι, 648c παρακελευόμενος καὶ νουθετῶν καὶ τιμῶν, τὸν δὲ ἀτιμάζων, ὅστις σοι μὴ πείθοιτο εἶναι τοιοῦτος οἷον σὺ τάττοις ἐν πᾶσιν; καὶ γυμνασάμενον μὲν εὖ καὶ ἀνδρείως ἀζήμιον ἀπαλλάττοις ἄν, κακῶς δέ, ζημίαν ἐπιτιθείς; ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὐκ ἂν χρῷο, μηδὲν ἄλλο ἐγκαλῶν τῷ πώματι;

    AthenianAnd would you use it by leading them into these fears and testing them while they’re under their influence, so as to compel them to become fearless, 648c encouraging, admonishing and honoring them—and dishonoring anyone who wouldn’t obey you and be in every respect the sort of person you prescribed? And would you let the one who trained himself well and bravely go unpunished, but impose a penalty on the one who did badly? Or would you not use it at all, though you had nothing else against the drink?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς οὐκ ἂν χρῷτο, ὦ ξένε;

    CliniasAnd how could he not use it, stranger?

    Athenianγυμνασία γοῦν, ὦ φίλε, παρὰ τὰ νῦν θαυμαστὴ ῥᾳστώνης ἂν εἴη καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατʼ ὀλίγους καὶ καθʼ ὁπόσους 648d τις ἀεὶ βούλοιτο· καὶ εἴτε τις ἄρα μόνος ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἐπίπροσθεν ποιούμενος, πρὶν εὖ σχεῖν ἡγούμενος ὁρᾶσθαι μὴ δεῖν, οὕτω πρὸς τοὺς φόβους γυμνάζοιτο, πῶμα μόνον ἀντὶ μυρίων πραγμάτων παρασκευαζόμενος, ὀρθῶς ἄν τι πράττοι, εἴτε τις ἑαυτῷ πιστεύων φύσει καὶ μελέτῃ καλῶς παρεσκευάσθαι, μηδὲν ὀκνοῖ μετὰ συμποτῶν πλειόνων γυμναζόμενος ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν ἐν τῇ τοῦ πώματος ἀναγκαίᾳ 648e διαφορᾷ δύναμιν ὑπερθέων καὶ κρατῶν, ὥστε ὑπʼ ἀσχημοσύνης μηδὲ ἓν σφάλλεσθαι μέγα μηδʼ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι διʼ ἀρετήν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐσχάτην πόσιν ἀπαλλάττοιτο πρὶν ἀφικνεῖσθαι, τὴν πάντων ἧτταν φοβούμενος ἀνθρώπων τοῦ πώματος.

    AthenianIn any case, my friend, compared with what we have now, the training would be wonderfully easy, whether for one at a time, or a few, or as many at once 648d as one liked. Suppose someone, putting shame first and thinking he oughtn’t to be seen before he’s in good shape, trained against his fears alone and in solitude, providing himself with nothing but drink instead of endless trouble: he’d be doing something right. Or suppose someone, trusting that he’s well prepared by nature and practice, didn’t hesitate to train in company with many fellow drinkers and to show off his power of outrunning and mastering the inevitable 648e change the drink brings—so that, thanks to his virtue, he made not even one serious slip into unseemliness and wasn’t altered—and left before reaching the last cup, fearing the defeat that drink inflicts on every man: he too would be doing something right.

    Cliniasναί· σωφρονοῖ γὰρ ἄν, ὦ ξένε, καὶ ὁ τοιοῦτος οὕτω πράττων.

    CliniasYes—such a man, acting that way, would be moderate too, stranger.

    Athenianπάλιν δὴ πρὸς τὸν νομοθέτην λέγωμεν τάδε· εἶεν, ὦ νομοθέτα, τοῦ μὲν δὴ φόβου σχεδὸν οὔτε θεὸς ἔδωκεν ἀνθρώποις τοιοῦτον φάρμακον οὔτε αὐτοὶ μεμηχανήμεθα— τοὺς γὰρ γόητας οὐκ ἐν θοίνῃ λέγω—τῆς δὲ ἀφοβίας καὶ τοῦ λίαν θαρρεῖν καὶ ἀκαίρως ἃ μὴ χρή, πότερον ἔστιν πῶμα, ἢ πῶς λέγομεν;

    AthenianThen let’s speak to the lawgiver again, like this. Well, lawgiver, as for fear, no god has given human beings any such drug, you might say, nor have we devised one ourselves—for I don’t count sorcerers among the guests at our feast. But for fearlessness, and for excessive and ill-timed confidence where one shouldn’t have it, is there a drink, or what do we say?

    Cliniasἔστιν, φήσει που, τὸν οἶνον φράζων.

    CliniasThere is, he’ll say, I suppose—meaning wine.

    Athenianἦ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἔχει τοῦτο τῷ νυνδὴ λεγομένῳ; πιόντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ ποιεῖ πρῶτον ἵλεων εὐθὺς 649b μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον, καὶ ὁπόσῳ ἂν πλέον αὐτοῦ γεύηται, τοσούτῳ πλειόνων ἐλπίδων ἀγαθῶν πληροῦσθαι καὶ δυνάμεως εἰς δόξαν; καὶ τελευτῶν δὴ πάσης ὁ τοιοῦτος παρρησίας ὡς σοφὸς ὢν μεστοῦται καὶ ἐλευθερίας, πάσης δὲ ἀφοβίας, ὥστε εἰπεῖν τε ἀόκνως ὁτιοῦν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ πρᾶξαι; πᾶς ἡμῖν, οἶμαι, ταῦτʼ ἂν συγχωροῖ.

    AthenianAnd doesn’t this have the opposite effect to the one we described just now? First, as soon as a man drinks it, it makes him more cheerful 649b than before, and the more of it he tastes, the more he’s filled with good hopes and a sense of his own power. And in the end such a man becomes full of complete freedom of speech, as if he were wise, and of liberty, and of complete fearlessness, so that he’ll say anything without hesitation, and do anything too. Everyone would grant us this, I think.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἀναμνησθῶμεν δὴ τόδε, ὅτι δύʼ ἔφαμεν ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς δεῖν θεραπεύεσθαι, τὸ μὲν ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα 649c θαρρήσομεν, τὸ δὲ τοὐναντίον ὅτι μάλιστα φοβησόμεθα.

    AthenianThen let’s recall this: we said there were two things in our souls that must be cultivated—one so that we may be as 649c confident as possible, and the other, the opposite, so that we may be as fearful as possible.

    Cliniasἃ τῆς αἰδοῦς ἔλεγες, ὡς οἰόμεθα.

    CliniasThe ones you said belonged to modesty, we believe.

    Athenianκαλῶς μνημονεύετε. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τήν τε ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν ἀφοβίαν ἐν τοῖς φόβοις δεῖ καταμελετᾶσθαι, σκεπτέον ἆρα τὸ ἐναντίον ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις θεραπεύεσθαι δέον ἂν εἴη.

    AthenianYou remember well. And since courage and fearlessness must be practiced amid fears, we must consider whether the opposite quality would need to be cultivated amid the opposite conditions.

    Cliniasτό γʼ οὖν εἰκός.

    CliniasThat’s likely, at any rate.

    Athenianἃ παθόντες ἄρα πεφύκαμεν διαφερόντως θαρραλέοι τʼ εἶναι καὶ θρασεῖς, ἐν τούτοις δέον ἄν, ὡς ἔοικʼ, εἴη τὸ μελετᾶν ὡς ἥκιστα εἶναι ἀναισχύντους τε καὶ θρασύτητος 649d γέμοντας, φοβεροὺς δὲ εἰς τό τι τολμᾶν ἑκάστοτε λέγειν ἢ πάσχειν ἢ καὶ δρᾶν αἰσχρὸν ὁτιοῦν.

    AthenianSo it seems that in the conditions that by nature make us especially confident and bold, we’d need to practice being as little shameless and as little full of boldness 649d as possible, and being afraid ever to dare to say or suffer or do anything shameful at all.

    Cliniasἔοικεν.

    CliniasIt seems so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ταῦτά ἐστι πάντα ἐν οἷς ἐσμὲν τοιοῦτοι, θυμός, ἔρως, ὕβρις, ἀμαθία, φιλοκέρδεια, δειλία, καὶ ἔτι τοιάδε, πλοῦτος, κάλλος, ἰσχύς, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα διʼ ἡδονῆς αὖ μεθύσκοντα παράφρονας ποιεῖ; τούτων δὲ εὐτελῆ τε καὶ ἀσινεστέραν πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τὸ λαμβάνειν πεῖραν, εἶτα εἰς τὸ μελετᾶν, πλὴν τῆς ἐν οἴνῳ βασάνου καὶ παιδιᾶς, τίνα 649e ἔχομεν ἡδονὴν εἰπεῖν ἔμμετρον μᾶλλον, ἂν καὶ ὁπωστιοῦν μετʼ εὐλαβείας γίγνηται; σκοπῶμεν γὰρ δή· δυσκόλου ψυχῆς καὶ ἀγρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἀδικίαι μυρίαι γίγνονται, πότερον ἰόντα εἰς τὰ συμβόλαια πεῖραν λαμβάνειν, κινδυνεύοντα περὶ 650a αὐτῶν, σφαλερώτερον, ἢ συγγενόμενον μετὰ τῆς τοῦ Διονύσου θεωρίας; ἢ πρὸς τἀφροδίσια ἡττημένης τινὸς ψυχῆς βάσανον λαμβάνειν, ἐπιτρέποντα αὑτοῦ θυγατέρας τε καὶ ὑεῖς καὶ γυναῖκας, οὕτως, ἐν τοῖς φιλτάτοις κινδυνεύσαντες, ἦθος ψυχῆς θεάσασθαι;

    AthenianAnd aren’t these all the things in which we’re like that: anger, love, arrogance, ignorance, greed, cowardice, and also things like wealth, beauty, strength, and everything else that intoxicates us with pleasure and drives us out of our minds? For taking a test of these, first, and then for practicing, what cheaper and more harmless pleasure than testing and play over wine 649e can we name, and what better suited—provided it’s done with some care? Let’s consider. Take a peevish and savage soul, the source of countless injustices: is it riskier to test it by entering into contracts with it, at our own peril 650a in them, or by keeping its company at a festival of Dionysus? Or to test a soul overcome by sexual desire by entrusting to it our own daughters and sons and wives, and so to observe the character of a soul by risking what’s dearest to us?

    καὶ μυρία δὴ λέγων οὐκ ἄν τίς ποτε ἀνύσειεν ὅσῳ διαφέρει τὸ μετὰ παιδιᾶς τὴν ἄλλως ἄνευ μισθοῦ ζημιώδους θεωρεῖν. καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦτο μὲν αὐτὸ περί 650b γε τούτων οὔτʼ ἂν Κρῆτας οὔτʼ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους οὐδένας οἰόμεθα ἀμφισβητῆσαι, μὴ οὐ πεῖράν τε ἀλλήλων ἐπιεικῆ ταύτην εἶναι, τό τε τῆς εὐτελείας καὶ ἀσφαλείας καὶ τάχους διαφέρειν πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας βασάνους.

    One could give countless examples and never finish showing how much better it is to observe in play, without costly penalty. And on this very point, 650b at least, we don’t think either the Cretans or anyone else would dispute that this is a reasonable way for people to test one another, and that it beats the other tests for cheapness, safety and speed.

    Cliniasἀληθὲς τοῦτό γε.

    CliniasThat’s true, anyway.

    Athenianτοῦτο μὲν ἄρʼ ἂν τῶν χρησιμωτάτων ἓν εἴη, τὸ γνῶναι τὰς φύσεις τε καὶ ἕξεις τῶν ψυχῶν, τῇ τέχνῃ ἐκείνῃ ἧς ἐστιν ταῦτα θεραπεύειν· ἔστιν δέ που, φαμέν, ὡς οἶμαι, πολιτικῆς. ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianSo this would be one of the most useful things: to know the natures and dispositions of souls, for the art whose business it is to care for them. And that art, we say, I believe, is politics. Isn’t it?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Book II

    Education, choral song and dance, and the uses of wine.

    Athenianτὸ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς ἔοικε, σκεπτέον ἐκεῖνο περὶ αὐτῶν, πότερα τοῦτο μόνον ἀγαθὸν ἔχει, τὸ κατιδεῖν πῶς ἔχομεν τὰς φύσεις, ἢ καί τι μέγεθος ὠφελίας ἄξιον πολλῆς σπουδῆς ἔνεστʼ ἐν τῇ κατʼ ὀρθὸν χρείᾳ τῆς ἐν οἴνῳ συνουσίας. τί οὖν δὴ λέγομεν; ἔνεσθʼ, ὡς ὁ λόγος ἔοικεν βούλεσθαι σημαίνειν· ὅπῃ δὲ καὶ ὅπως, ἀκούωμεν προσέχοντες 652b τὸν νοῦν, μή πῃ παραποδισθῶμεν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.

    AthenianNext, it seems, we must consider this about it: whether its only good is this—seeing what our natures are like—or whether the right use of drinking together also holds some benefit of great size, worth serious attention. What do we say, then? It does hold one, as the argument seems to want to indicate. But where and how, let’s hear, paying 652b close attention, so that we don’t somehow get tripped up by it.

    Cliniasλέγʼ οὖν.

    CliniasTell us, then.

    Athenianἀναμνησθῆναι τοίνυν ἔγωγε πάλιν ἐπιθυμῶ τί ποτε 653a λέγομεν ἡμῖν εἶναι τὴν ὀρθὴν παιδείαν. τούτου γάρ, ὥς γε ἐγὼ τοπάζω τὰ νῦν, ἔστιν ἐν τῷ ἐπιτηδεύματι τούτῳ καλῶς κατορθουμένῳ σωτηρία.

    AthenianWell, I want to recall again what 653a we say right education is. For its preservation, as I now conjecture, lies in this practice, when it’s properly conducted.

    Cliniasμέγα λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s a large claim.

    Athenianλέγω τοίνυν τῶν παίδων παιδικὴν εἶναι πρώτην αἴσθησιν ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπην, καὶ ἐν οἷς ἀρετὴ ψυχῇ καὶ κακία παραγίγνεται πρῶτον, ταῦτʼ εἶναι, φρόνησιν δὲ καὶ ἀληθεῖς δόξας βεβαίους εὐτυχὲς ὅτῳ καὶ πρὸς τὸ γῆρας παρεγένετο· τέλεος δʼ οὖν ἔστʼ ἄνθρωπος ταῦτα καὶ τὰ ἐν 653b τούτοις πάντα κεκτημένος ἀγαθά.

    AthenianWell, I say that the first childish perceptions of children are pleasure and pain, and that these are where virtue and vice first come to the soul. As for wisdom and firm true opinions, a man is fortunate if they come to him even by old age. In any case, a person is complete when he possesses these and all the goods 653b they contain.

    παιδείαν δὴ λέγω τὴν παραγιγνομένην πρῶτον παισὶν ἀρετήν· ἡδονὴ δὴ καὶ φιλία καὶ λύπη καὶ μῖσος ἂν ὀρθῶς ἐν ψυχαῖς ἐγγίγνωνται μήπω δυναμένων λόγῳ λαμβάνειν, λαβόντων δὲ τὸν λόγον, συμφωνήσωσι τῷ λόγῳ ὀρθῶς εἰθίσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν προσηκόντων ἐθῶν, αὕτη ʼσθʼ ἡ συμφωνία σύμπασα μὲν ἀρετή, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας τεθραμμένον αὐτῆς ὀρθῶς ὥστε 653c μισεῖν μὲν ἃ χρὴ μισεῖν εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους, στέργειν δὲ ἃ χρὴ στέργειν, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἀποτεμὼν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ παιδείαν προσαγορεύων, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν ὀρθῶς ἂν προσαγορεύοις.

    By education, then, I mean the virtue that first comes to children. When pleasure and liking and pain and hatred arise rightly in their souls while they’re not yet able to grasp reason, and when they do grasp reason these feelings agree with it that they have been rightly trained by the proper habits—this agreement as a whole is virtue. But the part of it that has been rightly brought up with regard to pleasures and pains, so that 653c it hates what it should hate from the very beginning to the end and loves what it should love—if you were to mark this off in your account and call it education, you’d be naming it correctly, in my view at least.

    Cliniasκαὶ γάρ, ὦ ξένε, ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ πρότερον ὀρθῶς σοι παιδείας πέρι καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρῆσθαι δοκεῖ.

    CliniasYes, stranger: both what you said about education before and what you’re saying now seem right to us.

    Athenianκαλῶς τοίνυν. τούτων γὰρ δὴ τῶν ὀρθῶς τεθραμμένων ἡδονῶν καὶ λυπῶν παιδειῶν οὐσῶν χαλᾶται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ διαφθείρεται κατὰ πολλὰ ἐν τῷ βίῳ, θεοὶ 653d δὲ οἰκτίραντες τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπίπονον πεφυκὸς γένος, ἀναπαύλας τε αὐτοῖς τῶν πόνων ἐτάξαντο τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἀμοιβὰς τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ μούσας Ἀπόλλωνά τε μουσηγέτην καὶ Διόνυσον συνεορταστὰς ἔδοσαν, ἵνʼ ἐπανορθῶνται, τάς τε τροφὰς γενομένας ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς μετὰ θεῶν. ὁρᾶν ἃ χρὴ πότερον ἀληθὴς ἡμῖν κατὰ φύσιν ὁ λόγος ὑμνεῖται τὰ νῦν, ἢ πῶς. φησὶν δὲ τὸ νέον ἅπαν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν τοῖς τε σώμασι καὶ ταῖς φωναῖς ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν οὐ δύνασθαι, 653e κινεῖσθαι δὲ ἀεὶ ζητεῖν καὶ φθέγγεσθαι, τὰ μὲν ἁλλόμενα καὶ σκιρτῶντα, οἷον ὀρχούμενα μεθʼ ἡδονῆς καὶ προσπαίζοντα, τὰ δὲ φθεγγόμενα πάσας φωνάς.

    AthenianGood. Now these rightly trained pleasures and pains, which are education, slacken in human beings and are largely corrupted in the course of life. But the gods, 653d pitying the human race, born to toil, ordained as rests from its labors the round of festivals in honor of the gods, and gave us the Muses, and Apollo their leader, and Dionysus as fellow celebrants, so that people might set their upbringing right again through the nurture they receive at festivals in the company of gods. We must see, then, whether the account now being sung to us is true to nature, or what. It says that practically every young creature is unable to keep its body or its voice still, 653e but is always trying to move and cry out—some leaping and skipping, as if dancing with pleasure and playing, others uttering every sort of sound.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ζῷα οὐκ ἔχειν αἴσθησιν τῶν ἐν ταῖς κινήσεσιν τάξεων οὐδὲ ἀταξιῶν, οἷς δὴ ῥυθμὸς ὄνομα καὶ ἁρμονία· ἡμῖν δὲ οὓς 654a εἴπομεν τοὺς θεοὺς συγχορευτὰς δεδόσθαι, τούτους εἶναι καὶ τοὺς δεδωκότας τὴν ἔνρυθμόν τε καὶ ἐναρμόνιον αἴσθησιν μεθʼ ἡδονῆς, ᾗ δὴ κινεῖν τε ἡμᾶς καὶ χορηγεῖν ἡμῶν τούτους, ᾠδαῖς τε καὶ ὀρχήσεσιν ἀλλήλοις συνείροντας, χορούς τε ὠνομακέναι παρὰ τὸ τῆς χαρᾶς ἔμφυτον ὄνομα. πρῶτον δὴ τοῦτο ἀποδεξώμεθα; θῶμεν παιδείαν εἶναι πρώτην διὰ Μουσῶν τε καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἢ πῶς;

    Now other animals, it says, have no perception of order or disorder in their movements—which we call rhythm and harmony. But for us, the gods 654a who we said were given as our fellow dancers are the same ones who have given us the perception of rhythm and harmony, together with pleasure. By it they move us and lead our choruses, linking us to one another in songs and dances; and they have named these choruses after the joy that is naturally in them. Shall we accept this first? Shall we lay it down that the first education comes through the Muses and Apollo, or what?

    The Athenian derives choros (chorus) from chara (joy), a playful etymology.

    Cliniasοὕτως.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν ἀπαίδευτος ἀχόρευτος ἡμῖν ἔσται, τὸν 654b δὲ πεπαιδευμένον ἱκανῶς κεχορευκότα θετέον;

    AthenianThen for us the uneducated person will be the one untrained in choral performance, and 654b we must count the educated person as the one adequately trained in it?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianχορεία γε μὴν ὄρχησίς τε καὶ ᾠδὴ τὸ σύνολόν ἐστιν.

    AthenianAnd choral performance as a whole is dance and song.

    Cliniasἀναγκαῖον.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianὁ καλῶς ἄρα πεπαιδευμένος ᾄδειν τε καὶ ὀρχεῖσθαι δυνατὸς ἂν εἴη καλῶς.

    AthenianSo the finely educated person would be able to sing and dance finely.

    Cliniasἔοικεν.

    CliniasIt seems so.

    Athenianἴδωμεν δὴ τί ποτʼ ἐστὶ τὸ νῦν αὖ λεγόμενον.

    AthenianLet’s see, then, what it is we’re now saying.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δή;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenian“καλῶς ᾄδει,” φαμέν, “καὶ καλῶς ὀρχεῖται”· πότερον 654c “εἰ καὶ καλὰ ᾄδει καὶ καλὰ ὀρχεῖται” προσθῶμεν ἢ μή;

    Athenian“He sings finely,” we say, “and dances finely.” Should 654c we add “if he sings fine things and dances fine things,” or not?

    Cliniasπροσθῶμεν.

    CliniasLet’s add it.

    Athenianτί δʼ ἂν τὰ καλά τε ἡγούμενος εἶναι καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ αἰσχρὰ οὕτως αὐτοῖς χρῆται; βέλτιον ὁ τοιοῦτος πεπαιδευμένος ἡμῖν ἔσται τὴν χορείαν τε καὶ μουσικὴν ἢ ὃς ἂν τῷ μὲν σώματι καὶ τῇ φωνῇ τὸ διανοηθὲν εἶναι καλὸν ἱκανῶς ὑπηρετεῖν δυνηθῇ ἑκάστοτε, χαίρῃ δὲ μὴ τοῖς καλοῖς μηδὲ μισῇ τὰ μὴ καλά; ἢ ʼκεῖνος ὃς ἂν τῇ μὲν φωνῇ καὶ 654d τῷ σώματι μὴ πάνυ δυνατὸς ᾖ κατορθοῦν, ἢ διανοεῖσθαι, τῇ δὲ ἡδονῇ καὶ λύπῃ κατορθοῖ, τὰ μὲν ἀσπαζόμενος, ὅσα καλά, τὰ δὲ δυσχεραίνων, ὁπόσα μὴ καλά;

    AthenianAnd what about someone who takes fine things to be fine and shameful things shameful, and treats them accordingly? Will such a person be better educated for us in choral performance and music than one who can adequately render with body and voice, on each occasion, what he conceives to be fine, but doesn’t delight in fine things or hate what isn’t fine? Or than the one who can’t quite get it right with voice and 654d body, or in conception, but gets it right in pleasure and pain, welcoming whatever is fine and disliking whatever isn’t?

    Cliniasπολὺ τὸ διαφέρον, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις τῆς παιδείας.

    CliniasThe difference in education you’re describing is enormous, stranger.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἰ μὲν τὸ καλὸν ᾠδῆς τε καὶ ὀρχήσεως πέρι γιγνώσκομεν τρεῖς ὄντες, ἴσμεν καὶ τὸν πεπαιδευμένον τε καὶ ἀπαίδευτον ὀρθῶς· εἰ δὲ ἀγνοοῦμέν γε τοῦτο, οὐδʼ εἴ τις παιδείας ἐστὶν φυλακὴ καὶ ὅπου διαγιγνώσκειν ἄν ποτε 654e δυναίμεθα. ἆρʼ οὐχ οὕτως;

    AthenianThen if the three of us know what’s fine in song and dance, we also know rightly who is educated and who is uneducated. But if we don’t know this, we won’t know whether there’s any safeguard of education, or where we could ever 654e recognize it. Isn’t that so?

    Cliniasοὕτω μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasIt is.

    Athenianταῦτʼ ἄρα μετὰ τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν αὖ καθάπερ κυσὶν ἰχνευούσαις διερευνητέον, σχῆμά τε καλὸν καὶ μέλος καὶ ᾠδὴν καὶ ὄρχησιν· εἰ δὲ ταῦθʼ ἡμᾶς διαφυγόντα οἰχήσεται, μάταιος ὁ μετὰ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν περὶ παιδείας ὀρθῆς εἴθʼ Ἑλληνικῆς εἴτε βαρβαρικῆς λόγος ἂν εἴη.

    AthenianSo next we must track these things down like hounds on a scent: fine posture, melody, song and dance. If they slip away from us and escape, any further talk of ours about right education, Greek or non-Greek, will be pointless.

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Music that imitates virtue

    Fine postures and melodies are those of virtue; Egypt fixed its approved forms by law for millennia.

    Athenianεἶεν· τί δὲ δὴ τὸ καλὸν χρὴ φάναι σχῆμα ἢ μέλος εἶναί ποτε; φέρε, ἀνδρικῆς ψυχῆς ἐν πόνοις ἐχομένης καὶ 655a δειλῆς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τε καὶ ἴσοις ἆρʼ ὅμοια τά τε σχήματα καὶ τὰ φθέγματα συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι;

    AthenianVery well. What should we say a fine posture or melody is? Come: when a brave soul and 655a a cowardly one are gripped by the same hardships, in equal measure, do their postures and utterances turn out alike?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς, ὅτε γε μηδὲ τὰ χρώματα;

    CliniasHow could they, when even their complexions don’t?

    Athenianκαλῶς γε, ὦ ἑταῖρε. ἀλλʼ ἐν γὰρ μουσικῇ καὶ σχήματα μὲν καὶ μέλη ἔνεστιν, περὶ ῥυθμὸν καὶ ἁρμονίαν οὔσης τῆς μουσικῆς, ὥστε εὔρυθμον μὲν καὶ εὐάρμοστον, εὔχρων δὲ μέλος ἢ σχῆμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπεικάσαντα, ὥσπερ οἱ χοροδιδάσκαλοι ἀπεικάζουσιν, ὀρθῶς φθέγγεσθαι· τὸ δὲ τοῦ δειλοῦ τε καὶ ἀνδρείου σχῆμα ἢ μέλος ἔστιν τε, καὶ 655b ὀρθῶς προσαγορεύειν ἔχει τὰ μὲν τῶν ἀνδρείων καλά, τὰ τῶν δειλῶν δὲ αἰσχρά. καὶ ἵνα δὴ μὴ μακρολογία πολλή τις γίγνηται περὶ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα, ἁπλῶς ἔστω τὰ μὲν ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος, εἴτε αὐτῆς εἴτε τινὸς εἰκόνος, σύμπαντα σχήματά τε καὶ μέλη καλά, τὰ δὲ κακίας αὖ, τοὐναντίον ἅπαν.

    AthenianWell said, my friend. But in music there are postures and melodies, since music has to do with rhythm and harmony; so one can correctly call a melody or posture rhythmic or harmonious, but not, using the choirmasters’ metaphor, well-colored. But there is a posture or melody of the coward and of the brave man, and 655b it’s correct to call those of the brave fine and those of cowards shameful. And so that we don’t run into a long speech about all this, let’s simply say that all postures and melodies that belong to virtue of soul or body—to virtue itself or to some image of it—are fine, and those belonging to vice are just the opposite.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς τε προκαλῇ καὶ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχειν ἀποκεκρίσθω τὰ νῦν.

    CliniasYour proposal is right; let that be our answer for now.

    Athenianἔτι δὴ τόδε· πότερον ἅπαντες πάσαις χορείαις 655c ὁμοίως χαίρομεν, ἢ πολλοῦ δεῖ;

    AthenianHere’s another point. Do we all enjoy all choral performances 655c equally, or far from it?

    Cliniasτοῦ παντὸς μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasVery far from it.

    Athenianτί ποτʼ ἂν οὖν λέγομεν τὸ πεπλανηκὸς ἡμᾶς εἶναι; πότερον οὐ ταὐτά ἐστι καλὰ ἡμῖν πᾶσιν, ἢ τὰ μὲν αὐτά, ἀλλʼ οὐ δοκεῖ ταὐτὰ εἶναι; οὐ γάρ που ἐρεῖ γέ τις ὥς ποτε τὰ τῆς κακίας ἢ ἀρετῆς καλλίονα χορεύματα, οὐδʼ ὡς αὐτὸς μὲν χαίρει τοῖς τῆς μοχθηρίας σχήμασιν, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι ἐναντίᾳ ταύτης Μούσῃ τινί· καίτοι λέγουσίν γε οἱ πλεῖστοι μουσικῆς 655d ὀρθότητα εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν ταῖς ψυχαῖς πορίζουσαν δύναμιν. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν οὔτε ἀνεκτὸν οὔτε ὅσιον τὸ παράπαν φθέγγεσθαι, τόδε δὲ μᾶλλον εἰκὸς πλανᾶν ἡμᾶς.

    AthenianThen what shall we say leads us astray? Is it that the same things aren’t fine for all of us, or that they are the same but don’t seem to be? For surely no one will say that the choral performances of vice are finer than those of virtue, or that he himself enjoys the postures of wickedness while other people enjoy a Muse opposed to it. And yet most people say that the correctness of music 655d lies in its power to provide pleasure to souls. But that’s intolerable, and quite impious even to say. Something else is more likely leading us astray.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat?

    Athenianἐπειδὴ μιμήματα τρόπων ἐστὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς χορείας, ἐν πράξεσί τε παντοδαπαῖς γιγνόμενα καὶ τύχαις, καὶ ἤθεσι καὶ μιμήσεσι διεξιόντων ἑκάστων, οἷς μὲν ἂν πρὸς τρόπου τὰ ῥηθέντα ἢ μελῳδηθέντα ἢ καὶ ὁπωσοῦν χορευθέντα, ἢ 655e κατὰ φύσιν ἢ κατὰ ἔθος ἢ κατʼ ἀμφότερα, τούτους μὲν καὶ τούτοις χαίρειν τε καὶ ἐπαινεῖν αὐτὰ καὶ προσαγορεύειν καλὰ ἀναγκαῖον, οἷς δʼ ἂν παρὰ φύσιν ἢ τρόπον ἤ τινα συνήθειαν, οὔτε χαίρειν δυνατὸν οὔτε ἐπαινεῖν αἰσχρά τε προσαγορεύειν.

    AthenianChoral performances are imitations of characters, set in actions and fortunes of every kind, with each performer going through them in character and imitation. So those to whom the words or songs or dancing, of whatever kind, are congenial, whether by 655e nature or by habit or both, necessarily enjoy them, praise them and call them fine; while those to whom they run counter to nature or character or some habit can neither enjoy nor praise them, and call them shameful.

    οἷς δʼ ἂν τὰ μὲν τῆς φύσεως ὀρθὰ συμβαίνῃ, τὰ δὲ τῆς συνηθείας ἐναντία, ἢ τὰ μὲν τῆς συνηθείας ὀρθά, τὰ δὲ τῆς φύσεως ἐναντία, οὗτοι δὲ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς 656a τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐναντίους προσαγορεύουσιν· ἡδέα γὰρ τούτων ἕκαστα εἶναί φασι, πονηρὰ δέ, καὶ ἐναντίον ἄλλων οὓς οἴονται φρονεῖν αἰσχύνονται μὲν κινεῖσθαι τῷ σώματι τὰ τοιαῦτα, αἰσχύνονται δὲ ᾄδειν ὡς ἀποφαινόμενοι καλὰ μετὰ σπουδῆς, χαίρουσιν δὲ παρʼ αὑτοῖς.

    And when people’s nature is right but their habits are the opposite, or their habits are right but their nature the opposite, they give praise contrary 656a to their pleasures. They call each of these performances pleasant but base; and in front of others whom they think wise they’re ashamed to move their bodies in such ways, and ashamed to sing such things as though earnestly declaring them fine, but in private they enjoy them.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν τι βλάβην ἔσθʼ ἥντινα φέρει τῷ χαίροντι πονηρίας ἢ σχήμασιν ἢ μέλεσιν, ἤ τινʼ ὠφελίαν αὖ τοῖς πρὸς τἀναντία τὰς ἡδονὰς ἀποδεχομένοις;

    AthenianThen does the person who enjoys the postures or melodies of wickedness suffer any harm, or do those who take their pleasure in the opposite ones gain any benefit?

    Cliniasεἰκός γε.

    CliniasProbably.

    Athenianπότερον εἰκὸς ἢ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ταὐτὸν εἶναι ὅπερ ὅταν τις πονηροῖς ἤθεσιν συνὼν κακῶν ἀνθρώπων μὴ μισῇ, χαίρῃ δὲ ἀποδεχόμενος, ψέγῃ δὲ ὡς ἐν παιδιᾶς μοίρᾳ, ὀνειρώττων αὐτοῦ τὴν μοχθηρίαν; τότε ὁμοιοῦσθαι δήπου ἀνάγκη τὸν χαίροντα ὁποτέροις ἂν χαίρῃ, ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ ἐπαινεῖν αἰσχύνηται· καίτοι τοῦ τοιούτου τί μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακὸν φαῖμεν ἂν ἡμῖν ἐκ πάσης ἀνάγκης γίγνεσθαι;

    AthenianOnly probably? Isn’t it necessarily the same as when someone keeps company with the base characters of bad people and doesn’t hate them, but welcomes and enjoys them, and censures them only half in play, dimly aware, as in a dream, of his own wickedness? In that case, surely, whoever enjoys either kind must necessarily come to resemble what he enjoys, even if he’s ashamed to praise it. And yet what greater good or evil could we say necessarily comes to us than that?

    Cliniasδοκῶ μὲν οὐδέν.

    CliniasNone, I think.

    Athenianὅπου δὴ νόμοι καλῶς εἰσι κείμενοι ἢ καὶ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον ἔσονται τὴν περὶ τὰς μούσας παιδείαν τε καὶ παιδιάν, οἰόμεθα ἐξέσεσθαι τοῖς ποιητικοῖς, ὅτιπερ ἂν αὐτὸν τὸν ποιητὴν ἐν τῇ ποιήσει τέρπῃ ῥυθμοῦ ἢ μέλους ἢ ῥήματος ἐχόμενον, τοῦτο διδάσκοντα καὶ τοὺς τῶν εὐνόμων παῖδας καὶ νέους ἐν τοῖς χοροῖς, ὅτι ἂν τύχῃ ἀπεργάζεσθαι πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἢ μοχθηρίαν;

    AthenianThen where laws are, or will in future be, well laid down concerning education and play in the arts of the Muses, do we suppose poets will be free to take whatever pleases the poet himself in composing—in rhythm or melody or words—and teach it to the children and young people of law-abiding citizens in the choruses, whatever it happens to produce, virtue or wickedness?

    Cliniasοὔτοι δὴ τοῦτό γε λόγον ἔχει· πῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasThat certainly makes no sense. How could it?

    Athenianνῦν δέ γε αὐτὸ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν ἔξεστι δρᾶν, πλὴν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον.

    AthenianYet as things are, it’s allowed in practically every city—except in Egypt.

    Cliniasἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δὲ δὴ πῶς τὸ τοιοῦτον φῂς νενομοθετῆσθαι;

    CliniasAnd how do you say such things have been regulated by law in Egypt?

    Athenianθαῦμα καὶ ἀκοῦσαι. πάλαι γὰρ δή ποτε, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐγνώσθη παρʼ αὐτοῖς οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὃν τὰ νῦν λέγομεν ἡμεῖς, ὅτι καλὰ μὲν σχήματα, καλὰ δὲ μέλη δεῖ μεταχειρίζεσθαι ταῖς συνηθείαις τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν νέους· ταξάμενοι δὲ ταῦτα, ἅττα ἐστὶ καὶ ὁποῖʼ ἄττα ἀπέφηναν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς, 656e καὶ παρὰ ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἐξῆν οὔτε ζωγράφοις, οὔτʼ ἄλλοις ὅσοι σχήματα καὶ ὁποῖʼ ἄττα ἀπεργάζονται, καινοτομεῖν οὐδʼ ἐπινοεῖν ἄλλʼ ἄττα ἢ τὰ πάτρια, οὐδὲ νῦν ἔξεστιν, οὔτε ἐν τούτοις οὔτε ἐν μουσικῇ συμπάσῃ. σκοπῶν δὲ εὑρήσεις αὐτόθι τὰ μυριοστὸν ἔτος γεγραμμένα ἢ τετυπωμένα—οὐχ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν μυριοστὸν ἀλλʼ ὄντως—τῶν νῦν δεδημιουργημένων 657a οὔτε τι καλλίονα οὔτʼ αἰσχίω, τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ τέχνην ἀπειργασμένα.

    AthenianIt’s a marvel even to hear. Long ago, it seems, they recognized this principle we’re stating now: that the young in cities must make fine postures and fine melodies their habitual practice. They prescribed these, and displayed in their temples which they are and what they’re like; 656e and neither painters nor anyone else who makes postures or anything of the kind was allowed to innovate or to devise anything other than the traditional forms—nor are they now, either in these arts or in music as a whole. If you look, you’ll find that things painted or carved there ten thousand years ago—and I don’t mean “ten thousand” loosely, but literally—are 657a neither finer nor uglier than what’s made today, but are worked with the same art.

    Cliniasθαυμαστὸν λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s amazing.

    Athenianνομοθετικὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ πολιτικὸν ὑπερβαλλόντως. ἀλλʼ ἕτερα φαῦλʼ ἂν εὕροις αὐτόθι· τοῦτο δʼ οὖν τὸ περὶ μουσικὴν ἀληθές τε καὶ ἄξιον ἐννοίας, ὅτι δυνατὸν ἄρʼ ἦν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων νομοθετεῖσθαι βεβαίως θαρροῦντα μέλη τὰ τὴν ὀρθότητα φύσει παρεχόμενα. τοῦτο δὲ θεοῦ ἢ θείου τινὸς ἀνδρὸς ἂν εἴη, καθάπερ ἐκεῖ φασιν τὰ τὸν πολὺν τοῦτον 657b σεσωμένα χρόνον μέλη τῆς Ἴσιδος ποιήματα γεγονέναι. ὥσθʼ, ὅπερ ἔλεγον, εἰ δύναιτό τις ἑλεῖν αὐτῶν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν τὴν ὀρθότητα, θαρροῦντα χρὴ εἰς νόμον ἄγειν καὶ τάξιν αὐτά· ὡς ἡ τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης ζήτησις τοῦ καινῇ ζητεῖν ἀεὶ μουσικῇ χρῆσθαι σχεδὸν οὐ μεγάλην τινὰ δύναμιν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ διαφθεῖραι τὴν καθιερωθεῖσαν χορείαν ἐπικαλοῦσα ἀρχαιότητα. τὴν γοῦν ἐκεῖ οὐδαμῶς ἔοικε δυνατὴ γεγονέναι διαφθεῖραι, πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον.

    AthenianSay rather, supremely worthy of a lawgiver and a statesman. You’d find other things there that are poor. But this about music is true and worth pondering: that it was possible, after all, to legislate firmly about such things and confidently fix in law melodies that have a natural correctness. That would be the work of a god or some divine man—and in fact they say there that the melodies preserved for this long 657b time are compositions of Isis. So, as I was saying, if someone could grasp their correctness in any way at all, he should confidently bring them under law and order. For the pursuit of pleasure and pain, always seeking to use new music, hasn’t much power to corrupt choral performance once it’s consecrated, by deriding it as old-fashioned. There, at any rate, it seems to have been quite unable to corrupt it—quite the opposite.

    Isis was an Egyptian goddess.

    Cliniasφαίνεται οὕτως ἂν ταῦτα ἔχειν ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ τὰ νῦν λεχθέντων.

    CliniasFrom what you’ve just said, that seems to be how things are.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν θαρροῦντες λέγομεν τὴν τῇ μουσικῇ καὶ τῇ παιδιᾷ μετὰ χορείας χρείαν ὀρθὴν εἶναι τοιῷδέ τινι τρόπῳ; χαίρομεν ὅταν οἰώμεθα εὖ πράττειν, καὶ ὁπόταν χαίρωμεν, οἰόμεθα εὖ πράττειν αὖ; μῶν οὐχ οὕτως;

    AthenianThen can we confidently say that the right use of music, and of play with choral performance, is something like this? We rejoice when we think we’re doing well, and whenever we rejoice, we think in turn that we’re doing well? Isn’t that so?

    Cliniasοὕτω μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasIt is.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἔν γε τῷ τοιούτῳ, χαίροντες, ἡσυχίαν οὐ δυνάμεθα ἄγειν.

    AthenianAnd in that state, rejoicing, we can’t keep still.

    Cliniasἔστι ταῦτα.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐχ ἡμῶν οἱ μὲν νέοι αὐτοὶ χορεύειν ἕτοιμοι, τὸ δὲ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἡμῶν ἐκείνους αὖ θεωροῦντες διάγειν ἡγούμεθα πρεπόντως, χαίροντες τῇ ἐκείνων παιδιᾷ τε καὶ ἑορτάσει, ἐπειδὴ τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἡμᾶς ἐλαφρὸν ἐκλείπει νῦν, ὃ ποθοῦντες καὶ ἀσπαζόμενοι τίθεμεν οὕτως ἀγῶνας τοῖς δυναμένοις ἡμᾶς ὅτι μάλιστʼ εἰς τὴν νεότητα μνήμῃ ἐπεγείρειν;

    AthenianNow aren’t our young people ready to dance themselves, while we older ones think it fitting to pass our time watching them, enjoying their play and festivity, now that our own nimbleness is leaving us? Missing it and cherishing it, we set up contests for those best able to reawaken us, through memory, to our youth.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν οἰόμεθα καὶ κομιδῇ μάτην τὸν νῦν λεγόμενον 657e λόγον περὶ τῶν ἑορταζόντων λέγειν τοὺς πολλούς, ὅτι τοῦτον δεῖ σοφώτατον ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ κρίνειν νικᾶν, ὃς ἂν ἡμᾶς εὐφραίνεσθαι καὶ χαίρειν ὅτι μάλιστα ἀπεργάζηται; δεῖ γὰρ δή, ἐπείπερ ἀφείμεθά γε παίζειν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις, τὸν πλείστους καὶ μάλιστα χαίρειν ποιοῦντα, τοῦτον μάλιστα τιμᾶσθαί τε, καὶ ὅπερ εἶπον νυνδή, τὰ νικητήρια φέρειν. 658a ἆρʼ οὐκ ὀρθῶς λέγεταί τε τοῦτο καὶ πράττοιτʼ ἄν, εἰ ταύτῃ γίγνοιτο;

    AthenianThen do we suppose that what most people now say 657e about festival-goers is completely empty—that the one who gives us the most delight and enjoyment should be considered wisest and judged the winner? For since we give ourselves up to play on such occasions, the one who makes the most people enjoy themselves the most should be honored most and, as I said just now, carry off the prize. 658a Isn’t that rightly said, and wouldn’t it be rightly done, if things went that way?

    Cliniasτάχʼ ἄν.

    CliniasPerhaps.

    Athenianἀλλʼ, ὦ μακάριε, μὴ ταχὺ τὸ τοιοῦτον κρίνωμεν, ἀλλὰ διαιροῦντες αὐτὸ κατὰ μέρη σκοπώμεθα τοιῷδέ τινι τρόπῳ· τί ἄν, εἴ ποτέ τις οὕτως ἁπλῶς ἀγῶνα θείη ὁντινοῦν, μηδὲν ἀφορίσας μήτε γυμνικὸν μήτε μουσικὸν μήθʼ ἱππικόν, ἀλλὰ πάντας συναγαγὼν τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει προείποι, θεὶς νικητήρια, τὸν βουλόμενον ἥκειν ἀγωνιούμενον ἡδονῆς πέρι 658b μόνον, ὃς δʼ ἂν τέρψῃ τοὺς θεατὰς μάλιστα, μηδὲν ἐπιταττόμενος ᾧτινι τρόπῳ, νικήσῃ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι μάλιστα ἀπεργασάμενος καὶ κριθῇ τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων ἥδιστος γεγονέναι—τί ποτʼ ἂν ἡγούμεθα ἐκ ταύτης τῆς προρρήσεως συμβαίνειν;

    AthenianBut, my good friend, let’s not judge such a thing hastily. Let’s divide it into its parts and look at it in some such way as this. Suppose someone set up a contest, just like that, without specifying whether it was athletic or musical or equestrian, but gathered everyone in the city and announced, offering prizes, that anyone who wished should come and compete in giving pleasure, 658b and nothing else; and that whoever delighted the spectators most, with no rules as to how, and did this better than anyone, and was judged the most pleasing of the competitors, should win. What do we think would come of this proclamation?

    Cliniasτοῦ πέρι λέγεις;

    CliniasIn what respect?

    Athenianεἰκός που τὸν μέν τινα ἐπιδεικνύναι, καθάπερ Ὅμηρος, ῥαψῳδίαν, ἄλλον δὲ κιθαρῳδίαν, τὸν δέ τινα τραγῳδίαν, τὸν δʼ αὖ κωμῳδίαν, οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ εἴ τις καὶ 658c θαύματα ἐπιδεικνὺς μάλιστʼ ἂν νικᾶν ἡγοῖτο· τούτων δὴ τοιούτων καὶ ἑτέρων ἀγωνιστῶν μυρίων ἐλθόντων ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν τίς ἂν νικῷ δικαίως;

    AthenianProbably one would present an epic recitation, as Homer did, another a song to the lyre, one a tragedy, another a comedy; and it wouldn’t be surprising if someone 658c thought he’d have the best chance of winning with a puppet show. When these and countless other competitors turned up, could we say who would rightly win?

    Epic poetry was performed by rhapsodes, professional reciters of Homer and other poets.

    Cliniasἄτοπον ἤρου· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἀποκρίνοιτό σοι τοῦτο ὡς γνοὺς ἄν ποτε πρὶν ἀκοῦσαί τε, καὶ τῶν ἀθλητῶν ἑκάστων αὐτήκοος αὐτὸς γενέσθαι;

    CliniasA strange question. Who could answer that as if he knew, before he’d heard them and listened to each of the contestants with his own ears?

    Athenianτί οὖν δή; βούλεσθε ἐγὼ σφῷν τὴν ἄτοπον ἀπόκρισιν ταύτην ἀποκρίνωμαι;

    AthenianWell then, do you two want me to give you the strange answer?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianεἰ μὲν τοίνυν τὰ πάνυ σμικρὰ κρίνοι παιδία, κρινοῦσιν τὸν τὰ θαύματα ἐπιδεικνύντα· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianIf the very small children were the judges, they’ll pick the one presenting the puppet show, won’t they?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἐὰν δέ γʼ οἱ μείζους παῖδες, τὸν τὰς κωμῳδίας· τραγῳδίαν δὲ αἵ τε πεπαιδευμέναι τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ τὰ νέα μειράκια καὶ σχεδὸν ἴσως τὸ πλῆθος πάντων.

    AthenianAnd if the older children, the one with the comedies. Tragedy will be chosen by educated women, young men, and perhaps pretty much the majority of everyone.

    Cliniasἴσως δῆτα.

    CliniasPerhaps so.

    Athenianῥαψῳδὸν δέ, καλῶς Ἰλιάδα καὶ Ὀδύσσειαν ἤ τι τῶν Ἡσιοδείων διατιθέντα, τάχʼ ἂν ἡμεῖς οἱ γέροντες ἥδιστα ἀκούσαντες νικᾶν ἂν φαῖμεν πάμπολυ. τίς οὖν ὀρθῶς ἂν νενικηκὼς εἴη; τοῦτο μετὰ τοῦτο· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianBut a rhapsode giving a fine performance of the Iliad and the Odyssey, or something of Hesiod’s—we old men would probably enjoy hearing him most and declare him the winner by a long way. So who would rightly be the winner? That’s the next question, isn’t it?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianδῆλον ὡς ἔμοιγε καὶ ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν φάναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἡλικιωτῶν κριθέντας ὀρθῶς ἂν νικᾶν. τὸ γὰρ ἔθος ἡμῖν τῶν νῦν δὴ πάμπολυ δοκεῖ τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἁπάσαις καὶ πανταχοῦ βέλτιστον γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianClearly you and I have to say that those chosen by men of our age would rightly win. For our taste seems to us by far the best of any now found in cities anywhere.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianσυγχωρῶ δὴ τό γε τοσοῦτον καὶ ἐγὼ τοῖς πολλοῖς, δεῖν τὴν μουσικὴν ἡδονῇ κρίνεσθαι, μὴ μέντοι τῶν γε ἐπιτυχόντων, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἐκείνην εἶναι Μοῦσαν καλλίστην ἥτις τοὺς βελτίστους καὶ ἱκανῶς πεπαιδευμένους τέρπει, μάλιστα 659a δὲ ἥτις ἕνα τὸν ἀρετῇ τε καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντα· διὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἀρετῆς φαμεν δεῖσθαι τοὺς τούτων κριτάς, ὅτι τῆς τε ἄλλης μετόχους αὐτοὺς εἶναι δεῖ φρονήσεως καὶ δὴ καὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας.

    AthenianThen I too grant the many this much: music should be judged by pleasure—but not the pleasure of just anyone. Rather, the finest Muse is pretty much the one that delights the best and adequately educated, and above all 659a the one that delights the one man who excels in virtue and education. That’s why we say the judges of these things need virtue: they must have a share of wisdom in general, and of courage in particular.

    οὔτε γὰρ παρὰ θεάτρου δεῖ τόν γε ἀληθῆ κριτὴν κρίνειν μανθάνοντα, καὶ ἐκπληττόμενον ὑπὸ θορύβου τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ ἀπαιδευσίας, οὔτʼ αὖ γιγνώσκοντα διʼ ἀνανδρίαν καὶ δειλίαν ἐκ ταὐτοῦ στόματος οὗπερ τοὺς θεοὺς 659b ἐπεκαλέσατο μέλλων κρίνειν, ἐκ τούτου ψευδόμενον ἀποφαίνεσθαι ῥᾳθύμως τὴν κρίσιν· οὐ γὰρ μαθητὴς ἀλλὰ διδάσκαλος, ὥς γε τὸ δίκαιον, θεατῶν μᾶλλον ὁ κριτὴς καθίζει, καὶ ἐναντιωσόμενος τοῖς τὴν ἡδονὴν μὴ προσηκόντως μηδὲ ὀρθῶς ἀποδιδοῦσι θεαταῖς.

    For the true judge mustn’t judge by taking his lessons from the audience, cowed by the uproar of the crowd and his own lack of education; nor, when he knows better, should he lazily give a false verdict out of cowardice and lack of nerve, with the same mouth with which he called on the gods 659b before judging. For the judge takes his seat not as a pupil of the spectators but, rightly speaking, as their teacher, to oppose those who give the spectators pleasure in a way that is neither fitting nor right.

    ἐξῆν γὰρ δὴ τῷ παλαιῷ τε καὶ Ἑλληνικῷ νόμῳ, οὐ καθάπερ ὁ Σικελικός τε καὶ Ἰταλικὸς νόμος νῦν, τῷ πλήθει τῶν θεατῶν ἐπιτρέπων καὶ τὸν νικῶντα διακρίνων χειροτονίαις, διέφθαρκε μὲν τοὺς ποιητὰς αὐτούς 659c —πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τῶν κριτῶν ἡδονὴν ποιοῦσιν οὖσαν φαύλην, ὥστε αὐτοὶ αὐτοὺς οἱ θεαταὶ παιδεύουσιν—διέφθαρκεν δʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεάτρου τὰς ἡδονάς· δέον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ βελτίω τῶν αὑτῶν ἠθῶν ἀκούοντας βελτίω τὴν ἡδονὴν ἴσχειν, νῦν αὐτοῖς δρῶσιν πᾶν τοὐναντίον συμβαίνει. τί ποτʼ οὖν ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν αὖ διαπερανθέντα τῷ λόγῳ σημαίνειν βούλεται; σκοπεῖσθʼ εἰ τόδε.

    The old Greek law allowed this—unlike the Sicilian and Italian law of today, which, by handing the matter over to the mass of spectators and deciding the winner by show of hands, has corrupted the poets themselves 659c (for they compose to suit the judges’ pleasure, which is base, so that the spectators end up educating themselves), and has also corrupted the pleasures of the audience. They ought always to be hearing about characters better than their own and so to get a better kind of pleasure, but as it is, by what they do, just the opposite happens. So what is the point of what our argument has now concluded? See if it’s this.

    Sicily and southern Italy were home to many Greek cities.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat?

    Athenianδοκεῖ μοι τρίτον ἢ τέταρτον ὁ λόγος εἰς ταὐτὸν 659d περιφερόμενος ἥκειν, ὡς ἄρα παιδεία μέν ἐσθʼ ἡ παίδων ὁλκή τε καὶ ἀγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου λόγον ὀρθὸν εἰρημένον, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιεικεστάτοις καὶ πρεσβυτάτοις διʼ ἐμπειρίαν συνδεδογμένον ὡς ὄντως ὀρθός ἐστιν· ἵνʼ οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ παιδὸς μὴ ἐναντία χαίρειν καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ἐθίζηται τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου πεπεισμένοις, ἀλλὰ συνέπηται χαίρουσά τε καὶ λυπουμένη τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις οἷσπερ ὁ 659e γέρων, τούτων ἕνεκα, ἃς ᾠδὰς καλοῦμεν, ὄντως μὲν ἐπῳδαὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς αὗται νῦν γεγονέναι, πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἣν λέγομεν συμφωνίαν ἐσπουδασμέναι, διὰ δὲ τὸ σπουδὴν μὴ δύνασθαι φέρειν τὰς τῶν νέων ψυχάς, παιδιαί τε καὶ ᾠδαὶ καλεῖσθαι καὶ πράττεσθαι, καθάπερ τοῖς κάμνουσίν τε καὶ ἀσθενῶς ἴσχουσιν τὰ σώματα ἐν ἡδέσι τισὶν σιτίοις καὶ 660a πώμασι τὴν χρηστὴν πειρῶνται τροφὴν προσφέρειν οἷς μέλει τούτων, τὴν δὲ τῶν πονηρῶν ἐν ἀηδέσιν, ἵνα τὴν μὲν ἀσπάζωνται, τὴν δὲ μισεῖν ὀρθῶς ἐθίζωνται.

    AthenianIt seems to me that for the third or fourth time our argument has come round 659d to the same point: that education is the drawing and leading of children toward the principle declared right by the law and agreed, from experience, by the most reasonable and oldest to be truly right. So that the child’s soul may not grow used to feeling pleasure and pain contrary to the law and to those the law has persuaded, but may follow along, pleased and pained by the same things as the 659e old man—for this reason what we call songs have now become, in truth, incantations for souls, earnestly designed to produce the harmony we’re speaking of. But because the souls of the young can’t bear earnestness, they’re called play and songs and treated as such. It’s just as with people who are ill and in poor bodily health: those who look after them try to give them wholesome nourishment in pleasant foods and 660a drinks, and harmful nourishment in unpleasant ones, so that they’ll welcome the one and rightly grow used to hating the other.

    A pun in the Greek: ōidai (songs) and epōidai (incantations, charms).

    ταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ τὸν ποιητικὸν ὁ ὀρθὸς νομοθέτης ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ῥήμασι καὶ ἐπαινετοῖς πείσει τε, καὶ ἀναγκάσει μὴ πείθων, τὰ τῶν σωφρόνων τε καὶ ἀνδρείων καὶ πάντως ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔν τε ῥυθμοῖς σχήματα καὶ ἐν ἁρμονίαισιν μέλη ποιοῦντα ὀρθῶς ποιεῖν.

    In the same way the right lawgiver will persuade the poet—and compel him, if he can’t persuade him—to compose rightly in his fine and praiseworthy words, representing the postures of moderate, brave and wholly good men in his rhythms, and their melodies in his harmonies.

    Cliniasνῦν οὖν οὕτω δοκοῦσίν σοι, πρὸς Διός, ὦ ξένε, ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι ποιεῖν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ καθʼ ὅσον αἰσθάνομαι, πλὴν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἢ παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίοις, ἃ σὺ νῦν λέγεις οὐκ οἶδα πραττόμενα, καινὰ δὲ ἄττα ἀεὶ γιγνόμενα περί τε τὰς ὀρχήσεις καὶ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην μουσικὴν σύμπασαν, οὐχ ὑπὸ νόμων μεταβαλλόμενα ἀλλʼ ὑπό τινων ἀτάκτων ἡδονῶν, πολλοῦ δεουσῶν τῶν αὐτῶν εἶναι καὶ κατὰ ταὐτά, ὡς 660c σὺ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἀφερμηνεύεις, ἀλλʼ οὐδέποτε τῶν αὐτῶν.

    CliniasWell, by Zeus, stranger, do you think that’s how they compose now in other cities? As far as I can see, apart from us and the Spartans, I don’t know of what you’re describing being practiced anywhere. Instead there are always novelties in dancing and all the rest of music, changed not by laws but by some disorderly pleasures, which are very far from staying the same and constant, as 660c you explain they do in Egypt—they’re never the same.

    Athenianἄριστά γʼ, ὦ Κλεινία. εἰ δʼ ἔδοξά σοι ἃ σὺ λέγεις λέγειν ὡς νῦν γιγνόμενα, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάζοιμι εἰ μὴ σαφῶς λέγων ἃ διανοοῦμαι τοῦτο ἐποίησα καὶ ἔπαθον· ἀλλʼ ἃ βούλομαι γίγνεσθαι περὶ μουσικήν, τοιαῦτʼ ἄττα εἶπον ἴσως ὥστε σοὶ δόξαι ταῦτα ἐμὲ λέγειν. λοιδορεῖν γὰρ πράγματα ἀνίατα καὶ πόρρω προβεβηκότα ἁμαρτίας οὐδαμῶς ἡδύ, 660d ἀναγκαῖον δʼ ἐνίοτέ ἐστιν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ταῦτα συνδοκεῖ καὶ σοί, φέρε, φῂς παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖσδε μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν γίγνεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα;

    AthenianExcellent, Clinias. If I seemed to you to be describing what you mention as what happens now, I wouldn’t be surprised if that came of my not saying clearly what I mean. I was speaking of what I want to happen in music, and perhaps I put it in such a way that you thought I meant that. For railing against things that are incurable and have gone far astray is never pleasant, 660d though it’s sometimes necessary. But since you share this view, tell me: do you say such things happen among you and the Spartans here more than among the other Greeks?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτί δʼ εἰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις γίγνοιθʼ οὕτω; πότερον αὐτὰ καλλιόνως οὕτως εἶναι φαῖμεν ἂν ἢ καθάπερ νῦν γίγνεται γιγνόμενα;

    AthenianAnd what if they happened that way among the others too? Would we say things would be better that way than as they happen now?

    Cliniasπολύ που τὸ διαφέρον, εἰ καθάπερ παρά τε τοῖσδε καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔτι καθάπερ εἶπες σὺ νυνδὴ δεῖν εἶναι, γίγνοιτο.

    CliniasVery much better, I should think, if they were done as they are among the Spartans and among us, and moreover as you said just now they ought to be.

    The just life is the pleasantest

    The lawgiver should make poets and citizens teach that the just life is also the happiest and most pleasant.

    Athenianφέρε δή, συνομολογησώμεθα τὰ νῦν. ἄλλο τι παρʼ 660e ὑμῖν ἐν πάσῃ παιδείᾳ καὶ μουσικῇ τὰ λεγόμενά ἐστι τάδε; τοὺς ποιητὰς ἀναγκάζετε λέγειν ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ σώφρων ὢν καὶ δίκαιος εὐδαίμων ἐστὶ καὶ μακάριος, ἐάντε μέγας καὶ ἰσχυρὸς ἐάντε μικρὸς καὶ ἀσθενὴς ᾖ, καὶ ἐὰν πλουτῇ καὶ μή· ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα πλουτῇ μὲν Κινύρα τε καὶ Μίδα μᾶλλον, ᾖ δὲ ἄδικος, ἄθλιός τʼ ἐστὶ καὶ ἀνιαρῶς ζῇ.

    AthenianCome, then, let’s reach agreement on this for now. Among 660e you, in all your education and music, isn’t this what’s said? You compel the poets to say that the good man, being moderate and just, is happy and blessed, whether he’s big and strong or small and weak, rich or not; but if he’s richer than Cinyras and Midas yet unjust, he’s wretched and lives in misery.

    Cinyras, a legendary king of Cyprus, and Midas, king of Phrygia, were proverbial for their wealth.

    καὶ “οὔτʼ ἂν μνησαίμην,” φησὶν ὑμῖν ὁ ποιητής, εἴπερ ὀρθῶς λέγει, “οὔτʼ ἐν λόγῳ ἄνδρα τιθείμην,” ὃς μὴ πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα καλὰ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης πράττοι καὶ κτῷτο, καὶ δὴ 661a “καὶ δηΐων” τοιοῦτος ὢν “ὀρέγοιτο ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενος,” ἄδικος δὲ ὢν μήτε τολμῷ “ὁρῶν φόνον αἱματόεντα” μήτε νικῷ θέων “Θρηίκιον Βορέην,” μήτε ἄλλο αὐτῷ μηδὲν τῶν λεγομένων ἀγαθῶν γίγνοιτό ποτε. τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν λεγόμενʼ ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ὀρθῶς λέγεται.

    And your poet says, if he speaks rightly, “I would neither mention nor hold in any account a man” who did not do and possess all the so-called fine things with justice; and that such a man, 661a if just, should “reach for the enemy, standing close,” but if unjust, may he neither dare “to look on bloody slaughter,” nor outrun “Thracian Boreas” in the race, nor ever have any other of the so-called goods. For what the many call goods aren’t rightly so called.

    The phrases adapt Tyrtaeus (see Book 1); Boreas is the north wind.

    λέγεται γὰρ ὡς ἄριστον μὲν ὑγιαίνειν, δεύτερον δὲ κάλλος, τρίτον δὲ πλοῦτος, μυρία δὲ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ λέγεται· καὶ γὰρ ὀξὺ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ 661b πάντα ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐαισθήτως ἔχειν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν τυραννοῦντα ὅτι ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ, καὶ τὸ δὴ τέλος ἁπάσης μακαριότητος εἶναι τὸ πάντα ταῦτα κεκτημένον ἀθάνατον εἶναι γενόμενον ὅτι τάχιστα.

    It’s said that health is best, beauty second, and wealth third; and countless other goods are named: sharp sight and hearing, and 661b keenness in all the senses; being a tyrant and doing whatever one desires; and, as the crowning end of all blessedness, possessing all these and becoming immortal as quickly as possible.

    ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ ἐγώ που τάδε λέγομεν, ὡς ταῦτά ἐστι σύμπαντα δικαίοις μὲν καὶ ὁσίοις ἀνδράσιν ἄριστα κτήματα, ἀδίκοις δὲ κάκιστα σύμπαντα, ἀρξάμενα ἀπὸ τῆς ὑγιείας· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ ὁρᾶν 661c καὶ τὸ ἀκούειν καὶ αἰσθάνεσθαι καὶ τὸ παράπαν ζῆν μέγιστον μὲν κακὸν τὸν σύμπαντα χρόνον ἀθάνατον ὄντα καὶ κεκτημένον πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ πλὴν δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης, ἔλαττον δέ, ἂν ὡς ὀλίγιστον ὁ τοιοῦτος χρόνον ἐπιζώῃ. ταῦτα δὴ λέγειν, οἶμαι, τοὺς παρʼ ὑμῖν ποιητάς, ἅπερ ἐγώ, πείσετε καὶ ἀναγκάσετε, καὶ ἔτι τούτοις ἑπομένους ῥυθμούς τε καὶ ἁρμονίας ἀποδιδόντας παιδεύειν οὕτω τοὺς νέους ἡμῶν. ἦ γάρ; ὁρᾶτε.

    But you and I, I take it, say this: all these things are the best of possessions for just and holy men, but for the unjust they’re all the worst, beginning with health. And seeing 661c and hearing and perceiving, and simply living, are the greatest evil for someone who is immortal for all time and has all the so-called goods except justice and virtue as a whole, and a lesser evil the shorter the time such a man survives. This, I think, is what you’ll persuade and compel your poets to say, as I do, and also to set rhythms and harmonies to it and educate our young that way. Isn’t that so? Consider.

    ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ λέγω 661d σαφῶς τὰ μὲν κακὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀδίκοις εἶναι, τοῖς δὲ δικαίοις κακά, τὰ δʼ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς ὄντως ἀγαθά, τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς κακά· ὅπερ οὖν ἠρόμην, ἆρα συμφωνοῦμεν ἐγώ τε καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἢ πῶς;

    For I say 661d plainly that the so-called evils are good for the unjust and bad for the just, and that the goods are truly good for the good but bad for the bad. So, as I asked: do you and I agree, or what?

    Cliniasτὰ μὲν ἔμοιγε φαινόμεθά πως, τὰ δʼ οὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasIn some respects we seem to, I think, but in others not at all.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ὑγίειάν τε κεκτημένον καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ τυραννίδα διὰ τέλους—καὶ ἔτι προστίθημι ὑμῖν ἰσχὺν διαφέρουσαν 661e καὶ ἀνδρείαν μετʼ ἀθανασίας, καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο αὐτῷ τῶν λεγομένων κακῶν εἶναι γιγνόμενον—ἀδικίαν δὲ καὶ ὕβριν ἔχοντα ἐν αὑτῷ μόνον, τὸν οὕτω ζῶντα ἴσως ὑμᾶς οὐ πείθω μὴ οὐκ ἄρα εὐδαίμονα ἀλλʼ ἄθλιον γίγνεσθαι σαφῶς;

    AthenianTake a man who has health and wealth and absolute power his whole life long—and I’ll add for you outstanding strength 661e and courage, along with immortality, and none of the so-called evils ever befalling him—but who has injustice and arrogance within him, and only that. Perhaps I’m failing to persuade you that a man living like that is plainly not happy but wretched?

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s very true.

    Athenianεἶεν· τί οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἡμᾶς χρεών; ἀνδρεῖος γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ καλὸς καὶ πλούσιος, καὶ 662a ποιῶν ὅτιπερ ἐπιθυμοῖ τὸν βίον ἅπαντα, οὐχ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ, εἴπερ ἄδικος εἴη καὶ ὑβριστής, ἐξ ἀνάγκης αἰσχρῶς ἂν ζῆν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν ἴσως ἂν συγχωρήσαιτε, τό γε αἰσχρῶς;

    AthenianVery well. What should we say next? A man who is brave and strong and handsome and rich, and 662a does whatever he desires all his life—if he were unjust and arrogant, don’t you think he’d necessarily live shamefully? Or would you perhaps grant this much, at least: shamefully?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτί δέ; τὸ καὶ κακῶς;

    AthenianAnd what about badly, too?

    Cliniasοὐκ ἂν ἔτι τοῦθʼ ὁμοίως.

    CliniasWe wouldn’t grant that so readily.

    Athenianτί δέ; τὸ καὶ ἀηδῶς καὶ μὴ συμφερόντως αὑτῷ;

    AthenianAnd what about unpleasantly, and to his own disadvantage?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς ἂν ταῦτά γʼ ἔτι συγχωροῖμεν;

    CliniasAnd how could we grant that as well?

    Athenianὅπως; εἰ θεὸς ἡμῖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὦ φίλοι, δοίη τις συμφωνίαν, ὡς νῦν γε σχεδὸν ἀπᾴδομεν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων. ἐμοὶ γὰρ δὴ φαίνεται ταῦτα οὕτως ἀναγκαῖα, ὡς οὐδέ, ὦ φίλε Κλεινία, Κρήτη νῆσος σαφῶς· καὶ νομοθέτης ὢν ταύτῃ πειρῴμην ἂν τούς τε ποιητὰς ἀναγκάζειν φθέγγεσθαι καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει, ζημίαν τε ὀλίγου μεγίστην ἐπιτιθείην ἄν, εἴ τις ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ φθέγξαιτο ὡς εἰσίν τινες 662c ἄνθρωποί ποτε πονηροὶ μέν, ἡδέως δὲ ζῶντες, ἢ λυσιτελοῦντα μὲν ἄλλα ἐστὶ καὶ κερδαλέα, δικαιότερα δὲ ἄλλα, καὶ πόλλʼ ἄττʼ ἂν παρὰ τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα ὑπό τε Κρητῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ δήπου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων, διάφορα πείθοιμʼ ἂν τοὺς πολίτας μοι φθέγγεσθαι.

    AthenianHow? Only if some god, it seems, my friends, would grant us harmony, since at present we’re practically singing out of tune with each other. To me, my dear Clinias, these things seem as necessarily true as Crete is plainly an island. And if I were a lawgiver, I’d try to compel the poets and everyone in the city to speak accordingly; and I’d impose very nearly the greatest penalty on anyone in the land who said that some 662c people are wicked but live pleasantly, or that some things are profitable and lucrative while others are more just. And there are many other things, different from what the Cretans and Spartans, it seems, and doubtless the rest of mankind now say, that I’d persuade my citizens to say.

    φέρε γάρ, ὦ πρὸς Διός τε καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, ὦ ἄριστοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, εἰ τοὺς νομοθετήσαντας ὑμῖν αὐτοὺς τούτους ἐροίμεθα θεούς· 662d “ἆρʼ ὁ δικαιότατός ἐστιν βίος ἥδιστος, ἢ δύʼ ἐστόν τινε βίω, οἷν ὁ μὲν ἥδιστος ὢν τυγχάνει, δικαιότατος δʼ ἕτερος;” εἰ δὴ δύο φαῖεν, ἐροίμεθʼ ἂν ἴσως αὐτοὺς πάλιν, εἴπερ ὀρθῶς ἐπανερωτῷμεν· “ποτέρους δὲ εὐδαιμονεστέρους χρὴ λέγειν, τοὺς τὸν δικαιότατον ἢ τοὺς τὸν ἥδιστον διαβιοῦντας βίον;” εἰ μὲν δὴ φαῖεν τοὺς τὸν ἥδιστον, ἄτοπος αὐτῶν ὁ λόγος ἂν γίγνοιτο.

    For come, in the name of Zeus and Apollo, best of men: suppose we asked these very gods who gave you your laws, 662d “Is the most just life the most pleasant, or are there two lives, one of which happens to be the most pleasant and the other the most just?” If they said two, we’d perhaps ask them again, if we were questioning them properly, “Which should we call happier: those who live the most just life, or those who live the most pleasant?” If they said those who live the most pleasant, their answer would be absurd.

    Cretans traced their laws to Zeus, and Spartans theirs to Apollo, through his oracle at Delphi.

    βούλομαι δέ μοι μὴ ἐπὶ θεῶν λέγεσθαι τὸ 662e τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πατέρων καὶ νομοθετῶν μᾶλλον, καί μοι τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἠρωτημένα πατέρα τε καὶ νομοθέτην ἠρωτήσθω, ὁ δʼ εἰπέτω ὡς ὁ ζῶν τὸν ἥδιστον βίον ἐστὶν μακαριώτατος· εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτα ἔγωγʼ ἂν φαίην· “ὦ πάτερ, οὐχ ὡς εὐδαιμονέστατά με ἐβούλου ζῆν; ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ διακελευόμενος οὐδὲν ἐπαύου ζῆν με ὡς δικαιότατα.” ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν ὁ τιθέμενος εἴτε νομοθέτης εἴτε καὶ πατὴρ ἄτοπος ἂν οἶμαι καὶ ἄπορος φαίνοιτο τοῦ συμφωνούντως ἑαυτῷ λέγειν· εἰ δʼ αὖ τὸν δικαιότατον εὐδαιμονέστατον ἀποφαίνοιτο βίον εἶναι, ζητοῖ που πᾶς ἂν ὁ ἀκούων, οἶμαι, τί ποτʼ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς 663a κρεῖττον ἀγαθόν τε καὶ καλὸν ὁ νόμος ἐνὸν ἐπαινεῖ. τί γὰρ δὴ δικαίῳ χωριζόμενον ἡδονῆς ἀγαθὸν ἂν γίγνοιτο;

    But I’d rather not have such things said of gods, 662e but of fathers and lawgivers instead. So let my earlier questions be put to a father and lawgiver, and let him say that the man who lives the most pleasant life is most blessed. Then I would say to him: “Father, didn’t you want me to live as happily as possible? Yet you never stopped urging me to live as justly as possible.” Put that way, I think, whoever laid it down, lawgiver or father, would seem absurd and at a loss to speak consistently with himself. But if instead he declared the most just life the happiest, everyone who heard him would ask, I think, what good and fine thing, 663a better than pleasure, the law is praising as present in it. For what good could a just man have that is cut off from pleasure?

    φέρε, κλέος τε καὶ ἔπαινος πρὸς ἀνθρώπων τε καὶ θεῶν ἆρʼ ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν μὲν καὶ καλόν, ἀηδὲς δέ, δύσκλεια δὲ τἀναντία; ἥκιστα, ὦ φίλε νομοθέτα, φήσομεν. ἀλλὰ τὸ μήτε τινὰ ἀδικεῖν μήτε ὑπό τινος ἀδικεῖσθαι μῶν ἀηδὲς μέν, ἀγαθὸν δὲ ἢ καλόν, τὰ δʼ ἕτερα ἡδέα μέν, αἰσχρὰ δὲ καὶ κακά;

    Come: is fame and praise from men and gods good and fine but unpleasant, and ill fame the opposite? Not in the least, dear lawgiver, we’ll say. Or is neither wronging anyone nor being wronged by anyone unpleasant but good or fine, while the opposite is pleasant but shameful and bad?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could it be?

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν μὴ χωρίζων λόγος ἡδύ τε καὶ δίκαιον 663b καὶ ἀγαθόν τε καὶ καλὸν πιθανός γʼ, εἰ μηδὲν ἕτερον, πρὸς τό τινα ἐθέλειν ζῆν τὸν ὅσιον καὶ δίκαιον βίον, ὥστε νομοθέτῃ γε αἴσχιστος λόγων καὶ ἐναντιώτατος ὃς ἂν μὴ φῇ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν ἑκὼν ἐθέλοι πείθεσθαι πράττειν τοῦτο ὅτῳ μὴ τὸ χαίρειν τοῦ λυπεῖσθαι πλέον ἕπεται.

    AthenianSo the account that doesn’t separate the pleasant from the just 663b and the good and fine is persuasive, if nothing else, in getting someone to want to live the holy and just life; so that for a lawgiver the most shameful and hostile of all accounts is one that denies these things are so. For no one would willingly be persuaded to do something that doesn’t bring him more enjoyment than pain.

    σκοτοδινιᾶν δὲ τὸ πόρρωθεν ὁρώμενον πᾶσίν τε ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς παισὶ παρέχει, νομοθέτης εἰ μὴ δόξαν εἰς τοὐναντίον τούτου καταστήσει, τὸ σκότος 663c ἀφελών, καὶ πείσει ἁμῶς γέ πως ἔθεσι καὶ ἐπαίνοις καὶ λόγοις ὡς ἐσκιαγραφημένα τὰ δίκαιά ἐστι καὶ ἄδικα, τὰ μὲν ἄδικα τῷ τοῦ δικαίου ἐναντίως φαινόμενα, ἐκ μὲν ἀδίκου καὶ κακοῦ ἑαυτοῦ θεωρούμενα ἡδέα, τὰ δὲ δίκαια ἀηδέστατα, ἐκ δὲ δικαίου πάντα τἀναντία παντὶ πρὸς ἀμφότερα.

    Seeing things from a distance makes nearly everyone dizzy, and children most of all—unless the lawgiver removes the darkness 663c and establishes the opposite opinion, and persuades people somehow, by habits and praise and arguments, that just and unjust things are like shadow-paintings. The unjust appear the opposite of the just: viewed from the standpoint of the unjust and bad man, they look pleasant and the just things most unpleasant, while viewed from the just man’s standpoint everything looks the opposite, in every respect, on both sides.

    Shadow-painting was a technique of shading that gave an illusion of depth, most convincing when viewed from a distance.

    Cliniasφαίνεται.

    CliniasIt appears so.

    Athenianτὴν δʼ ἀλήθειαν τῆς κρίσεως ποτέραν κυριωτέραν εἶναι φῶμεν; πότερα τὴν τῆς χείρονος ψυχῆς ἢ τὴν τῆς βελτίονος;

    AthenianWhich judgment shall we say has the more authoritative claim to truth: that of the worse soul or that of the better?

    Cliniasἀναγκαῖόν που τὴν τῆς ἀμείνονος.

    CliniasThat of the better, necessarily.

    Athenianἀναγκαῖον ἄρα τὸν ἄδικον βίον οὐ μόνον αἰσχίω καὶ μοχθηρότερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀηδέστερον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ δικαίου τε εἶναι καὶ ὁσίου βίου.

    AthenianThen necessarily the unjust life is not only more shameful and more wretched than the just and holy life, but in truth more unpleasant as well.

    Cliniasκινδυνεύει κατά γε τὸν νῦν λόγον, ὦ φίλοι.

    CliniasIt looks that way, at least by our present argument, my friends.

    Athenianνομοθέτης δὲ οὗ τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν οὕτως ἔχον, ὡς καὶ νῦν αὐτὸ ᾕρηχʼ ὁ λόγος ἔχειν, εἴπερ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐτόλμησεν ἂν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ ψεύδεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς νέους, ἔστιν ὅτι τούτου ψεῦδος λυσιτελέστερον ἂν 663e ἐψεύσατό ποτε καὶ δυνάμενον μᾶλλον ποιεῖν μὴ βίᾳ ἀλλʼ ἑκόντας πάντας πάντα τὰ δίκαια;

    AthenianBut even if this weren’t so, as the argument has now proved it is, could a lawgiver worth anything at all—if he ever dared to lie to the young for their good—have told a lie more profitable than this, 663e or more able to make everyone do everything just, not by force but willingly?

    Cliniasκαλὸν μὲν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ὦ ξένε, καὶ μόνιμον· ἔοικε μὴν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πείθειν.

    CliniasTruth is a fine thing, stranger, and lasting; but it doesn’t seem easy to persuade people of it.

    Athenianεἶεν· τὸ μὲν τοῦ Σιδωνίου μυθολόγημα ῥᾴδιον ἐγένετο πείθειν, οὕτως ἀπίθανον ὄν, καὶ ἄλλα μυρία;

    AthenianWell, the Sidonian’s tale was easy to persuade people of, implausible as it was—and countless others.

    Cliniasποῖα;

    CliniasWhich?

    Athenianτὸ σπαρέντων ποτὲ ὀδόντων ὁπλίτας ἐξ αὐτῶν φῦναι. καίτοι μέγα γʼ ἐστὶ νομοθέτῃ παράδειγμα τοῦ 664a πείσειν ὅτι ἂν ἐπιχειρῇ τις πείθειν τὰς τῶν νέων ψυχάς, ὥστε οὐδὲν ἄλλο αὐτὸν δεῖ σκοποῦντα ἀνευρίσκειν ἢ τί πείσας μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ἐργάσαιτο ἂν πόλιν, τούτου δὲ πέρι πᾶσαν μηχανὴν εὑρίσκειν ὅντινά ποτε τρόπον ἡ τοιαύτη συνοικία πᾶσα περὶ τούτων ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ὅτι μάλιστα φθέγγοιτʼ ἀεὶ διὰ βίου παντὸς ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις. εἰ δʼ οὖν ἄλλῃ πῃ δοκεῖ ἢ ταύτῃ, πρὸς ταῦτα οὐδεὶς φθόνος ἀμφισβητῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ.

    AthenianThat once upon a time teeth were sown and armed men sprang up from them. And yet this is a great example for the lawgiver that 664a the souls of the young can be persuaded of anything one tries to persuade them of. So all he need do is look for and discover what belief would do a city the greatest good, and find every means to ensure that such a community, as a whole, says one and the same thing about these matters as far as possible, always, all life long, in songs and stories and arguments. But if you see things otherwise, there’s nothing to stop you disputing the argument.

    The Phoenician Cadmus of Sidon, legendary founder of Thebes, sowed a dragon’s teeth, from which armed men sprang.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ οὔ μοι φαίνεται πρός γε ταῦτα δύνασθαι ἡμῶν ἀμφισβητῆσαί ποτʼ ἂν οὐδέτερος.

    CliniasNo, I don’t think either of us could dispute it.

    The three choruses

    Children, young men and older men each form a chorus; the oldest sing for Dionysus, helped by wine.

    Athenianτὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐμὸν ἂν εἴη λέγειν. φημὶ γὰρ ἅπαντας δεῖν ἐπᾴδειν τρεῖς ὄντας τοὺς χοροὺς ἔτι νέαις οὔσαις ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ ἁπαλαῖς τῶν παίδων, τά τε ἄλλα καλὰ λέγοντας πάντα ὅσα διεληλύθαμέν τε καὶ ἔτι διέλθοιμεν ἄν, τὸ δὲ κεφάλαιον αὐτῶν τοῦτο ἔστω· τὸν αὐτὸν ἥδιστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον ὑπὸ θεῶν βίον λέγεσθαι φάσκοντες, 664c ἀληθέστατα ἐροῦμεν ἅμα, καὶ μᾶλλον πείσομεν οὓς δεῖ πείθειν ἢ ἐὰν ἄλλως πως φθεγγώμεθα λέγοντες.

    AthenianThen it would be my turn to say what comes next. I say that all three of our choruses must sing their charms over the souls of the children while they’re still young and tender, saying all the other fine things we’ve gone through and may still go through; but let the sum of it be this: that the same life is declared by the gods to be both most pleasant and best. In saying this 664c we’ll be saying what is most true, and at the same time we’ll persuade those we need to persuade better than if we put it any other way.

    Cliniasσυγχωρητέον ἃ λέγεις.

    CliniasI have to grant what you say.

    Athenianπρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ὁ Μουσῶν χορὸς ὁ παιδικὸς ὀρθότατʼ ἂν εἰσίοι πρῶτος τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰς τὸ μέσον ᾀσόμενος ἁπάσῃ σπουδῇ καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει, δεύτερος δὲ ὁ μέχρι τριάκοντα ἐτῶν, τόν τε Παιᾶνα ἐπικαλούμενος μάρτυρα τῶν λεγομένων ἀληθείας πέρι καὶ τοῖς νέοις ἵλεων μετὰ πειθοῦς 664d γίγνεσθαι ἐπευχόμενος. δεῖ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἔτι τρίτους τοὺς ὑπὲρ τριάκοντα ἔτη μέχρι τῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονότας ᾄδειν· τοὺς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα—οὐ γὰρ ἔτι δυνατοὶ φέρειν ᾠδάς—μυθολόγους περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἠθῶν διὰ θείας φήμης καταλελεῖφθαι.

    AthenianFirst, then, the Muses’ chorus of children would most properly come on first, to sing these things publicly with all earnestness to the whole city. Second would come the chorus of those up to thirty years old, calling on Paean to witness the truth of what they say, and praying that he be gracious to the young and 664d win them over. Then there must be a third group to sing as well, those over thirty up to sixty. Those past that age—since they can no longer carry a song—are left to tell stories about these same characters, by divine utterance.

    Paean: the Healer, a title of Apollo, to whom paeans (hymns of thanksgiving and deliverance) were sung.

    Cliniasλέγεις δέ, ὦ ξένε, τίνας τούτους τοὺς χοροὺς τοὺς τρίτους; οὐ γὰρ πάνυ συνίεμεν σαφῶς ὅτι ποτὲ βούλει φράζειν αὐτῶν πέρι.

    CliniasAnd who are these third choruses you mean, stranger? We don’t quite see clearly what you’re trying to say about them.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν εἰσίν γε οὗτοι σχεδὸν ὧν χάριν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἐρρήθησαν λόγων.

    AthenianWell, they’re pretty much the ones for whose sake most of what we said earlier was said.

    Cliniasοὔπω μεμαθήκαμεν, ἀλλʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον πειρῶ φράζειν.

    CliniasWe still haven’t understood. Try to explain it even more clearly.

    Athenianεἴπομεν, εἰ μεμνήμεθα, κατʼ ἀρχὰς τῶν λόγων, ὡς ἡ φύσις ἁπάντων τῶν νέων διάπυρος οὖσα ἡσυχίαν οὐχ οἵα τε ἄγειν οὔτε κατὰ τὸ σῶμα οὔτε κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν εἴη, φθέγγοιτο δʼ ἀεὶ ἀτάκτως καὶ πηδῷ, τάξεως δʼ αἴσθησιν τούτων ἀμφοτέρων, τῶν ἄλλων μὲν ζῴων οὐδὲν ἐφάπτοιτο, ἡ δὲ ἀνθρώπου φύσις ἔχοι μόνη τοῦτο· τῇ δὴ τῆς κινήσεως 665a τάξει ῥυθμὸς ὄνομα εἴη, τῇ δὲ αὖ τῆς φωνῆς, τοῦ τε ὀξέος ἅμα καὶ βαρέος συγκεραννυμένων, ἁρμονία ὄνομα προσαγορεύοιτο, χορεία δὲ τὸ συναμφότερον κληθείη. θεοὺς δὲ ἔφαμεν ἐλεοῦντας ἡμᾶς συγχορευτάς τε καὶ χορηγοὺς ἡμῖν δεδωκέναι τόν τε Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ μούσας, καὶ δὴ καὶ τρίτον ἔφαμεν, εἰ μεμνήμεθα, Διόνυσον.

    AthenianAt the beginning of our discussion, if we remember, we said that the nature of all the young is fiery and can’t keep still, either in body or in voice, but is always making disorderly noises and leaping about; and that no other animal has any sense of order in either of these, but human nature alone has it. Order in movement 665a has the name rhythm, while order in the voice, where high and low are blended together, is called harmony, and the two together are called choral performance. And we said that the gods, taking pity on us, had given us Apollo and the Muses as our fellow dancers and chorus leaders—and a third as well, we said, if we remember: Dionysus.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὐ μεμνήμεθα;

    CliniasOf course we remember.

    Athenianὁ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ τῶν Μουσῶν 665b χορὸς εἴρηνται, τὸν δὲ τρίτον καὶ τὸν λοιπὸν χορὸν ἀνάγκη τοῦ Διονύσου λέγεσθαι.

    AthenianWell, the chorus of Apollo and the Muses 665b has been discussed. The third and remaining chorus must be said to be the chorus of Dionysus.

    Cliniasπῶς δή; λέγε· μάλα γὰρ ἄτοπος γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὥς γε ἐξαίφνης ἀκούσαντι Διονύσου πρεσβυτῶν χορός, εἰ ἄρα οἱ ὑπὲρ τριάκοντα καὶ πεντήκοντα δὲ γεγονότες ἔτη μέχρι ἑξήκοντα αὐτῷ χορεύσουσιν.

    CliniasHow so? Explain. A chorus of old men for Dionysus would sound very strange, at least to someone hearing of it for the first time—if men over thirty, and even over fifty, up to sixty, are really going to dance for him.

    Athenianἀληθέστατα μέντοι λέγεις. λόγου δὴ δεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα οἶμαι, ὅπῃ τοῦτο εὔλογον οὕτω γιγνόμενον ἂν γίγνοιτο.

    AthenianThat’s very true. So an argument is needed on this point, I think, to show how this would be reasonable if it happened.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ἡμῖν τά γε ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογεῖται;

    AthenianWell, do we agree about what came before?

    Cliniasτοῦ πέρι;

    CliniasAbout what?

    Athenianτὸ δεῖν πάντʼ ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα, ἐλεύθερον καὶ δοῦλον, θῆλύν τε καὶ ἄρρενα, καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει ὅλην τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν αὑτῇ ἐπᾴδουσαν μὴ παύεσθαί ποτε ταῦτα ἃ διεληλύθαμεν, ἁμῶς γέ πως ἀεὶ μεταβαλλόμενα καὶ πάντως παρεχόμενα ποικιλίαν, ὥστε ἀπληστίαν εἶναί τινα τῶν ὕμνων τοῖς ᾄδουσιν καὶ ἡδονήν.

    AthenianThat every man and child, free and slave, female and male—the whole city, singing to the whole city—must never stop chanting to itself the things we’ve gone through, like a charm, always varying them in one way or another and giving them every kind of diversity, so that the singers feel an insatiable appetite for the hymns and pleasure in them.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὐχ ὁμολογοῖτʼ ἂν δεῖν ταῦτα οὕτω πράττεσθαι;

    CliniasHow could anyone not agree that this is how things should be done?

    Athenianποῦ δὴ τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν τὸ ἄριστον τῆς πόλεως, ἡλικίαις τε καὶ ἅμα φρονήσεσιν πιθανώτατον ὂν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, ᾆδον τὰ κάλλιστα μέγιστʼ ἂν ἐξεργάζοιτο ἀγαθά; ἢ τοῦτο ἀνοήτως οὕτως ἀφήσομεν, ὃ κυριώτατον ἂν εἴη τῶν καλλίστων τε καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτων ᾠδῶν;

    AthenianThen where would this best part of our city, which by age and wisdom alike is the most persuasive group in it, accomplish the greatest good by singing the finest songs? Or shall we be so foolish as to leave out the group that would have the most authority over the finest and most beneficial songs?

    Cliniasἀλλὰ ἀδύνατον τὸ μεθιέναι, ὥς γε τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα.

    CliniasNo, leaving it out is impossible, given what we’re now saying.

    Athenianπῶς οὖν πρέπον ἂν εἴη τοῦτο; ὁρᾶτε εἰ τῇδε.

    AthenianThen how could this be done fittingly? See if it would work like this.

    Cliniasπῇ δή;

    CliniasLike what?

    Athenianπᾶς που γιγνόμενος πρεσβύτερος ὄκνου πρὸς τὰς 665e ᾠδὰς μεστός, καὶ χαίρει τε ἧττον πράττων τοῦτο καὶ ἀνάγκης γιγνομένης αἰσχύνοιτʼ ἂν μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ πρεσβύτερος καὶ σωφρονέστερος γίγνεται, τόσῳ μᾶλλον. ἆρʼ οὐχ οὕτως;

    AthenianEveryone, surely, as he grows older, becomes full of reluctance about 665e singing. He takes less pleasure in doing it, and if he’s made to do it he’d feel more embarrassed—and the older and more moderate he becomes, the more so. Isn’t that right?

    Cliniasοὕτω μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasIt is.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐν θεάτρῳ γε καὶ παντοίοις ἀνθρώποις ᾄδειν ἑστὼς ὀρθὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον αἰσχύνοιτʼ ἄν· καὶ ταῦτά γʼ εἰ καθάπερ οἱ περὶ νίκης χοροὶ ἀγωνιζόμενοι πεφωνασκηκότες ἰσχνοί τε καὶ ἄσιτοι ἀναγκάζοιντο ᾄδειν οἱ τοιοῦτοι, παντάπασίν που ἀηδῶς τε καὶ αἰσχυντηλῶς ᾄδοντες ἀπροθύμως ἂν τοῦτʼ ἐργάζοιντο;

    AthenianThen he’d be even more embarrassed to stand up and sing in a theater in front of all kinds of people. And if men like this were forced to sing like the choruses that compete for victory, lean and hungry from voice training, wouldn’t they do it with no enthusiasm, singing without pleasure and with a lot of embarrassment?

    Cliniasἀναγκαιότατα μέντοι λέγεις.

    CliniasThat follows absolutely.

    Athenianπῶς οὖν αὐτοὺς παραμυθησόμεθα προθύμους εἶναι πρὸς τὰς ᾠδάς; ἆρʼ οὐ νομοθετήσομεν πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς παῖδας μέχρι ἐτῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα τὸ παράπαν οἴνου μὴ γεύεσθαι, διδάσκοντες ὡς οὐ χρὴ πῦρ ἐπὶ πῦρ ὀχετεύειν εἴς τε τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν, πρὶν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόνους ἐγχειρεῖν πορεύεσθαι, τὴν ἐμμανῆ εὐλαβουμένους ἕξιν τῶν νέων· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο οἴνου μὲν δὴ γεύεσθαι τοῦ μετρίου μέχρι 666b τριάκοντα ἐτῶν, μέθης δὲ καὶ πολυοινίας τὸ παράπαν τὸν νέον ἀπέχεσθαι· τετταράκοντα δὲ ἐπιβαίνοντα ἐτῶν, ἐν τοῖς συσσιτίοις εὐωχηθέντα, καλεῖν τούς τε ἄλλους θεοὺς καὶ δὴ καὶ Διόνυσον παρακαλεῖν εἰς τὴν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τελετὴν ἅμα καὶ παιδιάν, ἣν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπίκουρον τῆς τοῦ γήρως αὐστηρότητος ἐδωρήσατο τὸν οἶνον φάρμακον, ὥστε ἀνηβᾶν ἡμᾶς, καὶ δυσθυμίας λήθῃ γίγνεσθαι μαλακώτερον ἐκ 666c σκληροτέρου τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦθος, καθάπερ εἰς πῦρ σίδηρον ἐντεθέντα γιγνόμενον, καὶ οὕτως εὐπλαστότερον εἶναι;

    AthenianHow, then, shall we encourage them to be eager to sing? Won’t we make a law, first, that children up to eighteen must not taste wine at all? We’ll teach them that one mustn’t channel fire onto fire, into both body and soul, before setting out to undertake one’s labors, and so guard against the frenzied disposition of the young. After that, a young man may taste wine in moderation up to 666b thirty, but must keep entirely away from drunkenness and heavy drinking. And when he reaches forty, after feasting at the common meals, he may call on the other gods, and in particular invite Dionysus to the rite and recreation of the older men, which the god gave to human beings, in the form of wine, as a remedy against the harshness of old age. By it we grow young again, and through forgetting our low spirits the character of the soul becomes softer instead of 666c harder, as iron does when put into the fire, and so easier to mold. Isn’t that so?

    πρῶτον μὲν δὴ διατεθεὶς οὕτως ἕκαστος ἆρʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοι προθυμότερόν γε, ἧττον αἰσχυνόμενος, οὐκ ἐν πολλοῖς ἀλλὰ ἐν μετρίοις, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις ἀλλʼ ἐν οἰκείοις, ᾄδειν τε καὶ ὃ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν ἐπᾴδειν;

    First of all, wouldn’t each man in that condition be more willing and less embarrassed to sing—not in front of many people but a moderate number, and not among strangers but among his own—and to chant the charms we’ve so often spoken of?

    Cliniasκαὶ πολύ γε.

    CliniasMuch more willing.

    Athenianεἰς μέν γε τὸ προάγειν τοίνυν αὐτοὺς μετέχειν ἡμῖν ᾠδῆς οὗτος ὁ τρόπος οὐκ ἂν παντάπασιν ἀσχήμων 666d γίγνοιτο.

    AthenianAs a way of leading them on to take part in our singing, then, this method would hardly be 666d unseemly at all.

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNot at all.

    Athenianποίαν δὲ ἥσουσιν οἱ ἄνδρες φωνήν; ἢ μοῦσαν ἢ δῆλον ὅτι πρέπουσαν αὑτοῖς δεῖ γέ τινα;

    AthenianBut what kind of song will the men sing? What music? Obviously it has to be one that suits them, doesn’t it?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτίς ἂν οὖν πρέποι θείοις ἀνδράσιν; ἆρʼ ἂν ἡ τῶν χορῶν;

    AthenianWhat would suit godlike men, then? Would the choral kind?

    Cliniasἡμεῖς γοῦν, ὦ ξένε, καὶ οἵδε οὐκ ἄλλην ἄν τινα δυναίμεθα ᾠδὴν ἢ ἣν ἐν τοῖς χοροῖς ἐμάθομεν συνήθεις ᾄδειν γενόμενοι.

    CliniasWell, stranger, Megillus here and I, at any rate, couldn’t sing any other song than the one we learned in the choruses and got used to singing.

    Athenianεἰκότως γε· ὄντως γὰρ οὐκ ἐπήβολοι γεγόνατε τῆς 666e καλλίστης ᾠδῆς. στρατοπέδου γὰρ πολιτείαν ἔχετε ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν ἄστεσι κατῳκηκότων, ἀλλʼ οἷον ἁθρόους πώλους ἐν ἀγέλῃ νεμομένους φορβάδας τοὺς νέους κέκτησθε· λαβὼν δʼ ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς τὸν αὑτοῦ, παρὰ τῶν συννόμων σπάσας σφόδρα ἀγριαίνοντα καὶ ἀγανακτοῦντα, ἱπποκόμον τε ἐπέστησεν ἰδίᾳ καὶ παιδεύει ψήχων τε καὶ ἡμερῶν, καὶ πάντα προσήκοντα ἀποδιδοὺς τῇ παιδοτροφίᾳ ὅθεν οὐ μόνον ἀγαθὸς 667a ἂν στρατιώτης εἴη, πόλιν δὲ καὶ ἄστη δυνάμενος διοικεῖν, ὃν δὴ κατʼ ἀρχὰς εἴπομεν τῶν Τυρταίου πολεμικῶν εἶναι πολεμικώτερον, τέταρτον ἀρετῆς ἀλλʼ οὐ πρῶτον τὴν ἀνδρείαν κτῆμα τιμῶντα ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ, ἰδιώταις τε καὶ συμπάσῃ πόλει.

    AthenianNaturally. The fact is, you’ve never gotten hold of the 666e finest song. Your constitution is that of an army camp, not of people settled in cities. You keep your young men in a herd, like colts grazing together in a drove. Not one of you takes his own colt, drags it away from its herdmates—however wild and resentful it gets—sets a private groom over it, and educates it, grooming and taming it and giving it everything that belongs to the rearing of a child. That way it would become not only a good 667a soldier but someone able to manage a city and towns—the man we said at the beginning is more of a warrior than Tyrtaeus’ warriors, since always and everywhere, in private individuals and the whole city alike, he values courage as the fourth possession of virtue, not the first.

    Cliniasοὐκ οἶδα ἡμῶν, ὦ ξένε, ὅπῃ πάλιν αὖ τοὺς νομοθέτας φαυλίζεις.

    CliniasI don’t know how it is, stranger, that you’re belittling our lawgivers yet again.

    Athenianοὐκ, ὠγαθέ, προσέχων τούτῳ τὸν νοῦν δρῶ τοῦτο, εἴπερ· ἀλλʼ ὁ λόγος ὅπῃ φέρει, ταύτῃ πορευώμεθα, εἰ βούλεσθε. εἰ γὰρ ἔχομεν μοῦσαν τῆς τῶν χορῶν καλλίω καὶ 667b τῆς ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς θεάτροις, πειρώμεθα ἀποδοῦναι τούτοις οὕς φαμεν ἐκείνην μὲν αἰσχύνεσθαι, ζητεῖν δέ, ἥτις καλλίστη, ταύτης κοινωνεῖν.

    AthenianIf I’m doing that, my good friend, it isn’t because I’m intent on it. Let’s go wherever the argument carries us, if you’re willing. If we have music finer than that of the choruses and 667b of the public theaters, let’s try to offer it to these men who, we say, are embarrassed by that kind but are looking for the finest kind to share in.

    Cliniasπάνυ γε.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν πρῶτον μὲν δεῖ τόδε γε ὑπάρχειν ἅπασιν ὅσοις συμπαρέπεταί τις χάρις, ἢ τοῦτο αὐτὸ μόνον αὐτοῦ τὸ σπουδαιότατον εἶναι, ἤ τινα ὀρθότητα, ἢ τὸ τρίτον ὠφελίαν; οἷον δὴ λέγω ἐδωδῇ μὲν καὶ πόσει καὶ συμπάσῃ τροφῇ παρέπεσθαι μὲν τὴν χάριν, ἣν ἡδονὴν ἂν προσείποιμεν· ἣν 667c δὲ ὀρθότητά τε καὶ ὠφελίαν, ὅπερ ὑγιεινὸν τῶν προσφερομένων λέγομεν ἑκάστοτε, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ εἶναι ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ὀρθότατον.

    AthenianWell, first, mustn’t this hold of everything that has some charm attached to it: that its most important feature is either this charm alone, or some kind of correctness, or, third, benefit? I mean, for example, that eating and drinking and nourishment in general have charm attached to them, which we’d call pleasure. But 667c as for their correctness and benefit, what we call the healthiness of what’s served on each occasion is exactly that, and is what is most correct in them.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν καὶ τῇ μαθήσει παρακολουθεῖν μὲν τό γε τῆς χάριτος, τὴν ἡδονήν, τὴν δὲ ὀρθότητα καὶ τὴν ὠφελίαν καὶ τὸ εὖ καὶ τὸ καλῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν εἶναι τὴν ἀποτελοῦσαν.

    AthenianAnd learning, too, is accompanied by the element of charm, pleasure; but what produces its correctness and benefit, its goodness and fineness, is truth.

    Cliniasἔστιν οὕτως.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianτί δὲ τῇ τῶν ὁμοίων ἐργασίᾳ ὅσαι τέχναι εἰκαστικαί; 667d ἆρʼ οὐκ, ἂν τοῦτο ἐξεργάζωνται, τὸ μὲν ἡδονὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς γίγνεσθαι παρεπόμενον, ἐὰν γίγνηται, χάριν αὐτὸ δικαιότατον ἂν εἴη προσαγορεύειν;

    AthenianWhat about the arts of image-making, which produce likenesses? 667d If they accomplish this, wouldn’t it be most just to call the pleasure that arises in them as an accompaniment, if it does arise, charm?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτὴν δέ γε ὀρθότητά που τῶν τοιούτων ἡ ἰσότης ἄν, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πᾶν εἰπεῖν, ἐξεργάζοιτο τοῦ τε τοσούτου καὶ τοῦ τοιούτου πρότερον, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἡδονή.

    AthenianBut the correctness of such things would be produced, broadly speaking, by equality—in size and in quality—rather than by pleasure.

    Cliniasκαλῶς.

    CliniasWell put.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἡδονῇ κρίνοιτʼ ἂν μόνον ἐκεῖνο ὀρθῶς, ὃ μήτε τινὰ ὠφελίαν μήτε ἀλήθειαν μήτε ὁμοιότητα ἀπεργαζόμενον 667e παρέχεται, μηδʼ αὖ γε βλάβην, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου μόνου ἕνεκα γίγνοιτο τοῦ συμπαρεπομένου τοῖς ἄλλοις, τῆς χάριτος, ἣν δὴ κάλλιστά τις ὀνομάσαι ἂν ἡδονήν, ὅταν μηδὲν αὐτῇ τούτων ἐπακολουθῇ;

    AthenianThen wouldn’t the only thing correctly judged by pleasure be what produces neither any benefit nor truth nor likeness, 667e nor again any harm, but comes about solely for the sake of what accompanies the others—the charm, which one could best call pleasure when none of these things follows along with it?

    Cliniasἀβλαβῆ λέγεις ἡδονὴν μόνον.

    CliniasYou mean harmless pleasure only.

    Athenianναί, καὶ παιδιάν γε εἶναι τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην λέγω τότε, ὅταν μήτε τι βλάπτῃ μήτε ὠφελῇ σπουδῆς ἢ λόγου ἄξιον.

    AthenianYes, and I call this same thing play, too, when it does neither harm nor good worth taking seriously or talking about.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ πᾶσαν μίμησιν φαῖμεν ἂν ἐκ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων ἥκιστα ἡδονῇ προσήκειν κρίνεσθαι καὶ δόξῃ μὴ 668a ἀληθεῖ—καὶ δὴ καὶ πᾶσαν ἰσότητα· οὐ γὰρ εἴ τῳ δοκεῖ ἢ μή τις χαίρει τῳ, τό γε ἴσον ἴσον οὐδὲ τὸ σύμμετρον ἂν εἴη σύμμετρον ὅλως—ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀληθεῖ πάντων μάλιστα, ἥκιστα δὲ ὁτῳοῦν ἄλλῳ;

    AthenianSo wouldn’t we say, on the basis of what we’re saying now, that no imitation should be judged by pleasure or by untrue 668a opinion—nor, of course, any equality either? For what is equal isn’t equal, nor is what is proportionate proportionate at all, because someone thinks so or because someone enjoys it. It should be judged by truth above all, and by nothing else whatever.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν μουσικήν γε πᾶσάν φαμεν εἰκαστικήν τε εἶναι καὶ μιμητικήν;

    AthenianNow we say that all music is image-making and imitative, don’t we?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἥκιστʼ ἄρα ὅταν τις μουσικὴν ἡδονῇ φῇ κρίνεσθαι, τοῦτον ἀποδεκτέον τὸν λόγον, καὶ ζητητέον ἥκιστα ταύτην 668b ὡς σπουδαίαν, εἴ τις ἄρα που καὶ γίγνοιτο, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἔχουσαν τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῷ τοῦ καλοῦ μιμήματι.

    AthenianSo when anyone says music is judged by pleasure, we should least of all accept his claim, and least of all should we seek out that kind 668b as serious music, if there ever is any such thing. We should seek the kind that has likeness to its model in imitating the beautiful.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianκαὶ τούτοις δὴ τοῖς τὴν καλλίστην ᾠδήν τε ζητοῦσι καὶ μοῦσαν ζητητέον, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐχ ἥτις ἡδεῖα ἀλλʼ ἥτις ὀρθή· μιμήσεως γὰρ ἦν, ὥς φαμεν, ὀρθότης, εἰ τὸ μιμηθὲν ὅσον τε καὶ οἷον ἦν ἀποτελοῖτο.

    AthenianAnd so these men who are looking for the finest song and music must look, it seems, not for music that is pleasant but for music that is correct. For the correctness of imitation, as we say, lay in rendering the thing imitated as it was, in size and in quality.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τοῦτό γε πᾶς ἂν ὁμολογοῖ περὶ τῆς μουσικῆς, ὅτι πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτήν ἐστιν ποιήματα μίμησίς τε 668c καὶ ἀπεικασία· καὶ τοῦτό γε μῶν οὐκ ἂν σύμπαντες ὁμολογοῖεν ποιηταί τε καὶ ἀκροαταὶ καὶ ὑποκριταί;

    AthenianAnd everyone would agree about music, at any rate, that all its compositions are imitation 668c and representation. Wouldn’t all poets, audiences and actors agree on this?

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα.

    CliniasThey certainly would.

    Athenianδεῖ δὴ καθʼ ἕκαστόν γε, ὡς ἔοικε, γιγνώσκειν τῶν ποιημάτων ὅτι ποτʼ ἐστὶν τὸν μέλλοντα ἐν αὐτῷ μὴ ἁμαρτήσεσθαι· μὴ γὰρ γιγνώσκων τὴν οὐσίαν, τί ποτε βούλεται καὶ ὅτου ποτʼ ἐστὶν εἰκὼν ὄντως, σχολῇ τήν γε ὀρθότητα τῆς βουλήσεως ἢ καὶ ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῦ διαγνώσεται.

    AthenianThen it seems that anyone who isn’t going to go wrong about each composition has to know what it is. For if he doesn’t know its essence—what it means and what it is actually an image of—he’ll hardly be able to tell whether its intention is correct or mistaken.

    Cliniasσχολῇ· πῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasHardly. Of course not.

    Athenianὁ δὲ τὸ ὀρθῶς μὴ γιγνώσκων ἆρʼ ἄν ποτε τό γε εὖ καὶ τὸ κακῶς δυνατὸς εἴη διαγνῶναι; λέγω δὲ οὐ πάνυ σαφῶς, ἀλλʼ ὧδε σαφέστερον ἴσως ἂν λεχθείη.

    AthenianAnd would someone who doesn’t know what is correct ever be able to tell what is good and what is bad? But I’m not putting this very clearly; maybe it can be put more clearly like this.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow?

    Athenianεἰσὶν δήπου κατὰ τὴν ὄψιν ἡμῖν ἀπεικασίαι μυρίαι.

    AthenianThere are, of course, countless likenesses that address our sight.

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτί οὖν εἴ τις καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀγνοοῖ τῶν μεμιμημένων ὅτι ποτʼ ἐστὶν ἕκαστον τῶν σωμάτων; ἆρʼ ἄν ποτε τό γε ὀρθῶς αὐτῶν εἰργασμένον γνοίη; λέγω δὲ τὸ τοιόνδε, οἷον τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἑκάστων τῶν μερῶν 668e τὰς θέσεις εἰ ἔχει, ὅσοι τέ εἰσιν καὶ ὁποῖα παρʼ ὁποῖα αὐτῶν κείμενα τὴν προσήκουσαν τάξιν ἀπείληφεν—καὶ ἔτι δὴ χρώματά τε καὶ σχήματα—ἢ πάντα ταῦτα τεταραγμένως εἴργασται· μῶν δοκεῖ ταῦτʼ ἄν ποτε διαγνῶναί τις τὸ παράπαν ἀγνοῶν ὅτι ποτʼ ἐστὶ τὸ μεμιμημένον ζῷον;

    AthenianWell then, what if someone, here too, didn’t know what each of the imitated bodies is? Would he ever know whether it had been made correctly? I mean something like this: whether it has the right numbers of the body, and the positions of each of the parts, 668e how many there are and which lie next to which in their proper order—and also colors and shapes—or whether all these have been made in a muddle. Do you think anyone could ever tell these things if he had no idea at all what the creature imitated was?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianτί δʼ εἰ γιγνώσκοιμεν ὅτι τὸ γεγραμμένον ἢ τὸ πεπλασμένον ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τὰ μέρη πάντα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ 669a καὶ χρώματα ἅμα καὶ σχήματα ἀπείληφεν ὑπὸ τῆς τέχνης; ἆρά γε ἀναγκαῖον ἤδη τῷ ταῦτα γνόντι καὶ ἐκεῖνο ἑτοίμως γιγνώσκειν, εἴτε καλὸν εἴτε ὅπῃ ποτὲ ἐλλιπὲς ἂν εἴη κάλλους;

    AthenianAnd what if we knew that the thing painted or sculpted was a human being, and that the art had given it all its own parts 669a and its colors and shapes as well? Is it then necessary that anyone who knows this will also be ready to know the other thing, whether it’s beautiful, or in what respect it may fall short of beauty?

    Cliniasπάντες μεντἂν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ὦ ξένε, τὰ καλὰ τῶν ζῴων ἐγιγνώσκομεν.

    CliniasIf so, stranger, practically all of us would know which living things are beautiful.

    Athenianὀρθότατα λέγεις. ἆρʼ οὖν οὐ περὶ ἑκάστην εἰκόνα, καὶ ἐν γραφικῇ καὶ ἐν μουσικῇ καὶ πάντῃ, τὸν μέλλοντα ἔμφρονα κριτὴν ἔσεσθαι δεῖ ταῦτα τρία ἔχειν, ὅ τέ ἐστι 669b πρῶτον γιγνώσκειν, ἔπειτα ὡς ὀρθῶς, ἔπειθʼ ὡς εὖ, τὸ τρίτον, εἴργασται τῶν εἰκόνων ἡτισοῦν ῥήμασί τε καὶ μέλεσι καὶ τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς;

    AthenianQuite right. Then with regard to every image—in painting, in music, everywhere—mustn’t anyone who’s going to be a sensible judge have these three things? He must know, first, 669b what it is; next, how correctly; and third, how well any given image has been made in words, melodies and rhythms.

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasSo it seems, at any rate.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν ἀπείπωμεν λέγοντες τὸ περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν ᾗ χαλεπόν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὑμνεῖται περὶ αὐτὴν διαφερόντως ἢ τὰς ἄλλας εἰκόνας, εὐλαβείας δὴ δεῖται πλείστης πασῶν εἰκόνων. ἁμαρτών τε γάρ τις μέγιστʼ ἂν βλάπτοιτο, 669c ἤθη κακὰ φιλοφρονούμενος, χαλεπώτατόν τε αἰσθέσθαι διὰ τὸ τοὺς ποιητὰς φαυλοτέρους εἶναι ποιητὰς αὐτῶν τῶν Μουσῶν.

    AthenianThen let’s not give up on saying what’s difficult about music. It is celebrated far more than other kinds of images, and so it needs the greatest caution of all. Someone who goes wrong here would be very greatly harmed, 669c since he’d be taking bad characters to his heart; and the error is very hard to detect, because our poets are worse poets than the Muses themselves.

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖναί γε ἐξαμάρτοιέν ποτε τοσοῦτον ὥστε ῥήματα ἀνδρῶν ποιήσασαι τὸ χρῶμα γυναικῶν καὶ μέλος ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ μέλος ἐλευθέρων αὖ καὶ σχήματα συνθεῖσαι ῥυθμοὺς δούλων καὶ ἀνελευθέρων προσαρμόττειν, οὐδʼ αὖ ῥυθμοὺς καὶ σχῆμα ἐλευθέριον ὑποθεῖσαι μέλος ἢ λόγον ἐναντίον ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς, ἔτι δὲ θηρίων φωνὰς 669d καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ὀργάνων καὶ πάντας ψόφους εἰς ταὐτὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτε συνθεῖεν, ὡς ἕν τι μιμούμεναι· ποιηταὶ δὲ ἀνθρώπινοι σφόδρα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐμπλέκοντες καὶ συγκυκῶντες ἀλόγως, γέλωτʼ ἂν παρασκευάζοιεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὅσους φησὶν Ὀρφεὺς λαχεῖν ὥραν τῆς τέρψιος.

    The Muses would never go so wrong as to compose words for men and then give them the coloring and melody of women; or to put together melody and postures for free men and then fit on the rhythms of slaves and unfree people; or again, after laying down rhythms and posture fit for free men, to give them a melody or words at odds with those rhythms. Nor would they ever combine the cries of beasts 669d and of humans and the sounds of instruments and every kind of noise into one, as if they were imitating a single thing. But human poets weave and jumble such things together senselessly, and they would make themselves a laughingstock to all those who, as Orpheus says, have received “the bloom of delight.”

    Orpheus: legendary singer and poet; poems circulating under his name were used in religious rites.

    ταῦτά γε γὰρ ὁρῶσι πάντα κυκώμενα, καὶ ἔτι διασπῶσιν οἱ ποιηταὶ ῥυθμὸν μὲν καὶ σχήματα μέλους χωρίς, λόγους ψιλοὺς εἰς μέτρα 669e τιθέντες, μέλος δʼ αὖ καὶ ῥυθμὸν ἄνευ ῥημάτων, ψιλῇ κιθαρίσει τε καὶ αὐλήσει προσχρώμενοι, ἐν οἷς δὴ παγχάλεπον ἄνευ λόγου γιγνόμενον ῥυθμόν τε καὶ ἁρμονίαν γιγνώσκειν ὅτι τε βούλεται καὶ ὅτῳ ἔοικε τῶν ἀξιολόγων μιμημάτων· ἀλλὰ ὑπολαβεῖν ἀναγκαῖον ὅτι τὸ τοιοῦτόν γε πολλῆς ἀγροικίας μεστὸν πᾶν, ὁπόσον τάχους τε καὶ ἀπταισίας καὶ φωνῆς θηριώδους σφόδρα φίλον ὥστʼ αὐλήσει γε χρῆσθαι καὶ 670a κιθαρίσει πλὴν ὅσον ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν, ψιλῷ δʼ ἑκατέρῳ πᾶσά τις ἀμουσία καὶ θαυματουργία γίγνοιτʼ ἂν τῆς χρήσεως.

    For these people see all this being jumbled together. What’s more, the poets tear rhythm and posture apart from melody, setting bare words into meter, 669e and melody and rhythm apart from words, using unaccompanied lyre and pipe. In these it’s extremely hard to tell what the rhythm and harmony, arising without words, are trying to say, and which worthwhile imitation they resemble. We must take it that everything of this kind is full of great crudeness—everything so fond of speed, faultless technique and animal noises that it uses the pipe and 670a the lyre other than to accompany dance and song. Using either of them on its own is thoroughly unmusical showmanship.

    ταῦτα μὲν ἔχει ταύτῃ λόγον· ἡμεῖς δέ γε οὐχ ὅτι μὴ δεῖ ταῖς Μούσαις ἡμῶν προσχρῆσθαι τοὺς ἤδη τριακοντούτας καὶ τῶν πεντήκοντα πέραν γεγονότας σκοπούμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ποτὲ δεῖ. τόδε μὲν οὖν ἐκ τούτων ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν δοκεῖ μοι σημαίνειν ἤδη, τῆς γε χορικῆς Μούσης ὅτι πεπαιδεῦσθαι 670b δεῖ βέλτιον τοὺς πεντηκοντούτας ὅσοισπερ ἂν ᾄδειν προσήκῃ. τῶν γὰρ ῥυθμῶν καὶ τῶν ἁρμονιῶν ἀναγκαῖον αὐτοῖς ἐστιν εὐαισθήτως ἔχειν καὶ γιγνώσκειν· ἢ πῶς τις τὴν ὀρθότητα γνώσεται τῶν μελῶν, ᾧ προσῆκεν ἢ μὴ προσῆκεν τοῦ δωριστί, καὶ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ὃν ὁ ποιητὴς αὐτῷ προσῆψεν, ὀρθῶς ἢ μή;

    That’s the reasoning on these matters. But what we’re considering isn’t how our men, those already thirty and those past fifty, should not make use of the Muses, but how they should. From all this, I think, our argument already indicates that the fifty-year-olds, all who are suited to sing, must have an education 670b better than choral music provides. For they must have a keen perception and knowledge of rhythms and harmonies. Otherwise how will anyone know the correctness of melodies—which ones the Dorian mode suits and which it doesn’t—and whether the poet has fitted the right rhythm to it or not?

    The Dorian mode: one of the Greek musical scales, associated with a steady, manly character.

    Cliniasδῆλον ὡς οὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasObviously he can’t.

    Athenianγελοῖος γὰρ ὅ γε πολὺς ὄχλος ἡγούμενος ἱκανῶς γιγνώσκειν τό τε εὐάρμοστον καὶ εὔρυθμον καὶ μή, ὅσοι προσᾴδειν αὐτῶν καὶ βαίνειν ἐν ῥυθμῷ γεγόνασι διηναγκασμένοι, 670c ὅτι δὲ δρῶσιν ταῦτα ἀγνοοῦντες αὐτῶν ἕκαστα, οὐ συλλογίζονται. τὸ δέ που προσήκοντα μὲν ἔχον πᾶν μέλος ὀρθῶς ἔχει, μὴ προσήκοντα δὲ ἡμαρτημένως.

    AthenianThe great mass of people are ridiculous in thinking they know well enough what is harmonious and rhythmical and what isn’t—all those who have been drilled into singing along and marching in rhythm. 670c They don’t reckon with the fact that they do these things without understanding any of them. But every melody, surely, is correct when it has what suits it and faulty when it doesn’t.

    Cliniasἀναγκαιότατα.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianτί οὖν ὁ μηδʼ ὅτι ποτʼ ἔχει γιγνώσκων; ἆρα, ὅπερ εἴπομεν, ὡς ὀρθῶς γε αὐτὸ ἔχει, γνώσεταί ποτε ἐν ὁτῳοῦν;

    AthenianWhat about someone who doesn’t even know what it has? Will he ever, as we said, know that it’s correct, in any case whatever?

    Cliniasκαὶ τίς μηχανή;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianτοῦτʼ οὖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀνευρίσκομεν αὖ τὰ νῦν, ὅτι τοῖς ᾠδοῖς ἡμῖν, οὓς νῦν παρακαλοῦμεν καὶ ἑκόντας τινὰ 670d τρόπον ἀναγκάζομεν ᾄδειν, μέχρι γε τοσούτου πεπαιδεῦσθαι σχεδὸν ἀναγκαῖον, μέχρι τοῦ δυνατὸν εἶναι συνακολουθεῖν ἕκαστον ταῖς τε βάσεσιν τῶν ῥυθμῶν καὶ ταῖς χορδαῖς ταῖς τῶν μελῶν, ἵνα καθορῶντες τάς τε ἁρμονίας καὶ τοὺς ῥυθμούς, ἐκλέγεσθαί τε τὰ προσήκοντα οἷοί τʼ ὦσιν ἃ τοῖς τηλικούτοις τε καὶ τοιούτοις ᾄδειν πρέπον, καὶ οὕτως ᾄδωσιν, καὶ ᾄδοντες αὐτοί τε ἡδονὰς τὸ παραχρῆμα ἀσινεῖς ἥδωνται καὶ τοῖς νεωτέροις 670e ἡγεμόνες ἠθῶν χρηστῶν ἀσπασμοῦ προσήκοντος γίγνωνται· μέχρι δὲ τοσούτου παιδευθέντες ἀκριβεστέραν ἂν παιδείαν τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος φερούσης εἶεν μετακεχειρισμένοι καὶ τῆς περὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς αὐτούς.

    AthenianSo it seems that we’re now discovering, once again, that our singers—the ones we’re now calling on and in a way 670d compelling to sing of their own accord—must be educated at least this far: each of them must be able to follow the steps of the rhythms and the notes of the melodies. That way, seeing clearly into harmonies and rhythms, they can pick out the ones that are fitting for men of their age and character to sing, and sing them that way; and in singing, they themselves enjoy harmless pleasures in the moment, and become leaders for the younger ones 670e in welcoming good characters as they should. Educated this far, they would have acquired an education more exact than the one that reaches the general public, and even than that of the poets themselves.

    τὸ γὰρ τρίτον οὐδεμία ἀνάγκη ποιητῇ γιγνώσκειν, εἴτε καλὸν εἴτε μὴ καλὸν τὸ μίμημα, τὸ δὲ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ σχεδὸν ἀνάγκη, τοῖς δὲ πάντα τὰ τρία τῆς ἐκλογῆς ἕνεκα τοῦ καλλίστου καὶ δευτέρου, ἢ 671a μηδέποτε ἱκανὸν ἐπῳδὸν γίγνεσθαι νέοις πρὸς ἀρετήν. καὶ ὅπερ ὁ λόγος ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἐβουλήθη, τὴν τῷ τοῦ Διονύσου χορῷ βοήθειαν ἐπιδεῖξαι καλῶς λεγομένην, εἰς δύναμιν εἴρηκεν· σκοπώμεθα δὴ εἰ τοῦθʼ οὕτω γέγονεν. θορυβώδης μέν που ὁ σύλλογος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐξ ἀνάγκης προϊούσης τῆς πόσεως ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἀεὶ συμβαίνει γιγνόμενος, ὅπερ ὑπεθέμεθα κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι γίγνεσθαι περὶ τῶν νῦν 671b λεγομένων.

    For the poet has no need to know the third thing—whether the imitation is beautiful or not—though he more or less has to know about harmony and rhythm. But these men must know all three, in order to choose what is finest and what is second finest; 671a otherwise they’ll never be adequate enchanters of the young toward virtue. And what our argument set out to do at the start—to show that its defense of the chorus of Dionysus was a good one—it has now done as well as it could. Let’s consider whether that’s so. A gathering of this kind, surely, inevitably becomes more and more boisterous as the drinking goes on—which, we assumed at the start, is bound to happen with the gatherings we’re now 671b discussing.

    Cliniasἀνάγκη.

    CliniasIt is bound to.

    Athenianπᾶς δέ γε αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ κουφότερος αἴρεται καὶ γέγηθέν τε καὶ παρρησίας ἐμπίμπλαται καὶ ἀνηκουστίας ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ τῶν πέλας, ἄρχων δʼ ἱκανὸς ἀξιοῖ ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γεγονέναι.

    AthenianEveryone is lifted up, lighter than his usual self; he’s cheerful, full of outspokenness and, in that state, deaf to those around him, and he thinks himself fit to rule both himself and everyone else.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἔφαμεν, ὅταν γίγνηται ταῦτα, καθάπερ τινὰ σίδηρον τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πινόντων διαπύρους γιγνομένας μαλθακωτέρας γίγνεσθαι καὶ νεωτέρας, ὥστε εὐαγώγους 671c συμβαίνειν τῷ δυναμένῳ τε καὶ ἐπισταμένῳ παιδεύειν τε καὶ πλάττειν, καθάπερ ὅτʼ ἦσαν νέαι; τοῦτον δʼ εἶναι τὸν πλάστην τὸν αὐτὸν ὥσπερ τότε, τὸν ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην, οὗ νόμους εἶναι δεῖ συμποτικούς, δυναμένους τὸν εὔελπιν καὶ θαρραλέον ἐκεῖνον γιγνόμενον καὶ ἀναισχυντότερον τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα τάξιν καὶ τὸ κατὰ μέρος σιγῆς καὶ λόγου καὶ πόσεως καὶ μούσης ὑπομένειν, ἐθέλειν ποιεῖν πάντα τούτοις τἀναντία, καὶ εἰσιόντι τῷ μὴ καλῷ θάρρει 671d τὸν κάλλιστον διαμαχόμενον φόβον εἰσπέμπειν οἵους τʼ εἶναι μετὰ δίκης, ὃν αἰδῶ τε καὶ αἰσχύνην θεῖον φόβον ὠνομάκαμεν;

    AthenianDidn’t we say that when this happens the drinkers’ souls, like iron, grow fiery and become softer and younger, and so easy to lead 671c for someone who is able and knows how to educate and mold them, just as when they were young? And that this molder is the same as then, the good lawgiver? He must have laws for drinking parties—laws able to take the man who grows hopeful and bold and more shameless than he should, and who won’t put up with order or with taking his turn at silence and speech, drinking and music, and make him willing to do the opposite of all this; laws able to send in against the ugly boldness as it enters 671d the finest fear, fighting on the side of justice—the divine fear we’ve named modesty and shame.

    Cliniasἔστιν ταῦτα.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianτούτων δέ γε τῶν νόμων εἶναι νομοφύλακας καὶ συνδημιουργοὺς αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἀθορύβους καὶ νήφοντας τῶν μὴ νηφόντων στρατηγούς, ὧν δὴ χωρὶς μέθῃ διαμάχεσθαι δεινότερον ἢ πολεμίοις εἶναι μὴ μετὰ ἀρχόντων ἀθορύβων, καὶ τὸν αὖ μὴ δυνάμενον ἐθέλειν πείθεσθαι τούτοις καὶ τοῖς 671e ἡγεμόσιν τοῖς τοῦ Διονύσου, τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα ἔτη γεγονόσιν, ἴσην καὶ μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φέρειν ἢ τὸν τοῖς τοῦ Ἄρεως ἀπειθοῦντα ἄρχουσιν.

    AthenianAnd the guardians of these laws, working with them, should be the calm and sober, as generals of those who aren’t sober. Without them, battling drunkenness is more dangerous than battling enemies without calm commanders. And anyone who can’t bring himself to obey them and 671e Dionysus’ commanders—the men over sixty—should bear as much disgrace as a man who disobeys the commanders of Ares, or more.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἴ γε εἴη τοιαύτη μὲν μέθη, τοιαύτη δὲ παιδιά, μῶν οὐκ ὠφεληθέντες ἂν οἱ τοιοῦτοι συμπόται καὶ μᾶλλον φίλοι ἢ πρότερον ἀπαλλάττοιντο ἀλλήλων, ἀλλʼ οὐχ 672a ὥσπερ τὰ νῦν ἐχθροί, κατὰ νόμους δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν συνουσίαν συγγενόμενοι καὶ ἀκολουθήσαντες, ὁπότε ἀφηγοῖντο οἱ νήφοντες τοῖς μὴ νήφουσιν;

    AthenianSo if drunkenness were like this, and play like this, wouldn’t such drinking companions benefit, and part from one another better friends than before, and not 672a enemies, as they do now? For they would have spent the whole gathering in accordance with laws, and followed wherever the sober led those who aren’t.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς, εἴ γε δὴ εἴη τοιαύτη οἵαν νῦν λέγεις.

    CliniasRight, if it really were as you’re describing it now.

    The gift of Dionysus

    Wine is a remedy given for modesty and health; the Athenian ends with strict limits on drinking.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν ἐκεῖνό γʼ ἔτι τῆς τοῦ Διονύσου δωρεᾶς ψέγωμεν ἁπλῶς, ὡς ἔστιν κακὴ καὶ εἰς πόλιν οὐκ ἀξία παραδέχεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ ἔτι πλείω τις ἂν ἐπεξέλθοι λέγων· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ὃ δωρεῖται λέγειν μὲν ὄκνος εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ τὸ κακῶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους αὐτὸ ὑπολαβεῖν 672b καὶ γνῶναι λεχθέν.

    AthenianThen let’s no longer condemn that gift of Dionysus outright, as bad and not fit to be admitted into a city. In fact one could go on to say even more for it. The greatest good it confers, for instance, one hesitates to tell the general public, because people take it the wrong way 672b and misunderstand it when they hear it.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δή;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianλόγος τις ἅμα καὶ φήμη ὑπορρεῖ πως ὡς ὁ θεὸς οὗτος ὑπὸ τῆς μητρυᾶς Ἥρας διεφορήθη τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν γνώμην, διὸ τάς τε βακχείας καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν μανικὴν ἐμβάλλει χορείαν τιμωρούμενος· ὅθεν καὶ τὸν οἶνον ἐπὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ δεδώρηται. ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἀσφαλὲς ἡγουμένοις εἶναι λέγειν περὶ θεῶν ἀφίημι λέγειν, τὸ δὲ τοσόνδε 672c οἶδα, ὅτι πᾶν ζῷον, ὅσον αὐτῷ προσήκει νοῦν ἔχειν τελεωθέντι, τοῦτον καὶ τοσοῦτον οὐδὲν ἔχον ποτὲ φύεται· ἐν τούτῳ δὴ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐν ᾧ μήπω κέκτηται τὴν οἰκείαν φρόνησιν, πᾶν μαίνεταί τε καὶ βοᾷ ἀτάκτως, καὶ ὅταν ἀκταινώσῃ ἑαυτὸ τάχιστα, ἀτάκτως αὖ πηδᾷ. ἀναμνησθῶμεν δὲ ὅτι μουσικῆς τε καὶ γυμναστικῆς ἔφαμεν ἀρχὰς ταύτας εἶναι.

    AthenianThere’s a story, a kind of rumor, that trickles around somehow: that this god was robbed of his wits by his stepmother Hera, and that’s why he sends Bacchic frenzies and all manic dancing on us, in revenge—and why he gave us wine, for this very purpose. I leave such things to be said by those who think it safe to say them about gods. But this much 672c I know: no animal is ever born possessing the intelligence, or the amount of it, that it’s meant to have when fully grown. During the time when it doesn’t yet have its proper wisdom, every animal raves and cries out without any order, and as soon as it can get itself up, it leaps about without order again. And let’s recall that we said these were the origins of music and gymnastics.

    Dionysus was the son of Zeus by the mortal Semele, so Zeus’s wife Hera was his stepmother and persecutor.

    Cliniasμεμνήμεθα· τί δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasWe remember, of course.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ ὅτι τὴν ῥυθμοῦ τε καὶ ἁρμονίας αἴσθησιν 672d τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡμῖν ἐνδεδωκέναι τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην ἔφαμεν, Ἀπόλλωνα δὲ καὶ μούσας καὶ Διόνυσον θεῶν αἰτίους γεγονέναι;

    AthenianAnd also that we said this origin had given us humans the perception of rhythm and harmony, 672d and that of the gods Apollo, the Muses and Dionysus were responsible for it?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν οἶνόν γε, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὁ τῶν ἄλλων λόγος, ἵνα μανῶμεν, φησὶν ἐπὶ τιμωρίᾳ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δεδόσθαι· ὁ δὲ νῦν λεγόμενος ὑφʼ ἡμῶν φάρμακον ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον φησὶν αἰδοῦς μὲν ψυχῆς κτήσεως ἕνεκα δεδόσθαι, σώματος δὲ ὑγιείας τε καὶ ἰσχύος.

    AthenianAnd what’s more, it seems, the other people’s story says that wine was given to punish humankind, to drive us mad. But the one we’re telling now says, on the contrary, that it’s a remedy given so that the soul may acquire modesty, and the body health and strength.

    Cliniasκάλλιστα, ὦ ξένε, τὸν λόγον ἀπεμνημόνευκας.

    CliniasYou’ve recalled the argument beautifully, stranger.

    Athenianκαὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς χορείας ἡμίσεα διαπεπεράνθω· τὰ δʼ ἡμίσεα, ὅπως ἂν ἔτι δοκῇ, περανοῦμεν ἢ καὶ ἐάσομεν.

    AthenianLet’s consider half of choral performance completed, then. The other half we’ll complete, or else leave aside, as we see fit.

    Cliniasποῖα δὴ λέγεις, καὶ πῶς ἑκάτερα διαιρῶν;

    CliniasWhat halves do you mean, and how are you dividing them?

    Athenianὅλη μέν που χορεία ὅλη παίδευσις ἦν ἡμῖν, τούτου δʼ αὖ τὸ μὲν ῥυθμοί τε καὶ ἁρμονίαι, τὸ κατὰ τὴν φωνήν.

    AthenianChoral performance as a whole, surely, was for us the whole of education. And one part of it is rhythms and harmonies, the part belonging to the voice.

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτὸ δέ γε κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κίνησιν ῥυθμὸν μὲν κοινὸν τῇ τῆς φωνῆς εἶχε κινήσει, σχῆμα δὲ ἴδιον. 673a ἐκεῖ δὲ μέλος ἡ τῆς φωνῆς κίνησις.

    AthenianAnd the part belonging to the movement of the body had rhythm in common with the movement of the voice, but posture as its own. 673a In the other part, the movement of the voice was melody.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianτὰ μὲν τοίνυν τῆς φωνῆς μέχρι τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς ἀρετὴν παιδείας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅντινα τρόπον ὠνομάσαμεν μουσικήν.

    AthenianNow the part belonging to the voice, which reaches as far as the soul in education toward virtue, we somehow came to name music.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasQuite rightly.

    Athenianτὰ δέ γε τοῦ σώματος, ἃ παιζόντων ὄρχησιν εἴπομεν, ἐὰν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἀρετῆς ἡ τοιαύτη κίνησις γίγνηται, τὴν ἔντεχνον ἀγωγὴν ἐπὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον αὐτοῦ γυμναστικὴν προσείπωμεν.

    AthenianAnd the part belonging to the body, which we called the dancing of creatures at play: when such movement extends to the virtue of the body, let’s call the skilled training of the body toward that end gymnastics.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianτὸ δὲ τῆς μουσικῆς, ὃ νυνδὴ σχεδὸν ἥμισυ διεληλυθέναι τῆς χορείας εἴπομεν καὶ διαπεπεράνθαι, καὶ νῦν οὕτως εἰρήσθω· τὸ δʼ ἥμισυ λέγωμεν, ἢ πῶς καὶ πῇ ποιητέον;

    AthenianAs for music, which we said just now was roughly half of choral performance, gone through and completed, let that stand as said for now. Shall we discuss the other half? Or how and in what way should we proceed?

    Cliniasὦ ἄριστε, Κρησὶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις διαλεγόμενος, μουσικῆς πέρι διελθόντων ἡμῶν, ἐλλειπόντων δὲ γυμναστικῆς, τί ποτε οἴει σοι πότερον ἡμῶν ἀποκρινεῖσθαι πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐρώτησιν;

    CliniasMy excellent friend, you’re talking with Cretans and Spartans. We’ve gone through music and have left gymnastics out. What answer do you suppose either of us will give you to that question?

    Athenianἀποκεκρίσθαι ἔγωγʼ ἄν σε φαίην σχεδὸν ταῦτʼ 673c ἐρόμενον σαφῶς, καὶ μανθάνω ὡς ἐρώτησις οὖσα αὕτη τὰ νῦν ἀπόκρισίς τέ ἐστιν, ὡς εἶπον, καὶ ἔτι πρόσταξις διαπεράνασθαι τὰ περὶ γυμναστικῆς.

    AthenianI’d say that by asking that you’ve pretty much given 673c a clear answer. I understand that this question of yours is at the moment an answer, as I said, and an order besides to complete the subject of gymnastics.

    Cliniasἄρισθʼ ὑπέλαβές τε καὶ οὕτω δὴ ποίει.

    CliniasYou’ve understood perfectly. So go ahead.

    Athenianποιητέον· οὐδὲ γὰρ πάνυ χαλεπόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ὑμῖν γε ἀμφοτέροις γνώριμα. πολὺ γὰρ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ τέχνῃ πλέον ἐμπειρίας ἢ ἐν ἐκείνῃ μετέχετε.

    AthenianI must. And it isn’t very hard to talk about things you both know well; you have far more experience of this art than of the other.

    Cliniasσχεδὸν ἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s about right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν αὖ ταύτης ἀρχὴ μὲν τῆς παιδιᾶς τὸ κατὰ 673d φύσιν πηδᾶν εἰθίσθαι πᾶν ζῷον, τὸ δὲ ἀνθρώπινον, ὡς ἔφαμεν, αἴσθησιν λαβὸν τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἐγέννησέν τε ὄρχησιν καὶ ἔτεκεν, τοῦ δὲ μέλους ὑπομιμνῄσκοντος καὶ ἐγείροντος τὸν ῥυθμόν, κοινωθέντʼ ἀλλήλοις χορείαν καὶ παιδιὰν ἐτεκέτην.

    AthenianWell, the origin of this kind of play, too, is that every animal is by nature 673d given to leaping about. The human animal, as we said, got a sense of rhythm and gave birth to dance; and since melody reminded and awakened rhythm, the two joined together and gave birth to choral performance and play.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianκαὶ τὸ μέν, φαμέν, ἤδη διεληλύθαμεν αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ πειρασόμεθα ἐφεξῆς διελθεῖν.

    AthenianOne part of it, we say, we’ve already gone through; the other we’ll try to go through next.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἐπὶ τοίνυν τῇ τῆς μέθης χρείᾳ τὸν κολοφῶνα 673e πρῶτον ἐπιθῶμεν, εἰ καὶ σφῷν συνδοκεῖ.

    AthenianBut first let’s put the finishing touch 673e on the use of drunkenness, if you both agree.

    Cliniasποῖον δὴ καὶ τίνα λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat finishing touch? What do you mean?

    Athenianεἰ μέν τις πόλις ὡς οὔσης σπουδῆς τῷ ἐπιτηδεύματι τῷ νῦν εἰρημένῳ χρήσεται μετὰ νόμων καὶ τάξεως, ὡς τοῦ σωφρονεῖν ἕνεκα μελέτῃ χρωμένη, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἡδονῶν μὴ ἀφέξεται ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, τοῦ κρατεῖν αὐτῶν ἕνεκα μηχανωμένη, τοῦτον μὲν τὸν τρόπον ἅπασι τούτοις χρηστέον·

    AthenianIf a city is going to treat the practice we’ve just described as a serious matter and pursue it with laws and order, using it as training for the sake of moderation, and in the same way and on the same principle won’t keep away from the other pleasures either, but will devise means of mastering them, then it should make use of all of them in this way.

    εἰ δʼ ὡς παιδιᾷ τε, καὶ ἐξέσται τῷ βουλομένῳ καὶ ὅταν βούληται καὶ μεθʼ ὧν ἂν 674a βούληται πίνειν μετʼ ἐπιτηδευμάτων ὡντινωνοῦν ἄλλων, οὐκ ἂν τιθείμην ταύτην τὴν ψῆφον, ὡς δεῖ ποτε μέθῃ χρῆσθαι ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἢ τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα, ἀλλʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον τῆς Κρητῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων χρείας προσθείμην ἂν τῷ τῶν Καρχηδονίων νόμῳ, μηδέποτε μηδένα ἐπὶ στρατοπέδου γεύεσθαι τούτου τοῦ πώματος, ἀλλʼ ὑδροποσίαις συγγίγνεσθαι τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἅπαντα, καὶ κατὰ πόλιν μήτε δούλην μήτε δοῦλον γεύεσθαι μηδέποτε, μηδὲ ἄρχοντας τοῦτον τὸν 674b ἐνιαυτὸν ὃν ἂν ἄρχωσιν, μηδʼ αὖ κυβερνήτας μηδὲ δικαστὰς ἐνεργοὺς ὄντας οἴνου γεύεσθαι τὸ παράπαν, μηδʼ ὅστις βουλευσόμενος εἰς βουλὴν ἀξίαν τινὰ λόγου συνέρχεται, μηδέ γε μεθʼ ἡμέραν μηδένα τὸ παράπαν εἰ μὴ σωμασκίας ἢ νόσων ἕνεκα, μηδʼ αὖ νύκτωρ ὅταν ἐπινοῇ τις παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι ἀνὴρ ἢ καὶ γυνή.

    But if it treats it as play, and anyone who likes may drink whenever he likes and with whomever he 674a likes, along with any other pursuits whatever, then I wouldn’t cast my vote for this city or this man ever making use of drunkenness. I’d go even further than the Cretan and Spartan practice and support the law of the Carthaginians: that no one on campaign should ever taste this drink, but should keep to water for that whole period; that in the city no slave, male or female, should ever taste it; nor officials in the 674b year of their office; nor should ship captains or judges on duty taste wine at all, nor anyone who is going to a council to deliberate on anything of importance; nor anyone at all during the day, except for the sake of training or illness; nor again at night, when a man or woman intends to conceive children.

    καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πάμπολλα ἄν τις λέγοι ἐν οἷς τοῖς νοῦν τε καὶ νόμον ἔχουσιν ὀρθὸν οὐ ποτέος 674c οἶνος· ὥστε κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον οὐδʼ ἀμπελώνων ἂν πολλῶν δέοι οὐδʼ ᾗτινι πόλει, τακτὰ δὲ τά τʼ ἄλλʼ ἂν εἴη γεωργήματα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ δίαιτα, καὶ δὴ τά γε περὶ οἶνον σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ἐμμετρότατα καὶ ὀλίγιστα γίγνοιτʼ ἄν. οὗτος, ὦ ξένοι, ἡμῖν, εἰ συνδοκεῖ, κολοφὼν ἐπὶ τῷ περὶ οἴνου λόγῳ ῥηθέντι εἰρήσθω.

    And one could mention a great many other occasions on which people with sense and a right law shouldn’t drink 674c wine. So by this reasoning no city would need many vineyards either. The other crops would be regulated, and the whole way of life, and wine in particular would come to be about the most limited and smallest of them all. This, strangers, if you agree, let us call the finishing touch to our discussion of wine.

    Cliniasκαλῶς, καὶ συνδοκεῖ.

    CliniasWell said, and we agree.

    Book III

    The origins of government: Troy, Sparta, Persia and Athens.

    Athenianταῦτα μὲν οὖν δὴ ταύτῃ· πολιτείας δὲ ἀρχὴν τίνα ποτὲ φῶμεν γεγονέναι; μῶν οὐκ ἐνθένδε τις ἂν αὐτὴν ῥᾷστά τε καὶ κάλλιστα κατίδοι;

    AthenianSo much, then, for that. But what are we to say was the origin of a constitution? Wouldn’t this be the vantage point from which one could see it most easily and best?

    Cliniasπόθεν;

    CliniasWhich?

    Athenianὅθενπερ καὶ τὴν τῶν πόλεων ἐπίδοσιν εἰς ἀρετὴν μεταβαίνουσαν ἅμα καὶ κακίαν ἑκάστοτε θεατέον.

    AthenianThe one from which we should always view the progress of cities, too, as they move toward virtue and vice alike.

    Cliniasλέγεις δὲ πόθεν;

    CliniasAnd which is that?

    Athenianοἶμαι μὲν ἀπὸ χρόνου μήκους τε καὶ ἀπειρίας καὶ 676b τῶν μεταβολῶν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ.

    AthenianI think it’s the vast length of time, stretching without limit, 676b and the changes that happen within it.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianφέρε, ἀφʼ οὗ πόλεις τʼ εἰσὶν καὶ ἄνθρωποι πολιτευόμενοι, δοκεῖς ἄν ποτε κατανοῆσαι χρόνου πλῆθος ὅσον γέγονεν;

    AthenianTell me: since there have been cities and people living as citizens, do you think you could ever work out how great a span of time has passed?

    Cliniasοὔκουν ῥᾴδιόν γε οὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNo, certainly not easily.

    Athenianτὸ δέ γε ὡς ἄπλετόν τι καὶ ἀμήχανον ἂν εἴη;

    AthenianBut it would be something immense and incalculable?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν τοῦτό γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν οὐ μυρίαι μὲν ἐπὶ μυρίαις ἡμῖν γεγόνασι πόλεις ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τοῦ πλήθους 676c λόγον οὐκ ἐλάττους ἐφθαρμέναι; πεπολιτευμέναι δʼ αὖ πάσας πολιτείας πολλάκις ἑκασταχοῦ; καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐξ ἐλαττόνων μείζους, τοτὲ δʼ ἐκ μειζόνων ἐλάττους, καὶ χείρους ἐκ βελτιόνων γεγόνασι καὶ βελτίους ἐκ χειρόνων;

    AthenianThen haven’t tens of thousands upon tens of thousands of cities come into being in this time, and by the same reckoning 676c no fewer been destroyed? And haven’t they, many times and everywhere, lived under every kind of constitution? Sometimes growing larger from smaller, sometimes smaller from larger, and becoming worse from better and better from worse?

    Cliniasἀναγκαῖον.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianταύτης δὴ πέρι λάβωμεν, εἰ δυναίμεθα, τῆς μεταβολῆς τὴν αἰτίαν· τάχα γὰρ ἂν ἴσως δείξειεν ἡμῖν τὴν πρώτην τῶν πολιτειῶν γένεσιν καὶ μετάβασιν.

    AthenianLet’s try, then, if we can, to grasp the cause of this change. Perhaps it would show us the first origin of constitutions and how they change.

    Cliniasεὖ λέγεις, καὶ προθυμεῖσθαι δεῖ, σὲ μὲν ὃ διανοῇ περὶ αὐτῶν ἀποφαινόμενον, ἡμᾶς δὲ συνεπομένους.

    CliniasWell said. We must set about it eagerly—you by explaining what you think about them, and we by following along.

    After the flood

    Survivors of a great flood live simply in the hills; households grow into villages and the first laws.

    Famous passage The flood and new beginningsCivilization is traced back to a few shepherds who survived a great flood, the start of Plato's history of constitutions.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ὑμῖν οἱ παλαιοὶ λόγοι ἀλήθειαν ἔχειν τινὰ δοκοῦσιν;

    AthenianWell, do you think the ancient stories contain some truth?

    Cliniasποῖοι δή;

    CliniasWhich ones?

    Athenianτὸ πολλὰς ἀνθρώπων φθορὰς γεγονέναι κατακλυσμοῖς τε καὶ νόσοις καὶ ἄλλοις πολλοῖς, ἐν οἷς βραχύ τι τῶν ἀνθρώπων λείπεσθαι γένος.

    AthenianThat there have been many destructions of humankind, by floods and diseases and many other things, in which only a small remnant of the human race survived.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν πιθανὸν τὸ τοιοῦτον πᾶν παντί.

    CliniasEveryone finds all that quite believable.

    Athenianφέρε δή, νοήσωμεν μίαν τῶν πολλῶν ταύτην τὴν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ ποτε γενομένην.

    AthenianCome, then, let’s consider one of these many: the one that once happened through the flood.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖόν τι περὶ αὐτῆς διανοηθέντες;

    CliniasAnd what should we think about it?

    Athenianὡς οἱ τότε περιφυγόντες τὴν φθορὰν σχεδὸν ὄρειοί τινες ἂν εἶεν νομῆς, ἐν κορυφαῖς που σμικρὰ ζώπυρα τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διασεσωμένα γένους.

    AthenianThat those who escaped the destruction then would have been, more or less, hill shepherds—small embers of the human race kept alive on mountaintops somewhere.

    Cliniasδῆλον.

    CliniasClearly.

    Athenianκαὶ δὴ τοὺς τοιούτους γε ἀνάγκη που τῶν ἄλλων ἀπείρους εἶναι τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους μηχανῶν εἴς τε πλεονεξίας καὶ φιλονικίας καὶ ὁπόσʼ ἄλλα κακουργήματα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπινοοῦσιν.

    AthenianAnd such people, surely, must have been inexperienced in the arts generally, and especially in the devices that city people use against one another to get the better of each other and win their rivalries, and in all the other mischief they think up against one another.

    Cliniasεἰκὸς γοῦν.

    CliniasLikely enough.

    Athenianθῶμεν δὴ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις πόλεις καὶ πρὸς θαλάττῃ κατοικούσας ἄρδην ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ διαφθείρεσθαι;

    AthenianShall we assume, then, that the cities on the plains and by the sea were utterly destroyed at that time?

    Cliniasθῶμεν.

    CliniasLet’s assume it.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὄργανά τε πάντα ἀπόλλυσθαι, καὶ εἴ τι τέχνης ἦν ἐχόμενον σπουδαίως ηὑρημένον ἢ πολιτικῆς ἢ καὶ σοφίας τινὸς ἑτέρας, πάντα ἔρρειν ταῦτα ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ φήσομεν; πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ὦ ἄριστε, εἴ γε ἔμενεν τάδε οὕτω τὸν πάντα χρόνον ὡς νῦν διακεκόσμηται, καινὸν ἀνηυρίσκετό ποτε καὶ ὁτιοῦν;

    AthenianThen shall we say that all tools were lost, and that whatever worthwhile discoveries there had been in any art—political art or any other kind of wisdom—all of them perished at that time? After all, my excellent friend, if things had stayed for all time just as they’re arranged now, how would anything new ever have been discovered?

    Cliniasτοῦτο ὅτι μὲν μυριάκις μύρια ἔτη διελάνθανεν ἄρα τοὺς τότε, χίλια δὲ ἀφʼ οὗ γέγονεν ἢ δὶς τοσαῦτα ἔτη, τὰ μὲν Δαιδάλῳ καταφανῆ γέγονεν, τὰ δὲ Ὀρφεῖ, τὰ δὲ Παλαμήδει, τὰ δὲ περὶ μουσικὴν Μαρσύᾳ καὶ Ὀλύμπῳ, περὶ λύραν δὲ Ἀμφίονι, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ἄλλοις πάμπολλα, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν χθὲς καὶ πρῴην γεγονότα.

    CliniasThe point is that all this apparently escaped the people of those times for tens of thousands of years, and it’s only a thousand years, or twice that, since some of it came to light through Daedalus, some through Orpheus, some through Palamedes, musical arts through Marsyas and Olympus, the lyre through Amphion, and a great many other things through others. It all happened, you might say, just yesterday or the day before.

    Legendary inventors: Daedalus the master craftsman, Palamedes (credited with writing, numbers and board games), Marsyas and Olympus (music for the pipes), Amphion (the lyre).

    Athenianἄριστʼ, ὦ Κλεινία, τὸν φίλον ὅτι παρέλιπες, τὸν ἀτεχνῶς χθὲς γενόμενον.

    AthenianIt’s very nice, Clinias, that you’ve left out your friend, the one who was born quite literally yesterday.

    Cliniasμῶν φράζεις Ἐπιμενίδην;

    CliniasYou don’t mean Epimenides?

    Athenianναί, τοῦτον· πολὺ γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπερεπήδησε τῷ μηχανήματι τοὺς σύμπαντας, ὦ φίλε, ὃ λόγῳ μὲν Ἡσίοδος ἐμαντεύετο πάλαι, τῷ δὲ ἔργῳ ἐκεῖνος ἀπετέλεσεν, ὡς ὑμεῖς φατε.

    AthenianYes, him. With his invention, my friend, he leapt far beyond all the others among you. Hesiod foretold it in words long ago, but he brought it about in deed, as you Cretans say.

    Epimenides was said to have made a hunger-suppressing food from mallow and asphodel, plants Hesiod praises in Works and Days.

    Cliniasφαμὲν γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasYes, we do say so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν οὕτω δὴ λέγωμεν ἔχειν τότε, ὅτʼ ἐγένετο ἡ φθορά, τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πράγματα, μυρίαν μέν τινα φοβερὰν ἐρημίαν, γῆς δʼ ἀφθόνου πλῆθος πάμπολυ, ζῴων δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἐρρόντων, βουκόλιʼ ἄττα, καὶ εἴ τί που αἰγῶν περιλειφθὲν ἐτύγχανεν γένος, σπάνια καὶ ταῦτα 678a νέμουσιν εἶναι ζῆν τότε κατʼ ἀρχάς;

    AthenianThen shall we say that when the destruction happened, human affairs were in this state: there was a vast and fearful emptiness and an enormous quantity of land for the taking; the other animals had perished, and a few herds of cattle, and any stock of goats that happened to survive somewhere—these too few, at first, 678a for herdsmen to live on at that time?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianπόλεως δὲ καὶ πολιτείας πέρι καὶ νομοθεσίας, ὧν νῦν ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν παρέστηκεν, ἆρʼ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν οἰόμεθα καὶ μνήμην εἶναι τὸ παράπαν;

    AthenianAnd as for a city, a constitution and legislation, which our discussion has now reached, do we suppose there was any memory of them at all, so to speak?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNone whatever.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐξ ἐκείνων τῶν διακειμένων οὕτω τὰ νῦν γέγονεν ἡμῖν σύμπαντα, πόλεις τε καὶ πολιτεῖαι καὶ τέχναι καὶ νόμοι, καὶ πολλὴ μὲν πονηρία, πολλὴ δὲ καὶ ἀρετή;

    AthenianSo from those people in that condition came everything we have now—cities and constitutions, arts and laws, and a great deal of wickedness, but a great deal of virtue too?

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἆρʼ οἰόμεθα, ὦ θαυμάσιε, τοὺς τότε, ἀπείρους ὄντας πολλῶν μὲν καλῶν τῶν κατὰ τὰ ἄστη, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, τελέους πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἢ πρὸς κακίαν γεγονέναι;

    AthenianMy remarkable friend, do we suppose that the people of that time, inexperienced in many of the fine things found in cities, and many of the opposite things too, had become perfect in either virtue or vice?

    Cliniasκαλῶς εἶπες, καὶ μανθάνομεν ὃ λέγεις.

    CliniasWell put; we understand what you mean.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν προϊόντος μὲν τοῦ χρόνου, πληθύοντος δʼ ἡμῶν τοῦ γένους, εἰς πάντα τὰ νῦν καθεστηκότα προελήλυθεν πάντα;

    AthenianThen as time went on and our race multiplied, everything advanced to the whole present state of things?

    Cliniasὀρθότατα.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianοὐκ ἐξαίφνης γε, ὡς εἰκός, κατὰ σμικρὸν δὲ ἐν παμπόλλῳ τινὶ χρόνῳ.

    AthenianNot suddenly, it seems likely, but little by little over a very long time.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα πρέπει τοῦθʼ οὕτως.

    CliniasThat certainly makes sense.

    Athenianἐκ γὰρ τῶν ὑψηλῶν εἰς τὰ πεδία καταβαίνειν, οἶμαι, πᾶσιν φόβος ἔναυλος ἐγεγόνει.

    AthenianFor I think the fear of coming down from the heights into the plains was still ringing in all their ears.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὐχ ἅσμενοι μὲν ἑαυτοὺς ἑώρων διʼ ὀλιγότητα ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, πορεῖα δέ, ὥστʼ ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους τότε πορεύεσθαι κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν, σὺν ταῖς τέχναις ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν πάντα σχεδὸν ἀπωλώλει; συμμίσγειν οὖν ἀλλήλοις οὐκ ἦν οἶμαι σφόδρα δυνατόν· σίδηρος γὰρ 678d καὶ χαλκὸς καὶ πάντα τὰ μεταλλεῖα συγκεχυμένα ἠφάνιστο, ὥστε ἀπορία πᾶσα ἦν τοῦ ἀνακαθαίρεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα, δρυοτομίας τε εἶχον σπάνιν. εἰ γάρ πού τι καὶ περιγεγονὸς ἦν ὄργανον ἐν ὄρεσι, ταῦτα μὲν ταχὺ κατατριβέντα ἠφάνιστο, ἄλλα δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλεν γενήσεσθαι, πρὶν πάλιν ἡ τῶν μεταλλέων ἀφίκοιτο εἰς ἀνθρώπους τέχνη.

    AthenianWouldn’t they have been glad to see one another, because there were so few of them around at that time? But the means of getting to one another, by land or by sea, had pretty much all perished along with the arts. So they weren’t able, I think, to mix with one another very much. For iron 678d and bronze and all the metals had been buried in the upheaval and had disappeared, so that there was no way at all to extract and refine them, and they had little means of cutting timber. Even if some tool had survived in the mountains somewhere, it soon wore out and disappeared, and no others would be made until the art of mining came to humankind again.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could they be?

    Athenianγενεαῖς δὴ πόσαις ὕστερον οἰόμεθα τοῦθʼ οὕτως γεγονέναι;

    AthenianHow many generations later do we suppose this happened?

    Cliniasδῆλον ὅτι παμπόλλαις τισίν.

    CliniasObviously a great many.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ τέχναι, ὅσαιπερ σιδήρου δέονται καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἁπάντων, τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον καὶ ἔτι πλείονα ἠφανισμέναι ἂν εἶεν ἐν τῷ τότε;

    AthenianAnd the arts that need iron and bronze and all such things would have disappeared during that same period, or even longer?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ τοίνυν στάσις ἅμα καὶ πόλεμος ἀπωλώλει κατὰ τὸν τότε χρόνον πολλαχῇ.

    AthenianWhat’s more, faction and war had largely disappeared at that time, for several reasons.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow?

    Athenianπρῶτον μὲν ἠγάπων καὶ ἐφιλοφρονοῦντο ἀλλήλους διʼ ἐρημίαν, ἔπειτα οὐ περιμάχητος ἦν αὐτοῖς ἡ τροφή. 679a νομῆς γὰρ οὐκ ἦν σπάνις, εἰ μή τισιν κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἴσως, ᾗ δὴ τὸ πλεῖστον διέζων ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ· γάλακτος γὰρ καὶ κρεῶν οὐδαμῶς ἐνδεεῖς ἦσαν, ἔτι δὲ θηρεύοντες οὐ φαύλην οὐδʼ ὀλίγην τροφὴν παρείχοντο. καὶ μὴν ἀμπεχόνης γε καὶ στρωμνῆς καὶ οἰκήσεων καὶ σκευῶν ἐμπύρων τε καὶ ἀπύρων ηὐπόρουν· αἱ πλαστικαὶ γὰρ καὶ ὅσαι πλεκτικαὶ τῶν τεχνῶν οὐδὲ ἓν προσδέονται σιδήρου, ταῦτα δὲ 679b πάντα τούτω τὼ τέχνα θεὸς ἔδωκε πορίζειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἵνʼ ὁπότε εἰς τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπορίαν ἔλθοιεν, ἔχοι βλάστην καὶ ἐπίδοσιν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος.

    AthenianFirst, their isolation made them fond of one another and friendly; and second, food was nothing to fight over. 679a There was no shortage of pasture, except perhaps for some at the beginning, and it was mostly on their flocks that they lived at that time. They weren’t short of milk and meat at all, and by hunting they got themselves food that was neither poor nor scanty. And they were well supplied with clothing, bedding, houses and vessels, both those that go on the fire and those that don’t. For the arts of molding and weaving need no iron whatever, 679b and a god gave these two arts to provide all these things for human beings, so that whenever they fell into such want, the human race might have a means of sprouting and growing again.

    πένητες μὲν δὴ διὰ τὸ τοιοῦτον σφόδρα οὐκ ἦσαν, οὐδʼ ὑπὸ πενίας ἀναγκαζόμενοι διάφοροι ἑαυτοῖς ἐγίγνοντο· πλούσιοι δʼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐγένοντο ἄχρυσοί τε καὶ ἀνάργυροι ὄντες, ὃ τότε ἐν ἐκείνοις παρῆν. ᾗ δʼ ἄν ποτε συνοικίᾳ μήτε πλοῦτος συνοικῇ μήτε πενία, σχεδὸν ἐν ταύτῃ γενναιότατα ἤθη γίγνοιτʼ ἄν· οὔτε 679c γὰρ ὕβρις οὔτʼ ἀδικία, ζῆλοί τε αὖ καὶ φθόνοι οὐκ ἐγγίγνονται. ἀγαθοὶ μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτά τε ἦσαν καὶ διὰ τὴν λεγομένην εὐήθειαν· ἃ γὰρ ἤκουον καλὰ καὶ αἰσχρά, εὐήθεις ὄντες ἡγοῦντο ἀληθέστατα λέγεσθαι καὶ ἐπείθοντο. ψεῦδος γὰρ ὑπονοεῖν οὐδεὶς ἠπίστατο διὰ σοφίαν, ὥσπερ τὰ νῦν, ἀλλὰ περὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων τὰ λεγόμενα ἀληθῆ νομίζοντες ἔζων κατὰ ταῦτα· διόπερ ἦσαν τοιοῦτοι παντάπασιν οἵους αὐτοὺς ἡμεῖς ἄρτι διεληλύθαμεν.

    So because of this they weren’t very poor, nor did poverty force them into quarrels with one another. But they could never have become rich either, since they had no gold or silver, which was their condition at that time. And in a community where neither wealth nor poverty lives, the noblest characters, more or less, will arise; 679c for neither arrogance nor injustice, nor rivalries and envy, arise there. So they were good for these reasons, and because of their so-called simplicity. Whatever they heard called fine or shameful, they were simple enough to think was said with complete truth, and they believed it. No one had the wisdom, as people now do, to suspect a lie; they held what was said about gods and human beings to be true, and lived by it. That’s why they were in every way the sort of people we’ve just described.

    Cliniasἐμοὶ γοῦν δὴ καὶ τῷδε οὕτως ταῦτα συνδοκεῖ.

    CliniasMegillus and I, at any rate, agree that this is so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἴπωμεν ὅτι γενεαὶ διαβιοῦσαι πολλαὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον τῶν πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ γεγονότων καὶ τῶν νῦν ἀτεχνότεροι μὲν καὶ ἀμαθέστεροι πρός τε τὰς ἄλλας μέλλουσιν εἶναι τέχνας καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικάς, ὅσαι τε πεζαὶ καὶ ὅσαι κατὰ θάλατταν γίγνονται τὰ νῦν, καὶ ὅσαι δὴ κατὰ πόλιν μόνον αὐτοῦ, δίκαι καὶ στάσεις λεγόμεναι, λόγοις 679e ἔργοις τε μεμηχανημέναι πάσας μηχανὰς εἰς τὸ κακουργεῖν τε ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀδικεῖν, εὐηθέστεροι δὲ καὶ ἀνδρειότεροι καὶ ἅμα σωφρονέστεροι καὶ σύμπαντα δικαιότεροι; τὸ δὲ τούτων αἴτιον ἤδη διεληλύθαμεν.

    AthenianThen shall we say that many generations, living this way, would be less skilled and less learned than those who lived before the flood, and those of today, both in the other arts and in the arts of war—those practiced nowadays on land and at sea, and those practiced within a city alone, called lawsuits and factions, where every device, in word 679e and deed, has been contrived for harming and wronging one another—but more simple, more courageous, and also more moderate and more just in every way? And we’ve already gone through the reason for this.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Athenianλελέχθω δὴ ταῦτα ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ τούτοις συνεπόμενα ἔτι πάντα εἰρήσθω τοῦδʼ ἕνεκα, ἵνα νοήσωμεν τοῖς τότε 680a νόμων τίς ποτʼ ἦν χρεία καὶ τίς ἦν νομοθέτης αὐτοῖς.

    AthenianLet this be said, then, and let everything that follows from it be stated too, for this purpose: so that we can understand what need the people of that time 680a could have had for laws, and who their lawgiver was.

    Cliniasκαὶ καλῶς γε εἴρηκας.

    CliniasAnd that’s well said.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὔτʼ ἐδέοντο νομοθετῶν οὔτε πω ἐφίλει κατὰ τούτους τοὺς χρόνους γίγνεσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον; οὐδὲ γὰρ γράμματα ἔστι πω τοῖς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει τῆς περιόδου γεγονόσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔθεσι καὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις πατρίοις νόμοις ἑπόμενοι ζῶσιν.

    AthenianIs it true that they didn’t need lawgivers, and that such a thing wasn’t yet usual in those times? For people born in this part of the cycle don’t yet have writing; they live by following customs and what are called ancestral laws.

    Cliniasεἰκὸς γοῦν.

    CliniasLikely enough.

    Athenianπολιτείας δέ γε ἤδη καὶ τρόπος ἐστίν τις οὗτος.

    AthenianBut this is already a kind of constitution.

    Cliniasτίς;

    CliniasWhat kind?

    Athenianδοκοῦσί μοι πάντες τὴν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ πολιτείαν δυναστείαν καλεῖν, ἣ καὶ νῦν ἔτι πολλαχοῦ καὶ ἐν Ἕλλησι καὶ κατὰ βαρβάρους ἐστίν· λέγει δʼ αὐτήν που καὶ Ὅμηρος γεγονέναι περὶ τὴν τῶν Κυκλώπων οἴκησιν, εἰπὼν— τοῖσιν δʼ οὔτʼ ἀγοραὶ βουληφόροι οὔτε θέμιστες, ἀλλʼ οἵ γʼ ὑψηλῶν ὀρέων ναίουσι κάρηνα ἐν σπέσσι γλαφυροῖσι, θεμιστεύει δὲ ἕκαστος 680c παίδων ἠδʼ ἀλόχων, οὐδʼ ἀλλήλων ἀλέγουσιν.

    AthenianI think everyone calls the constitution of that time a chieftainship, and it still exists in many places even now, among both Greeks and non-Greeks. Homer, I think, says it was found where the Cyclopes lived, when he says: “They have no assemblies for counsel, no ordinances; / they dwell on the peaks of lofty mountains / in hollow caves, and each lays down the law 680c / for his children and wives, and they pay no heed to one another.”

    Homer, Odyssey 9.112–115.

    Cliniasἔοικέν γε ὁ ποιητὴς ὑμῖν οὗτος γεγονέναι χαρίεις. καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἄλλα αὐτοῦ διεληλύθαμεν μάλʼ ἀστεῖα, οὐ μὴν πολλά γε· οὐ γὰρ σφόδρα χρώμεθα οἱ Κρῆτες τοῖς ξενικοῖς ποιήμασιν.

    CliniasThis poet of yours seems to have been a charming one. We’ve also gone through other things of his, very elegant ones—though not many, since we Cretans don’t make much use of foreign poetry.

    Megillusἡμεῖς δʼ αὖ χρώμεθα μέν, καὶ ἔοικέν γε κρατεῖν τῶν τοιούτων ποιητῶν, οὐ μέντοι Λακωνικόν γε ἀλλά τινα 680d μᾶλλον Ἰωνικὸν βίον διεξέρχεται ἑκάστοτε. νῦν μὴν εὖ τῷ σῷ λόγῳ ἔοικε μαρτυρεῖν, τὸ ἀρχαῖον αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγριότητα διὰ μυθολογίας ἐπανενεγκών.

    MegillusWe, on the other hand, do make use of it, and he seems to be the best of such poets—though the life he describes every time is not Spartan but 680d rather Ionian. But now he does seem to bear good witness to your argument, when he uses myth to trace their ancient condition back to savagery.

    Athenianναί· συμμαρτυρεῖ γάρ, καὶ λάβωμέν γε αὐτὸν μηνυτὴν ὅτι τοιαῦται πολιτεῖαι γίγνονταί ποτε.

    AthenianYes, he bears witness to it with us. Let’s take him as evidence that constitutions of this sort do sometimes arise.

    Cliniasκαλῶς.

    CliniasGood.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν οὐκ ἐκ τούτων τῶν κατὰ μίαν οἴκησιν καὶ κατὰ γένος διεσπαρμένων ὑπὸ ἀπορίας τῆς ἐν ταῖς φθοραῖς, 680e ἐν αἷς τὸ πρεσβύτατον ἄρχει διὰ τὸ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῖς ἐκ πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς γεγονέναι, οἷς ἑπόμενοι καθάπερ ὄρνιθες ἀγέλην μίαν ποιήσουσι, πατρονομούμενοι καὶ βασιλείαν πασῶν δικαιοτάτην βασιλευόμενοι;

    AthenianDon’t they arise from these people, scattered in single households and by families because of the want that followed the destructions? 680e Among them the eldest rules, because authority for them has come down from father and mother. Following them, like birds, they will form a single flock, governed by their fathers and ruled by the most just of all kingships.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianμετὰ δὲ ταῦτά γε εἰς τὸ κοινὸν μείζους ποιοῦντες πόλεις πλείους συνέρχονται, καὶ ἐπὶ γεωργίας τὰς ἐν ταῖς 681a ὑπωρείαις τρέπονται πρώτας, περιβόλους τε αἱμασιώδεις τινὰς τειχῶν ἐρύματα τῶν θηρίων ἕνεκα ποιοῦνται, μίαν οἰκίαν αὖ κοινὴν καὶ μεγάλην ἀποτελοῦντες.

    AthenianAfter this, more of them come together in common and make larger cities. They turn first to farming, in the 681a foothills, and build enclosures like dry-stone walls as defenses against wild beasts, making a single large common household in turn.

    Cliniasτὸ γοῦν εἰκὸς ταῦθʼ οὕτως γίγνεσθαι.

    CliniasThat’s likely how it happened, at any rate.

    Athenianτί δέ; τόδε ἆρα οὐκ εἰκός;

    AthenianWell then, isn’t this likely too?

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat?

    Athenianτῶν οἰκήσεων τούτων μειζόνων αὐξανομένων ἐκ τῶν ἐλαττόνων καὶ πρώτων, ἑκάστην τῶν σμικρῶν παρεῖναι κατὰ γένος ἔχουσαν τόν τε πρεσβύτατον ἄρχοντα καὶ αὑτῆς 681b ἔθη ἄττα ἴδια διὰ τὸ χωρὶς ἀλλήλων οἰκεῖν, ἕτερα ἀφʼ ἑτέρων ὄντων τῶν γεννητόρων τε καὶ θρεψάντων, ἃ εἰθίσθησαν περὶ θεούς τε καὶ ἑαυτούς, κοσμιωτέρων μὲν κοσμιώτερα καὶ ἀνδρικῶν ἀνδρικώτερα, καὶ κατὰ τρόπον οὕτως ἑκάστους τὰς αὑτῶν ἂν αἱρέσεις εἰς τοὺς παῖδας ἀποτυπουμένους καὶ παίδων παῖδας, ὃ λέγομεν, ἥκειν ἔχοντας ἰδίους νόμους εἰς τὴν μείζονα συνοικίαν.

    AthenianAs these settlements grew larger from the smaller, original ones, each of the small ones would be there, family by family, with its eldest as ruler and 681b with certain customs of its own, because they had lived apart from one another. These customs would differ according to the different parents and those who reared them, and would be what they had grown used to regarding the gods and themselves: more orderly among the descendants of the more orderly, braver among those of the braver. And so each group, naturally, would stamp its own preferences on its children and its children’s children, and, as we’re saying, they would come into the larger community with their own laws.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τούς γε αὑτῶν νόμους ἀρέσκειν ἑκάστοις ἀναγκαῖόν που, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ὑστέρους.

    AthenianAnd each group, surely, must have liked its own laws, and the others’ less.

    Cliniasοὕτως.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianἀρχῇ δὴ νομοθεσίας οἷον ἐμβάντες ἐλάθομεν, ὡς ἔοικεν.

    AthenianSo it seems we’ve stepped, without noticing, into the beginning of legislation.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasQuite so.

    Athenianτὸ γοῦν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναγκαῖον αἱρεῖσθαι τοὺς συνελθόντας τούτους κοινούς τινας ἑαυτῶν, οἳ δὴ τὰ πάντων ἰδόντες νόμιμα, τά σφισιν ἀρέσκοντα αὐτῶν μάλιστα εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τοῖς ἡγεμόσι καὶ ἀγαγοῦσι τοὺς δήμους οἷον 681d βασιλεῦσι φανερὰ δείξαντες ἑλέσθαι τε δόντες, αὐτοὶ μὲν νομοθέται κληθήσονται, τοὺς δὲ ἄρχοντας καταστήσαντες, ἀριστοκρατίαν τινὰ ἐκ τῶν δυναστειῶν ποιήσαντες ἢ καί τινα βασιλείαν, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μεταβολῇ τῆς πολιτείας οἰκήσουσιν.

    AthenianAt any rate, after this the people who had come together must choose some of their number to act for them all. These would look over the customs of all the groups, pick out those they liked best, and present them for the common good to the leaders who had led the peoples—the 681d kings, as it were—setting them out plainly and giving them the choice. They themselves will be called lawgivers; and once they’ve appointed the rulers, making some kind of aristocracy out of the chieftainships, or even a kingship, they will live under this altered constitution.

    Cliniasἐφεξῆς γοῦν ἂν οὕτω τε καὶ ταύτῃ γίγνοιτο.

    CliniasThat would come next, at any rate, and would happen in this way.

    Athenianτρίτον τοίνυν εἴπωμεν ἔτι πολιτείας σχῆμα γιγνόμενον, ἐν ᾧ δὴ πάντα εἴδη καὶ παθήματα πολιτειῶν καὶ ἅμα πόλεων συμπίπτει γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianNow let’s go on to describe a third form of constitution that arises, one in which all the kinds and conditions of constitutions, and of cities too, turn out to be combined.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο;

    CliniasWhat is that?

    Athenianὃ μετὰ τὸ δεύτερον καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐπεσημήνατο, λέγων τὸ τρίτον οὕτω γεγονέναι. “ κτίσσε δὲ Δαρδανίην” γάρ πού φησιν, ἐπεὶ οὔπω Ἴλιος ἱρὴ ἐν πεδίῳ πεπόλιστο, πόλις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ ἔθʼ ὑπωρείας ᾤκουν πολυπιδάκου Ἴδης. 682a λέγει γὰρ δὴ ταῦτα τὰ ἔπη καὶ ἐκεῖνα, ἃ περὶ τῶν Κυκλώπων εἴρηκεν, κατὰ θεόν πως εἰρημένα καὶ κατὰ φύσιν· θεῖον γὰρ οὖν δὴ καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν ἐνθεαστικὸν ὂν γένος ὑμνῳδοῦν, πολλῶν τῶν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν γιγνομένων σύν τισιν Χάρισιν καὶ Μούσαις ἐφάπτεται ἑκάστοτε.

    AthenianThe one Homer, too, pointed to after the second, when he said the third came about like this. He says, I think: “He founded Dardania, since holy Ilium / was not yet built upon the plain, a city of mortal men, / but they still dwelt on the foothills of Ida, rich in springs.” 682a He speaks these verses, and the ones about the Cyclopes, in a way that is somehow in keeping with the gods and with nature. For the race of poets is divine and inspired when it sings its hymns, and each time, with the help of certain Graces and Muses, it lays hold of many things that really happened.

    Homer, Iliad 20.216–218, on Dardanus, ancestor of the Trojan kings, whose town preceded Troy (Ilium).

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianεἰς δὴ τὸ πρόσθεν προέλθωμεν ἔτι τοῦ νῦν ἐπελθόντος ἡμῖν μύθου· τάχα γὰρ ἂν σημήνειέ τι τῆς ἡμετέρας περὶ βουλήσεως. οὐκοῦν χρή;

    AthenianThen let’s go still further into the story that has come to us now; perhaps it may give some indication of what we’re after. Shouldn’t we?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκατῳκίσθη δή, φαμέν, ἐκ τῶν ὑψηλῶν εἰς μέγα τε καὶ καλὸν πεδίον Ἴλιον, ἐπὶ λόφον τινὰ οὐχ ὑψηλὸν καὶ ἔχοντα ποταμοὺς πολλοὺς ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῆς Ἴδης ὡρμημένους.

    AthenianIlium was founded, we say, when people moved down from the heights into a large and beautiful plain, on a hill that wasn’t high and had many rivers rushing down from Ida above.

    Cliniasφασὶ γοῦν.

    CliniasSo they say, at any rate.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐκ ἐν πολλοῖς τισι χρόνοις τοῖς μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν τοῦτο οἰόμεθα γεγονέναι;

    AthenianAnd don’t we suppose this happened a long time after the flood?

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὐκ ἐν πολλοῖς;

    CliniasOf course it was a long time.

    Athenianδεινὴ γοῦν ἔοικεν αὐτοῖς λήθη τότε παρεῖναι τῆς 682c νῦν λεγομένης φθορᾶς, ὅθʼ οὕτως ὑπὸ ποταμοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὑψηλῶν ῥέοντας πόλιν ὑπέθεσαν, πιστεύσαντες οὐ σφόδρα ὑψηλοῖς τισιν λόφοις.

    AthenianAt any rate they seem to have been terribly forgetful at that time of the 682c destruction we’re now talking about, since they placed their city like that, beneath many rivers flowing down from the heights, putting their trust in hills that weren’t very high.

    Cliniasδῆλον οὖν ὡς παντάπασί τινα μακρὸν ἀπεῖχον χρόνον τοῦ τοιούτου πάθους.

    CliniasSo clearly they were separated from that kind of disaster by a very long time.

    Athenianκαὶ ἄλλαι γε οἶμαι πόλεις τότε κατῴκουν ἤδη πολλαί, πληθυόντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

    AthenianAnd many other cities, I think, had already been founded by then, as humanity multiplied.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianαἵ γέ που καὶ ἐπεστρατεύσαντο αὐτῇ, καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν δὲ ἴσως, ἀφόβως ἤδη πάντων χρωμένων τῇ θαλάττῃ.

    AthenianAnd they, surely, also marched against Ilium—by sea too, perhaps, since by then everyone was using the sea without fear.

    Cliniasφαίνεται.

    CliniasEvidently.

    Athenianδέκα δʼ ἔτη που μείναντες Ἀχαιοὶ τὴν Τροίαν ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν.

    AthenianAnd the Achaeans stayed for about ten years and then sacked Troy.

    Achaeans: Homer’s name for the Greeks who besieged Troy.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ, ὄντι δεκέτει, ὃν τὸ Ἴλιον ἐπολιορκεῖτο, τὰ τῶν πολιορκούντων ἑκάστων οἴκοι κακὰ πολλὰ συνέβαινεν γιγνόμενα περὶ τὰς στάσεις τῶν νέων, οἳ καὶ ἀφικομένους τοὺς στρατιώτας εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις τε καὶ οἰκίας οὐ καλῶς οὐδʼ ἐν δίκῃ ὑπεδέξαντο, 682e ἀλλʼ ὥστε θανάτους τε καὶ σφαγὰς καὶ φυγὰς γενέσθαι παμπόλλας· οἳ πάλιν ἐκπεσόντες κατῆλθον μεταβαλόντες ὄνομα, Δωριῆς ἀντʼ Ἀχαιῶν κληθέντες διὰ τὸ τὸν συλλέξαντα εἶναι τὰς τότε φυγὰς Δωριᾶ. καὶ δὴ ταῦτά γε ἤδη πάνθʼ ὑμεῖς, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τἀντεῦθεν μυθολογεῖτέ τε καὶ διαπεραίνετε.

    AthenianDuring this time, the ten years that Ilium was under siege, things went very badly at home for each of the besiegers, with the young men rising up in factions. When the soldiers came back to their own cities and homes, these young men didn’t receive them well or justly, 682e and the result was a great many deaths, murders and exiles. The exiles returned again under a changed name: they were called Dorians instead of Achaeans, because the man who gathered the exiles of that time was Dorieus. And everything from this point on you Spartans tell in your stories and relate in full.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusCertainly.

    The Dorian league

    Argos, Messene and Sparta are founded as allies under sworn kings; the Athenian asks why the league failed.

    Athenianὅθεν δὴ κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἐξετραπόμεθα περὶ νόμων διαλεγόμενοι, περιπεσόντες μουσικῇ τε καὶ ταῖς μέθαις, νῦν ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν ἀφίγμεθα ὥσπερ κατὰ θεόν, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν οἷον λαβὴν ἀποδίδωσιν· ἥκει γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα 683a κατοίκισιν αὐτήν, ἣν ὑμεῖς ὀρθῶς ἔφατε κατοικεῖσθαι καὶ Κρήτην ὡς ἀδελφοῖς νόμοις. νῦν οὖν δὴ τοσόνδε πλεονεκτοῦμεν τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ λόγου, διὰ πολιτειῶν τινων καὶ κατοικισμῶν διεξελθόντες· ἐθεασάμεθα πρώτην τε καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην πόλιν, ἀλλήλων, ὡς οἰόμεθα, ταῖς κατοικίσεσιν ἐχομένας ἐν χρόνου τινὸς μήκεσιν ἀπλέτοις, νῦν δὲ δὴ τετάρτη τις ἡμῖν αὕτη πόλις, εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε, ἔθνος ἥκει κατοικιζόμενόν τέ ποτε καὶ νῦν κατῳκισμένον.

    AthenianSo we’ve come back again, as if by divine guidance, to the very point where, at the start of our conversation about laws, we turned aside and stumbled into music and drinking; and the argument is offering us, so to speak, a handhold. For it has arrived at the settlement of Sparta 683a itself, which you said was rightly established, like Crete’s, with sister laws. So this much we gain from our argument’s wandering, having gone through various constitutions and settlements: we’ve observed a first, a second and a third city, following one another, as we think, in their founding across vast stretches of time; and now this fourth city—or nation, if you like—has come before us, one that was being founded once and has now been founded.

    ἐξ ὧν ἁπάντων εἴ τι συνεῖναι δυνάμεθα τί τε καλῶς ἢ μὴ κατῳκίσθη, καὶ ποῖοι νόμοι σῴζουσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σῳζόμενα καὶ ποῖοι φθείρουσι τὰ φθειρόμενα, καὶ ἀντὶ ποίων ποῖα μετατεθέντα εὐδαίμονα πόλιν ἀπεργάζοιτʼ ἄν, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία, ταῦτα δὴ πάλιν οἷον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡμῖν λεκτέον, εἰ μή τι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐγκαλοῦμεν λόγοις.

    From all of this, Megillus and Clinias, perhaps we can understand what was well founded and what wasn’t, which laws preserve what is preserved in them and which destroy what is destroyed, and what changes, of which laws for which, would produce a happy city. If so, we must discuss these things again, as if from the beginning—unless we have some complaint against what’s been said.

    Megillusεἰ γοῦν, ὦ ξένε, τις ἡμῖν ὑπόσχοιτο θεὸς ὡς, ἐὰν 683c ἐπιχειρήσωμεν τὸ δεύτερον τῇ τῆς νομοθεσίας σκέψει, τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων λόγων οὐ χείρους οὐδʼ ἐλάττους ἀκουσόμεθα, μακρὰν ἂν ἔλθοιμι ἔγωγε, καί μοι βραχεῖʼ ἂν δόξειεν ἡ νῦν παροῦσα ἡμέρα γίγνεσθαι. καίτοι σχεδόν γʼ ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ θερινῶν εἰς τὰ χειμερινὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τρεπομένου.

    MegillusWell, stranger, if some god promised us that if 683c we made a second attempt at examining legislation, we would hear an argument no worse and no shorter than the one we’ve just heard, I for one would go a long way, and today would seem short to me—and yet it is just about the day when the god turns from summer toward winter.

    The summer solstice, the longest day of the year, when the sun god turns back.

    Athenianχρὴ δὴ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔοικεν, σκοπεῖν.

    AthenianThen it seems we must examine these matters.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianγενώμεθα δὴ ταῖς διανοίαις ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ, ὅτε Λακεδαίμων μὲν καὶ Ἄργος καὶ Μεσσήνη καὶ τὰ μετὰ 683d τούτων ὑποχείρια τοῖς προγόνοις ὑμῶν, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ἱκανῶς ἐγεγόνει· τὸ δὲ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, ὥς γε λέγεται τὸ τοῦ μύθου, τριχῇ τὸ στράτευμα διανείμαντας, τρεῖς πόλεις κατοικίζειν, Ἄργος, Μεσσήνην, Λακεδαίμονα.

    AthenianLet’s put ourselves, in thought, back in that time when Sparta and Argos and Messene and their 683d dependencies had come firmly under the control of your ancestors, Megillus. What they decided next, as the story goes, was to divide their army into three and found three cities: Argos, Messene and Sparta.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν Ἄργους Τήμενος ἐγίγνετο, Μεσσήνης δὲ Κρεσφόντης, Λακεδαίμονος δὲ Προκλῆς καὶ Εὐρυσθένης.

    AthenianAnd Temenus became king of Argos, Cresphontes of Messene, and Procles and Eurysthenes of Sparta.

    The Heraclids, descendants of Heracles, were said to have led the Dorians into the Peloponnese and divided Argos, Messene and Sparta among themselves; Procles and Eurysthenes were the ancestors of Sparta’s two royal houses.

    Megillusπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ πάντες δὴ τούτοις ὤμοσαν οἱ τότε βοηθήσειν, 683e ἐάν τις τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν διαφθείρῃ.

    AthenianAnd everyone at that time swore to come to their aid 683e if anyone tried to destroy their kingship.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianβασιλεία δὲ καταλύεται, ὦ πρὸς Διός, ἢ καί τις ἀρχὴ πώποτε κατελύθη, μῶν ὑπό τινων ἄλλων ἢ σφῶν αὐτῶν; ἢ νυνδὴ μέν, ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν τούτοις περιτυχόντες τοῖς λόγοις, οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἐτίθεμεν, νῦν δʼ ἐπιλελήσμεθα;

    AthenianBut when a kingship is overthrown—in the name of Zeus—or when any rule has ever been overthrown, is it by anyone but the rulers themselves? Or did we lay this down just now, when we came across these arguments a little while ago, only to forget it?

    Megillusκαὶ πῶς;

    MegillusHow could we have?

    Athenianοὐκοῦν νῦν δὴ μᾶλλον βεβαιωσόμεθα τὸ τοιοῦτον· περιτυχόντες γὰρ ἔργοις γενομένοις, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἐληλύθαμεν, ὥστε οὐ περὶ κενόν τι ζητήσομεν 684a τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ περὶ γεγονός τε καὶ ἔχον ἀλήθειαν. γέγονεν δὴ τάδε· βασιλεῖαι τρεῖς βασιλευομέναις πόλεσιν τριτταῖς ὤμοσαν ἀλλήλαις ἑκάτεραι, κατὰ νόμους οὓς ἔθεντο τοῦ τε ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι κοινούς, οἱ μὲν μὴ βιαιοτέραν τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιήσεσθαι προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου καὶ γένους, οἱ δέ, ταῦτα ἐμπεδούντων τῶν ἀρχόντων, μήτε αὐτοὶ τὰς βασιλείας ποτὲ καταλύσειν μήτʼ ἐπιτρέψειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν 684b ἑτέροις, βοηθήσειν δὲ βασιλῆς τε βασιλεῦσιν ἀδικουμένοις καὶ δήμοις, καὶ δῆμοι δήμοις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν ἀδικουμένοις. ἆρʼ οὐχ οὕτως;

    AthenianThen now we’ll confirm this point more firmly. For having come upon events that actually happened, it seems, we’ve arrived at the same argument, so that we won’t be examining it 684a in the abstract, but in connection with something that happened and has truth to it. What happened was this. Three kingships and the three cities they ruled swore oaths to each other, according to the laws they had laid down to govern both ruling and being ruled. The kings swore not to make their rule harsher as time went on and the line continued; the others swore that, as long as the rulers kept to this, they would never themselves overthrow the kingships nor allow 684b others to attempt it; and that kings would come to the aid of kings who were wronged, and of peoples, and peoples to the aid of peoples who were wronged, and of kings. Isn’t that so?

    Megillusοὕτω μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusIt is.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τό γε μέγιστον ταῖς καταστάσεσιν τῶν πολιτειῶν ὑπῆρχεν ταῖς ἐν ταῖς τρισὶ πόλεσι νομοθετουμέναις, εἴτε οἱ βασιλῆς ἐνομοθέτουν εἴτʼ ἄλλοι τινές;

    AthenianThen in establishing the constitutions laid down in the three cities, the greatest advantage was theirs—whether it was the kings who legislated or others?

    Megillusποῖον;

    MegillusWhat advantage?

    Athenianτὸ βοηθούς γε εἶναι τὰς δύο ἐπὶ τὴν μίαν ἀεὶ πόλιν, τὴν τοῖς τεθεῖσιν νόμοις ἀπειθοῦσαν.

    AthenianThat there would always be two cities to come to the rescue against the one that disobeyed the laws laid down.

    Megillusδῆλον.

    MegillusClearly.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τοῦτό γε οἱ πολλοὶ προστάττουσιν τοῖς νομοθέταις, ὅπως τοιούτους θήσουσιν τοὺς νόμους οὓς ἑκόντες οἱ δῆμοι καὶ τὰ πλήθη δέξονται, καθάπερ ἂν εἴ τις γυμνασταῖς ἢ ἰατροῖς προστάττοι μεθʼ ἡδονῆς θεραπεύειν τε καὶ ἰᾶσθαι τὰ θεραπευόμενα σώματα.

    AthenianAnd yet most people demand this of lawgivers: that they lay down laws of a kind that the peoples and the masses will accept willingly—as if someone were to demand of trainers or doctors that they treat and cure the bodies in their care pleasantly.

    Megillusπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusAbsolutely.

    Athenianτὸ δέ γʼ ἐστὶν ἀγαπητὸν πολλάκις εἰ καί τις μετὰ λύπης μὴ μεγάλης δύναιτο εὐεκτικά τε καὶ ὑγιῆ σώματα ἀπεργάζεσθαι.

    AthenianBut often one should be content if one can produce fit and healthy bodies even with pain that isn’t too great.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ τόδε γε ἔτι τοῖς τότε ὑπῆρχεν οὐ σμικρὸν εἰς ῥᾳστώνην τῆς θέσεως τῶν νόμων.

    AthenianThe people of that time had another advantage, too, and no small one, that made laying down laws easier.

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον;

    MegillusWhat was that?

    Athenianοὐκ ἦν τοῖς νομοθέταις ἡ μεγίστη τῶν μέμψεων, ἰσότητα αὐτοῖς τινα κατασκευάζουσιν τῆς οὐσίας, ἥπερ ἐν ἄλλαις νομοθετουμέναις πόλεσι πολλαῖς γίγνεται, ἐάν τις ζητῇ γῆς τε κτῆσιν κινεῖν καὶ χρεῶν διάλυσιν, ὁρῶν ὡς οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο ἄνευ τούτων γενέσθαι ποτὲ τὸ ἴσον ἱκανῶς· ὡς ἐπιχειροῦντι δὴ νομοθέτῃ κινεῖν τῶν τοιούτων τι πᾶς ἀπαντᾷ 684e λέγων μὴ κινεῖν τὰ ἀκίνητα, καὶ ἐπαρᾶται γῆς τε ἀναδασμοὺς εἰσηγούμενον καὶ χρεῶν ἀποκοπάς, ὥστʼ εἰς ἀπορίαν καθίστασθαι πάντʼ ἄνδρα. τοῖς δὲ δὴ Δωριεῦσι καὶ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ὑπῆρχεν καλῶς καὶ ἀνεμεσήτως, γῆν τε ἀναμφισβητήτως διανέμεσθαι, καὶ χρέα μεγάλα καὶ παλαιὰ οὐκ ἦν.

    AthenianTheir lawgivers didn’t face the greatest of reproaches when they were establishing some equality of property among them. That reproach arises in many other cities when laws are being made, if someone tries to disturb land ownership and cancel debts, seeing that without these steps equality could never be adequately achieved. When a lawgiver tries to disturb anything of this sort, everyone confronts him, 684e telling him not to disturb what must not be disturbed, and curses him for proposing redistributions of land and cancellations of debts, so that anyone who tries is left helpless. But the Dorians had this advantage too, a fine one that roused no resentment: they could divide the land without dispute, and there were no large, long-standing debts.

    Megillusἀληθῆ.

    MegillusTrue.

    Athenianπῇ δή ποτε οὖν, ὦ ἄριστοι, κακῶς οὕτως αὐτοῖς ἐχώρησεν ἡ κατοίκισίς τε καὶ νομοθεσία;

    AthenianThen how on earth, my excellent friends, did their settlement and legislation turn out so badly?

    Megillusπῶς δὴ καὶ τί μεμφόμενος αὐτῶν λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat do you mean? What fault do you find with them?

    Athenianὅτι τριῶν γενομένων τῶν οἰκήσεων τὰ δύο αὐτῶν μέρη ταχὺ τήν τε πολιτείαν καὶ τοὺς νόμους διέφθειρεν, τὸ δὲ ἓν μόνον ἔμεινεν, τὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως.

    AthenianThat of the three settlements that came into being, two quickly ruined their constitution and laws, and only one survived: your city’s.

    Megillusοὐ πάνυ ῥᾴδιον ἐρωτᾷς.

    MegillusThat’s not an easy question you’re asking.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν δεῖ γε ἡμᾶς τοῦτο ἐν τῷ νῦν σκοποῦντας καὶ ἐξετάζοντας, περὶ νόμων παίζοντας παιδιὰν πρεσβυτικὴν σώφρονα, διελθεῖν τὴν ὁδὸν ἀλύπως, ὡς ἔφαμεν ἡνίκα 685b ἠρχόμεθα πορεύεσθαι.

    AthenianAnd yet this is exactly what we need to look into and examine now, playing at laws the sober game that suits old men, so that we get through our journey painlessly, as we said when 685b we set out.

    Megillusτί μήν; καὶ ποιητέον γε ὡς λέγεις.

    MegillusOf course. And we should do as you say.

    Athenianτίνʼ οὖν ἂν σκέψιν καλλίω ποιησαίμεθα περὶ νόμων ἢ τούτων οἳ ταύτας διακεκοσμήκασιν; ἢ πόλεων περὶ τίνων εὐδοκιμωτέρων τε καὶ μειζόνων κατοικίσεων σκοποίμεθʼ ἄν;

    AthenianWell then, what finer inquiry into laws could we make than one into the laws that ordered these cities? Or what cities could we study with more celebrated or greater foundings?

    Megillusοὐ ῥᾴδιον ἀντὶ τούτων ἑτέρας λέγειν.

    MegillusIt isn’t easy to name others in their place.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὅτι μὲν διενοοῦντό γε οἱ τότε τὴν κατασκευὴν ταύτην οὐ Πελοποννήσῳ μόνον ἔσεσθαι βοηθὸν 685c ἱκανήν, σχεδὸν δῆλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν πᾶσιν, εἴ τις τῶν βαρβάρων αὐτοὺς ἀδικοῖ, καθάπερ οἱ περὶ τὸ Ἴλιον οἰκοῦντες τότε, πιστεύοντες τῇ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων δυνάμει τῇ περὶ Νῖνον γενομένῃ, θρασυνόμενοι τὸν πόλεμον ἤγειραν τὸν ἐπὶ Τροίαν. ἦν γὰρ ἔτι τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐκείνης σχῆμα τὸ σῳζόμενον οὐ σμικρόν· καθάπερ νῦν τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα φοβούμεθα ἡμεῖς, καὶ τότε ἐκείνην τὴν συσταθεῖσαν σύνταξιν ἐδέδισαν οἱ τότε. μέγα γὰρ ἔγκλημα πρὸς αὐτοὺς 685d ἡ τῆς Τροίας ἅλωσις τὸ δεύτερον ἐγεγόνει· τῆς ἀρχῆς γὰρ τῆς ἐκείνων ἦν μόριον.

    AthenianNow it’s fairly clear that the men of that time meant this arrangement to be an adequate defense not for the Peloponnese alone 685c but for all the Greeks, if any non-Greeks should wrong them—as the people living around Ilium had done back then, when, relying on the power of the Assyrians that had grown up around Ninus, they boldly provoked the war against Troy. For what survived of the form of that empire was still no small thing: just as we now fear the Great King, so people then dreaded that combined power. The capture of Troy the second time 685d had been a great grievance against the Greeks, since Troy was part of the Assyrian empire.

    Ninus was the legendary founder of the Assyrian empire and of Nineveh. Troy had been sacked once before, by Heracles, so the Greek capture in the Trojan War was the second.

    πρὸς δὴ ταῦτʼ ἦν πάντα ἡ τοῦ στρατοπέδου τοῦ τότε διανεμηθεῖσα εἰς τρεῖς πόλεις κατασκευὴ μία ὑπὸ βασιλέων ἀδελφῶν, παίδων Ἡρακλέους, καλῶς, ὡς ἐδόκει, ἀνηυρημένη καὶ κατακεκοσμημένη καὶ διαφερόντως τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν Τροίαν ἀφικομένης. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας τῶν Πελοπιδῶν ἀμείνους ἡγοῦντο ἀρχόντων ἄρχοντας ἔχειν, ἔπειτʼ αὖ τὸ στρατόπεδον τοῦτο 685e τοῦ ἐπὶ Τροίαν ἀφικομένου διαφέρειν πρὸς ἀρετήν· νενικηκέναι γὰρ τούτους, ἡττᾶσθαι δʼ ὑπὸ τούτων ἐκείνους, Ἀχαιοὺς ὄντας ὑπὸ Δωριῶν. ἆρʼ οὐχ οὕτως οἰόμεθα καί τινι διανοίᾳ ταύτῃ κατασκευάζεσθαι τοὺς τότε;

    Against all this stood the single arrangement of the army of that time, divided among three cities under kings who were brothers, descendants of Heracles. It was well devised and well ordered, as people thought, and far superior to the one that had gone to Troy. First, they believed that in the Heraclids they had better commanders than the Pelopids; and then again, that this army 685e surpassed in virtue the one that went to Troy, since these men had won and the others had been beaten by them—Achaeans by Dorians. Isn’t this how we imagine the men of that time arranged things, and with some such intention?

    The Pelopids, descendants of Pelops, included Agamemnon and Menelaus, who led the Achaeans to Troy.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ βεβαίως οἴεσθαι ταῦθʼ ἕξειν εἰκὸς 686a αὐτοὺς καὶ χρόνον τινʼ ἂν πολὺν μένειν, ἅτε κεκοινωνηκότας μὲν πολλῶν πόνων καὶ κινδύνων ἀλλήλοις, ὑπὸ γένους δὲ ἑνὸς τῶν βασιλέων ἀδελφῶν ὄντων διακεκοσμῆσθαι, πρὸς τούτοις δʼ ἔτι καὶ πολλοῖς μάντεσι κεχρημένους εἶναι τοῖς τε ἄλλοις καὶ τῷ Δελφικῷ Ἀπόλλωνι;

    AthenianAnd isn’t it likely they also thought it would be secure 686a and would last a long time? They had shared many toils and dangers with one another; they were being organized by a single family, since the kings were brothers; and besides, they had consulted many seers, including the Delphic Apollo.

    Megillusπῶς δʼ οὐκ εἰκός;

    MegillusHow could it not be likely?

    Athenianταῦτα δὴ τὰ μεγάλα οὕτως προσδοκώμενα διέπτατο, ὡς ἔοικε, τότε ταχύ, πλὴν ὅπερ εἴπομεν νυνδὴ σμικροῦ 686b μέρους τοῦ περὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τόπον, καὶ τοῦτο δὴ πρὸς τὰ δύο μέρη πολεμοῦν οὐ πώποτε πέπαυται μέχρι τὰ νῦν· ἐπεὶ γενομένη γε ἡ τότε διάνοια καὶ συμφωνήσασα εἰς ἕν, ἀνυπόστατον ἄν τινα δύναμιν ἔσχε κατὰ πόλεμον.

    AthenianYet these great expectations flew apart quickly back then, it seems—all except, as we said just now, the small 686b part in your region; and that part has never stopped fighting the other two, right down to the present. Yet if the original plan had come about and united into one, it would have had irresistible power in war.

    Megillusπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianπῶς οὖν καὶ πῇ διώλετο; ἆρʼ οὐκ ἄξιον ἐπισκοπεῖν τηλικοῦτον καὶ τοιοῦτον σύστημα ἥτις ποτὲ τύχη διέφθειρε;

    AthenianSo how did it perish, and in what way? Isn’t it worth examining what fortune it was that destroyed so great and so remarkable an alliance?

    Megillusσχολῇ γὰρ οὖν δή τις ἂν ἄλλο σκοπῶν, ἢ νόμους 686c ἢ πολιτείας ἄλλας θεάσαιτο σῳζούσας καλὰ καὶ μεγάλα πράγματα ἢ καὶ τοὐναντίον διαφθειρούσας τὸ παράπαν, εἰ ἀμελήσειε τούτων.

    MegillusYes—look anywhere else, and you’d hardly find laws 686c or constitutions that preserve great and fine things, or on the contrary ruin them altogether, if you neglected these.

    Athenianτοῦτο μὲν ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικεν, εὐτυχῶς πως ἐμβεβήκαμέν γε εἴς τινα σκέψιν ἱκανήν.

    AthenianThen it seems we’ve had the good luck to stumble into an inquiry worth making.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν, ὦ θαυμάσιε, λελήθαμεν ἄνθρωποι πάντες, καὶ τὰ νῦν δὴ ἡμεῖς, οἰόμενοι μὲν ἑκάστοτέ τι καλὸν ὁρᾶν πρᾶγμα γενόμενον καὶ θαυμαστὰ ἂν ἐργασάμενον, εἴ τις ἄρα 686d ἠπιστήθη καλῶς αὐτῷ χρῆσθαι κατά τινα τρόπον, τὸ δὲ νῦν γε ἡμεῖς τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως περὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ οὔτʼ ὀρθῶς διανοοίμεθα οὔτε κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντες πάντα, περὶ ὧν ἂν οὕτω διανοηθῶσιν;

    AthenianWell then, my remarkable friend, haven’t we all failed to notice something—all of us human beings, and we ourselves just now? Every time we see some fine thing arise, we think it would have achieved marvels if only 686d someone had known how to use it well in some way. And perhaps our thinking about this very point isn’t correct or in accordance with nature—nor is everyone else’s about everything else they think of in this way.

    Megillusλέγεις δὲ δὴ τί, καὶ περὶ τίνος σοι φῶμεν μάλιστʼ εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτον τὸν λόγον;

    MegillusWhat do you mean? What should we say this remark of yours is chiefly about?

    Athenianὠγαθέ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαυτοῦ νυνδὴ κατεγέλασα. ἀποβλέψας γὰρ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν στόλον οὗ πέρι διαλεγόμεθα, ἔδοξέ μοι πάγκαλός τε εἶναι καὶ θαυμαστὸν κτῆμα παραπεσεῖν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὅπερ εἶπον, εἴ τις ἄρα αὐτῷ τότε 686e καλῶς ἐχρήσατο.

    AthenianMy good man, I was laughing at myself just now. When I looked at this expedition we’re discussing, it struck me as a splendid thing, a marvelous possession to fall into the Greeks’ hands, as I said—if only someone had 686e used it well back then.

    Megillusοὐκοῦν εὖ καὶ ἐχόντως νοῦν σύ τε πάντα εἶπες καὶ ἐπῃνέσαμεν ἡμεῖς;

    MegillusWell, didn’t you say all that well and sensibly, and didn’t we approve?

    Athenianἴσως· ἐννοῶ γε μὴν ὡς πᾶς, ὃς ἂν ἴδῃ τι μέγα καὶ δύναμιν ἔχον πολλὴν καὶ ῥώμην, εὐθὺς ἔπαθε τοῦτο, ὡς εἴπερ ἐπίσταιτο ὁ κεκτημένος αὐτῷ χρῆσθαι τοιούτῳ τε ὄντι καὶ τηλικούτῳ, θαυμάστʼ ἂν καὶ πολλὰ κατεργασάμενος εὐδαιμονοῖ.

    AthenianPerhaps. But it occurs to me that anyone who sees something great, with a great deal of power and strength, immediately reacts this way: if its owner knew how to use a thing of such a kind and such a size, he’d accomplish many marvels and be happy.

    Megillusοὐκοῦν ὀρθὸν καὶ τοῦτο; ἢ πῶς λέγεις;

    MegillusWell, isn’t that right too? Or what do you say?

    Athenianσκόπει δὴ ποῖ βλέπων ὁ τὸν ἔπαινον τοῦτον περὶ ἑκάστου τιθέμενος ὀρθῶς λέγει· πρῶτον δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ νῦν λεγομένου, πῶς, εἰ κατὰ τρόπον ἠπιστήθησαν τάξαι τὸ στρατόπεδον οἱ τότε διακοσμοῦντες, τοῦ καιροῦ πως ἂν ἔτυχον; ἆρʼ οὐκ εἰ συνέστησάν τε ἀσφαλῶς αὐτὸ διέσῳζόν τε εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον, ὥστε αὐτούς τε ἐλευθέρους εἶναι καὶ ἄλλων ἄρχοντας ὧν βουληθεῖεν, καὶ ὅλως ἐν ἀνθρώποις πᾶσι 687b καὶ Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις πράττειν ὅτι ἐπιθυμοῖεν αὐτοί τε καὶ οἱ ἔκγονοι; μῶν οὐ τούτων χάριν ἐπαινοῖεν ἄν;

    AthenianConsider, then, what someone who bestows this praise on each thing is looking at, if he’s to speak correctly. Start with the present case. If the men who organized the army back then had known how to arrange it properly, how would they have hit the mark? Wouldn’t it be by establishing it securely and preserving it for all time, so that they would be free themselves, rule over whomever they wished, and in general among all mankind, 687b Greek and non-Greek, do whatever they and their descendants desired? Isn’t this why they’d praise it?

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν καὶ ὃς ἂν ἰδὼν πλοῦτον μέγαν ἢ τιμὰς διαφερούσας γένους, ἢ καὶ ὁτιοῦν τῶν τοιούτων, εἴπῃ ταὐτὰ ταῦτα, πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπων εἶπεν, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο αὐτῷ γενησόμενα ὧν ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ πάντα ἢ τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ ὅσα ἀξιώτατα λόγου;

    AthenianAnd anyone who sees great wealth, or exceptional family honors, or anything of that kind, and says the same things—isn’t he saying it with this in view: that through it he’ll get everything he desires, or most things, and the ones most worth mentioning?

    Megillusἔοικε γοῦν.

    MegillusSo it seems.

    Athenianφέρε δή, πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶ κοινὸν ἐπιθύμημα ἕν τι τὸ νῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου δηλούμενον, ὡς αὐτός φησιν ὁ λόγος;

    AthenianCome then: is there one desire common to all human beings, the one our argument is now bringing to light, as the argument itself claims?

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον;

    MegillusWhat’s that?

    Athenianτὸ κατὰ τὴν τῆς αὑτοῦ ψυχῆς ἐπίταξιν τὰ γιγνόμενα γίγνεσθαι, μάλιστα μὲν ἅπαντα, εἰ δὲ μή, τά γε ἀνθρώπινα.

    AthenianThat whatever happens should happen as one’s own soul commands—everything, ideally, or failing that, at least human affairs.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐπείπερ βουλόμεθα πάντες τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀεί, παῖδές τε ὄντες καὶ ἄνδρες πρεσβῦται, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ καὶ εὐχοίμεθʼ ἂν ἀναγκαίως διὰ τέλους;

    AthenianThen since we all want this always, as children and as old men, wouldn’t we necessarily also pray for this very thing our whole lives?

    Megillusπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    MegillusHow could we not?

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τοῖς γε φίλοις που συνευχοίμεθʼ ἂν ταῦτα ἅπερ ἐκεῖνοι ἑαυτοῖσιν.

    AthenianAnd surely we’d join our friends in praying for what they pray for themselves.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianφίλος μὲν ὑὸς πατρί, παῖς ὢν ἀνδρί.

    AthenianA son is dear to his father—a boy to a man.

    Megillusπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ὧν γʼ ὁ παῖς εὔχεται ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι, πολλὰ ὁ πατὴρ ἀπεύξαιτʼ ἂν τοῖς θεοῖς μηδαμῶς κατὰ τὰς τοῦ ὑέος εὐχὰς γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianAnd yet many of the things the boy prays to get, the father would pray the gods never to grant as the son prays.

    Megillusὅταν ἀνόητος ὢν καὶ ἔτι νέος εὔχηται, λέγεις;

    MegillusYou mean when he prays while he’s still young and foolish?

    Athenianκαὶ ὅταν γε ὁ πατὴρ ὢν γέρων ἢ καὶ σφόδρα νεανίας, 687e μηδὲν τῶν καλῶν καὶ τῶν δικαίων γιγνώσκων, εὔχηται μάλα προθύμως ἐν παθήμασιν ἀδελφοῖς ὢν τοῖς γενομένοις Θησεῖ πρὸς τὸν δυστυχῶς τελευτήσαντα Ἱππόλυτον, ὁ δὲ παῖς γιγνώσκῃ, τότε, δοκεῖς, παῖς πατρὶ συνεύξεται;

    AthenianYes, and also when the father, whether old or a very hotheaded youth, 687e knows nothing of what’s fine and just, and prays with great fervor in a state like the one Theseus was in against Hippolytus, who met his unhappy end—while the son does know. Then, do you think, will the son join his father in his prayer?

    Believing a false charge against his son Hippolytus, Theseus cursed him, and the god Poseidon answered the curse by killing him.

    Megillusμανθάνω ὃ λέγεις. λέγειν γάρ μοι δοκεῖς ὡς οὐ τοῦτο εὐκτέον οὐδὲ ἐπεικτέον, ἕπεσθαι πάντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ βουλήσει, τὴν βούλησιν δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φρονήσει· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πόλιν καὶ ἕνα ἡμῶν ἕκαστον καὶ εὔχεσθαι δεῖν καὶ σπεύδειν, ὅπως νοῦν ἕξει.

    MegillusI understand what you mean. You seem to be saying that one shouldn’t pray or strive for everything to follow one’s own wish, but rather for one’s wish to follow one’s own wisdom; and that this is what a city and each of us should pray and work for: to have intelligence.

    Athenianναί, καὶ δὴ καὶ πολιτικόν γε ἄνδρα νομοθέτην ὡς ἀεὶ δεῖ πρὸς τοῦτο βλέποντα τιθέναι τὰς τάξεις τῶν νόμων, αὐτός τε ἐμνήσθην καὶ ὑμᾶς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκω, κατʼ ἀρχὰς εἰ μεμνήμεθα τὰ λεχθέντα, ὅτι τὸ μὲν σφῷν ἦν παρακέλευμα ὡς χρεὼν εἴη τὸν ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην πάντα πολέμου χάριν τὰ νόμιμα τιθέναι, τὸ δὲ ἐμὸν ἔλεγον ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν πρὸς μίαν ἀρετὴν οὐσῶν τεττάρων κελεύοι τίθεσθαι τοὺς νόμους, 688b δέοι δὲ δὴ πρὸς πᾶσαν μὲν βλέπειν, μάλιστα δὲ καὶ πρὸς πρώτην τὴν τῆς συμπάσης ἡγεμόνα ἀρετῆς, φρόνησις δʼ εἴη τοῦτο καὶ νοῦς καὶ δόξα μετʼ ἔρωτός τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τούτοις ἑπομένης.

    AthenianYes. And in particular, that a statesman and lawgiver should always keep this in view when setting down the ordinances of his laws—I’ve just remembered it myself, and I remind you both, if we remember what was said at the start. Your advice was that the good lawgiver should enact all his laws for the sake of war; I said this meant laying down laws with a view to one virtue out of four, 688b whereas one should look to the whole of virtue, and above all to the first, the leader of all virtue—which is wisdom and intelligence and opinion, with love and desire following them.

    ἥκει δὴ πάλιν ὁ λόγος εἰς ταὐτόν, καὶ ὁ λέγων ἐγὼ νῦν λέγω πάλιν ἅπερ τότε, εἰ μὲν βούλεσθε, ὡς παίζων, εἰ δʼ, ὡς σπουδάζων, ὅτι δή φημι εὐχῇ χρῆσθαι σφαλερὸν εἶναι νοῦν μὴ κεκτημένον, ἀλλὰ τἀναντία ταῖς βουλήσεσίν 688c οἱ γίγνεσθαι. σπουδάζοντα δʼ εἴ με τιθέναι βούλεσθε, τίθετε· πάνυ γὰρ οὖν προσδοκῶ νῦν ὑμᾶς εὑρήσειν, τῷ λόγῳ ἑπομένους ὃν ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθε προυθέμεθα, τῆς τῶν βασιλέων τε φθορᾶς καὶ ὅλου τοῦ διανοήματος οὐ δειλίαν οὖσαν τὴν αἰτίαν, οὐδʼ ὅτι τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον οὐκ ἠπίσταντο ἄρχοντές τε καὶ οὓς προσῆκεν ἄρχεσθαι, τῇ λοιπῇ δὲ πάσῃ κακίᾳ διεφθαρμένα, καὶ μάλιστα τῇ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν 688d ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἀμαθίᾳ.

    So the argument has come back to the same point, and I, the speaker, now say again what I said then—as a joke if you like, or in earnest if you like: I say that prayer is a dangerous thing for someone who lacks intelligence, since what happens to him is the opposite of what he wishes. 688c If you’d like to take me as being in earnest, do; for I fully expect that you’ll now find, if you follow the argument we set out a little while ago, that the cause of the ruin of the kings and of their whole plan wasn’t cowardice, or the fact that the rulers, and those it was their place to rule, didn’t understand warfare. They were ruined by all the rest of vice, and above all by ignorance about the greatest 688d of human affairs.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν ὡς οὕτω γέγονε περὶ τὰ τότε, καὶ νῦν, εἴ που, γίγνεται, καὶ ἐς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον οὐκ ἄλλως συμβήσεται, ἐὰν βούλησθε, πειράσομαι ἰὼν κατὰ τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον ἀνευρίσκειν τε καὶ ὑμῖν δηλοῦν κατὰ δύναμιν ὡς οὖσιν φίλοις.

    That this is how things happened back then, and happen now wherever they do, and will turn out no differently in the future—if you’re willing, I’ll try, as I go through the argument in order, to discover it and show it to you as best I can, since you’re my friends.

    Cliniasλόγῳ μὲν τοίνυν σε, ὦ ξένε, ἐπαινεῖν ἐπαχθέστερον, ἔργῳ δὲ σφόδρα ἐπαινεσόμεθα· προθύμως γὰρ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐπακολουθήσομεν, ἐν οἷς ὅ γε ἐλεύθερος ἐπαινῶν καὶ μὴ μάλιστʼ ἐστὶν καταφανής.

    CliniasTo praise you in words, stranger, would be rather tiresome, but we’ll praise you vigorously in deed: we’ll follow what you say eagerly. That’s where a free man shows most clearly whether he approves or not.

    Megillusἄριστʼ, ὦ Κλεινία, καὶ ποιῶμεν ἃ λέγεις.

    MegillusExcellent, Clinias. Let’s do as you say.

    Cliniasἔσται ταῦτα, ἐὰν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ. λέγε μόνον.

    CliniasSo we shall, god willing. Just speak.

    The greatest ignorance

    The worst ignorance is loving what one judges bad; it, not cowardice, ruined the Dorian kings.

    Athenianφαμὲν δή νυν, καθʼ ὁδὸν ἰόντες τὴν λοιπὴν τοῦ λόγου, τὴν μεγίστην ἀμαθίαν τότε ἐκείνην τὴν δύναμιν ἀπολέσαι καὶ νῦν ταὐτὸν τοῦτο πεφυκέναι ποιεῖν, ὥστε τόν γε νομοθέτην, εἰ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, πειρατέον ταῖς πόλεσιν φρόνησιν μὲν ὅσην δυνατὸν ἐμποιεῖν, τὴν δʼ ἄνοιαν ὅτι μάλιστα ἐξαιρεῖν.

    AthenianThen let’s say, as we go on down the road of our argument, that it was the greatest ignorance that destroyed that power back then, and that it naturally does the same thing now. So the lawgiver, if this is so, must try to instill as much wisdom as possible in cities, and remove folly as far as he can.

    Cliniasδῆλον.

    CliniasClearly.

    Athenianτίς οὖν ἡ μεγίστη δικαίως ἂν λέγοιτο ἀμαθία; σκοπεῖτε εἰ συνδόξει καὶ σφῷν λεγόμενον· ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ τὴν τοιάνδε τίθεμαι.

    AthenianSo what could rightly be called the greatest ignorance? See whether you two agree with what I say. I set it down as this sort.

    Cliniasποίαν;

    CliniasWhat sort?

    Athenianτὴν ὅταν τῴ τι δόξαν καλὸν ἢ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι μὴ φιλῇ τοῦτο ἀλλὰ μισῇ, τὸ δὲ πονηρὸν καὶ ἄδικον δοκοῦν εἶναι φιλῇ τε καὶ ἀσπάζηται. ταύτην τὴν διαφωνίαν λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς πρὸς τὴν κατὰ λόγον δόξαν ἀμαθίαν φημὶ εἶναι τὴν ἐσχάτην, μεγίστην δέ, ὅτι τοῦ πλήθους ἐστὶ τῆς ψυχῆς· 689b τὸ γὰρ λυπούμενον καὶ ἡδόμενον αὐτῆς ὅπερ δῆμός τε καὶ πλῆθος πόλεώς ἐστιν.

    AthenianWhen someone thinks something is fine or good, and yet doesn’t love it but hates it, while he loves and embraces what he thinks is bad and unjust. This discord between pain and pleasure on the one hand and reasoned judgment on the other I call the utmost ignorance—and the greatest, because it belongs to the mass of the soul; 689b for the part of the soul that feels pain and pleasure is what the common people and the masses are in a city.

    ὅταν οὖν ἐπιστήμαις ἢ δόξαις ἢ λόγῳ ἐναντιῶται, τοῖς φύσει ἀρχικοῖς, ἡ ψυχή, τοῦτο ἄνοιαν προσαγορεύω, πόλεώς τε, ὅταν ἄρχουσιν καὶ νόμοις μὴ πείθηται τὸ πλῆθος, ταὐτόν, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἑνὸς ἀνδρός, ὁπόταν καλοὶ ἐν ψυχῇ λόγοι ἐνόντες μηδὲν ποιῶσιν πλέον ἀλλὰ δὴ τούτοις πᾶν τοὐναντίον, ταύτας πάσας ἀμαθίας τὰς πλημμελεστάτας 689c ἔγωγʼ ἂν θείην πόλεώς τε καὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰς τῶν δημιουργῶν, εἰ ἄρα μου καταμανθάνετε, ὦ ξένοι, ὃ λέγω.

    So when the soul opposes knowledge or opinion or reason, its natural rulers, I call this folly. The same goes for a city, when the masses don’t obey the rulers and the laws; and for an individual too, when fine reasoning present in his soul achieves nothing, and in fact the very opposite. All these I would count as the most discordant forms of ignorance, 689c both of a city and of each individual citizen—not the ignorance of craftsmen—if you follow what I mean, strangers.

    Cliniasμανθάνομέν τε, ὦ φίλε, καὶ συγχωροῦμεν ἃ λέγεις.

    CliniasWe follow, my friend, and we agree with what you say.

    Athenianτοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν οὕτω κείσθω δεδογμένον καὶ λεγόμενον, ὡς τοῖς ταῦτʼ ἀμαθαίνουσι τῶν πολιτῶν οὐδὲν ἐπιτρεπτέον ἀρχῆς ἐχόμενον καὶ ὡς ἀμαθέσιν ὀνειδιστέον, ἂν καὶ πάνυ λογιστικοί τε ὦσι καὶ πάντα τὰ κομψὰ καὶ ὅσα 689d πρὸς τάχος τῆς ψυχῆς πεφυκότα διαπεπονημένοι ἅπαντα, τοὺς δὲ τοὐναντίον ἔχοντας τούτων ὡς σοφούς τε προσρητέον, ἂν καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον μήτε γράμματα μήτε νεῖν ἐπίστωνται, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς δοτέον ὡς ἔμφροσιν. πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ὦ φίλοι, ἄνευ συμφωνίας γένοιτʼ ἂν φρονήσεως καὶ τὸ σμικρότατον εἶδος; οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ ἡ καλλίστη καὶ μεγίστη τῶν συμφωνιῶν μεγίστη δικαιότατʼ ἂν λέγοιτο σοφία, ἧς ὁ μὲν κατὰ λόγον ζῶν μέτοχος, ὁ δὲ ἀπολειπόμενος οἰκοφθόρος καὶ περὶ πόλιν οὐδαμῇ σωτὴρ ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἀμαθαίνων εἰς ταῦτα 689e ἑκάστοτε φανεῖται.

    AthenianThen let this be laid down as decided and declared: citizens who are ignorant in this way must be entrusted with nothing that involves ruling, and must be reproached as ignorant, even if they’re very good at calculation and have worked hard at all the refinements and everything 689d that naturally makes for quickness of mind. Those in the opposite condition must be called wise, even if, as the saying goes, they know neither their letters nor how to swim, and they must be given the offices as the sensible ones. For how, my friends, without concord could even the smallest form of wisdom come about? It can’t. The finest and greatest of concords would most justly be called the greatest wisdom. The man who lives according to reason shares in it, while the one who lacks it will turn out, every time, to be a wrecker of his household and no savior of his city, but quite the opposite, ignorant 689e in these matters.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν, καθάπερ εἴπομεν ἄρτι, λελεγμένα τεθήτω ταύτῃ.

    So let these things be set down as stated, as we just said.

    Cliniasκείσθω γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasYes, let them stand.

    Claims to rule

    Seven claims to rule are listed, and the kings of Argos and Messene are shown to have overreached.

    Athenianἄρχοντας δὲ δὴ καὶ ἀρχομένους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν εἶναί που.

    AthenianNow in cities, I suppose, there must be rulers and ruled.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianεἶεν· ἀξιώματα δὲ δὴ τοῦ τε ἄρχειν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ποῖά ἐστι καὶ πόσα, ἔν τε πόλεσιν μεγάλαις καὶ σμικραῖς ἔν τε οἰκίαις ὡσαύτως; ἆρʼ οὐχὶ ἓν μὲν τό τε πατρὸς καὶ μητρός; καὶ ὅλως γονέας ἐκγόνων ἄρχειν ἀξίωμα ὀρθὸν πανταχοῦ ἂν εἴη;

    AthenianVery well. What claims to rule and to be ruled are there, and how many, in cities large and small, and likewise in households? Isn’t one the claim of father and mother? And in general, wouldn’t it be a proper claim everywhere, that parents rule their offspring?

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτούτῳ δέ γε ἑπόμενον γενναίους ἀγεννῶν ἄρχειν· καὶ τρίτον ἔτι τούτοις συνέπεται τὸ πρεσβυτέρους μὲν ἄρχειν δεῖν, νεωτέρους δὲ ἄρχεσθαι.

    AthenianFollowing on from this, that the well-born rule the low-born. And a third comes next: that the older should rule and the younger be ruled.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτέταρτον δʼ αὖ δούλους μὲν ἄρχεσθαι, δεσπότας δὲ ἄρχειν.

    AthenianA fourth, again, that slaves be ruled and masters rule.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianπέμπτον γε οἶμαι τὸ κρείττονα μὲν ἄρχειν, τὸν ἥττω δὲ ἄρχεσθαι.

    AthenianA fifth, I think, that the stronger rule and the weaker be ruled.

    Cliniasμάλα γε ἀναγκαῖον ἀρχὴν εἴρηκας.

    CliniasThat’s a kind of rule there’s no escaping.

    Athenianκαὶ πλείστην γε ἐν σύμπασιν τοῖς ζῴοις οὖσαν καὶ κατὰ φύσιν, ὡς ὁ Θηβαῖος ἔφη ποτὲ Πίνδαρος. τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀξίωμα ἕκτον ἂν γίγνοιτο, ἕπεσθαι μὲν τὸν ἀνεπιστήμονα κελεῦον, τὸν δὲ φρονοῦντα ἡγεῖσθαί τε καὶ 690c ἄρχειν. καίτοι τοῦτό γε, ὦ Πίνδαρε σοφώτατε, σχεδὸν οὐκ ἂν παρὰ φύσιν ἔγωγε φαίην γίγνεσθαι, κατὰ φύσιν δέ, τὴν τοῦ νόμου ἑκόντων ἀρχὴν ἀλλʼ οὐ βίαιον πεφυκυῖαν.

    AthenianYes, and the most widespread among all living things, and according to nature, as Pindar of Thebes once said. But the greatest claim, it seems, would be the sixth, which bids the ignorant follow and the wise lead 690c and rule. And yet this, most wise Pindar, I’d hardly call contrary to nature. It’s according to nature: the rule of law over willing subjects, not by force.

    Pindar wrote of law as “king of all,” which “makes the utmost violence just”; the Athenian reads him as endorsing the rule of the stronger.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianθεοφιλῆ δέ γε καὶ εὐτυχῆ τινα λέγοντες ἑβδόμην ἀρχήν, εἰς κλῆρόν τινα προάγομεν, καὶ λαχόντα μὲν ἄρχειν, δυσκληροῦντα δὲ ἀπιόντα ἄρχεσθαι τὸ δικαιότατον εἶναί φαμεν.

    AthenianAnd a seventh kind of rule, which we call dear to the gods and fortunate, we assign by some sort of lottery: we say it’s most just for the one who draws the lot to rule, and for the one who loses to go off and be ruled.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenian“ὁρᾷς δή,” φαῖμεν ἄν, “ὦ νομοθέτα,” πρός τινα παίζοντες τῶν ἐπὶ νόμων θέσιν ἰόντων ῥᾳδίως, “ὅσα ἐστὶ πρὸς ἄρχοντας ἀξιώματα, καὶ ὅτι πεφυκότα πρὸς ἄλληλα ἐναντίως; νῦν γὰρ δὴ στάσεων πηγήν τινα ἀνηυρήκαμεν ἡμεῖς, ἣν δεῖ σε θεραπεύειν. πρῶτον δὲ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἀνάσκεψαι πῶς τε καὶ τί παρὰ ταῦτα ἁμαρτόντες οἱ περί τε Ἄργος καὶ Μεσσήνην βασιλῆς αὑτοὺς ἅμα καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων δύναμιν, 690e οὖσαν θαυμαστὴν ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ, διέφθειραν. ἆρʼ οὐκ ἀγνοήσαντες τὸν Ἡσίοδον ὀρθότατα λέγοντα ὡς τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ παντὸς πολλάκις ἐστὶ πλέον; ὁπόταν ᾖ τὸ μὲν ὅλον λαμβάνειν ζημιῶδες, τὸ δʼ ἥμισυ μέτριον, τότε τὸ μέτριον τοῦ ἀμέτρου πλέον ἡγήσατο, ἄμεινον ὂν χείρονος.”

    Athenian“You see, lawgiver,” we might say, teasing one of those who take up lawmaking lightly, “how many claims to rule there are, and that they are naturally at odds with one another? We’ve now found a source of civil strife, and you must treat it. But first join us in considering how the kings of Argos and Messene went wrong against these claims, and in what way, so that they destroyed both themselves and the power of the Greeks, 690e marvelous as it was at that time. Wasn’t it by not knowing Hesiod’s very true saying that the half is often more than the whole? When taking the whole is harmful and the half is moderate, then the moderate, he held, is more than the immoderate, since the better is more than the worse.”

    Hesiod, Works and Days 40: “Fools, who don’t know how much more the half is than the whole.”

    Cliniasὀρθότατά γε.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν οἰόμεθα περὶ βασιλέας τοῦτʼ ἐγγιγνόμενον ἑκάστοτε διαφθείρειν πρότερον, ἢ ἐν τοῖσιν δήμοις;

    AthenianThen do we think this condition tends to arise and do its damage first among kings, or among peoples?

    Cliniasτὸ μὲν εἰκὸς καὶ τὸ πολύ, βασιλέων τοῦτʼ εἶναι νόσημα ὑπερηφάνως ζώντων διὰ τρυφάς.

    CliniasProbably, and usually, it’s a disease of kings, who live arrogantly because of luxury.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν δῆλον ὡς πρῶτον τοῦτο οἱ τότε βασιλῆς ἔσχον, τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν τῶν τεθέντων νόμων, καὶ ὃ λόγῳ τε καὶ ὅρκῳ ἐπῄνεσαν, οὐ συνεφώνησαν αὑτοῖς, ἀλλὰ ἡ διαφωνία, ὡς ἡμεῖς φαμεν, οὖσα ἀμαθία μεγίστη, δοκοῦσα δὲ σοφία, πάντʼ ἐκεῖνα διὰ πλημμέλειαν καὶ ἀμουσίαν τὴν πικρὰν διέφθειρεν;

    AthenianSo isn’t it clear that the kings of that time were the first to catch it: they wanted more than the established laws allowed, and they weren’t in harmony with what they had approved in word and on oath? And this discord, which, as we say, is the greatest ignorance though it seems to be wisdom, destroyed all of that through its false notes and bitter lack of harmony.

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasSo it seems.

    Why Sparta survived

    Sparta's double kingship, elders and ephors held power in due measure, so its constitution lasted.

    Athenianεἶεν· τί δὴ τὸν νομοθέτην ἔδει τότε τιθέντα εὐλαβηθῆναι τούτου περὶ τοῦ πάθους τῆς γενέσεως; ἆρʼ ὦ πρὸς θεῶν νῦν μὲν οὐδὲν σοφὸν γνῶναι τοῦτο οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν χαλεπόν, εἰ δὲ προϊδεῖν ἦν τότε, σοφώτερος ἂν ἦν ἡμῶν ὁ προϊδών;

    AthenianVery well. What should the lawgiver of that time have guarded against when he legislated, where this affliction was concerned? Heavens, isn’t it true that now it takes no wisdom to see this, and it isn’t hard to say—but if one could have foreseen it then, whoever did would have been wiser than we are?

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat do you mean?

    Athenianεἰς τὸ γεγονὸς παρʼ ὑμῖν, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ἔστιν νῦν γε κατιδόντα γνῶναι, καὶ γνόντα εἰπεῖν ῥᾴδιον, ὃ τότε ἔδει γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianBy looking at what has happened among you, Megillus, one can now see, and having seen, easily say, what should have happened then.

    Megillusσαφέστερον ἔτι λέγε.

    MegillusSay it still more clearly.

    Athenianτὸ τοίνυν σαφέστατον ἂν εἴη τὸ τοιόνδε.

    AthenianWell, the clearest way to put it would be this.

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον;

    MegillusWhat?

    Athenianἐάν τις μείζονα διδῷ τοῖς ἐλάττοσι δύναμιν παρεὶς τὸ μέτριον, πλοίοις τε ἱστία καὶ σώμασιν τροφὴν καὶ ψυχαῖς ἀρχάς, ἀνατρέπεταί που πάντα, καὶ ἐξυβρίζοντα τὰ μὲν εἰς νόσους θεῖ, τὰ δʼ εἰς ἔκγονον ὕβρεως ἀδικίαν. τί οὖν δή ποτε λέγομεν; ἆρά γε τὸ τοιόνδε, ὡς οὐκ ἔστʼ, ὦ φίλοι ἄνδρες, θνητῆς ψυχῆς φύσις ἥτις ποτὲ δυνήσεται τὴν μεγίστην ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀρχὴν φέρειν νέα καὶ ἀνυπεύθυνος, 691d ὥστε μὴ τῆς μεγίστης νόσου ἀνοίας πληρωθεῖσα αὑτῆς τὴν διάνοιαν, μῖσος ἔχειν πρὸς τῶν ἐγγύτατα φίλων, ὃ γενόμενον ταχὺ διέφθειρεν αὐτὴν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν ἠφάνισεν αὐτῆς; τοῦτʼ οὖν εὐλαβηθῆναι γνόντας τὸ μέτριον μεγάλων νομοθετῶν. ὡς οὖν δὴ τότε γενόμενον, νῦν ἔστιν μετριώτατα τοπάσαι· τὸ δʼ ἔοικεν εἶναι—

    AthenianIf you give too much power to something too small for it, neglecting due measure—sails to ships, food to bodies, offices to souls—everything is overturned. Running riot, some run into disease, others into injustice, the offspring of insolence. What are we saying, then? Surely something like this: that there is no mortal soul, my friends, whose nature will ever be able, while young and unaccountable, to bear the greatest power among human beings 691d without its mind filling up with the greatest disease, folly, and without incurring the hatred of its nearest friends. And when that happens it quickly destroys the soul and wipes out all its power. To guard against this by recognizing due measure is the task of great lawgivers. Now as for what happened then, we can make a very reasonable guess, and it seems to have been—

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον;

    MegillusWhat?

    Athenianθεὸς εἶναι κηδόμενος ὑμῶν τις, ὃς τὰ μέλλοντα προορῶν, δίδυμον ὑμῖν φυτεύσας τὴν τῶν βασιλέων γένεσιν 691e ἐκ μονογενοῦς, εἰς τὸ μέτριον μᾶλλον συνέστειλε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔτι φύσις τις ἀνθρωπίνη μεμειγμένη θείᾳ τινὶ δυνάμει, κατιδοῦσα ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν φλεγμαίνουσαν ἔτι, μείγνυσιν τὴν 692a κατὰ γῆρας σώφρονα δύναμιν τῇ κατὰ γένος αὐθάδει ῥώμῃ, τὴν τῶν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι γερόντων ἰσόψηφον εἰς τὰ μέγιστα τῇ τῶν βασιλέων ποιήσασα δυνάμει. ὁ δὲ τρίτος σωτὴρ ὑμῖν ἔτι σπαργῶσαν καὶ θυμουμένην τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁρῶν, οἷον ψάλιον ἐνέβαλεν αὐτῇ τὴν τῶν ἐφόρων δύναμιν, ἐγγὺς τῆς κληρωτῆς ἀγαγὼν δυνάμεως· καὶ κατὰ δὴ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἡ βασιλεία παρʼ ὑμῖν, ἐξ ὧν ἔδει σύμμεικτος γενομένη καὶ μέτρον ἔχουσα, σωθεῖσα αὐτὴ σωτηρίας τοῖς ἄλλοις γέγονεν 692b αἰτία.

    AthenianThat some god was looking after you. Foreseeing the future, he made your line of kings twins 691e out of a single one, and so drew it closer to due measure. And after this some human nature mixed with a divine power, seeing that your rule was still feverish, blended 692a the moderate power of old age with the headstrong strength of birth, by giving the twenty-eight elders an equal vote with the power of the kings in the most important matters. And your third savior, seeing your rule still swelling and spirited, put the power of the ephors on it like a bridle, bringing it close to power assigned by lot. By this reckoning the kingship among you, blended from the right elements and possessing due measure, was preserved itself and became the 692b cause of preservation for the rest.

    Sparta had two royal houses. The “human nature” is usually taken to be Lycurgus, credited with the council of twenty-eight elders, and the “third savior” King Theopompus, credited with the ephors, five magistrates chosen each year.

    ἐπεὶ ἐπί γε Τημένῳ καὶ Κρεσφόντῃ καὶ τοῖς τότε νομοθέταις, οἵτινες ἄρα ἦσαν νομοθετοῦντες, οὐδʼ ἡ Ἀριστοδήμου μερὶς ἐσώθη ποτʼ ἄν—οὐ γὰρ ἱκανῶς ἦσαν νομοθεσίας ἔμπειροι· σχεδὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἄν ποτʼ ᾠήθησαν ὅρκοις μετριάσαι ψυχὴν νέαν, λαβοῦσαν ἀρχὴν ἐξ ἧς δυνατὸν ἦν τυραννίδα γενέσθαι—νῦν δʼ ὁ θεὸς ἔδειξεν οἵαν ἔδει καὶ δεῖ δὴ τὴν μενοῦσαν μάλιστα ἀρχὴν γίγνεσθαι. τὸ δὲ παρʼ 692c ἡμῶν γιγνώσκεσθαι ταῦτα, ὅπερ εἶπον ἔμπροσθεν, νῦν μὲν γενόμενον οὐδὲν σοφόν—ἐκ γὰρ παραδείγματος ὁρᾶν γεγονότος οὐδὲν χαλεπόν—εἰ δʼ ἦν τις προορῶν τότε ταῦτα καὶ δυνάμενος μετριάσαι τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ μίαν ἐκ τριῶν ποιῆσαι, τά τε νοηθέντα ἂν καλὰ τότε πάντα ἀπέσωσε καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὁ Περσικὸς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα οὐδʼ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς στόλος ἂν ὥρμησε, καταφρονήσας ὡς ὄντων ἡμῶν βραχέος ἀξίων.

    For if it had been up to Temenus and Cresphontes and the lawgivers of that time, whoever they actually were, not even Aristodemus’ share would ever have survived—they weren’t experienced enough in legislation. Otherwise they’d hardly have thought they could moderate a young soul with oaths once it had taken power from which a tyranny could arise. As it is, the god has shown what sort of rule there had to be, and must be, if it is to last as long as possible. For us 692c to recognize these things now, as I said before, takes no wisdom—it’s not hard to see from an example that has already happened. But if someone back then had foreseen these things and been able to moderate the offices and make one out of the three, he would have preserved all the fine things conceived at that time, and neither the Persian expedition nor any other would ever have set out against Greece, holding us in contempt as people of little account.

    Aristodemus, the third Heraclid brother, received Sparta; Procles and Eurysthenes were his sons.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasWhat you say is true.

    Athenianαἰσχρῶς γοῦν ἠμύναντο αὐτούς, ὦ Κλεινία. τὸ δʼ αἰσχρὸν λέγω οὐχ ὡς οὐ νικῶντές γε οἱ τότε καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν καλὰς νενικήκασι μάχας· ἀλλὰ ὅ φημι αἰσχρὸν τότʼ εἶναι, τόδε λέγω, τὸ πρῶτον μὲν ἐκείνων τῶν πόλεων τριῶν οὐσῶν μίαν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀμῦναι, τὼ δὲ δύο κακῶς οὕτως εἶναι διεφθαρμένα, ὥστε ἡ μὲν καὶ Λακεδαίμονα διεκώλυεν ἐπαμύνειν αὐτῇ, πολεμοῦσα αὐτῇ κατὰ κράτος, ἡ δʼ αὖ πρωτεύουσα ἐν τοῖς τότε χρόνοις τοῖς 692e περὶ τὴν διανομήν, ἡ περὶ τὸ Ἄργος, παρακαλουμένη ἀμύνειν τὸν βάρβαρον οὔθʼ ὑπήκουσεν οὔτʼ ἤμυνεν.

    AthenianAt any rate they defended themselves shamefully, Clinias. By “shamefully” I don’t mean that the men of that time didn’t win, and win fine battles on land and at sea. What I call shameful then is this: first, that of those three cities only one defended Greece, while the other two were so badly corrupted that one of them even kept Sparta from coming to Greece’s defense by making war on it with all its might, while the other—the city around Argos, which held first place in the old days 692e of the division—when called on to help fight off the invader, neither listened nor helped.

    πολλὰ δὲ λέγων ἄν τις τὰ τότε γενόμενα περὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν πόλεμον, τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐδαμῶς εὐσχήμονα ἂν κατηγοροῖ· οὐδʼ αὖ ἀμύνασθαι τήν γε Ἑλλάδα λέγων ὀρθῶς ἂν λέγοι, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τό τε Ἀθηναίων καὶ τὸ Λακεδαιμονίων κοινῇ διανόημα 693a ἤμυνεν τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν δουλείαν, σχεδὸν ἂν ἤδη πάντʼ ἦν μεμειγμένα τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γένη ἐν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ βάρβαρα ἐν Ἕλλησι καὶ Ἑλληνικὰ ἐν βαρβάροις, καθάπερ ὧν Πέρσαι τυραννοῦσι τὰ νῦν διαπεφορημένα καὶ συμπεφορημένα κακῶς ἐσπαρμένα κατοικεῖται.

    One could say a great deal about what happened then in that war, and it would all be charges against Greece that do it no credit. Nor would one be right to say that Greece defended itself. If the common resolve of the Athenians and the Spartans 693a hadn’t fought off the slavery that was coming, practically all the Greek peoples would by now be mixed up with one another, non-Greek among Greek and Greek among non-Greek, just as the peoples the Persians now rule live dispersed and jumbled together, wretchedly scattered.

    ταῦτʼ, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, ἔχομεν ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς τε πάλαι πολιτικοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ νομοθέταις καὶ τοῖς νῦν, ἵνα τὰς αἰτίας αὐτῶν ἀναζητοῦντες, 693b ἀνευρίσκωμεν τί παρὰ ταῦτα ἔδει πράττειν ἄλλο· οἷον δὴ καὶ τὸ παρὸν εἴπομεν, ὡς ἄρα οὐ δεῖ μεγάλας ἀρχὰς οὐδʼ αὖ ἀμείκτους νομοθετεῖν, διανοηθέντας τὸ τοιόνδε, ὅτι πόλιν ἐλευθέραν τε εἶναι δεῖ καὶ ἔμφρονα καὶ ἑαυτῇ φίλην, καὶ τὸν νομοθετοῦντα πρὸς ταῦτα βλέποντα δεῖ νομοθετεῖν.

    This, Clinias and Megillus, is what we can find fault with in the so-called statesmen and lawgivers of old, and in those of today, so that by looking for the causes 693b we may discover what else should have been done instead. For instance, we’ve just said that one should not legislate for great offices, or unmixed ones, bearing in mind this: a city must be free and wise and a friend to itself, and the lawgiver must legislate with these things in view.

    μὴ θαυμάσωμεν δὲ εἰ πολλάκις ἤδη προθέμενοι ἄττα, εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι πρὸς ταῦτα δεῖ νομοθετεῖν βλέποντα τὸν νομοθέτην, 693c τὰ δὲ προτεθέντα οὐ ταὐτὰ ἡμῖν φαίνεται ἑκάστοτε· ἀλλὰ ἀναλογίζεσθαι χρή, ὅταν πρὸς τὸ σωφρονεῖν φῶμεν δεῖν βλέπειν, ἢ πρὸς φρόνησιν ἢ φιλίαν, ὡς ἔσθʼ οὗτος ὁ σκοπὸς οὐχ ἕτερος ἀλλʼ ὁ αὐτός, καὶ ἄλλα δὴ πολλὰ ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα ἂν γίγνηται ῥήματα μὴ διαταραττέτω.

    And let’s not be surprised if we’ve often before now proposed certain aims and said the lawgiver must legislate with these in view, 693c and yet the aims proposed don’t look the same to us each time. Rather, we should reason it out: when we say one must aim at moderation, or at wisdom, or at friendship, this target is not different but the same. And if many other expressions of this kind come up, don’t let them confuse us.

    Cliniasπειρασόμεθα ποιεῖν οὕτως ἐπανιόντες τοὺς λόγους· καὶ νῦν δὴ τὸ περὶ τῆς φιλίας τε καὶ φρονήσεως καὶ ἐλευθερίας, πρὸς ὅτι βουλόμενος ἔμελλες λέγειν δεῖν στοχάζεσθαι 693d τὸν νομοθέτην, λέγε.

    CliniasWe’ll try to do that when we go back over the arguments. For now, tell us about friendship and wisdom and freedom—what you were going to say the lawgiver 693d should aim at.

    Two mother constitutions

    Monarchy and democracy are the two sources of constitutions; Persia shows the decline of monarchy.

    Athenianἄκουσον δή νυν. εἰσὶν πολιτειῶν οἷον μητέρες δύο τινές, ἐξ ὧν τὰς ἄλλας γεγονέναι λέγων ἄν τις ὀρθῶς λέγοι, καὶ τὴν μὲν προσαγορεύειν μοναρχίαν ὀρθόν, τὴν δʼ αὖ δημοκρατίαν, καὶ τῆς μὲν τὸ Περσῶν γένος ἄκρον ἔχειν, τῆς δὲ ἡμᾶς· αἱ δʼ ἄλλαι σχεδὸν ἅπασαι, καθάπερ εἶπον, ἐκ τούτων εἰσὶ διαπεποικιλμέναι. δεῖ δὴ οὖν καὶ ἀναγκαῖον μεταλαβεῖν ἀμφοῖν τούτοιν, εἴπερ ἐλευθερία τʼ ἔσται καὶ 693e φιλία μετὰ φρονήσεως· ὃ δὴ βούλεται ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος προστάττειν, λέγων ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε τούτων πόλις ἄμοιρος γενομένη πολιτευθῆναι δύναιτʼ ἂν καλῶς.

    AthenianListen, then. There are, as it were, two mothers of constitutions, from which one could rightly say the others have come. One is rightly called monarchy, the other democracy: the Persian race holds the extreme of the first, and we hold the extreme of the second. Nearly all the others, as I said, are variations woven from these. Now it’s essential and necessary to have a share of both, if there is to be freedom and 693e friendship together with wisdom. That’s what our argument means to prescribe, when it says that a city with no share of these could never be well governed.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could it?

    Athenianἡ μὲν τοίνυν τὸ μοναρχικόν, ἡ δὲ τὸ ἐλεύθερον ἀγαπήσασα μειζόνως ἢ ἔδει μόνον, οὐδετέρα τὰ μέτρια κέκτηται τούτων, αἱ δὲ ὑμέτεραι, ἥ τε Λακωνικὴ καὶ Κρητική, μᾶλλον· Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ καὶ Πέρσαι τὸ μὲν πάλαι οὕτω 694a πως, τὸ νῦν δὲ ἧττον. τὰ δʼ αἴτια διέλθωμεν· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianWell, the one embraced monarchy and the other freedom more than it should, and exclusively, so neither has these in due measure. Yours, the Spartan and the Cretan, do better. The Athenians and the Persians were once more or less that way, 694a but less so now. Let’s go through the causes—shall we?

    Cliniasπάντως, εἴ γέ που μέλλομεν ὃ προυθέμεθα περαίνειν.

    CliniasBy all means, if we mean to finish what we set out to do.

    Athenianἀκούωμεν δή. Πέρσαι γάρ, ὅτε μὲν τὸ μέτριον μᾶλλον δουλείας τε καὶ ἐλευθερίας ἦγον ἐπὶ Κύρου, πρῶτον μὲν ἐλεύθεροι ἐγένοντο, ἔπειτα δὲ ἄλλων πολλῶν δεσπόται. ἐλευθερίας γὰρ ἄρχοντες μεταδιδόντες ἀρχομένοις καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἴσον ἄγοντες, μᾶλλον φίλοι τε ἦσαν στρατιῶται στρατηγοῖς 694b καὶ προθύμους αὑτοὺς ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις παρείχοντο· καὶ εἴ τις αὖ φρόνιμος ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ βουλεύειν δυνατός, οὐ φθονεροῦ τοῦ βασιλέως ὄντος, διδόντος δὲ παρρησίαν καὶ τιμῶντος τοὺς εἴς τι δυναμένους συμβουλεύειν, κοινὴν τὴν τοῦ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον παρείχετο δύναμιν, καὶ πάντα δὴ τότε ἐπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς διʼ ἐλευθερίαν τε καὶ φιλίαν καὶ νοῦ κοινωνίαν.

    AthenianLet’s hear it, then. When the Persians under Cyrus kept more to the mean between slavery and freedom, first they became free themselves, and then masters of many others. For when the rulers gave the ruled a share of freedom and brought them toward equality, soldiers were friendlier to their generals 694b and offered themselves eagerly in danger. And again, if there was a wise man among them who was able to give counsel, since the king wasn’t jealous but allowed free speech and honored those who could advise on anything, he offered his power of thought for the common good. So everything advanced for them at that time through freedom, friendship, and a sharing of intelligence.

    Cliniasἔοικέν γέ πως τὰ λεγόμενα οὕτω γεγονέναι.

    CliniasIt does seem that what you describe happened more or less like that.

    Athenianπῇ δὴ οὖν ποτε ἀπώλετο ἐπὶ Καμβύσου καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ Δαρείου σχεδὸν ἐσώθη; βούλεσθε οἷον μαντείᾳ διανοηθέντες χρώμεθα;

    AthenianHow then was it lost under Cambyses, and nearly recovered again under Darius? Would you like us to use a sort of divination as we think it through?

    Cliniasφέρει γοῦν ἡμῖν σκέψιν τοῦτο ἐφʼ ὅπερ ὡρμήκαμεν.

    CliniasAt least it brings us to the inquiry we’ve set out on.

    Athenianμαντεύομαι δὴ νῦν περί γε Κύρου, τὰ μὲν ἄλλʼ αὐτὸν στρατηγόν τε ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ φιλόπολιν, παιδείας δὲ ὀρθῆς οὐχ ἧφθαι τὸ παράπαν, οἰκονομίᾳ τε οὐδὲν τὸν νοῦν προσεσχηκέναι.

    AthenianThen here is my divination about Cyrus: in other respects he was a good general and loved his country, but he never touched correct education at all, and paid no attention whatever to the management of his household.

    Cliniasπῶς δὴ τὸ τοιοῦτον φῶμεν;

    CliniasHow are we to take that?

    Athenianἔοικεν ἐκ νέου στρατεύεσθαι διὰ βίου, ταῖς γυναιξὶν παραδοὺς τοὺς παῖδας τρέφειν. αἱ δὲ ὡς εὐδαίμονας αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν παίδων εὐθὺς καὶ μακαρίους ἤδη γεγονότας καὶ ἐπιδεεῖς ὄντας τούτων οὐδενὸς ἔτρεφον· κωλύουσαι δὲ ὡς οὖσιν ἱκανῶς εὐδαίμοσιν μήτε αὐτοῖς ἐναντιοῦσθαι μηδένα εἰς μηδέν, ἐπαινεῖν τε ἀναγκάζουσαι πάντας τὸ λεγόμενον ἢ πραττόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἔθρεψαν τοιούτους τινάς.

    AthenianIt seems he was on campaign from his youth all his life, and handed his children over to the women to raise. They raised them as though they were already happy and blessed from childhood, lacking nothing. They prevented anyone from opposing them in anything, since they were happy enough already, and forced everyone to praise whatever they said or did; and so they raised them to be what you’d expect.

    Cliniasκαλήν, ὡς ἔοικας, τροφὴν εἴρηκας.

    CliniasA fine upbringing you’ve described, it seems!

    Athenianγυναικείαν μὲν οὖν βασιλίδων γυναικῶν νεωστὶ γεγονυιῶν πλουσίων, καὶ ἐν ἀνδρῶν ἐρημίᾳ, διὰ τὸ μὴ σχολάζειν ὑπὸ πολέμων καὶ πολλῶν κινδύνων, τοὺς παῖδας τρεφουσῶν.

    AthenianA women’s upbringing, rather: royal women who had recently become rich, raising the children without men around, since the men had no leisure because of wars and many dangers.

    Cliniasἔχει γὰρ λόγον.

    CliniasThat makes sense.

    Athenianὁ δὲ πατήρ γε αὐτοῖς αὖ ποίμνια μὲν καὶ πρόβατα καὶ ἀγέλας ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν πολλὰς ἐκτᾶτο, 695a αὐτοὺς δὲ οἷς ταῦτα παραδώσειν ἔμελλεν ἠγνόει τὴν πατρῴαν οὐ παιδευομένους τέχνην, οὖσαν Περσικήν—ποιμένων ὄντων Περσῶν, τραχείας χώρας ἐκγόνων—σκληρὰν καὶ ἱκανὴν ποιμένας ἀπεργάζεσθαι μάλα ἰσχυροὺς καὶ δυναμένους θυραυλεῖν καὶ ἀγρυπνεῖν καὶ εἰ στρατεύεσθαι δέοι στρατεύεσθαι· διεφθαρμένην δὲ παιδείαν ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης εὐδαιμονίας τὴν Μηδικὴν περιεῖδεν ὑπὸ γυναικῶν τε καὶ εὐνούχων παιδευθέντας 695b αὑτοῦ τοὺς ὑεῖς, ὅθεν ἐγένοντο οἵους ἦν αὐτοὺς εἰκὸς γενέσθαι, τροφῇ ἀνεπιπλήκτῳ τραφέντας.

    AthenianTheir father, for his part, was acquiring flocks and herds for them, and many herds of men and of much else besides, 695a but he didn’t realize that the ones he was going to hand all this to were not being trained in their ancestral art. That art was Persian—the Persians being shepherds, children of a rugged land—and it was a hard one, able to make shepherds very tough, able to sleep in the open and stay awake and go on campaign if need be. Instead he let his sons be educated by women and eunuchs 695b in the Median education, corrupted by so-called happiness; and so they became what you’d expect them to become, raised in an upbringing that never rebuked them.

    παραλαβόντες δʼ οὖν οἱ παῖδες τελευτήσαντος Κύρου τρυφῆς μεστοὶ καὶ ἀνεπιπληξίας, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν ἕτερον ἅτερος ἀπέκτεινε τῷ ἴσῳ ἀγανακτῶν, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς μαινόμενος ὑπὸ μέθης τε καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπώλεσεν ὑπὸ Μήδων τε καὶ τοῦ λεγομένου τότε εὐνούχου, καταφρονήσαντος τῆς Καμβύσου μωρίας.

    So when Cyrus died, his sons took over, full of luxury and indiscipline. First one killed the other, resenting that he had an equal share. After that he himself, maddened by drink and lack of education, lost the empire to the Medes and to the man then called the eunuch, who despised Cambyses’ folly.

    Cambyses had his brother killed; while he was away in Egypt the throne was seized by a Magus, a Median priest, posing as the dead brother. Plato calls him “the eunuch.”

    Cliniasλέγεται δὴ ταῦτά γε, καὶ ἔοικεν σχεδὸν οὕτω πως γεγονέναι.

    CliniasThat’s what they say, at least, and it seems to have happened roughly like that.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν καὶ πάλιν εἰς Πέρσας ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν διὰ Δαρείου καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ λέγεταί που.

    AthenianAnd, as the story goes, the empire came back to the Persians through Darius and the Seven.

    Darius was one of seven Persian nobles who overthrew the usurper in 522 BC.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianθεωρῶμεν δὴ συνεπόμενοι τῷ λόγῳ. Δαρεῖος γὰρ βασιλέως οὐκ ἦν ὑός, παιδείᾳ τε οὐ διατρυφώσῃ τεθραμμένος, ἐλθὼν δʼ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὴν ἕβδομος, διείλετο ἑπτὰ μέρη τεμόμενος, ὧν καὶ νῦν ἔτι σμικρὰ ὀνείρατα λέλειπται, καὶ νόμους ἠξίου θέμενος οἰκεῖν ἰσότητα 695d κοινήν τινα εἰσφέρων, καὶ τὸν τοῦ Κύρου δασμόν, ὃν ὑπέσχετο Πέρσαις, εἰς τὸν νόμον ἐνέδει, φιλίαν πορίζων καὶ κοινωνίαν πᾶσιν Πέρσαις, χρήμασι καὶ δωρεαῖς τὸν Περσῶν δῆμον προσαγόμενος· τοιγαροῦν αὐτῷ τὰ στρατεύματα μετʼ εὐνοίας προσεκτήσατο χώρας οὐκ ἐλάττους ὧν κατέλιπε Κῦρος.

    AthenianLet’s watch, then, as we follow the story. Darius was not a king’s son, and had not been brought up in a pampering education. When he came to power, taking it as one of the seven, he divided the empire into seven parts, of which some faint dream-traces remain even now. He saw fit to govern by laying down laws, introducing a kind of common 695d equality, and he made the tribute Cyrus had promised the Persians part of the law, creating friendship and community among all Persians and winning over the Persian people with money and gifts. As a result his armies, loyal to him, won lands no smaller than those Cyrus had left.

    μετὰ δὲ Δαρεῖον ὁ τῇ βασιλικῇ καὶ τρυφώσῃ πάλιν παιδευθεὶς παιδείᾳ Ξέρξης— “ὦ Δαρεῖε,” εἰπεῖν ἐστιν δικαιότατον ἴσως, “ὃς τὸ Κύρου κακὸν οὐκ 695e ἔμαθες, ἐθρέψω δὲ Ξέρξην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσιν ἐν οἷσπερ Κῦρος Καμβύσην” —ὁ δέ, ἅτε τῶν αὐτῶν παιδειῶν γενόμενος ἔκγονος, παραπλήσια ἀπετέλεσεν τοῖς Καμβύσου παθήμασιν· καὶ σχεδὸν ἔκ γε τοσούτου βασιλεὺς ἐν Πέρσαις οὐδείς πω μέγας ἐγγέγονεν ἀληθῶς, πλήν γε ὀνόματι. τὸ δʼ αἴτιον οὐ τύχης, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, ἀλλʼ ὁ κακὸς βίος ὃν οἱ τῶν 696a διαφερόντως πλουσίων καὶ τυράννων παῖδες τὰ πολλὰ ζῶσιν· οὐ γὰρ μή ποτε γένηται παῖς καὶ ἀνὴρ καὶ γέρων ἐκ ταύτης τῆς τροφῆς διαφέρων πρὸς ἀρετήν. ἃ δή, φαμέν, τῷ νομοθέτῃ σκεπτέον, καὶ ἡμῖν δὲ ἐν τῷ νῦν παρόντι.

    After Darius came Xerxes, educated once again in the royal, pampering education—“Darius,” one might most justly say, “you didn’t 695e learn from Cyrus’ mistake, and you raised Xerxes in the same habits in which Cyrus raised Cambyses”—and Xerxes, as the product of the same education, came to grief much as Cambyses did. And practically ever since then, no king among the Persians has been truly great, except in name. The cause, as I see it, isn’t fortune, but the bad life that the sons of the 696a extremely rich and of tyrants mostly lead: never will a boy or a man or an old man excel in virtue who has come out of that upbringing. This, we say, is what the lawgiver must consider, and what we must consider at present.

    δίκαιον μήν, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τοῦτό γε τῇ πόλει ὑμῶν ἀποδιδόναι, ὅτι πενίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ ἰδιωτείᾳ καὶ βασιλείᾳ διαφέρουσαν οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν τιμὴν καὶ τροφὴν νέμετε, ἃς μὴ τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς 696b ὑμῖν θεῖον παρὰ θεοῦ διεμαντεύσατό τινος. οὐ γὰρ δὴ δεῖ κατὰ πόλιν γε εἶναι τὰς τιμὰς ὑπερεχούσας, ὅτι τίς ἐστιν πλούτῳ διαφέρων, ἐπεὶ οὐδʼ ὅτι ταχὺς ἢ καλὸς ἢ ἰσχυρὸς ἄνευ τινὸς ἀρετῆς, οὐδʼ ἀρετῆς ἧς ἂν σωφροσύνη ἀπῇ.

    It’s only fair, my Spartan friends, to give your city credit for this: you assign no distinctive honor or upbringing for poverty or wealth, for private status or kingship, beyond what your 696b divine oracle at the beginning proclaimed from some god. For honors in a city ought not to be outstanding because someone excels in wealth—any more than because he’s swift or handsome or strong without some virtue, or even has a virtue from which moderation is missing.

    Megillusπῶς τοῦτο, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat do you mean, stranger?

    Athenianἀνδρεία που μόριον ἀρετῆς ἕν;

    AthenianCourage is surely one part of virtue?

    Megillusπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    MegillusOf course.

    Athenianδίκασον τοίνυν αὐτὸς τὸν λόγον ἀκούσας εἴ σοι δέξαιʼ ἂν σύνοικον ἢ γείτονα εἶναί τινα σφόδρα μὲν ἀνδρεῖον, μὴ σώφρονα δὲ ἀλλʼ ἀκόλαστον.

    AthenianThen, having heard the argument, judge for yourself: would you accept as a housemate or neighbor someone very courageous, but not moderate—undisciplined instead?

    Megillusεὐφήμει.

    MegillusHeaven forbid!

    Athenianτί δέ; τεχνικὸν μὲν καὶ περὶ ταῦτα σοφόν, ἄδικον δέ;

    AthenianWhat about someone skilled, and wise in his field, but unjust?

    Megillusοὐδαμῶς.

    MegillusCertainly not.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν τό γε δίκαιον οὐ φύεται χωρὶς τοῦ σωφρονεῖν.

    AthenianBut surely justice doesn’t grow apart from moderation.

    Megillusπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    MegillusHow could it?

    Athenianοὐδὲ μὴν ὅν γε σοφὸν ἡμεῖς νυνδὴ προυθέμεθα, τὸν τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας κεκτημένον συμφώνους τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λόγοις καὶ ἑπομένας.

    AthenianNor does the man we put forward just now as wise, the one whose pleasures and pains agree with right reasoning and follow it.

    Megillusοὐ γὰρ οὖν.

    MegillusNo indeed.

    Athenianἔτι δὴ καὶ τόδε ἐπισκεψώμεθα τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν 696d τιμήσεων ἕνεκα, ποῖαί τε ὀρθαὶ καὶ μὴ γίγνονται ἑκάστοτε.

    AthenianLet’s consider this further point too, about the honors given in cities, 696d which ones are correct in each case and which aren’t.

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον;

    MegillusWhat point?

    Athenianσωφροσύνη ἄνευ πάσης τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἐν ψυχῇ τινι μεμονωμένη τίμιον ἢ ἄτιμον γίγνοιτʼ ἂν κατὰ δίκην;

    AthenianWould moderation on its own in a soul, cut off from all the rest of virtue, justly be honored or dishonored?

    Megillusοὐκ ἔχω ὅπως εἴπω.

    MegillusI don’t know how to answer.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν εἴρηκάς γε μετρίως· εἰπὼν γὰρ δὴ ὧν ἠρόμην ὁποτερονοῦν, παρὰ μέλος ἔμοιγʼ ἂν δοκεῖς φθέγξασθαι.

    AthenianAnd that was a moderate answer. If you had given either of the alternatives I asked about, I think you would have struck a false note.

    Megillusκαλῶς τοίνυν γεγονὸς ἂν εἴη.

    MegillusThen it’s turned out well.

    Athenianεἶεν· τὸ μὲν δὴ πρόσθημα ὧν τιμαί τε καὶ ἀτιμίαι 696e οὐ λόγου, ἀλλά τινος μᾶλλον ἀλόγου σιγῆς, ἄξιον ἂν εἴη.

    AthenianVery well. Something that’s merely an addition to what receives honor or dishonor 696e would deserve not speech but rather a kind of wordless silence.

    Megillusσωφροσύνην μοι φαίνῃ λέγειν.

    MegillusYou seem to me to mean moderation.

    Athenianναί. τὸ δέ γε τῶν ἄλλων πλεῖστα ἡμᾶς ὠφελοῦν μετὰ τῆς προσθήκης μάλιστʼ ἂν τιμώμενον ὀρθότατα τιμῷτο, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον δευτέρως· καὶ οὕτω δὴ κατὰ τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον τὰς ἐφεξῆς τιμὰς λαγχάνον ἕκαστον ὀρθῶς ἂν λαγχάνοι.

    AthenianYes. And of the others, the one that benefits us most, together with this addition, would be most correctly honored if honored most, and the second second; and so each one, receiving its honors in the order that follows, would receive them rightly.

    Megillusἔχει ταύτῃ.

    MegillusThat’s so.

    Athenianτί οὖν; οὐ νομοθέτου καὶ ταῦτα αὖ φήσομεν εἶναι διανέμειν;

    AthenianWell then, shan’t we say that distributing these, too, is the lawgiver’s business?

    Megillusκαὶ μάλα.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianβούλει δὴ τὰ μὲν ἅπαντα καὶ ἐφʼ ἕκαστον ἔργον καὶ κατὰ σμικρὰ ἐκείνῳ δῶμεν νεῖμαι, τὸ δὲ τριχῇ διελεῖν, ἐπειδὴ νόμων ἐσμὲν καὶ αὐτοί πως ἐπιθυμηταί, πειραθῶμεν, διατεμεῖν χωρὶς τά τε μέγιστα καὶ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτα;

    AthenianThen shall we leave it to him to distribute everything, down to each activity and in detail, while we, since we too are in a way enthusiasts for laws, try to divide things three ways and separate out the most important, the second, and the third?

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianλέγομεν τοίνυν ὅτι πόλιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, τὴν μέλλουσαν 697b σῴζεσθαί τε καὶ εὐδαιμονήσειν εἰς δύναμιν ἀνθρωπίνην δεῖ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον τιμάς τε καὶ ἀτιμίας διανέμειν ὀρθῶς. ἔστιν δὲ ὀρθῶς ἄρα τιμιώτατα μὲν καὶ πρῶτα τὰ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀγαθὰ κεῖσθαι, σωφροσύνης ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῇ, δεύτερα δὲ τὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα καλὰ καὶ ἀγαθά, καὶ τρίτα τὰ περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ χρήματα λεγόμενα· τούτων δὲ ἂν ἐκτός τις βαίνῃ νομοθέτης ἢ πόλις, εἰς τιμὰς ἢ χρήματα προάγουσα 697c ἤ τι τῶν ὑστέρων εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν τιμαῖς τάττουσα, οὔθʼ ὅσιον οὔτε πολιτικὸν ἂν δρῴη πρᾶγμα. εἰρήσθω ταῦτα ἢ πῶς ἡμῖν;

    AthenianWe say, then, it seems, that a city that is to 697b survive and be happy, as far as is humanly possible, must necessarily distribute honors and dishonors correctly. And the correct way is to set as most honorable and first the goods of the soul, provided it has moderation; second, the fine and good things of the body; and third, the things said to concern property and money. If any lawgiver or city steps outside this order, either promoting money to honor 697c or ranking any of the lower things above in honor, it will be doing something neither pious nor statesmanlike. Shall we say this, or what?

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν εἰρήσθω σαφῶς.

    MegillusYes, let it be said plainly.

    Athenianταῦτα μὲν τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πλέον ἐποίησεν εἰπεῖν ἡ Περσῶν πέρι διάσκεψις τῆς πολιτείας· ἀνευρίσκομεν δὲ ἐπὶ ἔτι χείρους αὐτοὺς γεγονότας, τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν φαμέν, ὅτι τὸ ἐλεύθερον λίαν ἀφελόμενοι τοῦ δήμου, τὸ δεσποτικὸν δʼ ἐπαγαγόντες μᾶλλον τοῦ προσήκοντος, τὸ φίλον ἀπώλεσαν 697d καὶ τὸ κοινὸν ἐν τῇ πόλει.

    AthenianIt was our examination of the Persian constitution that made us say this at greater length. We find that they became still worse, and the cause, we say, is that by taking too much freedom away from the people and introducing more despotism than was fitting, they destroyed friendship 697d and community in the city.

    τούτου δὲ φθαρέντος, οὔθʼ ἡ τῶν ἀρχόντων βουλὴ ὑπὲρ ἀρχομένων καὶ τοῦ δήμου βουλεύεται, ἀλλʼ ἕνεκα τῆς αὑτῶν ἀρχῆς, ἄν τι καὶ σμικρὸν πλέον ἑκάστοτε ἡγῶνται ἔσεσθαί σφισιν, ἀναστάτους μὲν πόλεις, ἀνάστατα δὲ ἔθνη φίλια πυρὶ καταφθείραντες, ἐχθρῶς τε καὶ ἀνηλεήτως μισοῦντες μισοῦνται· ὅταν τε εἰς χρείαν τοῦ μάχεσθαι περὶ ἑαυτῶν τοὺς δήμους ἀφικνῶνται, οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς αὖ μετὰ προθυμίας τοῦ ἐθέλειν κινδυνεύειν καὶ 697e μάχεσθαι ἀνευρίσκουσιν, ἀλλὰ κεκτημένοι μυριάδας ἀπεράντους λογισμῷ, ἀχρήστους εἰς πόλεμον πάσας κέκτηνται, καὶ καθάπερ ἐνδεεῖς ἀνθρώπων μισθούμενοι, ὑπὸ μισθωτῶν καὶ ὀθνείων ἀνθρώπων ἡγοῦνταί ποτε σωθήσεσθαι. πρὸς δὲ 698a τούτοις ἀμαθαίνειν ἀναγκάζονται, λέγοντες ἔργοις ὅτι λῆρος πρὸς χρυσόν τε καὶ ἄργυρόν ἐστιν ἑκάστοτε τὰ λεγόμενα τίμια καὶ καλὰ κατὰ πόλιν.

    Once that is destroyed, the rulers no longer plan on behalf of the ruled and the people, but for the sake of their own rule. If they think there’ll be even a little more in it for them each time, they overturn cities, overturn friendly nations, and destroy them by fire, so that they hate cruelly and pitilessly and are hated in return. And when they come to need the people to fight on their behalf, they find no community in them, no eagerness to be willing to take risks and 697e fight. They possess countless tens of thousands, but possess them all useless for war; and as if they were short of men, they hire them, and think they’ll be saved someday by hired soldiers and foreigners. On top of 698a this, they’re forced into ignorance, proclaiming by their actions that the things a city calls honorable and fine are always trash compared with gold and silver.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianτὰ μὲν δὴ περί γε Περσῶν, ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς τὰ νῦν διοικεῖται διὰ τὴν σφόδρα δουλείαν τε καὶ δεσποτείαν, τέλος ἐχέτω.

    AthenianSo let this be the end of the subject of the Persians—how they’re badly governed nowadays because of excessive slavery and despotism.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athens and the Persian Wars

    Reverence for law united Athens against Persia, but freedom later grew into license, starting with music.

    Athenianτὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν τῆς Ἀττικῆς αὖ πολιτείας τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὡσαύτως ἡμᾶς διεξελθεῖν χρεών, ὡς ἡ παντελὴς καὶ 698b ἀπὸ πασῶν ἀρχῶν ἐλευθερία τῆς μέτρον ἐχούσης ἀρχῆς ὑφʼ ἑτέρων οὐ σμικρῷ χείρων· ἡμῖν γὰρ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, ὅτε ἡ Περσῶν ἐπίθεσις τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἴσως δὲ σχεδὸν ἅπασιν τοῖς τὴν Εὐρώπην οἰκοῦσιν, ἐγίγνετο, πολιτεία τε ἦν παλαιὰ καὶ ἐκ τιμημάτων ἀρχαί τινες τεττάρων, καὶ δεσπότις ἐνῆν τις αἰδώς, διʼ ἣν δουλεύοντες τοῖς τότε νόμοις ζῆν ἠθέλομεν. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις δὴ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ στόλου κατά τε γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν γενόμενον, φόβον ἄπορον ἐμβαλόν, δουλείαν 698c ἔτι μείζονα ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς τοῖς τε ἄρχουσιν καὶ τοῖς νόμοις δουλεῦσαι, καὶ διὰ πάντα ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν συνέπεσε πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σφόδρα φιλία.

    AthenianNext we must go through the Attic constitution in the same way, and show how complete 698b freedom from all rule is not a little worse than rule by others that has due measure. At the time when the Persians attacked the Greeks—and perhaps almost everyone living in Europe—we had an ancient constitution, with certain offices based on four property classes. A certain reverence was our mistress, and because of it we were willing to live as slaves to the laws of that time. On top of this, the size of the expedition by land and sea struck us with helpless fear 698c and made us still greater slaves to our rulers and our laws; and because of all this a strong friendship with one another came over us.

    The four property classes, traditionally ascribed to Solon, determined which Athenians could hold which offices.

    σχεδὸν γὰρ δέκα ἔτεσιν πρὸ τῆς ἐν Σαλαμῖνι ναυμαχίας ἀφίκετο Δᾶτις Περσικὸν στόλον ἄγων, πέμψαντος Δαρείου διαρρήδην ἐπί τε Ἀθηναίους καὶ Ἐρετριᾶς, ἐξανδραποδισάμενον ἀγαγεῖν, θάνατον αὐτῷ προειπὼν μὴ πράξαντι ταῦτα. καὶ ὁ Δᾶτις τοὺς μὲν Ἐρετριᾶς ἔν τινι 698d βραχεῖ χρόνῳ παντάπασιν κατὰ κράτος τε εἷλεν μυριάσι συχναῖς, καί τινα λόγον εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν ἀφῆκεν φοβερόν, ὡς οὐδεὶς Ἐρετριῶν αὐτὸν ἀποπεφευγὼς εἴη· συνάψαντες γὰρ ἄρα τὰς χεῖρας σαγηνεύσαιεν πᾶσαν τὴν Ἐρετρικὴν οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ Δάτιδος.

    About ten years before the sea battle at Salamis, Datis arrived leading a Persian expedition. Darius had sent him expressly against the Athenians and the Eretrians, to enslave them and bring them back, and had warned him he would die if he failed. And Datis, in 698d a short time, with many tens of thousands, took the Eretrians completely by force, and sent a frightening report to our city that no Eretrian had escaped him: Datis’s soldiers, it said, had joined hands and swept the whole of Eretria like a net.

    Datis’s expedition of 490 BC destroyed Eretria on Euboea and was then defeated at Marathon; the battle of Salamis was in 480 BC.

    ὁ δὴ λόγος, εἴτʼ ἀληθὴς εἴτε καὶ ὅπῃ ἀφίκετο, τούς τε ἄλλους Ἕλληνας καὶ δὴ καὶ Ἀθηναίους ἐξέπληττεν, καὶ πρεσβευομένοις αὐτοῖς 698e πανταχόσε βοηθεῖν οὐδεὶς ἤθελεν πλήν γε Λακεδαιμονίων· οὗτοι δὲ ὑπό τε τοῦ πρὸς Μεσσήνην ὄντος τότε πολέμου καὶ εἰ δή τι διεκώλυεν ἄλλο αὐτούς—οὐ γὰρ ἴσμεν λεγόμενον— ὕστεροι δʼ οὖν ἀφίκοντο τῆς ἐν Μαραθῶνι μάχης γενομένης μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο παρασκευαί τε μεγάλαι λεγόμεναι καὶ ἀπειλαὶ ἐφοίτων μυρίαι παρὰ βασιλέως. προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου, Δαρεῖος μὲν τεθνάναι ἐλέχθη, νέος δὲ καὶ σφοδρὸς ὁ ὑὸς αὐτοῦ παρειληφέναι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ οὐδαμῶς 699a ἀφίστασθαι τῆς ὁρμῆς.

    Whether the report was true or however it came about, it terrified the other Greeks and especially the Athenians. They sent envoys 698e everywhere, but no one was willing to help them except the Spartans; and they, because of the war against Messene then going on, and whatever else may have held them back—we don’t know of any account of it—arrived a day too late for the battle at Marathon. After this came reports of great preparations and countless threats from the King. As time went on, word came that Darius had died, and that his son, young and violent, had inherited the empire and was in no way 699a giving up the attempt.

    οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι πᾶν τοῦτο ᾤοντο ἐπὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παρασκευάζεσθαι διὰ τὸ Μαραθῶνι γενόμενον, καὶ ἀκούοντες Ἄθων τε διορυττόμενον καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ζευγνύμενον καὶ τὸ τῶν νεῶν πλῆθος, ἡγήσαντο οὔτε κατὰ γῆν σφίσιν εἶναι σωτηρίαν οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν· οὔτε γὰρ βοηθήσειν αὑτοῖς οὐδένα—μεμνημένοι ὡς οὐδʼ ὅτε τὸ πρότερον ἦλθον καὶ τὰ περὶ Ἐρέτριαν διεπράξαντο, σφίσι γε οὐδεὶς τότε ἐβοήθησεν οὐδʼ ἐκινδύνευσεν συμμαχόμενος· ταὐτὸν 699b δὴ προσεδόκων καὶ τότε γενήσεσθαι τό γε κατὰ γῆν—καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν δʼ αὖ πᾶσαν ἀπορίαν ἑώρων σωτηρίας, νεῶν χιλίων καὶ ἔτι πλεόνων ἐπιφερομένων.

    The Athenians thought this whole preparation was aimed at them because of what had happened at Marathon. And when they heard that Athos was being dug through and the Hellespont bridged, and of the number of ships, they concluded there was no safety for them by land or by sea. No one would help them, they thought, remembering that when the Persians came before and did what they did at Eretria, no one had helped them then or risked fighting alongside them; they expected 699b the same thing to happen this time, at least on land. And at sea, too, they saw no possible way to survive, with a thousand ships and more bearing down on them.

    Xerxes had a canal cut through the Athos peninsula and a bridge of boats built across the Hellespont for his invasion of 480 BC.

    μίαν δὴ σωτηρίαν συνενόουν, λεπτὴν μὲν καὶ ἄπορον, μόνην δʼ οὖν, βλέψαντες πρὸς τὸ πρότερον γενόμενον, ὡς ἐξ ἀπόρων καὶ τότε ἐφαίνετο γενέσθαι τὸ νικῆσαι μαχομένους· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὀχούμενοι ταύτης ηὕρισκον καταφυγὴν αὑτοῖς εἰς αὑτοὺς μόνους 699c εἶναι καὶ τοὺς θεούς.

    They could think of only one hope of safety, slight and desperate, but the only one. Looking back to what had happened before, when victory in battle had likewise seemed to come out of a desperate situation, and riding on this hope, they found that their refuge lay in themselves alone 699c and in the gods.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς πάντα φιλίαν ἀλλήλων ἐνεποίει, ὁ φόβος ὁ τότε παρὼν ὅ τε ἐκ τῶν νόμων τῶν ἔμπροσθεν γεγονώς, ὃν δουλεύοντες τοῖς πρόσθεν νόμοις ἐκέκτηντο, ἣν αἰδῶ πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς ἄνω λόγοις εἴπομεν, ᾗ καὶ δουλεύειν ἔφαμεν δεῖν τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀγαθοὺς ἔσεσθαι, ἧς ὁ δειλὸς ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἄφοβος· ὃν εἰ τότε μὴ δέος ἔλαβεν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε συνελθὼν ἠμύνατο, οὐδʼ ἤμυνεν ἱεροῖς τε καὶ τάφοις καὶ πατρίδι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκείοις τε ἅμα καὶ φίλοις, 699d ὥσπερ τότʼ ἐβοήθησεν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ σμικρὰ ἂν ἐν τῷ τότε ἡμῶν ἕκαστος σκεδασθεὶς ἄλλος ἄλλοσε διεσπάρη.

    All this produced friendship among them: the fear then present, and the fear that came from the old laws, which they had acquired by being slaves to the laws of the past. This is what we have often called reverence in our earlier arguments, and we said that those who are to be good must be its slaves; the coward is free of it and fearless. If fear hadn’t seized the coward then, he would never have joined the others to fight back, or defended temples and tombs and fatherland and his other kin and friends as well, 699d as they did defend them then. Instead, each of us would then have been scattered in small groups, dispersed in every direction.

    Megillusκαὶ μάλα, ὦ ξένε, ὀρθῶς τε εἴρηκας καὶ σαυτῷ τε καὶ τῇ πατρίδι πρεπόντως.

    MegillusWhat you’ve said is quite right, stranger, and worthy of yourself and your country.

    Athenianἔστι ταῦτα, ὦ Μέγιλλε· πρὸς γὰρ σὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ γενόμενα, κοινωνὸν τῇ τῶν πατέρων γεγονότα φύσει, δίκαιον λέγειν. ἐπισκόπει μὴν καὶ σὺ καὶ Κλεινίας εἴ τι πρὸς τὴν νομοθεσίαν προσήκοντα λέγομεν· οὐ γὰρ μύθων 699e ἕνεκα διεξέρχομαι, οὗ λέγω δʼ ἕνεκα. ὁρᾶτε γάρ· ἐπειδή τινα τρόπον ταὐτὸν ἡμῖν συμβεβήκει πάθος ὅπερ Πέρσαις, ἐκείνοις μὲν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν δουλείαν ἄγουσιν τὸν δῆμον, ἡμῖν δʼ αὖ τοὐναντίον ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἐλευθερίαν προτρέπουσι τὰ πλήθη, πῶς δὴ καὶ τί λέγωμεν τοὐντεῦθεν, οἱ προγεγονότες ἡμῖν ἔμπροσθεν λόγοι τρόπον τινὰ καλῶς εἰσιν εἰρημένοι.

    AthenianSo it is, Megillus. And it’s right to speak to you of what happened at that time, since you share by nature in what your forefathers did. But you and Clinias should consider whether what we’re saying has any bearing on legislation. I’m not going through this for the sake of stories, 699e but for the sake of what I’m talking about. You see, in a way the same thing had happened to us as to the Persians: they led their people into total slavery, while we, on the contrary, drove the masses toward total freedom. So how and what we should say from here on, the arguments we’ve already had have in a way prepared well.

    Megillusλέγεις εὖ· πειρῶ δʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἡμῖν σημῆναι τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον.

    MegillusWell said. But try to make what you’re saying clearer still for us.

    Athenianἔσται ταῦτα. οὐκ ἦν, ὦ φίλοι, ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν παλαιῶν νόμων ὁ δῆμός τινων κύριος, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ ἑκὼν ἐδούλευε τοῖς νόμοις.

    AthenianI will. Under the old laws, my friends, our people were not master of anything; in a sense they were willing slaves to the laws.

    Megillusποίοις δὴ λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat laws do you mean?

    Famous passage The theatrocracyAthens slid from reverence for law into license when audiences, not experts, began to judge music.

    Athenianτοῖς περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν πρῶτον τὴν τότε, ἵνα ἐξ ἀρχῆς διέλθωμεν τὴν τοῦ ἐλευθέρου λίαν ἐπίδοσιν βίου. διῃρημένη γὰρ δὴ τότε ἦν ἡμῖν ἡ μουσικὴ κατὰ εἴδη τε 700b ἑαυτῆς ἄττα καὶ σχήματα, καί τι ἦν εἶδος ᾠδῆς εὐχαὶ πρὸς θεούς, ὄνομα δὲ ὕμνοι ἐπεκαλοῦντο· καὶ τούτῳ δὴ τὸ ἐναντίον ἦν ᾠδῆς ἕτερον εἶδος—θρήνους δέ τις ἂν αὐτοὺς μάλιστα ἐκάλεσεν—καὶ παίωνες ἕτερον, καὶ ἄλλο, Διονύσου γένεσις οἶμαι, διθύραμβος λεγόμενος. νόμους τε αὐτὸ τοῦτο τοὔνομα ἐκάλουν, ᾠδὴν ὥς τινα ἑτέραν· ἐπέλεγον δὲ κιθαρῳδικούς.

    AthenianFirst, the laws concerning music as it was then, so that we can trace from the beginning the excessive growth of the free life. Our music was divided at that time into certain kinds 700b and forms of its own. One kind of song was prayers to the gods, called hymns. Opposite to this was another kind of song—laments would be the best name for them. Paeans were another kind, and another, the birth of Dionysus, I think, was called the dithyramb. And they called another by this very name, nomoi, as though it were a different kind of song; they added the word “citharodic.”

    Nomoi, the Greek word for “laws,” also named a traditional type of solo song performed to the kithara, a large lyre; the Athenian plays on the double sense.

    τούτων δὴ διατεταγμένων καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν, οὐκ ἐξῆν ἄλλο 700c εἰς ἄλλο καταχρῆσθαι μέλους εἶδος· τὸ δὲ κῦρος τούτων γνῶναί τε καὶ ἅμα γνόντα δικάσαι, ζημιοῦν τε αὖ τὸν μὴ πειθόμενον, οὐ σῦριγξ ἦν οὐδέ τινες ἄμουσοι βοαὶ πλήθους, καθάπερ τὰ νῦν, οὐδʼ αὖ κρότοι ἐπαίνους ἀποδιδόντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν γεγονόσι περὶ παίδευσιν δεδογμένον ἀκούειν ἦν αὐτοῖς μετὰ σιγῆς διὰ τέλους, παισὶ δὲ καὶ παιδαγωγοῖς καὶ τῷ πλείστῳ ὄχλῳ ῥάβδου κοσμούσης ἡ νουθέτησις ἐγίγνετο.

    With these and some others fixed, it wasn’t permitted to use one kind of melody for 700c another. The authority to know these rules, and having known them to judge, and in turn to penalize anyone who disobeyed, was not the pipe or the unmusical shouts of a crowd, as it is now, nor applause handing out praise. Those who had been educated had made it their rule to listen in silence right to the end, while children, their attendants, and the general crowd were kept in order by a warning from the rod.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν οὕτω τεταγμένως ἤθελεν ἄρχεσθαι τῶν πολιτῶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ μὴ τολμᾶν κρίνειν διὰ θορύβου· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου, ἄρχοντες μὲν τῆς ἀμούσου παρανομίας ποιηταὶ ἐγίγνοντο φύσει μὲν ποιητικοί, ἀγνώμονες δὲ περὶ τὸ δίκαιον τῆς Μούσης καὶ τὸ νόμιμον, βακχεύοντες καὶ μᾶλλον τοῦ δέοντος κατεχόμενοι ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς, κεραννύντες δὲ θρήνους τε ὕμνοις καὶ παίωνας διθυράμβοις, καὶ αὐλῳδίας δὴ ταῖς κιθαρῳδίαις μιμούμενοι, καὶ πάντα εἰς πάντα συνάγοντες, 700e μουσικῆς ἄκοντες ὑπʼ ἀνοίας καταψευδόμενοι ὡς ὀρθότητα μὲν οὐκ ἔχοι οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν μουσική, ἡδονῇ δὲ τῇ τοῦ χαίροντος, εἴτε βελτίων εἴτε χείρων ἂν εἴη τις, κρίνοιτο ὀρθότατα.

    So in these matters the mass of citizens was willing to be ruled in an orderly way, and didn’t dare to judge by making an uproar. But later, as time went on, poets became leaders of unmusical lawlessness. They had natural poetic talent, but they were ignorant of what is just and lawful in the Muse’s art. In a Bacchic frenzy, possessed by pleasure more than they should be, they mixed laments with hymns and paeans with dithyrambs, imitated pipe-songs on the lyre, and jumbled everything together with everything. 700e Unwittingly, in their folly, they told lies about music, claiming that music has no correctness of any kind, but is most correctly judged by the pleasure of whoever enjoys it, whether he is a better man or a worse.

    τοιαῦτα δὴ ποιοῦντες ποιήματα, λόγους τε ἐπιλέγοντες τοιούτους, τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐνέθεσαν παρανομίαν εἰς τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τόλμαν ὡς ἱκανοῖς οὖσιν κρίνειν· ὅθεν δὴ τὰ 701a θέατρα ἐξ ἀφώνων φωνήεντʼ ἐγένοντο, ὡς ἐπαΐοντα ἐν μούσαις τό τε καλὸν καὶ μή, καὶ ἀντὶ ἀριστοκρατίας ἐν αὐτῇ θεατροκρατία τις πονηρὰ γέγονεν. εἰ γὰρ δὴ καὶ δημοκρατία ἐν αὐτῇ τις μόνον ἐγένετο ἐλευθέρων ἀνδρῶν, οὐδὲν ἂν πάνυ γε δεινὸν ἦν τὸ γεγονός· νῦν δὲ ἦρξε μὲν ἡμῖν ἐκ μουσικῆς ἡ πάντων εἰς πάντα σοφίας δόξα καὶ παρανομία, συνεφέσπετο δὲ ἐλευθερία. ἄφοβοι γὰρ ἐγίγνοντο ὡς εἰδότες, ἡ δὲ ἄδεια ἀναισχυντίαν ἐνέτεκεν· τὸ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ βελτίονος 701b δόξαν μὴ φοβεῖσθαι διὰ θράσος, τοῦτʼ αὐτό ἐστιν σχεδὸν ἡ πονηρὰ ἀναισχυντία, διὰ δή τινος ἐλευθερίας λίαν ἀποτετολμημένης.

    By making such works and adding such arguments to them, they instilled in the many lawlessness in music, and the audacity to think themselves competent judges. As a result 701a the theaters went from silent to vocal, as though they knew what is fine in the arts of the Muses and what isn’t; and in place of an aristocracy in music, a kind of wretched theatrocracy arose. If only a democracy of free men had arisen in it, what happened wouldn’t have been so terrible. As it is, for us, the belief that everyone is wise about everything, and lawlessness, began from music, and freedom followed along. People became fearless, as though they knew, and this lack of fear bred shamelessness. For to be too bold to fear the opinion of one’s betters 701b —that’s more or less what wicked shamelessness is, produced by a freedom that has become far too daring.

    Megillusἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    MegillusVery true.

    Athenianἐφεξῆς δὴ ταύτῃ τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἡ τοῦ μὴ ἐθέλειν τοῖς ἄρχουσι δουλεύειν γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, καὶ ἑπομένη ταύτῃ φεύγειν πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς καὶ πρεσβυτέρων δουλείαν καὶ νουθέτησιν, καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ τέλους οὖσιν νόμων ζητεῖν μὴ ὑπηκόοις εἶναι, 701c πρὸς αὐτῷ δὲ ἤδη τῷ τέλει ὅρκων καὶ πίστεων καὶ τὸ παράπαν θεῶν μὴ φροντίζειν, τὴν λεγομένην παλαιὰν Τιτανικὴν φύσιν ἐπιδεικνῦσι καὶ μιμουμένοις, ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν ἐκεῖνα ἀφικομένους, χαλεπὸν αἰῶνα διάγοντας μὴ λῆξαί ποτε κακῶν. τίνος δὴ καὶ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν αὖ χάριν ἐλέχθη; δεῖν φαίνεται ἔμοιγε οἷόνπερ ἵππον τὸν λόγον ἑκάστοτε ἀναλαμβάνειν, καὶ μὴ καθάπερ ἀχάλινον κεκτημένον τὸ στόμα, βίᾳ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου 701d φερόμενον, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ἀπό τινος ὄνου πεσεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐπανερωτᾶν τὸ νυνδὴ λεχθέν, τὸ τίνος δὴ χάριν ἕνεκα ταῦτα ἐλέχθη;

    AthenianNext after this freedom would come the unwillingness to be slaves to the rulers; and following this, escaping the rule and admonition of father and mother and elders; and near the end, seeking not to be subject to laws; 701c and at the very end, paying no heed to oaths and pledges or to the gods at all. They display and imitate the so-called ancient nature of the Titans, arriving back at that same condition, and they live a hard life, never free from evils. Now why, once again, have we said all this? It seems to me that each time we must rein in the argument like a horse, and not let it get the bit in its teeth and be carried off by force 701d and, as the proverb says, fall off a donkey. We must ask again what we asked just now: for the sake of what have these things been said?

    The Titans rebelled against the Olympian gods and were cast down into Tartarus. “Falling off a donkey” was a proverb for coming to grief through carelessness.

    Megillusκαλῶς.

    MegillusGood.

    Athenianταῦτα τοίνυν εἴρηται ἐκείνων ἕνεκα.

    AthenianWell, they were said for the sake of those points.

    Megillusτίνων;

    MegillusWhich?

    Athenianἐλέξαμεν ὡς τὸν νομοθέτην δεῖ τριῶν στοχαζόμενον νομοθετεῖν, ὅπως ἡ νομοθετουμένη πόλις ἐλευθέρα τε ἔσται καὶ φίλη ἑαυτῇ καὶ νοῦν ἕξει. ταῦτʼ ἦν· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianWe said that the lawgiver must legislate aiming at three things: that the city he legislates for be free, a friend to itself, and possess intelligence. That was it, wasn’t it?

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianτούτων ἕνεκα δὴ πολιτείας τήν τε δεσποτικωτάτην προελόμενοι καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερικωτάτην, ἐπισκοποῦμεν νυνὶ ποτέρα τούτων ὀρθῶς πολιτεύεται· λαβόντες δὲ αὐτῶν ἑκατέρας μετριότητά τινα, τῶν μὲν τοῦ δεσπόζειν, τῶν δὲ τοῦ ἐλευθεριάσαι, κατείδομεν ὅτι τότε διαφερόντως ἐν αὐταῖς ἐγένετο εὐπραγία, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ ἄκρον ἀγαγόντων ἑκατέρων, τῶν μὲν δουλείας, τῶν δὲ τοὐναντίου, οὐ συνήνεγκεν οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς.

    AthenianIt’s for the sake of these that we chose the most despotic constitution and the freest, and are now examining which of them is correctly governed. When we took a certain moderation in each—in the one, of despotism, in the other, of freedom—we saw that they did exceptionally well at that time; but when each carried it to the extreme, the one of slavery and the other of its opposite, it did neither of them any good.

    Megillusἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    MegillusVery true.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν αὐτῶν γʼ ἕνεκα καὶ τὸ Δωρικὸν ἐθεασάμεθα κατοικιζόμενον στρατόπεδον καὶ τὰς τοῦ Δαρδάνου ὑπωρείας τε καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ κατοίκισιν, καὶ τοὺς πρώτους δὴ τοὺς περιλιπεῖς γενομένους τῆς φθορᾶς, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν τούτων γενομένους ἡμῖν λόγους περί τε μουσικῆς καὶ μέθης καὶ τὰ τούτων ἔτι πρότερα. ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα εἴρηται τοῦ κατιδεῖν ἕνεκα πῶς ποτʼ ἂν πόλις ἄριστα οἰκοίη, καὶ ἰδίᾳ 702b πῶς ἄν τις βέλτιστα τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον διαγάγοι· εἰ δὲ δή τι πεποιήκαμεν προὔργου, τίς ποτʼ ἂν ἔλεγχος γίγνοιτο ἡμῖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς λεχθείς, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία;

    AthenianAnd it was for their sake, too, that we looked at the Dorian army’s settlement, the settlement in the foothills of Dardanus and the one by the sea, and the first people, the survivors of the destruction—and, before that, our earlier discussions of music and drinking, and what came earlier still. All of this has been said in order to see how a city might best be run, and how in private 702b a person might best live his life. But if we’ve achieved anything useful, what test could we set ourselves to prove it, Megillus and Clinias?

    These are the stages of the historical survey earlier in Book 3: the survivors of the great flood, Dardania on the slopes of Mount Ida, Troy on the plain, and the Dorian settlement of the Peloponnese.

    A colony for Crete

    Clinias reveals he is helping found a new colony, and the three agree to design its laws in words.

    Cliniasἐγώ τινα, ὦ ξένε, μοι δοκῶ κατανοεῖν. ἔοικεν κατὰ τύχην τινὰ ἡμῖν τὰ τῶν λόγων τούτων πάντων ὧν διεξήλθομεν γεγονέναι· σχεδὸν γὰρ εἰς χρείαν αὐτῶν ἔγωγʼ ἐλήλυθα τὰ νῦν, καὶ κατά τινα αὖ καιρὸν σύ τε παραγέγονας ἅμα καὶ 702c Μέγιλλος ὅδε. οὐ γὰρ ἀποκρύψομαι σφὼ τὸ νῦν ἐμοὶ συμβαῖνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς οἰωνόν τινα ποιοῦμαι. ἡ γὰρ πλείστη τῆς Κρήτης ἐπιχειρεῖ τινα ἀποικίαν ποιήσασθαι, καὶ προστάττει τοῖς Κνωσίοις ἐπιμεληθῆναι τοῦ πράγματος, ἡ δὲ τῶν Κνωσίων πόλις ἐμοί τε καὶ ἄλλοις ἐννέα· ἅμα δὲ καὶ νόμους τῶν τε αὐτόθι, εἴ τινες ἡμᾶς ἀρέσκουσιν, τίθεσθαι κελεύει, καὶ εἴ τινες ἑτέρωθεν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιζομένους τὸ ξενικὸν αὐτῶν, ἂν βελτίους φαίνωνται.

    CliniasI think I see one, stranger. It seems that it was by some stroke of luck that we went through all these arguments. For I’ve come to need them just now, and you’ve turned up at just the right moment, and 702c Megillus here too. I won’t hide from you two what’s happening to me; in fact I take it as a kind of omen. Most of Crete is undertaking to found a colony, and has charged the Knossians with managing the matter, and the city of Knossos has handed it to me and nine others. It also tells us to lay down laws, choosing any of the local ones that please us, and any from elsewhere, paying no attention to their being foreign, if they seem better.

    νῦν οὖν ἐμοί τε καὶ 702d ὑμῖν ταύτην δῶμεν χάριν· ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐκλέξαντες, τῷ λόγῳ συστησώμεθα πόλιν, οἷον ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατοικίζοντες, καὶ ἅμα μὲν ἡμῖν οὗ ζητοῦμεν ἐπίσκεψις γενήσεται, ἅμα δὲ ἐγὼ τάχʼ ἂν χρησαίμην εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πόλιν ταύτῃ τῇ συστάσει.

    So now let’s do this favor for me and 702d for you. Selecting from what’s been said, let’s construct a city in words, as if we were founding it from the beginning. That way we’ll get an examination of what we’re looking for, and I may perhaps use this construction for the city that is to be.

    Athenianοὐ πόλεμόν γε ἐπαγγέλλεις, ὦ Κλεινία· ἀλλʼ εἰ μή τι Μεγίλλῳ πρόσαντες, τὰ παρʼ ἐμοῦ γε ἡγοῦ σοι πάντα κατὰ νοῦν ὑπάρχειν εἰς δύναμιν.

    AthenianIt’s no war you’re proclaiming, Clinias! Unless Megillus has some objection, you may count on me for everything you have in mind, as far as I’m able.

    Cliniasεὖ λέγεις.

    CliniasGood.

    Megillusκαὶ μὴν καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἐμοῦ.

    MegillusAnd on me too.

    Cliniasκάλλιστʼ εἰρήκατον. ἀτὰρ πειρώμεθα λόγῳ πρῶτον κατοικίζειν τὴν πόλιν.

    CliniasExcellently said, both of you. So let’s try first to found the city in words.

    Book IV

    The site of Magnesia; law as the rule of reason; the preambles.

    Athenianφέρε δή, τίνα δεῖ διανοηθῆναί ποτε τὴν πόλιν ἔσεσθαι; λέγω δὲ οὔτι τοὔνομα αὐτῆς ἐρωτῶν ὅτι ποτʼ ἔστι τὰ νῦν, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον ὅτι δεήσει καλεῖν αὐτήν— τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως καὶ ὁ κατοικισμὸς αὐτῆς ἤ τις τόπος, ἢ ποταμοῦ τινος ἢ κρήνης ἢ θεῶν ἐπωνυμία τῶν ἐν τῷ 704b τόπῳ, προσθείη τὴν αὑτῶν φήμην καινῇ γενομένῃ τῇ πόλει— τόδε δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὃ βουλόμενος μᾶλλον ἐπερωτῶ, πότερον ἐπιθαλαττίδιος ἔσται τις ἢ χερσαία.

    AthenianCome then, what should we think the city will be like? I’m not asking what its name is now, or what it will have to be called in the future—that might perhaps come from its founding, or from some place, a river or a spring or the gods of the 704b place, lending their name to the newly founded city. What I’m more concerned to ask about it is this: will it be by the sea or inland?

    Cliniasσχεδόν, ὦ ξένε, ἀπέχει θαλάττης γε ἡ πόλις, ἧς πέρι τὰ νυνδὴ λεχθέντα ἡμῖν, εἴς τινας ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους.

    CliniasThe city we were just speaking of, stranger, is about eighty stades from the sea.

    A stade was about 600 feet, so eighty stades is roughly nine miles.

    Athenianτί δέ; λιμένες ἆρʼ εἰσὶν κατὰ ταῦτα αὐτῆς, ἢ τὸ παράπαν ἀλίμενος;

    AthenianWell? Are there harbors along that part of the coast, or has it no harbors at all?

    Cliniasεὐλίμενος μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ γε ὡς δυνατόν ἐστιν μάλιστα, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasOn the contrary, stranger, it’s as well supplied with harbors there as it could possibly be.

    Athenianπαπαί, οἷον λέγεις. τί δὲ περὶ αὐτὴν ἡ χώρα; πότερα πάμφορος ἢ καί τινων ἐπιδεής;

    AthenianOh dear, what a thing to say! And what about the country around it? Does it produce everything, or does it lack some things?

    Cliniasσχεδὸν οὐδενὸς ἐπιδεής.

    CliniasIt lacks almost nothing.

    Athenianγείτων δὲ αὐτῆς πόλις ἆρʼ ἔσται τις πλησίον;

    AthenianAnd will there be a neighboring city close by?

    Cliniasοὐ πάνυ, διὸ καὶ κατοικίζεται· παλαιὰ γάρ τις ἐξοίκησις ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γενομένη τὴν χώραν ταύτην ἔρημον ἀπείργασται χρόνον ἀμήχανον ὅσον.

    CliniasNot really—that’s why it’s being settled. An emigration from the place long ago left this country deserted for longer than anyone can say.

    Athenianτί δὲ πεδίων τε καὶ ὀρῶν καὶ ὕλης; πῶς μέρος ἑκάστων ἡμῖν εἴληχεν;

    AthenianAnd what about plains, mountains, and forest? How much of each has fallen to our lot?

    Cliniasπροσέοικε τῇ τῆς ἄλλης Κρήτης φύσει ὅλῃ.

    CliniasIt resembles the rest of Crete in its whole character.

    Athenianτραχυτέραν αὐτὴν ἢ πεδιεινοτέραν ἂν λέγοις.

    AthenianYou’d call it more rugged than flat, then.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐ τοίνυν ἀνίατός γε ἂν εἴη πρὸς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιθαλαττία τε ἔμελλεν εἶναι καὶ εὐλίμενος καὶ μὴ πάμφορος ἀλλʼ ἐπιδεὴς πολλῶν, μεγάλου τινὸς ἔδει σωτῆρός τε αὐτῇ καὶ νομοθετῶν θείων τινῶν, εἰ μὴ πολλά τε ἔμελλεν ἤθη καὶ ποικίλα καὶ φαῦλα ἕξειν τοιαύτη φύσει γενομένη· νῦν δὲ παραμύθιον ἔχει τὸ τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίων. ἐγγύτερον μέντοι τοῦ δέοντος κεῖται τῆς θαλάττης, 705a σχεδὸν ὅσον εὐλιμενωτέραν αὐτὴν φῂς εἶναι, ὅμως δὲ ἀγαπητὸν καὶ τοῦτο. πρόσοικος γὰρ θάλαττα χώρᾳ τὸ μὲν παρʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ, μάλα γε μὴν ὄντως ἁλμυρὸν καὶ πικρὸν γειτόνημα· ἐμπορίας γὰρ καὶ χρηματισμοῦ διὰ καπηλείας ἐμπιμπλᾶσα αὐτήν, ἤθη παλίμβολα καὶ ἄπιστα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐντίκτουσα, αὐτήν τε πρὸς αὑτὴν τὴν πόλιν ἄπιστον καὶ ἄφιλον ποιεῖ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὡσαύτως.

    AthenianThen it wouldn’t be incurable as regards acquiring virtue. If it were going to be on the coast, with good harbors, and not producing everything but short of many things, it would need some great savior and divine lawgivers if it weren’t to have many varied and base characters, being naturally placed like that. As it is, the eighty stades offer some consolation. It does lie nearer the sea than it should, 705a all the more since you say it’s so well supplied with harbors; still, even this is something to be glad of. For the sea’s presence next to a country is pleasant enough from day to day, but in truth it is a very salty and bitter neighbor. It fills the country with commerce and moneymaking through retail trade, breeds shifty and untrustworthy characters in souls, and makes the city untrustworthy and unfriendly both to itself and likewise to the rest of mankind.

    παραμύθιον δὲ δὴ πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ τὸ πάμφορος εἶναι κέκτηται, 705b τραχεῖα δὲ οὖσα δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἂν πολύφορός τε εἴη καὶ πάμφορος ἅμα· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔχουσα, πολλὴν ἐξαγωγὴν ἂν παρεχομένη, νομίσματος ἀργυροῦ καὶ χρυσοῦ πάλιν ἀντεμπίμπλαιτʼ ἄν, οὗ μεῖζον κακὸν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν πόλει ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς ἓν οὐδὲν ἂν γίγνοιτο εἰς γενναίων καὶ δικαίων ἠθῶν κτῆσιν, ὡς ἔφαμεν, εἰ μεμνήμεθα, ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν λόγοις.

    Against this it has a consolation, too, in producing everything; 705b and being rugged, it clearly couldn’t both produce abundantly and produce everything at once. If it had that, and offered a great deal for export, it would in return be filled up with silver and gold coin—and practically no single thing could be a greater evil for a city with regard to acquiring noble and just characters, as we said in our earlier arguments, if we remember.

    Cliniasἀλλὰ μεμνήμεθα, καὶ συγχωροῦμεν τότε λέγειν ἡμᾶς ὀρθῶς καὶ τὰ νῦν.

    CliniasOh, we remember, and we agree that we were right then, and that we’re right now.

    The land and the sea

    The colony's site, timber and harbors are assessed; naval power is said to corrupt a city.

    Athenianτί δὲ δή; ναυπηγησίμης ὕλης ὁ τόπος ἡμῖν τῆς χώρας πῶς ἔχει;

    AthenianWell, then: how is this region of ours off for timber for shipbuilding?

    Cliniasοὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε τις ἐλάτη λόγου ἀξία οὔτʼ αὖ πεύκη, κυπάριττός τε οὐ πολλή· πίτυν τʼ αὖ καὶ πλάτανον ὀλίγην ἂν εὕροι τις, οἷς δὴ πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἐντὸς τῶν πλοίων μέρη ἀναγκαῖον τοῖς ναυπηγοῖς χρῆσθαι ἑκάστοτε.

    CliniasThere’s no fir worth mentioning, and no pine either, and not much cypress. You’d find only a little stone pine and plane, which shipwrights always have to use for the inner parts of their ships.

    Athenianκαὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν κακῶς ἔχοι τῇ χώρᾳ τῆς φύσεως.

    AthenianThat’s another feature of the country’s nature that wouldn’t be a bad thing.

    Cliniasτί δή;

    CliniasWhy?

    Athenianμιμήσεις πονηρὰς μιμεῖσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους μὴ 705d ῥᾳδίως δύνασθαί τινα πόλιν ἀγαθόν.

    AthenianIt’s good for a city not to be able 705d easily to copy its enemies in their bad ways.

    Cliniasεἰς δὴ τί τῶν εἰρημένων βλέψας εἶπες ὃ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat in our earlier discussion did you have in view when you said that?

    Athenianὦ δαιμόνιε, φύλαττέ με εἰς τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς εἰρημένον ἀποβλέπων, τὸ περὶ τῶν Κρητικῶν νόμων ὡς πρὸς ἕν τι βλέποιεν, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐλεγέτην αὐτὸ εἶναι σφὼ τὸ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπον ὡς ὅτι μὲν εἰς ἀρετήν ποι βλέποι τὰ τοιαῦτα νόμιμα κείμενα, καλῶς ἔχοι, τὸ δὲ ὅτι πρὸς μέρος ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς πᾶσαν σχεδόν, οὐ 705e πάνυ συνεχώρουν· νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς μοι τῆς παρούσης νομοθεσίας ἀντιφυλάξατε ἑπόμενοι, ἐὰν ἄρα τι μὴ πρὸς ἀρετὴν τεῖνον ἢ πρὸς ἀρετῆς μόριον νομοθετῶ.

    AthenianMy dear friend, keep an eye on me by looking back to what was said at the beginning about the Cretan laws aiming at a single thing. You two said that this was war in particular; and I took you up and said that insofar as such established customs aimed at virtue, that was fine, but that they aimed at a part of it and not at the whole, I didn’t 705e quite agree. So now it’s your turn to follow along and keep watch over the legislation we’re drafting, in case I lay down any law that doesn’t tend toward virtue, or toward some part of virtue.

    τοῦτον γὰρ δὴ τίθεσθαι τὸν νόμον ὀρθῶς ὑποτίθεμαι μόνον, ὃς ἂν δίκην 706a τοξότου ἑκάστοτε στοχάζηται τούτου ὅτῳ ἂν συνεχῶς τούτων ἀεὶ καλόν τι συνέπηται μόνῳ, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα σύμπαντα παραλείπῃ, ἐάντε τις πλοῦτος ἐάντε ἄρα τι τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων ὂν τυγχάνῃ ἄνευ τῶν προειρημένων.

    For the only law I take to be correctly laid down is one that, like 706a an archer, always aims at whatever alone is constantly attended by something fine, and passes over everything else, whether it be wealth or anything else of that kind that happens to be present without the things we mentioned before.

    τὴν δὲ δὴ μίμησιν ἔλεγον τὴν τῶν πολεμίων τὴν κακὴν τοιάνδε γίγνεσθαι, ὅταν οἰκῇ μέν τις πρὸς θαλάττῃ, λυπῆται δʼ ὑπὸ πολεμίων, οἷον—φράσω γὰρ οὔτι μνησικακεῖν βουλόμενος ὑμῖν—Μίνως γὰρ δή ποτε τοὺς οἰκοῦντας τὴν Ἀττικὴν 706b παρεστήσατο εἰς χαλεπήν τινα φορὰν δασμοῦ, δύναμιν πολλὴν κατὰ θάλατταν κεκτημένος, οἱ δʼ οὔτε πω πλοῖα ἐκέκτηντο, καθάπερ νῦν, πολεμικά, οὔτʼ αὖ τὴν χώραν πλήρη ναυπηγησίμων ξύλων ὥστʼ εὐμαρῶς ναυτικὴν παρασχέσθαι δύναμιν· οὔκουν οἷοί τʼ ἐγένοντο διὰ μιμήσεως ναυτικῆς αὐτοὶ ναῦται γενόμενοι εὐθὺς τότε τοὺς πολεμίους ἀμύνασθαι.

    As for the bad imitation of enemies I spoke of, this is how it happens: when people live by the sea and are harassed by enemies. For example—and I’ll say this with no wish to rake up old grievances against you—Minos once forced the inhabitants of Attica 706b to pay a harsh tribute, since he had acquired great power at sea. They didn’t yet have warships, as they do now, nor was their land full of shipbuilding timber, so that they could easily provide a naval force. So they weren’t able to become sailors themselves right away by imitating their enemies’ seafaring and so fend them off then and there.

    Athens was said to have sent Minos seven youths and seven maidens as tribute, to be fed to the Minotaur.

    ἔτι γὰρ ἂν πλεονάκις ἑπτὰ ἀπολέσαι παῖδας αὐτοῖς 706c συνήνεγκεν, πρὶν ἀντὶ πεζῶν ὁπλιτῶν μονίμων ναυτικοὺς γενομένους ἐθισθῆναι, πυκνὰ ἀποπηδῶντας, δρομικῶς εἰς τὰς ναῦς ταχὺ πάλιν ἀποχωρεῖν, καὶ δοκεῖν μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιεῖν μὴ τολμῶντας ἀποθνῄσκειν μένοντας ἐπιφερομένων πολεμίων, ἀλλʼ εἰκυίας αὐτοῖς γίγνεσθαι προφάσεις καὶ σφόδρα ἑτοίμας ὅπλα τε ἀπολλῦσιν καὶ φεύγουσι δή τινας οὐκ αἰσχράς, ὥς φασιν, φυγάς. ταῦτα γὰρ ἐκ ναυτικῆς ὁπλιτείας ῥήματα φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, οὐκ ἄξια ἐπαίνων πολλάκις 706d μυρίων, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον· ἔθη γὰρ πονηρὰ οὐδέποτε ἐθίζειν δεῖ, καὶ ταῦτα τὸ τῶν πολιτῶν βέλτιστον μέρος. ἦν δέ που τοῦτό γε καὶ παρʼ Ὁμήρου λαβεῖν, ὅτι τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα ἦν τὸ τοιοῦτον οὐ καλόν.

    Yet it would have been better for them to lose seven children many times over 706c than to turn from steady hoplites fighting on foot into seamen and get used to leaping ashore again and again and then running quickly back to their ships; to think they were doing nothing shameful when they didn’t dare to stand their ground and die as the enemy charged; and to have plausible and very ready excuses whenever they throw away their weapons and take to certain kinds of flight that are “not shameful,” as they say. These are the expressions that tend to come from hoplites serving at sea, and they hardly deserve praise over and over, 706d ten thousand times; quite the reverse. For one should never train anyone in bad habits, least of all the best part of the citizen body. One could have learned from Homer, too, that this sort of practice was not a fine one.

    Ὀδυσσεὺς γὰρ αὐτῷ λοιδορεῖ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα, τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τότε ὑπὸ τῶν Τρώων κατεχομένων τῇ μάχῃ, κελεύοντα τὰς ναῦς εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καθέλκειν, ὁ δὲ χαλεπαίνει τε αὐτῷ καὶ λέγει— 706e ὃς κέλεαι πολέμοιο συνεσταότος καὶ ἀυτῆς νῆας ἐυσέλμους ἅλαδʼ ἕλκειν, ὄφρʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον Τρωσὶ μὲν εὐκτὰ γένηται ἐελδομένοισί περ ἔμπης, ἡμῖν δʼ αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος ἐπιρρέπῃ· οὐ γὰρ Ἀχαιοί σχήσουσιν πολέμου νηῶν ἅλαδʼ ἑλκομενάων, ἀλλʼ ἀποπαπτανέουσιν, ἐρωήσουσι δὲ χάρμης· 707a ἔνθα κε σὴ βουλὴ δηλήσεται, οἷʼ ἀγορεύεις. ταῦτʼ οὖν ἐγίγνωσκε καὶ ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι κακὸν ἐν θαλάττῃ τριήρεις ὁπλίταις παρεστῶσαι μαχομένοις· καὶ λέοντες ἂν ἐλάφους ἐθισθεῖεν φεύγειν τοιούτοις ἔθεσι χρώμενοι.

    In his poem Odysseus rebukes Agamemnon when the Achaeans were hard pressed in battle by the Trojans and Agamemnon was ordering the ships to be hauled down to the sea. Odysseus is angry with him and says: 706e “You, who bid us, while war and the battle cry close round us, haul our well-benched ships into the sea, so that still more the Trojans may win what they pray for, eager though they already are, and sheer ruin may sink down upon us. For the Achaeans will not hold out in the fighting if the ships are hauled to the sea; they will glance behind them and draw back from the battle. 707a Then your counsel would bring us harm, such as you propose.” So he too recognized that triremes standing by at sea are a bad thing for hoplites in battle. Even lions, with habits like these, would learn to run away from deer.

    πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἱ διὰ τὰ ναυτικὰ πόλεων δυνάμεις ἅμα σωτηρίᾳ τιμὰς οὐ τῷ καλλίστῳ τῶν πολεμικῶν ἀποδιδόασιν· διὰ κυβερνητικῆς γὰρ καὶ πεντηκονταρχίας καὶ ἐρετικῆς, καὶ 707b παντοδαπῶν καὶ οὐ πάνυ σπουδαίων ἀνθρώπων γιγνομένης, τὰς τιμὰς ἑκάστοις οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο ὀρθῶς ἀποδιδόναι τις. καίτοι πῶς ἂν ἔτι πολιτεία γίγνοιτο ὀρθὴ τούτου στερομένη;

    Besides, cities whose power rests on their navies award honors, along with their safety, to what is not the finest element of their fighting forces. Since safety comes through the skills of helmsmen, petty officers and oarsmen, 707b and through people of every sort and not very worthy ones, no one could award honors to each correctly. And yet how could a constitution still be a correct one if it were deprived of that?

    Cliniasσχεδὸν ἀδύνατον. ἀλλὰ μήν, ὦ ξένε, τήν γε περὶ Σαλαμῖνα ναυμαχίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους γενομένην ἡμεῖς γε οἱ Κρῆτες τὴν Ἑλλάδα φαμὲν σῶσαι.

    CliniasNext to impossible. But surely, stranger, we Cretans, at any rate, say that the sea battle the Greeks fought against the non-Greeks at Salamis saved Greece.

    Athenianκαὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων 707c λέγουσι ταῦτα. ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ φίλε, ἐγώ τε καὶ ὅδε, Μέγιλλος, φαμὲν τὴν πεζὴν μάχην τὴν ἐν Μαραθῶνι γενομένην καὶ ἐν Πλαταιαῖς, τὴν μὲν ἄρξαι τῆς σωτηρίας τοῖς Ἕλλησι, τὴν δὲ τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι, καὶ τὰς μὲν βελτίους τοὺς Ἕλληνας ποιῆσαι, τὰς δὲ οὐ βελτίους, ἵνʼ οὕτως λέγωμεν περὶ τῶν τότε συσσωσασῶν ἡμᾶς μαχῶν· πρὸς γὰρ τῇ περὶ Σαλαμῖνα τὴν περὶ τὸ Ἀρτεμίσιόν σοι προσθήσω κατὰ θάλατταν μάχην.

    AthenianYes, and most Greeks and non-Greeks 707c say so too. But we, my friend—Megillus here and I—say that it was the land battle fought at Marathon and the one at Plataea: the first began the Greeks’ salvation, and the second completed it. These battles made the Greeks better, while the others did not make them better—if I may speak that way about the battles that joined in saving us back then. For to the one at Salamis I’ll add, for your sake, the sea battle at Artemisium.

    Plataea (479 BC) was the final land victory over the Persians; Artemisium (480 BC) was a sea battle fought just before Salamis.

    ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀποβλέποντες νῦν πρὸς πολιτείας ἀρετήν, καὶ χώρας φύσιν σκοπούμεθα καὶ νόμων τάξιν, οὐ τὸ σῴζεσθαί τε καὶ εἶναι μόνον ἀνθρώποις τιμιώτατον ἡγούμενοι, καθάπερ οἱ πολλοί, τὸ δʼ ὡς βελτίστους γίγνεσθαί τε καὶ εἶναι τοσοῦτον χρόνον ὅσον ἂν ὦσιν· εἴρηται δʼ ἡμῖν οἶμαι καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν.

    But the point is that we are now looking to the virtue of a constitution when we examine the nature of the land and the arrangement of the laws. We don’t believe, as most people do, that merely surviving and existing is the most valuable thing for human beings, but rather becoming as good as possible and remaining so for as long as they exist. We’ve said this too earlier, I think.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτοῦτο τοίνυν σκοπώμεθα μόνον, εἰ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἐρχόμεθα βελτίστην οὖσαν πόλεσι κατοικίσεων πέρι καὶ νομοθεσιῶν.

    AthenianSo let’s consider just this one thing: whether we are keeping to the same path, the one that is best for cities when it comes to settlements and legislation.

    Cliniasκαὶ πολύ γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianλέγε δὴ τοίνυν τὸ τούτοις ἑξῆς· τίς ὁ κατοικιζόμενος ὑμῖν λεὼς ἔσται; πότερον ἐξ ἁπάσης Κρήτης ὁ ἐθέλων, ὡς ὄχλου τινὸς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἑκάσταις γεγενημένου πλείονος ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς γῆς τροφήν; οὐ γάρ που τὸν βουλόμενόν γε Ἑλλήνων συνάγετε. καίτοι τινὰς ὑμῖν ἔκ τε Ἄργους ὁρῶ καὶ Αἰγίνης καὶ ἄλλοθεν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς 708a τὴν χώραν κατῳκισμένους. τὸ δὲ δὴ παρὸν ἡμῖν λέγε πόθεν ἔσεσθαι φῂς στρατόπεδον τῶν πολιτῶν τὰ νῦν;

    AthenianThen tell me what comes next. Who are the people you’ll be settling? Anyone from all of Crete who wishes, on the grounds that a crowd has grown up in each of the cities too large for the land to feed? For I don’t suppose you’re gathering any Greek who wants to come. And yet I do see people from Argos, Aegina and other parts of Greece settled in 708a your country. So tell us about the present case: where do you say your host of citizens will come from now?

    Cliniasἔκ τε Κρήτης συμπάσης ἔοικεν γενήσεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ Ἑλλήνων μάλιστά μοι φαίνονται τοὺς ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου προσδέξασθαι συνοίκους. καὶ γὰρ ὃ νῦν δὴ λέγεις, ἀληθὲς φράζεις, ὡς ἐξ Ἄργους εἰσίν, καὶ τό γε μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦν τὰ νῦν ἐνθάδε γένος, τὸ Γορτυνικόν· ἐκ Γόρτυνος γὰρ τυγχάνει ἀπῳκηκὸς ταύτης τῆς Πελοποννησιακῆς.

    CliniasIt looks as though they’ll come from all over Crete; and of the other Greeks, I think they’d be most willing to take in people from the Peloponnese as fellow settlers. What you said just now is true, that there are people here from Argos; and so is the clan now most highly esteemed here, the Gortynian, for it happens to have come as colonists from Gortyn, the one in the Peloponnese.

    Gortyn was one of the chief cities of Crete; there was also a Gortys in Arcadia, in the Peloponnese, from which it claimed descent.

    Athenianοὐ τοίνυν εὔκολος ὁμοίως γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὁ κατοικισμὸς ταῖς πόλεσιν, ὅταν μὴ τὸν τῶν ἐσμῶν γίγνηται τρόπον, ἓν γένος ἀπὸ μιᾶς ἰὸν χώρας οἰκίζηται, φίλον παρὰ φίλων, στενοχωρίᾳ τινὶ πολιορκηθὲν γῆς ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις τοιούτοις παθήμασιν ἀναγκασθέν. ἔστιν δʼ ὅτε καὶ στάσεσιν βιαζόμενον ἀναγκάζοιτʼ ἂν ἑτέρωσε ἀποξενοῦσθαι πόλεώς τι μόριον· ἤδη δέ ποτε καὶ συνάπασα πόλις τινῶν ἔφυγεν, ἄρδην κρείττονι κρατηθεῖσα πολέμῳ. ταῦτʼ οὖν πάντʼ ἐστὶ 708c τῇ μὲν ῥᾴω κατοικίζεσθαί τε καὶ νομοθετεῖσθαι, τῇ δὲ χαλεπώτερα.

    AthenianThen settlement wouldn’t be equally easy for cities when it doesn’t happen the way bees swarm: a single people setting out from a single land and settling, friends parting from friends, when hard pressed by shortage of land or driven by other misfortunes of that kind. Sometimes, too, part of a city may be forced by civil strife to emigrate elsewhere; and once in a while a whole city has gone into exile, utterly overpowered by a stronger force in war. All these cases are in some ways 708c easier to settle and legislate for, and in others harder.

    τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἕν τι εἶναι γένος ὁμόφωνον καὶ ὁμόνομον ἔχει τινὰ φιλίαν, κοινωνὸν ἱερῶν ὂν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων πάντων, νόμους δʼ ἑτέρους καὶ πολιτείας ἄλλας τῶν οἴκοθεν οὐκ εὐπετῶς ἀνέχεται, τὸ δʼ ἐνίοτε πονηρίᾳ νόμων ἐστασιακὸς καὶ διὰ συνήθειαν ζητοῦν ἔτι χρῆσθαι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσιν διʼ ἃ καὶ πρότερον ἐφθάρη, χαλεπὸν τῷ κατοικίζοντι 708d καὶ νομοθετοῦντι καὶ δυσπειθὲς γίγνεται· τὸ δʼ αὖ παντοδαπὸν ἐς ταὐτὸν συνερρυηκὸς γένος ὑπακοῦσαι μέν τινων νόμων καινῶν τάχα ἂν ἐθελήσειε μᾶλλον, τὸ δὲ συμπνεῦσαι, καὶ καθάπερ ἵππων ζεῦγος καθʼ ἕνα εἰς ταὐτόν, τὸ λεγόμενον, συμφυσῆσαι, χρόνου πολλοῦ καὶ παγχάλεπον. ἀλλʼ ὄντως ἐστὶν νομοθεσία καὶ πόλεων οἰκισμοὶ πάντων τελεώτατον πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀνδρῶν.

    A people that is one, with one language and one set of laws, has a certain friendliness, since it shares its sacred rites and everything of that kind; but it doesn’t readily put up with laws and constitutions different from those at home. Again, a people that has sometimes fallen into civil strife because of bad laws, and that out of habit still seeks to follow the same customs that ruined it before, is hard to handle for the man settling it 708d and legislating for it, and hard to persuade. On the other hand, a mixed people that has flowed together from all over might perhaps be more willing to obey some new laws; but to get them to breathe as one—to pull together, as the saying goes, like a team of horses—takes a long time and is extremely hard. In truth, legislation and the founding of cities are the most consummate of all tasks where men’s virtue is concerned.

    Cliniasεἰκός· ὅπῃ δʼ αὖ βλέπων τοῦτʼ εἴρηκας, φράζʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον.

    CliniasProbably. But tell me still more clearly what you have in view in saying that.

    Athenianὠγαθέ, ἔοικα περὶ νομοθετῶν ἐπανιὼν καὶ σκοπῶν ἅμα ἐρεῖν τι καὶ φαῦλον· ἀλλʼ ἐὰν πρὸς καιρόν τινα λέγωμεν, πρᾶγμʼ οὐδὲν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἔτι. καίτοι τί ποτε δυσχεραίνω; σχεδὸν γάρ τοι πάντα οὕτως ἔοικʼ ἔχειν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα.

    AthenianMy good friend, as I go back over lawgivers and examine them, I’m likely to say something disparaging as well. But if we say it to good purpose, there’ll be no harm in it. And yet why am I making a fuss? Pretty much all human affairs seem to be like this.

    Cliniasτοῦ δὴ πέρι λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat are you talking about?

    Athenianἔμελλον λέγειν ὡς οὐδείς ποτε ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν νομοθετεῖ, τύχαι δὲ καὶ συμφοραὶ παντοῖαι πίπτουσαι παντοίως νομοθετοῦσι τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν. ἢ γὰρ πόλεμός τις βιασάμενος ἀνέτρεψε πολιτείας καὶ μετέβαλε νόμους, ἢ πενίας χαλεπῆς ἀπορία· πολλὰ δὲ καὶ νόσοι ἀναγκάζουσι καινοτομεῖν, λοιμῶν τε ἐμπιπτόντων, καὶ χρόνον ἐπὶ πολὺν ἐνιαυτῶν πολλῶν πολλάκις ἀκαιρίαι. ταῦτα δὴ πάντα προϊδών τις ᾄξειεν ἂν εἰπεῖν ὅπερ ἐγὼ νυνδή, τὸ θνητὸν 709b μὲν μηδένα νομοθετεῖν μηδέν, τύχας δʼ εἶναι σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα· τὸ δʼ ἔστιν περί τε ναυτιλίαν καὶ κυβερνητικὴν καὶ ἰατρικὴν καὶ στρατηγικὴν πάντα ταῦτʼ εἰπόντα δοκεῖν εὖ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁμοίως αὖ καὶ τόδε ἔστιν λέγοντα εὖ λέγειν ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις.

    AthenianI was about to say that no human being ever legislates anything: chances and accidents of every kind, befalling us in every kind of way, make all our laws for us. Either some war violently overturns constitutions and changes laws, or the distress of harsh poverty does. Diseases, too, often force innovations, when plagues strike, and so do bad seasons that last many years at a time. Foreseeing all this, one might leap to say what I just said: that no mortal 709b legislates anything, and that nearly all human affairs are a matter of chance. It’s possible to say all this about navigation, piloting, medicine and generalship and seem to be speaking well; but it’s equally possible to speak well in saying this other thing about these same matters.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianὡς θεὸς μὲν πάντα, καὶ μετὰ θεοῦ τύχη καὶ καιρός, τἀνθρώπινα διακυβερνῶσι σύμπαντα. ἡμερώτερον μὴν τρίτον 709c συγχωρῆσαι τούτοις δεῖν ἕπεσθαι τέχνην· καιρῷ γὰρ χειμῶνος συλλαβέσθαι κυβερνητικὴν ἢ μή, μέγα πλεονέκτημα ἔγωγʼ ἂν θείην. ἢ πῶς;

    AthenianThat god governs everything, and with god chance and opportunity steer all human affairs. But it’s a milder view 709c to grant that a third thing must accompany these: skill. For in the crisis of a storm, whether or not one has the pilot’s skill to help—I’d count that a great advantage. Or how would you put it?

    Cliniasοὕτως.

    CliniasJust so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὡσαύτως κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἔχοι λόγον, καὶ δὴ καὶ νομοθεσίᾳ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο δοτέον· τῶν ἄλλων συμπιπτόντων, ὅσα δεῖ χώρᾳ συντυχεῖν, εἰ μέλλοι ποτὲ εὐδαιμόνως οἰκήσειν, τὸν νομοθέτην ἀληθείας ἐχόμενον τῇ τοιαύτῃ παραπεσεῖν ἑκάστοτε πόλει δεῖν.

    AthenianAnd the same account would hold for the other cases, too; and in particular the same must be granted to legislation. When all the other things coincide that a country needs to have fall its way, if it is ever to be settled happily, such a city must each time happen upon a lawgiver who holds to the truth.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὅ γε πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι τῶν εἰρημένων ἔχων τὴν τέχνην κἂν εὔξασθαί που δύναιτο ὀρθῶς, τί παρὸν αὐτῷ διὰ τύχης, τῆς τέχνης ἂν μόνον ἐπιδέοι;

    AthenianNow wouldn’t someone who has the skill for each of the things we’ve mentioned be able to pray correctly for the thing which, if chance supplied it, would leave him needing nothing but his skill?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοἵ τε ἄλλοι γε δὴ πάντες οἱ νυνδὴ ῥηθέντες, κελευόμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν εὐχὴν εἰπεῖν, εἴποιεν ἄν. ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianAnd all the others we just mentioned, if they were told to state their prayer, would state it. Isn’t that so?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ νομοθέτης οἶμαι δράσειεν.

    AthenianAnd a lawgiver, I think, would do the same.

    Cliniasἔγωγʼ οἶμαι.

    CliniasI think so.

    The young tyrant

    A good constitution comes most quickly when a lawgiver meets a young, moderate tyrant willing to reform.

    Athenian“φέρε δή, νομοθέτα,” πρὸς αὐτὸν φῶμεν, “τί σοι 709e καὶ πῶς πόλιν ἔχουσαν δῶμεν, ὃ λαβὼν ἕξεις ὥστʼ ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν αὐτὸς τὴν πόλιν ἱκανῶς διοικῆσαι;”

    Athenian“Come then, lawgiver,” let’s say to him, “what shall we give you, 709e and a city in what condition, so that once you have it you’ll be able to manage the city adequately yourself from then on?”

    Cliniasτί μετὰ τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ὀρθῶς ἔστιν ἄρα;

    CliniasWhat’s the right answer to that, then?

    Athenianτοῦ νομοθέτου φράζομεν τοῦτο, ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianIt’s the lawgiver’s answer we’re stating, isn’t it?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτόδε· “τυραννουμένην μοι δότε τὴν πόλιν,” φήσει· “τύραννος δʼ ἔστω νέος καὶ μνήμων καὶ εὐμαθὴς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὴς φύσει· ὃ δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐλέγομεν δεῖν ἕπεσθαι σύμπασιν τοῖς τῆς ἀρετῆς μέρεσι, καὶ νῦν τῇ 710a τυραννουμένῃ ψυχῇ τοῦτο συνεπέσθω, ἐὰν μέλλῃ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπαρχόντων ὄφελος εἶναί τι.”

    AthenianThis: “Give me the city under a tyrant,” he’ll say, “and let the tyrant be young, with a good memory, quick to learn, brave and high-minded by nature. And the thing we said earlier must accompany all the parts of virtue—let that accompany 710a the tyrant’s soul now too, if his other qualities are to be of any use.”

    Cliniasσωφροσύνην μοι δοκεῖ φράζειν, ὦ Μέγιλλε, δεῖν εἶναι τὴν συνεπομένην ὁ ξένος. ἦ γάρ;

    CliniasI think the stranger means, Megillus, that the quality accompanying these must be moderation. Isn’t that right?

    Athenianτὴν δημώδη γε, ὦ Κλεινία, καὶ οὐχ ἥν τις σεμνύνων ἂν λέγοι, φρόνησιν προσαναγκάζων εἶναι τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ εὐθὺς παισὶν καὶ θηρίοις, τοῖς μὲν ἀκρατῶς ἔχειν πρὸς τὰς ἡδονάς, σύμφυτον ἐπανθεῖ, τοῖς δὲ ἐγκρατῶς· ὃ 710b καὶ μονούμενον ἔφαμεν τῶν πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν λεγομένων οὐκ ἄξιον εἶναι λόγου. ἔχετε γὰρ ὃ λέγω που.

    AthenianThe ordinary kind, Clinias, not the kind people speak of solemnly when they insist that being moderate is wisdom, but the kind that blossoms naturally, right from the start, in children and animals, making some unrestrained where pleasures are concerned and others restrained. 710b When it stands alone, we said, it isn’t worth mentioning among the many things called good. You know what I mean, I’m sure.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianταύτην τοίνυν ἡμῖν ὁ τύραννος τὴν φύσιν ἐχέτω πρὸς ἐκείναις ταῖς φύσεσιν, εἰ μέλλει πόλις ὡς δυνατόν ἐστι τάχιστα καὶ ἄριστα σχήσειν πολιτείαν ἣν λαβοῦσα εὐδαιμονέστατα διάξει. θάττων γὰρ ταύτης καὶ ἀμείνων πολιτείας διάθεσις οὔτʼ ἔστιν οὔτʼ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο.

    AthenianWell then, let our tyrant have this nature in addition to those others, if the city is to acquire, as quickly and as well as possible, the constitution under which it will live most happily. For there neither is nor could ever be a quicker or better way of establishing a constitution than this.

    Cliniasπῶς δὴ καὶ τίνι λόγῳ τοῦτο, ὦ ξένε, λέγων ἄν τις ὀρθῶς λέγειν αὑτὸν πείθοι;

    CliniasAnd how, stranger, and by what argument, could someone who says this convince himself that he’s right?

    Athenianῥᾴδιόν που τοῦτό γε νοεῖν ἐστʼ, ὦ Κλεινία, κατὰ φύσιν ὡς ἔστι τοῦθʼ οὕτω.

    AthenianIt’s easy enough to see, Clinias, that this is how things naturally are.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις; εἰ τύραννος γένοιτο, φῄς, νέος, σώφρων, εὐμαθής, μνήμων, ἀνδρεῖος, μεγαλοπρεπής;

    CliniasWhat do you mean? If there were a tyrant, you say, who was young, moderate, quick to learn, with a good memory, brave and high-minded?

    Athenianεὐτυχής, πρόσθες, μὴ κατʼ ἄλλο, ἀλλὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τε ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ νομοθέτην ἄξιον ἐπαίνου, καί τινα τύχην εἰς 710d ταὐτὸν ἀγαγεῖν αὐτῷ· γενομένου γὰρ τούτου, πάντα σχεδὸν ἀπείργασται τῷ θεῷ, ἅπερ ὅταν βουληθῇ διαφερόντως εὖ πρᾶξαί τινα πόλιν. δεύτερον δέ, ἐάν ποτέ τινες δύο ἄρχοντες γίγνωνται τοιοῦτοι, τρίτον δʼ αὖ καὶ κατὰ λόγον ὡσαύτως χαλεπώτερον ὅσῳ πλείους, ὅσῳ δʼ ἐναντίον, ἐναντίως.

    AthenianAdd “fortunate”—not in any other respect, but in this: that in his time a lawgiver worthy of praise should appear, and some stroke of luck bring the two 710d together. When that happens, god has done nearly everything he does when he wants some city to fare exceptionally well. Second best is if two such rulers should ever arise; third, likewise, and harder in proportion as there are more of them; and the reverse in proportion as there are fewer.

    Cliniasἐκ τυραννίδος ἀρίστην φῂς γενέσθαι πόλιν ἄν, ὡς φαίνῃ, μετὰ νομοθέτου γε ἄκρου καὶ τυράννου κοσμίου, καὶ ῥᾷστά τε καὶ τάχιστʼ ἂν μεταβαλεῖν εἰς τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου, 710e δεύτερον δὲ ἐξ ὀλιγαρχίας—ἢ πῶς λέγεις;—καὶ τὸ τρίτον ἐκ δημοκρατίας.

    CliniasYou’re saying, it seems, that the best city would arise from a tyranny, with a supreme lawgiver and a well-behaved tyrant, and that the change to it would come most easily and quickly from such a starting point; 710e second, from an oligarchy—or what do you mean?—and third, from a democracy.

    Athenianοὐδαμῶς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τυραννίδος μὲν πρῶτον, δεύτερον δὲ ἐκ βασιλικῆς πολιτείας, τρίτον δὲ ἔκ τινος δημοκρατίας. τὸ δὲ τέταρτον, ὀλιγαρχία, τὴν τοῦ τοιούτου γένεσιν χαλεπώτατα δύναιτʼ ἂν προσδέξασθαι· πλεῖστοι γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ δυνάσται γίγνονται. λέγομεν δὴ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι τότε, ὅταν ἀληθὴς μὲν νομοθέτης γένηται φύσει, κοινὴ δὲ αὐτῷ τις συμβῇ ῥώμη πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει μέγιστον δυναμένους· 711a οὗ δʼ ἂν τοῦτο ἀριθμῷ μὲν βραχύτατον, ἰσχυρότατον δέ, καθάπερ ἐν τυραννίδι, γένηται, ταύτῃ καὶ τότε τάχος καὶ ῥᾳστώνη τῆς μεταβολῆς γίγνεσθαι φιλεῖ.

    AthenianNot at all. First from a tyranny, second from a monarchy, third from some kind of democracy. Fourth, oligarchy would have the hardest time admitting the birth of such a city, since it has the largest number of men in power. What we’re saying is that this happens when a true lawgiver arises by nature and comes to share some power with those who have the greatest power in the city. 711a Wherever that power is smallest in number but strongest, as in a tyranny, there and then the change tends to come most quickly and easily.

    Cliniasπῶς; οὐ γὰρ μανθάνομεν.

    CliniasHow so? We don’t follow.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν εἴρηταί γʼ ἡμῖν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλʼ οἶμαι πολλάκις· ὑμεῖς δὲ τάχα οὐδὲ τεθέασθε τυραννουμένην πόλιν.

    AthenianAnd yet we’ve said it not once but many times, I think. But perhaps you two have never even seen a city under a tyrant.

    Cliniasοὐδέ γε ἐπιθυμητὴς ἔγωγʼ εἰμὶ τοῦ θεάματος.

    CliniasNo, and I have no desire to see the spectacle, either.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τοῦτό γʼ ἂν ἴδοις ἐν αὐτῇ τὸ νυνδὴ λεγόμενον.

    AthenianAnd yet in it you’d see just what we’re talking about now.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianοὐδὲν δεῖ πόνων οὐδέ τινος παμπόλλου χρόνου τῷ τυράννῳ μεταβαλεῖν βουληθέντι πόλεως ἤθη, πορεύεσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν δεῖ πρῶτον ταύτῃ, ὅπῃπερ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ, ἐάντε πρὸς ἀρετῆς ἐπιτηδεύματα, προτρέπεσθαι τοὺς πολίτας, ἐάντε ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον, αὐτὸν πρῶτον πάντα ὑπογράφοντα τῷ πράττειν, 711c τὰ μὲν ἐπαινοῦντα καὶ τιμῶντα, τὰ δʼ αὖ πρὸς ψόγον ἄγοντα, καὶ τὸν μὴ πειθόμενον ἀτιμάζοντα καθʼ ἑκάστας τῶν πράξεων.

    AthenianA tyrant who wants to change a city’s customs needs no toil and no very long time. He must first take the road himself in whatever direction he wants to urge the citizens, whether toward the practices of virtue or the opposite, sketching out the whole pattern by his own conduct, 711c praising and honoring some things and censuring others, and disgracing anyone who disobeys, in every sphere of action.

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς οἰόμεθα ταχὺ συνακολουθήσειν τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας τῷ τὴν τοιαύτην πειθὼ καὶ ἅμα βίαν εἰληφότι;

    CliniasAnd how, do we suppose, will the other citizens come to follow quickly the man who has acquired this kind of persuasion, and force along with it?

    Athenianμηδεὶς ἡμᾶς πειθέτω, ὦ φίλοι, ἄλλῃ θᾶττον καὶ ῥᾷον μεταβάλλειν ἄν ποτε πόλιν τοὺς νόμους ἢ τῇ τῶν δυναστευόντων ἡγεμονίᾳ, μηδὲ νῦν γε ἄλλῃ γίγνεσθαι μηδʼ αὖθίς ποτε γενήσεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἡμῖν οὐ τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν 711d ἀδύνατον οὐδὲ χαλεπῶς ἂν γενόμενον· ἀλλὰ τόδʼ ἐστὶ τὸ χαλεπὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ ὀλίγον δὴ τὸ γεγονὸς ἐν τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ, ὅταν δὲ συμβῇ, μυρία καὶ πάντʼ ἐν πόλει ἀγαθὰ ἀπεργάζεται, ἐν ᾗ ποτʼ ἂν ἐγγένηται.

    AthenianLet no one persuade us, my friends, that a city could ever change its laws more quickly and easily by any other route than the leadership of those in power, or that it happens any other way now or ever will in the future. That, you see, is not 711d the impossible part for us, or even something hard to bring about. What is hard to bring about is something else, and it has happened only rarely in the long course of time; but when it does occur, it produces countless blessings of every kind in the city where it arises.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianὅταν ἔρως θεῖος τῶν σωφρόνων τε καὶ δικαίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐγγένηται μεγάλαις τισὶν δυναστείαις, ἢ κατὰ μοναρχίαν δυναστευούσαις ἢ κατὰ πλούτων ὑπεροχὰς διαφερούσαις 711e ἢ γενῶν, ἢ τὴν Νέστορος ἐάν ποτέ τις ἐπανενέγκῃ φύσιν, ὃν τῇ τοῦ λέγειν ῥώμῃ φασὶ πάντων διενεγκόντα ἀνθρώπων πλέον ἔτι τῷ σωφρονεῖν διαφέρειν. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐπὶ μὲν Τροίας, ὥς φασι, γέγονεν, ἐφʼ ἡμῶν δὲ οὐδαμῶς, εἰ δʼ οὖν γέγονεν ἢ καὶ γενήσεται τοιοῦτος ἢ νῦν ἡμῶν ἔστιν τις, μακαρίως μὲν αὐτὸς ζῇ, μακάριοι δὲ οἱ συνήκοοι τῶν ἐκ τοῦ σωφρονοῦντος στόματος ἰόντων λόγων.

    AthenianWhen a divine love of moderate and just practices arises in people of great power, whether they hold power as monarchs or stand out through superior wealth 711e or birth; or if someone should ever bring back the nature of Nestor, who, they say, surpassed all men in the power of speech but surpassed them still more in moderation. That was in the time of Troy, so they say, but in ours not at all. Still, if there has been such a person, or will be, or is one among us now, he himself lives a blessed life, and blessed are those who hear the words that come from that moderate mouth.

    Nestor, the aged king of Pylos in Homer’s Iliad, famous for his eloquent counsel.

    ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ συμπάσης δυνάμεως ὁ αὐτὸς πέρι λόγος, ὡς ὅταν εἰς 712a ταὐτὸν τῷ φρονεῖν τε καὶ σωφρονεῖν ἡ μεγίστη δύναμις ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ συμπέσῃ, τότε πολιτείας τῆς ἀρίστης καὶ νόμων τῶν τοιούτων φύεται γένεσις, ἄλλως δὲ οὐ μή ποτε γένηται. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καθαπερεὶ μῦθός τις λεχθεὶς κεχρησμῳδήσθω, καὶ ἐπιδεδείχθω τῇ μὲν χαλεπὸν ὂν τὸ πόλιν εὔνομον γίγνεσθαι, τῇ δʼ, εἴπερ γένοιτο ὃ λέγομεν, πάντων τάχιστόν τε καὶ ῥᾷστον μακρῷ.

    The same account holds for power of every kind: when 712a the greatest power in a human being coincides with wisdom and moderation, then the best constitution and laws of the same kind come to birth, but otherwise they never will. So let this be taken as an oracle spoken in the form of a myth, and let it stand proved that in one way it is hard for a city to get good laws, but in another way, if what we describe should happen, it is by far the quickest and easiest thing of all.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianπειρώμεθα προσαρμόττοντες τῇ πόλει σοι, καθάπερ παῖδες πρεσβῦται, πλάττειν τῷ λόγῳ τοὺς νόμους.

    AthenianLet’s try to mold the laws in words, fitting them to your city, like old men playing at being children.

    Cliniasἴωμεν δὴ καὶ μὴ μέλλωμεν ἔτι.

    CliniasLet’s go ahead, then, and not delay any longer.

    Athenianθεὸν δὴ πρὸς τὴν τῆς πόλεως κατασκευὴν ἐπικαλώμεθα· ὁ δὲ ἀκούσειέν τε, καὶ ἀκούσας ἵλεως εὐμενής τε ἡμῖν ἔλθοι συνδιακοσμήσων τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τοὺς νόμους.

    AthenianThen let us call on god to help us set up the city. May he hear us, and, hearing, come gracious and kindly to help us set in order both the city and its laws.

    Cliniasἔλθοι γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasYes, may he come.

    The rule of god and of law

    Under Cronus spirits ruled mankind; the city should imitate that rule by obeying law as intelligence.

    Athenianἀλλὰ τίνα δή ποτε πολιτείαν ἔχομεν ἐν νῷ τῇ 712c πόλει προστάττειν;

    AthenianWell then, what constitution do we have in mind to prescribe for the 712c city?

    Cliniasοἷον δὴ τί λέγεις βουληθείς; φράζʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον. οἷον δημοκρατίαν τινὰ ἢ ὀλιγαρχίαν ἢ ἀριστοκρατίαν ἢ βασιλικήν; οὐ γὰρ δὴ τυραννίδα γέ που λέγοις ἄν, ὥς γʼ ἡμεῖς ἂν οἰηθεῖμεν.

    CliniasWhat exactly do you mean by that? Say it still more clearly. A democracy, for instance, or an oligarchy or an aristocracy or a monarchy? Surely you wouldn’t mean a tyranny—at least, we wouldn’t think so.

    Athenianφέρε δὴ τοίνυν, πότερος ὑμῶν ἀποκρίνασθαι πρότερος ἂν ἐθέλοι, τὴν οἴκοι πολιτείαν εἰπὼν τίς τούτων ἐστίν;

    AthenianCome then, which of you would like to answer first, by saying which of these is the constitution back home?

    Megillusμῶν οὖν τὸν πρεσβύτερον ἐμὲ δικαιότερον εἰπεῖν πρότερον;

    MegillusWouldn’t it be fairer for me, as the older, to speak first?

    Cliniasἴσως.

    CliniasPerhaps.

    Megillusκαὶ μὴν συννοῶν γε, ὦ ξένε, τὴν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι πολιτείαν οὐκ ἔχω σοι φράζειν οὕτως ἥντινα προσαγορεύειν αὐτὴν δεῖ. καὶ γὰρ τυραννίδι δοκεῖ μοι προσεοικέναι—τὸ γὰρ τῶν ἐφόρων θαυμαστὸν ὡς τυραννικὸν ἐν αὐτῇ γέγονε —καί τις ἐνίοτέ μοι φαίνεται πασῶν τῶν πόλεων δημοκρατουμένη μάλιστʼ ἐοικέναι. τὸ δʼ αὖ μὴ φάναι ἀριστοκρατίαν 712e αὐτὴν εἶναι παντάπασιν ἄτοπον· καὶ μὲν δὴ βασιλεία γε διὰ βίου τʼ ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἀρχαιοτάτη πασῶν καὶ πρὸς πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν λεγομένη. ἐγὼ δὲ οὕτω νῦν ἐξαίφνης ἂν ἐρωτηθείς, ὄντως, ὅπερ εἶπον, οὐκ ἔχω διορισάμενος εἰπεῖν τίς τούτων ἐστὶν τῶν πολιτειῶν.

    MegillusWell, stranger, when I think about the constitution in Sparta, I can’t tell you offhand what it ought to be called. It seems to me to resemble a tyranny—the power of the ephors in it has become amazingly tyrannical—and yet sometimes it seems to me, of all cities, the most like a democracy. Then again, to deny that it’s an aristocracy 712e would be utterly absurd. And there’s a kingship in it, too, held for life, the oldest of all kingships, as all mankind and we ourselves say. So being asked suddenly like this, I really can’t, as I said, define it and tell you which of these constitutions it is.

    Cliniasταὐτόν σοι πάθος, ὦ Μέγιλλε, καταφαίνομαι πεπονθέναι· πάνυ γὰρ ἀπορῶ τὴν ἐν Κνωσῷ πολιτείαν τούτων τινὰ διισχυριζόμενος εἰπεῖν.

    CliniasI find I’m in the same position as you, Megillus. I’m quite at a loss to state with confidence that the constitution in Knossos is any one of these.

    Athenianὄντως γάρ, ὦ ἄριστοι, πολιτειῶν μετέχετε· ἃς δὲ ὠνομάκαμεν νῦν, οὐκ εἰσὶν πολιτεῖαι, πόλεων δὲ οἰκήσεις 713a δεσποζομένων τε καὶ δουλευουσῶν μέρεσιν ἑαυτῶν τισι, τὸ τοῦ δεσπότου δὲ ἑκάστη προσαγορεύεται κράτος. χρῆν δʼ εἴπερ του τοιούτου τὴν πόλιν ἔδει ἐπονομάζεσθαι, τὸ τοῦ ἀληθῶς τῶν τὸν νοῦν ἐχόντων δεσπόζοντος θεοῦ ὄνομα λέγεσθαι.

    AthenianThat’s because you really do take part in constitutions, my excellent friends. The ones we just named aren’t constitutions but arrangements for cities 713a in which some parts are masters and others slaves, and each is named after the power of the master. But if a city had to be named after anything like that, it should have been called by the name of the god who is the true master of those who have intelligence.

    Cliniasτίς δʼ ὁ θεός;

    CliniasAnd who is that god?

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν μύθῳ σμικρά γʼ ἔτι προσχρηστέον, εἰ μέλλομεν ἐμμελῶς πως δηλῶσαι τὸ νῦν ἐρωτώμενον;

    AthenianMust we, then, make use of a little more myth, if we’re to explain in a fitting way what you’re now asking?

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν χρὴ ταύτῃ δρᾶν;

    CliniasShouldn’t we do that, then?

    Famous passage The age of CronusIn a golden age, spirits governed humankind; the best city imitates this by obeying law, “the distribution made by intelligence.”

    Athenianπάνυ μὲν οὖν. τῶν γὰρ δὴ πόλεων ὧν ἔμπροσθε 713b τὰς συνοικήσεις διήλθομεν, ἔτι προτέρα τούτων πάμπολυ λέγεταί τις ἀρχή τε καὶ οἴκησις γεγονέναι ἐπὶ Κρόνου μάλʼ εὐδαίμων, ἧς μίμημα ἔχουσά ἐστιν ἥτις τῶν νῦν ἄριστα οἰκεῖται.

    AthenianCertainly. Long before the cities whose 713b foundations we went through earlier, there was, it is said, a government and a settlement in the time of Cronus that was very happy; and whichever city is best governed today is an imitation of it.

    Cronus, father of Zeus, whose reign was remembered as a golden age.

    Cliniasσφόδρʼ ἄν, ὡς ἔοικʼ, εἴη περὶ αὐτῆς δέον ἀκούειν.

    CliniasThen it seems we very much need to hear about it.

    Athenianἐμοὶ γοῦν φαίνεται· διὸ καὶ παρήγαγον αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῖς λόγοις.

    AthenianSo it seems to me, at any rate; that’s why I brought it into the discussion.

    Cliniasὀρθότατά γε δρῶν· καὶ τόν γε ἑξῆς περαίνων ἂν 713c μῦθον, εἴπερ προσήκων ἐστίν, μάλʼ ὀρθῶς ἂν ποιοίης.

    CliniasYou were quite right to. And you’d do very well to finish 713c the story that follows, if it’s relevant.

    Athenianδραστέον ὡς λέγετε. φήμην τοίνυν παραδεδέγμεθα τῆς τῶν τότε μακαρίας ζωῆς ὡς ἄφθονά τε καὶ αὐτόματα πάντʼ εἶχεν. ἡ δὲ τούτων αἰτία λέγεται τοιάδε τις. γιγνώσκων ὁ Κρόνος ἄρα, καθάπερ ἡμεῖς διεληλύθαμεν, ὡς ἀνθρωπεία φύσις οὐδεμία ἱκανὴ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα διοικοῦσα αὐτοκράτωρ πάντα, μὴ οὐχ ὕβρεώς τε καὶ ἀδικίας μεστοῦσθαι, ταῦτʼ οὖν διανοούμενος ἐφίστη τότε βασιλέας τε καὶ 713d ἄρχοντας ταῖς πόλεσιν ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀνθρώπους ἀλλὰ γένους θειοτέρου τε καὶ ἀμείνονος, δαίμονας, οἷον νῦν ἡμεῖς δρῶμεν τοῖς ποιμνίοις καὶ ὅσων ἥμεροί εἰσιν ἀγέλαι· οὐ βοῦς βοῶν οὐδὲ αἶγας αἰγῶν ἄρχοντας ποιοῦμεν αὐτοῖσί τινας, ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς αὐτῶν δεσπόζομεν, ἄμεινον ἐκείνων γένος.

    AthenianI must do as you say. Well, we have received a tradition about the blessed life of the people of that time: they had everything in abundance and of its own accord. The cause of this is said to be something like the following. Cronus knew, as we have explained, that no human nature is capable of managing all human affairs with absolute power without becoming filled with insolence and injustice. With this in mind, he set over our cities as kings and 713d rulers not human beings but beings of a more divine and better race: spirits. It’s just what we do now with our flocks and with all herds of tame animals. We don’t make oxen rulers over oxen or goats over goats; we ourselves, a better race than they, are their masters.

    ταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἄρα καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ὤν, τὸ γένος ἄμεινον ἡμῶν ἐφίστη τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων, ὃ διὰ πολλῆς μὲν αὐτοῖς ῥᾳστώνης, 713e πολλῆς δʼ ἡμῖν, ἐπιμελούμενον ἡμῶν, εἰρήνην τε καὶ αἰδῶ καὶ εὐνομίαν καὶ ἀφθονίαν δίκης παρεχόμενον, ἀστασίαστα καὶ εὐδαίμονα τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπηργάζετο γένη. λέγει δὴ καὶ νῦν οὗτος ὁ λόγος, ἀληθείᾳ χρώμενος, ὡς ὅσων ἂν πόλεων μὴ θεὸς ἀλλά τις ἄρχῃ θνητός, οὐκ ἔστιν κακῶν αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ πόνων ἀνάφυξις· ἀλλὰ μιμεῖσθαι δεῖν ἡμᾶς οἴεται πάσῃ μηχανῇ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Κρόνου λεγόμενον βίον, καὶ ὅσον ἐν ἡμῖν ἀθανασίας ἔνεστι, τούτῳ πειθομένους δημοσίᾳ 714a καὶ ἰδίᾳ τάς τʼ οἰκήσεις καὶ τὰς πόλεις διοικεῖν, τὴν τοῦ νοῦ διανομὴν ἐπονομάζοντας νόμον.

    In the same way the god, being a friend to humankind, set over us the better race of spirits. They took care of us, with great ease to themselves 713e and to us, providing peace, respect, good laws and justice without stint, and made the races of mankind free from civil strife and happy. And this account, which holds to the truth, says even now that for cities ruled not by a god but by some mortal, there is no respite from evils and toils. It thinks we should imitate by every means the life said to have existed under Cronus, and that, obeying whatever of immortality there is in us, we should manage our households and cities, in public 714a and in private, giving the name “law” to the distribution made by intelligence.

    A play on words: nomos (law) and nou dianomē (distribution by intelligence).

    εἰ δʼ ἄνθρωπος εἷς ἢ ὀλιγαρχία τις, ἢ καὶ δημοκρατία ψυχὴν ἔχουσα ἡδονῶν καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν ὀρεγομένην καὶ πληροῦσθαι τούτων δεομένην, στέγουσαν δὲ οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἀνηνύτῳ καὶ ἀπλήστῳ κακῷ νοσήματι συνεχομένην, ἄρξει δὴ πόλεως ἤ τινος ἰδιώτου καταπατήσας ὁ τοιοῦτος τοὺς νόμους, ὃ νυνδὴ ἐλέγομεν, οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρίας μηχανή. σκοπεῖν δὴ δεῖ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἡμᾶς, 714b ὦ Κλεινία, πότερον αὐτῷ πεισόμεθα ἢ πῶς δράσομεν.

    But if a single person, or an oligarchy, or even a democracy, has a soul that reaches for pleasures and appetites and needs to be filled with them, yet holds nothing in, gripped by an endless and insatiable evil disease—if such a one rules a city or an individual, trampling on the laws, then, as we were saying just now, there is no means of salvation. So we must examine this account, 714b Clinias, and decide whether we will obey it or what we will do.

    Cliniasἀνάγκη δήπου πείθεσθαι.

    CliniasWe must obey it, surely.

    Athenianἐννοεῖς οὖν ὅτι νόμων εἴδη τινές φασιν εἶναι τοσαῦτα ὅσαπερ πολιτειῶν, πολιτειῶν δὲ ἄρτι διεληλύθαμεν ὅσα λέγουσιν οἱ πολλοί; μὴ δὴ φαύλου πέρι νομίσῃς εἶναι τὴν νῦν ἀμφισβήτησιν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ μεγίστου· τὸ γὰρ δίκαιον καὶ ἄδικον οἷ χρὴ βλέπειν, πάλιν ἡμῖν ἀμφισβητούμενον ἐλήλυθεν. οὔτε γὰρ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον οὔτε πρὸς ἀρετὴν 714c ὅλην βλέπειν δεῖν φασι τοὺς νόμους, ἀλλʼ ἥτις ἂν καθεστηκυῖα ᾖ πολιτεία, ταύτῃ ἰδεῖν τὸ συμφέρον, ὅπως ἄρξει τε ἀεὶ καὶ μὴ καταλυθήσεται, καὶ τὸν φύσει ὅρον τοῦ δικαίου λέγεσθαι κάλλισθʼ οὕτω.

    AthenianDo you realize, then, that some people say there are as many kinds of laws as there are of constitutions? And we’ve just gone through how many constitutions most people say there are. Don’t think that the present dispute is about something trivial; it’s about the most important thing. For the question of what justice and injustice should look to has come back to us to be disputed. These people say that the laws should look neither to war nor to virtue 714c as a whole, but to the interest of whatever constitution is established, how it may rule forever and never be overthrown; and that the natural definition of justice is best stated this way.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow?

    Athenianὅτι τὸ τοῦ κρείττονος συμφέρον ἐστίν.

    AthenianThat it is the interest of the stronger.

    Cliniasλέγʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον.

    CliniasPut it more clearly still.

    Athenianὧδε. τίθεται δήπου, φασίν, τοὺς νόμους ἐν τῇ πόλει ἑκάστοτε τὸ κρατοῦν. ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianLike this. It is surely, they say, whatever is dominant in a city at any given time that lays down its laws. Isn’t that so?

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasTrue.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οἴει, φασίν, ποτὲ δῆμον νικήσαντα, ἤ τινα πολιτείαν ἄλλην, ἢ καὶ τύραννον, θήσεσθαι ἑκόντα πρὸς ἄλλο τι πρῶτον νόμους ἢ τὸ συμφέρον ἑαυτῷ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ μένειν;

    Athenian“Do you suppose, then,” they say, “that a people that has won power, or any other constitution, or a tyrant, would ever of its own accord lay down laws with any other primary aim than its own interest in keeping its rule?”

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could it?

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ ὃς ἂν ταῦτα τὰ τεθέντα παραβαίνῃ, κολάσει ὁ θέμενος ὡς ἀδικοῦντα, δίκαια εἶναι ταῦτʼ ἐπονομάζων;

    Athenian“And whoever breaks these laws once they’re laid down, the one who laid them down will punish as a wrongdoer, calling the laws just?”

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasIt seems so, at any rate.

    Athenianταῦτʼ ἄρʼ ἀεὶ καὶ οὕτω καὶ ταύτῃ τὸ δίκαιον ἂν ἔχοι.

    Athenian“Then this is how justice would always stand: this way, and on these terms.”

    Cliniasφησὶ γοῦν οὗτος ὁ λόγος.

    CliniasThat’s what this account says, at any rate.

    Athenianἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο ἓν ἐκείνων τῶν ἀξιωμάτων 714e ἀρχῆς πέρι.

    AthenianYes, for this is one of those claims 714e about ruling.

    Cliniasποίων δή;

    CliniasWhich ones?

    Athenianτῶν ἃ τότε ἐπεσκοποῦμεν, τίνας τίνων ἄρχειν δεῖ. καὶ ἐφάνη δὴ γονέας μὲν ἐκγόνων, νεωτέρων δὲ πρεσβυτέρους, γενναίους δὲ ἀγεννῶν, καὶ σύχνʼ ἄττα ἦν ἄλλʼ, εἰ μεμνήμεθα, καὶ ἐμπόδια ἕτερα ἑτέροισι· καὶ δὴ καὶ ἓν ἦν 715a αὐτῶν τοῦτο, καὶ ἔφαμέν που κατὰ φύσιν τὸν Πίνδαρον ἄγειν δικαιοῦντα τὸ βιαιότατον, ὡς φάναι.

    AthenianThe ones we examined back then: who should rule whom. It appeared that parents should rule their offspring, the older the younger, the well-born the low-born, and there were a good many others, if we remember, some of them standing in the way of others. And one of 715a them was this very one; and we said, I think, that Pindar “leads it according to nature, making the utmost violence just,” as he put it.

    Cliniasναί, ταῦτʼ ἦν ἃ τότε ἐλέχθη.

    CliniasYes, that’s what was said then.

    Athenianσκόπει δὴ ποτέροις τισὶν ἡ πόλις ἡμῖν ἐστιν παραδοτέα. γέγονεν γὰρ δὴ μυριάκις ἤδη τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔν τισι πόλεσιν.

    AthenianConsider, then, to which sort of people our city should be handed over. For this sort of thing has happened countless times in some cities.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat sort of thing?

    Athenianἀρχῶν περιμαχήτων γενομένων, οἱ νικήσαντες τά τε πράγματα κατὰ τὴν πόλιν οὕτως ἐσφετέρισαν σφόδρα, ὥστε ἀρχῆς μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν μεταδιδόναι τοῖς ἡττηθεῖσιν, μήτε αὐτοῖς μήτε ἐκγόνοις, παραφυλάττοντες δὲ ἀλλήλους ζῶσιν, 715b ὅπως μή ποτέ τις εἰς ἀρχὴν ἀφικόμενος ἐπαναστῇ μεμνημένος τῶν ἔμπροσθεν γεγονότων κακῶν. ταύτας δήπου φαμὲν ἡμεῖς νῦν οὔτʼ εἶναι πολιτείας, οὔτʼ ὀρθοὺς νόμους ὅσοι μὴ συμπάσης τῆς πόλεως ἕνεκα τοῦ κοινοῦ ἐτέθησαν· οἳ δʼ ἕνεκά τινων, στασιώτας ἀλλʼ οὐ πολίτας τούτους φαμέν, καὶ τὰ τούτων δίκαια ἅ φασιν εἶναι, μάτην εἰρῆσθαι.

    AthenianWhen offices have been fought over, the winners take over the city’s affairs so completely that they give no share of office whatever to the losers, neither to them nor to their descendants, and they live watching each other, 715b lest anyone should ever come to office and rise up, remembering the wrongs done before. These, we now say, are not constitutions, and laws are not correct unless they were laid down for the common good of the whole city. Where laws are laid down for the sake of some, we call those people partisans, not citizens, and what they call justice is an empty word.

    λέγεται δὲ τοῦδʼ ἕνεκα ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν, ὡς ἡμεῖς τῇ σῇ πόλει ἀρχὰς οὔθʼ ὅτι πλούσιός ἐστίν τις δώσομεν, οὔθʼ ὅτι τῶν 715c τοιούτων ἄλλο οὐδὲν κεκτημένος, ἰσχὺν ἢ μέγεθος ἤ τι γένος· ὃς δʼ ἂν τοῖς τεθεῖσι νόμοις εὐπειθέστατός τε ᾖ καὶ νικᾷ ταύτην τὴν νίκην ἐν τῇ πόλει, τούτῳ φαμὲν καὶ τὴν τῶν θεῶν ὑπηρεσίαν δοτέον εἶναι τὴν μεγίστην τῷ πρώτῳ, καὶ δευτέραν τῷ τὰ δεύτερα κρατοῦντι, καὶ κατὰ λόγον οὕτω τοῖς ἐφεξῆς τὰ μετὰ ταῦθʼ ἕκαστα ἀποδοτέον εἶναι. τοὺς δʼ ἄρχοντας λεγομένους νῦν ὑπηρέτας τοῖς νόμοις ἐκάλεσα 715d οὔτι καινοτομίας ὀνομάτων ἕνεκα, ἀλλʼ ἡγοῦμαι παντὸς μᾶλλον εἶναι παρὰ τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον.

    We say this because we are not going to give offices in your city to anyone because he is rich, or because he 715c possesses any other such thing, such as strength or size or birth. Whoever is most obedient to the established laws and wins that victory in the city—to him, we say, must be given the highest service of the gods, to the winner of first place; the second to the one who comes second in that contest; and so on in proportion, each of the subsequent offices to those who come next. Those now called rulers I’ve called servants of the laws, 715d not for the sake of coining new names, but because I believe that this more than anything determines a city’s salvation or the opposite.

    ἐν ᾗ μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἀρχόμενος ᾖ καὶ ἄκυρος νόμος, φθορὰν ὁρῶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἑτοίμην οὖσαν· ἐν ᾗ δὲ ἂν δεσπότης τῶν ἀρχόντων, οἱ δὲ ἄρχοντες δοῦλοι τοῦ νόμου, σωτηρίαν καὶ πάντα ὅσα θεοὶ πόλεσιν ἔδοσαν ἀγαθὰ γιγνόμενα καθορῶ.

    For where the law is ruled over and lacks authority, I see ruin ready at hand for such a city; but where the law is master of the rulers and the rulers are slaves of the law, I see salvation there, and all the good things the gods have given to cities.

    Cliniasναὶ μὰ Δία, ὦ ξένε· καθʼ ἡλικίαν γὰρ ὀξὺ βλέπεις.

    CliniasYes, by Zeus, stranger; you see sharply, as befits your age.

    Athenianνέος μὲν γὰρ ὢν πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀμβλύτατα 715e αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ ὁρᾷ, γέρων δὲ ὀξύτατα.

    AthenianYes: every human being, when young, sees such things more dimly 715e than he ever will, and when old, most sharply.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    The address to the settlers

    The settlers are told to follow the god, honor gods, ancestors and parents, and live moderately.

    Athenianτί δὴ τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα; ἆρʼ οὐχ ἥκοντας μὲν καὶ παρόντας θῶμεν τοὺς ἐποίκους, τὸν δʼ ἑξῆς αὐτοῖς διαπεραντέον ἂν εἴη λόγον;

    AthenianWhat comes next, then? Shouldn’t we suppose that the settlers have arrived and are here before us, and go through the rest of what we have to say to them?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenian“ἄνδρες” τοίνυν φῶμεν πρὸς αὐτούς, “ὁ μὲν δὴ θεός, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ἀρχήν τε καὶ τελευτὴν καὶ 716a μέσα τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἔχων, εὐθείᾳ περαίνει κατὰ φύσιν περιπορευόμενος· τῷ δὲ ἀεὶ συνέπεται δίκη τῶν ἀπολειπομένων τοῦ θείου νόμου τιμωρός, ἧς ὁ μὲν εὐδαιμονήσειν μέλλων ἐχόμενος συνέπεται ταπεινὸς καὶ κεκοσμημένος, ὁ δέ τις ἐξαρθεὶς ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας, ἢ χρήμασιν ἐπαιρόμενος ἢ τιμαῖς, ἢ καὶ σώματος εὐμορφίᾳ ἅμα νεότητι καὶ ἀνοίᾳ φλέγεται τὴν ψυχὴν μεθʼ ὕβρεως, ὡς οὔτε ἄρχοντος οὔτε τινὸς ἡγεμόνος δεόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλοις ἱκανὸς ὢν ἡγεῖσθαι, 716b καταλείπεται ἔρημος θεοῦ, καταλειφθεὶς δὲ καὶ ἔτι ἄλλους τοιούτους προσλαβὼν σκιρτᾷ ταράττων πάντα ἅμα, καὶ πολλοῖς τισιν ἔδοξεν εἶναί τις, μετὰ δὲ χρόνον οὐ πολὺν ὑποσχὼν τιμωρίαν οὐ μεμπτὴν τῇ δίκῃ ἑαυτόν τε καὶ οἶκον καὶ πόλιν ἄρδην ἀνάστατον ἐποίησεν.

    AthenianThen let us say this to them. Men, the god who, as the ancient saying has it, holds the beginning, the end and 716a the middle of all things that are, travels a straight path to his goal as he goes round according to nature. And Justice always follows him, avenger of those who fall short of the divine law. Whoever means to be happy holds fast to her and follows, humble and orderly. But someone who is carried away by boastfulness, or puffed up by wealth or honors, or by good looks along with youth and folly, burns in his soul with insolence, as if he needed neither ruler nor any guide, but was capable of guiding others too. 716b Such a man is left abandoned by god; and once abandoned, he takes up others like himself and leaps about, throwing everything into confusion at once. To many people he seems to be somebody. But before long he pays Justice a penalty that is not to be scorned, and brings himself, his household and his city to utter ruin.

    The “ancient saying” is usually taken to be an Orphic verse: “Zeus is the beginning, Zeus the middle, and from Zeus all things are made.”

    πρὸς ταῦτʼ οὖν οὕτω διατεταγμένα τί χρὴ δρᾶν ἢ διανοεῖσθαι καὶ τί μὴ τὸν ἔμφρονα;”

    In view of this ordering of things, then, what should the sensible person do or think, and what not?

    Cliniasδῆλον δὴ τοῦτό γε· ὡς τῶν συνακολουθησόντων ἐσόμενον τῷ θεῷ δεῖ διανοηθῆναι πάντα ἄνδρα.

    CliniasThis much is clear: every man must resolve to be one of those who will follow the god.

    Famous passage God is the measureAgainst Protagoras, the Athenian says that god, not man, is the measure of all things.

    Athenian“τίς οὖν δὴ πρᾶξις φίλη καὶ ἀκόλουθος θεῷ; μία, καὶ ἕνα λόγον ἔχουσα ἀρχαῖον, ὅτι τῷ μὲν ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ὄντι μετρίῳ φίλον ἂν εἴη, τὰ δʼ ἄμετρα οὔτε ἀλλήλοις οὔτε τοῖς ἐμμέτροις. ὁ δὴ θεὸς ἡμῖν πάντων χρημάτων μέτρον ἂν εἴη μάλιστα, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἤ πού τις, ὥς φασιν, ἄνθρωπος· τὸν οὖν τῷ τοιούτῳ προσφιλῆ γενησόμενον, εἰς δύναμιν ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον ἀναγκαῖον γίγνεσθαι, 716d καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν λόγον ὁ μὲν σώφρων ἡμῶν θεῷ φίλος, ὅμοιος γάρ, ὁ δὲ μὴ σώφρων ἀνόμοιός τε καὶ διάφορος καὶ ὁ ἄδικος, καὶ τὰ ἄλλʼ οὕτως κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἔχει.

    AthenianWhat conduct, then, is dear to god and follows him? There is one kind, expressed in one ancient saying: like is dear to like, when it has measure, while things without measure are dear neither to each other nor to things with measure. For us, god would be the measure of all things in the highest degree, far more than any human being, as some say. So whoever is to become dear to such a being must become as much like him as he possibly can; 716d and by this account the moderate person among us is dear to god, since he is like him, while the person who is not moderate is unlike him and at odds with him, and so is the unjust person; and the same principle holds for the rest.

    Protagoras, the fifth-century BC sophist, had said that “man is the measure of all things.”

    νοήσωμεν δὴ τούτοις ἑπόμενον εἶναι τὸν τοιόνδε λόγον, ἁπάντων κάλλιστον καὶ ἀληθέστατον οἶμαι λόγων, ὡς τῷ μὲν ἀγαθῷ θύειν καὶ προσομιλεῖν ἀεὶ τοῖς θεοῖς εὐχαῖς καὶ ἀναθήμασιν καὶ συμπάσῃ θεραπείᾳ θεῶν κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον καὶ ἀνυσιμώτατον πρὸς τὸν εὐδαίμονα 716e βίον καὶ δὴ καὶ διαφερόντως πρέπον, τῷ δὲ κακῷ τούτων τἀναντία πέφυκεν.” “ἀκάθαρτος γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν ὅ γε κακός, καθαρὸς δὲ ὁ ἐναντίος, παρὰ δὲ μιαροῦ δῶρα οὔτε 717a ἄνδρʼ ἀγαθὸν οὔτε θεὸν ἔστιν ποτὲ τό γε ὀρθὸν δέχεσθαι· μάτην οὖν περὶ θεοὺς ὁ πολύς ἐστι πόνος τοῖς ἀνοσίοις, τοῖσιν δὲ ὁσίοις ἐγκαιρότατος ἅπασιν. σκοπὸς μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν οὗτος οὗ δεῖ στοχάζεσθαι· βέλη δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἷον ἡ τοῖς βέλεσιν ἔφεσις τὰ ποῖʼ ἂν λεγόμενα ὀρθότατα φέροιτʼ ἄν;

    Let us note that from this follows another principle, the finest and truest of all principles, I think: that for the good person, to sacrifice and commune with the gods constantly through prayers, offerings and every kind of worship is the finest, best and most effective thing for a happy 716e life, and exceptionally fitting as well; while for the bad person the opposite is naturally true. For the bad person is impure in soul, and his opposite is pure; and it is never right 717a for a good man or a god to accept gifts from a polluted person. So all the great effort the unholy spend on the gods is wasted, while for the holy it is most rewarding of all. This, then, is the target we must aim at. But what are its arrows, so to speak, and how should they be launched? What could we name that would fly most truly to it?

    πρῶτον μέν, φαμέν, τιμὰς τὰς μετʼ Ὀλυμπίους τε καὶ τοὺς τὴν πόλιν ἔχοντας θεοὺς τοῖς χθονίοις ἄν τις θεοῖς ἄρτια καὶ δεύτερα καὶ ἀριστερὰ νέμων ὀρθότατα τοῦ τῆς 717b εὐσεβείας σκοποῦ τυγχάνοι, τὰ δὲ τούτων ἄνωθεν τὰ περιττὰ καὶ ἀντίφωνα, τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ῥηθεῖσιν νυνδή. μετὰ θεοὺς δὲ τούσδε καὶ τοῖς δαίμοσιν ὅ γε ἔμφρων ὀργιάζοιτʼ ἄν, ἥρωσιν δὲ μετὰ τούτους.

    First, we say, one would hit the target of piety most truly if, after the honors due to the Olympians and the gods who hold the city, one assigned to the gods of the underworld the even numbers, second place, and the left, 717b and the things above these—the odd numbers and their counterparts—to the gods just mentioned. After these gods, the sensible person will also worship the spirits, and after them the heroes.

    Greek ritual associated odd numbers and the right hand with the heavenly gods, and even numbers and the left with the gods of the underworld.

    ἐπακολουθοῖ δʼ αὐτοῖς ἱδρύματα ἴδια πατρῴων θεῶν κατὰ νόμον ὀργιαζόμενα, γονέων δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμαὶ ζώντων· ὡς θέμις ὀφείλοντα ἀποτίνειν τὰ πρῶτά τε καὶ μέγιστα ὀφειλήματα, χρεῶν πάντων πρεσβύτατα, νομίζειν δέ, ἃ κέκτηται καὶ ἔχει, πάντα εἶναι τῶν 717c γεννησάντων καὶ θρεψαμένων πρὸς τὸ παρέχειν αὐτὰ εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν ἐκείνοις κατὰ δύναμιν πᾶσαν, ἀρχόμενον ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας, δεύτερα τὰ τοῦ σώματος, τρίτα τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀποτίνοντα δανείσματα ἐπιμελείας τε καὶ ὑπερπονούντων ὠδῖνας παλαιὰς ἐπὶ νέοις δανεισθείσας, ἀποδιδόντα δὲ παλαιοῖς ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ σφόδρα κεχρημένοις.

    Next should come private shrines of ancestral gods, worshiped according to law; and after these, honors for parents while they live. It is right to pay the first and greatest debts, the oldest of all obligations, and to consider that everything one owns and has belongs to those 717c who gave one birth and raised one, and so to put it at their service with all one’s power: first one’s property, second what belongs to the body, third what belongs to the soul. So one repays the loans of care, and of the labor pains they suffered for their young long ago, and gives them back to the old in their old age, when they are in great need.

    παρὰ δὲ πάντα τὸν βίον ἔχειν τε καὶ ἐσχηκέναι χρὴ πρὸς αὑτοῦ γονέας εὐφημίαν 717d διαφερόντως, διότι κούφων καὶ πτηνῶν λόγων βαρυτάτη ζημία—πᾶσι γὰρ ἐπίσκοπος τοῖς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐτάχθη Δίκης Νέμεσις ἄγγελος—θυμουμένοις τε οὖν ὑπείκειν δεῖ καὶ ἀποπιμπλᾶσι τὸν θυμόν, ἐάντʼ ἐν λόγοις ἐάντʼ ἐν ἔργοις δρῶσιν τὸ τοιοῦτον, συγγιγνώσκοντα, ὡς εἰκότως μάλιστα πατὴρ ὑεῖ δοξάζων ἀδικεῖσθαι θυμοῖτʼ ἂν διαφερόντως. τελευτησάντων δὲ γονέων ταφὴ μὲν ἡ σωφρονεστάτη καλλίστη, μήτε ὑπεραίροντα τῶν εἰθισμένων ὄγκων μήτʼ ἐλλείποντα 717e ὧν οἱ προπάτορες τοὺς ἑαυτῶν γεννητὰς ἐτίθεσαν, τάς τε αὖ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τῶν ἤδη τέλος ἐχόντων ὡσαύτως ἐπιμελείας τὰς κόσμον φερούσας ἀποδιδόναι· ” “τῷ δὲ μὴ 718a παραλείπειν μνήμην ἐνδελεχῆ παρεχόμενον, τούτῳ μάλιστʼ ἀεὶ πρεσβεύειν, δαπάνης τε τῆς διδομένης ὑπὸ τύχης τὸ μέτριον τοῖς κεκμηκόσιν νέμοντα.

    Throughout one’s whole life one must have, and have had, especially respectful speech toward one’s parents, 717d because light and winged words bring the heaviest penalty: Nemesis, messenger of Justice, has been appointed to watch over all such matters. So one must give way to parents when they are angry and let them vent their anger, whether they do it in words or in deeds, and forgive them, recognizing that a father who thinks he is wronged by his son would naturally be especially angry. When parents die, the most modest burial is the finest: one that neither exceeds the customary pomp nor falls short 717e of what our forefathers gave their own parents. Likewise one should pay the yearly attentions to those who have reached their end, the rites that bring them honor. And one should honor them above all by not 718a neglecting to keep their memory constantly alive, and by spending on the dead a moderate share of whatever means fortune grants.

    Nemesis, goddess of retribution, who punished arrogance and wrongdoing.

    ταῦτʼ ἂν ποιοῦντες καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα ζῶντες ἑκάστοτε ἕκαστοι τὴν ἀξίαν ἂν παρὰ θεῶν καὶ ὅσοι κρείττονες ἡμῶν κομιζοίμεθα, ἐν ἐλπίσιν ἀγαθαῖς διάγοντες τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ βίου.” ἃ δὲ πρὸς ἐκγόνους καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους καὶ πολίτας, ὅσα τε ξενικὰ πρὸς θεῶν θεραπεύματα καὶ ὁμιλίας συμπάντων τούτων ἀποτελοῦντα 718b τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον φαιδρυνάμενον κατὰ νόμον κοσμεῖν δεῖ, τῶν νόμων αὐτῶν ἡ διέξοδος, τὰ μὲν πείθουσα, τὰ δὲ μὴ ὑπείκοντα πειθοῖ τῶν ἠθῶν βίᾳ καὶ δίκῃ κολάζουσα, τὴν πόλιν ἡμῖν συμβουληθέντων θεῶν μακαρίαν τε καὶ εὐδαίμονα ἀποτελεῖ· ἃ δὲ χρὴ μὲν αὖ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν νομοθέτην ὅστις ἅπερ ἐγὼ διανοεῖται, ἐν δὲ σχήματι νόμου ἀναρμοστεῖ λεγόμενα, τούτων πέρι δοκεῖ μοι δεῖγμα προενεγκόντα 718c αὑτῷ τε καὶ ἐκείνοις οἷς νομοθετήσει, τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα εἰς δύναμιν διεξελθόντα, τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἄρχεσθαι τῆς θέσεως τῶν νόμων.

    If we do these things and live by them, each of us, always, we would receive what we deserve from the gods and from those greater than us, and would spend most of our lives in good hope. As for what one owes to offspring, relatives, friends and fellow citizens, and the services to strangers that the gods enjoin, and the dealings with all of these by which one should brighten 718b one’s own life and adorn it as the law requires—the detailed account of the laws themselves, persuading in some cases and, where characters don’t yield to persuasion, punishing with force and justice, will with the gods’ consent make our city blessed and happy. But there are things that a lawgiver who thinks as I do must say, and needs to say, which are out of tune when spoken in the form of law. On these matters, I think, he should offer a sample 718c to himself and to those for whom he will legislate, go through all the rest as far as he can, and after that begin laying down the laws.

    ἔστιν δὲ δὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐν τίνι μάλιστα σχήματι κείμενα; οὐ πάνυ ῥᾴδιον ἐν ἑνὶ περιλαβόντα εἰπεῖν αὐτὰ οἷόν τινι τύπῳ, ἀλλʼ οὑτωσί τινα τρόπον λάβωμεν, ἄν τι δυνώμεθα περὶ αὐτῶν βεβαιώσασθαι.

    But in what form can such things best be set out? It isn’t very easy to take them in and state them in a single mold, as it were. But let’s approach it in something like this way, and see whether we can establish anything firm about them.

    Cliniasλέγε τὸ ποῖον.

    CliniasTell us what way.

    Athenianβουλοίμην ἂν αὐτοὺς ὡς εὐπειθεστάτους πρὸς ἀρετὴν εἶναι, καὶ δῆλον ὅτι πειράσεται τοῦτο ὁ νομοθέτης ἐν ἁπάσῃ ποιεῖν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ.

    AthenianI would want them to be as readily persuaded toward virtue as possible; and clearly the lawgiver will try to achieve this throughout his legislation.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτὰ τοίνυν δὴ λεχθέντα ἔδοξέν τί μοι προὔργου δρᾶν εἰς τὸ περὶ ὧν ἂν παραινῇ, μὴ παντάπασιν ὠμῆς ψυχῆς λαβόμενα, ἡμερώτερόν τε ἂν ἀκούειν καὶ εὐμενέστερον· ὥστε εἰ καὶ μὴ μέγα τι, σμικρὸν δέ, τὸν ἀκούοντα ὅπερ φησὶν εὐμενέστερον γιγνόμενον εὐμαθέστερον ἀπεργάσεται, πᾶν ἀγαπητόν. οὐ γὰρ πολλή τις εὐπέτεια οὐδὲ ἀφθονία τῶν προθυμουμένων ὡς ἀρίστων ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ ὡς τάχιστα 718e γίγνεσθαι, τὸν δὲ Ἡσίοδον οἱ πολλοὶ σοφὸν ἀποφαίνουσι λέγοντα ὡς ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν κακότητα ὁδὸς λεία καὶ ἀνιδιτὶ παρέχει πορεύεσθαι, μάλα βραχεῖα οὖσα, τῆς δὲ ἀρετῆς, φησίν, ἱδρῶτα θεοὶ προπάροιθεν ἔθηκαν ἀθάνατοι, μακρὸς δὲ καὶ ὄρθιος οἶμος ἐς αὐτήν, 719a καὶ τρηχὺς τὸ πρῶτον· ἐπὴν δʼ εἰς ἄκρον ἵκηαι, ῥηιδίη δὴ ʼπειτα φέρειν, χαλεπή περ ἐοῦσα.

    AthenianWell, it seemed to me that what we’ve said would help make people hear what he urges more gently and kindly, as long as it doesn’t take hold of an utterly savage soul. So if it makes the listener even a little more well disposed—if not much—and so readier to learn, as it aims to, we should be glad of it. For there’s no great ease or abundance of people eager to become as good as possible as quickly as possible. 718e Most people regard Hesiod as wise for saying that the road to badness is smooth and can be traveled without sweat, being very short; but “before virtue,” he says, “the immortal gods have set sweat, and long and steep is the path to it, 719a and rough at first; but when you reach the top, then it is easy to bear, hard though it is.”

    Cliniasκαὶ καλῶς γʼ ἔοικεν λέγοντι.

    CliniasAnd he seems to put it well.

    Athenianπάνυ μὲν οὖν. ὁ δὲ προάγων λόγος ὅ γέ μοι ἀπείργασται, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι.

    AthenianCertainly. But I want to lay before you the effect that the preceding argument has had on me.

    Cliniasτίθει δή.

    CliniasGo ahead.

    Athenianλέγωμεν δὴ τῷ νομοθέτῃ διαλεγόμενοι τόδε· “εἰπὲ 719b ἡμῖν, ὦ νομοθέτα· εἴπερ ὅτι χρὴ πράττειν ἡμᾶς καὶ λέγειν εἰδείης, ἆρα οὐ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἂν εἴποις;”

    AthenianLet’s address the lawgiver and say this: “Tell 719b us, lawgiver: if you knew what we should do and say, isn’t it clear that you would tell us?”

    Cliniasἀναγκαῖον.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenian“σμικρῷ μὲν δὴ πρόσθεν ἆρα οὐκ ἠκούσαμέν σου λέγοντος ὡς τὸν νομοθέτην οὐ δεῖ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἐπιτρέπειν ποιεῖν ὃ ἂν αὐτοῖς ᾖ φίλον; οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἰδεῖεν τί ποτʼ ἐναντίον τοῖς νόμοις ἂν λέγοντες βλάπτοιεν τὴν πόλιν.”

    Athenian“Now a little while ago didn’t we hear you say that the lawgiver must not let the poets compose whatever they like? For they wouldn’t know whether they might say something contrary to the laws and harm the city.”

    Cliniasἀληθῆ μέντοι λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s certainly true.

    Athenianὑπὲρ δὴ τῶν ποιητῶν εἰ τάδε λέγοιμεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἆρʼ ἂν τὰ λεχθέντα εἴη μέτρια;

    AthenianWell, if we said the following to him on the poets’ behalf, would it be reasonable?

    Cliniasποῖα;

    CliniasWhat?

    Athenianτάδε· “παλαιὸς μῦθος, ὦ νομοθέτα, ὑπό τε αὐτῶν ἡμῶν ἀεὶ λεγόμενός ἐστιν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν συνδεδογμένος, ὅτι ποιητής, ὁπόταν ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Μούσης καθίζηται, τότε οὐκ ἔμφρων ἐστίν, οἷον δὲ κρήνη τις τὸ ἐπιὸν ῥεῖν ἑτοίμως ἐᾷ, καὶ τῆς τέχνης οὔσης μιμήσεως ἀναγκάζεται, ἐναντίως ἀλλήλοις ἀνθρώπους ποιῶν διατιθεμένους, ἐναντία λέγειν αὑτῷ πολλάκις, οἶδεν δὲ οὔτʼ εἰ ταῦτα 719d οὔτʼ εἰ θάτερα ἀληθῆ τῶν λεγομένων. τῷ δὲ νομοθέτῃ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, δύο περὶ ἑνός, ἀλλὰ ἕνα περὶ ἑνὸς ἀεὶ δεῖ λόγον ἀποφαίνεσθαι. σκέψαι δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ νυνδὴ λεχθέντων.

    AthenianSomething like this. There is an ancient story, lawgiver, which we poets are forever telling and which everyone else agrees with: that whenever a poet sits on the tripod of the Muse, he is not in his right mind, but like a fountain lets whatever comes to him flow out freely. And since his art is imitation, he is forced, when he portrays people at odds with one another, often to contradict himself, and he doesn’t know whether this or 719d that of the things he says is true. But the lawgiver cannot do this in his law, saying two things about one matter; he must always declare one account about one matter. Consider it from what you yourself said just now.

    οὔσης γὰρ ταφῆς τῆς μὲν ὑπερβεβλημένης, τῆς δὲ ἐλλειπούσης, τῆς δὲ μετρίας, τὴν μίαν ἑλόμενος σύ, τὴν μέσην, ταύτην προστάττεις καὶ ἐπῄνεσας ἁπλῶς· ἐγὼ δέ, εἰ μὲν γυνή μοι διαφέρουσα εἴη πλούτῳ καὶ θάπτειν αὑτὴν διακελεύοιτο ἐν τῷ ποιήματι, τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα 719e ἂν τάφον ἐπαινοίην, φειδωλὸς δʼ αὖ τις καὶ πένης ἀνὴρ τὸν καταδεᾶ, μέτρον δὲ οὐσίας κεκτημένος καὶ μέτριος αὐτὸς ὢν τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσαι. σοὶ δὲ οὐχ οὕτω ῥητέον ὡς νῦν εἶπες μέτριον εἰπών, ἀλλὰ τί τὸ μέτριον καὶ ὁπόσον ῥητέον, ἢ τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον μήπω σοι διανοοῦ γίγνεσθαι νόμον”.

    There are three kinds of burial: the excessive, the deficient and the moderate. You chose one of them, the middle one, and you prescribed it and praised it without qualification. But if I had in my poem a woman of exceptional wealth who gave orders for her burial, I would praise the extravagant 719e tomb, while a stingy or poor man would praise the meager one, and a man of moderate means, moderate himself, would praise the same one you did. But you shouldn’t speak as you did just now, saying “moderate”; you must say what the moderate is and how much, or else not think that such a statement of yours is becoming law yet.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Two kinds of doctor

    Like a free doctor who explains, a lawgiver should persuade as well as command.

    Famous passage The slave doctor and the free doctorThe contrast between doctors who command and doctors who persuade grounds Plato's case for preambles to laws.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν ἡμῖν ὁ τεταγμένος ἐπὶ τοῖς νόμοις μηδὲν τοιοῦτον προαγορεύῃ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῶν νόμων, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ὃ δεῖ ποιεῖν καὶ μὴ φράζῃ τε, καὶ ἐπαπειλήσας τὴν ζημίαν, ἐπʼ 720a ἄλλον τρέπηται νόμον, παραμυθίας δὲ καὶ πειθοῦς τοῖς νομοθετουμένοις μηδὲ ἓν προσδιδῷ; καθάπερ ἰατρὸς δέ τις, ὁ μὲν οὕτως, ὁ δʼ ἐκείνως ἡμᾶς εἴωθεν ἑκάστοτε θεραπεύειν— ἀναμιμνῃσκώμεθα δὲ τὸν τρόπον ἑκάτερον, ἵνα τοῦ νομοθέτου δεώμεθα, καθάπερ ἰατροῦ δέοιντο ἂν παῖδες τὸν πρᾳότατον αὐτὸν θεραπεύειν τρόπον ἑαυτούς. οἷον δὴ τί λέγομεν; εἰσὶν πού τινες ἰατροί, φαμέν, καί τινες ὑπηρέται τῶν ἰατρῶν, ἰατροὺς δὲ καλοῦμεν δήπου καὶ τούτους.

    AthenianSo should the person put in charge of our laws make no such preliminary statement at the beginning of the laws, but say straight off what must be done and what must not, add the threat of a penalty, and turn 720a to another law, without adding a single word of encouragement or persuasion for those he is legislating for? It’s like doctors: one usually treats us this way, another that way. Let’s recall the two methods, so that we can make our request of the lawgiver, just as children might ask a doctor to treat them in the gentlest way. What do I mean? There are doctors, we say, and there are doctors’ assistants, whom we also call doctors, of course.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἐάντε γε ἐλεύθεροι ὦσιν ἐάντε δοῦλοι, κατʼ ἐπίταξιν δὲ τῶν δεσποτῶν καὶ θεωρίαν καὶ κατʼ ἐμπειρίαν τὴν τέχνην κτῶνται, κατὰ φύσιν δὲ μή, καθάπερ οἱ ἐλεύθεροι αὐτοί τε μεμαθήκασιν οὕτω τούς τε αὑτῶν διδάσκουσι παῖδας. θείης ἂν ταῦτα δύο γένη τῶν καλουμένων ἰατρῶν;

    AthenianWhether they are free or slaves, they acquire the art by following their masters’ orders, by watching and by experience, not by the natural method, the way free doctors have learned it themselves and teach it to their own children. Would you say these are two kinds of so-called doctors?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν καὶ συννοεῖς ὅτι, δούλων καὶ ἐλευθέρων 720c ὄντων τῶν καμνόντων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, τοὺς μὲν δούλους σχεδόν τι οἱ δοῦλοι τὰ πολλὰ ἰατρεύουσιν περιτρέχοντες καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰατρείοις περιμένοντες, καὶ οὔτε τινὰ λόγον ἑκάστου πέρι νοσήματος ἑκάστου τῶν οἰκετῶν οὐδεὶς τῶν τοιούτων ἰατρῶν δίδωσιν οὐδʼ ἀποδέχεται, προστάξας δʼ αὐτῷ τὰ δόξαντα ἐξ ἐμπειρίας, ὡς ἀκριβῶς εἰδώς, καθάπερ τύραννος αὐθαδῶς, οἴχεται ἀποπηδήσας πρὸς ἄλλον κάμνοντα οἰκέτην, καὶ ῥᾳστώνην οὕτω τῷ δεσπότῃ παρασκευάζει τῶν καμνόντων 720d τῆς ἐπιμελείας· ὁ δὲ ἐλεύθερος ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τὰ τῶν ἐλευθέρων νοσήματα θεραπεύει τε καὶ ἐπισκοπεῖ, καὶ ταῦτα ἐξετάζων ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ κατὰ φύσιν, τῷ κάμνοντι κοινούμενος αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς φίλοις, ἅμα μὲν αὐτὸς μανθάνει τι παρὰ τῶν νοσούντων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ καθʼ ὅσον οἷός τέ ἐστιν, διδάσκει τὸν ἀσθενοῦντα αὐτόν, καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐπέταξεν πρὶν ἄν πῃ συμπείσῃ, τότε δὲ μετὰ πειθοῦς ἡμερούμενον ἀεὶ 720e παρασκευάζων τὸν κάμνοντα, εἰς τὴν ὑγίειαν ἄγων, ἀποτελεῖν πειρᾶται;

    AthenianAnd do you also realize that, since the sick in cities are both slaves and 720c free, the slaves are mostly treated by slaves, who run around or wait in the dispensaries? None of these doctors gives or accepts any account of each ailment of each servant; he prescribes what seems right from experience, as if he had exact knowledge, with the self-assurance of a tyrant, and off he rushes to another sick servant; and in this way he relieves the master of the trouble of caring for his sick. 720d But the free doctor mostly treats and examines the diseases of free people. He investigates them from the beginning and according to nature, and he talks things over with the patient himself and with his friends. At the same time as he learns something from the sick, he also teaches the patient himself as far as he can. He gives no prescription until he has somehow won the patient over; then, keeping him calm by persuasion each time, 720e he tries to succeed in leading him back to health.

    πότερον οὕτως ἢ ἐκείνως ἰατρός τε ἰώμενος ἀμείνων καὶ γυμναστὴς γυμνάζων· διχῇ τὴν μίαν ἀποτελῶν δύναμιν, ἢ μοναχῇ καὶ κατὰ τὸ χεῖρον τοῖν δυοῖν καὶ ἀγριώτερον ἀπεργαζόμενος;

    Which is the better doctor in healing, or trainer in training: the one who works this way or that? One who achieves a single effect by two means, or one who uses only one, the worse and harsher of the two?

    Cliniasπολύ που διαφέρον, ὦ ξένε, τὸ διπλῇ.

    CliniasThe twofold way is far superior, stranger.

    Athenianβούλει δὴ καὶ θεασώμεθα τὸ διπλοῦν τοῦτο καὶ ἁπλοῦν ἐν ταῖς νομοθεσίαις αὐταῖς γιγνόμενον;

    AthenianWould you like us to look at this twofold method, and the single one, as they appear in legislation itself?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὐ βούλομαι;

    CliniasOf course I would.

    Athenianφέρε δὴ πρὸς θεῶν, τίνʼ ἄρα πρῶτον νόμον θεῖτʼ ἂν ὁ νομοθέτης; ἆρʼ οὐ κατὰ φύσιν τὴν περὶ γενέσεως ἀρχὴν 721a πρώτην πόλεων πέρι κατακοσμήσει ταῖς τάξεσιν;

    AthenianCome then, in the gods’ name: what law would the lawgiver lay down first? Wouldn’t he follow nature and set in order by his regulations the starting point of generation 721a first, where cities are concerned?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἀρχὴ δʼ ἐστὶ τῶν γενέσεων πάσαις πόλεσιν ἆρʼ οὐχ ἡ τῶν γάμων σύμμειξις καὶ κοινωνία;

    AthenianAnd isn’t the starting point of generation in all cities the union and partnership of marriage?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianγαμικοὶ δὴ νόμοι πρῶτοι κινδυνεύουσιν τιθέμενοι καλῶς ἂν τίθεσθαι πρὸς ὀρθότητα πάσῃ πόλει.

    AthenianThen it looks as though the marriage laws, if laid down first, would be well laid down for getting any city right.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianλέγωμεν δὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἁπλοῦν, ἔχοι δʼ ἄν πως ἴσως ὧδε— 721b

    γαμεῖν δέ, ἐπειδὰν ἐτῶν ᾖ τις τριάκοντα, μέχρι ἐτῶν πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα, εἰ δὲ μή, ζημιοῦσθαι χρήμασίν τε καὶ ἀτιμίᾳ, χρήμασι μὲν τόσοις καὶ τόσοις, τῇ καὶ τῇ δὲ ἀτιμίᾳ.

    ὁ μὲν ἁπλοῦς ἔστω τις τοιοῦτος περὶ γάμων, ὁ δὲ διπλοῦς ὅδε—

    AthenianLet’s first state the simple version. It might go something like this— 721b

    A man shall marry when he is thirty years old, and before he is thirty-five. If he does not, he shall be punished with a fine and with loss of status: a fine of such and such an amount, and loss of status of such and such a kind.

    Let the simple law about marriage be something like that. The double one is as follows—

    γαμεῖν δέ, ἐπειδὰν ἐτῶν ᾖ τις τριάκοντα, μέχρι τῶν πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα, διανοηθέντα ὡς ἔστιν ᾗ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος φύσει τινὶ μετείληφεν ἀθανασίας, οὗ καὶ πέφυκεν ἐπιθυμίαν 721c ἴσχειν πᾶς πᾶσαν· τὸ γὰρ γενέσθαι κλεινὸν καὶ μὴ ἀνώνυμον κεῖσθαι τετελευτηκότα τοῦ τοιούτου ἐστὶν ἐπιθυμία. γένος οὖν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν τι συμφυὲς τοῦ παντὸς χρόνου, ὃ διὰ τέλους αὐτῷ συνέπεται καὶ συνέψεται, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἀθάνατον ὄν, τῷ παῖδας παίδων καταλειπόμενον, ταὐτὸν καὶ ἓν ὂν ἀεί, γενέσει τῆς ἀθανασίας μετειληφέναι· τούτου δὴ ἀποστερεῖν ἑκόντα ἑαυτὸν οὐδέποτε ὅσιον, ἐκ προνοίας δὲ ἀποστερεῖ ὃς ἂν παίδων καὶ γυναικὸς ἀμελῇ.

    A man shall marry when he is thirty years old, and before he is thirty-five, bearing in mind that there is a way in which the human race by nature shares in immortality, which every person is naturally moved 721c to desire in every way. For the desire to become famous and not to lie nameless after death is a desire for this. The human race is by nature bound up with the whole of time, which it accompanies and will accompany to the end; and it is immortal in this way: by leaving behind children’s children, remaining the same and one forever, it shares in immortality through generation. To deprive oneself of this willingly is never holy; and anyone who neglects to have a wife and children deprives himself of it deliberately.

    πειθόμενος 721d μὲν οὖν τῷ νόμῳ ἀζήμιος ἀπαλλάττοιτο ἄν, μὴ πειθόμενος δὲ αὖ, μηδὲ γαμῶν ἔτη τριάκοντα γεγονὼς καὶ πέντε, ζημιούσθω μὲν κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τόσῳ καὶ τόσῳ, ἵνα μὴ δοκῇ τὴν μοναυλίαν οἱ κέρδος καὶ ῥᾳστώνην φέρειν, καὶ μὴ μετεχέτω δὲ τιμῶν ὧν ἂν οἱ νεώτεροι ἐν τῇ πόλει τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους αὑτῶν τιμῶσιν ἑκάστοτε.

    If he obeys 721d the law, he may go free without penalty; but if he does not obey, and is still unmarried at thirty-five, let him pay a fine of such and such an amount every year, so that he won’t think that living alone brings him profit and ease; and let him have no share in the honors that the young in the city pay on each occasion to their elders.

    τοῦτον δὴ παρʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν νόμον ἀκούσαντα ἔξεστιν περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου διανοηθῆναι, πότερον αὐτοὺς διπλοῦς οὕτω 721e δεῖ γίγνεσθαι τῷ μήκει τὸ σμικρότατον, διὰ τὸ πείθειν τε ἅμα καὶ ἀπειλεῖν, ἢ τῷ ἀπειλεῖν μόνον χρωμένους ἁπλοῦς γίγνεσθαι τοῖς μήκεσιν.

    Hearing this law beside the other, one can consider, about each law, whether they should be double like this, 721e twice as long at the least, because they combine persuasion with threat, or whether they should use threat alone and be single in length.

    Megillusπρὸς μὲν τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ τρόπου, ὦ ξένε, τὸ τὰ βραχύτερα ἀεὶ προτιμᾶν· τούτων μὴν τῶν γραμμάτων εἴ τις κριτὴν ἐμὲ κελεύοι γίγνεσθαι πότερα βουλοίμην ἂν ἐν τῇ πόλει μοι γεγραμμένα τεθῆναι, τὰ μακρότερʼ ἂν ἑλοίμην, 722a καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ παντὸς νόμου κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ παράδειγμα, εἰ γίγνοιτο ἑκάτερα, ταὐτὸν τοῦτʼ ἂν αἱροίμην. οὐ μὴν ἀλλά που καὶ Κλεινίᾳ τῷδʼ ἀρέσκειν δεῖ τὰ νῦν νομοθετούμενα· τούτου γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἡ νῦν τοῖς τοιούτοις νόμοις χρῆσθαι διανοουμένη.

    MegillusThe Spartan way, stranger, is always to prefer the shorter. But if someone told me to judge which of these texts I’d want written down and enacted in my city, I’d choose the longer one; 722a and indeed, for every law on this model, if both versions were available, I’d make the same choice. But of course our friend Clinias here must also approve of what we are now legislating, since it’s his city that now intends to use such laws.

    Cliniasκαλῶς γʼ, ὦ Μέγιλλε, εἶπες.

    CliniasWell said, Megillus.

    Laws need preambles

    The Athenian proposes that every law open with a persuasive preamble before its command.

    Athenianτὸ μὲν οὖν περὶ πολλῶν ἢ ὀλίγων γραμμάτων ποιήσασθαι τὸν λόγον λίαν εὔηθες—τὰ γὰρ οἶμαι βέλτιστα, 722b ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰ βραχύτατα οὐδὲ τὰ μήκη τιμητέον—τὰ δʼ ἐν τοῖς νυνδὴ νόμοις ῥηθεῖσιν οὐ διπλῷ θάτερα τῶν ἑτέρων διάφορα μόνον εἰς ἀρετὴν τῆς χρείας, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἐρρήθη νυνδή, τὸ τῶν διττῶν ἰατρῶν γένος ὀρθότατα παρετέθη. πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔοικε διανοηθῆναι πώποτε τῶν νομοθετῶν, ὡς ἐξὸν δυοῖν χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς νομοθεσίας, πειθοῖ καὶ βίᾳ, καθʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε ἐπὶ τὸν ἄπειρον παιδείας ὄχλον, τῷ ἑτέρῳ χρῶνται 722c μόνον· οὐ γὰρ πειθοῖ κεραννύντες τὴν μάχην νομοθετοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀκράτῳ μόνον τῇ βίᾳ. ἐγὼ δʼ, ὦ μακάριοι, καὶ τρίτον ἔτι περὶ τοὺς νόμους ὁρῶ γίγνεσθαι δέον, οὐδαμῇ τὰ νῦν γιγνόμενον.

    AthenianTo make our discussion about many or few letters would be very foolish. It’s the best, I think, 722b not the shortest or the longest, that we should value. As for the laws we just stated, one is not merely twice as good as the other in usefulness; rather, as was said just now, the comparison with the two kinds of doctors was very apt. But no lawgiver ever seems to have thought of this: though they can use two means in legislating, persuasion and force, as far as that is possible with the uneducated crowd, they use only one of them. 722c They don’t temper the battle with persuasion when they legislate, but use nothing but undiluted force. And I, my dear friends, see a third thing still that ought to be done with laws, which is nowhere done at present.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν νυνδὴ διειλέγμεθα ἡμεῖς κατὰ θεόν τινα γεγονός. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἐξ ὅσου περὶ τῶν νόμων ἤργμεθα λέγειν, ἐξ ἑωθινοῦ μεσημβρία τε γέγονε καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ παγκάλῃ ἀναπαύλῃ τινὶ γεγόναμεν, οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ περὶ νόμων διαλεγόμενοι, 722d νόμους δὲ ἄρτι μοι δοκοῦμεν λέγειν ἄρχεσθαι, τὰ δʼ ἔμπροσθεν ἦν πάντα ἡμῖν προοίμια νόμων. τί δὲ ταῦτʼ εἴρηκα; τόδε εἰπεῖν βουληθείς, ὅτι λόγων πάντων καὶ ὅσων φωνὴ κεκοινώνηκεν προοίμιά τέ ἐστιν καὶ σχεδὸν οἷόν τινες ἀνακινήσεις, ἔχουσαί τινα ἔντεχνον ἐπιχείρησιν χρήσιμον πρὸς τὸ μέλλον περαίνεσθαι.

    AthenianSomething that has come, by some god’s guidance, out of the very conversation we’ve just had. From the time we began to talk about laws, dawn has turned to noon, and we have come to this lovely resting place, discussing nothing but laws. 722d Yet it seems to me we have only just begun to state laws, and everything before was preambles to laws. Why have I said this? Because I want to say that all speech, and everything the voice takes part in, has preambles and something like warm-ups, which contain a kind of skilled attempt useful for what is to be accomplished.

    A prooimion is a prelude or preamble; Plato’s idea is that laws should persuade before they compel.

    καὶ δή που κιθαρῳδικῆς ᾠδῆς λεγομένων νόμων καὶ πάσης μούσης προοίμια θαυμαστῶς 722e ἐσπουδασμένα πρόκειται· τῶν δὲ ὄντως νόμων ὄντων, οὓς δὴ πολιτικοὺς εἶναί φαμεν, οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτʼ εἶπέ τι προοίμιον οὔτε συνθέτης γενόμενος ἐξήνεγκεν εἰς τὸ φῶς, ὡς οὐκ ὄντος φύσει. ἡμῖν δὲ ἡ νῦν διατριβὴ γεγονυῖα, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, σημαίνει ὡς ὄντος, οἵ τέ γε δὴ διπλοῖ ἔδοξαν νυνδή μοι λεχθέντες νόμοι οὐκ εἶναι ἁπλῶς οὕτω πως διπλοῖ, ἀλλὰ δύο μέν τινε, νόμος τε καὶ προοίμιον τοῦ νόμου· ὃ δὴ τυραννικὸν ἐπίταγμα ἀπεικασθὲν ἐρρήθη τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασιν τοῖς 723a τῶν ἰατρῶν οὓς εἴπομεν ἀνελευθέρους, τοῦτʼ εἶναι νόμος ἄκρατος, τὸ δὲ πρὸ τούτου ῥηθέν, πειστικὸν λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦδε, ὄντως μὲν εἶναι πειστικόν, προοιμίου μὴν τοῦ περὶ λόγους δύναμιν ἔχειν.

    And indeed, for songs sung to the lyre, the ones called nomoi, and for music of every kind, preambles composed with wonderful 722e care are set in front. But for the laws that really are laws, which we call political, no one has ever spoken a preamble, or composed one and brought it to light, as if there were no such thing by nature. But our present conversation indicates, I think, that there is. And the laws I stated just now, which seemed to me to be double, are not simply double in that sense; they are two things: a law and a preamble to the law. What we likened to a tyrant’s command, the orders 723a of the doctors we called unfree, is the law undiluted; and what was said before it, which our friend here called persuasive, is indeed persuasive, but has the function of a preamble to a speech.

    ἵνα γὰρ εὐμενῶς, καὶ διὰ τὴν εὐμένειαν εὐμαθέστερον, τὴν ἐπίταξιν, ὃ δή ἐστιν ὁ νόμος, δέξηται ᾧ τὸν νόμον ὁ νομοθέτης λέγει, τούτου χάριν εἰρῆσθαί μοι κατεφάνη πᾶς ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὃν πείθων εἶπεν ὁ λέγων· διὸ δὴ κατά 723b γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τοῦτʼ αὐτό, προοίμιον, ἀλλʼ οὐ λόγος ἂν ὀρθῶς προσαγορεύοιτο εἶναι τοῦ νόμου. ταῦτʼ οὖν εἰπών, τί τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἄν μοι βουληθείην εἰρῆσθαι; τόδε, ὡς τὸν νομοθέτην πρὸ πάντων τε ἀεὶ τῶν νόμων χρεών ἐστιν μὴ ἀμοίρους αὐτοὺς προοιμίων ποιεῖν καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον, ᾗ διοίσουσιν ἑαυτῶν ὅσον νυνδὴ τὼ λεχθέντε διηνεγκάτην.

    For it became clear to me that this whole speech, which the speaker made in order to persuade, was made for this purpose: that the person to whom the lawgiver addresses the law should accept the command—that is, the law—in a kindly frame of mind, and through that kindliness be readier to learn. So, 723b in my view at least, it would rightly be called a preamble, not the text of the law. Having said this, what would I like to say next? This: that the lawgiver must never leave his laws without preambles, whether all of them together or each one singly; in this way they will be better than they otherwise would be, by as much as the two just stated differed.

    Cliniasτό γʼ ἐμὸν οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως νομοθετεῖν διακελεύοιτο ἡμῖν τὸν τούτων ἐπιστήμονα.

    CliniasFor my part, I wouldn’t tell anyone who knows about these matters to legislate for us any other way.

    Athenianκαλῶς μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ Κλεινία, δοκεῖς μοι τό γε τοσοῦτον λέγειν, ὅτι πᾶσίν γε νόμοις ἔστιν προοίμια καὶ ὅτι πάσης ἀρχόμενον νομοθεσίας χρὴ προτιθέναι παντὸς τοῦ λόγου τὸ πεφυκὸς προοίμιον ἑκάστοις—οὐ γὰρ σμικρὸν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν ῥηθησόμενον, οὐδʼ ὀλίγον διαφέρον ἢ σαφῶς ἢ μὴ σαφῶς αὐτὰ μνημονεύεσθαι—τὸ μέντοι μεγάλων πέρι λεγομένων νόμων καὶ σμικρῶν εἰ ὁμοίως προοιμιάζεσθαι προστάττοιμεν, οὐκ ἂν ὀρθῶς λέγοιμεν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ᾄσματος 723d οὐδὲ λόγου παντὸς δεῖ τὸ τοιοῦτον δρᾶν—καίτοι πέφυκέν γε εἶναι πᾶσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ χρηστέον ἅπασιν—αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ τε ῥήτορι καὶ τῷ μελῳδῷ καὶ νομοθέτῃ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἑκάστοτε ἐπιτρεπτέον.

    AthenianWell, Clinias, I think you’re right about this much: that all laws have preambles, and that when one begins any legislation one should put before each whole discourse the preamble that naturally belongs to it—for what is to be said next is no small matter, and it makes no small difference whether it is remembered clearly or not. But if we ordered that laws called great and small alike should all have preambles, we would not be right. Not every song 723d or speech needs this—although it naturally belongs to all, it shouldn’t be used for all—but it should be left to the orator, the singer and the lawgiver in each case.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα δοκεῖς μοι λέγειν. ἀλλὰ δὴ μηκέτʼ, ὦ ξένε, διατριβὴν πλείω τῆς μελλήσεως ποιώμεθα, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν λόγον ἐπανέλθωμεν καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνων ἀρχώμεθα, εἴ σοι φίλον, ὧν οὐχ ὡς προοιμιαζόμενος εἶπες τότε. πάλιν οὖν, οἷόν 723e φασιν οἱ παίζοντες, ἀμεινόνων ἐξ ἀρχῆς δευτέρων ἐπαναπολήσωμεν, ὡς προοίμιον ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν τυχόντα λόγον περαίνοντες, καθάπερ ἄρτι· λάβωμεν δʼ αὐτῶν ἀρχὴν ὁμολογοῦντες προοιμιάζεσθαι. καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ θεῶν τιμῆς προγόνων τε θεραπείας, καὶ τὰ νυνδὴ λεχθέντα ἱκανά· τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς πειρώμεθα λέγειν, μέχριπερ ἄν σοι πᾶν τὸ προοίμιον ἱκανῶς εἰρῆσθαι δοκῇ. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ἤδη τοὺς νόμους αὐτοὺς διέξει λέγων.

    CliniasI think what you say is very true. But let’s not spend any more time in delay, stranger. Let’s go back to our subject and begin, if you don’t mind, from what you said back then without treating it as a preamble. So let’s go back over it from the start—“second throws are better,” 723e as people say when they play games—completing a preamble this time, and not just any discourse, as we did a moment ago. Let’s make a start on it, agreeing that it is a preamble. What was said just now about honoring the gods and caring for ancestors is enough; let’s try to state what comes next, until you think the whole preamble has been adequately stated. After that you’ll go through the laws themselves.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν περὶ θεῶν μὲν καὶ τῶν μετὰ θεοὺς καὶ γονέων ζώντων τε πέρι καὶ τελευτησάντων τότε ἱκανῶς προοιμιασάμεθα, ὡς νῦν λέγομεν· τὸ δὲ ἀπολειπόμενον ἔτι τοῦ τοιούτου φαίνῃ μοι σὺ διακελεύεσθαι τὰ νῦν οἷον πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἐπανάγειν.

    AthenianThen about the gods and those that come after the gods, and about parents, living and dead, we gave an adequate preamble back then, as we now say. And now you seem to be urging me to bring to light, as it were, what remains of this kind.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν μετά γε τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὡς χρὴ τὰ περὶ τὰς αὑτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰς οὐσίας σπουδῆς 724b τε πέρι καὶ ἀνέσεως ἴσχειν, προσῆκόν τʼ ἐστὶ καὶ κοινότατον ἀναπεμπαζομένους τόν τε λέγοντα καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας παιδείας γίγνεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν ἐπηβόλους· ταῦτʼ οὖν ἡμῖν αὐτὰ μετʼ ἐκεῖνα ὄντως ἐστὶν ῥητέα τε καὶ ἀκουστέα.

    AthenianWell, after such matters, how people should conduct themselves with regard to their own souls, bodies and property—what they should take seriously 724b and where they should ease off—is a fitting subject, and one that concerns everyone, for speaker and listeners alike to think through, so as to gain as much education as they can. This, then, truly is what we must say and hear next.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Book V

    Honouring the soul; the size of the city and its land.

    Famous passage Honoring the soulBook V opens by ranking the soul, after the gods, as a person’s most divine possession, to be honored by making it better.

    Athenianἀκούοι δὴ πᾶς ὅσπερ νυνδὴ τὰ περὶ θεῶν τε ἤκουε καὶ τῶν φίλων προπατόρων· πάντων γὰρ τῶν αὑτοῦ κτημάτων μετὰ θεοὺς ψυχὴ θειότατον, οἰκειότατον ὄν. τὰ δʼ αὑτοῦ διττὰ πάντʼ ἐστὶ πᾶσιν. τὰ μὲν οὖν κρείττω καὶ ἀμείνω δεσπόζοντα, τὰ δὲ ἥττω καὶ χείρω δοῦλα· τῶν οὖν αὑτοῦ τὰ δεσπόζοντα ἀεὶ προτιμητέον τῶν δουλευόντων. οὕτω δὴ τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχὴν 727a μετὰ θεοὺς ὄντας δεσπότας καὶ τοὺς τούτοις ἑπομένους τιμᾶν δεῖν λέγων δευτέραν, ὀρθῶς παρακελεύομαι. τιμᾷ δʼ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἡμῶν οὐδεὶς ὀρθῶς, δοκεῖ δέ· θεῖον γὰρ ἀγαθόν που τιμή, τῶν δὲ κακῶν οὐδὲν τίμιον, ὁ δʼ ἡγούμενος ἤ τισι λόγοις ἢ δώροις αὐτὴν αὔξειν ἤ τισιν ὑπείξεσιν, μηδὲν βελτίω δὲ ἐκ χείρονος αὐτὴν ἀπεργαζόμενος, τιμᾶν μὲν δοκεῖ, δρᾷ δὲ τοῦτο οὐδαμῶς.

    AthenianThen let everyone who just now heard what was said about the gods and our dear forefathers listen. Of all a person’s possessions, after the gods, the soul is the most divine, since it is most truly his own. Everything a person has is of two kinds. The stronger and better are masters; the weaker and worse are slaves. So among one’s own things, the masters must always be honored above the slaves. And so, when I say that one must honor one’s own soul second, 727a after the gods, who are our masters, and those who follow them, I’m giving the right instruction. Yet hardly any of us honors it rightly, though we think we do. For honor is surely a divine good, and nothing bad is honorable; and whoever thinks he is exalting his soul with words or gifts or indulgences, without making it any better than it was, seems to honor it but doesn’t do so at all.

    αὐτίκα παῖς εὐθὺς γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος πᾶς ἡγεῖται πάντα ἱκανὸς εἶναι γιγνώσκειν, 727b καὶ τιμᾶν οἴεται ἐπαινῶν τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχήν, καὶ προθυμούμενος ἐπιτρέπει πράττειν ὅτι ἂν ἐθέλῃ, τὸ δὲ νῦν λεγόμενόν ἐστιν ὡς δρῶν ταῦτα βλάπτει καὶ οὐ τιμᾷ· δεῖ δέ, ὥς φαμεν, μετά γε θεοὺς δευτέραν. οὐδέ γε ὅταν ἄνθρωπος τῶν αὑτοῦ ἑκάστοτε ἁμαρτημάτων μὴ ἑαυτὸν αἴτιον ἡγῆται καὶ τῶν πλείστων κακῶν καὶ μεγίστων, ἀλλὰ ἄλλους, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀεὶ ἀναίτιον ἐξαιρῇ, τιμῶν τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχήν, ὡς δὴ δοκεῖ, ὁ δὲ 727c πολλοῦ δεῖ δρᾶν τοῦτο· βλάπτει γάρ. οὐδʼ ὁπόταν ἡδοναῖς παρὰ λόγον τὸν τοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ ἔπαινον χαρίζηται, τότε οὐδαμῶς τιμᾷ, ἀτιμάζει δὲ κακῶν καὶ μεταμελείας ἐμπιμπλὰς αὐτήν.

    For instance, every human being, right from childhood, thinks himself capable of knowing everything, 727b and believes he honors his soul by praising it, and eagerly lets it do whatever it likes. What we’re saying now is that by doing this he harms it and doesn’t honor it—and he ought, as we say, to honor it second after the gods. Nor does a man honor his soul when he never holds himself responsible for his own errors, or for most of his troubles and the greatest of them, but blames others and always exempts himself as blameless. He thinks he’s honoring his soul, but 727c he’s very far from doing so: he’s harming it. Nor, when he gratifies it with pleasures against the lawgiver’s advice and approval, does he honor it in the least; he dishonors it, filling it with evils and regret.

    οὐδέ γε ὁπόταν αὖ τἀναντία τοὺς ἐπαινουμένους πόνους καὶ φόβους καὶ ἀλγηδόνας καὶ λύπας μὴ διαπονῇ καρτερῶν ἀλλὰ ὑπείκῃ, τότε οὐ τιμᾷ ὑπείκων· ἄτιμον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀπεργάζεται δρῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα. οὐδʼ ὁπόταν 727d ἡγῆται τὸ ζῆν πάντως ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, τιμᾷ, ἀτιμάζει δʼ αὐτὴν καὶ τότε· τὰ γὰρ ἐν Ἅιδου πράγματα πάντα κακὰ ἡγουμένης τῆς ψυχῆς εἶναι, ὑπείκει καὶ οὐκ ἀντιτείνει διδάσκων τε καὶ ἐλέγχων ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν οὐδʼ εἰ τἀναντία πέφυκεν μέγιστα εἶναι πάντων ἀγαθῶν ἡμῖν τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἐκεῖ. οὐδὲ μὴν πρὸ ἀρετῆς ὁπόταν αὖ προτιμᾷ τις κάλλος, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν οὐχ ἕτερον ἢ ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄντως καὶ πάντως ἀτιμία.

    Nor again, in the opposite case, when he doesn’t persevere through the labors, fears, pains and griefs that are commended, but gives in—then, by giving in, he doesn’t honor it; by doing all such things he makes it a thing without honor. Nor, when 727d he thinks that living is good at any price, does he honor it; then too he dishonors it. For when the soul believes that everything in Hades is bad, he gives in to it instead of resisting—instead of teaching it and proving to it that it doesn’t even know whether, on the contrary, the things concerning the gods there may by nature be the greatest of all goods for us. Nor again, when someone prefers beauty to virtue—that is nothing other than the real and utter dishonoring of the soul.

    ψυχῆς γὰρ σῶμα ἐντιμότερον οὗτος ὁ λόγος φησὶν εἶναι, 727e ψευδόμενος· οὐδὲν γὰρ γηγενὲς Ὀλυμπίων ἐντιμότερον, ἀλλʼ ὁ περὶ ψυχῆς ἄλλως δοξάζων ἀγνοεῖ ὡς θαυμαστοῦ τούτου κτήματος ἀμελεῖ. οὐδέ γε ὁπόταν χρήματά τις ἐρᾷ κτᾶσθαι 728a μὴ καλῶς, ἢ μὴ δυσχερῶς φέρῃ κτώμενος, δώροις ἄρα τιμᾷ τότε τὴν αὑτοῦ ψυχήν—παντὸς μὲν οὖν λείπει—τὸ γὰρ αὐτῆς τίμιον ἅμα καὶ καλὸν ἀποδίδοται σμικροῦ χρυσίου· πᾶς γὰρ ὅ τʼ ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ ὑπὸ γῆς χρυσὸς ἀρετῆς οὐκ ἀντάξιος. ὡς δὲ εἰπεῖν συλλήβδην, ὃς ἅπερ ἂν νομοθέτης αἰσχρὰ εἶναι καὶ κακὰ διαριθμούμενος τάττῃ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀγαθὰ καὶ καλά, τῶν μὲν ἀπέχεσθαι μὴ ἐθέλῃ πάσῃ μηχανῇ, τὰ δὲ ἐπιτηδεύειν σύμπασαν κατὰ δύναμιν, οὐκ οἶδεν ἐν 728b τούτοις πᾶσιν πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψυχὴν θειότατον ὂν ἀτιμότατα καὶ κακοσχημονέστατα διατιθείς.

    For this view says that the body is more to be honored than the soul, 727e and it lies: nothing born of earth is more honorable than the things of Olympus, and whoever thinks otherwise about the soul doesn’t know what a marvelous possession he’s neglecting. Nor, when someone longs to acquire money 728a dishonorably, or isn’t troubled at acquiring it that way, does he then honor his soul with gifts—far from it. He sells what is precious and fine in it for a little gold; but all the gold on earth and under the earth is not worth as much as virtue. To put it in a word: whoever is unwilling to keep away by every means from the things the lawgiver lists and ranks as shameful and bad, and to practice with all his might the things he ranks, on the contrary, as good and fine—such a person, whoever he is, doesn’t realize that in 728b all this he is treating his soul, the most divine thing he has, in the most dishonorable and degrading way.

    τὴν γὰρ λεγομένην δίκην τῆς κακουργίας τὴν μεγίστην οὐδεὶς ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν λογίζεται, ἔστιν δʼ ἡ μεγίστη τὸ ὁμοιοῦσθαι τοῖς οὖσιν κακοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὁμοιούμενον δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς φεύγειν ἄνδρας καὶ λόγους καὶ ἀποσχίζεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ προσκολλᾶσθαι διώκοντα κατὰ τὰς συνουσίας· προσπεφυκότα δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀνάγκη ποιεῖν 728c καὶ πάσχειν ἃ πεφύκασιν ἀλλήλους οἱ τοιοῦτοι ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν. τοῦτο οὖν δὴ τὸ πάθος δίκη μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν—καλὸν γὰρ τό γε δίκαιον καὶ ἡ δίκη—τιμωρία δέ, ἀδικίας ἀκόλουθος πάθη, ἧς ὅ τε τυχὼν καὶ μὴ τυγχάνων ἄθλιος, ὁ μὲν οὐκ ἰατρευόμενος, ὁ δέ, ἵνα ἕτεροι πολλοὶ σῴζωνται, ἀπολλύμενος. τιμὴ δʼ ἐστὶν ἡμῖν, ὡς τὸ ὅλον εἰπεῖν, τοῖς μὲν ἀμείνοσιν ἕπεσθαι, τὰ δὲ χείρονα, γενέσθαι δὲ βελτίω δυνατά, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ὡς ἄριστα ἀποτελεῖν.

    For hardly anyone takes into account what is called the greatest “penalty” for wrongdoing. The greatest is to become like men who are bad, and, in becoming like them, to shun good men and good conversation and cut oneself off from them, while clinging to the bad and seeking out their company. And whoever has grown into such people must 728c do and suffer what such people naturally do and say to one another. Now this experience isn’t a just penalty at all—for what is just, and justice, are fine things—but retribution, the suffering that follows on injustice. Whoever meets with it and whoever escapes it are both wretched: the one because he isn’t cured, the other because he is destroyed so that many others may be saved. For us, honor, to put it generally, is to follow what is better, and, where what is worse can become better, to make it as good as possible.

    ψυχῆς οὖν ἀνθρώπῳ κτῆμα οὐκ ἔστιν εὐφυέστερον εἰς 728d τὸ φυγεῖν μὲν τὸ κακόν, ἰχνεῦσαι δὲ καὶ ἑλεῖν τὸ πάντων ἄριστον, καὶ ἑλόντα αὖ κοινῇ συνοικεῖν τὸν ἐπίλοιπον βίον· διὸ δεύτερον ἐτάχθη τιμῇ, τὸ δὲ τρίτον—πᾶς ἂν τοῦτό γε νοήσειεν—τὴν τοῦ σώματος εἶναι κατὰ φύσιν τιμήν· τὰς δʼ αὖ τιμὰς δεῖ σκοπεῖν, καὶ τούτων τίνες ἀληθεῖς καὶ ὅσαι κίβδηλοι, τοῦτο δὲ νομοθέτου.

    So a human being has no possession better suited by nature than the soul 728d for fleeing what is bad and for tracking down and seizing what is best of all, and, having seized it, for living with it in partnership for the rest of his life. That’s why it was ranked second in honor. The third—anyone could see this—is the honor due by nature to the body. But here again one must examine the honors, which of them are true and which counterfeit; and that is the lawgiver’s business.

    μηνύειν δή μοι φαίνεται τάσδε καὶ τοιάσδε τινὰς αὐτὰς εἶναι, τίμιον εἶναι σῶμα οὐ τὸ καλὸν οὐδὲ ἰσχυρὸν οὐδὲ τάχος ἔχον οὐδὲ μέγα, οὐδέ 728e γε τὸ ὑγιεινόν—καίτοι πολλοῖς ἂν τοῦτό γε δοκοῖ—καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὰ τούτων γʼ ἐναντία, τὰ δʼ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἁπάσης ταύτης τῆς ἕξεως ἐφαπτόμενα σωφρονέστατα ἅμα τε ἀσφαλέστατα εἶναι μακρῷ· τὰ μὲν γὰρ χαύνους τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ θρασείας ποιεῖ, τὰ δὲ ταπεινάς τε καὶ ἀνελευθέρους. ὡς δʼ αὕτως ἡ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων κτῆσις, καὶ τιμήσεως κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ῥυθμὸν ἔχει· τὰ μὲν ὑπέρογκα γὰρ ἑκάστων 729a τούτων ἔχθρας καὶ στάσεις ἀπεργάζεται ταῖς πόλεσιν καὶ ἰδίᾳ, τὰ δʼ ἐλλείποντα δουλείας ὡς τὸ πολύ.

    He seems to me to indicate that they are these, or something like them: the body to be honored isn’t the beautiful one, or the strong, or the swift, or the tall, nor 728e even the healthy—though many would think so—nor, for that matter, their opposites. Rather, bodies that keep to the mean between all these conditions are by far the most moderate and at the same time the safest. For the one extreme makes souls puffed up and reckless, the other makes them abject and servile. The same goes for the possession of money and property, and their value follows the same pattern. Excess in each 729a of these breeds hostility and faction in cities and in private life; deficiency, for the most part, breeds servitude.

    μὴ δή τις φιλοχρημονείτω παίδων γʼ ἕνεκα, ἵνα ὅτι πλουσιωτάτους καταλίπῃ· οὔτε γὰρ ἐκείνοις οὔτε αὖ τῇ πόλει ἄμεινον. ἡ γὰρ τῶν νέων ἀκολάκευτος οὐσία, τῶν δʼ ἀναγκαίων μὴ ἐνδεής, αὕτη πασῶν μουσικωτάτη τε καὶ ἀρίστη· συμφωνοῦσα γὰρ ἡμῖν καὶ συναρμόττουσα εἰς ἅπαντα ἄλυπον τὸν 729b βίον ἀπεργάζεται. παισὶν δὲ αἰδῶ χρὴ πολλήν, οὐ χρυσὸν καταλείπειν. οἰόμεθα δὲ ἐπιπλήττοντες τοῖς νέοις ἀναισχυντοῦσιν τοῦτο καταλείψειν· τὸ δʼ ἔστιν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ νῦν παρακελεύματος τοῖς νέοις γιγνόμενον, ὃ παρακελεύονται λέγοντες ὡς δεῖ πάντα αἰσχύνεσθαι τὸν νέον.

    So let no one be a lover of money for his children’s sake, in order to leave them as rich as possible. That’s better neither for them nor for the city. For the young, the best estate—and the most harmonious of all—is one that attracts no flatterers yet doesn’t lack necessities. Being in tune and in harmony with us in every way, it makes our 729b life free from pain. What we should leave our children is a great sense of shame, not gold. We think we’ll leave them this by rebuking the young when they behave shamelessly. But it doesn’t come from the advice people give the young nowadays, when they tell them that a young man must feel shame before everyone.

    ὁ δὲ ἔμφρων νομοθέτης τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἂν μᾶλλον παρακελεύοιτο αἰσχύνεσθαι τοὺς νέους, καὶ πάντων μάλιστα εὐλαβεῖσθαι μή ποτέ τις αὐτὸν ἴδῃ τῶν νέων ἢ καὶ ἐπακούσῃ δρῶντα ἢ 729c λέγοντά τι τῶν αἰσχρῶν, ὡς ὅπου ἀναισχυντοῦσι γέροντες, ἀνάγκη καὶ νέους ἐνταῦθα εἶναι ἀναιδεστάτους· παιδεία γὰρ νέων διαφέρουσά ἐστιν ἅμα καὶ αὐτῶν οὐ τὸ νουθετεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἅπερ ἂν ἄλλον νουθετῶν εἴποι τις, φαίνεσθαι ταῦτα αὐτὸν δρῶντα διὰ βίου. συγγένειαν δὲ καὶ ὁμογνίων θεῶν κοινωνίαν πᾶσαν ταὐτοῦ φύσιν αἵματος ἔχουσαν τιμῶν τις καὶ σεβόμενος, εὔνους ἂν γενεθλίους θεοὺς εἰς παίδων αὑτοῦ σπορὰν ἴσχοι κατὰ λόγον.

    A sensible lawgiver would rather urge the old to feel shame before the young, and above all to take care that none of the young ever sees or overhears one of them doing or 729c saying anything shameful. For where the old are shameless, the young there too are bound to be utterly without shame. The best education of the young, and of the old themselves, isn’t admonition; it’s being seen, all one’s life, to do the very things one would tell someone else when admonishing him. Whoever honors and reveres his kin, and the whole fellowship of the family gods that shares the same blood, would reasonably find the gods of birth well disposed toward the begetting of his own children.

    καὶ μὴν τό γε φίλων καὶ ἑταίρων 729d πρὸς τὰς ἐν βίῳ ὁμιλίας εὐμενεῖς ἄν τις κτῷτο, μείζους μὲν καὶ σεμνοτέρας τὰς ἐκείνων ὑπηρεσίας εἰς αὑτὸν ἡγούμενος ἢ ʼκεῖνοι, ἐλάττους δʼ αὖ τὰς αὑτοῦ διανοούμενος εἰς τοὺς φίλους χάριτας αὐτῶν τῶν φίλων τε καὶ ἑταίρων. εἰς μὴν πόλιν καὶ πολίτας μακρῷ ἄριστος ὅστις πρὸ τοῦ Ὀλυμπίασιν καὶ ἁπάντων ἀγώνων πολεμικῶν τε καὶ εἰρηνικῶν νικᾶν δέξαιτʼ ἂν δόξῃ ὑπηρεσίας τῶν οἴκοι νόμων, ὡς 729e ὑπηρετηκὼς πάντων κάλλιστʼ ἀνθρώπων αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ βίῳ. πρὸς δʼ αὖ τοὺς ξένους διανοητέον ὡς ἁγιώτατα συμβόλαια ὄντα· σχεδὸν γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ τὰ τῶν ξένων καὶ εἰς τοὺς ξένους ἁμαρτήματα παρὰ τὰ τῶν πολιτῶν εἰς θεὸν ἀνηρτημένα τιμωρὸν μᾶλλον.

    Again, a man will find friends and companions 729d kindly in his dealings with them through life if he counts their services to him greater and more valuable than they themselves do, and thinks his own favors to his friends smaller than his friends and companions think them. As for city and fellow citizens, by far the best man is the one who would choose, over victory at Olympia and in all contests of war and peace, to win a reputation for service to his country’s laws, as 729e the man who, of all men, has served them best throughout his life. Toward foreigners, one should regard agreements with them as most sacred. For nearly all offenses by and against foreigners, compared with those among citizens, are more closely bound up with an avenging god.

    ἔρημος γὰρ ὢν ὁ ξένος ἑταίρων τε καὶ συγγενῶν ἐλεεινότερος ἀνθρώποις καὶ θεοῖς· ὁ δυνάμενος οὖν τιμωρεῖν μᾶλλον βοηθεῖ προθυμότερον, δύναται 730a δὲ διαφερόντως ὁ ξένιος ἑκάστων δαίμων καὶ θεὸς τῷ ξενίῳ συνεπόμενοι Διί. πολλῆς οὖν εὐλαβείας, ᾧ καὶ σμικρὸν προμηθείας ἔνι, μηδὲν ἁμάρτημα περὶ ξένους ἁμαρτόντα ἐν τῷ βίῳ πρὸς τὸ τέλος αὐτοῦ πορευθῆναι. ξενικῶν δʼ αὖ καὶ ἐπιχωρίων ἁμαρτημάτων τὸ περὶ τοὺς ἱκέτας μέγιστον γίγνεται ἁμάρτημα ἑκάστοις· μεθʼ οὗ γὰρ ἱκετεύσας μάρτυρος ὁ ἱκέτης θεοῦ ἔτυχεν ὁμολογιῶν, φύλαξ διαφέρων οὗτος τοῦ παθόντος γίγνεται, ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀτιμώρητος πάθοι ὁ τυχὼν ὧν ἔπαθε. 730b

    For the foreigner, cut off from companions and kin, is more to be pitied by men and gods. So whoever is able to avenge him comes more eagerly to his aid; and the one especially able 730a is each foreigner’s guardian spirit and god, who follow in the train of Zeus, god of strangers. So whoever has even a little foresight will take great care to reach the end of his life without having committed any offense against foreigners. Among offenses against foreigners and natives alike, the gravest for anyone is the one against suppliants. For the god whom the suppliant called on as witness when he obtained his pledge becomes the special guardian of the one who suffers, so that he will never suffer without his wrongs being avenged. 730b

    A suppliant sought protection by formally appealing to someone, often at an altar or hearth; to harm one was a grave offense against the gods.

    Character and the pleasant life

    The Athenian praises truthfulness, generosity and gentleness, and argues that the virtuous life is also the most pleasant.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ γονέας τε καὶ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, περὶ πόλιν τε καὶ φίλους καὶ συγγένειαν, ξενικά τε καὶ ἐπιχώρια, διεληλύθαμεν σχεδὸν ὁμιλήματα, τὸ δὲ ποῖός τις ὢν αὐτὸς ἂν κάλλιστα διαγάγοι τὸν βίον, ἑπόμενον τούτῳ διεξελθεῖν· ὅσα μὴ νόμος, ἀλλʼ ἔπαινος παιδεύων καὶ ψόγος ἑκάστους εὐηνίους μᾶλλον καὶ εὐμενεῖς τοῖς τεθήσεσθαι μέλλουσιν νόμοις ἀπεργάζεται, ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν μετὰ τοῦτο ἡμῖν 730c ῥητέον. ἀλήθεια δὴ πάντων μὲν ἀγαθῶν θεοῖς ἡγεῖται, πάντων δὲ ἀνθρώποις· ἧς ὁ γενήσεσθαι μέλλων μακάριός τε καὶ εὐδαίμων ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς μέτοχος εἴη, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον ἀληθὴς ὢν διαβιοῖ. πιστὸς γάρ· ὁ δὲ ἄπιστος ᾧ φίλον ψεῦδος ἑκούσιον, ὅτῳ δὲ ἀκούσιον, ἄνους. ὧν οὐδέτερον ζηλωτόν.

    We’ve now pretty much gone through our dealings with parents, with oneself and one’s own, with the city, friends and kin, foreigners and natives. Next comes going through what sort of person one should be to live one’s life most finely—not what law prescribes, but what praise and blame, by educating each person, make him more tractable and well disposed toward the laws that are about to be laid down. That is what we must discuss 730c next. Truth leads the way among all goods for gods, and among all goods for men. Whoever means to be blessed and happy should share in it right from the beginning, so that he may live as long as possible as a truthful man. For such a man can be trusted. Untrustworthy is the man who loves a willing lie; and the man who loves an unwilling one is a fool. Neither is to be envied.

    ἄφιλος γὰρ δὴ πᾶς ὅ γε ἄπιστος καὶ ἀμαθής, χρόνου δὲ προϊόντος γνωσθείς, εἰς τὸ χαλεπὸν γῆρας ἐρημίαν αὑτῷ πᾶσαν κατεσκευάσατο ἐπὶ τέλει τοῦ βίου, ὥστε ζώντων 730d καὶ μὴ ἑταίρων καὶ παίδων σχεδὸν ὁμοίως ὀρφανὸν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν βίον. τίμιος μὲν δὴ καὶ ὁ μηδὲν ἀδικῶν, ὁ δὲ μηδʼ ἐπιτρέπων τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἀδικεῖν πλέον ἢ διπλασίας τιμῆς ἄξιος ἐκείνου· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἑνός, ὁ δὲ πολλῶν ἀντάξιος ἑτέρων, μηνύων τὴν τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἀδικίαν. ὁ δὲ καὶ συγκολάζων εἰς δύναμιν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ὁ μέγας ἀνὴρ ἐν πόλει καὶ τέλειος, οὗτος ἀναγορευέσθω νικηφόρος ἀρετῇ.

    For everyone who is untrustworthy and ignorant is friendless; and as time goes on and he is found out, he has prepared complete isolation for himself in harsh old age at the end of his life, so that, whether his companions and children are living 730d or not, his life is almost equally orphaned. Now the man who does no wrong deserves honor; but the man who doesn’t even allow wrongdoers to do wrong deserves more than twice the honor. The first counts for one man, the second for many others, since he reports the wrongdoing of others to the magistrates. And the one who also helps the magistrates punish, as far as he can—he is the great and complete man in a city; let him be proclaimed the winner of the prize for virtue.

    τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τοῦτον ἔπαινον καὶ περὶ σωφροσύνης χρὴ λέγειν καὶ περὶ φρονήσεως, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἀγαθά τις κέκτηται δυνατὰ μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν ἔχειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλοις μεταδιδόναι· καὶ τὸν μὲν μεταδιδόντα ὡς ἀκρότατον χρὴ τιμᾶν, τὸν δʼ αὖ μὴ δυνάμενον, ἐθέλοντα δέ, ἐᾶν δεύτερον, τὸν δὲ φθονοῦντα καὶ ἑκόντα μηδενὶ κοινωνὸν διὰ φιλίας γιγνόμενον ἀγαθῶν 731a τινων αὐτὸν μὲν ψέγειν, τὸ δὲ κτῆμα μηδὲν μᾶλλον διὰ τὸν κεκτημένον ἀτιμάζειν, ἀλλὰ κτᾶσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν. φιλονικείτω δὲ ἡμῖν πᾶς πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀφθόνως.

    The same praise must be given for moderation and for wisdom, and for any other goods a person possesses that he can not only keep for himself but also share with others. The one who shares should be honored as the highest; the one who can’t but would like to, let him rank second; and the one who begrudges them and won’t willingly let anyone share in any goods 731a through friendship—him we must blame, but without valuing the possession itself any the less because of its owner; rather, one must acquire it as far as one can. Let every one of us compete for virtue, without envy.

    ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοιοῦτος τὰς πόλεις αὔξει, ἁμιλλώμενος μὲν αὐτός, τοὺς ἄλλους δὲ οὐ κολούων διαβολαῖς· ὁ δὲ φθονερός, τῇ τῶν ἄλλων διαβολῇ δεῖν οἰόμενος ὑπερέχειν, αὐτός τε ἧττον συντείνει πρὸς ἀρετὴν τὴν ἀληθῆ, τούς τε ἀνθαμιλλωμένους εἰς ἀθυμίαν καθίστησι τῷ ἀδίκως ψέγεσθαι, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα 731b ἀγύμναστον τὴν πόλιν ὅλην εἰς ἅμιλλαν ἀρετῆς ποιῶν, σμικροτέραν αὐτὴν πρὸς εὐδοξίαν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μέρος ἀπεργάζεται. θυμοειδῆ μὲν δὴ χρὴ πάντα ἄνδρα εἶναι, πρᾷον δὲ ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα. τὰ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων χαλεπὰ καὶ δυσίατα ἢ καὶ τὸ παράπαν ἀνίατα ἀδικήματα οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλως ἐκφυγεῖν ἢ μαχόμενον καὶ ἀμυνόμενον νικῶντα καὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἀνιέναι κολάζοντα, τοῦτο δὲ ἄνευ θυμοῦ γενναίου ψυχὴ πᾶσα 731c ἀδύνατος δρᾶν.

    For such a man makes cities grow: he competes himself, but doesn’t cut others down with slander. The envious man, thinking he must get ahead by slandering others, makes less effort himself toward true virtue, and drives his rivals to despair by blaming them unjustly. In this way 731b he leaves the whole city untrained for competition in virtue and, for his part, diminishes its good name. Every man should be spirited, but also as gentle as possible. For there’s no escaping other people’s wrongs that are harsh and hard to cure, or even wholly incurable, except by fighting and defending oneself, winning, and punishing without any relenting; and no soul 731c can do this without noble spirit.

    τὰ δʼ αὖ τῶν ὅσοι ἀδικοῦσιν μέν, ἰατὰ δέ, γιγνώσκειν χρὴ πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ἄδικος οὐχ ἑκὼν ἄδικος· τῶν γὰρ μεγίστων κακῶν οὐδεὶς οὐδαμοῦ οὐδὲν ἑκὼν κεκτῇτο ἄν ποτε, πολὺ δὲ ἥκιστα ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τιμιωτάτοις. ψυχὴ δʼ, ὡς εἴπομεν, ἀληθείᾳ γέ ἐστιν πᾶσιν τιμιώτατον· ἐν οὖν τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ τὸ μέγιστον κακὸν οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν μή ποτε λάβῃ καὶ ζῇ διὰ βίου κεκτημένος αὐτό. ἀλλὰ ἐλεεινὸς μὲν πάντως ὅ γε ἄδικος καὶ ὁ τὰ κακὰ ἔχων, ἐλεεῖν 731d δὲ τὸν μὲν ἰάσιμα ἔχοντα ἐγχωρεῖ καὶ ἀνείργοντα τὸν θυμὸν πραΰνειν καὶ μὴ ἀκραχολοῦντα γυναικείως πικραινόμενον διατελεῖν, τῷ δʼ ἀκράτως καὶ ἀπαραμυθήτως πλημμελεῖ καὶ κακῷ ἐφιέναι δεῖ τὴν ὀργήν· διὸ δὴ θυμοειδῆ πρέπειν καὶ πρᾷόν φαμεν ἑκάστοτε εἶναι δεῖν τὸν ἀγαθόν.

    But as for those who do wrong but are curable, one must first recognize that no unjust man is unjust willingly. For no one would ever willingly acquire any of the greatest evils anywhere, least of all in what is most precious to him. And the soul, as we’ve said, is in truth what is most precious to everyone. So no one would willingly take the greatest evil into what is most precious and live his whole life possessing it. The unjust man, then, and the man who has these evils, is altogether to be pitied. It’s permissible 731d to pity the one whose ills are curable, to restrain one’s spirit and soften it, and not to go on raging bitterly like a woman. But against the man who does wrong without restraint and beyond all correction, bad through and through, one must let one’s anger loose. That’s why we say the good man must be spirited and gentle as each occasion requires.

    πάντων δὲ μέγιστον κακῶν ἀνθρώποις τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔμφυτον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐστιν, οὗ πᾶς αὑτῷ συγγνώμην ἔχων 731e ἀποφυγὴν οὐδεμίαν μηχανᾶται· τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν ὃ λέγουσιν ὡς φίλος αὑτῷ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος φύσει τέ ἐστιν καὶ ὀρθῶς ἔχει τὸ δεῖν εἶναι τοιοῦτον. τὸ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ γε πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων διὰ τὴν σφόδρα ἑαυτοῦ φιλίαν αἴτιον ἑκάστῳ γίγνεται ἑκάστοτε. τυφλοῦται γὰρ περὶ τὸ φιλούμενον ὁ φιλῶν, ὥστε τὰ δίκαια καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ καλὰ κακῶς 732a κρίνει, τὸ αὑτοῦ πρὸ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ἀεὶ τιμᾶν δεῖν ἡγούμενος· οὔτε γὰρ ἑαυτὸν οὔτε τὰ ἑαυτοῦ χρὴ τόν γε μέγαν ἄνδρα ἐσόμενον στέργειν, ἀλλὰ τὰ δίκαια, ἐάντε παρʼ αὑτῷ ἐάντε παρʼ ἄλλῳ μᾶλλον πραττόμενα τυγχάνῃ.

    But the greatest of all evils for most people is one inborn in their souls, which everyone excuses in himself 731e and so contrives no escape from it. It’s what people mean when they say that every human being is by nature his own friend, and that it’s right he should be. But in truth, excessive love of oneself is the cause of every error for each person on every occasion. For the lover is blind about what he loves, so that he judges badly about what is just, good and fine, 732a believing he must always honor what is his own above what is true. But a man who is to be great must cherish neither himself nor what is his, but what is just, whether it happens to be done by himself or rather by someone else.

    ἐκ ταὐτοῦ δὲ ἁμαρτήματος τούτου καὶ τὸ τὴν ἀμαθίαν τὴν παρʼ αὑτῷ δοκεῖν σοφίαν εἶναι γέγονε πᾶσιν· ὅθεν οὐκ εἰδότες ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν οὐδέν, οἰόμεθα τὰ πάντα εἰδέναι, οὐκ ἐπιτρέποντες δὲ 732b ἄλλοις ἃ μὴ ἐπιστάμεθα πράττειν, ἀναγκαζόμεθα ἁμαρτάνειν αὐτοὶ πράττοντες. διὸ πάντα ἄνθρωπον χρὴ φεύγειν τὸ σφόδρα φιλεῖν αὑτόν, τὸν δʼ ἑαυτοῦ βελτίω διώκειν ἀεί, μηδεμίαν αἰσχύνην ἐπὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ πρόσθεν ποιούμενον.

    From this same error comes everyone’s belief that his own ignorance is wisdom. So, though we know next to nothing, we think we know everything; and since we don’t 732b let others do what we don’t understand, we’re bound to go wrong doing it ourselves. So every human being must shun excessive love of himself and always pursue someone better than himself, without letting any shame stand in the way.

    ἃ δὲ σμικρότερα μὲν τούτων καὶ λεγόμενα πολλάκις ἐστίν, χρήσιμα δὲ τούτων οὐχ ἧττον, χρὴ λέγειν ἑαυτὸν ἀναμιμνῄσκοντα· ὥσπερ γάρ τινος ἀπορρέοντος ἀεὶ δεῖ τοὐναντίον ἐπιρρεῖν, ἀνάμνησις δʼ ἐστὶν ἐπιρροὴ φρονήσεως ἀπολειπούσης. 732c διὸ δὴ γελώτων τε εἴργεσθαι χρὴ τῶν ἐξαισίων καὶ δακρύων, παραγγέλλειν δὲ παντὶ πάντʼ ἄνδρα, καὶ ὅλην περιχάρειαν πᾶσαν ἀποκρυπτόμενον καὶ περιωδυνίαν εὐσχημονεῖν πειρᾶσθαι, κατά τε εὐπραγίας ἱσταμένου τοῦ δαίμονος ἑκάστου, καὶ κατὰ τύχας οἷον πρὸς ὑψηλὰ καὶ ἀνάντη δαιμόνων ἀνθισταμένων τισὶν πράξεσιν, ἐλπίζειν δʼ ἀεὶ τοῖς γε ἀγαθοῖσι τὸν θεὸν ἃ δωρεῖται πόνων μὲν ἐπιπιπτόντων 732d ἀντὶ μειζόνων ἐλάττους ποιήσειν τῶν τʼ αὖ νῦν παρόντων ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολάς, περὶ δὲ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων ἀεὶ πάντʼ αὐτοῖς παραγενήσεσθαι μετʼ ἀγαθῆς τύχης.

    There are other precepts, smaller than these and often repeated, but no less useful, which one should say to remind oneself. For just as, when something is always flowing away, something must flow back in to replace it, so recollection is the inflow of wisdom that is ebbing away. 732c That’s why one must refrain from excessive laughter and tears, and every man must urge every other to do the same; and, hiding all excess of joy and grief, try to behave with composure, both when each man’s guardian spirit brings him success, and when, as fortune turns, the spirits set themselves against some of his undertakings like a steep, high hill. One must always hope that, for good men, the god, through the gifts he gives, will make the troubles that befall them 732d smaller instead of greater, and change present circumstances for the better; and that with good things, the reverse will hold: they will always come to them, with good fortune.

    ταύταις δὴ ταῖς ἐλπίσιν ἕκαστον χρὴ ζῆν καὶ ταῖς ὑπομνήσεσι πάντων τῶν τοιούτων, μηδὲν φειδόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ κατά τε παιδιὰς καὶ σπουδὰς ἀναμιμνῄσκοντα ἕτερόν τε καὶ ἑαυτὸν σαφῶς.

    These are the hopes each of us must live by, and these the reminders of all such things—sparing no effort, but always, in play and in earnest, reminding others and himself clearly.

    νῦν οὖν δὴ περὶ μὲν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, οἷα χρὴ ἐπιτηδεύειν, 732e καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἑκάστου, ποῖόν τινα χρεὼν εἶναι, λέλεκται σχεδὸν ὅσα θεῖά ἐστι, τὰ δὲ ἀνθρώπινα νῦν ἡμῖν οὐκ εἴρηται, δεῖ δέ· ἀνθρώποις γὰρ διαλεγόμεθα ἀλλʼ οὐ θεοῖς. ἔστιν δὴ φύσει ἀνθρώπειον μάλιστα ἡδοναὶ καὶ λῦπαι καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι, ἐξ ὧν ἀνάγκη τὸ θνητὸν πᾶν ζῷον ἀτεχνῶς οἷον ἐξηρτῆσθαί τε καὶ ἐκκρεμάμενον εἶναι σπουδαῖς ταῖς μεγίσταις· δεῖ δὴ τὸν κάλλιστον βίον ἐπαινεῖν, μὴ μόνον ὅτι τῷ 733a σχήματι κρατεῖ πρὸς εὐδοξίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς, ἄν τις ἐθέλῃ γεύεσθαι καὶ μὴ νέος ὢν φυγὰς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ γένηται, κρατεῖ καὶ τούτῳ ὃ πάντες ζητοῦμεν, τῷ χαίρειν πλείω, ἐλάττω δὲ λυπεῖσθαι παρὰ τὸν βίον ἅπαντα. ὡς δὲ ἔσται τοῦτο σαφές, ἂν γεύηταί τις ὀρθῶς, ἑτοίμως καὶ σφόδρα φανήσεται.

    So now, concerning the practices one should pursue 732e and the sort of person each should be, we’ve said pretty much all that is divine. What is human we haven’t yet said, but we must; for we’re talking with human beings, not gods. What is most human by nature is pleasures, pains and desires. Every mortal creature is quite literally strung up on these and dangles from them, in its most earnest concerns. So one must praise the finest life not only because 733a its form wins it the highest reputation, but also because, if one is willing to taste it and not flee from it while young, it wins in what we all seek: more enjoyment and less pain over the whole of life. That this will be so will appear readily and clearly if one tastes it properly.

    ἡ δὲ ὀρθότης τίς; τοῦτο ἤδη παρὰ τοῦ λόγου χρὴ λαμβάνοντα σκοπεῖν· εἴτε οὕτως ἡμῖν κατὰ φύσιν πέφυκεν εἴτε ἄλλως παρὰ φύσιν, βίον χρὴ παρὰ βίον ἡδίω καὶ λυπηρότερον ὧδε σκοπεῖν. ἡδονὴν βουλόμεθα ἡμῖν εἶναι, 733b λύπην δὲ οὔθʼ αἱρούμεθα οὔτε βουλόμεθα, τὸ δὲ μηδέτερον ἀντὶ μὲν ἡδονῆς οὐ βουλόμεθα, λύπης δὲ ἀλλάττεσθαι βουλόμεθα· λύπην δʼ ἐλάττω μετὰ μείζονος ἡδονῆς βουλόμεθα, ἡδονὴν δʼ ἐλάττω μετὰ μείζονος λύπης οὐ βουλόμεθα, ἴσα δὲ ἀντὶ ἴσων ἑκάτερα τούτων οὐχ ὡς βουλόμεθα ἔχοιμεν ἂν διασαφεῖν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐστὶν πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει καὶ σφοδρότησιν ἰσότησίν τε, καὶ ὅσα ἐναντία ἐστὶν πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις πρὸς βούλησιν, διαφέροντά τε καὶ μηδὲν 733c διαφέροντα πρὸς αἵρεσιν ἑκάστων.

    And what is tasting it properly? That we must now take from the argument and examine. Whether this is how we are by nature or not, we must compare life with life, the more pleasant with the more painful, in this way. We want pleasure for ourselves; 733b pain we neither choose nor want; the neutral state we don’t want in place of pleasure, but we do want it in exchange for pain. We want less pain with more pleasure, but we don’t want less pleasure with more pain; and where each is equal to the other, we couldn’t clearly say that we want it. All these, as regards what we want, are a matter of number, magnitude, intensity and equality, and of the opposites of all these, which make a difference—or 733c no difference—to our choice of each.

    οὕτω δὴ τούτων ἐξ ἀνάγκης διακεκοσμημένων, ἐν ᾧ μὲν βίῳ ἔνεστι πολλὰ ἑκάτερα καὶ μεγάλα καὶ σφοδρά, ὑπερβάλλει δὲ τὰ τῶν ἡδονῶν, βουλόμεθα, ἐν ᾧ δὲ τὰ ἐναντία, οὐ βουλόμεθα· καὶ αὖ ἐν ᾧ ὀλίγα ἑκάτερα καὶ σμικρὰ καὶ ἠρεμαῖα, ὑπερβάλλει δὲ τὰ λυπηρά, οὐ βουλόμεθα, ἐν ᾧ δὲ τἀναντία, βουλόμεθα. ἐν ᾧ δʼ αὖ βίῳ ἰσορροπεῖ, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι· τὸν ἰσόρροπον βίον ὡς τῶν μὲν ὑπερβαλλόντων 733d τῷ φίλῳ ἡμῖν βουλόμεθα, τῶν δʼ αὖ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς οὐ βουλόμεθα. πάντας δὴ δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι τοὺς βίους ἡμῶν ὡς ἐν τούτοις ἐνδεδεμένοι πεφύκασιν, καὶ δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι ποίους φύσει βουλόμεθα· εἰ δέ τι παρὰ ταῦτα ἄρα φαμὲν βούλεσθαι, διά τινα ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀπειρίαν τῶν ὄντων βίων αὐτὰ λέγομεν.

    Since these things are necessarily arranged in this way, a life that contains many of both, great and intense, but in which the pleasures exceed—that we want; one in which the opposite holds, we don’t want. Again, a life with few of each, small and mild, in which the pains exceed, we don’t want; one in which the opposite holds, we want. As for the life in which they balance, we should think of it as we did before: we want the balanced life insofar as it exceeds 733d in what we like, and don’t want it insofar as it exceeds in what we dislike. We must think of all our lives as naturally bound up within these, and we must consider which kinds we want by nature. If we say we want anything besides these, we say it out of some ignorance and inexperience of the lives there actually are.

    τίνες δὴ καὶ πόσοι εἰσὶ βίοι, ὧν πέρι δεῖ προελόμενον τὸ βούλητόν τε καὶ ἑκούσιον ἀβούλητόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον 733e ἰδόντα εἰς νόμον ἑαυτῷ ταξάμενον, τὸ φίλον ἅμα καὶ ἡδὺ καὶ ἄριστόν τε καὶ κάλλιστον ἑλόμενον, ζῆν ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπον μακαριώτατα; λέγωμεν δὴ σώφρονα βίον ἕνα εἶναι καὶ φρόνιμον ἕνα καὶ ἕνα τὸν ἀνδρεῖον, καὶ τὸν ὑγιεινὸν βίον ἕνα ταξώμεθα· καὶ τούτοις οὖσιν τέτταρσιν ἐναντίους ἄλλους τέτταρας, ἄφρονα, δειλόν, ἀκόλαστον, νοσώδη.

    What, then, and how many are the lives among which one must choose? One must set what is wanted and voluntary apart from what is unwanted and involuntary, and, 733e keeping that in view, make it a law for oneself, choosing what is at once agreeable and pleasant, best and finest, so as to live as happily as a human being can. Let us say that one is the moderate life, one the wise life, one the courageous, and let’s count the healthy life as one more. Opposite these four are four others: the foolish, the cowardly, the dissolute and the diseased.

    σώφρονα μὲν οὖν βίον ὁ γιγνώσκων θήσει πρᾷον ἐπὶ πάντα, 734a καὶ ἠρεμαίας μὲν λύπας, ἠρεμαίας δὲ ἡδονάς, μαλακὰς δὲ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ἔρωτας οὐκ ἐμμανεῖς παρεχόμενον, ἀκόλαστον δέ, ὀξὺν ἐπὶ πάντα, καὶ σφοδρὰς μὲν λύπας, σφοδρὰς δὲ ἡδονάς, συντόνους δὲ καὶ οἰστρώδεις ἐπιθυμίας τε καὶ ἔρωτας ὡς οἷόν τε ἐμμανεστάτους παρεχόμενον, ὑπερβαλλούσας δὲ ἐν μὲν τῷ σώφρονι βίῳ τὰς ἡδονὰς τῶν ἀχθηδόνων, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἀκολάστῳ τὰς λύπας τῶν ἡδονῶν μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει καὶ πυκνότησιν.

    Anyone who knows will set down the moderate life as gentle in every respect, 734a offering mild pains, mild pleasures, soft desires and loves that are not frenzied; and the dissolute life as violent in every respect, offering intense pains, intense pleasures, and desires and loves that are strained, stinging, and as frenzied as can be. In the moderate life the pleasures exceed the discomforts; in the dissolute life the pains exceed the pleasures, in magnitude, number and frequency.

    ὅθεν ὁ μὲν ἡδίων ἡμῖν τῶν βίων, ὁ δὲ 734b λυπηρότερος ἐξ ἀνάγκης συμβαίνει κατὰ φύσιν γίγνεσθαι, καὶ τόν γε βουλόμενον ἡδέως ζῆν οὐκέτι παρείκει ἑκόντα γε ἀκολάστως ζῆν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη δῆλον ὡς, εἰ τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον ὀρθόν, πᾶς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἄκων ἐστὶν ἀκόλαστος· ἢ γὰρ διʼ ἀμαθίαν ἢ διʼ ἀκράτειαν ἢ διʼ ἀμφότερα, τοῦ σωφρονεῖν ἐνδεὴς ὢν ζῇ ὁ πᾶς ἀνθρώπινος ὄχλος. ταὐτὰ δὲ περὶ νοσώδους τε καὶ ὑγιεινοῦ βίου διανοητέον, ὡς ἔχουσι μὲν ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας, ὑπερβάλλουσι δὲ ἡδοναὶ μὲν λύπας ἐν ὑγιείᾳ, 734c λῦπαι δὲ ἡδονὰς ἐν νόσοις. ἡμῖν δὲ ἡ βούλησις τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν βίων οὐχ ἵνα τὸ λυπηρὸν ὑπερβάλλῃ· ὅπου δʼ ὑπερβάλλεται, τοῦτον τὸν βίον ἡδίω κεκρίκαμεν.

    So it necessarily follows, by nature, that the one life is more pleasant for us and the other 734b more painful; and whoever wants to live pleasantly can no longer be one who willingly lives dissolutely. It’s clear by now that, if what we’re saying is right, everyone who is dissolute is necessarily so against his will. For it’s through ignorance or lack of self-control, or both, that the whole human multitude lives lacking in moderation. The same must be thought about the diseased and the healthy life: both have pleasures and pains, but in health the pleasures exceed the pains, 734c and in sickness the pains exceed the pleasures. Our aim in choosing among lives isn’t that the painful should exceed; the life in which it is exceeded is the one we’ve judged more pleasant.

    ὁ δὴ σώφρων τοῦ ἀκολάστου καὶ ὁ φρόνιμος τοῦ ἄφρονος, φαῖμεν ἄν, καὶ ὁ τῆς ἀνδρείας τοῦ τῆς δειλίας ἐλάττονα καὶ σμικρότερα καὶ μανότερα ἔχων ἀμφότερα, τῇ τῶν ἡδονῶν ἑκάτερος ἑκάτερον ὑπερβάλλων, τῇ τῆς λύπης ἐκείνων ὑπερβαλλόντων 734d αὐτούς, ὁ μὲν ἀνδρεῖος τὸν δειλόν, ὁ δὲ φρόνιμος τὸν ἄφρονα νικῶσιν, ὥστε ἡδίους εἶναι τοὺς βίους τῶν βίων, σώφρονα καὶ ἀνδρεῖον καὶ φρόνιμον καὶ ὑγιεινὸν δειλοῦ καὶ ἄφρονος καὶ ἀκολάστου καὶ νοσώδους, καὶ συλλήβδην τὸν ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενον κατὰ σῶμα ἢ καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν τοῦ τῆς μοχθηρίας ἐχομένου βίου ἡδίω τε εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπερέχειν ἐκ περιττοῦ κάλλει καὶ ὀρθότητι καὶ ἀρετῇ καὶ εὐδοξίᾳ, ὥστε 734e τὸν ἔχοντα αὐτὸν ζῆν εὐδαιμονέστερον ἀπεργάζεσθαι τοῦ ἐναντίου τῷ παντὶ καὶ ὅλῳ.

    The moderate man compared with the dissolute, then, and the wise with the foolish, we would say, and the man of courage with the man of cowardice, has fewer, smaller and rarer experiences of both kinds; each outdoes his opposite in pleasures, while in pains the others outdo 734d them. So the courageous man beats the coward, and the wise man the fool, so that these lives are more pleasant than those: the moderate, courageous, wise and healthy more pleasant than the cowardly, foolish, dissolute and diseased. In short, the life that holds to virtue of body or of soul is more pleasant than the life that holds to wickedness, and surpasses it by far in other respects too—in beauty, rightness, virtue and good reputation—so that 734e it makes the one who has it live more happily than the opposite life, completely and in every way.

    Purging the city and fixing its size

    The lawgiver screens out bad settlers and fixes the citizens at 5,040 households.

    καὶ τὸ μὲν προοίμιον τῶν νόμων ἐνταυθοῖ λεχθὲν τῶν λόγων τέλος ἐχέτω, μετὰ δὲ τὸ προοίμιον ἀναγκαῖόν που νόμον ἕπεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ τό γε ἀληθὲς νόμους πολιτείας ὑπογράφειν. καθάπερ οὖν δή τινα συνυφὴν ἢ καὶ πλέγμʼ ἄλλʼ ὁτιοῦν, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν τήν τε ἐφυφὴν καὶ τὸν στήμονα ἀπεργάζεσθαι, διαφέρειν δʼ ἀναγκαῖον τὸ τῶν στημόνων πρὸς ἀρετὴν γένος—ἰσχυρόν τε γὰρ καί τινα 735a βεβαιότητα ἐν τοῖς τρόποις εἰληφός, τὸ δὲ μαλακώτερον καὶ ἐπιεικείᾳ τινὶ δικαίᾳ χρώμενον—ὅθεν δὴ τοὺς τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἄρξοντας δεῖ διακρίνεσθαί τινα τρόπον ταύτῃ καὶ τοὺς σμικρᾷ παιδείᾳ βασανισθέντας ἑκάστοτε κατὰ λόγον. ἐστὸν γὰρ δὴ δύο πολιτείας εἴδη, τὸ μὲν ἀρχῶν καταστάσεις ἑκάστοις, τὸ δὲ νόμοι ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἀποδοθέντες.

    Let the preamble to the laws, spoken up to this point, bring this part of our discussion to an end. After the preamble, surely, the law must follow—or rather, to be truthful, an outline of the laws of the constitution. With a woven fabric, or any other kind of plaiting, one can’t make the weft and the warp from the same material; the warp must be of better quality, being strong and having acquired a certain 735a firmness of character, while the weft is softer and shows a fitting pliancy. In the same way one must somehow distinguish those who are to hold office in cities from those tested only by a lesser education, in each case as reason requires. For there are two parts of a constitution: one is the appointment of individuals to offices, the other the laws given to those offices.

    τὸ δὲ πρὸ τούτων ἁπάντων δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι τὰ τοιάδε. 735b πᾶσαν ἀγέλην ποιμὴν καὶ βουκόλος τροφεύς τε ἵππων καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα παραλαβών, οὐκ ἄλλως μή ποτε ἐπιχειρήσει θεραπεύειν ἢ πρῶτον μὲν τὸν ἑκάστῃ προσήκοντα καθαρμὸν καθαρεῖ τῇ συνοικήσει, διαλέξας δὲ τά τε ὑγιῆ καὶ τὰ μὴ καὶ τὰ γενναῖα καὶ ἀγεννῆ, τὰ μὲν ἀποπέμψει πρὸς ἄλλας τινὰς ἀγέλας, τὰ δὲ θεραπεύσει, διανοούμενος ὡς μάταιος ἂν ὁ πόνος εἴη καὶ ἀνήνυτος περί τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχάς, ἃς φύσις 735c καὶ πονηρὰ τροφὴ διεφθαρκυῖα προσαπόλλυσιν τὸ τῶν ὑγιῶν καὶ ἀκηράτων ἠθῶν τε καὶ σωμάτων γένος ἐν ἑκάστοις τῶν κτημάτων, ἄν τις τὰ ὑπάρχοντα μὴ διακαθαίρηται.

    But before all this, one must consider the following. 735b A shepherd or cowherd, a horse breeder or anyone else of that kind, on taking over any herd, will never try to care for it until he has first given each community the purification suited to it. He will sort out the healthy and the unhealthy, the well-bred and the ill-bred, send the latter off to other herds, and look after the former, reckoning that his labor would be vain and endless on bodies and souls that nature 735c and bad rearing have ruined, and that then ruin as well the healthy and sound stock, in character and in body, of every herd, if one doesn’t purge the stock one has.

    τὰ μὲν δὴ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἐλάττων τε σπουδὴ καὶ παραδείγματος ἕνεκα μόνον ἄξια παραθέσθαι τῷ λόγῳ, τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σπουδῆς τῆς μεγίστης τῷ τε νομοθέτῃ διερευνᾶσθαι καὶ φράζειν τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστοις καθαρμοῦ τε πέρι καὶ συμπασῶν 735d τῶν ἄλλων πράξεων. αὐτίκα γὰρ τὸ περὶ καθαρμοὺς πόλεως ὧδʼ ἔχον ἂν εἴη· πολλῶν οὐσῶν τῶν διακαθάρσεων αἱ μὲν ῥᾴους εἰσίν, αἱ δὲ χαλεπώτεραι, καὶ τὰς μὲν τύραννος μὲν ὢν καὶ νομοθέτης ὁ αὐτός, ὅσαι χαλεπαί τʼ εἰσὶν καὶ ἄρισται, δύναιτʼ ἂν καθῆραι, νομοθέτης δὲ ἄνευ τυραννίδος καθιστὰς πολιτείαν καινὴν καὶ νόμους, εἰ καὶ τὸν πρᾳότατον τῶν καθαρμῶν καθήρειεν, ἀγαπώντως ἂν καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον δράσειεν.

    With other animals the matter is less serious, and worth bringing into our discussion only as an example; but with human beings it is of the greatest importance for the lawgiver to investigate and explain what is fitting for each, both in purification and in all 735d the other measures. For instance, the purification of a city would go like this. There are many kinds of purge, some easier, some harder. The ones that are hard and best could be carried out by someone who was tyrant and lawgiver in one; but a lawgiver without a tyranny, establishing a new constitution and laws, would be content if he could carry out even the gentlest of purifications.

    ἔστι δʼ ὁ μὲν ἄριστος ἀλγεινός, καθάπερ ὅσα τῶν 735e φαρμάκων τοιουτότροπα, ὁ τῇ δίκῃ μετὰ τιμωρίας εἰς τὸ κολάζειν ἄγων, θάνατον ἢ φυγὴν τῇ τιμωρίᾳ τὸ τέλος ἐπιτιθείς· τοὺς γὰρ μέγιστα ἐξημαρτηκότας, ἀνιάτους δὲ ὄντας, μεγίστην δὲ οὖσαν βλάβην πόλεως, ἀπαλλάττειν εἴωθεν. ὁ δὲ πρᾳότερός ἐστι τῶν καθαρμῶν ὁ τοιόσδε ἡμῖν· ὅσοι διὰ τὴν τῆς τροφῆς ἀπορίαν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ἐπὶ τὰ τῶν ἐχόντων μὴ ἔχοντες ἑτοίμους αὑτοὺς ἐνδείκνυνται παρεσκευακότες 736a ἕπεσθαι, τούτοις ὡς νοσήματι πόλεως ἐμπεφυκότι, διʼ εὐφημίας ἀπαλλαγήν, ὄνομα ἀποικίαν τιθέμενος, εὐμενῶς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐξεπέμψατο.

    The best is painful, like all 735e medicines of that sort. It brings punishment through justice combined with retribution, with death or exile as the final penalty; and it usually rids the city of those who have committed the greatest offenses and are incurable, and so do the city the greatest harm. The gentler kind of purification, for us, is this. When people who lack resources, for want of food, show themselves ready to follow their leaders against the property of those who have it, 736a the lawgiver treats them as a disease that has grown up in the city, gives their removal the gentle name of “colony,” and sends them off as kindly as he can.

    παντὶ μὲν οὖν νομοθετοῦντι τοῦτο ἁμῶς γέ πως κατʼ ἀρχὰς δραστέον, ἡμῖν μὴν ἔτι τούτων ἀκοπώτερα τὰ περὶ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ συμβεβηκότα νῦν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀποικίαν οὔτʼ ἐκλογήν τινα καθάρσεως δεῖ μηχανᾶσθαι πρὸς τὸ παρόν, οἷον δέ τινων συρρεόντων ἐκ πολλῶν τὰ μὲν πηγῶν 736b τὰ δὲ χειμάρρων εἰς μίαν λίμνην, ἀναγκαῖον προσέχοντας τὸν νοῦν φυλάττειν ὅπως ὅτι καθαρώτατον ἔσται τὸ συρρέον ὕδωρ, τὰ μὲν ἐξαντλοῦντας, τὰ δʼ ἀποχετεύοντας καὶ παρατρέποντας. πόνος δʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, καὶ κίνδυνός ἐστιν ἐν πάσῃ κατασκευῇ πολιτικῇ.

    Every lawgiver must do something like this at the start. But for us, the situation here is now even less troublesome. We don’t need to devise a colony or any selective purge for the present. Instead, it’s as if many streams were flowing together into one lake, some from springs 736b and some from mountain torrents: we must pay attention and take care that the water flowing in is as pure as possible, pumping some of it out, and draining or diverting the rest. There’s labor and risk, it seems, in founding any political order.

    τὰ δʼ ἐπείπερ λόγῳ γʼ ἐστὶν τὰ νῦν ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔργῳ πραττόμενα, πεπεράνθω τε ἡμῖν ἡ συλλογὴ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἡ καθαρότης αὐτῆς ἔστω συμβεβηκυῖα· τοὺς γὰρ κακοὺς 736c τῶν ἐπιχειρούντων εἰς τὴν νῦν πόλιν ὡς πολιτευσομένους συνιέναι πειθοῖ πάσῃ καὶ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ διαβασανίσαντες, διακωλύσωμεν ἀφικνεῖσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἀγαθοὺς εἰς δύναμιν εὐμενεῖς ἵλεῴ τε προσαγώμεθα.

    But since what we’re doing now is in words and not in deed, let us suppose our gathering complete and its purity just as we’d like. As for the bad 736c among those who try to come together into our new city to become citizens, we’ll test them thoroughly by every kind of persuasion over a sufficient time and prevent them from arriving; and the good we’ll welcome as kindly and graciously as we can.

    τόδε δὲ μὴ λανθανέτω γιγνόμενον ἡμᾶς εὐτύχημα, ὅτι καθάπερ εἴπομεν τὴν τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν ἀποικίαν εὐτυχεῖν, ὡς γῆς καὶ χρεῶν ἀποκοπῆς καὶ νομῆς πέρι δεινὴν καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον ἔριν ἐξέφυγεν, ἣν νομοθετεῖσθαι ἀναγκασθείσῃ 736d πόλει τῶν ἀρχαίων οὔτε ἐᾶν οἷόν τε ἀκίνητον οὔτʼ αὖ κινεῖν δυνατόν ἐστί τινα τρόπον, εὐχὴ δὲ μόνον ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν λείπεται, καὶ σμικρὰ μετάβασις εὐλαβὴς ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ σμικρὸν μεταβιβάζουσιν, ἥδε· τῶν κινούντων ἀεὶ κεκτημένων μὲν αὐτῶν γῆν ἄφθονον ὑπάρχειν, κεκτημένων δὲ καὶ ὀφειλέτας αὑτοῖς πολλοὺς ἐθελόντων τε τούτων πῃ τοῖς ἀπορουμένοις 736e διʼ ἐπιείκειαν κοινωνεῖν, τὰ μὲν ἀφιέντας, τὰ δὲ νεμομένους, ἁμῇ γέ πῃ τῆς μετριότητος ἐχομένους καὶ πενίαν ἡγουμένους εἶναι μὴ τὸ τὴν οὐσίαν ἐλάττω ποιεῖν ἀλλὰ τὸ τὴν ἀπληστίαν πλείω.

    And let’s not overlook a piece of good fortune that is ours. As we said of the colony of the Heraclids, it was lucky to have escaped the terrible and dangerous strife over land, cancellation of debts and redistribution—strife which, in a 736d city forced to legislate on these matters, makes it impossible to leave the old arrangements undisturbed, and just as impossible to disturb them in any way. All that’s left is a prayer, so to speak, and a small, cautious transition, carried out little by little over a long time. It is this: among those who make the changes there must always be some who themselves own plenty of land and have many debtors, and who are willing somehow to share with those in need 736e out of fairness, forgiving some debts and distributing some land, holding somehow to moderation and believing that poverty isn’t a decrease in one’s property but an increase in one’s greed.

    σωτηρίας τε γὰρ ἀρχὴ μεγίστη πόλεως αὕτη γίγνεται, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτης οἷον κρηπῖδος μονίμου ἐποικοδομεῖν δυνατὸν ὅντινα ἂν ὕστερον ἐποικοδομῇ τις κόσμον πολιτικὸν προσήκοντα τῇ τοιαύτῃ καταστάσει· ταύτης δὲ σαθρᾶς οὔσης τῆς 737a μεταβάσεως, οὐκ εὔπορος ἡ μετὰ ταῦτα πολιτικὴ πρᾶξις οὐδεμιᾷ γίγνοιτʼ ἂν πόλει. ἣν ἡμεῖς μέν, ὥς φαμεν, ἐκφεύγομεν· ὅμως δὲ εἰρῆσθαί γε ὀρθότερον, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐξεφεύγομεν, ὅπῃ ποτʼ ἂν ἐποιούμεθα αὐτῆς τὴν φυγήν. εἰρήσθω δή νυν ὅτι διὰ τοῦ μὴ φιλοχρηματεῖν μετὰ δίκης, ἄλλη δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτʼ εὐρεῖα οὔτε στενὴ τῆς τοιαύτης μηχανῆς διαφυγή· καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οἷον ἕρμα πόλεως ἡμῖν κείσθω τὰ νῦν.

    For this is the most important starting point for a city’s safety, and on it, as on a firm foundation, one can later build whatever political order suits such an arrangement. But if this 737a transition is unsound, no city’s political business afterwards would go smoothly. We, as we say, are escaping this. Still, it’s more correct to state, even if we weren’t escaping it, how we would have made our escape. Let it be said, then, that it is by not being greedy for money, and by justice; there is no other way out of such a predicament, broad or narrow. And let this be laid down for now as a kind of ballast for our city.

    ἀνεγκλήτους 737b γὰρ δεῖ τὰς οὐσίας πρὸς ἀλλήλους κατασκευάζεσθαι ἁμῶς γέ πως, ἢ μὴ προϊέναι πρότερον εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἑκόντα εἶναι τῆς ἄλλης κατασκευῆς οἷς ᾖ παλαιὰ ἐγκλήματα πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ ὅσοις νοῦ καὶ σμικρὸν μετῇ· οἷς δέ, ὡς ἡμῖν νῦν, θεὸς ἔδωκε καινήν τε πόλιν οἰκίζειν καὶ μή τινας ἔχθρας εἶναί πω πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τούτους ἔχθρας αὑτοῖς αἰτίους γενέσθαι διὰ τὴν διανομὴν τῆς γῆς τε καὶ οἰκήσεων οὐκ ἀνθρώπινος ἂν εἴη μετὰ κάκης πάσης ἀμαθία. 737c

    Free of grievances against one another: 737b that is how people must somehow arrange their properties; or else those who have old grievances against one another, if they have even a little sense, must not willingly go any further with the rest of the arrangements. But for those to whom a god has granted, as he has to us now, to found a new city where there are as yet no enmities among them—for them to become the cause of enmity among themselves through the distribution of land and houses would be an ignorance beyond anything human, joined with every kind of wickedness. 737c

    τίς οὖν δὴ τρόπος ἂν εἴη τῆς ὀρθῆς διανομῆς; πρῶτον μὲν τὸν αὐτῶν ὄγκον τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ δεῖ τάξασθαι, πόσον εἶναι χρεών· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὴν διανομὴν τῶν πολιτῶν, καθʼ ὁπόσα μέρη πλήθει καὶ ὁπηλίκα διαιρετέον αὐτούς, ἀνομολογητέον· ἐπὶ δὲ ταῦτα τήν τε γῆν καὶ τὰς οἰκήσεις ὅτι μάλιστα ἴσας ἐπινεμητέον. ὄγκος δὴ πλήθους ἱκανὸς οὐκ ἄλλως ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτʼ ἂν λεχθεὶς ἢ πρὸς τὴν γῆν καὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν 737d πλησιοχώρων πόλεις· γῆ μὲν ὁπόση πόσους σώφρονας ὄντας ἱκανὴ τρέφειν, πλείονος δὲ οὐδὲν προσδεῖ, πλήθους δέ, ὁπόσοι τοὺς προσχώρους ἀδικοῦντάς τε αὐτοὺς ἀμύνασθαι δυνατοὶ καὶ γείτοσιν ἑαυτῶν ἀδικουμένοις βοηθῆσαι μὴ παντάπασιν ἀπόρως δύναιντʼ ἄν.

    So what would be the method of a correct distribution? First, one must settle the size of the population itself, how large it ought to be. After that, we must agree on the division of the citizens: into how many parts, and of what size, they must be divided. Among these we must distribute the land and the houses as equally as possible. An adequate size of population couldn’t be rightly stated except by reference to the land and to the 737d neighboring cities. The land must be as large as will support so many people living moderately, and no more is needed; the population must be as large as can defend itself against neighbors who wrong it, and help its own neighbors when they are wronged, not wholly without resources.

    ταῦτα δέ, ἰδόντες τὴν χώραν καὶ τοὺς γείτονας, ὁριούμεθα ἔργῳ καὶ λόγοις· νῦν δὲ σχήματος ἕνεκα καὶ ὑπογραφῆς, ἵνα περαίνηται, πρὸς τὴν νομοθεσίαν ὁ λόγος ἴτω. 737e

    We’ll define these things in deed and in word when we’ve seen the territory and the neighbors. For now, for the sake of an outline and a sketch, so that it can be completed, let our discussion proceed to the legislation. 737e

    πεντάκις μὲν χίλιοι ἔστωσαν καὶ τετταράκοντα, ἀριθμοῦ τινος ἕνεκα προσήκοντος, γεωμόροι τε καὶ ἀμυνοῦντες τῇ νομῇ· γῆ δὲ καὶ οἰκήσεις ὡσαύτως τὰ αὐτὰ μέρη διανεμηθήτων, γενόμενα ἀνὴρ καὶ κλῆρος συννομή. δύο μὲν δὴ μέρη τοῦ παντὸς ἀριθμοῦ τὸ πρῶτον νεμηθήτω, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τρία τὸν αὐτόν· πέφυκε γὰρ καὶ τέτταρα καὶ πέντε καὶ μέχρι τῶν δέκα ἐφεξῆς. δεῖ δὴ περὶ ἀριθμῶν τό γε τοσοῦτον πάντα 738a ἄνδρα νομοθετοῦντα νενοηκέναι, τίς ἀριθμὸς καὶ ποῖος πάσαις πόλεσιν χρησιμώτατος ἂν εἴη. λέγωμεν δὴ τὸν πλείστας καὶ ἐφεξῆς μάλιστα διανομὰς ἐν αὑτῷ κεκτημένον.

    Let there be five thousand and forty landholders who will defend their allotments—a number chosen for its suitability. Let the land and the houses likewise be divided into the same number of parts, man and allotment forming a pair. First let the whole number be divided by two, then by three; for it is naturally divisible by four and five as well, and so on in sequence up to ten. Every 738a man who legislates must understand at least this much about numbers: what number, and of what kind, would be most useful for every city. Let’s say it’s the one that contains the most divisors, and especially the most consecutive ones.

    ὁ μὲν δὴ πᾶς εἰς πάντα πάσας τομὰς εἴληχεν· ὁ δὲ τῶν τετταράκοντα καὶ πεντακισχιλίων εἴς τε πόλεμον καὶ ὅσα κατʼ εἰρήνην πρὸς ἅπαντα τὰ συμβόλαια καὶ κοινωνήματα, εἰσφορῶν τε πέρι καὶ διανομῶν, οὐ πλείους μιᾶς δεουσῶν ἑξήκοντα δύναιτʼ ἂν τέμνεσθαι τομῶν, συνεχεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ μιᾶς 738b μέχρι τῶν δέκα.

    Number as a whole admits every division for every purpose. But the number 5,040 can be divided, for war and for all the contracts and associations of peacetime, for levies and distributions, by no more than fifty-nine divisors, and consecutively from one 738b to ten.

    5,040 is 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 × 7, which is why every number from 1 to 10 divides it evenly.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν δὴ καὶ κατὰ σχολὴν δεῖ βεβαίως λαβεῖν, οἷς ἂν ὁ νόμος προστάττῃ λαμβάνειν· ἔχει γὰρ οὖν οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ ταύτῃ, δεῖ δὲ αὐτὰ ῥηθῆναι τῶνδε ἕνεκα κατοικίζοντι πόλιν. οὔτʼ ἂν καινὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τις ποιῇ οὔτʼ ἂν παλαιὰν διεφθαρμένην ἐπισκευάζηται, περὶ θεῶν γε καὶ ἱερῶν, ἅττα τε ἐν τῇ πόλει ἑκάστοις ἱδρῦσθαι δεῖ καὶ ὧντινων ἐπονομάζεσθαι θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων, οὐδεὶς ἐπιχειρήσει κινεῖν νοῦν ἔχων 738c ὅσα ἐκ Δελφῶν ἢ Δωδώνης ἢ παρʼ Ἄμμωνος ἤ τινες ἔπεισαν παλαιοὶ λόγοι ὁπῃδή τινας πείσαντες, φασμάτων γενομένων ἢ ἐπιπνοίας λεχθείσης θεῶν, πείσαντες δὲ θυσίας τελεταῖς συμμείκτους κατεστήσαντο εἴτε αὐτόθεν ἐπιχωρίους εἴτʼ οὖν Τυρρηνικὰς εἴτε Κυπρίας εἴτε ἄλλοθεν ὁθενοῦν, καθιέρωσαν δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις φήμας τε καὶ ἀγάλματα καὶ βωμοὺς καὶ ναούς, τεμένη τε τούτων ἑκάστοις ἐτεμένισαν·

    These facts must be grasped securely, at leisure, by those whom the law instructs to grasp them; for they are so and not otherwise. But they need to be stated to anyone founding a city for the following reason. Whether someone is creating a new city from the beginning or restoring an old one that has decayed, when it comes to gods and temples—which temples must be established in the city for each group, and after which gods or spirits they should be named—no one with sense will try to disturb 738c what has been established by Delphi or Dodona or Ammon, or by ancient stories that persuaded people somehow or other, through apparitions or reported inspiration from gods. Persuaded by these, people established sacrifices combined with rites, whether native to the place or Etruscan or Cypriot or from anywhere else; and by such stories they consecrated oracles, statues, altars and shrines, and marked out sacred precincts for each of them.

    The three most revered oracles known to the Greeks: Apollo’s at Delphi, Zeus’s at Dodona in northwestern Greece, and Zeus Ammon’s in the Libyan desert.

    τούτων 738d νομοθέτῃ τὸ σμικρότατον ἁπάντων οὐδὲν κινητέον, τοῖς δὲ μέρεσιν ἑκάστοις θεὸν ἢ δαίμονα ἢ καί τινα ἥρωα ἀποδοτέον, ἐν δὲ τῇ τῆς γῆς διανομῇ πρώτοις ἐξαίρετα τεμένη τε καὶ πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα ἀποδοτέον, ὅπως ἂν σύλλογοι ἑκάστων τῶν μερῶν κατὰ χρόνους γιγνόμενοι τοὺς προσταχθέντας εἴς τε τὰς χρείας ἑκάστας εὐμάρειαν παρασκευάζωσι καὶ φιλοφρονῶνταί τε ἀλλήλους μετὰ θυσιῶν καὶ οἰκειῶνται 738e καὶ γνωρίζωσιν, οὗ μεῖζον οὐδὲν πόλει ἀγαθὸν ἢ γνωρίμους αὐτοὺς αὑτοῖς εἶναι.

    Of all these, 738d the lawgiver must not disturb even the smallest thing. He must assign to each of the divisions a god or spirit, or else a hero, and in distributing the land he must give these first choice of sacred precincts and all that goes with them, so that when the members of each division assemble at the appointed times, they may have ready means for their various needs, and may be friendly with one another over the sacrifices, become intimate, 738e and get to know one another. There is no greater good for a city than that its people should be known to one another.

    ὅπου γὰρ μὴ φῶς ἀλλήλοις ἐστὶν ἀλλήλων ἐν τοῖς τρόποις ἀλλὰ σκότος, οὔτʼ ἂν τιμῆς τῆς ἀξίας οὔτʼ ἀρχῶν οὔτε δίκης ποτέ τις ἂν τῆς προσηκούσης ὀρθῶς τυγχάνοι· δεῖ δὴ πάντα ἄνδρα ἓν πρὸς ἓν τοῦτο σπεύδειν ἐν πάσαις πόλεσιν, ὅπως μήτε αὐτὸς κίβδηλός ποτε φανεῖται ὁτῳοῦν, ἁπλοῦς δὲ καὶ ἀληθὴς ἀεί, μήτε ἄλλος τοιοῦτος ὢν αὐτὸν διαπατήσει. 739a

    For where people’s characters are in darkness to one another rather than in light, no one will ever rightly obtain the honor he deserves, or office, or the justice due to him. So every man in every city must strive for this one thing above all: never to appear counterfeit to anyone, but always to be simple and true, and never to be deceived by anyone else who is counterfeit. 739a

    The second-best city

    The best city holds everything in common; the second-best fixes allotments and bans gold, silver and lending.

    Famous passage Friends share everythingThe best city would hold wives, children and property in common; Magnesia is openly offered as the second-best city.

    ἡ δὴ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο φορά, καθάπερ πεττῶν ἀφʼ ἱεροῦ, τῆς τῶν νόμων κατασκευῆς, ἀήθης οὖσα, τάχʼ ἂν θαυμάσαι τὸν ἀκούοντα τὸ πρῶτον ποιήσειεν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἀναλογιζομένῳ καὶ πειρωμένῳ φανεῖται δευτέρως ἂν πόλις οἰκεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον. τάχα δʼ οὐκ ἄν τις προσδέξαιτο αὐτὴν διὰ τὸ μὴ σύνηθες νομοθέτῃ μὴ τυραννοῦντι· τὸ δʼ ἔστιν ὀρθότατον εἰπεῖν μὲν τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτείαν καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην, 739b δοῦναι δὲ εἰπόντα αἵρεσιν ἑκάστῳ τῷ τῆς συνοικήσεως κυρίῳ. ποιῶμεν δὴ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον καὶ τὰ νῦν ἡμεῖς, εἰπόντες ἀρετῇ πρώτην πολιτείαν καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην· τὴν δὲ αἵρεσιν Κλεινίᾳ τε ἀποδιδῶμεν τὰ νῦν καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος ἀεί ποτε ἐθελήσειεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τοιούτων ἐκλογὴν ἐλθὼν κατὰ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τρόπον ἀπονείμασθαι τὸ φίλον αὑτῷ τῆς αὑτοῦ πατρίδος.

    The next move in establishing the laws, like moving a piece off the “sacred line” in draughts, is unusual and might well surprise the listener at first. But on reflection and trial it will become clear that a city would be organized as second-best compared with the best. Perhaps someone might not accept it, because it’s unfamiliar in a lawgiver who isn’t a tyrant. But the most correct course is to describe the best constitution, the second and the third, 739b and, having described them, to give the choice to whoever is in charge of the settlement. So let’s proceed on this principle now, describing the first constitution in virtue, the second and the third; and let’s give the choice to Clinias now, and to anyone else who might ever wish to come to the choice of such things and, according to his own character, take for himself what he values in his own country.

    In a Greek board game one line of the board was called “sacred,” and moving a piece off it was a last resort; the phrase became proverbial for a bold, decisive step.

    πρώτη μὲν τοίνυν πόλις τέ ἐστιν καὶ πολιτεία καὶ νόμοι 739c ἄριστοι, ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὅτι μάλιστα· λέγεται δὲ ὡς ὄντως ἐστὶ κοινὰ τὰ φίλων. τοῦτʼ οὖν εἴτε που νῦν ἔστιν εἴτʼ ἔσται ποτέ— κοινὰς μὲν γυναῖκας, κοινοὺς δὲ εἶναι παῖδας, κοινὰ δὲ χρήματα σύμπαντα—καὶ πάσῃ μηχανῇ τὸ λεγόμενον ἴδιον πανταχόθεν ἐκ τοῦ βίου ἅπαν ἐξῄρηται, μεμηχάνηται δʼ εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ τὰ φύσει ἴδια κοινὰ ἁμῇ γέ πῃ γεγονέναι, οἷον ὄμματα καὶ ὦτα καὶ χεῖρας κοινὰ μὲν ὁρᾶν δοκεῖν καὶ 739d ἀκούειν καὶ πράττειν, ἐπαινεῖν τʼ αὖ καὶ ψέγειν καθʼ ἓν ὅτι μάλιστα σύμπαντας ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίροντας καὶ λυπουμένους, καὶ κατὰ δύναμιν οἵτινες νόμοι μίαν ὅτι μάλιστα πόλιν ἀπεργάζονται, τούτων ὑπερβολῇ πρὸς ἀρετὴν οὐδείς ποτε ὅρον ἄλλον θέμενος ὀρθότερον οὐδὲ βελτίω θήσεται.

    The first city, then, with the best constitution and laws, 739c is where the old saying holds as fully as possible throughout the whole city. The saying is that friends really do have all things in common. Whether this exists anywhere now or ever will—wives in common, children in common, all property in common—where by every means what is called “private” has been utterly rooted out of life everywhere, and it has been contrived as far as possible that even what is private by nature has somehow become common—eyes and ears and hands, so that they seem to see and 739d hear and act in common—and all praise and blame as one, as far as possible, taking pleasure and pain in the same things; in short, whatever laws make the city as unified as possible: no one will ever set up any other standard of supreme virtue that is more correct or better than these.

    ἡ μὲν δὴ τοιαύτη πόλις, εἴτε που θεοὶ ἢ παῖδες θεῶν αὐτὴν οἰκοῦσι πλείους ἑνός, οὕτω διαζῶντες εὐφραινόμενοι κατοικοῦσι· 739e διὸ δὴ παράδειγμά γε πολιτείας οὐκ ἄλλῃ χρὴ σκοπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐχομένους ταύτης τὴν ὅτι μάλιστα τοιαύτην ζητεῖν κατὰ δύναμιν. ἣν δὲ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἐπικεχειρήκαμεν, εἴη τε ἂν γενομένη πως ἀθανασίας ἐγγύτατα καὶ ἡ μία δευτέρως· τρίτην δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐὰν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ, διαπερανούμεθα. νῦν δʼ οὖν ταύτην τίνα λέγομεν καὶ πῶς γενομένην ἂν τοιαύτην;

    As for such a city—whether gods or children of gods, more than one, live in it—those who dwell there spend their lives in joy. 739e That is why one must not look elsewhere for a model of a constitution, but hold fast to this one and seek, as far as possible, the one most like it. The one we have now undertaken would, if it came into being, be nearest to immortality, and would rank second. The third we will work out afterwards, if the god is willing. For now, then, what is this constitution, and how would it come to be such?

    νειμάσθων μὲν δὴ πρῶτον γῆν τε καὶ οἰκίας, καὶ μὴ 740a κοινῇ γεωργούντων, ἐπειδὴ τὸ τοιοῦτον μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ τὴν νῦν γένεσιν καὶ τροφὴν καὶ παίδευσιν εἴρηται· νεμέσθων δʼ οὖν τοιᾷδε διανοίᾳ πως, ὡς ἄρα δεῖ τὸν λαχόντα τὴν λῆξιν ταύτην νομίζειν μὲν κοινὴν αὐτὴν τῆς πόλεως συμπάσης, πατρίδος δὲ οὔσης τῆς χώρας θεραπεύειν αὐτὴν δεῖ μειζόνως ἢ μητέρα παῖδας, τῷ καὶ δέσποιναν θεὸν αὐτὴν οὖσαν θνητῶν ὄντων γεγονέναι, ταὐτὰ δʼ ἔχειν διανοήματα καὶ περὶ τοὺς 740b ἐγχωρίους θεούς τε ἅμα καὶ δαίμονας. ὅπως δʼ ἂν ταῦτα εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον οὕτως ἔχοντα ὑπάρχῃ, τάδε προσδιανοητέον, ὅσαι εἰσὶ τὰ νῦν ἡμῖν ἑστίαι διανεμηθεῖσαι τὸν ἀριθμόν, ταύτας δεῖν ἀεὶ τοσαύτας εἶναι καὶ μήτε τι πλείους γίγνεσθαι μήτε τί ποτε ἐλάττους.

    First, let them divide up the land and the houses, and not farm 740a in common, since such a thing is beyond people of the present birth, upbringing and education. But let them divide them with some such thought as this: that the one who receives an allotment must regard it as the common property of the whole city, and, since the land is his fatherland, he must care for it even more than children care for their mother, since it is a goddess and has become the mistress of mortal beings; and he must think the same way about 740b the local gods and spirits too. And to ensure that these things stay this way for all time, one must further consider this: the number of hearths now distributed must always remain the same, never becoming any more or any fewer.

    ὧδʼ οὖν ἂν τὸ τοιοῦτον βεβαίως γίγνοιτο περὶ πᾶσαν πόλιν· ὁ λαχὼν τὸν κλῆρον καταλειπέτω ἀεὶ ταύτης τῆς οἰκήσεως ἕνα μόνον κληρονόμον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ παίδων, ὃν ἂν αὐτῷ μάλιστα ᾖ φίλον, διάδοχον 740c καὶ θεραπευτὴν θεῶν καὶ γένους καὶ πόλεως τῶν τε ζώντων καὶ ὅσους ἂν ἤδη τέλος εἰς τὸν τότε χρόνον ἔχῃ· τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους παῖδας, οἷς ἂν πλείους ἑνὸς γίγνωνται, θηλείας τε ἐκδόσθαι κατὰ νόμον τὸν ἐπιταχθησόμενον, ἄρρενάς τε, οἷς ἂν τῆς γενέσεως ἐλλείπῃ τῶν πολιτῶν, τούτοις ὑεῖς διανέμειν, κατὰ χάριν μὲν μάλιστα, ἐὰν δέ τισιν ἐλλείπωσιν χάριτες, ἢ πλείους ἐπίγονοι γίγνωνται θήλεις ἤ τινες ἄρρενες ἑκάστων, ἢ καὶ τοὐναντίον ὅταν ἐλάττους ὦσιν, παίδων ἀφορίας γενομένης, 740d πάντων τούτων ἀρχὴν ἣν ἂν θώμεθα μεγίστην καὶ τιμιωτάτην, αὕτη σκεψαμένη τί χρὴ χρῆσθαι τοῖς περιγενομένοις ἢ τοῖς ἐλλείπουσι, ποριζέτω μηχανὴν ὅτι μάλιστα ὅπως αἱ πεντακισχίλιαι καὶ τετταράκοντα οἰκήσεις ἀεὶ μόνον ἔσονται.

    This could be firmly secured throughout the city in the following way. Whoever has received an allotment must always leave just one of his own children as heir to this household—whichever he likes best—as his successor 740c and as the one who tends the gods of the family and of the city, both the living and those who by then have reached their end. As for the other children, where someone has more than one, the girls must be given in marriage according to the law that will be laid down; the boys must be distributed as sons to those citizens who have no offspring, preferably by goodwill. But if goodwill runs short in some cases, or if there are too many offspring, female or male, in some households, or on the contrary too few, when there has been infertility— 740d in all these cases the office we establish as the greatest and most honored must consider how to deal with the surplus or the shortage and find a way, as far as possible, to keep the households always at 5,040 and no more.

    μηχαναὶ δʼ εἰσὶν πολλαί· καὶ γὰρ ἐπισχέσεις γενέσεως οἷς ἂν εὔρους ᾖ γένεσις, καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐπιμέλειαι καὶ σπουδαὶ πλήθους γεννημάτων εἰσὶν τιμαῖς τε καὶ ἀτιμίαις καὶ νουθετήσεσι πρεσβυτῶν περὶ νέους διὰ λόγων 740e νουθετητικῶν ἀπαντῶσαι αἳ δύνανται ποιεῖν ὃ λέγομεν. καὶ δὴ καὶ τό γε τέλος, ἂν πᾶσα ἀπορία περὶ τὴν ἀνίσωσιν τῶν πεντακισχιλίων καὶ τετταράκοντα οἴκων γίγνηται, ἐπίχυσις δὲ ὑπερβάλλουσα ἡμῖν πολιτῶν διὰ φιλοφροσύνην τὴν τῶν συνοικούντων ἀλλήλοις συμβαίνῃ καὶ ἀπορῶμεν, τὸ παλαιόν που ὑπάρχει μηχάνημα, ὃ πολλάκις εἴπομεν, ἐκπομπὴ ἀποικιῶν, φίλη γιγνομένη παρὰ φίλων, ὧν ἂν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι δοκῇ.

    There are many ways. Where births come too easily, there are ways of restraining them; and, on the other hand, there are ways of encouraging and promoting births, through honors and disgrace and admonition from the old to the young in 740e words of warning, which can bring about what we’re describing. And finally, if every resource fails in keeping the 5,040 households level, and we find ourselves with an overflow of citizens because of the affection of those who live together, and we’re at a loss, there is still that old device we’ve often mentioned: sending out colonies, as friends from friends, of those who seem suitable.

    ἐάν τʼ αὖ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐπέλθῃ ποτὲ κῦμα 741a κατακλυσμὸν φέρον νόσων, ἢ πολέμων φθορά, ἐλάττους δὲ πολὺ τοῦ τεταγμένου ἀριθμοῦ διʼ ὀρφανίας γένωνται, ἑκόντας μὲν οὐ δεῖ πολίτας παρεμβάλλειν νόθῃ παιδείᾳ πεπαιδευμένους, ἀνάγκην δὲ οὐδὲ θεὸς εἶναι λέγεται δυνατὸς βιάζεσθαι.

    If, on the other hand, a wave 741a should come bringing a flood of diseases, or the ruin of wars, and they become far fewer than the fixed number through bereavement, we must not willingly bring in citizens raised in a counterfeit education; but necessity, they say, not even a god can overpower.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν δὴ τὸν νῦν λεγόμενον λόγον ἡμῖν φῶμεν παραινεῖν λέγοντα· ὦ πάντων ἀνδρῶν ἄριστοι, τὴν ὁμοιότητα καὶ ἰσότητα καὶ τὸ ταὐτὸν καὶ ὁμολογούμενον τιμῶντες κατὰ φύσιν μὴ ἀνίετε κατά τε ἀριθμὸν καὶ πᾶσαν δύναμιν 741b τὴν τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν πραγμάτων· καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν τὸν ἀριθμὸν μὲν πρῶτον διὰ βίου παντὸς φυλάξατε τὸν εἰρημένον, εἶτα τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ὕψος τε καὶ μέγεθος, ὃ τὸ πρῶτον ἐνείμασθε μέτριον ὄν, μὴ ἀτιμάσητε τῷ τε ὠνεῖσθαι καὶ τῷ πωλεῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους—οὔτε γὰρ ὁ νείμας κλῆρος ὢν θεὸς ὑμῖν σύμμαχος οὔτε ὁ νομοθέτης—νῦν γὰρ δὴ πρῶτον τῷ ἀπειθοῦντι νόμος προστάττει, προειπὼν ἐπὶ τούτοις κληροῦσθαι 741c τὸν ἐθέλοντα ἢ μὴ κληροῦσθαι, ὡς πρῶτον μὲν τῆς γῆς ἱερᾶς οὔσης τῶν πάντων θεῶν, εἶτα ἱερέων τε καὶ ἱερειῶν εὐχὰς ποιησομένων ἐπὶ τοῖς πρώτοις θύμασι καὶ δευτέροις καὶ μέχρι τριῶν, τὸν πριάμενον ἢ ἀποδόμενον ὧν ἔλαχεν οἰκοπέδων ἢ γηπέδων τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις πρέποντα πάσχειν πάθη·

    Let’s say, then, that the argument we’re now giving offers this advice: “Best of men, honor likeness and equality and sameness and agreement, as nature bids, and don’t give them up, whether in number or in any capacity 741b for fine and good things. And now, first, keep the number we’ve stated all your lives; then, the height and size of your property, which you first received in due measure—don’t dishonor it by buying and selling among yourselves. For neither the lot that assigned it to you, which is a god, will be your ally, nor will the lawgiver.” For now, for the first time, the law gives an order to the disobedient: it announces that on these terms one may take an allotment 741c or not take one. First, the land is sacred to all the gods; then, priests and priestesses will pray at the first sacrifices, the second, and up to the third, that whoever buys or sells the house or land he received in the lottery should suffer the fitting penalties.

    γράψαντες δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς θήσουσι κυπαριττίνας μνήμας εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον καταγεγραμμένας, πρὸς τούτοις δʼ ἔτι φυλακτήρια τούτων, ὅπως ἂν γίγνηται, 741d καταστήσουσιν ἐν ταύτῃ τῶν ἀρχῶν ἥτις ἂν ὀξύτατον ὁρᾶν δοκῇ, ἵνα αἱ παρὰ ταῦτα ἑκάστοτε παραγωγαὶ γιγνόμεναι μὴ λανθάνωσιν αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ κολάζωσι τὸν ἀπειθοῦντα ἅμα νόμῳ καὶ τῷ θεῷ.

    They will write this down and place in the temples records inscribed on cypress wood for future times. In addition, they will set up safeguards to ensure it happens, 741d entrusting them to whichever office seems to have the sharpest eyes, so that any evasions of these rules on any occasion won’t escape them, and they can punish the disobedient under both the law and the god.

    ὅσον γὰρ δὴ τὸ νῦν ἐπιταττόμενον ἀγαθὸν ὂν τυγχάνει πάσαις ταῖς πειθομέναις πόλεσι, τὴν ἑπομένην κατασκευὴν προσλαβόν, κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν παροιμίαν οὐδεὶς εἴσεταί ποτε κακὸς ὤν, ἀλλʼ ἔμπειρός τε καὶ ἐπιεικὴς ἔθεσι 741e γενόμενος· χρηματισμὸς γὰρ οὔτʼ ἔνεστιν σφόδρα ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ κατασκευῇ, συνέπεταί τε αὐτῇ μηδὲ δεῖν μηδʼ ἐξεῖναι χρηματίζεσθαι τῶν ἀνελευθέρων χρηματισμῶν μηδενὶ μηδένα, καθʼ ὅσον ἐπονείδιστος λεγομένη βαναυσία ἦθος ἀποτρέπει ἐλεύθερον, μηδὲ τὸ παράπαν ἀξιοῦν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων συλλέγειν χρήματα.

    For how great a good this ordinance is for all cities that obey it, once it has the arrangements that go with it, no one who is bad will ever know, as the old proverb has it, but only one who has become experienced and decent in his habits. 741e For in such an arrangement there isn’t much money-making. It follows that no one needs to, or is allowed to, make money by any illiberal occupation, since the menial work people call degrading warps a free character; nor should anyone think it fitting at all to collect money from such sources.

    πρὸς τούτοις δʼ ἔτι νόμος ἕπεται πᾶσι τούτοις, μηδʼ 742a ἐξεῖναι χρυσὸν μηδὲ ἄργυρον κεκτῆσθαι μηδένα μηδενὶ ἰδιώτῃ, νόμισμα δὲ ἕνεκα ἀλλαγῆς τῆς καθʼ ἡμέραν, ἣν δημιουργοῖς τε ἀλλάττεσθαι σχεδὸν ἀναγκαῖον, καὶ πᾶσιν ὁπόσων χρεία τῶν τοιούτων μισθοὺς μισθωτοῖς, δούλοις καὶ ἐποίκοις, ἀποτίνειν. ὧν ἕνεκά φαμεν τὸ νόμισμα κτητέον αὐτοῖς μὲν ἔντιμον, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀδόκιμον· κοινὸν δὲ Ἑλληνικὸν νόμισμα ἕνεκά τε στρατειῶν καὶ ἀποδημιῶν εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, οἷον πρεσβειῶν ἢ καί 742b τινος ἀναγκαίας ἄλλης τῇ πόλει κηρυκείας, ἐκπέμπειν τινὰ ἂν δέῃ, τούτων χάριν ἀνάγκη ἑκάστοτε κεκτῆσθαι τῇ πόλει νόμισμα Ἑλληνικόν.

    In addition to all this there follows a law that no 742a private individual may possess gold or silver, only coinage for daily exchange—which it’s almost necessary for craftsmen to deal in—and for paying wages to all who need such things: hired workers, slaves and resident foreigners. For these purposes we say they must have a currency that is valued among themselves but worthless to other people. As for a common Greek currency, for military expeditions and travel abroad to other peoples—embassies, for instance, or 742b any other necessary mission for the city, if someone has to be sent—for these purposes the city must always possess Greek currency.

    ἰδιώτῃ δὲ ἂν ἄρα ποτὲ ἀνάγκη τις γίγνηται ἀποδημεῖν, παρέμενος μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀποδημείτω, νόμισμα δὲ ἄν ποθεν ἔχων ξενικὸν οἴκαδε ἀφίκηται περιγενόμενον, τῇ πόλει αὐτὸ καταβαλλέτω πρὸς λόγον ἀπολαμβάνων τὸ ἐπιχώριον· ἰδιούμενος δὲ ἄν τις φαίνηται, δημόσιόν τε γιγνέσθω καὶ ὁ συνειδὼς καὶ μὴ φράζων ἀρᾷ καὶ ὀνείδει μετὰ τοῦ ἀγαγόντος ἔνοχος ἔστω, καὶ ζημίᾳ 742c πρὸς τούτοις μὴ ἐλάττονι τοῦ ξενικοῦ κομισθέντος νομίσματος.

    If a private individual ever has to travel abroad, let him go with the permission of the magistrates. And if he comes home with foreign money left over, let him hand it over to the city, receiving the local equivalent in exchange. If anyone is found keeping it for himself, let it be confiscated; and anyone who knows about it and doesn’t report it shall be liable to curse and reproach, along with the one who brought it in, and to a fine 742c as well, no less than the amount of foreign money brought in.

    γαμοῦντα δὲ καὶ ἐκδιδόντα μήτʼ οὖν διδόναι μήτε δέχεσθαι προῖκα τὸ παράπαν μηδʼ ἡντινοῦν, μηδὲ νόμισμα παρακατατίθεσθαι ὅτῳ μή τις πιστεύει, μηδὲ δανείζειν ἐπὶ τόκῳ, ὡς ἐξὸν μὴ ἀποδιδόναι τὸ παράπαν τῷ δανεισαμένῳ μήτε τόκον μήτε κεφάλαιον· ταῦτα δʼ ὅτι βέλτιστʼ ἐστὶν πόλει ἐπιτηδεύματα ἐπιτηδεύειν, ὧδε ἄν τις σκοπῶν ὀρθῶς 742d ἂν αὐτὰ διακρίνοι, ἐπαναφέρων εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀεὶ καὶ τὴν βούλησιν.

    A man marrying or giving a daughter in marriage must neither give nor receive any dowry at all. No one may deposit money with anyone he doesn’t trust, or lend at interest, since the borrower shall be free not to repay either interest or principal. That these are the best practices for a city to pursue, one could rightly 742d judge by considering them in this way, always referring them back to the starting point and the aim.

    ἔστιν δὴ τοῦ νοῦν ἔχοντος πολιτικοῦ βούλησις, φαμέν, οὐχ ἥνπερ ἂν οἱ πολλοὶ φαῖεν, δεῖν βούλεσθαι τὸν ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην ὡς μεγίστην τε εἶναι τὴν πόλιν ᾗ νοῶν εὖ νομοθετοῖ, καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα πλουσίαν, κεκτημένην δʼ αὖ χρύσεια καὶ ἀργύρεια, καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ἄρχουσαν ὅτι πλείστων· προσθεῖεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ὡς ἀρίστην δεῖν βούλεσθαι τὴν πόλιν εἶναι καὶ ὡς εὐδαιμονεστάτην 742e τόν γε ὀρθῶς νομοθετοῦντα. τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν δυνατά ἐστιν γίγνεσθαι, τὰ δʼ οὐ δυνατά· τὰ μὲν οὖν δυνατὰ βούλοιτʼ ἂν ὁ διακοσμῶν, τὰ δὲ μὴ δυνατὰ οὔτʼ ἂν βούλοιτο ματαίας βουλήσεις οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιχειροῖ.

    The aim of a sensible statesman, we say, is not what most people would say it is. They’d say the good lawgiver must want the city for which he is wisely legislating to be as large and as rich as possible, possessing gold and silver mines, and ruling as many people as possible by land and sea. They might add that he must want the city to be as good and as happy as possible, 742e if he legislates rightly. Some of these things can come about, others cannot. The one who orders the city will want what is possible; what is impossible he won’t want—that would be a vain wish—nor will he attempt it.

    σχεδὸν μὲν γὰρ εὐδαίμονας ἅμα καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἀνάγκη γίγνεσθαι—τοῦτο μὲν οὖν βούλοιτʼ ἄν—πλουσίους δʼ αὖ σφόδρα καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἀδύνατον, οὕς γε δὴ πλουσίους οἱ πολλοὶ καταλέγουσι· λέγουσιν δὲ τοὺς κεκτημένους ἐν ὀλίγοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων πλείστου νομίσματος ἄξια κτήματα, ἃ καὶ κακός τις κεκτῇτʼ 743a ἄν. εἰ δʼ ἔστιν τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον, οὐκ ἂν ἔγωγε αὐτοῖς ποτε συγχωροίην τὸν πλούσιον εὐδαίμονα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γίγνεσθαι μὴ καὶ ἀγαθὸν ὄντα· ἀγαθὸν δὲ ὄντα διαφόρως καὶ πλούσιον εἶναι διαφερόντως ἀδύνατον. “τί δή;” φαίη τις ἂν ἴσως.

    For it’s more or less necessary that people become happy and good at the same time—this, then, he would want—but that they be both very rich and good is impossible, at least rich in the sense most people mean. By “rich” they mean those few people who own possessions worth a great deal of money—which even a bad man could 743a own. If that’s so, I would never agree with them that the rich man is truly happy unless he is also good; and to be exceptionally good and exceptionally rich at once is impossible. “Why?” someone might ask.

    ὅτι, φαῖμεν ἄν, ἥ τε ἐκ δικαίου καὶ ἀδίκου κτῆσις πλέον ἢ διπλασία ἐστὶν τῆς ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου μόνον, τά τε ἀναλώματα μήτε καλῶς μήτε αἰσχρῶς ἐθέλοντα ἀναλίσκεσθαι τῶν καλῶν καὶ εἰς καλὰ ἐθελόντων δαπανᾶσθαι διπλασίῳ 743b ἐλάττονα· οὔκουν ποτὲ ἂν τῶν ἐκ διπλασίων μὲν κτημάτων, ἡμίσεων δὲ ἀναλωμάτων ὁ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων πράττων γένοιτʼ ἂν πλουσιώτερος. ἔστιν δὲ ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς τούτων, ὁ δὲ οὐ κακὸς ὅταν ᾖ φειδωλός, τοτὲ δέ ποτε καὶ πάγκακος, ἀγαθὸς δέ, ὅπερ εἴρηται τὰ νῦν, οὐδέποτε.

    Because, we’d say, acquisition from both just and unjust sources is more than double acquisition from just sources alone; and the expenses of one who won’t spend either honorably or shamefully are half 743b as large as those of good people who are willing to spend on fine things. So the one who does the opposite could never become richer than the one with double the income and half the expenses. Of these two, one is good; the other is not bad when he’s thrifty, though sometimes he’s thoroughly bad—but good, as we’ve just said, never.

    ὁ μὲν γὰρ δικαίως καὶ ἀδίκως λαμβάνων καὶ μήτε δικαίως μήτε ἀδίκως ἀναλίσκων πλούσιος, ὅταν καὶ φειδωλὸς ᾖ, ὁ δὲ πάγκακος, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ὢν ἄσωτος, μάλα πένης· ὁ δὲ ἀναλίσκων τε 743c εἰς τὰ καλὰ καὶ κτώμενος ἐκ τῶν δικαίων μόνον οὔτʼ ἂν διαφέρων πλούτῳ ῥᾳδίως ἄν ποτε γένοιτο οὐδʼ αὖ σφόδρα πένης. ὥστε ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ὀρθός, ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶν οἱ παμπλούσιοι ἀγαθοί· εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀγαθοί, οὐδὲ εὐδαίμονες.

    For the man who takes both justly and unjustly and spends neither justly nor unjustly is rich, provided he’s also thrifty; the thoroughly bad man, being for the most part a spendthrift, is quite poor. But the man who spends 743c on fine things and acquires from just sources only would not easily become outstandingly rich, nor, again, very poor. So our argument is right: the very rich are not good; and if they’re not good, they’re not happy either.

    ἡμῖν δὲ ἡ τῶν νόμων ὑπόθεσις ἐνταῦθα ἔβλεπεν, ὅπως ὡς εὐδαιμονέστατοι ἔσονται καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ἀλλήλοις φίλοι· εἶεν δὲ οὐκ ἄν ποτε πολῖται φίλοι, ὅπου πολλαὶ μὲν δίκαι 743d ἐν ἀλλήλοις εἶεν, πολλαὶ δὲ ἀδικίαι, ἀλλʼ ὅπου ὡς ὅτι σμικρόταται καὶ ὀλίγισται. λέγομεν δὴ μήτε χρυσὸν δεῖν μήτε ἄργυρον ἐν τῇ πόλει, μήτε αὖ χρηματισμὸν πολὺν διὰ βαναυσίας καὶ τόκων μηδὲ βοσκημάτων αἰσχρῶν, ἀλλʼ ὅσα γεωργία δίδωσι καὶ φέρει, καὶ τούτων ὁπόσα μὴ χρηματιζόμενον ἀναγκάσειεν ἀμελεῖν ὧν ἕνεκα πέφυκε τὰ χρήματα· ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶ ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμα, ἃ χωρὶς γυμναστικῆς καὶ 743e τῆς ἄλλης παιδείας οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ἄξια λόγου.

    The basis of our laws looked to this: that the citizens should be as happy as possible and as friendly as possible to one another. But citizens will never be friends where there are many lawsuits 743d among them and many wrongs, but only where these are as few and as slight as possible. We say, then, that there must be neither gold nor silver in the city, nor much money-making through menial trades and lending at interest or shameful kinds of stock-rearing, but only what farming gives and yields, and only as much of that as won’t force a man, by making money, to neglect the things for whose sake money exists. These are the soul and the body, which without gymnastics and 743e the rest of education would never become worth anything.

    διὸ δὴ χρημάτων ἐπιμέλειαν οὐχ ἅπαξ εἰρήκαμεν ὡς χρὴ τελευταῖον τιμᾶν· ὄντων γὰρ τριῶν τῶν ἁπάντων περὶ ἃ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος σπουδάζει, τελευταῖον καὶ τρίτον ἐστὶν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων ὀρθῶς σπουδαζομένη σπουδή, σώματος δὲ πέρι μέση, πρώτη δὲ ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς. καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν ἣν διεξερχόμεθα πολιτείαν, εἰ μὲν τὰς τιμὰς οὕτω τάττεται, ὀρθῶς νενομοθέτηται· εἰ δέ τις τῶν προσταττομένων αὐτόθι νόμων 744a σωφροσύνης ἔμπροσθεν ὑγίειαν ἐν τῇ πόλει φανεῖται ποιῶν τιμίαν, ἢ πλοῦτον ὑγιείας καὶ τοῦ σωφρονεῖν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀναφανεῖται τιθέμενος. τοῦτʼ οὖν δὴ πολλάκις ἐπισημαίνεσθαι χρὴ τὸν νομοθέτην—τί τε βούλομαι; καὶ εἴ μοι συμβαίνει τοῦτο ἢ καὶ ἀποτυγχάνω τοῦ σκοποῦ;—καὶ οὕτω τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως ἐκ τῆς νομοθεσίας αὐτός τε ἐκβαίνοι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀπαλλάττοι, κατʼ ἄλλον δὲ τρόπον οὐδʼ ἂν ἕνα ποτέ.

    That’s why we’ve said more than once that the care of money must be honored last. Of the three things in all that every person is concerned with, concern for money, rightly pursued, comes last and third; concern for the body is in the middle; and concern for the soul comes first. So the constitution we’re now describing, if it ranks honors this way, has been rightly legislated. But if any of the laws prescribed in it 744a turns out to make health more honored in the city than moderation, or wealth more than health and moderation, it will be shown to be wrongly laid down. So the lawgiver must often ask himself: “What do I want? And am I achieving it, or missing the mark?” In this way, perhaps, he might come through the work of legislation himself and see others through it as well—but in no other way at all.

    Property classes and the twelve tribes

    Citizens are ranked in four property classes, and city and land are divided into twelve parts.

    ὁ δὴ λαχὼν κεκτήσθω, φαμέν, τὸν κλῆρον ἐπὶ τούτοις 744b οἷς εἰρήκαμεν. ἦν μὲν δὴ καλὸν καὶ τἆλλα ἴσα πάντʼ ἔχοντα ἕνα ἕκαστον ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ δυνατόν, ἀλλʼ ὁ μέν τις πλείω κεκτημένος ἀφίξεται χρήματα, ὁ δʼ ἐλάττονα, δεῖ δὴ πολλῶν ἕνεκα, τῶν τε κατὰ πόλιν καιρῶν ἰσότητος ἕνεκα, τιμήματα ἄνισα γενέσθαι, ἵνα ἀρχαί τε καὶ εἰσφοραὶ καὶ διανομαί, τὴν τῆς ἀξίας ἑκάστοις τιμὴν μὴ κατʼ ἀρετὴν μόνον τήν τε προγόνων καὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ, 744c μηδὲ κατὰ σωμάτων ἰσχῦς καὶ εὐμορφίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ πλούτου χρῆσιν καὶ πενίαν, τὰς τιμάς τε καὶ ἀρχὰς ὡς ἰσαίτατα τῷ ἀνίσῳ συμμέτρῳ δὲ ἀπολαμβάνοντες μὴ διαφέρωνται.

    Let the one who receives an allotment hold it, we say, on the terms 744b we’ve stated. It would be fine if everyone came to the colony equal in everything else as well. But since that’s impossible, and one man will arrive with more property and another with less, there must, for many reasons, and especially for the sake of equal opportunities in the city, be unequal property classes. That way offices, levies and distributions can be assigned by the value of each person’s worth—not only by his own virtue and his ancestors’, 744c nor by strength and good looks of body, but also by his use of wealth and by his poverty—and people, receiving honors and offices as equally as possible by a standard that is unequal but proportionate, will not quarrel.

    τούτων χάριν τέτταρα μεγέθει τῆς οὐσίας τιμήματα ποιεῖσθαι χρεών, πρώτους καὶ δευτέρους καὶ τρίτους καὶ τετάρτους, ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις προσαγορευομένους ὀνόμασιν, ὅταν τε μένωσιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τιμήματι καὶ ὅταν πλουσιώτεροι ἐκ πενήτων καὶ ἐκ πλουσίων πένητες γιγνόμενοι 744d μεταβαίνωσιν εἰς τὸ προσῆκον ἕκαστοι ἑαυτοῖσιν τίμημα.

    For these reasons there must be four property classes by size of estate: first, second, third and fourth—or called by some other names—both when people stay in the same class and when, becoming richer from poor or poor from rich, 744d they each move into the class that suits them.

    τόδε δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὖ νόμου σχῆμα ἔγωγε ἂν τιθείην ὡς ἑπόμενον. δεῖ γὰρ ἐν πόλει που, φαμέν, τῇ τοῦ μεγίστου νοσήματος οὐ μεθεξούσῃ, ὃ διάστασιν ἢ στάσιν ὀρθότερον ἂν εἴη κεκλῆσθαι, μήτε πενίαν τὴν χαλεπὴν ἐνεῖναι παρά τισιν τῶν πολιτῶν μήτε αὖ πλοῦτον, ὡς ἀμφοτέρων τικτόντων ταῦτα ἀμφότερα· νῦν οὖν ὅρον δεῖ τούτων ἑκατέρου τὸν νομοθέτην φράζειν. ἔστω δὴ πενίας μὲν ὅρος ἡ τοῦ 744e κλήρου τιμή, ὃν δεῖ μένειν καὶ ὃν ἄρχων οὐδεὶς οὐδενί ποτε περιόψεται ἐλάττω γιγνόμενον, τῶν τε ἄλλων κατὰ ταὐτὰ οὐδεὶς ὅστις φιλότιμος ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ.

    Following on this, I would lay down the following form of law. In a city, we say, that is to have no share in the greatest of diseases—which would more correctly be called disintegration than faction—there must be neither harsh poverty among any of the citizens nor, again, wealth, since both breed both these evils. So the lawgiver must now declare a limit for each. Let the limit of poverty be the value of the 744e allotment, which must remain intact and which no magistrate will ever allow to become smaller for anyone, nor will anyone else who seeks honor for virtue.

    μέτρον δὲ αὐτὸν θέμενος ὁ νομοθέτης διπλάσιον ἐάσει τούτου κτᾶσθαι καὶ τριπλάσιον καὶ μέχρι τετραπλασίου· πλείονα δʼ ἄν τις κτᾶται τούτων, εὑρὼν ἢ δοθέντων ποθὲν ἢ χρηματισάμενος, ἤ τινι τύχῃ 745a τοιαύτῃ κτησάμενος ἄλλῃ τὰ περιγιγνόμενα τοῦ μέτρου, τῇ πόλει ἂν αὐτὰ καὶ τοῖς τὴν πόλιν ἔχουσιν θεοῖς ἀπονέμων εὐδόκιμός τε καὶ ἀζήμιος ἂν εἴη· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ τούτῳ τῷ νόμῳ, φανεῖ μὲν ὁ βουλόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμίσεσιν, ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν ἄλλο τοσοῦτον μέρος ἀποτείσει τῆς αὑτοῦ κτήσεως, τὰ δʼ ἡμίσεα τῶν θεῶν. ἡ δὲ κτῆσις χωρὶς τοῦ κλήρου πάντων πᾶσα ἐν τῷ φανερῷ γεγράφθω παρὰ φύλαξιν ἄρχουσιν, οἷς ἂν ὁ νόμος προστάξῃ, ὅπως ἂν αἱ δίκαι 745b περὶ πάντων, ὅσαι εἰς χρήματα, ῥᾴδιαί τε ὦσι καὶ σφόδρα σαφεῖς.

    Having set this as the measure, the lawgiver will allow a man to acquire twice, three times, and up to four times this amount. If anyone acquires more than this—by finding it, or by gift, or by money-making, or by some other such stroke of luck 745a acquiring what exceeds the measure—if he hands over the surplus to the city and to the gods who hold the city, he will be well regarded and free from penalty. But if anyone disobeys this law, anyone who wishes may inform against him and receive half; the man convicted shall pay a further sum equal to the excess out of his own property, and the other half shall go to the gods. Let all of everyone’s possessions apart from the allotment be recorded publicly with the guardian officials designated by law, so that lawsuits 745b about everything involving money may be easy and very clear.

    τὸ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο πρῶτον μὲν τὴν πόλιν ἱδρῦσθαι δεῖ τῆς χώρας ὅτι μάλιστα ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα πρόσφορα πόλει τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἔχοντα τόπον ἐκλεξάμενον, ἃ νοῆσαί τε καὶ εἰπεῖν οὐδὲν χαλεπόν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα μέρη δώδεκα διελέσθαι, θέμενον Ἑστίας πρῶτον καὶ Διὸς καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερόν, ἀκρόπολιν ὀνομάζοντα, κύκλον περιβάλλοντα, ἀφʼ 745c οὗ τὰ δώδεκα μέρη τέμνειν τήν τε πόλιν αὐτὴν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν. ἴσα δὲ δεῖ γίγνεσθαι τὰ δώδεκα μέρη τῷ τὰ μὲν ἀγαθῆς γῆς εἶναι σμικρά, τὰ δὲ χείρονος μείζω.

    Next, the city must first be founded as nearly as possible at the center of the territory, choosing a site that has all the other advantages a city needs—which are not hard to see or to state. After that, the country must be divided into twelve parts. First a sanctuary should be set apart for Hestia, Zeus and Athena, called the acropolis, and a wall put around it; from 745c this the twelve parts should be cut, both of the city itself and of the whole territory. The twelve parts must be made equal by making those of good land small and those of poorer land larger.

    κλήρους δὲ διελεῖν τετταράκοντα καὶ πεντακισχιλίους, τούτων τε αὖ δίχα τεμεῖν ἕκαστον καὶ συγκληρῶσαι δύο τμήματα, τοῦ τε ἐγγὺς καὶ τοῦ πόρρω μετέχοντα ἑκάτερον· τὸ πρὸς τῇ πόλει μέρος τῷ πρὸς τοῖς ἐσχάτοις εἷς κλῆρος, καὶ τὸ 745d δεύτερον ἀπὸ πόλεως τῷ ἀπʼ ἐσχάτων δευτέρῳ, καὶ τἆλλα οὕτως πάντα. μηχανᾶσθαι δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς δίχα τμήμασι τὸ νυνδὴ λεγόμενον φαυλότητός τε καὶ ἀρετῆς χώρας, ἐπανισουμένους τῷ πλήθει τε καὶ ὀλιγότητι τῆς διανομῆς. νείμασθαι δὲ δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας δώδεκα μέρη, τὴν τῆς ἄλλης οὐσίας εἰς ἴσα ὅτι μάλιστα τὰ δώδεκα μέρη συνταξάμενον, ἀπογραφῆς πάντων γενομένης· καὶ δὴ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο δώδεκα θεοῖς δώδεκα κλήρους θέντας, ἐπονομάσαι καὶ καθιερῶσαι 745e τὸ λαχὸν μέρος ἑκάστῳ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ φυλὴν αὐτὴν ἐπονομάσαι.

    Five thousand and forty lots should be marked off, and each of these cut in two, and two portions paired to make a lot, so that each lot has a share of land both near and far: the portion next to the city makes one lot with the portion at the frontier, the 745d second from the city with the second from the frontier, and so on for all the rest. In these halves too they must use the device just mentioned regarding poor and good land, evening things out by making the portions allotted larger or smaller. The men must also be divided into twelve parts, with the rest of their property arranged into twelve parts as nearly equal as possible, after a register of everything has been made. And then they should assign the twelve lots to twelve gods, name and consecrate 745e the part that falls to each god after that god, and call it a tribe.

    τέμνειν δʼ αὖ καὶ τὰ δώδεκα τῆς πόλεως τμήματα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅνπερ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην χώραν διένεμον· καὶ δύο νέμεσθαι ἕκαστον οἰκήσεις, τήν τε ἐγγὺς τοῦ μέσου καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐσχάτων. καὶ τὴν μὲν κατοίκισιν οὕτω τέλος ἔχειν.

    The twelve sections of the city must also be divided in the same way as the rest of the territory was, and each man should be allotted two houses, one near the center and one near the edge. And with that the settlement is complete.

    ἐννοεῖν δὲ ἡμᾶς τὸ τοιόνδε ἐστὶν χρεὼν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, ὡς τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα πάντα οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἰς τοιούτους καιροὺς συμπέσοι, ὥστε συμβῆναι κατὰ λόγον οὕτω σύμπαντα 746a γενόμενα, ἄνδρας τε οἳ μὴ δυσχερανοῦσι τὴν τοιαύτην συνοικίαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπομενοῦσιν χρήματά τε ἔχοντες τακτὰ καὶ μέτρια διὰ βίου παντὸς καὶ παίδων γενέσεις ἃς εἰρήκαμεν ἑκάστοις, καὶ χρυσοῦ στερόμενοι καὶ ἑτέρων ὧν δῆλος ὁ νομοθέτης προστάξων ἐστὶν ἐκ τούτων τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων, ἔτι δὲ χώρας τε καὶ ἄστεος, ὡς εἴρηκεν, μεσότητάς τε καὶ ἐν κύκλῳ οἰκήσεις πάντῃ, σχεδὸν οἷον ὀνείρατα λέγων, ἢ πλάττων καθάπερ ἐκ κηροῦ τινα πόλιν καὶ πολίτας. ἔχει 746b δὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐ κακῶς τινα τρόπον εἰρημένα, χρὴ δʼ ἐπαναλαμβάνειν πρὸς αὑτὸν τὰ τοιάδε.

    But there’s something we must by all means keep in mind: that everything just said will never meet with such favorable conditions that it all turns out exactly according to plan— 746a men who won’t object to living together on such terms, but will put up with having fixed and moderate property all their lives, and with the number of children we’ve prescribed for each, and with being deprived of gold and of the other things the lawgiver, to judge from what’s been said, is clearly going to forbid; and then, too, a countryside and a town with a center, as he’s described them, and dwellings in a circle all around. It’s almost as if he were telling dreams, or modeling a city and its citizens out of wax. 746b In a way, all this hasn’t been badly said, but the lawgiver needs to go back over points like the following for himself.

    πάλιν ἄρα ἡμῖν ὁ νομοθετῶν φράζει τόδε· “ἐν τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις, ὦ φίλοι, μηδʼ αὐτὸν δοκεῖτέ με λεληθέναι τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον ὡς ἀληθῆ διεξέρχεταί τινα τρόπον. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐν ἑκάστοις τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι δικαιότατον οἶμαι τόδε εἶναι, τὸν τὸ παράδειγμα δεικνύντα, οἷον δεῖ τὸ ἐπιχειρούμενον γίγνεσθαι, μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τῶν καλλίστων τε καὶ ἀληθεστάτων, ᾧ δὲ 746c ἀδύνατόν τι συμβαίνει τούτων γίγνεσθαι, τοῦτο μὲν αὐτὸ ἐκκλίνειν καὶ μὴ πράττειν, ὅτι δὲ τούτου τῶν λοιπῶν ἐγγύτατά ἐστιν καὶ συγγενέστατον ἔφυ τῶν προσηκόντων πράττειν, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ διαμηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἂν γίγνηται, τὸν νομοθέτην δʼ ἐᾶσαι τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τῇ βουλήσει, γενομένου δὲ τούτου, τότʼ ἤδη κοινῇ μετʼ ἐκείνου σκοπεῖν ὅτι τε συμφέρει τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ τί πρόσαντες εἴρηται τῆς νομοθεσίας· τὸ γὰρ ὁμολογούμενον αὐτὸ αὑτῷ δεῖ που πανταχῇ 746d ἀπεργάζεσθαι καὶ τὸν τοῦ φαυλοτάτου δημιουργὸν ἄξιον ἐσόμενον λόγου.”

    So our lawgiver tells us this in turn: “My friends, in these discussions don’t imagine that I myself have failed to notice what’s just been said—that in a way it’s true. But in every project for the future, I think the fairest course is this: the one who presents the model of what the undertaking ought to become should leave out nothing of what is finest and truest; and where 746c any of these turns out to be impossible, he should steer clear of that very thing and not attempt it, but whatever of the remaining options comes nearest to it and is most closely akin among the things it would be fitting to do, he should contrive to bring about. One should let the lawgiver complete his design, and once that’s done, then consider together with him which of his proposals are advantageous and what in the legislation is too steep. For surely even the craftsman of the humblest thing, if he’s going to be worth anything, must make his work consistent with itself 746d throughout.”

    νῦν δὴ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ προθυμητέον ἰδεῖν μετὰ τὴν δόξαν τῆς τῶν δώδεκα μερῶν διανομῆς, τὸ τίνα τρόπον δῆλον δὴ τὰ δώδεκα μέρη, τῶν ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ πλείστας ἔχοντα διανομάς, καὶ τὰ τούτοις συνεπόμενα καὶ ἐκ τούτων γεννώμενα, μέχρι τῶν τετταράκοντά τε καὶ πεντακισχιλίων—ὅθεν φρατρίας καὶ δήμους καὶ κώμας, καὶ πρός γε τὰς πολεμικὰς τάξεις τε 746e καὶ ἀγωγάς, καὶ ἔτι νομίσματα καὶ μέτρα ξηρά τε καὶ ὑγρὰ καὶ σταθμά—πάντα ταῦτα ἔμμετρά τε καὶ ἀλλήλοις σύμφωνα δεῖ τόν γε νόμον τάττειν.

    Now then, having settled on the division into twelve parts, we must eagerly look into this very question: how the twelve parts—which clearly admit the greatest number of subdivisions within them—and the numbers that go with them and are generated from them, down to the five thousand and forty, are to be used. It’s from these that the law must arrange phratries, demes and villages, and also military companies and 746e marching columns, and further coinage, dry and liquid measures, and weights—all of these in due measure and in harmony with one another.

    Phratries (“brotherhoods”) and demes were the traditional kinship groups and local districts of a Greek city.

    πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνα φοβητέα, δείσαντα τὴν δόξασαν ἂν γίγνεσθαι σμικρολογίαν, ἄν τις προστάττῃ πάντα ὁπόσʼ ἂν σκεύη κτῶνται, μηδὲν ἄμετρον αὐτῶν ἐᾶν εἶναι, καὶ κοινῷ λόγῳ νομίσαντα 747a πρὸς πάντα εἶναι χρησίμους τὰς τῶν ἀριθμῶν διανομὰς καὶ ποικίλσεις, ὅσα τε αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ποικίλλονται καὶ ὅσα ἐν μήκεσι καὶ ἐν βάθεσι ποικίλματα, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐν φθόγγοις καὶ κινήσεσι ταῖς τε κατὰ τὴν εὐθυπορίαν τῆς ἄνω καὶ κάτω φορᾶς καὶ τῆς κύκλῳ περιφορᾶς· πρὸς γὰρ ταῦτα πάντα δεῖ βλέψαντα τόν γε νομοθέτην προστάττειν τοῖς πολίταις πᾶσιν εἰς δύναμιν τούτων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι τῆς συντάξεως.

    Besides this, the lawgiver shouldn’t be put off by fear of seeming petty if he prescribes that whatever equipment people own, none of it should be left without a standard measure. He should hold it as a general principle that 747a the divisions and variations of numbers are useful for everything—both the variations they undergo among themselves and those in lengths and depths, and in sounds too, and in motions, whether in a straight line up and down or in rotation around a circle. With all this in view, the lawgiver must direct all the citizens, as far as they can, not to fall away from this system.

    πρός τε γὰρ οἰκονομίαν καὶ πρὸς πολιτείαν καὶ πρὸς τὰς τέχνας πάσας ἓν οὐδὲν οὕτω δύναμιν ἔχει παίδειον μάθημα μεγάλην, ὡς ἡ περὶ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς διατριβή· τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ὅτι τὸν νυστάζοντα καὶ ἀμαθῆ φύσει ἐγείρει καὶ εὐμαθῆ καὶ μνήμονα καὶ ἀγχίνουν ἀπεργάζεται, παρὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ φύσιν ἐπιδιδόντα θείᾳ τέχνῃ.

    For no single subject a child can learn has such great power, in household management, in politics and in all the arts, as the study of numbers. Best of all, it wakes up someone who is drowsy and slow by nature and makes him quick to learn, retentive and sharp, so that by a divine art he advances beyond his own nature.

    ταῦτα δὴ πάντα, ἐὰν μὲν ἄλλοις νόμοις τε καὶ ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἀφαιρῆταί τις τὴν ἀνελευθερίαν καὶ φιλοχρηματίαν ἐκ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν μελλόντων αὐτὰ 747c ἱκανῶς τε καὶ ὀνησίμως κτήσεσθαι, καλὰ τὰ παιδεύματα καὶ προσήκοντα γίγνοιτʼ ἄν· εἰ δὲ μή, τὴν καλουμένην ἄν τις πανουργίαν ἀντὶ σοφίας ἀπεργασάμενος λάθοι, καθάπερ Αἰγυπτίους καὶ Φοίνικας καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα ἀπειργασμένα γένη νῦν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ κτημάτων ἀνελευθερίας, εἴτε τις νομοθέτης αὐτοῖς φαῦλος ἂν γενόμενος ἐξηργάσατο τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴτε χαλεπὴ τύχη 747d προσπεσοῦσα εἴτε καὶ φύσις ἄλλη τις τοιαύτη.

    All these studies will prove fine and fitting, provided that by other laws and practices one removes meanness of spirit and love of money from the souls of those who are to acquire them 747c adequately and to their benefit. If not, one may unwittingly produce what is called cunning instead of wisdom. We can now see that this is what has happened to the Egyptians and the Phoenicians and many other peoples, through the meanness of spirit in their other practices and possessions—whether some bad lawgiver of theirs brought it about, or some harsh fortune 747d befell them, or some natural cause of that kind.

    καὶ γάρ, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία, μηδὲ τοῦθʼ ἡμᾶς λανθανέτω περὶ τόπων ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶν ἄλλοι τινὲς διαφέροντες ἄλλων τόπων πρὸς τὸ γεννᾶν ἀνθρώπους ἀμείνους καὶ χείρους, οἷς οὐκ ἐναντία νομοθετητέον· οἱ μέν γέ που διὰ πνεύματα παντοῖα καὶ διʼ εἱλήσεις ἀλλόκοτοί τέ εἰσιν καὶ ἐναίσιοι αὐτῶν, οἱ δὲ διʼ ὕδατα, οἱ δὲ καὶ διʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐκ τῆς γῆς τροφήν, ἀναδιδοῦσαν 747e οὐ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν ἀμείνω καὶ χείρω, ταῖς δὲ ψυχαῖς οὐχ ἧττον δυναμένην πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐμποιεῖν, τούτων δʼ αὖ πάντων μέγιστον διαφέροιεν ἂν τόποι χώρας ἐν οἷς θεία τις ἐπίπνοια καὶ δαιμόνων λήξεις εἶεν, τοὺς ἀεὶ κατοικιζομένους ἵλεῳ δεχόμενοι καὶ τοὐναντίον.

    And there’s another thing about places, Megillus and Clinias, that we mustn’t overlook: some places differ from others in producing better or worse people, and we mustn’t legislate in defiance of them. Some places are ill-omened and some favorable because of all sorts of winds and the heat of the sun, others because of their waters, and others again because of the very food the earth yields, which 747e not only affects bodies for better or worse but is just as able to produce all such effects in souls. And most different of all would be those parts of a country where there is some divine inspiration and which are the allotted domains of spirits, who receive those who settle there from time to time graciously, or the opposite.

    οἷς ὅ γε νοῦν ἔχων νομοθέτης, ἐπισκεψάμενος ὡς ἄνθρωπον οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν σκοπεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα, οὕτω πειρῷτʼ ἂν τιθέναι τοὺς νόμους. ὃ δὴ καὶ σοὶ ποιητέον, ὦ Κλεινία· πρῶτον τρεπτέον ἐπὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μέλλοντί γε κατοικίζειν χώραν.

    A lawgiver with any sense will look into these things as far as a human being can, and try to frame his laws accordingly. You must do this too, Clinias: since you’re about to settle a country, these are the matters you must turn to first.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε, λέγεις τε παγκάλως ἐμοί τε οὕτως ποιητέον.

    CliniasWell, Athenian stranger, you put it splendidly, and that’s what I must do.

    Book VI

    The officials of the city; marriage and common meals.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν μετά γε πάντα τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα σχεδὸν ἂν ἀρχῶν εἶέν σοι καταστάσεις τῇ πόλει.

    AthenianWell now, after all that’s been said, the next thing for you would be to establish offices for the city.

    Cliniasἔχει γὰρ οὖν οὕτω.

    CliniasYes, that’s so.

    Athenianδύο εἴδη ταῦτα περὶ πολιτείας κόσμον γιγνόμενα τυγχάνει, πρῶτον μὲν καταστάσεις ἀρχῶν τε καὶ ἀρξόντων, ὅσας τε αὐτὰς εἶναι δεῖ καὶ τρόπον ὅντινα καθισταμένας· ἔπειτα οὕτω δὴ τοὺς νόμους ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἑκάσταις ἀποδοτέον, 751b οὕστινάς τε αὖ καὶ ὅσους καὶ οἵους προσῆκον ἂν ἑκάσταις εἴη. σμικρὸν δὲ ἐπισχόντες πρὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως, εἴπωμεν προσήκοντά τινα λόγον περὶ αὐτῆς ῥηθῆναι.

    AthenianThe ordering of a constitution has two parts. First, the establishment of offices and officeholders: how many offices there should be and how they are to be filled. Then, after that, the laws must be assigned to each office— 751b which laws suit each, and how many, and of what kind. But let’s pause a little before the election and say something that ought to be said about it.

    Cliniasτίνα δὴ τοῦτον;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianτόνδε. παντί που δῆλον τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὅτι μεγάλου τῆς νομοθεσίας ὄντος ἔργου, τοῦ πόλιν εὖ παρεσκευασμένην ἀρχὰς ἀνεπιτηδείους ἐπιστῆσαι τοῖς εὖ κειμένοις νόμοις, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν πλέον εὖ τεθέντων, οὐδʼ ὅτι γέλως ἂν πάμπολυς 751c συμβαίνοι, σχεδὸν δὲ βλάβαι καὶ λῶβαι πολὺ μέγισται ταῖς πόλεσι γίγνοιντʼ ἂν ἐξ αὐτῶν.

    AthenianThis. It’s surely obvious to everyone that legislation is a great task, and that if a well-equipped city puts unsuitable officials in charge of well-framed laws, then not only will the laws do no good for being well framed, and not only will the result be highly ridiculous, 751c but those very laws will probably bring the greatest harm and ruin to cities.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτοῦτο τοίνυν νοήσωμέν σοι περὶ τῆς νῦν, ὦ φίλε, πολιτείας τε καὶ πόλεως συμβαῖνον. ὁρᾷς γὰρ ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν δεῖ τοὺς ὀρθῶς ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν ἀρχῶν δυνάμεις βάσανον ἱκανὴν αὐτούς τε καὶ γένος ἑκάστων ἐκ παίδων μέχρι τῆς αἱρέσεως εἶναι δεδωκότας, ἔπειτα αὖ τοὺς μέλλοντας αἱρήσεσθαι τεθράφθαι τε ἐν ἤθεσι νόμων εὖ πεπαιδευμένους 751d πρὸς τὸ δυσχεραίνοντάς τε καὶ ἀποδεχομένους ὀρθῶς κρίνειν καὶ ἀποκρίνειν δυνατοὺς γίγνεσθαι τοὺς ἀξίους ἑκατέρων· ταῦτα δὲ οἱ νεωστὶ συνεληλυθότες ὄντες τε ἀλλήλων ἀγνῶτες, ἔτι δʼ ἀπαίδευτοι, πῶς ἄν ποτε δύναιντο ἀμέμπτως τὰς ἀρχὰς αἱρεῖσθαι;

    AthenianThen let’s consider, my friend, how this applies to your present constitution and city. You see that, first, those who are to come rightly into the powers of office must, both themselves and their families, have been adequately tested from childhood until the time of their election; and further that those who are to elect them must have been raised in law-abiding habits and well educated, 751d so as to be able to judge rightly, approving and disapproving, and to select or reject those who deserve either. But how could people who have only just come together, who don’t know one another and are still uneducated, ever choose their officials without fault?

    Cliniasσχεδὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτε.

    CliniasHardly ever.

    Athenianἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀγῶνα προφάσεις φασὶν οὐ πάνυ δέχεσθαι· καὶ δὴ καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο νῦν καὶ ἐμοὶ ποιητέον, ἐπείπερ 751e σὺ μὲν δὴ τὴν πόλιν ὑπέστης τῷ Κρητῶν ἔθνει προθύμως κατοικιεῖν δέκατος αὐτός, ὡς φῄς, τὰ νῦν, ἐγὼ δʼ αὖ σοὶ 752a συλλήψεσθαι κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν μυθολογίαν. οὔκουν δήπου λέγων γε ἂν μῦθον ἀκέφαλον ἑκὼν καταλίποιμι· πλανώμενος γὰρ ἂν ἁπάντῃ τοιοῦτος ὢν ἄμορφος φαίνοιτο.

    AthenianBut a contest, as they say, doesn’t really admit excuses. And that’s what you and I must now face, since 751e you, as you say, have eagerly undertaken to the Cretan people to found the city, as one of ten, and I in turn have undertaken to 752a help you with the story we’re now telling. Now that I’m telling a story, I certainly wouldn’t willingly leave it without a head: wandering about everywhere like that, it would look shapeless.

    Cliniasἄριστʼ εἴρηκας, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasThat’s very well said, stranger.

    Athenianοὐ μόνον γε, ἀλλὰ καὶ δράσω κατὰ δύναμιν οὕτω.

    AthenianAnd not only said: I’ll act on it too, as far as I can.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν ποιῶμεν ᾗπερ καὶ λέγομεν.

    CliniasBy all means, let’s do as we say.

    Athenianἔσται ταῦτʼ, ἂν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ καὶ γήρως ἐπικρατῶμεν τό γε τοσοῦτον.

    AthenianSo we shall, god willing, if we can get the better of old age to that extent at least.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ εἰκὸς ἐθέλειν.

    CliniasWell, it’s likely the god is willing.

    Athenianεἰκὸς γὰρ οὖν. ἑπόμενοι δὲ αὐτῷ λάβωμεν καὶ τόδε.

    AthenianLikely indeed. Following his lead, then, let’s take up this point as well.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhich one?

    Athenianὡς ἀνδρείως καὶ παρακεκινδυνευμένως ἐν τῷ νῦν ἡ πόλις ἡμῖν ἔσται κατωκισμένη.

    AthenianHow boldly and riskily our city will have been founded at this point.

    Cliniasπερὶ τί βλέπων καὶ ποῖ μάλιστα αὐτὸ εἴρηκας τὰ νῦν;

    CliniasWhat do you have in view, and what especially made you say that just now?

    Athenianὡς εὐκόλως καὶ ἀφόβως ἀπείροις ἀνδράσι νομοθετοῦμεν, ὅπως δέξονταί ποτε τοὺς νῦν τεθέντας νόμους. δῆλον δὲ τό γε τοσοῦτον, ὦ Κλεινία, παντὶ σχεδὸν καὶ τῷ 752c μὴ πάνυ σοφῷ, τὸ μὴ ῥᾳδίως γε αὐτοὺς μηδένας προσδέξεσθαι κατʼ ἀρχάς, εἰ δὲ μείναιμέν πως τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἕως οἱ γευσάμενοι παῖδες τῶν νόμων καὶ συντραφέντες ἱκανῶς συνήθεις τε αὐτοῖς γενόμενοι τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν τῇ πόλει πάσῃ κοινωνήσειαν· γενομένου γε μὴν οὗ λέγομεν, εἴπερ τινὶ τρόπῳ καὶ μηχανῇ γίγνοιτο ὀρθῶς, πολλὴν ἔγωγε ἀσφάλειαν οἶμαι καὶ μετὰ τὸν τότε παρόντα χρόνον ἂν γενέσθαι τοῦ μεῖναι τὴν παιδαγωγηθεῖσαν οὕτω πόλιν.

    AthenianHow lightly and fearlessly we’re legislating for inexperienced men, hoping they’ll someday accept the laws we’re now laying down. This much at least, Clinias, is obvious to almost anyone, even someone 752c not especially wise: that at first none of them will readily accept any laws. But suppose we could somehow wait long enough for the children who have had a taste of the laws, grown up with them and become thoroughly used to them to take part, along with the whole city, in the elections of officials. If what we’re describing did happen—if by some means or device it happened rightly—I think there would be great security that the city trained this way would last, even after that time.

    Cliniasἔχει γοῦν λόγον.

    CliniasThat’s reasonable, anyway.

    Athenianἴδωμεν τοίνυν πρὸς τοῦτο εἴ πῄ τινα πόρον ἱκανὸν πορίζοιμεν ἂν κατὰ τάδε. φημὶ γάρ, ὦ Κλεινία, Κνωσίους χρῆναι τῶν ἄλλων διαφερόντως Κρητῶν μὴ μόνον ἀφοσιώσασθαι περὶ τῆς χώρας ἣν νῦν κατοικίζετε, συντόνως δʼ ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὰς πρώτας ἀρχὰς εἰς δύναμιν ὅπως ἂν ἱστῶσιν ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα καὶ ἄριστα. τὰς μὲν οὖν ἄλλας 752e καὶ βραχύτερον ἔργον, νομοφύλακας δʼ ἡμῖν πρώτους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀναγκαιότατον ἁπάσῃ σπουδῇ.

    AthenianThen let’s see whether we can find some adequate way toward this along the following lines. I say, Clinias, that the Knossians, more than the other Cretans, must not merely discharge a formal duty toward the land you’re now settling, but take earnest care that the first officials are established as securely and as well as possible. With the others 752e the task is lighter, but it is absolutely essential that we choose the guardians of the laws first, with all possible care.

    Cliniasτίνα οὖν ἐπὶ τούτῳ πόρον καὶ λόγον ἀνευρίσκομεν;

    CliniasThen what way and what plan do we find for this?

    Athenianτόνδε. φημί, ὦ παῖδες Κρητῶν, χρῆναι Κνωσίους, διὰ τὸ πρεσβεύειν τῶν πολλῶν πόλεων, κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν ἀφικομένων εἰς τὴν συνοίκησιν ταύτην ἐξ αὑτῶν τε καὶ ἐκείνων αἱρεῖσθαι τριάκοντα μὲν καὶ ἑπτὰ τοὺς πάντας, ἐννέα δὲ καὶ δέκα ἐκ τῶν ἐποικησάντων, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους 753a ἐξ αὐτῆς Κνωσοῦ· τούτους δʼ οἱ Κνώσιοι τῇ πόλει σοι δόντων, καὶ αὐτόν σε πολίτην εἶναι ταύτης τῆς ἀποικίας καὶ ἕνα τῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα, πείσαντες ἢ τῇ μετρίᾳ δυνάμει βιασάμενοι.

    AthenianThis. I say, sons of Crete, that because Knossos is the eldest of your many cities, the Knossians should join with those who have come to this settlement in choosing, from themselves and from the settlers, thirty-seven in all—nineteen from the settlers and the rest 753a from Knossos itself. The Knossians should give these to your city, and make you yourself a citizen of this colony and one of the eighteen, whether by persuading you or by applying a moderate degree of force.

    Cliniasτί δῆτα οὐ καὶ σύ τε καὶ ὁ Μέγιλλος, ὦ ξένε, ἐκοινωνησάτην ἡμῖν τῆς πολιτείας;

    CliniasThen why don’t you and Megillus share in our constitution too, stranger?

    Athenianμέγα μέν, ὦ Κλεινία, φρονοῦσιν αἱ Ἀθῆναι, μέγα δὲ καὶ ἡ Σπάρτη, καὶ μακρὰν ἀποικοῦσιν ἑκάτεραι· σοὶ δὲ κατὰ πάντα ἐμμελῶς ἔχει καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκισταῖς κατὰ 753b ταὐτά, ὥσπερ τὰ περὶ σοῦ νῦν λεγόμενα. ὡς μὲν οὖν γένοιτʼ ἂν ἐπιεικέστατα ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν, εἰρήσθω, προελθόντος δὲ χρόνου καὶ μεινάσης τῆς πολιτείας, αἵρεσις αὐτῶν ἔστω τοιάδε τις· πάντες μὲν κοινωνούντων τῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων αἱρέσεως ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται καὶ πολέμου κεκοινωνήκωσιν ἐν ταῖς σφετέραις αὐτῶν τῆς ἡλικίας δυνάμεσιν· ποιεῖσθαι δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐν 753c ἱερῷ ὅπερ ἂν ἡ πόλις ἡγῆται τιμιώτατον, φέρειν δʼ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ βωμὸν ἕκαστον εἰς πινάκιον γράψαντα τοὔνομα πατρόθεν καὶ φυλῆς καὶ δήμου ὁπόθεν ἂν δημοτεύηται, παρεγγράφειν δὲ καὶ τὸ αὑτοῦ κατὰ ταὐτὰ οὕτως ὄνομα.

    AthenianAthens thinks highly of herself, Clinias, and so does Sparta, and both are a long way off. But for you it’s fitting in every way, and for the other founders just 753b as it is for you, as we’re now proposing. So much, then, for how things might be arranged most reasonably under our present circumstances. But when time has passed and the constitution has lasted, let the election of these officials be something like this. All who bear arms as cavalry or infantry, and who have taken part in war at the ages when they were fit for it, should share in electing the officials. The election should be held in 753c whatever temple the city regards as most honored. Each voter should bring to the god’s altar a tablet on which he has written his candidate’s name, with his father’s name, his tribe, and the deme he is registered in, and he should add his own name alongside in the same way.

    τῷ βουλομένῳ δʼ ἐξέστω τῶν πινακίων ὅτιπερ ἂν φαίνηται μὴ κατὰ νοῦν αὑτῷ γεγραμμένον ἀνελόντα εἰς ἀγορὰν θεῖναι μὴ ἔλαττον τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν. τὰ δὲ τῶν πινακίων κριθέντα ἐν πρώτοις μέχρι τριακοσίων δεῖξαι τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἰδεῖν 753d πάσῃ τῇ πόλει, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὡσαύτως ἐκ τούτων φέρειν πάλιν ὃν ἂν ἕκαστος βούληται, τοὺς δὲ τὸ δεύτερον ἐξ αὐτῶν προκριθέντας ἑκατὸν δεῖξαι πάλιν ἅπασιν. τὸ δὲ τρίτον φερέτω μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἑκατὸν ὁ βουληθεὶς ὃν ἂν βούληται, διὰ τομίων πορευόμενος· ἑπτὰ δὲ καὶ τριάκοντα, οἷς ἂν πλεῖσται γένωνται ψῆφοι, κρίναντες ἀποφηνάντων ἄρχοντας.

    Anyone who likes may take down any tablet whose entry he doesn’t find satisfactory and display it in the marketplace for at least thirty days. The officials should display the tablets judged to be in the first rank, up to three hundred, for 753d the whole city to see, and the city should likewise vote again from among these, each for whomever he wishes; and the hundred preferred in this second round should again be displayed to all. In the third round, anyone who wishes should vote for whomever he wishes from the hundred, walking between the cut pieces of sacrificial victims; and they should examine the thirty-seven who get the most votes and declare them officials.

    Walking between the severed parts of sacrificial animals was a form of solemn oath.

    τίνες οὖν, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, πάντα ἡμῖν ταῦτʼ ἐν 753e τῇ πόλει καταστήσουσι τῶν ἀρχῶν τε πέρι καὶ δοκιμασιῶν αὐτῶν; ἆρα ἐννοοῦμεν ὡς ταῖς πρῶτον οὕτω καταζευγνυμέναις πόλεσιν ἀνάγκη μὲν εἶναί τινας, οἵτινες δὲ εἶεν ἂν πρὸς πασῶν τῶν ἀρχῶν γεγονότες, οὐκ ἔστιν; δεῖ μὴν ἁμῶς γέ πως, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ φαύλους ἀλλʼ ὅτι μάλιστα ἄκρους. ἀρχὴ γὰρ λέγεται μὲν ἥμισυ παντὸς ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις ἔργου, καὶ τό γε καλῶς ἄρξασθαι πάντες ἐγκωμιάζομεν ἑκάστοτε· τὸ δʼ ἔστιν τε, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, πλέον ἢ τὸ 754a ἥμισυ, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτὸ καλῶς γενόμενον ἐγκεκωμίακεν ἱκανῶς.

    Who then, Clinias and Megillus, will establish all this for us in 753e the city, concerning the offices and the scrutiny of officials? Do we realize that cities newly yoked together like this must have some such people, and yet there can’t be any who were in place before all the offices? Still, there must be some, somehow—and not ordinary people, but the very best possible. For as the proverb says, the beginning is half of every task, and we all praise a good beginning every time; but in fact, as it seems to me, it’s more than 754a half, and no one has ever praised a good beginning enough.

    Scrutiny (dokimasia) was the formal vetting of an official’s qualifications before he took office.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν γιγνώσκοντές γε παρῶμεν αὐτὸ ἄρρητον, μηδὲν διασαφήσαντες ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τίνα ἔσται τρόπον. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐδαμῶς εὐπορῶ πλήν γε ἑνὸς εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀναγκαίου καὶ συμφέροντος λόγου.

    AthenianThen since we recognize it, let’s not pass it over unspoken, without making clear to ourselves how it’s to be done. Now I’m at a loss for anything to say, except for one argument that is necessary and useful in the present case.

    Cliniasτίνος δή;

    CliniasWhat is it?

    Athenianφημὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει, ἣν οἰκίζειν μέλλομεν, οἷον πατέρα καὶ μητέρα οὐκ εἶναι πλὴν τὴν κατοικίζουσαν αὐτὴν 754b πόλιν, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι πολλαὶ τῶν κατοικισθεισῶν διάφοροι ταῖς κατοικισάσαις πολλάκις ἔνιαι γεγόνασίν τε καὶ ἔσονται. νῦν μὴν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, καθάπερ παῖς, εἰ καί ποτε μέλλει διάφορος εἶναι τοῖς γεννήσασιν, ἔν γε τῇ παρούσῃ παιδίας ἀπορίᾳ στέργει τε καὶ στέργεται ὑπὸ τῶν γεννησάντων, καὶ φεύγων ἀεὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους, ἀναγκαίους μόνους εὑρίσκει συμμάχους· ἃ δὴ νῦν φημὶ Κνωσίοις διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν 754c πρὸς τὴν νέαν πόλιν καὶ τῇ νέᾳ πρὸς Κνωσὸν ὑπάρχειν ἑτοίμως γεγονότα.

    AthenianI say that this city we’re about to found has no father or mother except the city that founds it, 754b though I’m well aware that many colonies have often been, and will be, at odds with their founders. But for now it’s like a child: even if he is going to be at odds with his parents someday, while he’s still helpless in childhood he loves them and is loved by them, and he always runs back to his family and finds them his only allies. This, I say, is the relation now ready made between the Knossians and the new city, because of their care 754c for it, and between the new city and Knossos.

    λέγω δή, καθάπερ εἶπον νυνδή, —δὶς γὰρ τό γε καλὸν ῥηθὲν οὐδὲν βλάπτει—Κνωσίους δεῖν ἐπιμεληθῆναι πάντων τούτων κοινῇ, προσελομένους τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἀφικομένων, τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους τε καὶ ἀρίστους εἰς δύναμιν ἑλομένους, μὴ ἔλαττον ἑκατὸν ἀνδρῶν· καὶ αὐτῶν Κνωσίων ἔστωσαν ἑκατὸν ἕτεροι. τούτους δὲ ἐλθόντας φημὶ δεῖν εἰς τὴν καινὴν πόλιν συνεπιμεληθῆναι ὅπως αἵ τε ἀρχαὶ 754d καταστῶσιν κατὰ νόμους, καταστᾶσαί τε δοκιμασθῶσι· γενομένων δὲ τούτων, τὴν μὲν Κνωσὸν τοὺς Κνωσίους οἰκεῖν, τὴν δὲ νέαν πόλιν αὐτὴν αὑτὴν πειρᾶσθαι σῴζειν τε καὶ εὐτυχεῖν.

    So I say, as I said just now—there’s no harm in saying a fine thing twice—that the Knossians must take joint charge of all this, taking as partners some of those who have come to the colony, choosing the oldest and best of them they can, no fewer than a hundred men; and let there be another hundred from the Knossians themselves. These, I say, should go to the new city and help see that the offices 754d are established according to law, and that once established they undergo scrutiny. When that’s done, the Knossians should go back to living in Knossos, and the new city should try to preserve itself and prosper on its own.

    Guardians of the laws, generals and the council

    The first officials are elected, and the Athenian explains the two kinds of equality.

    οἱ δὲ δὴ γενόμενοι τῶν ἑπτὰ καὶ τριάκοντα νῦν τε καὶ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα σύμπαντα χρόνον ἐπὶ τοῖσδε ἡμῖν ᾑρήσθωσαν· πρῶτον μὲν φύλακες ἔστωσαν τῶν νόμων, ἔπειτα τῶν γραμμάτων ὧν ἂν ἕκαστος ἀπογράψῃ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὸ πλῆθος τῆς αὑτῶν οὐσίας, πλὴν ὁ μὲν μέγιστον τίμημα 754e ἔχων τεττάρων μνῶν, ὁ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον τριῶν, ὁ δὲ τρίτος δυοῖν μναῖν, μνᾶς δὲ ὁ τέταρτος. ἐὰν δέ τις ἕτερον φαίνηταί τι παρὰ τὰ γεγραμμένα κεκτημένος, δημόσιον μὲν ἔστω τὸ τοιοῦτον ἅπαν, πρὸς τούτῳ δὲ δίκην ὑπεχέτω τῷ βουλομένῳ μετιέναι μὴ καλὴν μηδʼ εὐώνυμον ἀλλʼ αἰσχράν, ἐὰν ἁλίσκηται διὰ τὸ κέρδος τῶν νόμων καταφρονῶν.

    Those who become the thirty-seven, now and for all time to come, are to be elected for the following purposes. First, they are to be guardians of the laws; next, guardians of the records in which each citizen registers with the officials the amount of his property—apart from four minas for the man with the highest 754e property rating, three for the second, two minas for the third, and one mina for the fourth. If anyone is found to possess anything beyond what’s registered, all of it is to be confiscated by the state, and in addition he is to be liable to prosecution by anyone who wishes—a prosecution that is neither honorable nor of good name, but shameful, if he’s convicted of despising the laws for the sake of gain.

    A mina was a sum of money equal to a hundred drachmas.

    αἰσχροκερδείας οὖν αὐτὸν γραψάμενος ὁ βουληθεὶς ἐπεξίτω τῇ δίκῃ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν· ἐὰν δʼ ὁ φεύγων ὄφλῃ, 755a τῶν κοινῶν κτημάτων μὴ μετεχέτω, διανομὴ δὲ ὅταν τῇ πόλει γίγνηταί τις, ἄμοιρος ἔστω πλήν γε τοῦ κλήρου, γεγράφθω δὲ ὠφληκώς, ἕως ἂν ζῇ, ὅπου πᾶς ὁ βουλόμενος αὐτὰ ἀναγνώσεται. μὴ πλέον δὲ εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν νομοφύλαξ ἀρχέτω, φερέσθω δʼ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ πεντήκοντα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν· ἑξηκοντούτης δὲ ἐνεχθεὶς δέκα μόνον ἀρχέτω ἔτη, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, ὅπως ἄν τις πλέον 755b ὑπερβὰς ἑβδομήκοντα ζῇ, μηκέτι ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὴν τηλικαύτην ἀρχὴν ὡς ἄρξων διανοηθήτω.

    So whoever wishes should indict him for shameful profiteering and pursue the case before the guardians of the laws themselves. If the defendant is convicted, 755a he is to have no share in common property, and whenever there’s a distribution in the city he is to get no portion except his lot; and he is to be recorded as convicted, for as long as he lives, where anyone who wishes can read it. A guardian of the laws should hold office for no more than twenty years, and should be at least fifty years old when elected to the office. If elected at sixty, he should serve only ten years; and by the same reasoning, if anyone lives on 755b beyond seventy, he should no longer think of holding so important an office among these officials.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶν νομοφυλάκων ταῦτα εἰρήσθω προστάγματα τρία, προϊόντων δὲ εἰς τοὔμπροσθε τῶν νόμων ἕκαστος προστάξει τούτοις τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὧντινων αὐτοὺς δεῖ πρὸς τοῖς νῦν εἰρημένοις προσεπιμελεῖσθαι· νῦν δʼ ἑξῆς ἄλλων ἀρχῶν αἱρέσεως πέρι λέγοιμεν ἄν. δεῖ γὰρ δὴ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα στρατηγοὺς αἱρεῖσθαι, καὶ τούτοις εἰς τὸν πόλεμον 755c οἷόν τινας ὑπηρεσίας ἱππάρχους καὶ φυλάρχους καὶ τῶν πεζῶν φυλῶν κοσμητὰς τῶν τάξεων, οἷς πρέπον ἂν εἴη τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ τοὔνομα μάλιστα, οἷον καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ ταξιάρχους αὐτοὺς ἐπονομάζουσι. τούτων δὴ στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς πόλεως ταύτης οἱ νομοφύλακες προβαλλέσθων, αἱρείσθων δʼ ἐκ τῶν προβληθέντων πάντες οἱ τοῦ πολέμου κοινωνοὶ γενόμενοί τε ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ γιγνόμενοι ἑκάστοτε.

    Let these, then, be the three provisions stated about the guardians of the laws. As the laws proceed, each one will assign these men whatever further duties they must attend to besides those now mentioned. Now we may speak next about the election of other officials. Next we must elect generals, and for them, for war, 755c certain assistants, as it were: cavalry commanders, cavalry squadron commanders, and marshals of the ranks of the infantry tribes—for whom the name most people give them, taxiarchs, “rank commanders,” would be the most fitting. Of these, the guardians of the laws should nominate the generals from among the citizens of this city itself, and from the nominees the election should be made by all who take part in war, whether they have been of military age or are at the time.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἄρα δοκῇ τινι τῶν μὴ προβεβλημένων ἀμείνων 755d εἶναι τῶν προβληθέντων τινός, ἐπονομάσας ἀνθʼ ὅτου ὅντινα προβάλλεται, τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ὀμνὺς ἀντιπροβαλλέσθω τὸν ἕτερον· ὁπότερος δʼ ἂν δόξῃ διαχειροτονούμενος, εἰς τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐγκρινέσθω. τρεῖς δέ, οἷς ἂν ἡ πλείστη χειροτονία γίγνηται, τούτους εἶναι στρατηγούς τε καὶ ἐπιμελητὰς τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον, δοκιμασθέντων καθάπερ οἱ νομοφύλακες· ταξιάρχους δὲ αὑτοῖσι προβάλλεσθαι μὲν τοὺς αἱρεθέντας στρατηγοὺς 755e δώδεκα, ἑκάστῃ φυλῇ ταξίαρχον, τὴν δʼ ἀντιπροβολὴν εἶναι, καθάπερ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐγίγνετο τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ περὶ τῶν ταξιαρχῶν, καὶ τὴν ἐπιχειροτονίαν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν.

    If anyone thinks that someone not nominated is better 755d than one of the nominees, he should name the nominee he wants to replace and the man he proposes instead, and put forward this rival candidate under oath. Whichever of the two wins on a show of hands should be admitted to the election. The three who get the most votes on a show of hands are to be generals and overseers of military affairs, after passing scrutiny like the guardians of the laws. The generals who have been elected should nominate 755e twelve taxiarchs, or infantry commanders, for themselves, one for each tribe; and the counter-nomination, the show of hands and the decision should work for the infantry commanders just as they did for the generals.

    τὸν δὲ σύλλογον τοῦτον ἐν τῷ παρόντι, πρὶν πρυτάνεις τε καὶ βουλὴν ᾑρῆσθαι, τοὺς νομοφύλακας συλλέξαντας εἰς χωρίον ὡς ἱερώτατόν τε καὶ ἱκανώτατον καθίσαι, χωρὶς μὲν τοὺς ὁπλίτας, χωρὶς δὲ τοὺς ἱππέας, τρίτον δʼ ἐφεξῆς τούτοις πᾶν ὅσον ἐμπολέμιον· χειροτονούντων δὲ στρατηγοὺς μὲν καὶ ἱππάρχους πάντες, ταξιάρχους δὲ οἱ 756a τὴν ἀσπίδα τιθέμενοι, φυλάρχους δὲ αὖ τούτοις πᾶν τὸ ἱππικὸν αἱρείσθω, ψιλῶν δὲ ἢ τοξοτῶν ἤ τινος ἄλλου τῶν ἐμπολεμίων ἡγεμόνας οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἑαυτοῖς καθιστάντων. ἱππάρχων δὴ κατάστασις ἂν ἡμῖν ἔτι λοιπὴ γίγνοιτο.

    For the present, before the prytanes and the council have been elected, the guardians of the laws should convene this assembly in a place as sacred and as suitable as possible, seating the hoplites in one group, the cavalry in another, and, third after these, all the rest of the fighting force. All should vote by show of hands for the generals and cavalry commanders, but the infantry commanders should be elected by 756a those who carry the shield, and the cavalry squadron commanders by the whole cavalry; while the leaders of the light-armed troops, the archers or any other part of the fighting force, the generals should appoint for themselves. That leaves us still to appoint the cavalry commanders.

    The prytanes, a rotating section of the council serving as its standing committee, are described below.

    τούτους οὖν προβαλλέσθων μὲν οἵπερ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς προυβάλλοντο, τὴν δὲ αἵρεσιν καὶ τὴν ἀντιπροβολὴν τούτων τὴν αὐτὴν γίγνεσθαι καθάπερ ἡ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐγίγνετο, 756b χειροτονείτω δὲ τὸ ἱππικὸν αὐτοὺς ἐναντίον ὁρώντων τῶν πεζῶν, δύο δὲ οἷς ἂν πλείστη χειροτονία γίγνηται, τούτους ἡγεμόνας εἶναι πάντων τῶν ἱππευόντων. τὰς δὲ ἀμφισβητήσεις τῶν χειροτονιῶν μέχρι δυοῖν εἶναι· τὸ δὲ τρίτον ἐὰν ἀμφισβητῇ τις, διαψηφίζεσθαι τούτους οἷσπερ τῆς χειροτονίας μέτρον ἑκάστοις ἕκαστον ἦν.

    These should be nominated by the same men who nominated the generals, and their election and counter-nomination should work just as the generals’ did. 756b The cavalry should vote for them by show of hands with the infantry looking on, and the two who get the most votes should be the leaders of all the horsemen. Disputes over a show of hands may be raised up to twice; if anyone disputes it a third time, those whose job it was in each case to count the show of hands should decide by ballot.

    βουλὴν δὲ εἶναι μὲν τριάκοντα δωδεκάδας—ἑξήκοντα δὲ καὶ τριακόσιοι γίγνοιντο ἂν πρέποντες ταῖς διανομαῖς—μέρη 756c δὲ διανείμαντας τέτταρα κατὰ ἐνενήκοντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τούτων, ἐξ ἑκάστου τῶν τιμημάτων φέρειν ἐνενήκοντα βουλευτάς. πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων τιμημάτων ἅπαντας φέρειν ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἢ ζημιοῦσθαι τὸν μὴ πειθόμενον τῇ δοξάσῃ ζημίᾳ· ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐνεχθῶσι, τούτους μὲν κατασημήνασθαι, τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ φέρειν ἐκ τῶν δευτέρων τιμημάτων κατὰ ταὐτὰ καθάπερ τῇ πρόσθεν, τρίτῃ δʼ ἐκ τῶν τρίτων τιμημάτων φέρειν μὲν τὸν βουλόμενον, ἐπάναγκες δὲ εἶναι τοῖς τῶν 756d τριῶν τιμημάτων, τὸ δὲ τέταρτόν τε καὶ σμικρότατον ἐλεύθερον ἀφεῖσθαι τῆς ζημίας, ὃς ἂν αὐτῶν μὴ βούληται φέρειν.

    The council should consist of thirty dozen—three hundred and sixty would suit the subdivisions— 756c divided into four parts of ninety, so that ninety councillors are elected from each property class. First, everyone must vote for candidates from the highest property class, under compulsion, or else whoever disobeys should pay the fine that has been decided. When they’ve been voted for, their names should be recorded. The next day they should vote for candidates from the second property class in the same way as the day before. On the third day, anyone who wishes may vote for candidates from the third property class, but it should be compulsory for members of the 756d first three classes, while the fourth and lowest class is to be exempted from the fine if any of its members don’t wish to vote.

    τετάρτῃ δὲ φέρειν μὲν ἐκ τοῦ τετάρτου καὶ σμικροτάτου τιμήματος ἅπαντας, ἀζήμιον δʼ εἶναι τὸν ἐκ τοῦ τετάρτου καὶ τρίτου τιμήματος, ἐὰν ἐνεγκεῖν μὴ βούληται· τὸν δʼ ἐκ τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ πρώτου μὴ φέροντα ζημιοῦσθαι, τὸν μὲν 756e ἐκ τοῦ δευτέρου τριπλασίᾳ τῆς πρώτης ζημίας, τὸν δʼ ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου τετραπλασίᾳ. πέμπτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τὰ κατασημανθέντα ὀνόματα ἐξενεγκεῖν μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἰδεῖν πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις, φέρειν δʼ ἐκ τούτων αὖ πάντα ἄνδρα ἢ ζημιοῦσθαι τῇ πρώτῃ ζημίᾳ· ὀγδοήκοντα δὲ καὶ ἑκατὸν ἐκλέξαντας ἀφʼ ἑκάστων τῶν τιμημάτων, τοὺς ἡμίσεις τούτων ἀποκληρώσαντας δοκιμάσαι, τούτους δʼ εἶναι τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν βουλευτάς.

    On the fourth day, everyone should vote for candidates from the fourth and lowest property class, but a member of the fourth or third class should go unpunished if he doesn’t wish to vote, while a member of the second or first class who doesn’t vote should be fined—one 756e from the second class three times the first fine, and one from the first class four times. On the fifth day the officials should bring out the recorded names for all the citizens to see, and every man should again vote from among these, or pay the first fine. They should select one hundred and eighty from each of the property classes, choose half of these by lot, and put them through scrutiny; these are to be the councillors for the year.

    Famous passage Two kinds of equalityArithmetical equality by lot is contrasted with “the judgment of Zeus,” which gives more to the greater and less to the lesser.

    ἡ μὲν αἵρεσις οὕτω γιγνομένη μέσον ἂν ἔχοι μοναρχικῆς καὶ δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας, ἧς ἀεὶ δεῖ μεσεύειν τὴν πολιτείαν· 757a δοῦλοι γὰρ ἂν καὶ δεσπόται οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιντο φίλοι, οὐδὲ ἐν ἴσαις τιμαῖς διαγορευόμενοι φαῦλοι καὶ σπουδαῖοι—τοῖς γὰρ ἀνίσοις τὰ ἴσα ἄνισα γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, εἰ μὴ τυγχάνοι τοῦ μέτρου—διὰ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα στάσεων αἱ πολιτεῖαι πληροῦνται. παλαιὸς γὰρ λόγος ἀληθὴς ὤν, ὡς ἰσότης φιλότητα ἀπεργάζεται, μάλα μὲν ὀρθῶς εἴρηται καὶ ἐμμελῶς· ἥτις δʼ ἐστί ποτε ἰσότης ἡ τοῦτο αὐτὸ δυναμένη, διὰ τὸ μὴ 757b σφόδρα σαφὴς εἶναι σφόδρα ἡμᾶς διαταράττει.

    An election held this way would strike a mean between a monarchic and a democratic constitution, and a constitution should always keep to that middle. 757a For slaves and masters could never become friends, nor could worthless and serious people who were proclaimed to have equal honors—since for unequal people equal things become unequal, unless they hit the right measure—and it’s because of both of these that constitutions fill up with civil strife. The old saying that equality produces friendship is true, and very rightly and aptly put. But just what kind of equality has this power 757b is not very clear, and that throws us into great confusion.

    δυοῖν γὰρ ἰσοτήτοιν οὔσαιν, ὁμωνύμοιν μέν, ἔργῳ δὲ εἰς πολλὰ σχεδὸν ἐναντίαιν, τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν εἰς τὰς τιμὰς πᾶσα πόλις ἱκανὴ παραγαγεῖν καὶ πᾶς νομοθέτης, τὴν μέτρῳ ἴσην καὶ σταθμῷ καὶ ἀριθμῷ, κλήρῳ ἀπευθύνων εἰς τὰς διανομὰς αὐτήν· τὴν δὲ ἀληθεστάτην καὶ ἀρίστην ἰσότητα οὐκέτι ῥᾴδιον παντὶ ἰδεῖν. Διὸς γὰρ δὴ κρίσις ἐστί, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀεὶ σμικρὰ μὲν ἐπαρκεῖ, πᾶν δὲ ὅσον ἂν ἐπαρκέσῃ πόλεσιν ἢ 757c καὶ ἰδιώταις, πάντʼ ἀγαθὰ ἀπεργάζεται· τῷ μὲν γὰρ μείζονι πλείω, τῷ δʼ ἐλάττονι σμικρότερα νέμει, μέτρια διδοῦσα πρὸς τὴν αὐτῶν φύσιν ἑκατέρῳ, καὶ δὴ καὶ τιμὰς μείζοσι μὲν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀεὶ μείζους, τοῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ἔχουσιν ἀρετῆς τε καὶ παιδείας τὸ πρέπον ἑκατέροις ἀπονέμει κατὰ λόγον.

    For there are two equalities, which share a name but in practice are nearly opposite in many ways. The first any city and any lawgiver is capable of introducing into the distribution of honors: equality by measure, weight and number, which they regulate in their distributions by lot. But the truest and best equality is no longer easy for everyone to see. It is the judgment of Zeus; it always helps human beings only a little, but wherever it does help cities or 757c individuals, it makes everything good. For it gives more to the greater and less to the lesser, giving each his due measure according to his nature; and in particular it always awards greater honors to those greater in virtue, and to those who are the opposite in virtue and education what fits each, in proportion.

    ἔστιν γὰρ δήπου καὶ τὸ πολιτικὸν ἡμῖν ἀεὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον· οὗ καὶ νῦν ἡμᾶς ὀρεγομένους δεῖ καὶ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἰσότητα, ὦ Κλεινία, ἀποβλέποντας, τὴν νῦν 757d φυομένην κατοικίζειν πόλιν. ἄλλην τε ἄν ποτέ τις οἰκίζῃ, πρὸς ταὐτὸν τοῦτο σκοπούμενον χρεὼν νομοθετεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς ὀλίγους τυράννους ἢ πρὸς ἕνα ἢ καὶ κράτος δήμου τι, πρὸς δὲ τὸ δίκαιον ἀεί, τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ τὸ νυνδὴ λεχθέν, τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἴσον ἀνίσοις ἑκάστοτε δοθέν· ἀναγκαῖόν γε μὴν καὶ τούτοις παρωνυμίοισί ποτε προσχρήσασθαι πόλιν ἅπασαν, εἰ μέλλει στάσεων ἑαυτῇ μὴ προσκοινωνήσειν κατά 757e τι μέρος—τὸ γὰρ ἐπιεικὲς καὶ σύγγνωμον τοῦ τελέου καὶ ἀκριβοῦς παρὰ δίκην τὴν ὀρθήν ἐστιν παρατεθραυμένον, ὅταν γίγνηται—διὸ τῷ τοῦ κλήρου ἴσῳ ἀνάγκη προσχρήσασθαι δυσκολίας τῶν πολλῶν ἕνεκα, θεὸν καὶ ἀγαθὴν τύχην καὶ τότε ἐν εὐχαῖς ἐπικαλουμένους ἀπορθοῦν αὐτοὺς τὸν κλῆρον πρὸς τὸ δικαιότατον.

    For surely this is what political justice always is for us too. It’s this we must reach for now, Clinias, keeping our eyes on this equality, as we found the city that’s now 757d springing up. And if anyone ever founds another, he must legislate with this same aim in view—not with a few tyrants in view, or one, or some rule of the people, but always justice. And that’s what we just said: the natural equality given in each case to unequals. Still, every city must sometimes use these words in a looser sense as well, if it’s not to involve itself in civil strife in 757e some part—for fairness and leniency, whenever they occur, are a breach of what is perfect and exact, departing from strict justice. That’s why it’s necessary also to use the equality of the lot, because of the discontent of the many, and even then to call on god and good fortune in prayers to steer the lot toward what is most just.

    οὕτω δὴ χρηστέον ἀναγκαίως 758a μὲν τοῖν ἰσοτήτοιν ἀμφοῖν, ὡς δʼ ὅτι μάλιστα ἐπʼ ὀλιγίστοις τῇ ἑτέρᾳ, τῇ τῆς τύχης δεομένῃ.

    So we must of necessity use both equalities, 758a but the second, the one that depends on luck, as rarely as possible.

    ταῦτα οὕτως διὰ ταῦτα, ὦ φίλοι, ἀναγκαῖον τὴν μέλλουσαν σῴζεσθαι δρᾶν πόλιν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ναῦς τε ἐν θαλάττῃ πλέουσα φυλακῆς ἡμέρας δεῖται καὶ νυκτὸς ἀεί, πόλις τε ὡσαύτως ἐν κλύδωνι τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων διαγομένη καὶ παντοδαπαῖσιν ἐπιβουλαῖς οἰκεῖ κινδυνεύουσα ἁλίσκεσθαι, δεῖ δὴ διʼ ἡμέρας τε εἰς νύκτα καὶ ἐκ νυκτὸς συνάπτειν πρὸς 758b ἡμέραν ἄρχοντας ἄρχουσιν, φρουροῦντάς τε φρουροῦσιν διαδεχομένους ἀεὶ καὶ παραδιδόντας μηδέποτε λήγειν.

    This, my friends, is what a city that’s to be preserved must do, and these are the reasons. A ship sailing at sea needs watch kept day and night continually; in the same way a city, living amid the heavy seas of other cities, dwells in danger of being captured by all kinds of plots. So officials must link up with officials from day into night and from night 758b into day, and guards must take over from guards and hand over to guards, never stopping.

    πλῆθος δὲ οὐ δυνατὸν ὀξέως οὐδέποτε οὐδὲν τούτων πράττειν, ἀναγκαῖον δὲ τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐπὶ τὸν πλεῖστον τοῦ χρόνου ἐᾶν ἐπὶ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοισι μένοντας εὐθημονεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὰς αὑτῶν οἰκήσεις, τὸ δὲ δωδέκατον μέρος αὐτῶν ἐπὶ δώδεκα μῆνας νείμαντας, ἓν ἐφʼ ἑνὶ παρέχειν αὐτοὺς 758c φύλακας ἰόντι τέ τινί ποθεν ἄλλοθεν εἴτε καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς πόλεως ἑτοίμως ἐπιτυχεῖν, ἄντε ἀγγέλλειν βούληταί τις ἐάντʼ αὖ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ὧν προσήκει πόλει πρὸς πόλεις ἄλλας ἀποκρίνεσθαί τε, καὶ ἐρωτήσασαν ἑτέρας, ἀποδέξασθαι τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ἑκάστοτε νεωτερισμῶν ἕνεκα παντοδαπῶν εἰωθότων ἀεὶ γίγνεσθαι, ὅπως 758d ἂν μάλιστα μὲν μὴ γίγνωνται, γενομένων δέ, ὅτι τάχιστα αἰσθομένης τῆς πόλεως ἰαθῇ τὸ γενόμενον· διʼ ἃ συλλογῶν τε ἀεὶ δεῖ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ προκαθήμενον τῆς πόλεως κύριον καὶ διαλύσεων, τῶν τε κατὰ νόμους τῶν τε ἐξαίφνης προσπιπτουσῶν τῇ πόλει.

    A large body can never do any of this quickly. Most of the councillors must be left most of the time to stay on their own private affairs and look after their own households, while a twelfth part of them is assigned to each of the twelve months, one after another, to serve as 758c guards. Then anyone coming from anywhere else, or from within the city itself, can readily find them, whether he wants to bring news or to inquire about any of the matters in which a city must answer other cities and, when it has asked them questions, receive their answers. And especially because of the upheavals of every kind that tend to keep occurring in a city, they are there so that 758d ideally these don’t happen, and if they do, the city perceives them as quickly as possible and the trouble is remedied. For these reasons this presiding body of the city must always have authority over convening and dissolving assemblies, both those held according to law and those that come upon the city suddenly.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν πάντα τὸ δωδέκατον ἂν μέρος τῆς βουλῆς εἴη τὸ διακοσμοῦν, τὰ ἕνδεκα ἀναπαυόμενον τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ μέρη· κοινῇ δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχῶν δεῖ τὰς φυλακὰς ταύτας φυλάττειν κατὰ πόλιν τοῦτο τὸ μόριον τῆς βουλῆς ἀεί.

    All this, then, would be managed by the twelfth part of the council, which rests for the other eleven parts of the year. But this section of the council must always keep these watches in the city in common with the other officials.

    Priests and country wardens

    Priests, interpreters and treasurers are appointed, and young country wardens patrol and improve the territory.

    καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ πόλιν οὕτως ἔχοντα μετρίως ἂν εἴη 758e διατεταγμένα· τῆς δὲ ἄλλης χώρας πάσης τίς ἐπιμέλεια καὶ τίς τάξις; ἆρα οὐχ ἡνίκα πᾶσα μὲν ἡ πόλις, σύμπασα δὲ ἡ χώρα κατὰ δώδεκα μέρη διανενέμηται, τῆς πόλεως αὐτῆς ὁδῶν καὶ οἰκήσεων καὶ οἰκοδομιῶν καὶ λιμένων καὶ ἀγορᾶς καὶ κρηνῶν, καὶ δὴ καὶ τεμενῶν καὶ ἱερῶν καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων, ἐπιμελητὰς δεῖ τινας ἀποδεδειγμένους εἶναι;

    And affairs in the city would be reasonably well 758e arranged this way. But what care and what arrangement should there be for all the rest of the territory? Now that the whole city and the entire territory have been divided into twelve parts, mustn’t there be overseers appointed for the city’s own streets, houses, buildings, harbors, marketplace and fountains, and also for its sacred precincts, temples and all such things?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianλέγωμεν δὴ τοῖς μὲν ἱεροῖς νεωκόρους τε καὶ ἱερέας καὶ ἱερείας δεῖν γίγνεσθαι· ὁδῶν δὲ καὶ οἰκοδομιῶν καὶ κόσμου τοῦ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἀνθρώπων τε, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικῶσιν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων θηρίων, ἐν αὐτῷ τε τῷ τῆς πόλεως περιβόλῳ καὶ προαστείῳ ὅπως ἂν τὰ προσήκοντα πόλεσιν γίγνηται, ἑλέσθαι δεῖ τρία μὲν ἀρχόντων εἴδη, περὶ μὲν τὸ νυνδὴ λεχθὲν ἀστυνόμους ἐπονομάζοντα, τὸ δὲ περὶ ἀγορᾶς κόσμον ἀγορανόμους. ἱερῶν δὲ ἱερέας, οἷς μέν εἰσιν πάτριαι 759b ἱερωσύναι καὶ αἷς, μὴ κινεῖν· εἰ δέ, οἷον τὸ πρῶτον κατοικιζομένοις εἰκὸς γίγνεσθαι περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἢ μηδενὶ ἤ τισιν ὀλίγοις, οἷς μὴ καθεστήκοι καταστατέον ἱερέας τε καὶ ἱερείας νεωκόρους γίγνεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς.

    AthenianThen let’s say that the temples must have temple wardens, priests and priestesses. And for the streets and buildings and their proper order, and for people, so they don’t do wrong, and for animals too, to make sure that both within the city wall and in the suburbs things go as they should in cities, three kinds of officials must be elected: those concerned with what was just mentioned we’ll call city wardens, and those concerned with order in the marketplace, market wardens. As for priests of the temples, where men or women hold hereditary 759b priesthoods, they should not be disturbed. But if—as is likely to happen in such matters when people are first settling—there are none, or only a few, then where they’ve not been established, priests and priestesses must be appointed to be temple wardens for the gods.

    τούτων δὴ πάντων τὰ μὲν αἱρετὰ χρή, τὰ δὲ κληρωτὰ ἐν ταῖς καταστάσεσι γίγνεσθαι, μειγνύντας πρὸς φιλίαν ἀλλήλοις δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον ἐν ἑκάστῃ χώρᾳ καὶ πόλει, ὅπως ἂν μάλιστα ὁμονοῶν εἴη. τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἱερέων, τῷ θεῷ ἐπιτρέποντα αὐτῷ τὸ κεχαρισμένον 759c γίγνεσθαι, κληροῦν οὕτω τῇ θείᾳ τύχῃ ἀποδιδόντα, δοκιμάζειν δὲ τὸν ἀεὶ λαγχάνοντα πρῶτον μὲν ὁλόκληρον καὶ γνήσιον, ἔπειτα ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐκ καθαρευουσῶν οἰκήσεων, φόνου δὲ ἁγνὸν καὶ πάντων τῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰς τὰ θεῖα ἁμαρτανομένων αὐτὸν καὶ πατέρα καὶ μητέρα κατὰ ταὐτὰ βεβιωκότας. ἐκ Δελφῶν δὲ χρὴ νόμους περὶ τὰ θεῖα πάντα κομισαμένους καὶ καταστήσαντας ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἐξηγητάς, 759d τούτοις χρῆσθαι.

    Of all these offices, some must be filled by election and some by lot, mixing the common people and those who are not, for the sake of friendship, in each district and in the city, so that they may be of one mind as much as possible. As for the priests, one should leave it to the god himself that what pleases him 759c be done, and appoint them by lot, entrusting the matter to divine fortune. But whoever wins the lot must in each case pass scrutiny: first, that he is sound in body and legitimate; then that he comes as far as possible from households free of pollution, and that he himself, and his father and mother likewise, have lived pure of bloodshed and of all such offenses against the gods. They should bring from Delphi laws on all religious matters and appoint interpreters of them, 759d and use these.

    The interpreters (exēgētai) advised on sacred law and ritual; Delphi was the seat of Apollo’s oracle.

    κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ εἶναι καὶ μὴ μακρότερον τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἑκάστην, ἔτη δὲ μὴ ἔλαττον ἑξήκοντα ἡμῖν εἴη γεγονὼς ὁ μέλλων καθʼ ἱεροὺς νόμους περὶ τὰ θεῖα ἱκανῶς ἁγιστεύσειν· ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἱερειῶν ἔστω τὰ νόμιμα. τοὺς δὲ ἐξηγητὰς τρὶς φερέτωσαν μὲν αἱ τέτταρες φυλαὶ τέτταρας, ἕκαστον ἐξ αὑτῶν, τρεῖς δέ, οἷς ἂν πλείστη γένηται ψῆφος, δοκιμάσαντας, ἐννέα πέμπειν εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνελεῖν ἐξ ἑκάστης τριάδος ἕνα· τὴν δὲ δοκιμασίαν αὐτῶν 759e καὶ τοῦ χρόνου τὴν ἡλικίαν εἶναι καθάπερ τῶν ἱερέων. οὗτοι δὲ ἔστων ἐξηγηταὶ διὰ βίου· τὸν δέ γε λιπόντα προαιρείσθωσαν αἱ τέτταρες φυλαὶ ὅθεν ἂν ἐκλίπῃ.

    Each priesthood should last a year and no longer, and the man who is to perform the rites properly, according to sacred law, should be at least sixty years old; the same rules should apply to priestesses. As for the interpreters, the tribes should vote three times, in groups of four, each group putting forward four candidates, one from each tribe; the three in each group who get the most votes should be scrutinized, and the nine sent to Delphi for the oracle to choose one from each set of three. Their scrutiny 759e and age requirement should be the same as for priests. These are to be interpreters for life; and when one dies, the four tribes from which the vacancy comes should elect a replacement.

    ταμίας δὲ δὴ τῶν τε ἱερῶν χρημάτων ἑκάστοις τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ τεμενῶν καὶ καρπῶν τούτων καὶ μισθώσεων κυρίους αἱρεῖσθαι μὲν 760a ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων τιμημάτων τρεῖς εἰς τὰ μέγιστα ἱερά, δύο δʼ εἰς τὰ σμικρότερα, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἐμμελέστατα ἕνα· τὴν δὲ αἵρεσιν τούτων καὶ τὴν δοκιμασίαν γίγνεσθαι καθάπερ ἡ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐγίγνετο. καὶ τὰ μὲν αὖ περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ταῦτα γιγνέσθω.

    Treasurers with authority over the sacred funds of each temple, and over the sacred precincts, their produce and their leases, should be elected 760a from the highest property classes: three for the largest temples, two for the smaller ones, and one for the most modest. Their election and scrutiny should be conducted as that of the generals was. So much, then, for arrangements concerning sacred things.

    ἀφρούρητον δὲ δὴ μηδὲν εἰς δύναμιν ἔστω. πόλεως μὲν οὖν αἱ φρουραὶ πέρι ταύτῃ γιγνέσθωσαν, στρατηγῶν ἐπιμελουμένων καὶ ταξιαρχῶν καὶ ἱππάρχων καὶ φυλάρχων καὶ 760b πρυτάνεων, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀστυνόμων καὶ ἀγορανόμων, ὁπόταν αἱρεθέντες ἡμῖν καταστῶσίν τινες ἱκανῶς· τὴν δὲ ἄλλην χώραν φυλάττειν πᾶσαν κατὰ τάδε. δώδεκα μὲν ἡμῖν ἡ χώρα πᾶσα εἰς δύναμιν ἴσα μόρια νενέμηται, φυλὴ δὲ μία τῷ μορίῳ ἑκάστῳ ἐπικληρωθεῖσα κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν παρεχέτω πέντε οἷον ἀγρονόμους τε καὶ φρουράρχους, τούτοις δʼ ἔστω καταλέξασθαι τῆς αὑτῶν φυλῆς ἑκάστῳ δώδεκα τῶν πέντε 760c ἐκ τῶν νέων, μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτη γεγονότας, μὴ πλεῖον δὲ ἢ τριάκοντα. τούτοις δὲ διακληρωθήτω τὰ μόρια τῆς χώρας κατὰ μῆνα ἕκαστα ἑκάστοις, ὅπως ἂν πάσης τῆς χώρας ἔμπειροί τε καὶ ἐπιστήμονες γίγνωνται πάντες.

    As far as possible, nothing should be left unguarded. The guarding of the city should be managed in the way described, under the care of the generals, infantry commanders, cavalry commanders, cavalry squadron commanders and 760b prytanes, and also the city wardens and market wardens, once we have elected and properly installed them. The rest of the territory should be guarded as follows. The whole territory, as we said, has been divided into twelve parts, as equal as possible. The tribe allotted to each part should provide five men each year to serve as country wardens and garrison commanders, and each of the five may choose twelve 760c young men from his own tribe, no younger than twenty-five and no older than thirty. The parts of the territory should be allotted to these groups, a different one each month, so that all of them become experienced in and knowledgeable about the whole country.

    δύο δʼ ἔτη τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν φρουρὰν γίγνεσθαι φρουροῖς τε καὶ ἄρχουσιν. ὅπως δʼ ἂν τὸ πρῶτον λάχωσιν τὰ μέρη, τοὺς τῆς χώρας τόπους, μεταλλάττοντας ἀεὶ τὸν ἑξῆς τόπον 760d ἑκάστου μηνὸς ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς φρουράρχους ἐπὶ δεξιὰ κύκλῳ· τὸ δʼ ἐπὶ δεξιὰ γιγνέσθω τὸ πρὸς ἕω. περιελθόντος δὲ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστοι τῶν φρουρῶν μὴ μόνον ἔμπειροι τῆς χώρας γίγνωνται κατὰ μίαν ὥραν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, πρὸς τῇ χώρᾳ δὲ ἅμα καὶ τῆς ὥρας ἑκάστης περὶ ἕκαστον τὸν τόπον τὸ γιγνόμενον ὡς πλεῖστοι καταμάθωσιν, οἱ τότε ἡγούμενοι πάλιν ἀφηγείσθωσαν εἰς τὸν εὐώνυμον 760e ἀεὶ μεταβάλλοντες τόπον, ἕως ἂν τὸ δεύτερον διεξέλθωσιν ἔτος· τῷ τρίτῳ δὲ ἄλλους ἀγρονόμους αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φρουράρχους τοὺς πέντε τῶν δώδεκα ἐπιμελητάς.

    Guards and commanders should hold their office and do their guard duty for two years. However the parts, the districts of the country, are first allotted, the garrison commanders should lead them every month to the next district in turn, 760d moving around to the right—and let “to the right” mean toward the east. When the year has come round, in the second year—so that as many of the guards as possible may become acquainted with the country not just in one season of the year, but may also learn, besides the land itself, what happens in each district in each season—those then in command should lead them back again to the left, 760e moving on each time, until they’ve completed the second year. In the third year, other country wardens and garrison commanders should be elected, the five overseers of the twelve.

    ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς διατριβαῖς τῷ τόπῳ ἑκάστῳ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν εἶναι τοιάνδε τινά· πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως εὐερκὴς ἡ χώρα πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ὅτι μάλιστα ἔσται, ταφρεύοντάς τε ὅσα ἂν τούτου δέῃ καὶ ἀποσκάπτοντας καὶ ἐνοικοδομήμασιν εἰς δύναμιν εἴργοντας τοὺς ἐπιχειροῦντας ὁτιοῦν τὴν χώραν καὶ τὰ κτήματα κακουργεῖν, χρωμένους δʼ ὑποζυγίοις καὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις τοῖς ἐν 761a τῷ τόπῳ ἑκάστῳ πρὸς ταῦτα, διʼ ἐκείνων ποιοῦντας, ἐκείνοις ἐπιστατοῦντας, τῶν οἰκείων ἔργων αὐτῶν ἀργίας ὅτι μάλιστα ἐκλεγομένους.

    During their stay in each district, their duties should be something like this. First, to make the country as well defended against enemies as possible, digging ditches wherever needed, cutting trenches, and building fortifications to keep out, as far as they can, anyone who tries to harm the land and property in any way. For this work they should use the draft animals and the household slaves 761a in each district, doing it through them and supervising them, and choosing as far as possible times when they are free from their own work.

    δύσβατα δὲ δὴ πάντα ποιεῖν μὲν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, τοῖς δὲ φίλοις ὅτι μάλιστα εὔβατα, ἀνθρώποις τε καὶ ὑποζυγίοις καὶ βοσκήμασιν, ὁδῶν τε ἐπιμελουμένους ὅπως ὡς ἡμερώταται ἕκασται γίγνωνται, καὶ τῶν ἐκ Διὸς ὑδάτων, ἵνα τὴν χώραν μὴ κακουργῇ, μᾶλλον δʼ ὠφελῇ ῥέοντα ἐκ 761b τῶν ὑψηλῶν εἰς τὰς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι νάπας ὅσαι κοῖλαι, τὰς ἐκροὰς αὐτῶν εἴργοντας οἰκοδομήμασί τε καὶ ταφρεύμασιν, ὅπως ἂν τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Διὸς ὕδατα καταδεχόμεναι καὶ πίνουσαι, τοῖς ὑποκάτωθεν ἀγροῖς τε καὶ τόποις πᾶσιν νάματα καὶ κρήνας ποιοῦσαι, καὶ τοὺς αὐχμηροτάτους τόπους πολυύδρους τε καὶ εὐύδρους ἀπεργάζωνται· τά τε πηγαῖα ὕδατα, ἐάντε τὶς ποταμὸς ἐάντε καὶ κρήνη ᾖ, κοσμοῦντες φυτεύμασί 761c τε καὶ οἰκοδομήμασιν εὐπρεπέστερα, καὶ συνάγοντες μεταλλείαις νάματα, πάντα ἄφθονα ποιῶσιν, ὑδρείαις τε καθʼ ἑκάστας τὰς ὥρας, εἴ τί που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος περὶ ταῦτα ἀφειμένον ᾖ, τὰ ῥεύματα ἀφιέντες εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἱερά, κοσμῶσι.

    They should make everything as hard to cross as possible for enemies, and as easy as possible for friends—for people, draft animals and livestock alike: looking after the roads, so that each is as smooth as can be, and after the rain that Zeus sends, so that it doesn’t harm the land but rather benefits it as it flows 761b down from the heights into the hollow glens among the mountains. They should check its outflows with walls and ditches, so that the glens, receiving and drinking in the rain from Zeus, may create streams and springs for all the fields and places below, and make even the driest places well supplied with good water. Spring waters, whether a river or a fountain, they should adorn with plantings 761c and buildings to make them more beautiful, and by gathering streams together through dug channels they should make them all abundant; and if there’s a grove or a precinct dedicated nearby, they should beautify it by channeling the streams into the very temples of the gods, to water them in every season.

    πανταχῇ δὲ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις γυμνάσια χρὴ κατασκευάζειν τοὺς νέους αὑτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς γέρουσι γεροντικὰ λουτρὰ θερμὰ παρέχοντας, ὕλην παρατιθέντας αὔην 761d καὶ ξηρὰν ἄφθονον, ἐπʼ ὀνήσει καμνόντων τε νόσοις καὶ πόνοις τετρυμένα γεωργικοῖς σώματα δεχομένους εὐμενῶς, ἰατροῦ δέξιν μὴ πάνυ σοφοῦ βελτίονα συχνῷ.

    Everywhere in such places the young men should build gymnasiums for themselves, and for the old men provide warm baths suited to their age, laying in an abundant supply of dry 761d and seasoned wood, for the benefit of those who are ill and those whose bodies are worn out by farm labor, receiving them kindly—a much better welcome than that of a not very skillful doctor.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα κόσμος τε καὶ ὠφελία τοῖς τόποις γίγνοιτʼ ἂν μετὰ παιδιᾶς οὐδαμῇ ἀχαρίτου· σπουδὴ δὲ περὶ ταῦτα ἥδε ἔστω. τοὺς ἑξήκοντα ἑκάστους τὸν αὑτῶν τόπον φυλάττειν, μὴ μόνον πολεμίων ἕνεκα ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν φίλων φασκόντων εἶναι· γειτόνων δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν 761e ἢν ἄλλος ἄλλον ἀδικῇ, δοῦλος ἢ ἐλεύθερος, δικάζοντας τῷ ἀδικεῖσθαι φάσκοντι, τὰ μὲν σμικρὰ αὐτοὺς τοὺς πέντε ἄρχοντας, τὰ δὲ μείζονα μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα τοὺς ἑπτακαίδεκα δικάζειν μέχρι τριῶν μνῶν, ὅσα ἂν ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ ἐπικαλῇ.

    All these and similar things would be both an ornament and a benefit to these places, together with a recreation that’s far from unpleasant. But the serious part of their work should be this. Each group of sixty should guard its own district, not only against enemies but also against those who claim to be friends. And if among neighbors or other citizens 761e one wrongs another, slave or free, they should judge for the one who claims to be wronged: the five officers themselves in small cases, and in larger ones the seventeen, the five together with the twelve, up to three minas, whatever the charge one brings against another.

    δικαστὴν δὲ καὶ ἄρχοντα ἀνυπεύθυνον οὐδένα δικάζειν καὶ ἄρχειν δεῖ πλὴν τῶν τὸ τέλος ἐπιτιθέντων οἷον βασιλέων· καὶ δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἀγρονόμους τούτους, ἐὰν ὑβρίζωσί τι περὶ τοὺς ὧν ἐπιμελοῦνται, προστάξεις τε προστάττοντες ἀνίσους, 762a καὶ ἐπιχειροῦντες λαμβάνειν τε καὶ φέρειν τῶν ἐν ταῖς γεωργίαις μὴ πείσαντες, καὶ ἐὰν δέχωνταί τι κολακείας ἕνεκα διδόντων, ἢ καὶ δίκας ἀδίκως διανέμωσι, ταῖς μὲν θωπείαις ὑπείκοντες ὀνείδη φερέσθωσαν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ πόλει, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἀδικημάτων ὅτι ἂν ἀδικῶσι τοὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, τῶν μέχρι μνᾶς ἐν τοῖς κωμήταις καὶ γείτοσιν ὑπεχέτωσαν ἑκόντες δίκας, τῶν δὲ μειζόνων ἑκάστοτε ἀδικημάτων ἢ καὶ 762b τῶν ἐλαττόνων, ἐὰν μὴ ʼθέλωσιν ὑπέχειν, πιστεύοντες τῷ μεθίστασθαι κατὰ μῆνας εἰς ἕτερον ἀεὶ τόπον φεύγοντες ἀποφευξεῖσθαι, τούτων πέρι λαγχάνειν μὲν ἐν ταῖς κοιναῖς δίκαις τὸν ἀδικούμενον, ἐὰν δʼ ἕλῃ, τὴν διπλασίαν πραττέσθω τὸν ὑποφεύγοντα καὶ μὴ ἐθελήσαντα ὑποσχεῖν ἑκόντα τιμωρίαν.

    No judge or official should judge or hold office without being answerable at an audit, except those who have the final say, as kings do. In particular these country wardens, if they commit any outrage against those in their care—giving unfair orders, 762a or trying to take and carry off any farm produce without consent—or if they accept gifts offered to flatter them, or hand down unjust judgments: for yielding to blandishments, let them be disgraced throughout the city; for other wrongs they do to people in their district, in cases up to a mina, let them submit voluntarily to trial before the villagers and neighbors; and for greater wrongs in each case, or even 762b lesser ones, if they refuse to submit, trusting that they’ll escape because they move to a different district every month, the wronged party should bring suit in the public courts, and if he wins, he should exact double from the one who evaded him and refused to submit voluntarily to punishment.

    διαιτάσθων δὲ οἵ τε ἄρχοντες οἵ τʼ ἀγρονόμοι τὰ δύο ἔτη τοιόνδε τινὰ τρόπον· πρῶτον μὲν δὴ καθʼ ἑκάστους 762c τοὺς τόπους εἶναι συσσίτια, ἐν οἷς κοινῇ τὴν δίαιταν ποιητέον ἅπασιν· ὁ δὲ ἀποσυσσιτήσας κἂν ἡντιναοῦν ἡμέραν, ἢ νύκτα ἀποκοιμηθείς, μὴ τῶν ἀρχόντων ταξάντων ἢ πάσης τινὸς ἀνάγκης ἐπιπεσούσης, ἐὰν ἀποφήνωσιν αὐτὸν οἱ πέντε, καὶ γράψαντες θῶσιν ἐν ἀγορᾷ καταλελυκότα τὴν φρουράν, ὀνείδη τε ἐχέτω τὴν πολιτείαν ὡς προδιδοὺς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μέρος, κολαζέσθω τε πληγαῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ συντυγχάνοντος καὶ 762d ἐθέλοντος κολάζειν ἀτιμωρήτως.

    The officers and country wardens should live during their two years in some such way as this. First, in 762c each district there should be common meals, at which all must take their meals together. Anyone who misses the common meal on any day at all, or sleeps away for a night, without the officers’ orders or some absolute necessity, if the five report him and post his name in the marketplace as having deserted his post, should bear the reproach of betraying his part in the constitution, and may be punished with blows by anyone who meets him and 762d wishes to punish him, with impunity.

    τῶν δὲ ἀρχόντων αὐτῶν ἐάν τίς τι δρᾷ τοιοῦτον αὐτός, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι μὲν τοῦ τοιούτου πάντας τοὺς ἑξήκοντα χρεών, ὁ δὲ αἰσθόμενός τε καὶ πυθόμενος μὴ ἐπεξιὼν ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνεχέσθω νόμοις καὶ πλείονι τῶν νέων ζημιούσθω· περὶ τὰς τῶν νέων ἀρχὰς ἠτιμάσθω πάσας. τούτων δὲ οἱ νομοφύλακες ἐπίσκοποι ἀκριβεῖς ἔστωσαν, ὅπως ἢ μὴ γίγνηται τὴν ἀρχὴν ἢ γιγνόμενα 762e τῆς ἀξίας δίκης τυγχάνῃ. δεῖ δὴ πάντʼ ἄνδρα διανοεῖσθαι περὶ ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων ὡς ὁ μὴ δουλεύσας οὐδʼ ἂν δεσπότης γένοιτο ἄξιος ἐπαίνου, καὶ καλλωπίζεσθαι χρὴ τῷ καλῶς δουλεῦσαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ καλῶς ἄρξαι, πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς νόμοις, ὡς ταύτην τοῖς θεοῖς οὖσαν δουλείαν, ἔπειτʼ ἀεὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις τε καὶ ἐντίμως βεβιωκόσι τοὺς νέους.

    If any of the officers himself does something like this, all sixty must see to it; and anyone who notices or learns of it and doesn’t prosecute should be liable under the same laws and be punished more severely than the young men, and be barred from all offices over the young. The guardians of the laws should keep a strict watch over these matters, so that such things either don’t happen at all or, if they do, 762e meet with the punishment they deserve. Every man must bear in mind, about all people, that one who hasn’t served will never become a master worthy of praise, and that one should take more pride in serving well than in ruling well: first in serving the laws, since that is serving the gods, and then, for the young, in always serving their elders and those who have lived honorable lives.

    μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῆς καθʼ ἡμέραν διαίτης δεῖ τῆς ταπεινῆς καὶ ἀπόρου γεγευμένον εἶναι τὰ δύο ἔτη ταῦτα τὸν τῶν ἀγρονόμων γεγονότα. ἐπειδὰν γὰρ δὴ καταλεγῶσιν οἱ δώδεκα, συνελθόντες μετὰ τῶν πέντε, βουλευέσθωσαν ὡς 763a οἷόνπερ οἰκέται οὐχ ἕξουσιν αὑτοῖς ἄλλους οἰκέτας τε καὶ δούλους, οὐδʼ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων γεωργῶν τε καὶ κωμητῶν τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τὰ ἴδια χρήσονται ὑπηρετήματα διακόνοις, ἀλλὰ μόνον ὅσα εἰς τὰ δημόσια· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα αὐτοὶ διʼ αὑτῶν διανοηθήτωσαν ὡς βιωσόμενοι διακονοῦντές τε καὶ διακονούμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν διεξερευνώμενοι θέρους καὶ χειμῶνος σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις φυλακῆς τε 763b καὶ γνωρίσεως ἕνεκα πάντων ἀεὶ τῶν τόπων.

    Next, whoever has been one of the country wardens must have tasted a humble and frugal daily life during these two years. When the twelve have been chosen, they should meet with the five and resolve that, 763a being like servants themselves, they won’t have other servants and slaves of their own, and won’t use the attendants of the other farmers and villagers for their private needs, but only for public tasks. For the rest, they should make up their minds to live by their own efforts, serving and being served by themselves; and in addition to explore the whole country, summer and winter, under arms, to guard and 763b get to know every district.

    κινδυνεύει γὰρ οὐδενὸς ἔλαττον μάθημα εἶναι διʼ ἀκριβείας ἐπίστασθαι πάντας τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν· οὗ δὴ χάριν κυνηγέσια καὶ τὴν ἄλλην θήραν οὐχ ἧττον ἐπιτηδεύειν δεῖ τὸν ἡβῶντα ἢ τῆς ἄλλης ἡδονῆς ἅμα καὶ ὠφελίας τῆς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα γιγνομένης πᾶσιν. τούτους οὖν, αὐτούς τε καὶ τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα, εἴτε τις κρυπτοὺς εἴτε ἀγρονόμους εἴθʼ ὅτι καλῶν χαίρει, 763c τοῦτο προσαγορεύων, προθύμως πᾶς ἀνὴρ εἰς δύναμιν ἐπιτηδευέτω, ὅσοι μέλλουσι τὴν αὑτῶν πόλιν ἱκανῶς σῴζειν.

    For it may well be that no study is more important than for everyone to know his own country precisely. It’s for this reason, no less than for the pleasure and benefit such activities bring to everyone, that a young man should pursue hunting with hounds and other kinds of hunting. So these men and their practice—whether one calls them “secret ones,” or country wardens, or whatever name one likes to 763c give them—every man who means to keep his city adequately safe should take up eagerly, as far as he can.

    The “secret ones” (kryptoi) evoke the Spartan krypteia, in which young men lived hidden in the countryside.

    City wardens, education and the courts

    Market and city wardens, officials for music and gymnastics, the director of education, and the courts.

    τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀρχόντων αἱρέσεως ἀγορανόμων πέρι καὶ ἀστυνόμων πέρι ἦν ἡμῖν ἑπόμενον. ἕποιντο δʼ ἂν ἀγρονόμοις γε ἀστυνόμοι τρεῖς ἑξήκοντα οὖσιν, τριχῇ δώδεκα μέρη τῆς πόλεως διαλαβόντες, μιμούμενοι ἐκείνους τῶν τε ὁδῶν ἐπιμελούμενοι τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἄστυ καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λεωφόρων εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀεὶ τεταμένων καὶ τῶν οἰκοδομιῶν, 763d ἵνα κατὰ νόμους γίγνωνται πᾶσαι, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὁπόσʼ ἂν αὐτοῖς πέμπωσι καὶ παραδιδῶσιν οἱ φρουροῦντες τεθεραπευμένα, ὅπως εἰς τὰς κρήνας ἱκανὰ καὶ καθαρὰ πορευόμενα, κοσμῇ τε ἅμα καὶ ὠφελῇ τὴν πόλιν.

    Next in order came the election of officials for the market and the city: market wardens and city wardens. Following the country wardens, who number sixty, there should be three city wardens, dividing the twelve parts of the city among them in three, on the model of the others. They should look after the streets in the town and the highways that run into the city from the countryside, and the buildings, 763d so that all are built according to the laws; and also the waters that the guards send down and hand over to them in good condition, so that these reach the fountains plentiful and pure, and both beautify and benefit the city.

    δεῖ δὴ καὶ τούτους δυνατούς τε εἶναι καὶ σχολάζοντας τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι· διὸ προβαλλέσθω μὲν πᾶς ἀνὴρ ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων τιμημάτων ἀστυνόμον ὃν ἂν βούληται, διαχειροτονηθέντων 763e δὲ καὶ ἀφικομένων εἰς ἓξ οἷς ἂν πλεῖσται γίγνωνται, τοὺς τρεῖς ἀποκληρωσάντων οἷς τούτων ἐπιμελές, δοκιμασθέντες δὲ ἀρχόντων κατὰ τοὺς τεθέντας αὐτοῖς νόμους.

    These men too must be capable and have leisure to look after public affairs. So every man should nominate from the highest property class whomever he wishes as city warden; and after a show of hands, when those with the most votes 763e have been narrowed down to six, those whose duty it is should choose three of them by lot, and once they’ve passed scrutiny they should hold office according to the laws laid down for them.

    ἀγορανόμους δʼ ἑξῆς τούτοις αἱρεῖσθαι μὲν ἐκ τῶν δευτέρων καὶ πρώτων τιμημάτων πέντε, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα αὐτῶν γίγνεσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν καθάπερ ἡ τῶν ἀστυνόμων· δέκα ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων χειροτονηθέντας τοὺς πέντε ἀποκληρῶσαι, καὶ δοκιμασθέντας αὐτοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀποφῆναι. χειροτονείτω δὲ πᾶς πάντα· 764a ὁ δὲ μὴ ʼθέλων, ἐὰν εἰσαγγελθῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ζημιούσθω πεντήκοντα δραχμαῖς πρὸς τῷ κακὸς εἶναι δοκεῖν. ἴτω δʼ εἰς ἐκκλησίαν καὶ τὸν κοινὸν σύλλογον ὁ βουλόμενος, ἐπάναγκες δʼ ἔστω τῷ τῶν δευτέρων καὶ πρώτων τιμημάτων, δέκα δραχμαῖς ζημιουμένῳ ἐὰν μὴ παρὼν ἐξετάζηται τοῖς συλλόγοις· τρίτῳ δὲ τιμήματι καὶ τῷ τετάρτῳ μὴ ἐπάναγκες, ἀλλὰ ἀζήμιος ἀφείσθω, ἐὰν μή τι παραγγείλωσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες 764b πᾶσιν ἔκ τινος ἀνάγκης συνιέναι.

    Next, five market wardens should be elected from the second and first property classes, and in other respects their election should be like that of the city wardens: ten are chosen from the rest by show of hands, the five are chosen from these by lot, and after scrutiny they are declared officials. Everyone should vote for every office; 764a anyone who refuses, if he is reported to the officials, should be fined fifty drachmas, besides being thought a bad man. Anyone who wishes may attend the assembly and the common gathering, but it should be compulsory for members of the second and first property classes, with a fine of ten drachmas if at the check of the meetings one is found absent. For the third and fourth classes it shouldn’t be compulsory; they should be let off without a fine, unless the officials for some urgent reason order 764b everyone to attend.

    τοὺς δὲ δὴ ἀγορανόμους τὸν περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν κόσμον διαταχθέντα ὑπὸ νόμων φυλάττειν, καὶ ἱερῶν καὶ κρηνῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν κατʼ ἀγοράν, ὅπως μηδὲν ἀδικῇ μηδείς, τὸν ἀδικοῦντα δὲ κολάζειν, πληγαῖς μὲν καὶ δεσμοῖς δοῦλον καὶ ξένον, ἐὰν δʼ ἐπιχώριος ὤν τις περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀκοσμῇ, μέχρι μὲν ἑκατὸν δραχμῶν νομίσματος αὐτοὺς εἶναι κυρίους διαδικάζοντας, μέχρι δὲ διπλασίου 764c τούτου κοινῇ μετὰ ἀστυνόμων ζημιοῦν δικάζοντας τῷ ἀδικοῦντι. τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἀστυνόμοις ἔστω ζημιώματά τε καὶ κολάσεις ἐν τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἀρχῇ, μέχρι μὲν μνᾶς αὐτοὺς ζημιοῦντας, τὴν διπλασίαν δὲ μετὰ ἀγορανόμων.

    The market wardens should maintain the order of the marketplace as the laws prescribe it, and look after the temples and fountains in the marketplace, so that no one does any wrong; and they should punish wrongdoers—a slave or a foreigner with blows and fetters. But if a native citizen misbehaves in these matters, they should have authority to decide the case themselves up to a hundred drachmas, and up to double 764c that amount they should impose a fine on the wrongdoer after judging the case jointly with the city wardens. The city wardens should have the same fines and punishments within their own jurisdiction, fining up to a mina on their own, and double that together with the market wardens.

    μουσικῆς δὲ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ γυμναστικῆς ἄρχοντας καθίστασθαι πρέπον ἂν εἴη, διττοὺς ἑκατέρων, τοὺς μὲν παιδείας αὐτῶν ἕνεκα, τοὺς δὲ ἀγωνιστικῆς. παιδείας μὲν βούλεται λέγειν ὁ νόμος γυμνασίων καὶ διδασκαλείων ἐπιμελητὰς 764d κόσμου καὶ παιδεύσεως ἅμα καὶ τῆς περὶ ταῦτα ἐπιμελείας τῶν φοιτήσεών τε πέρι καὶ οἰκήσεων ἀρρένων καὶ θηλειῶν κορῶν, ἀγωνίας δέ, ἔν τε τοῖς γυμνικοῖς καὶ περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν ἀθλοθέτας ἀθληταῖς, διττοὺς αὖ τούτους, περὶ μουσικὴν μὲν ἑτέρους, περὶ ἀγωνίαν δʼ ἄλλους. ἀγωνιστικῆς μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώπων τε καὶ ἵππων τοὺς αὐτούς, μουσικῆς δὲ ἑτέρους μὲν τοὺς περὶ μονῳδίαν τε καὶ μιμητικήν, οἷον 764e ῥαψῳδῶν καὶ κιθαρῳδῶν καὶ αὐλητῶν καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἀθλοθέτας ἑτέρους πρέπον ἂν εἴη γίγνεσθαι, τῶν δὲ περὶ χορῳδίαν ἄλλους.

    Next it would be fitting to appoint officials for music and gymnastics, two kinds for each: one for education in them, the other for competition. By officials for education, the law means supervisors of the gymnasiums and schools, 764d responsible for their order and teaching and also for overseeing attendance and the lodging of boys and girls; by officials for competition, stewards who award prizes to competitors in athletic and musical contests—again of two kinds, some for music and others for athletics. For athletic competitions of men and horses the same stewards should serve; but for music it would be fitting to have one set of stewards for solo performance and imitation—for 764e rhapsodes, singers to the lyre, pipers and all such—and another for choral song.

    πρῶτον δὴ περὶ τὴν τῶν χορῶν παιδιὰν παίδων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν καὶ θηλειῶν κορῶν ἐν ὀρχήσεσι καὶ τῇ τάξει τῇ ἁπάσῃ γιγνομένῃ μουσικῇ τοὺς ἄρχοντας αἱρεῖσθαί που χρεών· ἱκανὸς δὲ εἷς ἄρχων αὐτοῖς, 765a μὴ ἔλαττον τετταράκοντα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν. ἱκανὸς δὲ καὶ περὶ μονῳδίαν εἷς, μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τριάκοντα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν, εἰσαγωγεύς τε εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἁμιλλωμένοις τὴν διάκρισιν ἱκανῶς ἀποδιδούς. τὸν δὴ χορῶν ἄρχοντα καὶ διαθετῆρα αἱρεῖσθαι χρὴ τοιόνδε τινὰ τρόπον. ὅσοι μὲν φιλοφρόνως ἐσχήκασι περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, εἰς τὸν σύλλογον ἴτωσαν, ἐπιζήμιοι ἐὰν μὴ ἴωσιν—τούτου δὲ οἱ νομοφύλακες κριταί—τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις, ἐὰν μὴ βούλωνται, μηδὲν ἐπάναγκες ἔστω.

    First, then, officials should surely be chosen for the play of choruses of boys, men and girls, in dances and in the whole ordered form of music. One official is enough for them, 765a at least forty years old. One is enough for solo performance too, at least thirty, to introduce the competitors and give an adequate judgment among the rivals. The official and director of the choruses should be chosen in some such way as this. All who have been keen on such things should attend the meeting, and be fined if they don’t—the guardians of the laws are to decide this—but for everyone else attendance should not be compulsory if they don’t wish to come.

    καὶ 765b τὴν προβολὴν δὴ τὸν αἱρούμενον ἐκ τῶν ἐμπείρων ποιητέον, ἔν τε τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ κατηγόρημα ἓν τοῦτʼ ἔστω καὶ ἀπηγόρημα, τῶν μὲν ὡς ἄπειρος ὁ λαχών, τῶν δʼ ὡς ἔμπειρος· ὃς δʼ ἂν εἷς ἐκ προχειροτονηθέντων δέκα λάχῃ, δοκιμασθείς, τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τῶν χορῶν ἀρχέτω κατὰ νόμον. κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ τούτοις καὶ ταύτῃ ὁ λαχὼν τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖνον τῶν ἀφικομένων εἰς κρίσιν μονῳδιῶν τε καὶ συναυλιῶν ἀρχέτω, εἰς 765c τοὺς κριτὰς ἀποδιδοὺς ὁ λαχὼν τὴν κρίσιν. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα χρεὼν ἀγωνίας ἀθλοθέτας αἱρεῖσθαι τῆς περὶ τὰ γυμνάσια ἵππων τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐκ τῶν τρίτων τε καὶ ἔτι τῶν δευτέρων τιμημάτων· εἰς δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἔστω μὲν ἐπάναγκες τοῖς τρισὶν καὶ πορεύεσθαι τιμήμασι, τὸ σμικρότατον δὲ ἀζήμιον ἀφείσθω.

    And 765b the voter must make his nomination from among the experienced, and at the scrutiny there should be this one ground for objection and defense: on one side, that the man chosen by lot is inexperienced; on the other, that he is experienced. Whichever one of the ten preselected by show of hands is chosen by lot should, after passing scrutiny, direct the choruses for the year according to law. In the same way and on the same terms, the one chosen by lot should direct for that year the solo performances and pipe ensembles that come to competition, 765c handing over the decision to the judges. After this, stewards should be chosen for the athletic contests of horses and men from the third and also the second property classes; attendance at this election should be compulsory for the three classes, while the lowest should be let off without penalty.

    τρεῖς δʼ ἔστωσαν οἱ λαχόντες, τῶν προχειροτονηθέντων μὲν εἴκοσι, λαχόντων δὲ ἐκ τῶν εἴκοσι τριῶν, οὓς ἂν καὶ ψῆφος ἡ τῶν δοκιμαζόντων δοκιμάσῃ· ἐὰν 765d δέ τις ἀποδοκιμασθῇ καθʼ ἡντιναοῦν ἀρχῆς λῆξιν καὶ κρίσιν, ἄλλους ἀνθαιρεῖσθαι κατὰ ταὐτὰ καὶ τὴν δοκιμασίαν ὡσαύτως αὐτῶν πέρι ποιεῖσθαι.

    Three should be chosen by lot: twenty are preselected by show of hands, and three of the twenty chosen by lot, provided the vote of those conducting the scrutiny approves them. If 765d anyone is rejected at scrutiny in the allotment and judgment for any office whatsoever, others should be chosen in his place in the same way, and their scrutiny conducted likewise.

    λοιπὸς δὲ ἄρχων περὶ τὰ προειρημένα ἡμῖν ὁ τῆς παιδείας ἐπιμελητὴς πάσης θηλειῶν τε καὶ ἀρρένων. εἷς μὲν δὴ καὶ ὁ τούτων ἄρξων ἔστω κατὰ νόμους, ἐτῶν μὲν γεγονὼς μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ πεντήκοντα, παίδων δὲ γνησίων πατήρ, μάλιστα μὲν ὑέων καὶ θυγατέρων, εἰ δὲ μή, θάτερα· διανοηθήτω 765e δὲ αὐτός τε ὁ προκριθεὶς καὶ ὁ προκρίνων ὡς οὖσαν ταύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀκροτάτων ἀρχῶν πολὺ μεγίστην.

    There remains, among the offices we’ve described, the director of all education of girls and boys. Let one man hold this office too, according to the laws, at least fifty years old and father of legitimate children—preferably of sons and daughters, or if not, of one or the other. Both 765e the man selected and those who select him should consider this office to be by far the most important of the highest offices in the city.

    παντὸς γὰρ δὴ φυτοῦ ἡ πρώτη βλάστη καλῶς ὁρμηθεῖσα, πρὸς ἀρετὴν τῆς αὑτοῦ φύσεως κυριωτάτη τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τὸ πρόσφορον, τῶν τε ἄλλων φυτῶν καὶ τῶν ζῴων ἡμέρων 766a καὶ ἀγρίων καὶ ἀνθρώπων· ἄνθρωπος δέ, ὥς φαμεν, ἥμερον, ὅμως μὴν παιδείας μὲν ὀρθῆς τυχὸν καὶ φύσεως εὐτυχοῦς, θειότατον ἡμερώτατόν τε ζῷον γίγνεσθαι φιλεῖ, μὴ ἱκανῶς δὲ ἢ μὴ καλῶς τραφὲν ἀγριώτατον, ὁπόσα φύει γῆ. ὧν ἕνεκα οὐ δεύτερον οὐδὲ πάρεργον δεῖ τὴν παίδων τροφὴν τὸν νομοθέτην ἐᾶν γίγνεσθαι, πρῶτον δὲ ἄρξασθαι χρεὼν τὸν μέλλοντα αὐτῶν ἐπιμελήσεσθαι καλῶς αἱρεθῆναι, τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ὃς ἂν ἄριστος εἰς πάντα ᾖ, τοῦτον κατὰ δύναμιν ὅτι 766b μάλιστα αὐτοῖς καθιστάντα προστάττειν ἐπιμελητήν.

    For with every growing thing, the first shoot, if it gets off to a good start, has the greatest power to bring it to the completion suited to the excellence of its nature—whether plants, or animals tame 766a and wild, or human beings. The human being, we say, is a tame creature; and yet when it meets with right education and a fortunate nature, it tends to become the most divine and gentlest of creatures, but when not adequately or not well brought up, the wildest of all that the earth produces. That’s why the lawgiver must not let the upbringing of children be a secondary matter or a sideline. He must begin by seeing that whoever is to take charge of them is well chosen, appointing as their director the man who is best in every respect among those in the city, as far as 766b he possibly can.

    αἱ πᾶσαι τοίνυν ἀρχαὶ πλὴν βουλῆς καὶ πρυτάνεων εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερὸν ἐλθοῦσαι φερόντων ψῆφον κρύβδην, τῶν νομοφυλάκων ὅντινʼ ἂν ἕκαστος ἡγῆται κάλλιστʼ ἂν τῶν περὶ παιδείαν ἄρξαι γενομένων· ᾧ δʼ ἂν πλεῖσται ψῆφοι συμβῶσιν, δοκιμασθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχόντων τῶν ἑλομένων, πλὴν νομοφυλάκων, ἀρχέτω ἔτη πέντε, ἕκτῳ δὲ κατὰ 766c ταὐτὰ ἄλλον ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν αἱρεῖσθαι.

    So all the officials except the council and the prytanes should go to the temple of Apollo and cast a secret ballot, each for whichever of the guardians of the laws he thinks would best supervise education. The one who gets the most votes, after passing scrutiny by the other officials who elected him, excluding the guardians of the laws, should hold office for five years; in the sixth year 766c another should be elected to this office in the same way.

    ἐὰν δέ τις δημοσίαν ἀρχὴν ἄρχων ἀποθάνῃ πρὶν ἐξήκειν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν πλεῖον ἢ τριάκοντα ἐπιδεομένην ἡμερῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἄλλον καθιστάναι οἷς ἦν τοῦτο προσηκόντως μέλον. καὶ ἐὰν ὀρφανῶν ἐπίτροπος τελευτήσῃ τις, οἱ προσήκοντες καὶ ἐπιδημοῦντες πρὸς πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς μέχρι ἀνεψιῶν παίδων ἄλλον καθιστάντων 766d ἐντὸς δέκα ἡμερῶν, ἢ ζημιούσθων ἕκαστος δραχμῇ τῆς ἡμέρας, μέχριπερ ἂν τοῖς παισὶν καταστήσωσι τὸν ἐπίτροπον.

    If anyone holding a public office dies with more than thirty days of his term still to run, those whose proper concern it was should appoint another to the office in the same way. And if a guardian of orphans dies, the relatives on the father’s and mother’s side who are resident in the country, as far as cousins’ children, should appoint another 766d within ten days, or each of them should be fined a drachma a day until they appoint a guardian for the children.

    πᾶσα δὲ δήπου πόλις ἄπολις ἂν γίγνοιτο, ἐν ᾗ δικαστήρια μὴ καθεστῶτα εἴη κατὰ τρόπον· ἄφωνος δʼ αὖ δικαστὴς ἡμῖν καὶ μὴ πλείω τῶν ἀντιδίκων ἐν ταῖς ἀνακρίσεσι φθεγγόμενος, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς διαίταις, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἱκανὸς γένοιτο περὶ τὴν τῶν δικαίων κρίσιν· ὧν ἕνεκα οὔτε πολλοὺς ὄντας ῥᾴδιον εὖ δικάζειν οὔτε ὀλίγους φαύλους. σαφὲς δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ 766e ἀμφισβητούμενον χρεὼν γίγνεσθαι παρʼ ἑκατέρων, ὁ δὲ χρόνος ἅμα καὶ τὸ βραδὺ τό τε πολλάκις ἀνακρίνειν πρὸς τὸ φανερὰν γίγνεσθαι τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν σύμφορον.

    Surely any city would be no city at all if its courts were not properly established. And a judge who is mute, or who says no more in the preliminary hearings than the litigants do, as happens in arbitrations, would never be adequate to decide what is just. That’s why it isn’t easy for judges to judge well when they are many, or when they are few and of poor quality. What is in dispute must always be made 766e clear by each side, and time, slowness and repeated questioning all help to bring the dispute into the open.

    ὧν ἕνεκα πρῶτον μὲν εἰς γείτονας ἰέναι χρὴ τοὺς ἐπικαλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις καὶ τοὺς φίλους τε καὶ συνειδότας ὅτι μάλιστα 767a τὰς ἀμφισβητουμένας πράξεις, ἐὰν δʼ ἄρα μὴ ἐν τούτοις τις ἱκανὴν κρίσιν λαμβάνῃ, πρὸς ἄλλο δικαστήριον ἴτω· τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ἂν τὰ δύο δικαστήρια μὴ δύνηται διαλλάξαι, τέλος ἐπιθέτω τῇ δίκῃ.

    So first of all, people bringing charges against each other should go to their neighbors, to their friends, and to those who know most about 767a the matters in dispute. If someone doesn’t get an adequate decision from them, let him go to another court. And the third court, if the two courts can’t settle the matter, is to put an end to the case.

    τρόπον δή τινα καὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων αἱ καταστάσεις ἀρχόντων εἰσὶν αἱρέσεις· πάντα μὲν γὰρ ἄρχοντα ἀναγκαῖον καὶ δικαστὴν εἶναί τινων, δικαστὴς δὲ οὐκ ἄρχων καί τινα τρόπον ἄρχων οὐ πάνυ φαῦλος γίγνεται τὴν τόθʼ ἡμέραν ᾗπερ ἂν κρίνων τὴν δίκην ἀποτελῇ. θέντες δὴ καὶ τοὺς 767b δικαστὰς ὡς ἄρχοντας, λέγωμεν τίνες ἂν εἶεν πρέποντες καὶ τίνων ἄρα δικασταὶ καὶ πόσοι ἐφʼ ἕκαστον. κυριώτατον μὲν τοίνυν ἔστω δικαστήριον ὅπερ ἂν αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἀποφήνωσιν ἕκαστοι, κοινῇ τινας ἑλόμενοι· δύο δὴ τῶν λοιπῶν ἔστω κριτήρια, τὸ μὲν ὅταν τίς τινα ἰδιώτην ἰδιώτης, ἐπαιτιώμενος ἀδικεῖν αὐτόν, ἄγων εἰς δίκην βούληται διακριθῆναι, τὸ δʼ ὁπόταν τὸ δημόσιον ὑπό τινος τῶν πολιτῶν ἡγῆταί 767c τις ἀδικεῖσθαι καὶ βουληθῇ τῷ κοινῷ βοηθεῖν, λεκτέον ὁποῖοί τʼ εἰσὶν καὶ τίνες οἱ κριταί.

    In a way, setting up courts is also a matter of choosing officials. Every official must also be a judge of certain matters, and a judge, though not an official, becomes in a way an official, and not an insignificant one, on the day he completes a case by deciding it. So, treating the 767b judges as officials too, let’s say who would be suitable, what they should judge, and how many should sit on each case. The most authoritative court, then, is to be the one the parties appoint for themselves, choosing certain people jointly. There are to be two other tribunals: one for when a private person accuses another private person of wronging him and wants to bring him to trial for a decision; the other for when someone believes the public 767c is being wronged by one of the citizens and wants to come to the aid of the community. We have to say what sort of judges these are, and who they are.

    πρῶτον δὴ δικαστήριον ἡμῖν γιγνέσθω κοινὸν ἅπασι τοῖς τὸ τρίτον ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ἰδιώταις πρὸς ἀλλήλους, γενόμενον τῇδέ πῃ. πάσας δὴ τὰς ἀρχάς, ὁπόσαι τε κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ ὁπόσαι πλείω χρόνον ἄρχουσιν, ἐπειδὰν μέλλῃ νέος ἐνιαυτὸς μετὰ θερινὰς τροπὰς τῷ ἐπιόντι μηνὶ γίγνεσθαι, ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας τῇ πρόσθεν πάντας χρὴ τοὺς ἄρχοντας συνελθεῖν εἰς ἓν ἱερὸν καὶ τὸν 767d θεὸν ὀμόσαντας οἷον ἀπάρξασθαι πάσης ἀρχῆς ἕνα δικαστήν, ὃς ἂν ἐν ἀρχῇ ἑκάστῃ ἄριστός τε εἶναι δόξῃ καὶ ἄριστʼ ἂν καὶ ὁσιώτατα τὰς δίκας τοῖς πολίταις αὐτῷ τὸν ἐπιόντα ἐνιαυτὸν φαίνηται διακρίνειν.

    First, let us have a court common to all private persons who are disputing with each other for the third time. It will be set up roughly like this. All the officials, both those who hold office for a year and those who hold it longer, when the new year is about to begin in the month after the summer solstice, must all come together on the day before it in a single temple. There, having sworn by the 767d god, they are to offer up one judge from each board of officials, as a kind of first fruits: the one in each board who seems best, and who seems likely to decide his fellow citizens’ cases best and most piously in the coming year.

    τούτων δὲ αἱρεθέντων γίγνεσθαι μὲν δοκιμασίαν ἐν τοῖς ἑλομένοις αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν δὲ ἀποδοκιμασθῇ τις, ἕτερον ἀνθαιρεῖσθαι κατὰ ταὐτά, τοὺς δὲ δοκιμασθέντας δικάζειν μὲν τοῖς τἆλλα δικαστήρια φυγοῦσι, τὴν δὲ ψῆφον φανερὰν φέρειν· ἐπηκόους δʼ εἶναι καὶ θεατὰς 767e τούτων τῶν δικῶν ἐξ ἀνάγκης μὲν βουλευτὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἄρχοντας τοὺς ἑλομένους αὐτούς, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον. ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπαιτιᾶταί τινα ἑκόντα ἀδίκως κρῖναι τὴν δίκην, εἰς τοὺς νομοφύλακας ἰὼν κατηγορείτω· ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην ὑπεχέτω μὲν τοῦ βλάβους τῷ βλαφθέντι τὸ ἥμισυ τίνειν, ἐὰν δὲ μείζονος ἄξιος εἶναι δόξῃ ζημίας, προστιμᾶν τοὺς κρίναντας τὴν δίκην ὅτι χρὴ πρὸς τούτῳ παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἢ ἀποτίνειν τῷ κοινῷ καὶ τῷ τὴν δίκην δικασαμένῳ.

    When these have been chosen, they are to undergo scrutiny before the very people who chose them. If one of them is rejected, another is to be chosen in his place in the same way. Those who pass scrutiny are to judge the cases of those who have appealed from the other courts, and they are to cast their votes openly. Members of the council and the other officials who chose them are required to attend these 767e trials as listeners and spectators; of everyone else, anyone who wishes may attend. If someone accuses a judge of deliberately deciding a case unjustly, let him go to the guardians of the laws and bring his charge there. A judge convicted in such a case must pay the injured party half the damage; and if he seems to deserve a heavier penalty, those who judged the case are to assess what further he must suffer, or pay to the public treasury and to the one who brought the suit.

    περὶ δὲ τῶν δημοσίων ἐγκλημάτων ἀναγκαῖον 768a πρῶτον μὲν τῷ πλήθει μεταδιδόναι τῆς κρίσεως—οἱ γὰρ ἀδικούμενοι πάντες εἰσίν, ὁπόταν τις τὴν πόλιν ἀδικῇ, καὶ χαλεπῶς ἂν ἐν δίκῃ φέροιεν ἄμοιροι γιγνόμενοι τῶν τοιούτων διακρίσεων—ἀλλʼ ἀρχήν τε εἶναι χρὴ τῆς τοιαύτης δίκης καὶ τελευτὴν εἰς τὸν δῆμον ἀποδιδομένην, τὴν δὲ βάσανον ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις ἀρχαῖς τρισίν, ἃς ἂν ὅ τε φεύγων καὶ ὁ διώκων συνομολογῆτον· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ δύνησθον κοινωνῆσαι τῆς ὁμολογίας αὐτοί, τὴν βουλὴν ἐπικρίνειν αὐτῶν τὴν αἵρεσιν 768b ἑκατέρου. δεῖ δὲ δὴ καὶ τῶν ἰδίων δικῶν κοινωνεῖν κατὰ δύναμιν ἅπαντας· ὁ γὰρ ἀκοινώνητος ὢν ἐξουσίας τοῦ συνδικάζειν ἡγεῖται τὸ παράπαν τῆς πόλεως οὐ μέτοχος εἶναι.

    As for charges of offenses against the public, it is necessary 768a first of all to give the people a share in the judgment. When someone wrongs the city, it is everyone who is wronged, and they would rightly resent being left without a part in such decisions. The beginning and the end of such a trial should be handed over to the people, but the examination should take place before three of the highest offices, whichever ones the defendant and the prosecutor agree on together. If they can’t reach an agreement themselves, the council is to decide between the choices 768b of each. Everyone should also share, as far as possible, in private cases. For someone who has no share in the power of judging along with others thinks he has no part in the city at all.

    διὰ ταῦτʼ οὖν δὴ καὶ κατὰ φυλὰς ἀναγκαῖον δικαστήριά τε γίγνεσθαι καὶ κλήρῳ δικαστὰς ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα ἀδιαφθόρους ταῖς δεήσεσι δικάζειν, τὸ δὲ τέλος κρίνειν πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἐκεῖνο τὸ δικαστήριον, ὅ φαμεν εἴς γε ἀνθρωπίνην δύναμιν ὡς οἷόν τε ἀδιαφθορώτατα παρεσκευάσθαι τοῖς μὴ 768c δυναμένοις μήτε ἐν τοῖς γείτοσι μήτε ἐν τοῖς φυλετικοῖς δικαστηρίοις ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.

    For this reason there must also be courts for each tribe, with judges chosen by lot on the spot, who will judge uncorrupted by pleading. The final decision in all such cases belongs to the court which, we say, has been made as incorruptible as is humanly possible, for those who cannot 768c settle their disputes either before their neighbors or in the tribal courts.

    νῦν δὴ περὶ μὲν δικαστήρια ἡμῖν—ἃ δή φαμεν οὔθʼ ὡς ἀρχὰς οὔτε ὡς μὴ ῥᾴδιον εἰπόντα ἀναμφισβητήτως εἰρηκέναι—περὶ μὲν ταῦτα οἷον περιγραφή τις ἔξωθεν περιγεγραμμένη τὰ μὲν εἴρηκεν, τὰ δʼ ἀπολείπει σχεδόν· πρὸς γὰρ τέλει νομοθεσίας ἡ δικῶν ἀκριβὴς νόμων θέσις ἅμα καὶ διαίρεσις ὀρθότατα γίγνοιτʼ ἂν μακρῷ. ταύταις μὲν οὖν 768d εἰρήσθω πρὸς τῷ τέλει περιμένειν ἡμᾶς, αἱ δὲ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς καταστάσεις σχεδὸν τὴν πλείστην εἰλήφασιν νομοθεσίαν· τὸ δὲ ὅλον καὶ ἀκριβὲς περὶ ἑνός τε καὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ πόλιν καὶ πολιτικὴν πᾶσαν διοικήσεων οὐκ ἔστιν γενέσθαι σαφές, πρὶν ἂν ἡ διέξοδος ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τά τε δεύτερα καὶ τὰ μέσα καὶ πάντα μέρη τὰ ἑαυτῆς ἀπολαβοῦσα πρὸς τέλος ἀφίκηται.

    So much for the courts, then. Whether to call them offices or not isn’t easy to say without being disputed. On these, our sketch, like an outline drawn around the outside, has said some things and more or less left others out. For the precise laying down of the laws on lawsuits, and their classification, would come by far most correctly at the end of our legislation. So let’s say that these 768d are to wait for us at the end. The establishment of the other offices, though, has taken up most of the legislation. But a complete and precise account of any one thing, and of everything in the city and in political administration as a whole, can’t become clear until our exposition, from its beginning, has taken in its secondary and middle parts and all its parts, and arrived at its end.

    νῦν μὴν ἐν τῷ παρόντι μέχρι τῆς τῶν 768e ἀρχόντων αἱρέσεως γενομένης τελευτὴ μὲν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν αὕτη γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἱκανή, νόμων δὲ θέσεως ἀρχὴ καὶ ἀναβολῶν ἅμα καὶ ὄκνων οὐδὲν ἔτι δεομένη.

    For now, at any rate, having got as far as the 768e election of officials, this would be a sufficient end to what came before; and it is a beginning for the laying down of laws that no longer needs any delay or hesitation.

    Cliniasπάντως μοι κατὰ νοῦν, ὦ ξένε, τὰ ἔμπροσθεν εἰρηκώς, τὴν ἀρχὴν νῦν τελευτῇ προσάψας περὶ τῶν τε εἰρημένων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ῥηθήσεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐκείνων εἴρηκας φιλίως.

    CliniasI liked everything you said before very much, stranger. And now that you’ve joined the beginning to the end, of what has been said and of what is still to be said, you’ve put it even more agreeably than before.

    Keeping the laws up to date

    Like a painting, the laws need successors to correct them; the Athenian addresses the guardians of the laws.

    Athenianκαλῶς τοίνυν ἂν ἡμῖν ἡ πρεσβυτῶν ἔμφρων παιδιὰ μέχρι δεῦρʼ εἴη τὰ νῦν διαπεπαισμένη.

    AthenianThen our sensible old men’s game would have been nicely played up to this point.

    Cliniasκαλὴν τὴν σπουδὴν ἔοικας δηλοῦν τῶν ἀνδρῶν.

    CliniasWhat you seem to be describing is a fine and serious business for grown men.

    Athenianεἰκός γε· τόδε δʼ ἐννοήσωμεν εἰ σοὶ δοκεῖ καθάπερ ἐμοί.

    AthenianNaturally. But let’s consider whether this seems to you as it does to me.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ καὶ περὶ τίνων;

    CliniasWhat is it, and about what?

    Athenianοἶσθʼ ὅτι καθάπερ ζωγράφων οὐδὲν πέρας ἔχειν ἡ πραγματεία δοκεῖ περὶ ἑκάστων τῶν ζῴων, ἀλλʼ ἢ τοῦ χραίνειν ἢ ἀποχραίνειν, ἢ ὁτιδήποτε καλοῦσι τὸ τοιοῦτον οἱ 769b ζωγράφων παῖδες, οὐκ ἄν ποτε δοκεῖ παύσασθαι κοσμοῦσα, ὥστε ἐπίδοσιν μηκέτʼ ἔχειν εἰς τὸ καλλίω τε καὶ φανερώτερα γίγνεσθαι τὰ γεγραμμένα.

    AthenianYou know how painters’ work on each of their figures never seems to have an end. Whether it’s adding color or softening it, or whatever painters call that sort of thing, it seems it would never stop embellishing, 769b and there would never come a point where the painting had no more room to become more beautiful and more vivid.

    Cliniasσχεδὸν ἐννοῶ ἀκούων καὶ αὐτὸς ταῦτα ἃ λέγεις, ἐπεὶ ἐντριβής γε οὐδαμῶς γέγονα τῇ τοιαύτῃ τέχνῃ.

    CliniasI roughly follow what you’re saying as I hear it, though I’ve had no practice at all in that kind of craft.

    Athenianκαὶ οὐδέν γε ἐβλάβης. χρησώμεθά γε μὴν τῷ νῦν παρατυχόντι περὶ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν λόγῳ τὸ τοιόνδε, ὡς εἴ ποτέ 769c τις ἐπινοήσειε γράψαι τε ὡς κάλλιστον ζῷον καὶ τοῦτʼ αὖ μηδέποτε ἐπὶ φαυλότερον ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ἴσχειν τοῦ ἐπιόντος ἀεὶ χρόνου, συννοεῖς ὅτι θνητὸς ὤν, εἰ μή τινα καταλείψει διάδοχον τοῦ ἐπανορθοῦν τε, ἐάν τι σφάλληται τὸ ζῷον ὑπὸ χρόνων, καὶ τὸ παραλειφθὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀσθενείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὴν τέχνην οἷός τε εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ἔσται φαιδρύνων ποιεῖν ἐπιδιδόναι, σμικρόν τινα χρόνον αὐτῷ πόνος παραμενεῖ πάμπολυς;

    AthenianAnd you’re none the worse for it. Still, let’s use the point that has just come up about it for something like this. Suppose someone 769c set out to paint the most beautiful figure possible, and meant it never to get worse but always better as time went on. You realize that, being mortal, unless he leaves behind a successor able to restore the figure if it is damaged by time in any way, and to improve it by touching up whatever his own weakness in the craft left undone, his enormous labor will stay with him only a short time?

    Cliniasἀληθῆ.

    CliniasTrue.

    Athenianτί οὖν; ἆρʼ οὐ τοιοῦτον δοκεῖ σοι τὸ τοῦ νομοθέτου βούλημʼ εἶναι; πρῶτον μὲν γράψαι τοὺς νόμους πρὸς τὴν ἀκρίβειαν κατὰ δύναμιν ἱκανῶς· ἔπειτα προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῶν δοξάντων ἔργῳ πειρώμενον, ἆρʼ οἴει τινὰ οὕτως ἄφρονα γεγονέναι νομοθέτην, ὥστʼ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πάμπολλα ἀνάγκη παραλείπεσθαι τοιαῦτα, ἃ δεῖ τινα συνεπόμενον ἐπανορθοῦν, ἵνα μηδαμῇ χείρων, βελτίων δὲ ἡ πολιτεία 769e καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἀεὶ γίγνηται περὶ τὴν ᾠκισμένην αὐτῷ πόλιν;

    AthenianWell then? Don’t you think the lawgiver’s aim is like that? First, to write his laws as precisely as he can. Then, as time goes on and he puts his decisions to the test in practice—do you think any lawgiver has ever been so foolish as not to know that a great many such things are bound to be left out, which someone following after him must set right, so that the constitution 769e and the order of the city he has founded never become worse in any way, but always better?

    Cliniasεἰκός—πῶς γὰρ οὔ; —βούλεσθαι πάντα ὁντινοῦν τὸ τοιοῦτον.

    CliniasIt’s natural—how could it not be?—for everyone to want something like that.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν εἴ τίς τινα μηχανὴν ἔχοι πρὸς τοῦτο, ἔργῳ καὶ λόγοις τίνα τρόπον διδάξειεν ἂν ἕτερον εἴτε μείζονα εἴτε ἐλάττω περὶ τοῦτʼ ἔχειν ἔννοιαν, ὅπως χρὴ φυλάττειν καὶ ἐπανορθοῦν νόμους, οὐκ ἄν ποτε λέγων ἀπείποι τὸ τοιοῦτον πρὶν ἐπὶ τέλος ἐλθεῖν;

    AthenianSo if someone had a way of doing this—of teaching another person, in deed and word, to understand more or less of how laws are to be preserved and corrected—he would never give up explaining it before he had reached the end?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐν τῷ νῦν παρόντι ποιητέον ἐμοὶ καὶ σφῷν τοῦτο;

    AthenianThen shouldn’t you two and I do this right now?

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    CliniasDo what, exactly?

    Athenianἐπειδὴ νομοθετεῖν μὲν μέλλομεν, ᾕρηνται δὲ ἡμῖν νομοφύλακες, ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐν δυσμαῖς τοῦ βίου, οἱ δʼ ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς νέοι, ἅμα μέν, ὥς φαμεν, δεῖ νομοθετεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἅμα δὲ πειρᾶσθαι ποιεῖν καὶ τούτους αὐτοὺς νομοθέτας τε καὶ νομοφύλακας εἰς τὸ δυνατόν.

    AthenianWe are about to legislate, and we have chosen our guardians of the laws; we are at the sunset of life, and they are young compared with us. So, as we say, we must legislate ourselves, and at the same time try to make these very men lawgivers as well as guardians of the laws, as far as possible.

    Cliniasτί μήν; εἴπερ οἷοί τέ γʼ ἐσμὲν ἱκανῶς.

    CliniasCertainly—if we’re really up to it.

    Athenianἀλλʼ οὖν πειρατέα γε καὶ προθυμητέα.

    AthenianWell, we have to try, anyway, and try hard.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianλέγωμεν δὴ πρὸς αὐτούς· ὦ φίλοι σωτῆρες νόμων, ἡμεῖς περὶ ἑκάστων ὧν τίθεμεν τοὺς νόμους πάμπολλα παραλείψομεν—ἀνάγκη γάρ—οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅσα γε μὴ σμικρὰ καὶ τὸ ὅλον εἰς δύναμιν οὐκ ἀνήσομεν ἀπεριήγητον καθάπερ τινὶ περιγραφῇ· τοῦτο δὲ δεήσει συμπληροῦν ὑμᾶς τὸ περιηγηθέν. 770c ὅποι δὲ βλέποντες δράσετε τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἀκούειν χρή. Μέγιλλος μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐγὼ καὶ Κλεινίας εἰρήκαμέν τε αὐτὰ ἀλλήλοις οὐκ ὀλιγάκις, ὁμολογοῦμέν τε λέγεσθαι καλῶς· ὑμᾶς δὲ ἡμῖν βουλόμεθα συγγνώμονάς τε ἅμα καὶ μαθητὰς γίγνεσθαι, βλέποντας πρὸς ταῦτα εἰς ἅπερ ἡμεῖς συνεχωρήσαμεν ἀλλήλοις τὸν νομοφύλακά τε καὶ νομοθέτην δεῖν βλέπειν.

    AthenianThen let’s say to them: Dear friends, saviors of the laws, in each of the areas where we lay down laws we shall leave out a great deal—we can’t help it. All the same, we’ll do our best not to leave whatever is important, and the whole, without a sketch, as though in an outline. It will be your job to fill in this outline. 770c You need to hear what to look to when you do this. Megillus and I and Clinias have said these things to one another more than once, and we agree that they are well said. We want you to be both sympathetic to us and our students, looking to the things that we have agreed with each other the guardian of the laws and the lawgiver must look to.

    ἦν δὲ ἡ συγχώρησις ἓν ἔχουσα κεφάλαιον, ὅπως 770d ποτὲ ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, τὴν ἀνθρώπῳ προσήκουσαν ἀρετὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχων ἔκ τινος ἐπιτηδεύματος ἤ τινος ἤθους ἢ ποιᾶς κτήσεως ἢ ἐπιθυμίας ἢ δόξης ἢ μαθημάτων ποτέ τινων, εἴτε ἄρρην τις τῶν συνοικούντων οὖσα ἡ φύσις εἴτε θήλεια, νέων ἢ γερόντων, ὅπως εἰς ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ὃ λέγομεν τεταμένη σπουδὴ πᾶσα ἔσται διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων ὁπόσα ἐμπόδια τούτοις μηδὲν προτιμῶν φανεῖται 770e μηδʼ ὁστισοῦν, τελευτῶν δὲ καὶ πόλεως, ἐὰν ἀνάστατον ἀνάγκη φαίνηται γίγνεσθαι πρὶν ἐθέλειν δούλειον ὑπομείνασα ζυγὸν ἄρχεσθαι ὑπὸ χειρόνων, ἢ λείπειν φυγῇ τὴν πόλιν· ὡς πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἄρʼ ἔσθʼ ὑπομενετέον πάσχοντας πρὶν ἀλλάξασθαι πολιτείαν ἣ χείρους ἀνθρώπους πέφυκε ποιεῖν.

    Our agreement had one main point: how 770d a man might become good, possessing the virtue of soul that belongs to a human being—whether through some practice, or some habit, or some kind of possession, or desire, or opinion, or some learning at some point—and whether the nature of those living together is male or female, young or old. All their effort must be directed to this very thing we are speaking of, throughout their whole life, and no one must be seen to value above it anything else that stands in its way, 770e not a single thing—not even, in the end, the city, if it seems necessary for it to be laid waste rather than willingly accept the yoke of slavery and be ruled by worse men, or else for them to leave the city in exile. All such things must be endured and suffered, it seems, rather than exchange our constitution for one that naturally makes human beings worse.

    ταῦτα ἡμεῖς τε ἔμπροσθεν συνωμολογησάμεθα, καὶ νῦν ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν εἰς ταῦτα ἑκάτερα βλέποντες ἐπαινεῖτε καὶ 771a ψέγετε τοὺς νόμους ὅσοι μὴ ταῦτα δυνατοί, τοὺς δὲ δυνατοὺς ἀσπάζεσθέ τε καὶ φιλοφρόνως δεχόμενοι ζῆτε ἐν αὐτοῖς· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ἐπιτηδεύματα καὶ πρὸς ἄλλα τείνοντα τῶν ἀγαθῶν λεγομένων χαίρειν χρὴ προσαγορεύειν.

    That is what we agreed earlier. So now, you, looking to both of these points, praise and 771a blame our laws: blame those that can’t achieve this, but welcome those that can, receive them kindly and live in them. As for other practices, which aim at other so-called goods, you must bid them farewell.

    ἀρχὴ δὲ ἔστω τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἡμῖν νόμων ἥδε τις, ἀφʼ ἱερῶν ἠργμένη. τὸν ἀριθμὸν γὰρ δὴ δεῖ πρῶτον ἀναλαβεῖν ἡμᾶς τὸν τῶν πεντακισχιλίων καὶ τετταράκοντα, ὅσας εἶχέν 771b τε καὶ ἔχει τομὰς προσφόρους ὅ τε ὅλος ἅμα καὶ ὁ κατὰ φυλάς, ὃ δὴ τοῦ παντὸς ἔθεμεν δωδεκατημόριον, ἓν καὶ εἴκοσιν εἰκοσάκις ὀρθότατα φύν. ἔχει δὲ διανομὰς δώδεκα μὲν ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμὸς ἡμῖν, δώδεκα δὲ καὶ ὁ τῆς φυλῆς· ἑκάστην δὴ τὴν μοῖραν διανοεῖσθαι χρεὼν ὡς οὖσαν ἱεράν, θεοῦ δῶρον, ἑπομένην τοῖς μησὶν καὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς περιόδῳ.

    Let this, then, be the beginning of our laws from here on, starting with sacred matters. We must first take up again the number five thousand and forty, and all the convenient divisions it had 771b and still has, both as a whole and in the number for each tribe, which we set as a twelfth of the whole: twenty-one times twenty, a number that comes out exactly right. Our whole number has twelve divisions, and the tribal number has twelve as well. Each portion must be thought of as sacred, a gift of god, corresponding to the months and to the revolution of the universe.

    διὸ καὶ πᾶσαν πόλιν ἄγει μὲν τὸ σύμφυτον ἱεροῦν αὐτάς, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλων ἴσως ὀρθότερον ἐνείμαντό τε καὶ εὐτυχέστερον ἐθείωσαν τὴν 771c διανομήν· ἡμεῖς δὲ οὖν νῦν φαμεν ὀρθότατα προῃρῆσθαι τὸν τῶν πεντακισχιλίων καὶ τετταράκοντα ἀριθμόν, ὃς πάσας τὰς διανομὰς ἔχει μέχρι τῶν δώδεκα ἀπὸ μιᾶς ἀρξάμενος πλὴν ἑνδεκάδος—αὕτη δʼ ἔχει σμικρότατον ἴαμα· ἐπὶ θάτερα γὰρ ὑγιὴς γίγνεται δυοῖν ἑστίαιν ἀπονεμηθείσαιν—ὡς δʼ ἐστὶν ταῦτα ἀληθῶς ὄντα, κατὰ σχολὴν οὐκ ἂν πολὺς ἐπιδείξειεν μῦθος.

    That’s why an innate impulse leads every city to make them sacred, although some have probably made their divisions more correctly than others, and consecrated the 771c division more fortunately. We, at any rate, say that the number 5,040 has been chosen most correctly. It has all the divisors from one up to twelve except eleven—and even that has a very small remedy: it comes out whole the other way, if two households are set aside. To show that this is really so would not take a long story, when there is time.

    5,040 − 2 = 5,038, which is 11 × 458.

    πιστεύσαντες δὴ τὰ νῦν τῇ παρούσῃ φήμῃ 771d καὶ λόγῳ, νείμωμέν τε ταύτην, καὶ ἑκάστῃ μοίρᾳ θεὸν ἢ θεῶν παῖδα ἐπιφημίσαντες, βωμούς τε καὶ τὰ τούτοις προσήκοντα ἀποδόντες, θυσιῶν πέρι συνόδους ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ποιώμεθα δύο τοῦ μηνός, δώδεκα μὲν τῇ τῆς φυλῆς διανομῇ, δώδεκα δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς πόλεως διαμερισμῷ, θεῶν μὲν δὴ πρῶτον χάριτος ἕνεκα καὶ τῶν περὶ θεούς, δεύτερον δὲ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν οἰκειότητός τε πέρι καὶ γνωρίσεως ἀλλήλων, ὡς φαῖμεν ἄν, καὶ 771e ὁμιλίας ἕνεκα πάσης. πρὸς γὰρ δὴ τὴν τῶν γάμων κοινωνίαν καὶ σύμμειξιν ἀναγκαίως ἔχει τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐξαιρεῖν παρʼ ὧν τέ τις ἄγεται καὶ ἃ καὶ οἷς ἐκδίδωσι, περὶ παντὸς ποιούμενον ὅτι μάλιστα τὸ μὴ σφάλλεσθαι μηδαμῶς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν.

    So, trusting for now in this report 771d and argument, let’s divide up the city on this basis. Assigning to each portion a god or a child of gods, and giving them altars and all that goes with them, let’s hold assemblies for sacrifice at them twice a month—twelve for the division of the tribe and twelve for the division of the city itself. The first purpose is to show gratitude to the gods and honor the things of the gods; the second, as we might put it, is our own familiarity and acquaintance with one another, and 771e every kind of social contact. For with a view to partnership and union in marriage, it’s essential to remove ignorance about the family one is taking a wife from, and about the one being given in marriage and those she is given to, making it one’s top priority, as far as possible, never to make a mistake of any kind in such matters.

    τῆς οὖν τοιαύτης σπουδῆς ἕνεκα χρὴ καὶ τὰς παιδιὰς ποιεῖσθαι χορεύοντάς τε καὶ χορευούσας 772a κόρους καὶ κόρας, καὶ ἅμα δὴ θεωροῦντάς τε καὶ θεωρουμένους μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἡλικίας τινὸς ἐχούσης εἰκυίας προφάσεις, γυμνοὺς καὶ γυμνὰς μέχριπερ αἰδοῦς σώφρονος ἑκάστων. τούτων δʼ ἐπιμελητὰς πάντων καὶ κοσμητὰς τοὺς τῶν χορῶν ἄρχοντας γίγνεσθαι καὶ νομοθέτας μετὰ τῶν νομοφυλάκων, ὅσον ἂν ἡμεῖς ἐκλείπωμεν τάττοντες· ἀναγκαῖον δέ, ὅπερ εἴπομεν, περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα ὅσα σμικρὰ 772b καὶ πολλὰ νομοθέτην μὲν ἐκλείπειν, τοὺς δʼ ἐμπείρους ἀεὶ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν γιγνομένους αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ τῆς χρείας μανθάνοντας, τάττεσθαι καὶ ἐπανορθουμένους κινεῖν κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν, ἕως ἂν ὅρος ἱκανὸς δόξῃ τῶν τοιούτων νομίμων καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων γεγονέναι.

    For the sake of this serious purpose, then, there should also be recreations in which young men and young women 772a dance together, seeing each other and being seen, with reason and at an age that offers suitable occasions, unclothed, both young men and young women, as far as a sensible modesty in each allows. The overseers and organizers of all this are to be the officials in charge of the choruses, and together with the guardians of the laws they are to be the lawgivers for whatever we leave unregulated. It is inevitable, as we said, that in all such matters, small 772b and numerous as they are, the lawgiver will leave things out, and that those who gain experience in them year after year, learning from practice, will make arrangements and correct and change them each year, until the regulation of such customs and practices seems to have been adequately settled.

    χρόνος μὲν οὖν μέτριος ἅμα καὶ ἱκανὸς γίγνοιτʼ ἂν τῆς ἐμπειρίας δεκαετηρὶς θυσιῶν τε καὶ χορειῶν, ἐπὶ πάντα καὶ ἕκαστα ταχθείς, ζῶντος μὲν τοῦ τάξαντος νομοθέτου 772c κοινῇ, τέλος δὲ σχόντος, αὐτὰς ἑκάστας τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰς τοὺς νομοφύλακας εἰσφερούσας τὸ παραλειπόμενον τῆς αὑτῶν ἀρχῆς ἐπανορθοῦσθαι, μέχριπερ ἂν τέλος ἔχειν ἕκαστον δόξῃ τοῦ καλῶς ἐξειργάσθαι, τότε δὲ ἀκίνητα θεμένους, ἤδη χρῆσθαι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων νόμων οὓς ἔταξε κατʼ ἀρχὰς ὁ θεὶς αὐτοῖς νομοθέτης· ὧν πέρι κινεῖν μὲν ἑκόντας μηδέποτε μηδέν, εἰ δέ τις ἀνάγκη δόξειέ ποτε καταλαβεῖν, πάσας μὲν 772d τὰς ἀρχὰς χρὴ συμβούλους, πάντα δὲ τὸν δῆμον καὶ πάσας θεῶν μαντείας ἐπελθόντας, ἐὰν συμφωνῶσι πάντες, οὕτω κινεῖν, ἄλλως δὲ μηδέποτε μηδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸν κωλύοντα ἀεὶ κατὰ νόμον κρατεῖν.

    A reasonable and adequate period for gaining this experience would be ten years of sacrifices and choral performances, arranged for all of them together and for each in detail. While the lawgiver who arranged them is alive, the officials are to act 772c jointly with him. When he has died, each board of officials should bring before the guardians of the laws whatever has been left out in its own area and correct it, until each thing seems to have been completely and well worked out. Then they are to make these arrangements unchangeable, and from then on use them along with the other laws that the lawgiver who laid them down for them established at the beginning. They must never willingly change anything in these. But if they ever think some necessity has arisen, they must consult all 772d the officials, the whole people, and all the oracles of the gods, and if all agree, then make the change; but never otherwise, in any way at all. Rather, the one who opposes the change must always prevail according to law.

    The marriage laws

    Citizens must marry by thirty-five, choosing partners for the city’s good rather than their own pleasure.

    ὁπότε τις οὖν καὶ ὁπηνίκα τῶν πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι γεγονότων ἔτη, σκοπῶν καὶ σκοπούμενος ὑπʼ ἄλλων, κατὰ νοῦν ἑαυτῷ καὶ πρέποντα εἰς παίδων κοινωνίαν καὶ γένεσιν ἐξηυρηκέναι 772e πιστεύει, γαμείτω μὲν πᾶς ἐντὸς τῶν πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ἐτῶν, τὸ δὲ πρέπον καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ὡς χρὴ ζητεῖν, πρῶτον ἐπακουσάτω· δεῖ γάρ, ὥς φησιν Κλεινίας, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ νόμου προοίμιον οἰκεῖον ἑκάστῳ προτιθέναι.

    So whenever someone who has reached the age of twenty-five, observing others and being observed by them, believes he has found someone to his liking and suitable for sharing in the begetting of children, 772e let him marry—everyone is to marry by the age of thirty-five. But first let him hear how he ought to look for what is fitting and suitable. For, as Clinias says, we must set a preamble of its own in front of each law.

    Cliniasκάλλιστα, ὦ ξένε, διεμνημόνευσας, ἔλαβές τε τοῦ λόγου καιρὸν καὶ μάλʼ ἐμοὶ δοκοῦντʼ εἶναι σύμμετρον.

    CliniasYou remembered that very well, stranger, and you’ve seized an opportune moment in the discussion, one that strikes me as quite fitting.

    Athenianεὖ λέγεις. ὦ παῖ, τοίνυν φῶμεν ἀγαθῶν πατέρων 773a φύντι, τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἔμφροσιν εὐδόξους γάμους χρὴ γαμεῖν, οἵ σοι παραινοῖεν ἂν μὴ φεύγειν τὸν τῶν πενήτων μηδὲ τὸν τῶν πλουσίων διώκειν διαφερόντως γάμον, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν τἆλλα ἰσάζῃ, τὸν ὑποδεέστερον ἀεὶ τιμῶντα εἰς τὴν κοινωνίαν συνιέναι. τῇ τε γὰρ πόλει σύμφορον ἂν εἴη ταύτῃ ταῖς τε συνιούσαις ἑστίαις· τὸ γὰρ ὁμαλὸν καὶ σύμμετρον ἀκράτου μυρίον διαφέρει πρὸς ἀρετήν. κοσμίων τε πατέρων χρὴ 773b προθυμεῖσθαι γίγνεσθαι κηδεστὴν τὸν αὑτῷ συνειδότα ἰταμώτερον ἅμα καὶ θᾶττον τοῦ δέοντος πρὸς πάσας τὰς πράξεις φερόμενον· τὸν δʼ ἐναντίως πεφυκότα ἐπὶ τἀναντία χρὴ κηδεύματα πορεύεσθαι. καὶ κατὰ παντὸς εἷς ἔστω μῦθος γάμου· τὸν γὰρ τῇ πόλει δεῖ συμφέροντα μνηστεύειν γάμον ἕκαστον, οὐ τὸν ἥδιστον αὑτῷ.

    AthenianGood. Let’s say, then: My boy, since you were born of good parents, 773a you must make a marriage that sensible people think well of. They would advise you neither to avoid marrying into a poor family nor to pursue a rich one above all, but, if other things are equal, always to prefer the less well-off one and join yourself to it. That would be good both for the city and for the households being joined, since what is balanced and well proportioned is infinitely superior, when it comes to virtue, to what is unmixed. A man who knows himself to be rather 773b headstrong, and quicker than he should be in everything he does, should be eager to become the son-in-law of orderly parents; while someone of the opposite nature should seek the opposite kind of in-laws. And let there be one rule for every marriage: each man must seek the marriage that benefits the city, not the one that is most pleasant for himself.

    φέρεται δέ πως πᾶς ἀεὶ κατὰ φύσιν πρὸς τὸν ὁμοιότατον αὑτῷ, ὅθεν ἀνώμαλος ἡ 773c πόλις ὅλη γίγνεται χρήμασίν τε καὶ τρόπων ἤθεσιν· ἐξ ὧν ἃ μὴ βουλόμεθα συμβαίνειν ἡμῖν, καὶ μάλιστα συμβαίνει ταῖς πλείσταις πόλεσι. ταῦτα δὴ διὰ λόγου μὲν νόμῳ προστάττειν, μὴ γαμεῖν πλούσιον πλουσίου, μηδὲ πολλὰ δυνάμενον πράττειν ἄλλου τοιούτου, θάττους δὲ ἤθεσι πρὸς βραδυτέρους καὶ βραδυτέρους πρὸς θάττους ἀναγκάζειν τῇ τῶν γάμων κοινωνίᾳ πορεύεσθαι, πρὸς τῷ γελοῖα εἶναι θυμὸν ἂν ἐγείραι πολλοῖς· οὐ γὰρ ῥᾴδιον ἐννοεῖν ὅτι πόλιν εἶναι 773d δεῖ δίκην κρατῆρος κεκραμένην, οὗ μαινόμενος μὲν οἶνος ἐγκεχυμένος ζεῖ, κολαζόμενος δὲ ὑπὸ νήφοντος ἑτέρου θεοῦ καλὴν κοινωνίαν λαβὼν ἀγαθὸν πῶμα καὶ μέτριον ἀπεργάζεται.

    By nature everyone is always somehow drawn toward whoever is most like himself, and as a result the 773c whole city becomes uneven in wealth and in character. From this come the results we don’t want for ourselves, and which do happen in most cities. Now to prescribe these things expressly in a law—that a rich man must not marry into a rich family, nor a man of great power into another such family, and to compel those of quicker character to join with slower ones, and the slower with the quicker, in the partnership of marriage—would not only be ridiculous but would make many people angry. For it isn’t easy to see that a city must be 773d mixed like a mixing bowl, where the wine that is poured in seethes madly, but once it is chastened by another, sober god, it forms a fine partnership and makes a good and moderate drink.

    Greeks normally drank wine mixed with water in a large bowl; the “sober god” is the water.

    τοῦτʼ οὖν γιγνόμενον ἐν τῇ τῶν παίδων μείξει διορᾶν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν δυνατὸς οὐδείς· τούτων δὴ χάριν ἐᾶν μὲν νόμῳ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀναγκαῖον, ἐπᾴδοντα δὲ πείθειν πειρᾶσθαι τὴν τῶν παίδων ὁμαλότητα αὐτῶν αὑτοῖς τῆς τῶν γάμων 773e ἰσότητος ἀπλήστου χρημάτων οὔσης περὶ πλείονος ἕκαστον ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ διʼ ὀνείδους ἀποτρέπειν τὸν περὶ τὰ χρήματα ἐν τοῖς γάμοις ἐσπουδακότα, ἀλλὰ μὴ γραπτῷ νόμῳ βιαζόμενον.

    Hardly anyone, so to speak, can see that this happens in the mixing of children. For these reasons it is necessary to leave such matters out of the law, and instead try to persuade people, as if by a charm, that each should value evenness in their own children more highly than equality of fortune in marriage, 773e which is an insatiable greed for money; and to turn away, by reproach, anyone who has set his heart on money in marriage, rather than force him with a written law.

    περὶ γάμων δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔστω παραμύθια λεγόμενα, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθε τούτων ῥηθέντα, ὡς χρὴ τῆς ἀειγενοῦς φύσεως ἀντέχεσθαι τῷ παῖδας παίδων καταλείποντα ἀεὶ τῷ 774a θεῷ ὑπηρέτας ἀνθʼ αὑτοῦ παραδιδόναι. πάντα οὖν ταῦτα καὶ ἔτι πλείω τις ἂν εἴποι περὶ γάμων, ὡς χρὴ γαμεῖν, προοιμιαζόμενος ὀρθῶς· ἂν δʼ ἄρα τις μὴ πείθηται ἑκών, ἀλλότριον δὲ αὑτὸν καὶ ἀκοινώνητον ἐν τῇ πόλει ἔχῃ καὶ ἄγαμος ὢν γένηται πεντεκαιτριακοντούτης, ζημιούσθω κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον, ὁ μέγιστον μὲν τίμημα κεκτημένος ἑκατὸν δραχμαῖς, ὁ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον ἑβδομήκοντα, τρίτον δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ δὲ τὸ τέταρτον τριάκοντα. τοῦτο δʼ ἔστω τῆς Ἥρας 774b ἱερόν.

    Let these, then, be the words of encouragement about marriage, together with what was said earlier: that one should hold on to everlasting nature by leaving behind children’s children, always handing on servants to 774a the god in one’s place. All this and more one could say about marriage, and why one should marry, in a proper preamble. But if someone won’t obey willingly, and keeps himself apart, taking no part in the city, and is still unmarried at thirty-five, let him be fined every year: a man in the highest property class a hundred drachmas, in the second seventy, in the third sixty, and in the fourth thirty. And let this money be sacred 774b to Hera.

    ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐκτίνων κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν δεκαπλάσιον ὀφειλέτω· πραττέσθω δὲ ὁ ταμίας τῆς θεοῦ, μὴ ἐκπράξας δὲ αὐτὸς ὀφειλέτω καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λόγον ὑπεχέτω πᾶς. εἰς μὲν οὖν χρήματα ὁ μὴ ʼθέλων γαμεῖν ταῦτα ζημιούσθω, τιμῆς δὲ παρὰ τῶν νεωτέρων ἄτιμος πάσης ἔστω, καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπακουέτω μηδὲν αὐτῷ ἑκὼν τῶν νέων· ἐὰν δὲ κολάζειν τινὰ ἐπιχειρῇ, πᾶς τῷ ἀδικουμένῳ βοηθείτω καὶ 774c ἀμυνέτω, μὴ βοηθῶν δὲ ὁ παραγενόμενος δειλός τε ἅμα καὶ κακὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου πολίτης εἶναι λεγέσθω.

    Anyone who doesn’t pay each year shall owe ten times the amount. The treasurer of the goddess is to collect it; if he fails to collect it, he shall owe it himself, and every treasurer must give an account of this at his audit. That is the financial penalty for the man who is unwilling to marry. In addition, he shall receive no honor at all from younger people, and no young person shall willingly obey him in anything. If he tries to punish anyone, everyone is to come to the aid of the one being wronged and 774c defend him; and anyone present who fails to help shall be declared by the law a coward and a bad citizen.

    περὶ δὲ προικὸς εἴρηται μὲν καὶ πρότερον, εἰρήσθω δὲ πάλιν ὡς ἴσα ἀντὶ ἴσων ἐστὶν τὸ μήτε λαμβάνοντι μήτʼ ἐκδιδόντι διὰ χρημάτων ἀπορίαν γηράσκειν τοὺς πένητας· τὰ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖα ὑπάρχοντά ἐστι πᾶσι τῶν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει, ὕβρις δὲ ἧττον γυναιξὶ καὶ δουλεία ταπεινὴ καὶ ἀνελεύθερος 774d διὰ χρήματα τοῖς γήμασι γίγνοιτο ἄν.

    About dowries we have spoken before, but let it be said again: it is fair and equal all round that the poor should not grow old, whether taking a wife or giving a daughter in marriage, for lack of money. For everyone in this city has the necessities of life, and there would be less arrogance in wives, and less humble and servile subjection 774d in husbands on account of money.

    καὶ ὁ μὲν πειθόμενος ἓν τῶν καλῶν δρῴη τοῦτʼ ἄν· ὁ δὲ μὴ πειθόμενος ἢ διδοὺς ἢ λαμβάνων πλέον ἢ πεντήκοντα ἄξια δραχμῶν ἐσθῆτος χάριν, ὁ δὲ μνᾶς, ὁ δὲ τριῶν ἡμιμναίων, ὁ δὲ δυοῖν μναῖν, ὁ τὸ μέγιστον τίμημα κεκτημένος, ὀφειλέτω μὲν τῷ δημοσίῳ τοσοῦτον ἕτερον, τὸ δὲ δοθὲν ἢ ληφθὲν ἱερὸν ἔστω τῆς Ἥρας τε καὶ τοῦ Διός, πραττόντων δὲ οἱ ταμίαι τούτοιν 774e τοῖν θεοῖν, καθάπερ ἐρρήθη τῶν μὴ γαμούντων πέρι τοὺς ταμίας ἐκπράττειν ἑκάστοτε τοὺς τῆς Ἥρας ἢ παρʼ αὑτῶν ἑκάστους τὴν ζημίαν ἐκτίνειν.

    Whoever obeys will be doing something fine. But whoever disobeys, and gives or receives more than fifty drachmas’ worth for the sake of clothing—or a mina in one case, one and a half minas in another, or two minas in the case of the man in the highest property class—shall owe as much again to the public treasury, and what was given or received shall be sacred to Hera and Zeus. The treasurers of these 774e two gods are to collect it, just as we said, in the case of those who don’t marry, that the treasurers of Hera were always to collect the fine or else each pay it themselves.

    ἐγγύην δὲ εἶναι κυρίαν πατρὸς μὲν πρῶτον, δευτέραν πάππου, τρίτην δὲ ἀδελφῶν ὁμοπατρίων, ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ εἷς ᾖ τούτων, τὴν πρὸς μητρὸς μετὰ τοῦτο εἶναι κυρίαν ὡσαύτως· ἐὰν δʼ ἄρα τύχη τις ἀήθης συμβαίνῃ, τοὺς ἐγγύτατα γένους ἀεὶ κυρίους εἶναι μετὰ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων.

    ὅσα δὲ προτέλεια γάμων ἤ τις ἄλλη περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα 775a ἱερουργία μελλόντων ἢ γιγνομένων ἢ γεγονότων προσήκουσά ἐστιν τελεῖσθαι, τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς ἐρωτῶντα χρὴ καὶ πειθόμενον ἐκείνοις ἕκαστον ἡγεῖσθαι πάντα ἑαυτῷ μετρίως γίγνεσθαι.

    A pledge of betrothal is to be valid if given first by the father, second by the grandfather, and third by brothers with the same father. If none of these exists, the pledge by relatives on the mother’s side is next to be valid, in the same order. If some unusual chance should occur, the nearest relatives are always to have authority, together with the guardians.

    As for any rites before the wedding, or any other sacred ceremony concerning such matters, 775a that should properly be performed before, during or after the wedding, each person should ask the interpreters and, by following their advice, consider that everything has been duly done for him.

    περὶ δὲ τῶν ἑστιάσεων, φίλους μὲν χρὴ καὶ φίλας μὴ πλείους πέντε ἑκατέρων συγκαλεῖν, συγγενῶν δὲ καὶ οἰκείων ὡσαύτως τοσούτους ἄλλους ἑκατέρων· ἀνάλωμα δὲ μὴ γίγνεσθαι πλέον ἢ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν μηδενί, τῷ μὲν εἰς χρήματα μεγίστῳ μνᾶν, τῷ δʼ ἥμισυ τοῦ τοσούτου, τῷ δʼ 775b ἐφεξῆς οὕτω, καθάπερ ὑποβέβηκεν ἑκάστῳ τὸ τίμημα. καὶ τὸν μὲν πειθόμενον τῷ νόμῳ ἐπαινεῖν χρὴ πάντας, τὸν δὲ ἀπειθοῦντα κολαζόντων οἱ νομοφύλακες ὡς ἀπειρόκαλόν τε ὄντα καὶ ἀπαίδευτον τῶν περὶ τὰς νυμφικὰς μούσας νόμων.

    As for the wedding feasts, one should invite no more than five male and five female friends from each side, and the same number again of relatives and family members from each side. No one’s expenses should exceed his means: for the richest, a mina; for the next, half that; and for 775b each after that in turn, as his property assessment decreases. Everyone should praise the man who obeys the law, but the guardians of the laws are to punish the one who disobeys, as a man with no taste and uneducated in the laws of the wedding Muses.

    πίνειν δὲ εἰς μέθην οὔτε ἄλλοθί που πρέπει, πλὴν ἐν ταῖς τοῦ τὸν οἶνον δόντος θεοῦ ἑορταῖς, οὐδʼ ἀσφαλές, οὔτʼ οὖν δὴ περὶ γάμους ἐσπουδακότα, ἐν οἷς ἔμφρονα μάλιστα εἶναι πρέπει 775c νύμφην καὶ νυμφίον μεταβολὴν οὐ σμικρὰν βίου μεταλλάττοντας, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα ἐξ ἐμφρόνων ἀεὶ γίγνηται· σχεδὸν γὰρ ἄδηλον ὁποία νὺξ ἢ φῶς αὐτὸ γεννήσει μετὰ θεοῦ. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις δεῖ μὴ τῶν σωμάτων διακεχυμένων ὑπὸ μέθης γίγνεσθαι τὴν παιδουργίαν, ἀλλʼ εὐπαγὲς ἀπλανὲς ἡσυχαῖόν τε ἐν μοίρᾳ συνίστασθαι τὸ φυόμενον.

    Drinking to the point of drunkenness is not fitting anywhere else, except at the festivals of the god who gave us wine; nor is it safe—and certainly not for someone serious about marriage. At a wedding, above all, the bride and groom ought to be in their right minds, 775c since they are making no small change in their lives, and also so that their offspring may always come, as far as possible, from parents in their right minds. For it is almost impossible to know which night or day will, with god’s help, beget it. Besides, the begetting of children shouldn’t take place when bodies are loosened by drunkenness; what is conceived should be formed firm, steady and calm, as is proper.

    ὁ δὲ διῳνωμένος αὐτός τε φέρεται πάντῃ καὶ 775d φέρει, λυττῶν κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν· σπείρειν οὖν παράφορος ἅμα καὶ κακὸς ὁ μεθύων, ὥστʼ ἀνώμαλα καὶ ἄπιστα καὶ οὐδὲν εὐθύπορον ἦθος οὐδὲ σῶμα ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων γεννῴη ποτʼ ἄν. διὸ μᾶλλον μὲν ὅλον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ βίον χρή, μάλιστα δὲ ὁπόσον ἂν γεννᾷ χρόνον, εὐλαβεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ πράττειν μήτε ὅσα νοσώδη ἑκόντα εἶναι μήτε ὅσα ὕβρεως ἢ ἀδικίας ἐχόμενα—εἰς γὰρ τὰς τῶν γεννωμένων ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἀναγκαῖον ἐξομοργνύμενον ἐκτυποῦσθαι καὶ τίκτειν 775e πάντῃ φαυλότερα—διαφερόντως δὲ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἀρχὴ γὰρ καὶ θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἱδρυμένη σῴζει πάντα, τιμῆς ἐὰν τῆς προσηκούσης αὐτῇ παρʼ ἑκάστου τῶν χρωμένων λαγχάνῃ.

    A man full of wine is swept every which way himself and 775d sweeps others along, raving in body and in soul. So a drunk man is a clumsy and bad sower, and in all likelihood would beget offspring that are unbalanced and untrustworthy, with nothing straight in either character or body. That’s why one should take care throughout the whole year and one’s whole life, but especially for as long as one is begetting children, not to do anything willingly that causes illness, or that involves insolence or injustice—for these are bound to be rubbed off and stamped onto the souls and bodies of the offspring, and to produce children 775e worse in every way—and above all to keep away from such things on that day and night. For a beginning is also a god, and, established among human beings, it preserves everything, if it receives from each of those who deal with it the honor that is its due.

    νομίσαντα δʼ εἶναι χρὴ τὸν γαμοῦντα ταῖν οἰκίαιν ταῖν ἐν 776a τῷ κλήρῳ τὴν ἑτέραν οἷον νεοττῶν ἐγγέννησιν καὶ τροφήν, χωρισθέντα ἀπὸ πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς τὸν γάμον ἐκεῖ ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν οἴκησιν καὶ τὴν τροφὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τῶν τέκνων. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς φιλίαις ἐὰν μὲν πόθος ἐνῇ τις, κολλᾷ καὶ συνδεῖ πάντα ἤθη· κατακορὴς δὲ συνουσία καὶ οὐκ ἴσχουσα τὸν διὰ χρόνου πόθον ἀπορρεῖν ἀλλήλων ποιεῖ ὑπερβολαῖς πλησμονῆς. ὧν δὴ χάριν μητρὶ καὶ πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς τῆς γυναικὸς οἰκείοις παρέντας χρὴ τὰς αὑτῶν οἰκήσεις, οἷον 776b εἰς ἀποικίαν ἀφικομένους, αὐτοὺς ἐπισκοποῦντάς τε ἅμα καὶ ἐπισκοπουμένους οἰκεῖν, γεννῶντάς τε καὶ ἐκτρέφοντας παῖδας, καθάπερ λαμπάδα τὸν βίον παραδιδόντας ἄλλοις ἐξ ἄλλων, θεραπεύοντας ἀεὶ θεοὺς κατὰ νόμους.

    The man who marries should regard one of the two houses 776a on his allotment as a place for hatching and rearing his young. He should leave his father and mother and hold his wedding there, and make it the place where he lives and provides for himself and his children. For in friendships, if there is some longing, it cements and binds all kinds of character together; but too much togetherness, with no time for longing to grow, makes people drift apart from satiety. For this reason they should leave their own houses to the mother and father and the wife’s relatives and, as though 776b they had gone off to a colony, live on their own, visiting and being visited, begetting and raising children, handing on life from one generation to the next like a torch, and always serving the gods according to law.

    Slaves, temples and walls

    How to treat household slaves; temples surround the marketplace, and the city has no walls.

    κτήματα δὲ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ποῖα ἄν τις κεκτημένος ἐμμελεστάτην οὐσίαν κεκτῇτο; τὰ μὲν οὖν πολλὰ οὔτε νοῆσαι χαλεπὸν οὔτε κτήσασθαι, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν οἰκετῶν χαλεπὰ 776c πάντῃ. τὸ δʼ αἴτιον, οὐκ ὀρθῶς πως καί τινα τρόπον ὀρθῶς περὶ αὐτῶν λέγομεν· ἐναντία γὰρ ταῖς χρείαις, καὶ κατὰ τὰς χρείας αὖ, ποιούμεθα περὶ δούλων καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα.

    Next, what possessions would make the most harmonious property? Most of them are not hard to identify or to acquire, but household slaves are difficult 776c in every way. The reason is that what we say about them is in a way incorrect and in a way correct. For what we say about slaves both contradicts our experience of using them and agrees with it.

    Megillusπῶς δʼ αὖ τοῦτο λέγομεν; οὐ γάρ πω μανθάνομεν, ὦ ξένε, ὅτι τὰ νῦν φράζεις.

    MegillusWhat do we mean by that? We don’t yet understand, stranger, what you’re getting at.

    Athenianκαὶ μάλα γε, ὦ Μέγιλλε, εἰκότως· σχεδὸν γὰρ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων εἱλωτεία πλείστην ἀπορίαν παράσχοιτʼ ἂν καὶ ἔριν τοῖς μὲν ὡς εὖ, τοῖς δʼ ὡς οὐκ εὖ γεγονυῖά ἐστιν—ἐλάττω δὲ ἥ τε Ἡρακλεωτῶν 776d δουλεία τῆς τῶν Μαριανδυνῶν καταδουλώσεως ἔριν ἂν ἔχοι, τὸ Θετταλῶν τʼ αὖ πενεστικὸν ἔθνος—εἰς ἃ καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα βλέψαντας ἡμᾶς τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ κτήσεως οἰκετῶν; ὃ δὴ παριὼν τῷ λόγῳ ἔτυχον εἰπών, καὶ σύ με εἰκότως τί ποτε φράζοιμι ἠρώτησας, τόδε ἐστίν. ἴσμεν ὅτι που πάντες εἴποιμεν ἂν ὡς χρὴ δούλους ὡς εὐμενεστάτους ἐκτῆσθαι καὶ ἀρίστους· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἀδελφῶν ἤδη δοῦλοι καὶ ὑέων τισὶν κρείττους πρὸς ἀρετὴν πᾶσαν γενόμενοι, σεσώκασιν δεσπότας 776e καὶ κτήματα τάς τε οἰκήσεις αὐτῶν ὅλας. ταῦτα γὰρ ἴσμεν που περὶ δούλων λεγόμενα.

    AthenianThat’s quite natural, Megillus. The Spartan system of helots would probably cause more perplexity and dispute than almost anything else among the Greeks, some saying it has turned out well, others that it hasn’t. There would be less dispute about the subjection 776d of the Mariandynians by the people of Heraclea, and about the serf class of the Thessalians, the Penestae. Looking at these and all similar cases, what should we do about acquiring household slaves? The point I happened to make in passing, which you quite reasonably asked me to explain, is this. We know, I think, that we would all say one should acquire slaves who are as loyal and as good as possible. For many slaves before now have proved better than brothers or sons in every kind of virtue, and have saved their masters, 776e their possessions and their whole households. We know, I think, that these things are said about slaves.

    The helots were Sparta’s state-owned serfs; the Mariandynians were a native people on the Black Sea subjected by the Greek colony of Heraclea, and the Penestae were the serf class of Thessaly.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ τοὐναντίον, ὡς ὑγιὲς οὐδὲν ψυχῆς δούλης, οὐδὲ πιστεύειν οὐδέποτʼ οὐδὲν τῷ γένει δεῖ τὸν νοῦν κεκτημένον; ὁ δὲ σοφώτατος ἡμῖν τῶν ποιητῶν καὶ ἀπεφήνατο, ὑπὲρ τοῦ Διὸς ἀγορεύων, ὡς— 777a ἥμισυ γάρ τε νόου , φησίν, ἀπαμείρεται εὐρύοπα Ζεύς ἀνδρῶν, οὓς ἂν δὴ κατὰ δούλιον ἦμαρ ἕλῃσι. ταῦτα δὴ διαλαβόντες ἕκαστοι τοῖς διανοήμασιν οἱ μὲν πιστεύουσί τε οὐδὲν γένει οἰκετῶν, κατὰ δὲ θηρίων φύσιν κέντροις καὶ μάστιξιν οὐ τρὶς μόνον ἀλλὰ πολλάκις ἀπεργάζονται δούλας τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν οἰκετῶν· οἱ δʼ αὖ τἀναντία τούτων δρῶσι πάντα.

    AthenianAnd the opposite is said too: that there is nothing sound in a slave’s soul, and that a sensible person should never trust that class at all. And the wisest of our poets declared, speaking about Zeus, that— 777a “Half of their mind,” he says, “far-seeing Zeus takes away from men, once the day of slavery takes hold of them.” People divide on these views, each in their own thinking. Some place no trust at all in the class of household slaves, and treat them like wild animals, using goads and whips to make their slaves’ souls slavish not three times over but many times. Others do exactly the opposite.

    Homer, Odyssey 17.322–323; in our texts of Homer, Zeus takes away half a man’s virtue (aretē) rather than half his mind.

    Megillusτί μήν;

    MegillusCertainly.

    Cliniasτί οὖν δὴ χρὴ ποιεῖν, τούτων, ὦ ξένε, διαφερομένων οὕτω, περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὖ χώρας ἡμᾶς, τῆς τε κτήσεως ἅμα καὶ κολάσεως τῶν δούλων πέρι;

    CliniasThen what should we do, stranger, since people differ like this, about slaves in our own territory, when it comes both to acquiring and to punishing them?

    Athenianτί δʼ, ὦ Κλεινία; δῆλον ὡς ἐπειδὴ δύσκολόν ἐστι τὸ θρέμμα ἄνθρωπος, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν διόρισιν, τὸ δοῦλόν τε ἔργῳ διορίζεσθαι καὶ ἐλεύθερον καὶ δεσπότην, οὐδαμῶς εὔχρηστον ἐθέλειν εἶναί τε καὶ γίγνεσθαι φαίνεται, 777c χαλεπὸν δὴ τὸ κτῆμα· ἔργῳ γὰρ πολλάκις ἐπιδέδεικται περὶ τὰς Μεσσηνίων συχνὰς εἰωθυίας ἀποστάσεις γίγνεσθαι, καὶ περί γε τὰς τῶν ἐκ μιᾶς φωνῆς πολλοὺς οἰκέτας κτωμένων πόλεις, ὅσα κακὰ συμβαίνει, καὶ ἔτι τὰ τῶν λεγομένων περιδίνων τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν γιγνομένων παντοδαπὰ κλωπῶν ἔργα τε καὶ παθήματα. πρὸς ἅ τις ἂν πάντα βλέψας διαπορήσειε τί χρὴ δρᾶν περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν τοιούτων.

    AthenianWell, Clinias? Clearly, since the human creature is hard to manage, and plainly refuses to be or become at all tractable with respect to the necessary distinction—distinguishing in practice between slave on the one hand and free man and master on the other— 777c it is a difficult possession. This has often been shown in practice: in the frequent revolts that tend to happen among the Messenians; in all the troubles that arise in the cities of those who acquire many household slaves who speak the same language; and again in the crimes of every kind committed, and suffered, by the so-called “rovers,” bandits who roam around Italy. Looking at all this, one might well be at a loss about what to do in all such matters.

    The Messenians, conquered by Sparta and made helots, revolted against it repeatedly. The “rovers” (peridinoi) are otherwise unknown; they were probably runaway slaves turned brigands.

    δύο δὴ λείπεσθον μόνω μηχανά, μήτε πατριώτας ἀλλήλων εἶναι τοὺς 777d μέλλοντας ῥᾷον δουλεύσειν, ἀσυμφώνους τε εἰς δύναμιν ὅτι μάλιστα, τρέφειν δʼ αὐτοὺς ὀρθῶς, μὴ μόνον ἐκείνων ἕνεκα, πλέον δὲ αὑτῶν προτιμῶντας· ἡ δὲ τροφὴ τῶν τοιούτων μήτε τινὰ ὕβριν ὑβρίζειν εἰς τοὺς οἰκέτας, ἧττον δέ, εἰ δυνατόν, ἀδικεῖν ἢ τοὺς ἐξ ἴσου. διάδηλος γὰρ ὁ φύσει καὶ μὴ πλαστῶς σέβων τὴν δίκην, μισῶν δὲ ὄντως τὸ ἄδικον, ἐν τούτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν οἷς αὐτῷ ῥᾴδιον ἀδικεῖν· ὁ περὶ τὰ τῶν δούλων οὖν ἤθη καὶ πράξεις γιγνόμενός τις ἀμίαντος 777e τοῦ τε ἀνοσίου πέρι καὶ ἀδίκου, σπείρειν εἰς ἀρετῆς ἔκφυσιν ἱκανώτατος ἂν εἴη, ταὐτὸν δʼ ἔστʼ εἰπεῖν τοῦτο ὀρθῶς ἅμα λέγοντα ἐπί τε δεσπότῃ καὶ τυράννῳ καὶ πᾶσαν δυναστείαν δυναστεύοντι πρὸς ἀσθενέστερον ἑαυτοῦ.

    Only two means are left. First, those who are going to 777d be slaves more readily should not be from the same country as one another, and as far as possible should not speak the same language. Second, we should treat them properly, not only for their sake but still more for our own. Proper treatment of such people means not committing any outrage against household slaves, and wronging them even less, if possible, than one’s equals. For a man who reveres justice by nature and not in pretense, and truly hates injustice, shows himself in his dealings with those people whom it is easy for him to wrong. So whoever remains untainted by impiety 777e and injustice in his conduct toward the characters and actions of slaves would be best able to sow a crop of virtue. And the same thing may rightly be said of a master, a tyrant, and anyone who holds any kind of power over someone weaker than himself.

    κολάζειν γε μὴν ἐν δίκῃ δούλους δεῖ, καὶ μὴ νουθετοῦντας ὡς ἐλευθέρους θρύπτεσθαι ποιεῖν· τὴν δὲ οἰκέτου πρόσρησιν χρὴ σχεδὸν 778a ἐπίταξιν πᾶσαν γίγνεσθαι, μὴ προσπαίζοντας μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς οἰκέταις, μήτʼ οὖν θηλείαις μήτε ἄρρεσιν, ἃ δὴ πρὸς δούλους φιλοῦσι πολλοὶ σφόδρα ἀνοήτως θρύπτοντες χαλεπώτερον ἀπεργάζεσθαι τὸν βίον ἐκείνοις τε ἄρχεσθαι καὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἄρχειν.

    Slaves must be punished, however, when it is just, and we shouldn’t spoil them by admonishing them as though they were free. Whatever one says to a household slave should be almost 778a entirely a command, and one should never joke in any way with household slaves, whether female or male. Many people very foolishly like to do this with their slaves, spoiling them and making life harder, both for the slaves to be ruled and for themselves to rule.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὅτε τις οἰκέταις κατεσκευασμένος εἰς δύναμιν εἴη πλήθει καὶ ἐπιτηδειότητι πρὸς ἑκάστας τὰς τῶν ἔργων παραβοηθείας, τὸ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο οἰκήσεις χρὴ διαγράφειν τῷ λόγῳ;

    AthenianSo once someone has been supplied with household slaves, as far as possible sufficient in number and suited to help with each kind of work, the next thing is to sketch out the dwellings in our account?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ συμπάσης γε ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἔοικεν τῆς οἰκοδομικῆς πέρι τήν γε δὴ νέαν καὶ ἀοίκητον ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν πόλιν ἐπιμελητέον εἶναι, τίνα τρόπον ἕκαστα ἕξει τούτων περί τε ἱερὰ καὶ τείχη. γάμων δʼ ἦν ἔμπροσθεν ταῦτα, ὦ Κλεινία, νῦν δʼ ἔπειπερ λόγῳ γίγνεται, καὶ μάλʼ ἐγχωρεῖ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι τὰ νῦν· ἔργῳ μὴν ὅταν γίγνηται, ταῦτʼ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν γάμων, ἐὰν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ, ποιήσαντες, ἐκεῖνα ἤδη τότε ἐπὶ 778c πᾶσιν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀποτελοῦμεν. νῦν δὲ μόνον ὅσον τινὰ τύπον αὐτῶν διʼ ὀλίγων ἐπεξέλθωμεν.

    AthenianAnd it seems that, with a city that is new and hitherto uninhabited, we have to take care of practically all building matters: how each of these things will be arranged, including temples and walls. These matters came before marriage, Clinias; but since this is happening in words, it’s perfectly all right for it to happen in this order for now. When it actually happens in deed, though, we’ll do these things before the marriages, god willing, and only then complete those 778c after all such matters. For now let’s just go through a sort of outline of them, briefly.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasBy all means.

    Athenianτὰ μὲν τοίνυν ἱερὰ πᾶσαν πέριξ τήν τε ἀγορὰν χρὴ κατασκευάζειν, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὅλην ἐν κύκλῳ πρὸς τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς τῶν τόπων, εὐερκείας τε καὶ καθαρότητος χάριν· πρὸς δὲ αὐτοῖς οἰκήσεις τε ἀρχόντων καὶ δικαστηρίων, ἐν οἷς τὰς δίκας ὡς ἱερωτάτοις οὖσιν λήψονταί τε καὶ δώσουσι, τὰ μὲν 778d ὡς ὁσίων πέρι, τὰ δὲ καὶ τοιούτων θεῶν ἱδρύματα, καὶ ἐν τούτοις δικαστήρια, ἐν οἷς αἵ τε τῶν φόνων πρέπουσαι δίκαι γίγνοιντʼ ἂν καὶ ὅσα θανάτων ἄξια ἀδικήματα. περὶ δὲ τειχῶν, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ἔγωγʼ ἂν τῇ Σπάρτῃ συμφεροίμην τὸ καθεύδειν ἐᾶν ἐν τῇ γῇ κατακείμενα τὰ τείχη καὶ μὴ ἐπανιστάναι, τῶνδε εἵνεκα.

    AthenianThe temples should be built all around the marketplace, and in a circle around the whole city on the high ground, for ease of defense and for purity. Beside them should be the buildings of the officials, and the courts where they will receive and give judgment in the most sacred of settings, partly 778d because the matters concern what is holy, and partly because these are seats of holy gods. Among these will be the courts where murder trials, and trials for all crimes deserving death, would properly be held. As for walls, Megillus, I would agree with Sparta in letting the walls sleep lying in the ground, and not raising them up. Here is why.

    Sparta was famous for having no city walls.

    καλῶς μὲν καὶ ὁ ποιητικὸς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν λόγος ὑμνεῖται, τὸ χαλκᾶ καὶ σιδηρᾶ δεῖν εἶναι τὰ τείχη 778e μᾶλλον ἢ γήινα· τὸ δʼ ἡμέτερον ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις γέλωτʼ ἂν δικαίως πάμπολυν ὄφλοι, τὸ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν μὲν ἐκπέμπειν εἰς τὴν χώραν τοὺς νέους, τὰ μὲν σκάψοντας, τὰ δὲ ταφρεύσοντας, τὰ δὲ καὶ διά τινων οἰκοδομήσεων εἴρξοντας τοὺς πολεμίους, ὡς δὴ τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας οὐκ ἐάσοντας ἐπιβαίνειν, τεῖχος δὲ περιβαλοίμεθα, ὃ πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς ὑγίειαν ταῖς πόλεσιν οὐδαμῶς συμφέρει, πρὸς δέ τινα μαλθακὴν ἕξιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἐνοικούντων εἴωθε ποιεῖν, προκαλούμενον 779a εἰς αὐτὸ καταφεύγοντας μὴ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους, μηδὲ τῷ φρουρεῖν ἀεί τινας ἐν αὐτῇ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν, τούτῳ τῆς σωτηρίας τυγχάνειν, τείχεσι δὲ καὶ πύλαις διανοεῖσθαι φραχθέντας τε καὶ καθεύδοντας σωτηρίας ὄντως ἕξειν μηχανάς, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ πονεῖν γεγονότας, ἀγνοοῦντας δʼ αὖ τὴν ῥᾳστώνην ὡς ὄντως ἐστὶν ἐκ τῶν πόνων· ἐκ ῥᾳστώνης δέ γε, οἶμαι, τῆς αἰσχρᾶς οἱ πόνοι καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας πεφύκασι γίγνεσθαι πάλιν.

    The poetic saying about walls is finely sung too, that they should be of bronze and iron 778e rather than of earth. Besides, our own plan would deservedly earn a great deal of laughter, if we sent the young men out into the countryside every year to dig here and make trenches there, and even to keep out the enemy with fortifications of various kinds, so as not to let them set foot across the country’s borders—and then put a wall around the city. A wall, first of all, is in no way good for the health of cities; and it tends to produce a kind of softness in the souls of those who live inside it. It invites them 779a to flee into it and not fight off the enemy, and not to find their safety by having some people always on guard, night and day; instead they think that, fenced in by walls and gates and asleep, they will have a real means of safety, as though they were born not to work. They don’t know that real ease comes from hard work, while hard work, I think, naturally comes back again from shameful ease and idleness.

    ἀλλʼ εἰ δὴ τεῖχός γέ τι χρεὼν 779b ἀνθρώποις εἶναι, τὰς οἰκοδομίας χρὴ τὰς τῶν ἰδίων οἰκήσεων οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχῆς βάλλεσθαι, ὅπως ἂν ᾖ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἓν τεῖχος, ὁμαλότητί τε καὶ ὁμοιότησιν εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς πασῶν τῶν οἰκήσεων ἐχουσῶν εὐέρκειαν, ἰδεῖν τε οὐκ ἀηδὲς μιᾶς οἰκίας σχῆμα ἐχούσης αὐτῆς, εἴς τε τὴν τῆς φυλακῆς ῥᾳστώνην ὅλῳ καὶ παντὶ πρὸς σωτηρίαν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν διάφορος. τούτων δέ, ὡς ἂν μένῃ τὰ κατʼ ἀρχὰς οἰκοδομηθέντα, μέλειν μὲν μάλιστα τοῖς ἐνοικοῦσι πρέπον ἂν εἴη, 779c τοὺς δὲ ἀστυνόμους ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ προσαναγκάζοντας τὸν ὀλιγωροῦντα ζημιοῦντας, καὶ πάντων δὴ τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἄστυ καθαρότητός τʼ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καὶ ὅπως ἰδιώτης μηδεὶς μηδὲν τῶν τῆς πόλεως μήτε οἰκοδομήμασι μήτε οὖν ὀρύγμασιν ἐπιλήψεται.

    But if human beings really must have some kind of 779b wall, then the private houses should be laid out from the beginning so that the whole city is a single wall, with all the houses presenting a defensible front to the streets through their evenness and uniformity. The city, having the shape of a single house, would not be unpleasant to look at, and for ease of guarding it would be superior in every way, for safety. It would be fitting for the residents above all to see that what was originally built stays that way, 779c but the city wardens should oversee it, enforcing it and fining anyone who neglects it. They should also look after the cleanliness of everything in the town, and see that no private person encroaches on anything belonging to the city, either with buildings or with excavations.

    καὶ δὴ καὶ ὑδάτων τῶν ἐκ Διὸς εὐροίας τούτους ἐπιμελεῖσθαι χρεών, καὶ ὅσα ἐντὸς πόλεως ἢ ὁπόσα ἔξω πρέπον ἂν οἰκεῖν εἴη· ταῦτα δὲ πάντα συνιδόντες ταῖς χρείαις 779d οἱ νομοφύλακες ἐπινομοθετούντων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁπόσα ἂν ὁ νόμος ἐκλείπῃ διʼ ἀπορίαν. ὅτε δὲ ταῦτά τε καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀγορὰν οἰκοδομήματα καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ πάντα ὅσα διδασκαλεῖα κατεσκευασμένα περιμένει τοὺς φοιτητὰς καὶ θεατὰς θέατρα, πορευώμεθα ἐπὶ τὰ μετὰ τοὺς γάμους, τῆς νομοθεσίας ἑξῆς ἐχόμενοι.

    These officials must also take care that rainwater from Zeus drains away well, and of everything that is suitably located inside or outside the city. The guardians of the laws, surveying all these things in light of experience, 779d should add legislation on them, and on anything else the law leaves out for lack of means. When these buildings, and those around the marketplace, and those for the gymnasia, and all the schools, are built and waiting for their pupils, and the theaters for their spectators, let’s move on to what follows marriage, keeping to the order of our legislation.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Common meals for women

    The Athenian proposes common meals for women, discusses the three human appetites and supervises childbearing.

    Athenianγάμοι μὲν τοίνυν ἡμῖν ἔστωσαν γεγονότες, ὦ Κλεινία· δίαιτα δὲ πρὸ παιδογονίας οὐκ ἐλάττων ἐνιαυσίας 779e γίγνοιτʼ ἂν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, ἣν δὴ τίνα τρόπον χρὴ ζῆν νυμφίον καὶ νύμφην ἐν πόλει διαφερούσῃ τῶν πολλῶν ἐσομένῃ—τὸ δὴ τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων ἐχόμενον—εἰπεῖν οὐ πάντων εὐκολώτατον, ἀλλὰ ὄντων οὐκ ὀλίγων τῶν ἔμπροσθεν τοιούτων, τοῦτο ἔτι ἐκείνων τῶν πολλῶν δυσχερέστερον ἀποδέχεσθαι τῷ πλήθει. τό γε μὴν δοκοῦν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθὲς εἶναι πάντως ῥητέον, ὦ Κλεινία.

    AthenianLet’s take it, Clinias, that the marriages have taken place. Next would come a way of life before having children, lasting no less than a year, 779e and how bride and groom should live in a city that is to be different from most—which is what follows from what has just been said—is not the easiest of things to say. There have been quite a few such things before, but this one will be even harder than those many for most people to accept. Still, what seems right and true must be said in any case, Clinias.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianὅστις δὴ διανοεῖται πόλεσιν ἀποφαίνεσθαι νόμους, πῇ τὰ δημόσια καὶ κοινὰ αὐτοὺς χρὴ ζῆν πράττοντας, τῶν δὲ ἰδίων ὅσον ἀνάγκη μηδὲ οἴεται δεῖν, ἐξουσίαν δὲ ἑκάστοις εἶναι τὴν ἡμέραν ζῆν ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλῃ, καὶ μὴ πάντα διὰ τάξεως δεῖν γίγνεσθαι, προέμενος δὲ τὰ ἴδια ἀνομοθέτητα, ἡγεῖται τά γε κοινὰ καὶ δημόσια ἐθελήσειν αὐτοὺς ζῆν διὰ νόμων, οὐκ ὀρθῶς διανοεῖται. τίνος δὴ χάριν ταῦτα εἴρηται; τοῦδε, ὅτι φήσομεν δεῖν ἡμῖν τοὺς νυμφίους μηδὲν διαφερόντως 780b μηδὲ ἧττον ἐν συσσιτίοις τὴν δίαιταν ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ πρὸ τῶν γάμων χρόνου γενομένου.

    AthenianAnyone who intends to declare laws for cities about how people should live when they conduct public and common affairs, but thinks there is no need to regulate private matters even as far as necessary—who thinks each person should be free to spend the day as he likes, and that not everything needs to be done in an orderly way—and who, leaving private matters unlegislated, believes people will be willing to live by laws in their common and public affairs, is not thinking correctly. Why have I said this? For this reason: we are going to say that our bridegrooms must take their meals at the common meals no differently 780b and no less than in the time before their marriage.

    καὶ τοῦτο μὲν δὴ θαυμαστὸν ὄν, ὅτε κατʼ ἀρχὰς πρῶτον ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς παρʼ ὑμῖν τόποις, πολέμου τινὸς αὐτό, ὥς γʼ εἰκός, νομοθετήσαντος ἤ τινος ἑτέρου τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντος πράγματος ἐν ὀλιγανθρωπίαις ὑπὸ πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐχομένοις, γευσαμένοις δὲ καὶ ἀναγκασθεῖσι χρήσασθαι τοῖς συσσιτίοις ἔδοξεν 780c μέγα διαφέρειν εἰς σωτηρίαν τὸ νόμιμον, καὶ κατέστη δὴ τρόπῳ τινὶ τοιούτῳ τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα ὑμῖν τὸ τῶν συσσιτίων.

    This practice was a marvel when it first arose in your part of the world. Probably some war laid it down as law, or some other event with the same force, among people in great difficulty because of their small numbers. Once they had tasted the common meals and been compelled to use them, the custom seemed 780c to make a great difference to their safety, and so, in some such way, your practice of common meals was established.

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasSo it seems, at any rate.

    Athenianὃ δὴ ἔλεγον, ὅτι θαυμαστὸν ὂν τοῦτό ποτε καὶ φοβερὸν ἐπιτάξαι τισίν, νῦν οὐχ ὁμοίως τῷ προστάττοντι δυσχερὲς ἂν εἴη νομοθετεῖν αὐτό· τὸ δʼ ἑξῆς τούτῳ, πεφυκός τε ὀρθῶς ἂν γίγνεσθαι γιγνόμενον, νῦν τε οὐδαμῇ γιγνόμενον, ὀλίγου τε ποιοῦν τὸν νομοθέτην, τὸ τῶν παιζόντων, εἰς πῦρ ξαίνειν καὶ μυρία ἕτερα τοιαῦτα ἀνήνυτα ποιοῦντα δρᾶν, οὐ 780d ῥᾴδιον οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν οὔτʼ εἰπόντα ἀποτελεῖν.

    AthenianAs I was saying, though this was once a marvel, and a frightening thing to impose on certain people, now it would not be as difficult for someone prescribing it to make it law. But the thing that comes next—which would naturally be right if it came about, but at present comes about nowhere—pretty much makes the lawgiver, as people say in jest, card wool into the fire and do countless other such futile things. It is not 780d easy either to say it or, having said it, to carry it out.

    Cliniasτί δὴ τοῦτο, ὦ ξένε, ἐπιχειρῶν λέγειν ἔοικας σφόδρα ἀποκνεῖν;

    CliniasWhat is this, stranger, that you’re trying to say, but seem so very hesitant about?

    Athenianἀκούοιτʼ ἄν, ἵνα μὴ πολλὴ διατριβὴ γίγνηται περὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ μάτην. πᾶν μὲν γάρ, ὅτιπερ ἂν τάξεως καὶ νόμου μετέχον ἐν πόλει γίγνηται, πάντα ἀγαθὰ ἀπεργάζεται, τῶν δὲ ἀτάκτων ἢ τῶν κακῶς ταχθέντων λύει τὰ πολλὰ τῶν εὖ τεταγμένων ἄλλα ἕτερα. οὗ δὴ καὶ νῦν ἐφέστηκεν πέρι τὸ λεγόμενον. ὑμῖν γάρ, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, τὰ μὲν περὶ 780e τοὺς ἄνδρας συσσίτια καλῶς ἅμα καί, ὅπερ εἶπον, θαυμαστῶς καθέστηκεν ἐκ θείας τινὸς ἀνάγκης, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας 781a οὐδαμῶς ὀρθῶς ἀνομοθέτητον μεθεῖται καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸ φῶς ἦκται τὸ τῆς συσσιτίας αὐτῶν ἐπιτήδευμα, ἀλλʼ ὃ καὶ ἄλλως γένος ἡμῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαθραιότερον μᾶλλον καὶ ἐπικλοπώτερον ἔφυ, τὸ θῆλυ, διὰ τὸ ἀσθενές, οὐκ ὀρθῶς τοῦτο εἴξαντος τοῦ νομοθέτου δύστακτον ὂν ἀφείθη.

    AthenianYou’ll hear, so that we don’t waste a lot of time on this very point. Everything in a city that partakes of order and law brings about all kinds of good; but of the things that are disordered, or badly ordered, most undo other things that are well ordered. That is where our discussion now stands. For you, Clinias and Megillus, the common meals 780e for men have been finely and, as I said, marvelously established out of some divine necessity. But where women are concerned, 781a the matter has quite wrongly been left unlegislated, and their practice of common meals has not been brought into the light. Instead, the female sex, which in any case is by nature more secretive and more sly among us human beings, because of its weakness, has been let go as hard to regulate, the lawgiver having wrongly given way.

    διὰ δὲ τούτου μεθειμένου πολλὰ ὑμῖν παρέρρει, πολὺ ἄμεινον ἂν ἔχοντα, εἰ νόμων ἔτυχεν, ἢ τὰ νῦν· οὐ γὰρ ἥμισυ μόνον ἐστίν, ὡς 781b δόξειεν ἄν, τὸ περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἀκοσμήτως περιορώμενον, ὅσῳ δὲ ἡ θήλεια ἡμῖν φύσις ἐστὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν χείρων τῆς τῶν ἀρρένων, τοσούτῳ διαφέρει πρὸς τὸ πλέον ἢ διπλάσιον εἶναι. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐπαναλαβεῖν καὶ ἐπανορθώσασθαι καὶ πάντα συντάξασθαι κοινῇ γυναιξί τε καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτηδεύματα βέλτιον πρὸς πόλεως εὐδαιμονίαν· νῦν δὲ οὕτως ἦκται τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος οὐδαμῶς εἰς τοῦτο εὐτυχῶς, ὥστε οὐδὲ μνησθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἄλλοις γʼ ἐστὶν τόποις καὶ πόλεσιν 781c νοῦν ἔχοντος, ὅπου μηδὲ συσσίτια ὑπάρχει τὸ παράπαν δεδογμένα κατὰ πόλιν εἶναι. πόθεν δή τίς γε ἔργῳ μὴ καταγελάστως ἐπιχειρήσει γυναῖκας προσβιάζεσθαι τὴν σίτων καὶ ποτῶν ἀνάλωσιν φανερὰν θεωρεῖσθαι;

    Because this has been let go, many things slip away from you that would be much better if they had been given laws than they are now. For neglecting the proper order of women isn’t, as 781b it might seem, only half the problem. Insofar as female nature is inferior to male nature in regard to virtue, it matters that much more—more than double. So it would be better for the city’s happiness to take this up again, correct it, and arrange all practices in common for women and men. But as it is, the human race has come to such an unfortunate pass in this respect that in other places and cities 781c a sensible person can’t even mention it, since there are no common meals at all accepted as a public institution. How, then, will anyone try in practice, without being laughed at, to force women to eat and drink where they can be seen in public?

    τούτου γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτι χαλεπώτερον ἂν ὑπομείνειεν τοῦτο τὸ γένος· εἰθισμένον γὰρ δεδυκὸς καὶ σκοτεινὸν ζῆν, ἀγόμενον δʼ εἰς φῶς βίᾳ πᾶσαν ἀντίτασιν ἀντιτεῖνον, πολὺ κρατήσει τοῦ 781d νομοθέτου. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἄλλοθι μέν, ὅπερ εἶπον, οὐδʼ ἂν τὸν λόγον ὑπομείνειε τὸν ὀρθὸν ῥηθέντα ἄνευ πάσης βοῆς, ἐνθάδε δὲ ἴσως ἄν. εἰ δὴ δοκεῖ λόγου γʼ ἕνεκα μὴ ἀτυχῆ τὸν περὶ πάσης τῆς πολιτείας γενέσθαι λόγον, ἐθέλω λέγειν ὡς ἀγαθόν ἐστι καὶ πρέπον, εἰ καὶ σφῷν συνδοκεῖ ἀκούειν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἐᾶν.

    There is nothing this sex would put up with less. Accustomed to living withdrawn and in the dark, and dragged into the light by force, it will put up every kind of resistance and will be much stronger than the 781d lawgiver. So elsewhere, as I said, it wouldn’t even tolerate the correct view being stated without an outcry all round; but here perhaps it would. If you agree that, at least for the sake of the argument, our discussion of the whole constitution shouldn’t fall short, I’m willing to explain how this is good and fitting—if you two are also agreed on hearing it; if not, to leave it alone.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ ξένε, θαυμαστῶς τό γε ἀκοῦσαι νῷν πάντως που συνδοκεῖ.

    CliniasWhy, stranger, we are both wonderfully agreed on hearing it, at all events.

    Athenianἀκούωμεν δή. θαυμάσητε δὲ μηδὲν ἐὰν ὑμῖν ἄνωθέν 781e ποθεν ἐπιχειρεῖν δόξω· σχολῆς γὰρ ἀπολαύομεν καὶ οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς ἐστὶ τὸ κατεπεῖγον τὸ μὴ πάντῃ πάντως σκοπεῖν τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους.

    AthenianThen let’s hear it. But don’t be surprised if you find me starting a long way 781e back. For we have leisure to enjoy, and there is nothing pressing us to keep us from examining matters of law from every angle and in every way.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς εἴρηκας.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Athenianπάλιν τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἐπαναχωρήσωμεν λεχθέντα. εὖ γὰρ δὴ τό γε τοσοῦτον χρὴ πάντʼ ἄνδρα συννοεῖν, ὡς ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένεσις ἢ τὸ παράπαν ἀρχὴν 782a οὐδεμίαν εἴληχεν οὐδʼ ἕξει ποτέ γε τελευτήν, ἀλλʼ ἦν τε ἀεὶ καὶ ἔσται πάντως, ἢ μῆκός τι τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀφʼ οὗ γέγονεν ἀμήχανον ἂν χρόνον ὅσον γεγονὸς ἂν εἴη.

    AthenianLet’s go back, then, to what we said at the start. Everyone should understand this much well: either the human race had no beginning at all 782a and will never have an end, but always was and always will be; or it has existed for an immeasurable length of time since its beginning.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτί οὖν; πόλεων συστάσεις καὶ φθοράς, καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα παντοῖα τάξεώς τε καὶ ἀταξίας, καὶ βρώσεως καὶ πωμάτων τε ἅμα καὶ βρωμάτων ἐπιθυμήματα παντοδαπά, πάντως καὶ περὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἆρʼ οὐκ οἰόμεθα γεγονέναι, καὶ στροφὰς ὡρῶν παντοίας, ἐν αἷς τὰ ζῷα μεταβάλλειν αὑτῶν 782b παμπληθεῖς μεταβολὰς εἰκός;

    AthenianWell then? Don’t we think that cities have been founded and destroyed, and that there have been all kinds of practices, orderly and disorderly, and all sorts of appetites for food, for drink and for things to eat, everywhere and all over the earth? And all kinds of changes in the seasons, in which animals would probably undergo 782b a vast number of changes themselves?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτί οὖν; πιστεύομεν ἀμπέλους τε φανῆναί πού ποτε πρότερον οὐκ οὔσας; ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐλάας καὶ τὰ Δήμητρός τε καὶ Κόρης δῶρα; Τριπτόλεμόν τέ τινα τῶν τοιούτων γενέσθαι διάκονον; ἐν ᾧ δὲ μὴ ταῦτα ἦν τῷ χρόνῳ, μῶν οὐκ οἰόμεθα τὰ ζῷα, καθάπερ νῦν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλλήλων ἐδωδὴν τρέπεσθαι;

    AthenianWell then? Do we believe that vines appeared somewhere at some point, when before they hadn’t existed? And olives likewise, and the gifts of Demeter and Kore? And that someone called Triptolemus became the servant of such things? And in the time when these things didn’t exist, don’t we suppose that animals turned to eating one another, as they do now?

    Demeter, goddess of grain, and her daughter Kore (Persephone) were said to have given grain to humankind, and Triptolemus to have spread its cultivation.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτὸ δὲ μὴν θύειν ἀνθρώπους ἀλλήλους ἔτι καὶ νῦν παραμένον ὁρῶμεν πολλοῖς· καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀκούομεν ἐν ἄλλοις, ὅτε οὐδὲ βοὸς ἐτόλμων μὲν γεύεσθαι, θύματά τε οὐκ ἦν τοῖς θεοῖσι ζῷα, πέλανοι δὲ καὶ μέλιτι καρποὶ δεδευμένοι καὶ τοιαῦτα ἄλλα ἁγνὰ θύματα, σαρκῶν δʼ ἀπείχοντο ὡς οὐχ ὅσιον ὂν ἐσθίειν οὐδὲ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν βωμοὺς αἵματι μιαίνειν, ἀλλὰ Ὀρφικοί τινες λεγόμενοι βίοι ἐγίγνοντο ἡμῶν τοῖς τότε, ἀψύχων μὲν ἐχόμενοι πάντων, ἐμψύχων δὲ τοὐναντίον 782d πάντων ἀπεχόμενοι.

    AthenianIn fact we see that the practice of human beings sacrificing one another still survives among many people even now. And conversely we hear that among others there was a time when people didn’t even dare to taste beef, and there were no animal sacrifices to the gods, but cakes, and fruits soaked in honey, and other such pure offerings. They kept away from meat, on the grounds that it was unholy to eat it or to stain the altars of the gods with blood. Instead, those of us who lived then led what are called Orphic lives, keeping to everything without a soul, and, on the contrary, 782d abstaining from everything with a soul.

    Followers of the Orphic religious movement abstained from eating meat.

    Cliniasκαὶ σφόδρα λεγόμενά τʼ εἴρηκας καὶ πιστεύεσθαι πιθανά.

    CliniasWhat you’ve said is very widely said, and easy to believe.

    Athenianπρὸς οὖν δὴ τί ταῦτα, εἴποι τις ἄν, ὑμῖν πάντʼ ἐρρήθη τὰ νῦν;

    AthenianThen someone might ask: what was the point of saying all this to you just now?

    Cliniasὀρθῶς ὑπέλαβες, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasYou’ve anticipated our question correctly, stranger.

    Athenianκαὶ τοίνυν, ἐὰν δύνωμαι, τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς, ὦ Κλεινία, πειράσομαι φράζειν.

    AthenianWell then, if I can, Clinias, I’ll try to explain what comes next.

    Cliniasλέγοις ἄν.

    CliniasPlease go on.

    Athenianὁρῶ πάντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκ τριττῆς χρείας καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ἠρτημένα, διʼ ὧν ἀρετή τε αὐτοῖς ἀγομένοις ὀρθῶς 782e καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀποβαίνει κακῶς ἀχθεῖσιν. ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶν ἐδωδὴ μὲν καὶ πόσις εὐθὺς γενομένοις, ἣν πέρι ἅπασαν πᾶν ζῷον ἔμφυτον ἔρωτα ἔχον, μεστὸν οἴστρου τέ ἐστιν καὶ ἀνηκουστίας τοῦ λέγοντος ἄλλο τι δεῖν πράττειν πλὴν τὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τὰς περὶ ἅπαντα ταῦτα ἀποπληροῦντα, λύπης τῆς ἁπάσης ἀεὶ δεῖν σφᾶς ἀπαλλάττειν· τρίτη 783a δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ μεγίστη χρεία καὶ ἔρως ὀξύτατος ὕστατος μὲν ὁρμᾶται, διαπυρωτάτους δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μανίαις ἀπεργάζεται πάντως, ὁ περὶ τὴν τοῦ γένους σπορὰν ὕβρει πλείστῃ καόμενος.

    AthenianI see that everything for human beings depends on a threefold need and desire. Through these, virtue results for them if they are guided correctly, 782e and the opposite if they are guided badly. These are food and drink, from the moment they are born. Every animal has an innate love for all of this, and is full of frenzy, refusing to listen to anyone who says it should do anything other than satisfy its pleasures and desires for all these things, and so always rid itself of every pain. Our third 783a and greatest need, and our sharpest love, arises last, and it sets people utterly on fire with madness: the love that burns with the greatest wantonness, for the sowing of the race.

    ἃ δὴ δεῖ τρία νοσήματα, τρέποντα εἰς τὸ βέλτιστον παρὰ τὸ λεγόμενον ἥδιστον, τρισὶ μὲν τοῖς μεγίστοις πειρᾶσθαι κατέχειν, φόβῳ καὶ νόμῳ καὶ τῷ ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ, προσχρωμένους μέντοι Μούσαις τε καὶ ἀγωνίοισι θεοῖς, 783b σβεννύντων τὴν αὔξην τε καὶ ἐπιρροήν.

    These three diseases we must try to restrain, turning them toward what is best and away from what is called most pleasant, with the three greatest things—fear, law and true reason—and making use besides of the Muses and the gods of the games, 783b to quench their growth and their influx.

    παίδων δὲ δὴ γένεσιν μετὰ τοὺς γάμους θῶμεν, καὶ μετὰ γένεσιν τροφὴν καὶ παιδείαν· καὶ τάχʼ ἂν οὕτω προϊόντων τῶν λόγων ὅ τε νόμος ἡμῖν ἕκαστος περαίνοιτο εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἐπὶ συσσίτια ἡνίκα ἀφικόμεθα—τὰς τοιαύτας κοινωνίας εἴτε ἄρα γυναικῶν εἴτε ἀνδρῶν δεῖ μόνων γίγνεσθαι, προσμείξαντες αὐτοῖς ἐγγύθεν ἴσως μᾶλλον κατοψόμεθα—τά τε ἐπίπροσθεν αὐτῶν, ἔτι νῦν ὄντα ἀνομοθέτητα, 783c τάξαντες αὐτὰ ἐπίπροσθεν ποιησόμεθα, καὶ ὅπερ ἐρρήθη νυνδή, κατοψόμεθά τε αὐτὰ ἀκριβέστερον, μᾶλλόν τε τοὺς προσήκοντας αὐτοῖς καὶ πρέποντας νόμους ἂν θείημεν.

    Let’s place the birth of children after marriage, and after birth, their nurture and education. And perhaps, as our discussion goes on this way, each of our laws would be brought to completion as we move forward, until we reach the common meals. Whether such associations should be of women as well, or of men only, we will perhaps see better when we get close to them. The matters that come before them, which are still unlegislated, 783c we will put in order and place in front of them; and, as was just said, we will see them more precisely, and would be better able to lay down laws that suit and fit them.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s quite right.

    Athenianφυλάξωμεν τοίνυν τῇ μνήμῃ τὰ νυνδὴ λεχθέντα· ἴσως γὰρ χρείαν ποτʼ αὐτῶν πάντων ἕξομεν.

    AthenianThen let’s keep in mind what we just said; perhaps we’ll need all of it at some point.

    Cliniasτὰ ποῖα δὴ διακελεύῃ;

    CliniasWhat are you telling us to remember?

    Athenianἃ τοῖς τρισὶ διωριζόμεθα ῥήμασι· βρῶσιν μὲν ἐλέγομέν που, καὶ δεύτερον πόσιν, καὶ ἀφροδισίων δέ τινα 783d διαπτόησιν τρίτον.

    AthenianWhat we distinguished with three words. We spoke, I think, of eating; second, of drinking; and third, of a kind of 783d sexual excitement.

    Cliniasπάντως, ὦ ξένε, μεμνησόμεθά που ὧν τὰ νῦν διακελεύῃ.

    CliniasWe’ll certainly remember what you’re telling us now, stranger.

    Athenianκαλῶς. ἔλθωμεν δʼ ἐπὶ τὰ νυμφικά, διδάξοντές τε αὐτοὺς πῶς χρὴ καὶ τίνα τρόπον τοὺς παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐὰν ἄρα μὴ πείθωμεν, ἀπειλήσοντές τισιν νόμοις.

    AthenianGood. Now let’s come to the newly married, to teach them how and in what way they should have children—and, if we can’t persuade them, to threaten them with some laws.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianνύμφην χρὴ διανοεῖσθαι καὶ νυμφίον ὡς ὅτι καλλίστους καὶ ἀρίστους εἰς δύναμιν ἀποδειξομένους παῖδας τῇ 783e πόλει. πάντες δʼ ἄνθρωποι κοινωνοὶ πάσης πράξεως, ἡνίκα μὲν ἂν προσέχωσιν αὑτοῖς τε καὶ τῇ πράξει τὸν νοῦν, πάντα καλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ ἀπεργάζονται, μὴ προσέχοντες δὲ ἢ μὴ ἔχοντες νοῦν, τἀναντία. προσεχέτω δὴ καὶ ὁ νυμφίος τῇ τε νύμφῃ καὶ τῇ παιδοποιίᾳ τὸν νοῦν, κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἡ νύμφη, τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον διαφερόντως ὃν ἂν μήπω παῖδες 784a αὐτοῖς ὦσιν γεγονότες.

    AthenianThe bride and groom must set their minds on producing the finest and best children they can for the 783e city. All human beings who share in any activity produce everything fine and good when they pay attention to themselves and to what they are doing, but the opposite when they don’t pay attention, or have no sense. So let the bridegroom pay attention to the bride and to having children, and the bride likewise, especially during the time when they don’t yet 784a have any children.

    ἐπίσκοποι δʼ ἔστωσαν τούτων ἃς εἱλόμεθα γυναῖκες, πλείους εἴτʼ ἐλάττους, τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ὁπόσας ἂν δοκῇ προστάττειν τε καὶ ὁπόταν, πρὸς τὸ τῆς Εἰλειθυίας ἱερὸν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας συλλεγόμεναι μέχρι τρίτου μέρους ὥρας, οἷ δὴ συλλεχθεῖσαι διαγγελλόντων ἀλλήλαις εἴ τίς τινα ὁρᾷ πρὸς ἄλλʼ ἄττα βλέποντα ἄνδρα ἢ καὶ γυναῖκα τῶν παιδοποιουμένων ἢ πρὸς τὰ τεταγμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς 784b γάμοις θυσιῶν τε καὶ ἱερῶν γενομένων. ἡ δὲ παιδοποιία καὶ φυλακὴ τῶν παιδοποιουμένων δεκέτις ἔστω, μὴ πλείω δὲ χρόνον, ὅταν εὔροια ᾖ τῆς γενέσεως· ἂν δὲ ἄγονοί τινες εἰς τοῦτον γίγνωνται τὸν χρόνον, μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων καὶ ἀρχουσῶν γυναικῶν διαζεύγνυσθαι κοινῇ βουλευομένους εἰς τὰ πρόσφορα ἑκατέροις.

    Their overseers are to be the women we have chosen—more of them or fewer, as many as the officials see fit to appoint, and at whatever time. They are to assemble every day at the temple of Eileithyia for up to a third of an hour. Once assembled there, they are to report to one another whether any of them has seen any man or woman among those having children paying attention to anything other than what was prescribed at the 784b sacrifices and rites held at their weddings. The period for having children, and for supervising those having them, is to be ten years and no longer, when offspring come readily. If a couple remain childless up to that time, they are to separate, deciding jointly with their relatives and the women officials what is best for each of them.

    Eileithyia was the goddess of childbirth.

    ἐὰν δʼ ἀμφισβήτησίς τις γίγνηται περὶ τῶν ἑκατέροις πρεπόντων καὶ προσφόρων, δέκα τῶν 784c νομοφυλάκων ἑλομένους, οἷς ἂν ἐπιτρέψωσιν οἱ δὲ τάξωσι, τούτοις ἐμμένειν. εἰσιοῦσαι δʼ εἰς τὰς οἰκίας τῶν νέων αἱ γυναῖκες, τὰ μὲν νουθετοῦσαι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀπειλοῦσαι, παυόντων αὐτοὺς τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἀμαθίας· ἐὰν δʼ ἀδυνατῶσι, πρὸς τοὺς νομοφύλακας ἰοῦσαι φραζόντων, οἱ δʼ εἰργόντων. ἂν δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνοί πως ἀδυνατήσωσι, πρὸς τὸ δημόσιον ἀποφηνάντων, ἀναγράψαντές τε καὶ ὀμόσαντες ἦ μὴν ἀδυνατεῖν 784d τὸν καὶ τὸν βελτίω ποιεῖν. ὁ δὲ ἀναγραφεὶς ἄτιμος ἔστω, μὴ ἑλὼν ἐν δικαστηρίῳ τοὺς ἐγγράψαντας, τῶνδε· μήτε γὰρ εἰς γάμους ἴτω μήτε εἰς τὰς τῶν παίδων ἐπιτελειώσεις, ἂν δὲ ἴῃ, πληγαῖς ὁ βουληθεὶς ἀθῷος αὐτὸν κολαζέτω.

    If some dispute arises about what is fitting and best for each, they are to choose ten of the 784c guardians of the laws, and abide by whatever those to whom they entrust the matter decide. The women are to go into the homes of the young couples and, partly by admonishing them and partly by threatening them, put a stop to their wrongdoing and ignorance. If they can’t, they are to go to the guardians of the laws and tell them, and the guardians are to restrain them. And if they too somehow fail, they are to report it to the public, posting up the name and swearing on oath that they are unable 784d to make so-and-so any better. The man who has been posted up is to lose the following rights, unless he wins a case in court against those who posted him: he is not to go to weddings, or to the celebrations held for children; and if he does go, anyone who wishes may punish him with a beating, without penalty.

    τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ γυναικὸς ἔστω νόμιμα· τῶν ἐξόδων γὰρ τῶν γυναικείων καὶ τιμῶν καὶ τῶν εἰς τοὺς γάμους καὶ γενέθλια τῶν παίδων φοιτήσεων μὴ μετεχέτω, ἐὰν ἀκοσμοῦσα ὡσαύτως 784e ἀναγραφῇ καὶ μὴ ἕλῃ τὴν δίκην. ὅταν δὲ δὴ παῖδας γεννήσωνται κατὰ νόμους, ἐὰν ἀλλοτρίᾳ τις περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα κοινωνῇ γυναικὶ ἢ γυνὴ ἀνδρί, ἐὰν μὲν παιδοποιουμένοις ἔτι, τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιζήμια αὐτοῖς ἔστω καθάπερ τοῖς ἔτι γεννωμένοις εἴρηται· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ μὲν σωφρονῶν καὶ σωφρονοῦσα εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔστω πάντα εὐδόκιμος, ὁ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἐναντίως τιμάσθω, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀτιμαζέσθω. καὶ μετριαζόντων μὲν 785a περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν πλειόνων ἀνομοθέτητα σιγῇ κείσθω, ἀκοσμούντων δὲ νομοθετηθέντα ταύτῃ πραττέσθω κατὰ τοὺς τότε τεθέντας νόμους.

    The same rules are to apply to a woman. She is to have no part in women’s outings and honors, or in attending weddings and children’s birthday celebrations, if she is likewise 784e posted up for misbehaving and does not win her case. When they have had children according to the laws, if a man has relations of this kind with another woman, or a woman with another man, and the other party is still of child-bearing age, the same penalties apply to them as were stated for those still having children. After that, the man and the woman who are moderate in such matters are to be well regarded in every way, and anyone who behaves in the opposite way is to be honored in the opposite way—or rather, dishonored. If most people behave with moderation 785a in these matters, let them lie unlegislated, in silence; but if people misbehave, let these things be legislated and enforced accordingly, under the laws laid down at that time.

    βίου μὲν ἀρχὴ τοῦ παντὸς ἑκάστοις ὁ πρῶτος ἐνιαυτός· ὃν γεγράφθαι χρεὼν ἐν ἱεροῖσι πατρῴοις ζωῆς ἀρχή. κόρῳ καὶ κόρῃ παραγεγράφθω δʼ ἐν τοίχῳ λελευκωμένῳ ἐν πάσῃ φρατρίᾳ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔτεσιν ἀριθμουμένων· τῆς δὲ φρατρίας ἀεὶ 785b τοὺς ζῶντας μὲν γεγράφθαι πλησίον, τοὺς δʼ ὑπεκχωροῦντας τοῦ βίου ἐξαλείφειν. γάμου δὲ ὅρον εἶναι κόρῃ μὲν ἀπὸ ἑκκαίδεκα ἐτῶν εἰς εἴκοσι, τὸν μακρότατον χρόνον ἀφωρισμένον, κόρῳ δὲ ἀπὸ τριάκοντα μέχρι τῶν πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα· εἰς δὲ ἀρχὰς γυναικὶ μὲν τετταράκοντα, ἀνδρὶ δὲ τριάκοντα ἔτη· πρὸς πόλεμον δὲ ἀνδρὶ μὲν εἴκοσι μέχρι τῶν ἑξήκοντα ἐτῶν· γυναικὶ δέ, ἣν ἂν δοκῇ χρείαν δεῖν χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰ πολεμικά, ἐπειδὰν παῖδας γεννήσῃ, τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ πρέπον ἑκάσταις προστάττειν μέχρι τῶν πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν.

    The beginning of each person’s whole life is the first year, and it should be recorded in the family shrines as the beginning of life for boy and girl alike. Beside it, on a whitewashed wall in every phratry, should be written the number of the officials after whom the years are counted. The names of the living members of the phratry are always to be written 785b close by, and those who depart from life erased. The age limit for marriage is to be sixteen to twenty for a girl—this being the longest period allowed—and thirty to thirty-five for a young man. For holding office, it is forty for a woman and thirty for a man. For military service, a man serves from twenty to sixty. As for a woman, whatever service it seems necessary for her to perform in war, once she has had children, it is to be assigned as possible and fitting for each, up to the age of fifty.

    Greek cities named each year after an official, so the list of officials served as a calendar.

    Book VII

    Education from infancy: music, gymnastics and mathematics.

    Athenianγενομένων δὲ παίδων ἀρρένων καὶ θηλειῶν, τροφὴν μέν που καὶ παιδείαν τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα λέγειν ὀρθότατʼ ἂν γίγνοιθʼ ἡμῖν, ἣν εἶναι μὲν ἄρρητον πάντως ἀδύνατον, λεγομένη δὲ διδαχῇ τινι καὶ νουθετήσει μᾶλλον ἢ νόμοις εἰκυῖʼ ἂν ἡμῖν φαίνοιτο. ἰδίᾳ γὰρ καὶ κατʼ οἰκίας πολλὰ καὶ σμικρὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐμφανῆ πᾶσι γιγνόμενα, ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ τῆς 788b ἑκάστων λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ἕτερα παρὰ τὰς τοῦ νομοθέτου συμβουλὰς παραγενόμενα, παντοδαπὰ καὶ οὐχ ὅμοια ἀλλήλοις ἀπεργάζοιτʼ ἂν τὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἤθη. τοῦτο δὲ κακὸν ταῖς πόλεσιν· καὶ γὰρ διὰ σμικρότητα αὐτῶν καὶ πυκνότητα ἐπιζήμια τιθέντα ποιεῖν νόμους ἀπρεπὲς ἅμα καὶ ἄσχημον, διαφθείρει δὲ καὶ τοὺς γραφῇ τεθέντας νόμους, ἐν τοῖς σμικροῖς καὶ πυκνοῖς ἐθισθέντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων παρανομεῖν.

    AthenianNow that children have been born, boys and girls, it would be most correct for us to speak next about their nurture and education. It’s quite impossible to leave this unspoken, but when it’s spoken of, it would seem to us more like a kind of instruction and admonition than laws. For in private life, within households, many small things happen that aren’t visible to everyone, and these, easily arising from 788b each person’s pains, pleasures and desires, contrary to the lawgiver’s advice, would make the citizens’ characters varied and unlike one another. And that is bad for cities. Because these matters are so small and so frequent, it is both improper and unseemly to make laws imposing penalties on them; and yet it also undermines the laws that have been laid down in writing, when people have grown used to breaking the law in small and frequent matters.

    ὥστε ἀπορία μὲν περὶ αὐτὰ νομοθετεῖν, σιγᾶν δὲ ἀδύνατον. ἃ δὲ λέγω, δηλῶσαι πειρατέον οἷον δείγματα ἐξενεγκόντα εἰς φῶς· νῦν γὰρ λεγομένοις ἔοικε κατά τι σκότος.

    So it’s a problem to legislate about these things, and impossible to keep silent. I must try to make clear what I mean by bringing some samples, as it were, out into the light; at the moment what I’m saying seems to be spoken in a kind of darkness.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὅτι μὲν σώματα καὶ ψυχὰς τήν γε ὀρθὴν πάντως δεῖ τροφὴν φαίνεσθαι δυναμένην ὡς κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα ἐξεργάζεσθαι, τοῦτο μὲν ὀρθῶς εἴρηταί που.

    AthenianWell, we’ve rightly said, I think, that nurture which is really correct must prove able to make bodies and souls as beautiful and as good as possible.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianσώματα δὲ κάλλιστα, οἴομαι, τό γε ἁπλούστατον, ὡς ὀρθότατα δεῖ νέων ὄντων εὐθὺς φύεσθαι τῶν παίδων.

    AthenianAnd the most beautiful bodies—to put it in the simplest way—come, I suppose, from children growing as straight as possible right from their earliest years.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτί δέ; τόδε οὐκ ἐννοοῦμεν, ὡς ἡ πρώτη βλάστη παντὸς ζῴου πολὺ μεγίστη καὶ πλείστη φύεται, ὥστε καὶ ἔριν πολλοῖς παρέσχηκεν μὴ γίγνεσθαι τά γʼ ἀνθρώπινα μήκη διπλάσια ἀπὸ πέντε ἐτῶν ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς εἴκοσιν ἔτεσιν αὐξανόμενα;

    AthenianWell then, don’t we notice this: that the first growth of every living creature is by far the greatest and most abundant? So much so that many people have even argued that human height, from the age of five, doesn’t double in the twenty years of growth that remain.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ.

    CliniasTrue.

    Athenianτί οὖν; πολλὴ αὔξη ὅταν ἐπιρρέῃ πόνων χωρὶς 789a πολλῶν καὶ συμμέτρων, οὐκ ἴσμεν ὅτι μυρία κακὰ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν ἀποτελεῖ;

    AthenianWell then, when abundant growth floods in without 789a plenty of well-proportioned exercise, don’t we know that it causes countless ills in the body?

    Cliniasπάνυ γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τότε δεῖται πλείστων πόνων, ὅταν ἡ πλείστη τροφὴ προσγίγνηται τοῖς σώμασι.

    AthenianSo bodies need the most exercise when they’re taking in the most nourishment.

    Cliniasτί δῆτʼ, ὦ ξένε; ἦ τοῖς ἄρτι γεγονόσι καὶ νεωτάτοις πόνους πλείστους προστάξομεν;

    CliniasWhat’s this, stranger? Are we going to prescribe the most exercise for newborns, the very youngest of all?

    Athenianοὐδαμῶς γε, ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ πρότερον τοῖς ἐντὸς τῶν αὑτῶν μητέρων τρεφομένοις.

    AthenianNot at all—but even earlier, for those still being nourished inside their mothers.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις, ὦ λῷστε; ἢ τοῖς κυουμένοισι φράζεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean, my good friend? Are you talking about babies in the womb?

    Athenianναί. θαυμαστὸν δʼ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀγνοεῖν ὑμᾶς τὴν τῶν τηλικούτων γυμναστικήν, ἣν βουλοίμην ἂν ὑμῖν καίπερ ἄτοπον οὖσαν δηλῶσαι.

    AthenianYes. And it’s no wonder you two are unfamiliar with the gymnastics of those so young. It’s a strange thing, but I’d like to explain it to you.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasBy all means.

    Athenianἔστι τοίνυν παρʼ ἡμῖν μᾶλλον τὸ τοιοῦτον κατανοεῖν διὰ τὸ τὰς παιδιὰς αὐτόθι μειζόνως τινὰς παίζειν ἢ δεῖ· τρέφουσι γὰρ δὴ παρʼ ἡμῖν οὐ μόνον παῖδες ἀλλὰ καὶ πρεσβύτεροί τινες ὀρνίθων θρέμματα, ἐπὶ τὰς μάχας τὰς πρὸς ἄλληλα.

    AthenianWell, it’s easier to grasp this sort of thing where I come from, because some people there take their amusements more seriously than they should. With us, not only boys but some older men too raise young birds to fight one another.

    ἀσκοῦντας τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν θηρίων πολλοῦ 789c δὴ δέουσιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς πόνους αὐτοῖς εἶναι τοὺς πρὸς ἄλληλα μετρίους, ἐν οἷς αὐτὰ ἀνακινοῦσι γυμνάζοντες· πρὸς γὰρ τούτοις λαβόντες ὑπὸ μάλης ἕκαστος, τοὺς μὲν ἐλάττονας εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, μείζους δʼ ὑπὸ τὴν ἀγκάλην ἐντός, πορεύονται περιπατοῦντες σταδίους παμπόλλους ἕνεκα τῆς εὐεξίας οὔτι τῆς τῶν αὑτῶν σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ τῆς τούτων τῶν θρεμμάτων, καὶ τό γε τοσοῦτον δηλοῦσι τῷ δυναμένῳ καταμαθεῖν, 789d ὅτι τὰ σώματα πάντα ὑπὸ τῶν σεισμῶν τε καὶ κινήσεων κινούμενα ἄκοπα ὀνίναται πάντων, ὅσα τε ὑπὸ ἑαυτῶν, ἢ καὶ ἐν αἰώραις ἢ καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, ἢ καὶ ἐφʼ ἵππων ὀχουμένων καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλων ὁπωσοῦν δὴ φερομένων τῶν σωμάτων, κινεῖται, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα τὰς τῶν σίτων τροφὰς καὶ ποτῶν κατακρατοῦντα, ὑγίειαν καὶ κάλλος καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ῥώμην ἡμῖν δυνατά ἐστι παραδιδόναι.

    And when they train such creatures, they’re very far 789c from thinking that the bouts against one another, in which they stir them up for exercise, give them enough exertion. On top of that, each of them takes his birds under his arm—the smaller ones in his hands, the bigger ones tucked into the crook of his arm—and goes walking for miles and miles, for the sake of the fitness not of his own body but of these creatures’. And to anyone able to learn from it they show at least this much: 789d that all bodies benefit from being moved by shakings and motions without tiring, whether they move of themselves, or on swings, or at sea, or riding on horseback, or while being carried along by others in whatever way. Through this they master the nourishment of food and drink, and are able to give us health and beauty and strength of every other kind.

    τί οὖν ἂν φαῖμεν ἐχόντων οὕτω τούτων τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς δεῖν ποιεῖν; βούλεσθε 789e ἅμα γέλωτι φράζωμεν, τιθέντες νόμους τὴν μὲν κύουσαν περιπατεῖν, τὸ γενόμενον δὲ πλάττειν τε οἷον κήρινον, ἕως ὑγρόν, καὶ μέχρι δυοῖν ἐτοῖν σπαργανᾶν; καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰς τροφοὺς ἀναγκάζωμεν νόμῳ ζημιοῦντες τὰ παιδία ἢ πρὸς ἀγροὺς ἢ πρὸς ἱερὰ ἢ πρὸς οἰκείους ἀεί πῃ φέρειν, μέχριπερ ἂν ἱκανῶς ἵστασθαι δυνατὰ γίγνηται, καὶ τότε, διευλαβουμένας ἔτι νέων ὄντων μή πῃ βίᾳ ἐπερειδομένων στρέφηται τὰ κῶλα, ἐπιπονεῖν φερούσας ἕως ἂν τριετὲς ἀποτελεσθῇ τὸ γενόμενον; εἰς δύναμιν δὲ ἰσχυρὰς αὐτὰς εἶναι χρεὼν 790a καὶ μὴ μίαν; ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἑκάστοις, ἂν μὴ γίγνηται, ζημίαν τοῖς μὴ ποιοῦσι γράφωμεν; ἢ πολλοῦ γε δεῖ; τὸ γὰρ ἄρτι ῥηθὲν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν πολὺ καὶ ἄφθονον.

    Given that this is how things stand, what should we say we must do next? Would you like us 789e to spell it out, even at the risk of laughter, laying down laws that the pregnant woman must take walks, and that the newborn must be molded like wax while it’s still soft and kept in swaddling clothes until the age of two? And that we compel the nurses, under legal penalty, to be forever carrying the children somewhere—to the fields or to the temples or to relatives—until they’re able to stand properly; and even then, taking great care while they’re still young that their limbs don’t somehow get bent by bearing their weight too forcibly, to keep up the labor of carrying them until the child has turned three? That the nurses should be as strong as possible 790a and more than one? And for each of these rules, if it isn’t carried out, shall we write down a penalty for those who fail to comply? Or is that far from the mark? For the thing I just mentioned would happen, and in abundance.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat thing?

    Athenianτὸ γέλωτα ἂν πολὺν ὀφλεῖν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τῷ μὴ ἐθέλειν ἂν πείθεσθαι γυναικεῖά τε καὶ δούλεια ἤθη τροφῶν.

    AthenianThat we’d earn a great deal of laughter—besides which the nurses, with the characters of women and of slaves, wouldn’t be willing to obey.

    Cliniasἀλλὰ τίνος δὴ χάριν ἔφαμεν αὐτὰ δεῖν ῥηθῆναι;

    CliniasThen why did we say these things needed saying?

    Athenianτοῦδε· τὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν τε καὶ ἐλευθέρων ἐν ταῖς 790b πόλεσιν ἤθη τάχʼ ἂν ἀκούσαντα εἰς σύννοιαν ἀφίκοιτʼ ἂν τὴν ὀρθήν, ὅτι χωρὶς τῆς ἰδίας διοικήσεως ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὀρθῆς γιγνομένης μάτην ἂν τὰ κοινά τις οἴοιτο ἕξειν τινὰ βεβαιότητα θέσεως νόμων, καὶ ταῦτα ἐννοῶν, αὐτὸς νόμοις ἂν τοῖς νῦν ῥηθεῖσιν χρῷτο, καὶ χρώμενος, εὖ τήν τε οἰκίαν καὶ πόλιν ἅμα τὴν αὑτοῦ διοικῶν, εὐδαιμονοῖ.

    AthenianFor this reason: if the masters and free people in the 790b cities hear it, their characters might come to the right realization—that unless private life in cities is managed rightly, it’s vain to suppose that public affairs will have any stability in the laying down of laws. And with this in mind a man might himself adopt as laws the things just said, and by adopting them, and managing both his household and his city well, be happy.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλʼ εἰκότως εἴρηκας.

    CliniasThat’s very reasonable.

    Infancy: neither pleasure nor pain

    Infants should be kept in motion and raised to be cheerful, avoiding both pampering and fear.

    Athenianτοιγαροῦν μήπω λήξωμεν τῆς τοιαύτης νομοθεσίας, 790c πρὶν ἂν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πάνυ νέων παίδων ἐπιτηδεύματα ἀποδῶμεν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅνπερ ἤργμεθα τῶν περὶ τὰ σώματα μύθων λεχθέντων διαπεραίνειν.

    AthenianThen let’s not leave off this sort of legislation yet, 790c not until we’ve also set out the practices concerning the souls of very young children, in the same way we’ve begun working through the stories we told about their bodies.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν ὀρθῶς.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianλάβωμεν τοίνυν τοῦτο οἷον στοιχεῖον ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα, σώματός τε καὶ ψυχῆς τῶν πάνυ νέων τὴν τιθήνησιν καὶ κίνησιν γιγνομένην ὅτι μάλιστα διὰ πάσης τε νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὡς ἔστι σύμφορος ἅπασι μέν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ τοῖς ὅτι νεωτάτοισι, καὶ οἰκεῖν, εἰ δυνατὸν ἦν, οἷον ἀεὶ πλέοντας· 790d νῦν δʼ ὡς ἐγγύτατα τούτου ποιεῖν δεῖ περὶ τὰ νεογενῆ παίδων θρέμματα.

    AthenianThen let’s take this as a kind of basic element for both the body and the soul of the very young: that nursing them and keeping them in motion, as much as possible through every night and day, is beneficial for everyone, and not least for the very youngest; and that they should live, if it were possible, as though always at sea. 790d As it is, we must do the nearest thing to this with newborn infants.

    τεκμαίρεσθαι δὲ χρὴ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶνδε, ὡς ἐξ ἐμπειρίας αὐτὸ εἰλήφασι καὶ ἐγνώκασιν ὂν χρήσιμον αἵ τε τροφοὶ τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ τῶν Κορυβάντων ἰάματα τελοῦσαι· ἡνίκα γὰρ ἄν που βουληθῶσιν κατακοιμίζειν τὰ δυσυπνοῦντα τῶν παιδίων αἱ μητέρες, οὐχ ἡσυχίαν αὐτοῖς προσφέρουσιν ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον κίνησιν, ἐν ταῖς ἀγκάλαις 790e ἀεὶ σείουσαι, καὶ οὐ σιγὴν ἀλλά τινα μελῳδίαν, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς οἷον καταυλοῦσι τῶν παιδίων, καθάπερ ἡ τῶν ἐκφρόνων βακχειῶν ἰάσεις, ταύτῃ τῇ τῆς κινήσεως ἅμα χορείᾳ καὶ μούσῃ χρώμεναι.

    And we ought to infer from the following that nurses of little children, and the women who perform the Corybantic cures, have learned this from experience and recognized that it’s useful. When mothers want to get babies who sleep badly to go to sleep, they don’t bring them stillness but the opposite, motion, rocking them in their arms 790e again and again; and not silence but a kind of melody. They quite literally pipe their children to sleep, as it were, just as in the cure of frenzied Bacchic states, using this combination of movement—dance—and music.

    The Corybantes were ecstatic attendants of the mother goddess Cybele; their rites of music and wild dancing were used to cure forms of frenzy.

    Cliniasτίς οὖν αἰτία τούτων, ὦ ξένε, μάλιστʼ ἔσθʼ ἡμῖν;

    CliniasSo what would you say, stranger, is the main reason for this?

    Athenianοὐ πάνυ χαλεπὴ γιγνώσκειν.

    AthenianIt’s not very hard to understand.

    Cliniasπῶς δή;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianδειμαίνειν ἐστίν που ταῦτʼ ἀμφότερα τὰ πάθη, καὶ ἔστι δείματα διʼ ἕξιν φαύλην τῆς ψυχῆς τινα. ὅταν οὖν 791a ἔξωθέν τις προσφέρῃ τοῖς τοιούτοις πάθεσι σεισμόν, ἡ τῶν ἔξωθεν κρατεῖ κίνησις προσφερομένη τὴν ἐντὸς φοβερὰν οὖσαν καὶ μανικὴν κίνησιν, κρατήσασα δέ, γαλήνην ἡσυχίαν τε ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ φαίνεσθαι ἀπεργασαμένη τῆς περὶ τὰ τῆς καρδίας χαλεπῆς γενομένης ἑκάστων πηδήσεως, παντάπασιν ἀγαπητόν τι, τοὺς μὲν ὕπνου λαγχάνειν ποιεῖ, τοὺς δʼ ἐγρηγορότας ὀρχουμένους τε καὶ αὐλουμένους μετὰ θεῶν, οἷς ἂν καλλιεροῦντες ἕκαστοι θύωσι, κατηργάσατο ἀντὶ μανικῶν 791b ἡμῖν διαθέσεων ἕξεις ἔμφρονας ἔχειν. καὶ ταῦτα, ὡς διὰ βραχέων γε οὕτως εἰπεῖν, πιθανὸν λόγον ἔχει τινά.

    AthenianBoth these conditions are forms of fear, I suppose, and the fears come from some poor condition of the soul. So when 791a someone applies a shaking from outside to conditions like these, the motion applied from outside overpowers the fearful, frenzied motion within. And having overpowered it, it produces a visible calm and stillness in the soul, in place of the violent pounding of the heart that each of them had suffered—something altogether welcome. The children it puts to sleep; the others, who are awake, dancing and being piped to in the company of the gods to whom each of them sacrifices with good omens, it brings to have sound states of mind in place of frenzied 791b conditions. And this, to put it briefly at least, is a plausible enough account.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianεἰ δέ γε οὕτως τοιαύτην τινὰ δύναμιν ἔχει ταῦτα, ἐννοεῖν χρὴ τόδε παρʼ αὑτοῖς, ὡς ἅπασα ψυχὴ δείμασιν συνοῦσα ἐκ νέων μᾶλλον ἂν διὰ φόβων ἐθίζοιτο γίγνεσθαι· τοῦτο δέ που πᾶς ἂν φαίη δειλίας ἄσκησιν ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀνδρείας γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianWell, if these things have that sort of power, we ought to reflect on this among ourselves: every soul that lives with terrors from its youth will be all the more likely to become used to being fearful. And everyone would say that this is practice in cowardice, not courage.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτὸ δέ γε ἐναντίον ἀνδρείας ἂν φαῖμεν ἐκ νέων εὐθὺς 791c ἐπιτήδευμα εἶναι, τὸ νικᾶν τὰ προσπίπτονθʼ ἡμῖν δείματά τε καὶ φόβους.

    AthenianAnd the opposite, we’d say—practice in courage from earliest youth— 791c is overcoming the terrors and fears that befall us.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianἓν δὴ καὶ τοῦτο εἰς ψυχῆς μόριον ἀρετῆς, τὴν τῶν παντελῶς παίδων γυμναστικὴν ἐν ταῖς κινήσεσιν, μέγα ἡμῖν φῶμεν συμβάλλεσθαι.

    AthenianThen let’s say that this too—the gymnastics of motion for very small children—contributes a great deal to one part of the soul’s virtue.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν τό γε μὴ δύσκολον ἐν ψυχῇ καὶ τὸ δύσκολον οὐ σμικρὸν μόριον εὐψυχίας καὶ κακοψυχίας ἑκάτερον γιγνόμενον γίγνοιτʼ ἄν.

    AthenianAnd again, having or not having a sour temper in the soul would be no small part of stout-heartedness and faint-heartedness respectively.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτίνα οὖν ἂν τρόπον εὐθὺς ἐμφύοιθʼ ἡμῖν ὁπότερον βουληθεῖμεν τῷ νεογενεῖ, φράζειν δὴ πειρατέον ὅπως τις καὶ καθʼ ὅσον εὐπορεῖ τούτων.

    AthenianSo in what way could we implant in the newborn right from the start whichever of the two we wanted? We must try to say how, and how far, we have the means to do this.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianλέγω δὴ τό γε παρʼ ἡμῖν δόγμα, ὡς ἡ μὲν τρυφὴ δύσκολα καὶ ἀκράχολα καὶ σφόδρα ἀπὸ σμικρῶν κινούμενα τὰ τῶν νέων ἤθη ἀπεργάζεται, τὸ δὲ τούτων ἐναντίον, ἥ τε σφοδρὰ καὶ ἀγρία δούλωσις, ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀνελευθέρους καὶ μισανθρώπους ποιοῦσα, ἀνεπιτηδείους συνοίκους ἀποτελεῖ.

    AthenianI’ll state the view we hold: luxury makes the characters of the young peevish, irritable and violently stirred by trifles; while its opposite, harsh and savage subjugation, by making them abject, servile and misanthropic, renders them unfit to live with others.

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν δὴ χρὴ τὰ μήπω φωνῆς συνιέντα, μηδὲ παιδείας τῆς ἄλλης δυνατὰ γεύεσθαί πω, τρέφειν τὴν πόλιν ἅπασαν;

    CliniasThen how should the city as a whole raise those who don’t yet understand speech and can’t yet taste any other kind of education?

    Athenianὧδέ πως· φθέγγεσθαί που μετὰ βοῆς εὐθὺς πᾶν εἴωθεν τὸ γενόμενον, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος· καὶ δὴ καὶ τῷ κλάειν πρὸς τῇ βοῇ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων συνέχεται.

    AthenianSomething like this. Every creature that’s born is used to giving voice with a cry right away, and not least the human race; and besides crying out, it’s more given to weeping than the others.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν αἱ τροφοὶ σκοποῦσαι τίνος ἐπιθυμεῖ, τούτοις 792a αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ προσφορᾷ τεκμαίρονται· οὗ μὲν γὰρ ἂν προσφερομένου σιγᾷ, καλῶς οἴονται προσφέρειν, οὗ δʼ ἂν κλάῃ καὶ βοᾷ, οὐ καλῶς. τοῖς δὴ παιδίοις τὸ δήλωμα ὧν ἐρᾷ καὶ μισεῖ κλαυμοναὶ καὶ βοαί, σημεῖα οὐδαμῶς εὐτυχῆ· ἔστιν δὲ ὁ χρόνος οὗτος τριῶν οὐκ ἐλάττων ἐτῶν, μόριον οὐ σμικρὸν τοῦ βίου διαγαγεῖν χεῖρον ἢ μὴ χεῖρον.

    AthenianNow nurses, looking to see what a baby wants, judge 792a by these very signs when they offer it things. If it falls silent when something is offered, they think they’re offering the right thing; if it cries and screams, the wrong one. So for infants, the way of showing what they love and what they hate is crying and screaming—hardly happy signs. And this period lasts no less than three years, not a small part of life to spend badly or not badly.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Athenianὁ δὴ δύσκολος οὐδαμῶς τε ἵλεως ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σφῷν 792b θρηνώδης τε εἶναι καὶ ὀδυρμῶν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πλήρης μᾶλλον ἢ χρεών ἐστιν τὸν ἀγαθόν;

    AthenianDoesn’t it seem to you both that someone sour-tempered and never cheerful 792b is plaintive and, as a rule, fuller of complaints than a good man ought to be?

    Cliniasἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκεῖ.

    CliniasIt seems so to me, at any rate.

    Athenianτί οὖν; εἴ τις τὰ τρίʼ ἔτη πειρῷτο πᾶσαν μηχανὴν προσφέρων ὅπως τὸ τρεφόμενον ἡμῖν ὡς ὀλιγίστῃ προσχρήσεται ἀλγηδόνι καὶ φόβοις καὶ λύπῃ πάσῃ κατὰ δύναμιν, ἆρʼ οὐκ οἰόμεθα εὔθυμον μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἵλεων ἀπεργάζεσθαι τηνικαῦτα τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ τρεφομένου;

    AthenianWell then, if someone tried during those three years, using every possible device, to make sure that our child would have as little experience as possible of pain and fear and every kind of distress, don’t we suppose that he would then make the child’s soul more good-humored and cheerful?

    Cliniasδῆλον δή, καὶ μάλιστά γʼ ἄν, ὦ ξένε, εἴ τις πολλὰς 792c ἡδονὰς αὐτῷ παρασκευάζοι.

    CliniasObviously, stranger—and especially if he provided it with lots of 792c pleasures.

    Athenianτοῦτʼ οὐκέτʼ ἂν ἐγὼ Κλεινίᾳ συνακολουθήσαιμʼ ἄν, ὦ θαυμάσιε. ἔστιν γὰρ οὖν ἡμῖν ἡ τοιαύτη πρᾶξις διαφθορὰ μεγίστη πασῶν· ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ γίγνεται ἑκάστοτε τροφῆς. ὁρῶμεν δὲ εἴ τι λέγομεν.

    AthenianThere I could no longer go along with Clinias, my remarkable friend. In our view that sort of treatment is the worst corruption of all, since it always comes at the very beginning of upbringing. But let’s see whether we’re talking sense.

    Cliniasλέγε τί φῄς.

    CliniasTell us what you mean.

    Athenianοὐ σμικροῦ πέρι νῦν εἶναι νῷν τὸν λόγον. ὅρα δὲ καὶ σύ, συνεπίκρινέ τε ἡμᾶς, ὦ Μέγιλλε. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐμὸς δὴ λόγος οὔθʼ ἡδονάς φησι δεῖν διώκειν τὸν ὀρθὸν βίον οὔτʼ αὖ 792d τὸ παράπαν φεύγειν τὰς λύπας, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ ἀσπάζεσθαι τὸ μέσον, ὃ νυνδὴ προσεῖπον ὡς ἵλεων ὀνομάσας, ἣν δὴ διάθεσιν καὶ θεοῦ κατά τινα μαντείας φήμην εὐστόχως πάντες προσαγορεύομεν. ταύτην τὴν ἕξιν διώκειν φημὶ δεῖν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι θεῖον, μήτʼ οὖν αὐτὸν προπετῆ πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς γιγνόμενον ὅλως, ὡς οὐδʼ ἐκτὸς λυπῶν ἐσόμενον, μήτε ἄλλον, γέροντα ἢ νέον, ἐᾶν πάσχειν ταὐτὸν τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν, ἄρρενα ἢ θῆλυν, ἁπάντων δὲ ἥκιστα εἰς δύναμιν 792e τὸν ἀρτίως νεογενῆ· κυριώτατον γὰρ οὖν ἐμφύεται πᾶσι τότε τὸ πᾶν ἦθος διὰ ἔθος.

    AthenianThat the question we two are now discussing is no small one. You look into it too, Megillus, and help judge between us. My argument says that the right life should neither pursue pleasures nor, on the other hand, 792d avoid pains altogether, but should embrace the middle itself—what I just now called being cheerful, the disposition that all of us, following some oracular saying, aptly ascribe to the god as well. It’s this condition, I say, that whoever among us means to be godlike must pursue: not throwing himself headlong at pleasures—since that won’t free him from pains either—nor letting anyone else, old or young, male or female, suffer this, and least of all, as far as possible, 792e the newborn. For it’s then that a person’s whole character is most decisively implanted in everyone, through habit.

    Hileōs, “cheerful,” is also the word for a god who is gracious and well-disposed.

    ἔτι δʼ ἔγωγʼ, εἰ μὴ μέλλοιμι δόξειν παίζειν, φαίην ἂν δεῖν καὶ τὰς φερούσας ἐν γαστρὶ πασῶν τῶν γυναικῶν μάλιστα θεραπεύειν ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, ὅπως μήτε ἡδοναῖς τισι πολλαῖς ἅμα καὶ μάργοις προσχρήσεται ἡ κύουσα μήτε αὖ λύπαις, τὸ δὲ ἵλεων καὶ εὐμενὲς πρᾷόν τε τιμῶσα διαζήσει τὸν τότε χρόνον.

    And I’d go further—if I weren’t going to seem to be joking—and say that women carrying a child should be cared for more than any other women during that year, so that the expectant mother won’t indulge in many wild pleasures, or in pains either, but will live through that time valuing cheerfulness, kindliness and gentleness.

    Cliniasοὐδὲν δεῖ σε, ὦ ξένε, Μέγιλλον ἀνερωτᾶν πότερος ἡμῶν ὀρθότερον εἴρηκεν· ἐγὼ γὰρ αὐτός σοι συγχωρῶ τὸν λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀκράτου βίον φεύγειν δεῖν πάντας, μέσον δέ τινα τέμνειν ἀεί. καλῶς τοίνυν εἴρηκάς τε καὶ ἀκήκοας ἅμα.

    CliniasYou don’t need to ask Megillus, stranger, which of us two has spoken more correctly. I grant you myself that everyone must avoid a life of unmixed pain or unmixed pleasure and always steer a middle course. So you’ve spoken well, and heard a good answer too.

    Athenianμάλα μὲν οὖν ὀρθῶς, ὦ Κλεινία. τόδε τοίνυν ἐπὶ τούτοις τρεῖς ὄντες διανοηθῶμεν.

    AthenianQuite right, Clinias. Now let the three of us think about this next point.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat point?

    Athenianὅτι ταῦτʼ ἔστιν πάντα, ὅσα νῦν διεξερχόμεθα, τὰ καλούμενα ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἄγραφα νόμιμα· καὶ οὓς πατρίους 793b νόμους ἐπονομάζουσιν, οὐκ ἄλλα ἐστὶν ἢ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα. καὶ ἔτι γε ὁ νυνδὴ λόγος ἡμῖν ἐπιχυθείς, ὡς οὔτε νόμους δεῖ προσαγορεύειν αὐτὰ οὔτε ἄρρητα ἐᾶν, εἴρηται καλῶς· δεσμοὶ γὰρ οὗτοι πάσης εἰσὶν πολιτείας, μεταξὺ πάντων ὄντες τῶν ἐν γράμμασιν τεθέντων τε καὶ κειμένων καὶ τῶν ἔτι θησομένων, ἀτεχνῶς οἷον πάτρια καὶ παντάπασιν ἀρχαῖα νόμιμα, ἃ καλῶς μὲν τεθέντα καὶ ἐθισθέντα πάσῃ σωτηρίᾳ περικαλύψαντα ἔχει τοὺς τότε γραφέντας 793c νόμους, ἂν δʼ ἐκτὸς τοῦ καλοῦ βαίνῃ πλημμελῶς, οἷον τεκτόνων ἐν οἰκοδομήμασιν ἐρείσματα ἐκ μέσου ὑπορρέοντα, συμπίπτειν εἰς ταὐτὸν ποιεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα, κεῖσθαί τε ἄλλα ὑφʼ ἑτέρων, αὐτά τε καὶ τὰ καλῶς ὕστερον ἐποικοδομηθέντα, τῶν ἀρχαίων ὑποπεσόντων.

    AthenianThat all these things we’re going through now are what most people call unwritten customs; and what they call ancestral 793b laws are nothing other than all such things together. What’s more, the argument that poured over us just now—that we should neither call these things laws nor leave them unspoken—was well said. For these are the bonds of every constitution, standing between all the laws that have been laid down in writing and are in force and those still to be laid down, just like ancestral and wholly ancient customs. Well established and well ingrained, they keep the laws written at any time 793c wrapped in complete security; but if they step out of line and go wrong, they’re like the props in builders’ houses that slip out from the middle: they make everything collapse together, one part lying under another—the props themselves and all that was later built well on top of them—once the ancient foundations have given way.

    ἃ δὴ διανοουμένους ἡμᾶς, ὦ Κλεινία, σοὶ δεῖ τὴν πόλιν καινὴν οὖσαν πάντῃ συνδεῖν, μήτε μέγα μήτε σμικρὸν παραλιπόντας εἰς δύναμιν ὅσα 793d νόμους ἢ ἔθη τις ἢ ἐπιτηδεύματα καλεῖ· πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς τοιούτοις πόλις συνδεῖται, ἄνευ δὲ ἀλλήλων ἑκάτερα τούτων οὐκ ἔστιν μόνιμα, ὥστε οὐ χρὴ θαυμάζειν ἐὰν ἡμῖν πολλὰ ἅμα καὶ σμικρὰ δοκούντων εἶναι νόμιμα ἢ καὶ ἐθίσματα ἐπιρρέοντα μακροτέρους ποιῇ τοὺς νόμους.

    With all this in mind, Clinias, we must bind your city, new as it is, together at every point, omitting as far as possible nothing, large or small, of what 793d people call laws or customs or practices. For a city is bound together by all such things, and neither kind is lasting without the other. So we shouldn’t be surprised if a flood of customs or habits, many of them seemingly small, makes our laws longer.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ ὀρθῶς σύ γε λέγεις, ἡμεῖς τε οὕτω διανοησόμεθα.

    CliniasYou’re right, and that’s how we’ll think of it.

    Children’s games and gymnastics

    Children play together at village temples, learn to use both hands, and train in dancing and wrestling.

    Athenianεἰς μὲν τοίνυν τὴν τοῦ τρίʼ ἔτη γεγονότος ἡλικίαν, 793e κόρου καὶ κόρης, ταῦτα εἴ τις ἀκριβῶς ἀποτελοῖ καὶ μὴ παρέργως τοῖς εἰρημένοις χρῷτο, οὐ σμικρὰ εἰς ὠφελίαν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν τοῖς νεωστὶ τρεφομένοις· τριετεῖ δὲ δὴ καὶ τετραετεῖ καὶ πενταετεῖ καὶ ἔτι ἑξετεῖ ἤθει ψυχῆς παιδιῶν δέον ἂν εἴη, τρυφῆς δʼ ἤδη παραλυτέον κολάζοντα, μὴ ἀτίμως, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν δούλων γʼ ἐλέγομεν, τὸ μὴ μεθʼ ὕβρεως κολάζοντας ὀργὴν ἐμποιῆσαι δεῖν τοῖς κολασθεῖσιν 794a μηδʼ ἀκολάστους ἐῶντας τρυφήν, ταὐτὸν δραστέον τοῦτό γε καὶ ἐπʼ ἐλευθέροισι. παιδιαὶ δʼ εἰσὶν τοῖς τηλικούτοις αὐτοφυεῖς τινες, ἃς ἐπειδὰν συνέλθωσιν αὐτοὶ σχεδὸν ἀνευρίσκουσι.

    AthenianUp to the age of three, then, 793e for boy and girl alike, if someone carries this out precisely and follows what’s been said with more than passing attention, it would be of no small benefit to the newly raised. At three, four, five and even six years old, the character of the soul will need play; but by now we must draw them away from luxury by punishing them—not in a way that shames them. Rather, just as we said about slaves, that one must neither punish them with insolence, and so make those punished angry, 794a nor leave them unpunished and pampered, the same must be done with free children too. Children of that age have games that come naturally to them, which they pretty much discover for themselves whenever they get together.

    συνιέναι δὲ εἰς τὰ κατὰ κώμας ἱερὰ δεῖ πάντα ἤδη τὰ τηλικαῦτα παιδία, ἀπὸ τριετοῦς μέχρι τῶν ἓξ ἐτῶν, κοινῇ τὰ τῶν κωμητῶν εἰς ταὐτὸν ἕκαστα· τὰς δὲ τροφοὺς ἔτι τῶν τηλικούτων κοσμιότητός τε καὶ ἀκολασίας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τῶν δὲ τροφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς ἀγέλης συμπάσης, τῶν δώδεκα 794b γυναικῶν μίαν ἐφʼ ἑκάστῃ τετάχθαι κοσμοῦσαν κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τῶν προειρημένων ἃς ἂν τάξωσιν οἱ νομοφύλακες.

    All the children of that age, from three to six, should now gather at the temples in each village, the children of each village together in one place. The nurses should still look after the good behavior or unruliness of children that age; and over the nurses themselves and the whole herd, one of the twelve 794b women should be appointed to each group to keep order for a year—whichever of those mentioned earlier the guardians of the laws appoint.

    ταύτας δὲ αἱρείσθωσαν μὲν αἱ τῶν γάμων κύριαι τῆς ἐπιμελείας, ἐξ ἑκάστης τῆς φυλῆς μίαν, ἥλικας αὑταῖς· ἡ δὲ καταστᾶσα ἀρχέτω φοιτῶσα εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας καὶ κολάζουσα ἀεὶ τὸν ἀδικοῦντα, δοῦλον μὲν καὶ δούλην καὶ ξένον καὶ ξένην αὐτὴ διά τινων τῆς πόλεως οἰκετῶν, πολίτην 794c δὲ ἀμφισβητοῦντα μὲν τῇ κολάσει πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυνόμους ἐπὶ δίκην ἄγουσα, ἀναμφισβήτητον δὲ ὄντα καὶ τὸν πολίτην αὐτὴ κολαζέτω.

    These women are to be chosen by the women in charge of supervising marriages, one from each tribe, of their own age. The one appointed shall carry out her office by going to the temple every day and always punishing anyone who does wrong. A slave or a foreigner, male or female, she shall punish herself, through some of the city’s public slaves; but a citizen 794c who disputes the punishment she shall bring to trial before the city wardens, while if the citizen doesn’t dispute it, she shall punish him herself as well.

    μετὰ δὲ τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν διακρινέσθω μὲν ἤδη τὸ γένος ἑκατέρων—κόροι μὲν μετὰ κόρων, παρθένοι δὲ ὡσαύτως μετʼ ἀλλήλων τὴν διατριβὴν ποιείσθωσαν—πρὸς δὲ τὰ μαθήματα τρέπεσθαι χρεὼν ἑκατέρους, τοὺς μὲν ἄρρενας ἐφʼ ἵππων διδασκάλους καὶ τόξων καὶ ἀκοντίων καὶ σφενδονήσεως, ἐὰν δέ πῃ συγχωρῶσιν, μέχρι 794d γε μαθήσεως καὶ τὰ θήλεα, καὶ δὴ τά γε μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὅπλων χρείαν. τὸ γὰρ δὴ νῦν καθεστὸς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀγνοεῖται παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ὀλίγου.

    After the age of six the sexes should be separated—boys spending their time with boys, and girls likewise with each other—and both should turn to lessons: the males to teachers of riding, archery, javelin-throwing and slinging; and the females too, if it’s somehow agreed, at least 794d as far as learning them goes, especially what concerns the use of arms. For the current practice in such matters is misunderstood by nearly everyone.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianὡς ἄρα τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ τὰ ἀριστερὰ διαφέροντά ἐσθʼ ἡμῶν φύσει πρὸς τὰς χρείας εἰς ἑκάστας τῶν πράξεων τὰ περὶ τὰς χεῖρας, ἐπεὶ τά γε περὶ πόδας τε καὶ τὰ κάτω τῶν μελῶν οὐδὲν διαφέροντα εἰς τοὺς πόνους φαίνεται· τὰ δὲ 794e κατὰ χεῖρας ἀνοίᾳ τροφῶν καὶ μητέρων οἷον χωλοὶ γεγόναμεν ἕκαστοι. τῆς φύσεως γὰρ ἑκατέρων τῶν μελῶν σχεδὸν ἰσορροπούσης, αὐτοὶ διὰ τὰ ἔθη διάφορα αὐτὰ πεποιήκαμεν οὐκ ὀρθῶς χρώμενοι. ἐν ὅσοις μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἔργων μὴ μέγα διαφέρει, λύρᾳ μὲν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ χρώμενον, πλήκτρῳ δὲ ἐν δεξιᾷ, πρᾶγμα οὐδέν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα· τούτοις δὲ παραδείγμασι χρώμενον καὶ εἰς ἄλλα μὴ δέον οὕτω χρῆσθαι 795a σχεδὸν ἄνοια.

    AthenianThat our right and left sides are supposedly different by nature in their usefulness for each kind of action, as far as the hands are concerned—though in the feet and lower limbs there appears to be no difference for exertion. But 794e in our hands each of us has been made lame, so to speak, by the folly of nurses and mothers. For although nature makes the two limbs more or less equal in strength, we ourselves have made them different through habit, by not using them properly. In tasks where it doesn’t make much difference—holding the lyre in the left hand and the plectrum in the right, and so on—it doesn’t matter at all. But to take these as examples and use our hands that way in other things where we shouldn’t 795a is close to folly.

    ἔδειξεν δὲ ταῦτα ὁ τῶν Σκυθῶν νόμος, οὐκ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ μὲν τόξον ἀπάγων, ἐν δεξιᾷ δὲ οἰστὸν προσαγόμενος μόνον, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίως ἑκατέροις ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα χρώμενος· πάμπολλα δʼ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα παραδείγματα ἐν ἡνιοχείαις τέ ἐστι καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις, ἐν οἷσιν μαθεῖν δυνατὸν ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν κατασκευάζουσιν οἱ ἀριστερὰ δεξιῶν ἀσθενέστερα κατασκευάζοντες. ταῦτα δʼ, ὅπερ εἴπομεν, ἐν μὲν κερατίνοις πλήκτροις 795b καὶ ἐν ὀργάνοις τοιούτοις οὐδὲν μέγα· σιδηροῖς δʼ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ὅταν δέῃ χρῆσθαι, μέγα διαφέρει, καὶ τόξοις καὶ ἀκοντίοις καὶ ἑκάστοις τούτων, πολὺ δὲ μέγιστον, ὅταν ὅπλοις δέῃ πρὸς ὅπλα χρῆσθαι. διαφέρει δὲ πάμπολυ μαθὼν μὴ μαθόντος καὶ ὁ γυμνασάμενος τοῦ μὴ γεγυμνασμένου.

    The custom of the Scythians shows this. They don’t only push the bow away with the left hand and draw the arrow toward them with the right, but use either hand alike for both. And there are a great many other examples like this, in chariot-driving and elsewhere, from which one can learn that those who make the left side weaker than the right are going against nature. As we said, with plectra of horn 795b and instruments like that it’s no great matter. But when iron weapons have to be used in war, it makes a great difference—bows and javelins and each of these—and by far the greatest when arms have to be used against arms. And the man who has learned is vastly superior to the man who hasn’t, and the trained to the untrained.

    καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ τελέως παγκράτιον ἠσκηκὼς ἢ πυγμὴν ἢ πάλην οὐκ ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν ἀριστερῶν ἀδύνατός ἐστι μάχεσθαι, χωλαίνει δὲ καὶ ἐφέλκεται πλημμελῶν, ὁπόταν αὐτόν τις 795c μεταβιβάζων ἐπὶ θάτερα ἀναγκάζῃ διαπονεῖν, ταὐτὸν δὴ τοῦτʼ, οἶμαι, καὶ ἐν ὅπλοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ὀρθόν, ὅτι τὸν διττὰ δεῖ κεκτημένον, οἷς ἀμύνοιτό τʼ ἂν καὶ ἐπιτιθεῖτο ἄλλοις, μηδὲν ἀργὸν τούτων μηδὲ ἀνεπιστῆμον ἐᾶν εἶναι κατὰ δύναμιν· Γηρυόνου δέ γε εἴ τις φύσιν ἔχων ἢ καὶ τὴν Βριάρεω φύοιτο, ταῖς ἑκατὸν χερσὶν ἑκατὸν δεῖ βέλη ῥίπτειν δυνατὸν εἶναι.

    Someone fully trained in the pancratium, or boxing, or wrestling isn’t unable to fight from his left side; he doesn’t limp and stumble along awkwardly when someone 795c shifts him over to the other side and forces him to work there. In just the same way, I think, one must rightly expect in the use of arms and in everything else that anyone who possesses a double set of limbs, with which to defend himself and attack others, should leave none of them idle or untrained, as far as he can. And if someone were born with the nature of Geryon, or even of Briareus, he ought to be able to throw a hundred missiles with his hundred hands.

    Geryon was a three-bodied giant, and Briareus a giant with a hundred hands.

    τούτων δὴ πάντων 795d τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἀρχούσαις τε καὶ ἄρχουσι δεῖ γίγνεσθαι, ταῖς μὲν ἐν παιδιαῖς τε καὶ τροφαῖς ἐπισκόποις γιγνομέναις, τοῖς δὲ περὶ μαθήματα, ὅπως ἀρτίποδές τε καὶ ἀρτίχειρες πάντες τε καὶ πᾶσαι γιγνόμενοι, μηδὲν τοῖς ἔθεσιν ἀποβλάπτωσι τὰς φύσεις εἰς τὸ δυνατόν.

    The supervision of all this 795d must lie with officials, women and men: the women overseeing games and nurture, the men lessons—so that all the boys and girls grow up sound of foot and sound of hand and, as far as possible, do their natures no harm through their habits.

    τὰ δὲ μαθήματά που διττά, ὥς γʼ εἰπεῖν, χρήσασθαι συμβαίνοι ἄν, τὰ μὲν ὅσα περὶ τὸ σῶμα γυμναστικῆς, τὰ δʼ εὐψυχίας χάριν μουσικῆς. τὰ δὲ γυμναστικῆς αὖ δύο, 795e τὸ μὲν ὄρχησις, τὸ δὲ πάλη. τῆς ὀρχήσεως δὲ ἄλλη μὲν Μούσης λέξιν μιμουμένων, τό τε μεγαλοπρεπὲς φυλάττοντας ἅμα καὶ ἐλεύθερον, ἄλλη δέ, εὐεξίας ἐλαφρότητός τε ἕνεκα καὶ κάλλους, τῶν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ μελῶν καὶ μερῶν τὸ προσῆκον καμπῆς τε καὶ ἐκτάσεως, καὶ ἀποδιδομένης ἑκάστοις αὐτοῖς αὑτῶν εὐρύθμου κινήσεως, διασπειρομένης ἅμα καὶ συνακολουθούσης εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ὄρχησιν ἱκανῶς.

    The lessons, one might say, would turn out to be of two kinds: those concerned with the body belong to gymnastics, and those for good spirit to music. Gymnastics in turn has two parts: 795e dancing and wrestling. Of dancing, one kind imitates the diction of the Muse, preserving dignity and freedom together; the other, for the sake of fitness, agility and beauty, aims at the proper bending and stretching of the body’s own limbs and parts, giving each of them its own well-rhythmed movement, spread through and accompanying the whole dance as it should.

    καὶ 796a δὴ τά γε κατὰ πάλην ἃ μὲν Ἀνταῖος ἢ Κερκύων ἐν τέχναις ἑαυτῶν συνεστήσαντο φιλονικίας ἀχρήστου χάριν, ἢ πυγμῆς Ἐπειὸς ἢ Ἄμυκος, οὐδὲν χρήσιμα ἐπὶ πολέμου κοινωνίαν ὄντα, οὐκ ἄξια λόγῳ κοσμεῖν· τὰ δὲ ἀπʼ ὀρθῆς πάλης, ἀπʼ αὐχένων καὶ χειρῶν καὶ πλευρῶν ἐξειλήσεως, μετὰ φιλονικίας τε καὶ καταστάσεως διαπονούμενα μετʼ εὐσχήμονος ῥώμης τε καὶ ὑγιείας ἕνεκα, ταῦτʼ εἰς πάντα ὄντα χρήσιμα οὐ παρετέον, ἀλλὰ προστακτέον μαθηταῖς τε ἅμα καὶ τοῖς 796b διδάξουσιν, ὅταν ἐνταῦθʼ ὦμεν τῶν νόμων, τοῖς μὲν πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα εὐμενῶς δωρεῖσθαι, τοῖς δὲ παραλαμβάνειν ἐν χάρισιν. οὐδʼ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς χοροῖς ἐστιν αὖ μιμήματα προσήκοντα μιμεῖσθαι παρετέον, κατὰ μὲν τὸν τόπον τόνδε Κουρήτων ἐνόπλια παίγνια, κατὰ δὲ Λακεδαίμονα Διοσκόρων.

    And 796a in wrestling, the tricks that Antaeus or Cercyon devised in their arts out of a useless love of winning, or Epeius or Amycus in boxing, are of no use in the partnership of war and don’t deserve to be dignified with a description. But what comes from upright wrestling—working the neck, hands and sides free, practiced with the will to win and with steady footing, with graceful strength and for the sake of health—this is useful for everything and must not be left out. When we reach this point in the laws, we must prescribe to learners and 796b teachers alike that the teachers should give all such things generously and the learners receive them gratefully. Nor should we leave out the fitting imitations to be performed in the choruses: here, the armed games of the Curetes; in Sparta, those of the Dioscuri.

    Antaeus and Cercyon were legendary wrestlers, and Epeius and Amycus legendary boxers; the Curetes danced in armor around the infant Zeus in Crete, and the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux) were honored at Sparta.

    ἡ δὲ αὖ που παρʼ ἡμῖν κόρη καὶ δέσποινα, εὐφρανθεῖσα τῇ τῆς χορείας παιδιᾷ, κεναῖς χερσὶν οὐκ ᾠήθη δεῖν ἀθύρειν, 796c πανοπλίᾳ δὲ παντελεῖ κοσμηθεῖσα, οὕτω τὴν ὄρχησιν διαπεραίνειν· ἃ δὴ πάντως μιμεῖσθαι πρέπον ἂν εἴη κόρους τε ἅμα καὶ κόρας, τὴν τῆς θεοῦ χάριν τιμῶντας, πολέμου τʼ ἐν χρείᾳ καὶ ἑορτῶν ἕνεκα. τοῖς δέ που παισὶν εὐθύς τε καὶ ὅσον ἂν χρόνον μήπω εἰς πόλεμον ἴωσιν, πᾶσι θεοῖς προσόδους τε καὶ πομπὰς ποιουμένους μεθʼ ὅπλων τε καὶ ἵππων ἀεὶ κοσμεῖσθαι δέον ἂν εἴη, θάττους τε καὶ βραδυτέρας ἐν ὀρχήσεσι καὶ ἐν πορείᾳ τὰς ἱκετείας ποιουμένους πρὸς θεούς 796d τε καὶ θεῶν παῖδας.

    And then our own Maiden and Mistress, delighting in the play of choral dance, didn’t think she should amuse herself with empty hands, 796c but danced it through adorned in full armor. It would be altogether fitting for boys and girls alike to imitate this, honoring the goddess’s gift, both for use in war and for the sake of festivals. And boys, from early on and for as long as they haven’t yet gone to war, should always be equipped with arms and horses when they hold processions and parades for all the gods, making their supplications to the gods 796d and to the children of gods at a quicker or slower pace, in dances and on the march.

    Athena, who was said to have danced the war dance in full armor.

    καὶ ἀγῶνας δὴ καὶ προαγῶνας, εἴ τινων, οὐκ ἄλλων ἢ τούτων ἕνεκα προαγωνιστέον· οὗτοι γὰρ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ κατὰ πόλεμον χρήσιμοι εἴς τε πολιτείαν καὶ ἰδίους οἴκους, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πόνοι τε καὶ παιδιαὶ καὶ σπουδαὶ κατὰ σώματα οὐκ ἐλευθέρων, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία.

    And contests and preliminary contests, if any are to be held, should be held for no other purpose than these. For these are useful in peace and in war, both for public life and for private households; whereas other bodily exertions, games and serious pursuits are unfit for free people, Megillus and Clinias.

    ἣν εἶπον γυμναστικὴν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λόγοις ὅτι δέοι διεξελθεῖν, σχεδὸν δὴ διελήλυθα τὰ νῦν, καὶ ἔσθʼ αὕτη παντελής· εἰ δέ τινα ταύτης ὑμεῖς ἔχετε βελτίω, θέντες 796e εἰς κοινὸν λέγετε.

    The gymnastics that I said in our first discussions we needed to go through, I’ve now more or less gone through, and here it is, complete. If either of you has anything better than this, put it 796e before us all and tell us.

    Cliniasοὐ ῥᾴδιον, ὦ ξένε, παρέντας ταῦτα ἄλλα ἔχειν βελτίω τούτων περὶ γυμναστικῆς ἅμα καὶ ἀγωνίας εἰπεῖν.

    CliniasIt isn’t easy, stranger, to set this aside and have anything better to say about gymnastics and competition.

    Athenianτὸ τοίνυν τούτοις ἑξῆς περὶ τὰ τῶν Μουσῶν τε καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος δῶρα, τότε μέν, ὡς ἅπαντα εἰρηκότες, ᾠόμεθα καταλείπειν μόνα τὰ περὶ γυμναστικῆς· νῦν δʼ ἔστιν δῆλα ἅ τʼ ἐστὶν καὶ ὅτι πρῶτα πᾶσιν ῥητέα. λέγωμεν τοίνυν ἑξῆς αὐτά.

    AthenianThen what comes next is the gifts of the Muses and Apollo. Back then we thought we’d covered all of it, and that only gymnastics was left. But now it’s clear what remains, and that it must be said first of all. So let’s discuss it next.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν λεκτέον.

    CliniasYes, we certainly must.

    Songs as laws

    Games, songs and dances must never change, so every melody is consecrated and treated as law.

    Athenianἀκούσατε δέ μου, προακηκοότες μὲν καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν· ὅμως δὲ τό γε σφόδρα ἄτοπον καὶ ἄηθες διευλαβεῖσθαι δεῖ λέγοντα καὶ ἀκούοντα, καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν. ἐρῶ μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ λόγον οὐκ ἄφοβον εἰπεῖν, ὅμως δέ πῃ θαρρήσας οὐκ ἀποστήσομαι.

    AthenianListen to me, then—though you’ve heard it before, in our earlier discussions. All the same, one must be very wary of anything extremely strange and unfamiliar, whether speaking or listening—and especially now. I’m going to put forward an argument that isn’t safe to state; still, I’ll take courage somehow and not shrink from it.

    Cliniasτίνα δὴ τοῦτον, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat argument do you mean, stranger?

    Athenianφημὶ κατὰ πάσας πόλεις τὸ τῶν παιδιῶν γένος ἠγνοῆσθαι σύμπασιν ὅτι κυριώτατόν ἐστι περὶ θέσεως νόμων, ἢ μονίμους εἶναι τοὺς τεθέντας ἢ μή. ταχθὲν μὲν 797b γὰρ αὐτὸ καὶ μετασχὸν τοῦ τὰ αὐτὰ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς παίζειν τε καὶ εὐθυμεῖσθαι τοῖς αὐτοῖς παιγνίοις, ἐᾷ καὶ τὰ σπουδῇ κείμενα νόμιμα μένειν ἡσυχῇ, κινούμενα δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ καινοτομούμενα, μεταβολαῖς τε ἄλλαις ἀεὶ χρώμενα, καὶ μηδέποτε ταὐτὰ φίλα προσαγορευόντων τῶν νέων, μήτʼ ἐν σχήμασιν τοῖς τῶν αὑτῶν σωμάτων μήτε ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις σκεύεσιν ὁμολογουμένως αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ κεῖσθαι τό τʼ εὔσχημον καὶ ἄσχημον, ἀλλὰ τόν 797c τι νέον ἀεὶ καινοτομοῦντα καὶ εἰσφέροντα τῶν εἰωθότων ἕτερον κατά τε σχήματα καὶ χρώματα καὶ πάντα ὅσα τοιαῦτα, τοῦτον τιμᾶσθαι διαφερόντως, τούτου πόλει λώβην οὐκ εἶναι μείζω φαῖμεν ἂν ὀρθότατα λέγοντες· λανθάνειν γὰρ τῶν νέων τὰ ἤθη μεθιστάντα καὶ ποιεῖν τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἄτιμον, τὸ δὲ νέον ἔντιμον.

    AthenianI say that in every city everyone has failed to realize that the kind of games children play has the most decisive effect on legislation—on whether the laws laid down will last or not. When this is regulated, 797b and ensures that the same children always play the same games in the same way and by the same rules, and take pleasure in the same toys, it lets the laws that are seriously established stay undisturbed as well. But when these very games are shifted about and made new, always undergoing further changes, and the young never call the same things pleasing, and there’s no settled, agreed standard of what’s graceful and what’s graceless, whether in the postures of their own bodies or in their other equipment—when instead the one 797c who is always innovating and bringing in something different from the usual, in postures and colors and everything of that sort, is held in special honor—then we’d be quite right to say that a city has no greater plague than this person. For without anyone noticing he changes the characters of the young, making the old contemptible among them and the new esteemed.

    τούτου δὲ πάλιν αὖ λέγω τοῦ τε ῥήματος καὶ τοῦ δόγματος οὐκ εἶναι ζημίαν μείζω πάσαις πόλεσιν· ἀκούσατε δὲ ὅσον φημὶ αὔτʼ εἶναι κακόν.

    And I say, once more, that for all cities there is no greater harm than this way of talking and thinking. Listen to how great an evil I claim it is.

    Cliniasἦ τὸ ψέγεσθαι τὴν ἀρχαιότητα λέγεις ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν;

    CliniasYou mean the disparaging of antiquity in cities?

    Athenianπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    AthenianExactly.

    Cliniasοὐ φαύλους τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ἂν ἀκροατὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον ἔχοις ἂν τοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ὡς δυνατὸν εὐμενεστάτους.

    CliniasWell, you’ll find us no poor audience for that argument, but as sympathetic a one as possible.

    Athenianεἰκὸς γοῦν.

    AthenianSo I’d expect.

    Cliniasλέγε μόνον.

    CliniasJust go on.

    Athenianἴτε δή, μειζόνως αὐτὸν ἀκούσωμέν τε ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὕτως εἴπωμεν. μεταβολὴν γὰρ δὴ πάντων πλὴν κακῶν πολὺ σφαλερώτατον εὑρήσομεν ἐν ὥραις πάσαις, ἐν πνεύμασιν, ἐν διαίταις σωμάτων, ἐν τρόποις 797e ψυχῶν, ἐν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν οὐ τοῖς μέν, τοῖς δʼ οὔ, πλήν, ὅτιπερ εἶπον νυνδή, κακοῖς· ὥστε, εἴ τις ἀποβλέψειε πρὸς σώματα, ὡς πᾶσι μὲν σιτίοις, πᾶσι δʼ αὖ ποτοῖς καὶ πόνοις συνήθη γιγνόμενα, καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ταραχθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἔπειτʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων ὑπὸ χρόνου σάρκας φύσαντα οἰκείας 798a τούτοις, φίλα τε καὶ συνήθη καὶ γνώριμα γενόμενα ἁπάσῃ ταύτῃ τῇ διαίτῃ πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ ὑγίειαν ἄριστα διάγει, καὶ ἄν ποτʼ ἄρα ἀναγκασθῇ μεταβάλλειν αὖθις ἡντινοῦν τῶν εὐδοκίμων διαιτῶν, τό γε κατʼ ἀρχὰς συνταραχθεὶς ὑπὸ νόσων μόγις ποτὲ κατέστη, τὴν συνήθειαν τῇ τροφῇ πάλιν ἀπολαβών, ταὐτὸν δὴ δεῖ νομίζειν τοῦτο γίγνεσθαι καὶ περὶ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων διανοίας τε ἅμα καὶ τὰς τῶν ψυχῶν φύσεις.

    AthenianCome, then: let’s listen to it more attentively than we listen to ourselves, and put it to one another like this. We’ll find that change, in everything except what’s bad, is by far the most dangerous thing—in all the seasons, in the winds, in bodily regimens, in the characters 797e of souls—in everything, one might say, not in some things and not in others, except, as I said just now, in what’s bad. So if one looks at bodies, one sees how they become accustomed to all sorts of foods and drinks and exertions. At first they’re upset by them; then in time, out of these very things, they grow flesh that’s suited 798a to them, and, having become fond of, used to and familiar with this whole regimen, they live in the best way for pleasure and health. And if ever someone is forced to change again to any other regimen, however well regarded, at first he’s thrown into disorder by illnesses and only with difficulty recovers, once he has become used to his food again. We must suppose that the same thing happens with people’s thoughts and with the natures of their souls.

    οἷς γὰρ ἂν ἐντραφῶσιν νόμοις καὶ κατά τινα θείαν 798b εὐτυχίαν ἀκίνητοι γένωνται μακρῶν καὶ πολλῶν χρόνων, ὡς μηδένα ἔχειν μνείαν μηδὲ ἀκοὴν τοῦ ποτε ἄλλως αὐτὰ σχεῖν ἢ καθάπερ νῦν ἔχει, σέβεται καὶ φοβεῖται πᾶσα ἡ ψυχὴ τό τι κινεῖν τῶν τότε καθεστώτων. μηχανὴν δὴ δεῖ τὸν νομοθέτην ἐννοεῖν ἁμόθεν γέ ποθεν ὅντινα τρόπον τοῦτʼ ἔσται τῇ πόλει. τῇδʼ οὖν ἔγωγε εὑρίσκω.

    Whatever laws people have been brought up under, if by some divine 798b good fortune these have remained unchanged over long ages, so that nobody has any memory or report of their ever having been otherwise than they are now, then the whole soul reveres and fears changing any of the things that are established. The lawgiver must think up some device, from wherever he can, by which this will come about in his city. And here’s how I find it can be done.

    τὰς παιδιὰς πάντες διανοοῦνται κινουμένας τῶν νέων, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἐλέγομεν, παιδιὰς ὄντως εἶναι καὶ οὐ τὴν μεγίστην ἐξ αὐτῶν 798c σπουδὴν καὶ βλάβην συμβαίνειν, ὥστε οὐκ ἀποτρέπουσιν ἀλλὰ συνέπονται ὑπείκοντες, καὶ οὐ λογίζονται τόδε, ὅτι τούτους ἀνάγκη τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν ταῖς παιδιαῖς νεωτερίζοντας ἑτέρους ἄνδρας τῶν ἔμπροσθεν γενέσθαι παίδων, γενομένους δὲ ἄλλους, ἄλλον βίον ζητεῖν, ζητήσαντας δέ, ἑτέρων ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ νόμων ἐπιθυμῆσαι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἥξοντος τοῦ νυνδὴ λεγομένου μεγίστου κακοῦ πόλεσιν 798d οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν φοβεῖται. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ἐλάττω μεταβαλλόμενα κακὰ διεξεργάζοιτʼ ἄν, ὅσα περὶ σχήματα πάσχει τὸ τοιοῦτον· ὅσα δὲ περὶ τὰ τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπαίνου τε καὶ ψόγου πέρι πυκνὰ μεταπίπτει, πάντων, οἴομαι, μέγιστά τε καὶ πλείστης εὐλαβείας δεόμενα ἂν εἴη.

    Everyone thinks, as we were saying earlier, that when the games of the young are changed they really are just games, and that no very serious consequence 798c or harm comes of it. So people don’t discourage the changes but give way and go along with them. They don’t reckon that the children who innovate in their games are bound to grow into men different from the children before them; that being different, they’ll look for a different life; and that having looked for it, they’ll desire other practices and laws. And after that none of them fears the coming of what we were just calling the greatest evil for cities. 798d Now changes in other matters—those that affect outward forms—would do lesser harm; but frequent shifts in what is praised and blamed in characters would, I think, be the most serious of all, and need the greatest caution.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτί οὖν; τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν λόγοις πιστεύομεν, οἷς ἐλέγομεν ὡς τὰ περὶ τοὺς ῥυθμοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν μουσικήν ἐστιν τρόπων μιμήματα βελτιόνων καὶ χειρόνων ἀνθρώπων; 798e ἢ πῶς;

    AthenianWell then? Do we trust our earlier arguments, where we said that everything to do with rhythm and music as a whole consists of imitations of the characters of better and worse people? 798e Or what?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς ἄλλως πως τό γε παρʼ ἡμῖν δόγμα ἔχον ἂν εἴη.

    CliniasNo, our view on that couldn’t be any different.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν, φαμέν, ἅπασαν μηχανητέον μηχανὴν ὅπως ἂν ἡμῖν οἱ παῖδες μήτε ἐπιθυμῶσιν ἄλλων μιμημάτων ἅπτεσθαι κατὰ ὀρχήσεις ἢ κατὰ μελῳδίας, μήτε τις αὐτοὺς πείσῃ προσάγων παντοίας ἡδονάς;

    AthenianThen, we say, we must use every possible device to ensure that our children neither desire to take up other imitations in dances or songs, nor are persuaded to by anyone offering them all sorts of pleasures?

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianἔχει τις οὖν ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα βελτίω τινα τέχνην τῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων;

    AthenianDoes any of us have a better method for this than the Egyptians?

    Cliniasποίας δὴ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat method do you mean?

    Athenianτοῦ καθιερῶσαι πᾶσαν μὲν ὄρχησιν, πάντα δὲ μέλη, τάξαντας πρῶτον μὲν τὰς ἑορτάς, συλλογισαμένους εἰς τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἅστινας ἐν οἷς χρόνοις καὶ οἷστισιν ἑκάστοις τῶν θεῶν καὶ παισὶ τούτων καὶ δαίμοσι γίγνεσθαι χρεών, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν θεῶν θύμασιν ἑκάστοις ἣν ᾠδὴν δεῖ ἐφυμνεῖσθαι, καὶ χορείαις ποίαισιν γεραίρειν τὴν τότε 799b θυσίαν, τάξαι μὲν πρῶτόν τινας, ἃ δʼ ἂν ταχθῇ, Μοίραις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι θεοῖς θύσαντας κοινῇ πάντας τοὺς πολίτας, σπένδοντας καθιεροῦν ἑκάστας τὰς ᾠδὰς ἑκάστοις τῶν θεῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων· ἂν δὲ παρʼ αὐτά τίς τῳ θεῶν ἄλλους ὕμνους ἢ χορείας προσάγῃ, τοὺς ἱερέας τε καὶ τὰς ἱερείας μετὰ νομοφυλάκων ἐξείργοντας ὁσίως ἐξείργειν καὶ κατὰ νόμον, τὸν δὲ ἐξειργόμενον, ἂν μὴ ἑκὼν ἐξείργηται, δίκας ἀσεβείας διὰ βίου παντὸς τῷ ἐθελήσαντι παρέχειν.

    AthenianConsecrating every dance and every melody. We should first fix the festivals, working out for the year which ones should take place, at what times, and in honor of which gods, children of gods and spirits; and then which song should be sung at each sacrifice to the gods, and with what choral dances to honor that particular 799b sacrifice. Certain people should first fix these; and whatever has been fixed, all the citizens together, after sacrificing to the Fates and all the other gods, should consecrate with libations, each song to each of the gods and other powers. If anyone introduces other hymns or choral dances for any god contrary to these, the priests and priestesses, together with the guardians of the laws, shall exclude him, as religion and law allow; and if the one excluded doesn’t willingly accept his exclusion, he shall be liable for the rest of his life to a prosecution for impiety by anyone who wishes.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianπρὸς τούτῳ δὴ νῦν γενόμενοι τῷ λόγῳ, πάθωμεν τὸ πρέπον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς.

    AthenianNow that we’ve reached this point in the argument, let’s do what’s fitting for men like us.

    Cliniasτοῦ πέρι λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianπᾶς που νέος, μὴ ὅτι πρεσβύτης, ἰδὼν ἂν ἢ καὶ ἀκούσας ὁτιοῦν τῶν ἐκτόπων καὶ μηδαμῇ πως συνήθων, οὐκ ἄν ποτέ που τὸ ἀπορηθὲν περὶ αὐτῶν συγχωρήσειεν ἐπιδραμὼν οὕτως εὐθύς, στὰς δʼ ἄν, καθάπερ ἐν τριόδῳ γενόμενος καὶ μὴ σφόδρα κατειδὼς ὁδόν, εἴτε μόνος εἴτε μετʼ 799d ἄλλων τύχοι πορευόμενος, ἀνέροιτʼ ἂν αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τὸ ἀπορούμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἂν πρότερον ὁρμήσειεν, πρίν πῃ βεβαιώσαιτο τὴν σκέψιν τῆς πορείας ὅπῃ ποτὲ φέρει. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ παρὸν ἡμῖν ὡσαύτως ποιητέον· ἀτόπου γὰρ τὰ νῦν ἐμπεπτωκότος λόγου περὶ νόμων, ἀνάγκη που σκέψιν πᾶσαν ποιήσασθαι, καὶ μὴ ῥᾳδίως οὕτως περὶ τοσούτων τηλικούτους ὄντας φάναι διισχυριζομένους ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμά τι σαφὲς ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχειν.

    AthenianAny young man, let alone an old one, on seeing or hearing anything strange and quite unfamiliar, would never rush straight in and agree to what puzzles him about it. He’d stop, as if he’d come to a crossroads and didn’t know the way very well, whether he happened to be traveling alone or with 799d others; he’d put the difficulty to himself and to the others, and he wouldn’t set off until he had somehow made sure, by examining it, where the road leads. And we should do the same now. Since a strange argument about laws has cropped up, we certainly have to examine it thoroughly, and not, at our age, lightly insist that we can say anything definite about such important matters on the spot.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τούτῳ μὲν χρόνον δώσομεν, βεβαιώσομεν δὲ τότε αὐτό, ὁπόταν σκεψώμεθα ἱκανῶς· ἵνα δὲ μὴ τὴν ἑπομένην τάξιν τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς νῦν ἡμῖν παροῦσι διαπεράνασθαι κωλυθῶμεν μάτην, ἴωμεν πρὸς τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν. τάχα γὰρ ἴσως, εἰ θεὸς ἐθέλοι, κἂν ἡ διέξοδος αὕτη ὅλη σχοῦσα τέλος ἱκανῶς ἂν μηνύσειε καὶ τὸ νῦν διαπορούμενον.

    AthenianSo we’ll give this time, and confirm it once we’ve examined it adequately. But so that we aren’t prevented for nothing from completing the arrangement that follows on from the laws before us now, let’s go on to their end. Perhaps, god willing, this whole exposition, once it has reached its end, may also sufficiently reveal what’s now puzzling us.

    Cliniasἄριστʼ, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις, καὶ ποιῶμεν οὕτως ὡς εἴρηκας.

    CliniasExcellent, stranger. Let’s do as you say.

    Athenianδεδόχθω μὲν δή, φαμέν, τὸ ἄτοπον τοῦτο, νόμους τὰς ᾠδὰς ἡμῖν γεγονέναι, καὶ καθάπερ οἱ παλαιοὶ τότε περὶ κιθαρῳδίαν οὕτω πως, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὠνόμασαν—ὥστε τάχʼ 800a ἂν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνοι παντάπασί γʼ ἂν ἀφεστῶτες εἶεν τοῦ νῦν λεγομένου, καθʼ ὕπνον δὲ οἷόν πού τις ἢ καὶ ὕπαρ ἐγρηγορὼς ὠνείρωξεν μαντευόμενος αὐτό—τὸ δʼ οὖν δόγμα περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦτʼ ἔστω· παρὰ τὰ δημόσια μέλη τε καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν νέων σύμπασαν χορείαν μηδεὶς μᾶλλον ἢ παρʼ ὁντινοῦν ἄλλον τῶν νόμων φθεγγέσθω μηδʼ ἐν ὀρχήσει κινείσθω. καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιοῦτος ἀζήμιος ἀπαλλαττέσθω, τὸν δὲ μὴ πειθόμενον, καθάπερ ἐρρήθη νυνδή, νομοφύλακές τε 800b καὶ ἱέρειαι καὶ ἱερῆς κολαζόντων. κείσθω δὲ νῦν ἡμῖν ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ;

    AthenianLet’s take it as agreed, then, strange as it is, that our songs have become laws—nomoi, which seems to be just the name the ancients gave to songs for the lyre. So perhaps 800a they too weren’t entirely far from what we’re now saying; one of them may have divined it, as it were, in a dream while asleep, or in a vision while awake. Anyway, let this be our decree about it: no one is to sing a note, or move in the dance, contrary to the public and sacred melodies and the whole choral performance of the young, any more than contrary to any other of the laws. Whoever complies shall go free of penalty; whoever disobeys, as was said just now, shall be punished by the guardians of the laws 800b and the priestesses and priests. Shall we let this stand as settled in our discussion for now?

    Cliniasκείσθω.

    CliniasLet it stand.

    Athenianτίνα δὴ τρόπον αὐτὰ νομοθετῶν τις μὴ παντάπασιν καταγέλαστος γίγνοιτʼ ἄν; ἴδωμεν δὴ τὸ τοιόνδʼ ἔτι περὶ αὐτά. ἀσφαλέστατον καθάπερ ἐκμαγεῖʼ ἄττʼ αὐτοῖσιν πρῶτον πλάσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ, λέγω δὲ ἓν μὲν τῶν ἐκμαγείων εἶναι τοιόνδε τι· θυσίας γενομένης καὶ ἱερῶν καυθέντων κατὰ νόμον, εἴ τῴ τις, φαμέν, ἰδίᾳ παραστὰς τοῖς βωμοῖς τε καὶ 800c ἱεροῖς, ὑὸς ἢ καὶ ἀδελφός, βλασφημοῖ πᾶσαν βλασφημίαν, ἆρʼ οὐκ, ἂν φαῖμεν, ἀθυμίαν καὶ κακὴν ὄτταν καὶ μαντείαν πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἂν οἰκείοις φθέγγοιτο ἐντιθείς;

    AthenianThen how could someone legislate about these things without being utterly ridiculous? Let’s look further at this point about them. The safest thing is first to shape some models for them, so to speak, in our discussion. One of these models, I’d say, is something like this. When a sacrifice has been made and the offerings burned according to law, if someone’s son or brother, say, standing privately beside the altars and 800c offerings, were to utter every kind of blasphemy, wouldn’t we say that his words would fill his father and the rest of his family with dismay and evil foreboding and presentiment?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἐν τοίνυν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν τόποις τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ταῖς πόλεσι γιγνόμενον ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν σχεδὸν ὀλίγου πάσαις· δημοσίᾳ γάρ τινα θυσίαν ὅταν ἀρχή τις θύσῃ, μετὰ ταῦτα χορὸς οὐχ εἷς ἀλλὰ πλῆθος χορῶν ἥκει, καὶ στάντες οὐ 800d πόρρω τῶν βωμῶν ἀλλὰ παρʼ αὐτοὺς ἐνίοτε, πᾶσαν βλασφημίαν τῶν ἱερῶν καταχέουσιν, ῥήμασί τε καὶ ῥυθμοῖς καὶ γοωδεστάταις ἁρμονίαις συντείνοντες τὰς τῶν ἀκροωμένων ψυχάς, καὶ ὃς ἂν δακρῦσαι μάλιστα τὴν θύσασαν παραχρῆμα ποιήσῃ πόλιν, οὗτος τὰ νικητήρια φέρει. τοῦτον δὴ τὸν νόμον ἆρʼ οὐκ ἀποψηφιζόμεθα;

    AthenianWell, in our part of the world this happens in practically all cities, one might say. When some magistrate performs a public sacrifice, afterward not one chorus but a whole crowd of choruses arrives, and standing not 800d far from the altars, sometimes right beside them, they pour every sort of blasphemy over the sacred offerings, working up the souls of their listeners with words and rhythms and the most mournful modes; and whoever makes the city that has just sacrificed weep the most carries off the prize. Shouldn’t we vote this custom down?

    καὶ εἴ ποτʼ ἄρα δεῖ τοιούτων οἴκτων γίγνεσθαι τοὺς πολίτας ἐπηκόους, ὁπόταν ἡμέραι μὴ καθαραί τινες ἀλλὰ ἀποφράδες ὦσιν, τόθʼ ἥκειν 800e δέον ἂν εἴη μᾶλλον χορούς τινας ἔξωθεν μεμισθωμένους ᾠδούς, οἷον οἱ περὶ τοὺς τελευτήσαντας μισθούμενοι Καρικῇ τινι μούσῃ προπέμπουσι τοὺς τελευτήσαντας; τοιοῦτόν που πρέπον ἂν εἴη καὶ περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας ᾠδὰς γιγνόμενον, καὶ δὴ καὶ στολή γέ που ταῖς ἐπικηδείοις ᾠδαῖς οὐ στέφανοι πρέποιεν ἂν οὐδʼ ἐπίχρυσοι κόσμοι, πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον, ἵνʼ ὅτι τάχιστα περὶ αὐτῶν λέγων ἀπαλλάττωμαι. τὸ δὲ τοσοῦτον ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπανερωτῶ πάλιν, τῶν ἐκμαγείων ταῖς ᾠδαῖς εἰ πρῶτον ἓν τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν ἀρέσκον κείσθω.

    And if the citizens do ever need to listen to lamentations like these, on days that are not pure but ill-omened, then it would be better for 800e choruses hired from abroad to come and sing—like the hired mourners who escort the dead with a kind of Carian music. Something like that would be fitting for such songs too. And as for costume, crowns and gilded ornaments would hardly suit funeral songs, but just the opposite—to finish with this subject as quickly as I can. But I ask us again just this much: shall we settle on this as our first model for songs?

    Caria, in southwest Asia Minor, was known for its hired mourners and dirges.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat?

    Athenianεὐφημία, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ τῆς ᾠδῆς γένος εὔφημον 801a ἡμῖν πάντῃ πάντως ὑπαρχέτω; ἢ μηδὲν ἐπανερωτῶ, τιθῶ δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως;

    AthenianWords of good omen: shall our songs, as a whole class, be of good omen 801a in every way? Or shall I not even ask, but simply lay this down?

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν τίθει· νικᾷ γὰρ πάσαισι ταῖς ψήφοις οὗτος ὁ νόμος.

    CliniasBy all means lay it down. This law wins by every vote.

    Athenianτίς δὴ μετʼ εὐφημίαν δεύτερος ἂν εἴη νόμος μουσικῆς; ἆρʼ οὐκ εὐχὰς εἶναι τοῖς θεοῖς οἷς θύομεν ἑκάστοτε;

    AthenianWhat would be the second law of music, after words of good omen? Isn’t it that there should be prayers to the gods to whom we sacrifice on each occasion?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτρίτος δʼ οἶμαι νόμος, ὅτι γνόντας δεῖ τοὺς ποιητὰς ὡς εὐχαὶ παρὰ θεῶν αἰτήσεις εἰσίν, δεῖ δὴ τὸν νοῦν αὐτοὺς 801b σφόδρα προσέχειν μή ποτε λάθωσιν κακὸν ὡς ἀγαθὸν αἰτούμενοι· γελοῖον γὰρ δὴ τὸ πάθος οἶμαι τοῦτʼ ἂν γίγνοιτο, εὐχῆς τοιαύτης γενομένης.

    AthenianAnd the third law, I think: the poets must understand that prayers are requests made to the gods, and so they must 801b take great care never to ask for something bad as if it were good without realizing it. That would be a ridiculous thing to happen, I think, if such a prayer were made.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς ἔμπροσθεν σμικρὸν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπείσθημεν ὡς οὔτε ἀργυροῦν δεῖ πλοῦτον οὔτε χρυσοῦν ἐν πόλει ἱδρυμένον ἐνοικεῖν;

    AthenianNow weren’t we persuaded by our argument a little while ago that no wealth of silver or gold should be established and dwell in the city?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτίνος οὖν ποτε παράδειγμα εἰρῆσθαι φῶμεν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον; ἆρʼ οὐ τοῦδε, ὅτι τὸ τῶν ποιητῶν γένος οὐ πᾶν 801c ἱκανόν ἐστι γιγνώσκειν σφόδρα τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ μή; ποιήσας οὖν δήπου τὶς ποιητὴς ῥήμασιν ἢ καὶ κατὰ μέλος τοῦτο ἡμαρτημένον, εὐχὰς οὐκ ὀρθάς, ἡμῖν τοὺς πολίτας περὶ τῶν μεγίστων εὔχεσθαι τἀναντία ποιήσει· καίτοι τούτου, καθάπερ ἐλέγομεν, οὐ πολλὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἀνευρήσομεν μείζω. θῶμεν δὴ καὶ τοῦτον τῶν περὶ μοῦσαν νόμων καὶ τύπων ἕνα;

    AthenianThen what should we say that argument was meant to illustrate? Isn’t it this: that the tribe of poets as a whole isn’t 801c fully capable of recognizing what’s good and what isn’t? So if a poet composes something with this mistake in it—prayers that aren’t right—whether in words or in melody, he’ll make our citizens pray for the opposite of what they should in the most important matters; and, as we were saying, we won’t find many mistakes greater than that. Shall we lay this down, then, as one of our laws and patterns for music?

    Cliniasτίνα; σαφέστερον εἰπὲ ἡμῖν.

    CliniasWhat exactly? Tell us more clearly.

    Athenianτὸν ποιητὴν παρὰ τὰ τῆς πόλεως νόμιμα καὶ δίκαια 801d ἢ καλὰ ἢ ἀγαθὰ μηδὲν ποιεῖν ἄλλο, τὰ δὲ ποιηθέντα μὴ ἐξεῖναι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν μηδενὶ πρότερον δεικνύναι, πρὶν ἂν αὐτοῖς τοῖς περὶ ταῦτα ἀποδεδειγμένοις κριταῖς καὶ τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν δειχθῇ καὶ ἀρέσῃ· σχεδὸν δὲ ἀποδεδειγμένοι εἰσὶν ἡμῖν οὓς εἱλόμεθα νομοθέτας περὶ τὰ μουσικὰ καὶ τὸν τῆς παιδείας ἐπιμελητήν. τί οὖν; ὃ πολλάκις ἐρωτῶ, κείσθω νόμος ἡμῖν καὶ τύπος ἐκμαγεῖόν τε τρίτον τοῦτο; ἢ πῶς δοκεῖ;

    AthenianThat the poet shall compose nothing contrary to what the city holds lawful and just, 801d or fine, or good; and that he may not show what he has composed to any private person before it has been shown to the judges appointed for these matters and to the guardians of the laws, and has won their approval. And they have more or less been appointed already: those we chose as lawgivers for music, and the director of education. Well? As I keep asking, shall this stand as our third law, pattern and model? Or how does it seem to you?

    Cliniasκείσθω· τί μήν;

    CliniasLet it stand, of course.

    Athenianμετά γε μὴν ταῦτα ὕμνοι θεῶν καὶ ἐγκώμια κεκοινωνημένα εὐχαῖς ᾄδοιτʼ ἂν ὀρθότατα, καὶ μετὰ θεοὺς ὡσαύτως περὶ δαίμονάς τε καὶ ἥρωας μετʼ ἐγκωμίων εὐχαὶ γίγνοιντʼ ἂν τούτοις πᾶσιν πρέπουσαι.

    AthenianAfter these, hymns to the gods and praises combined with prayers would most rightly be sung; and after the gods, likewise, prayers with praises would be offered to spirits and heroes, as befits each of them.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianμετά γε μὴν ταῦτʼ ἤδη νόμος ἄνευ φθόνων εὐθὺς γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὅδε· τῶν πολιτῶν ὁπόσοι τέλος ἔχοιεν τοῦ βίου, κατὰ σώματα ἢ κατὰ ψυχὰς ἔργα ἐξειργασμένοι καλὰ καὶ ἐπίπονα καὶ τοῖς νόμοις εὐπειθεῖς γεγονότες, ἐγκωμίων αὐτοὺς τυγχάνειν πρέπον ἂν εἴη.

    AthenianAfter this, the following law could at once be passed without any grudging: it would be fitting for those citizens who have reached the end of their lives, having accomplished fine and strenuous deeds of body or of soul and been obedient to the laws, to receive praises.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτούς γε μὴν ἔτι ζῶντας ἐγκωμίοις τε καὶ ὕμνοις τιμᾶν οὐκ ἀσφαλές, πρὶν ἂν ἅπαντά τις τὸν βίον διαδραμὼν τέλος ἐπιστήσηται καλόν· ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἡμῖν ἔστω κοινὰ ἀνδράσιν τε καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἀγαθαῖς διαφανῶς γενομένοις. τὰς δὲ ᾠδάς τε καὶ ὀρχήσεις οὑτωσὶ χρὴ καθίστασθαι.

    AthenianBut it isn’t safe to honor people who are still alive with praises and hymns, until someone has run through his whole life and crowned it with a fine end. And all this should apply equally to men and to women who have clearly proved themselves good. The songs and dances should be established as follows.

    πολλὰ ἔστιν παλαιῶν παλαιὰ περὶ μουσικὴν καὶ καλὰ ποιήματα, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ὀρχήσεις ὡσαύτως, ὧν οὐδεὶς φθόνος ἐκλέξασθαι τῇ καθισταμένῃ 802b πολιτείᾳ τὸ πρέπον καὶ ἁρμόττον· δοκιμαστὰς δὲ τούτων ἑλομένους τὴν ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι μὴ νεωτέρους πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι μὲν ἂν ἱκανὸν εἶναι δόξῃ τῶν παλαιῶν ποιημάτων, ἐγκρίνειν, ὅτι δʼ ἂν ἐνδεὲς ἢ τὸ παράπαν ἀνεπιτήδειον, τὸ μὲν ἀποβάλλεσθαι παντάπασιν, τὸ δʼ ἐπανερόμενον ἐπιρρυθμίζειν, ποιητικοὺς ἅμα καὶ μουσικοὺς ἄνδρας παραλαβόντας, χρωμένους αὐτῶν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν τῆς ποιήσεως, 802c ταῖς δὲ ἡδοναῖς καὶ ἐπιθυμίαις μὴ ἐπιτρέποντας ἀλλʼ ἤ τισιν ὀλίγοις, ἐξηγουμένους δὲ τὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου βουλήματα, ὅτι μάλιστα ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδὴν καὶ πᾶσαν χορείαν συστήσασθαι κατὰ τὸν αὐτῶν νοῦν.

    There are many fine old compositions in music by the men of old, and dances for the body likewise, from which there’s no objection to choosing what’s fitting and suitable for the 802b constitution we’re establishing. We should elect examiners of these, no younger than fifty, to make the selection. Whatever of the old compositions seems adequate they should admit; whatever falls short or is altogether unsuitable, they should either reject entirely or go over again and rework, calling in poets and musicians and making use of their poetic abilities, 802c but not entrusting anything to their pleasures and desires, except in a few cases. They should explain the lawgiver’s intentions to them, and so arrange dance, song and all choral performance as far as possible in keeping with his mind.

    πᾶσα δʼ ἄτακτός γε τάξιν λαβοῦσα περὶ μοῦσαν διατριβὴ καὶ μὴ παρατιθεμένης τῆς γλυκείας μούσης ἀμείνων μυρίῳ· τὸ δʼ ἡδὺ κοινὸν πάσαις. ἐν ᾗ γὰρ ἂν ἐκ παίδων τις μέχρι τῆς ἑστηκυίας τε καὶ ἔμφρονος ἡλικίας διαβιῷ, σώφρονι μὲν μούσῃ καὶ τεταγμένῃ, 802d ἀκούων δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας, μισεῖ καὶ ἀνελεύθερον αὐτὴν προσαγορεύει, τραφεὶς δʼ ἐν τῇ κοινῇ καὶ γλυκείᾳ, ψυχρὰν καὶ ἀηδῆ τὴν ταύτῃ ἐναντίαν εἶναί φησιν· ὥστε, ὅπερ ἐρρήθη νυνδή, τό γε τῆς ἡδονῆς ἢ ἀηδίας περὶ ἑκατέρας οὐδὲν πεπλεονέκτηκεν, ἐκ περιττοῦ δὲ ἡ μὲν βελτίους, ἡ δὲ χείρους τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τραφέντας ἑκάστοτε παρέχεται.

    Any musical pursuit that was disorderly and has been given order is ten thousand times better, even when the sweet Muse isn’t served up with it; pleasure is common to them all. For if someone spends his life from childhood up to a steady and sensible age with music that’s moderate and ordered, 802d then when he hears the opposite kind he hates it and calls it unworthy of a free person; while if he’s been brought up on the popular, sweet kind, he says the kind opposed to it is cold and unpleasant. So, as was said just now, where pleasure or unpleasantness is concerned neither has the advantage over the other; but beyond that, the one always makes those raised in it better, and the other worse.

    Cliniasκαλῶς εἴρηκας.

    CliniasWell said.

    The gods’ playthings

    Human beings are the gods’ playthings; schooling is compulsory, and girls train like boys.

    Athenianἔτι δὲ θηλείαις τε πρεπούσας ᾠδὰς ἄρρεσί τε 802e χωρίσαι που δέον ἂν εἴη τύπῳ τινὶ διορισάμενον, καὶ ἁρμονίαισιν δὴ καὶ ῥυθμοῖς προσαρμόττειν ἀναγκαῖον· δεινὸν γὰρ ὅλῃ γε ἁρμονίᾳ ἀπᾴδειν ἢ ῥυθμῷ ἀρρυθμεῖν, μηδὲν προσήκοντα τούτων ἑκάστοις ἀποδιδόντα τοῖς μέλεσιν. ἀναγκαῖον δὴ καὶ τούτων τὰ σχήματά γε νομοθετεῖν. ἔστιν δὲ ἀμφοτέροις μὲν ἀμφότερα ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόμενα ἀποδιδόναι, τὰ δὲ τῶν θηλειῶν αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἑκατέρου διαφέροντι, τούτῳ δεῖ καὶ διασαφεῖν. τὸ δὴ μεγαλοπρεπὲς οὖν καὶ τὸ πρὸς τὴν ἀνδρείαν ῥέπον ἀρρενωπὸν φατέον εἶναι, τὸ δὲ πρὸς τὸ κόσμιον καὶ σῶφρον μᾶλλον ἀποκλῖνον θηλυγενέστερον ὡς ὂν παραδοτέον ἔν τε τῷ νόμῳ καὶ λόγῳ.

    AthenianFurther, it would presumably be necessary to separate the songs suitable for females from those for males, 802e marking them off by some pattern, and to fit them to modes and rhythms as well. For it’s terrible for a whole melody to be out of tune, or a rhythm out of time, when one gives songs none of the features that suit each of them. So we must legislate the outlines of these too. Both sexes must be given songs that are held fast by both of these; but the women’s must be distinguished by the very difference between the two natures. So what is grand and inclines toward courage must be declared manly, while what tends rather toward orderliness and moderation must be handed down, in both law and argument, as more feminine.

    Famous passage Playthings of the godsHuman affairs are not worth great seriousness: a human being is a plaything of god, and should live playing the finest games.

    τάξις μὲν δή 803a τις αὕτη· τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν διδασκαλία καὶ παράδοσις λεγέσθω τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, τίνα τρόπον χρὴ καὶ οἷστισιν καὶ πότε πράττειν ἕκαστα αὐτῶν. οἷον δή τις ναυπηγὸς τὴν τῆς ναυπηγίας ἀρχὴν καταβαλλόμενος τὰ τροπιδεῖα ὑπογράφεται τῶν πλοίων σχήματα, ταὐτὸν δή μοι κἀγὼ φαίνομαι ἐμαυτῷ δρᾶν, τὰ τῶν βίων πειρώμενος σχήματα διαστήσασθαι κατὰ τρόπους τοὺς τῶν ψυχῶν, ὄντως αὐτῶν τὰ τροπιδεῖα καταβάλλεσθαι, 803b ποίᾳ μηχανῇ καὶ τίσιν ποτὲ τρόποις συνόντες τὸν βίον ἄριστα διὰ τοῦ πλοῦ τούτου τῆς ζωῆς διακομισθησόμεθα, τοῦτο σκοπεῖν ὀρθῶς. ἔστι δὴ τοίνυν τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα μεγάλης μὲν σπουδῆς οὐκ ἄξια, ἀναγκαῖόν γε μὴν σπουδάζειν· τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ εὐτυχές. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐνταῦθά ἐσμεν, εἴ πως διὰ προσήκοντός τινος αὐτὸ πράττοιμεν, ἴσως ἂν ἡμῖν σύμμετρον ἂν εἴη.

    This, then, is one kind of 803a arrangement. Next let’s discuss the teaching and transmission of these things themselves: how, to whom and when each of them should be done. A shipwright, when he lays the foundations of his craft, first lays down the keels and sketches the shapes of the vessels; and I seem to myself to be doing the same thing, trying to distinguish the shapes of lives according to the characters of souls—truly laying down their keels, 803b and rightly considering by what means and in what ways of life we’ll best be carried through this voyage of life. Human affairs aren’t worth great seriousness; yet we do have to be serious about them—and that’s our misfortune. But since we’re where we are, perhaps it would suit us if we could go about it in some fitting way.

    λέγω δὲ δὴ τί ποτε; ἴσως μεντἄν τίς μοι τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ὑπολαβὼν ὀρθῶς ὑπολάβοι.

    But what on earth do I mean? Perhaps someone might pick me up on this very point, and rightly.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianφημὶ χρῆναι τὸ μὲν σπουδαῖον σπουδάζειν, τὸ δὲ μὴ σπουδαῖον μή, φύσει δὲ εἶναι θεὸν μὲν πάσης μακαρίου σπουδῆς ἄξιον, ἄνθρωπον δέ, ὅπερ εἴπομεν ἔμπροσθεν, θεοῦ τι παίγνιον εἶναι μεμηχανημένον, καὶ ὄντως τοῦτο αὐτοῦ τὸ βέλτιστον γεγονέναι· τούτῳ δὴ δεῖν τῷ τρόπῳ συνεπόμενον καὶ παίζοντα ὅτι καλλίστας παιδιὰς πάντʼ ἄνδρα καὶ γυναῖκα οὕτω διαβιῶναι, τοὐναντίον ἢ νῦν διανοηθέντας.

    AthenianI say that one should be serious about what’s serious, and not about what isn’t; that by nature god is worthy of all blessed seriousness, while a human being, as we said earlier, has been fashioned as a kind of plaything of god—and that this really is the best thing about him. So every man and woman should go along with this role and live their lives playing the finest games, thinking the opposite of what they think now.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianνῦν μέν που τὰς σπουδὰς οἴονται δεῖν ἕνεκα τῶν παιδιῶν γίγνεσθαι· τὰ γὰρ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἡγοῦνται σπουδαῖα ὄντα τῆς εἰρήνης ἕνεκα δεῖν εὖ τίθεσθαι. τὸ δʼ ἦν ἐν πολέμῳ μὲν ἄρα οὔτʼ οὖν παιδιὰ πεφυκυῖα οὔτʼ αὖ παιδεία ποτὲ ἡμῖν ἀξιόλογος, οὔτε οὖσα οὔτʼ ἐσομένη, ὃ δή φαμεν ἡμῖν γε εἶναι σπουδαιότατον· δεῖ δὴ τὸν κατʼ εἰρήνην βίον ἕκαστον πλεῖστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον διεξελθεῖν. τίς οὖν 803e ὀρθότης;

    AthenianAt present people think, I suppose, that serious things should be done for the sake of play. They believe that matters of war, being serious, must be handled well for the sake of peace. But in war, it turns out, there neither is nor ever will be, by nature, either play or education worth speaking of for us—and that is what we say is most serious for us. Each person must spend as much of his life as he can, and as well as he can, in peace. What, then, 803e is the right way?

    In Greek, “play” (paidia) and “education” (paideia) are closely related words.

    παίζοντά ἐστιν διαβιωτέον τινὰς δὴ παιδιάς, θύοντα καὶ ᾄδοντα καὶ ὀρχούμενον, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς ἵλεως αὑτῷ παρασκευάζειν δυνατὸν εἶναι, τοὺς δʼ ἐχθροὺς ἀμύνεσθαι καὶ νικᾶν μαχόμενον· ὁποῖα δὲ ᾄδων ἄν τις καὶ ὀρχούμενος ἀμφότερα ταῦτα πράττοι, τὸ μὲν τῶν τύπων εἴρηται καὶ καθάπερ ὁδοὶ τέτμηνται καθʼ ἃς ἰτέον, προσδοκῶντα καὶ τὸν ποιητὴν εὖ λέγειν τὸ— 804a Τηλέμαχʼ, ἄλλα μὲν αὐτὸς ἐνὶ φρεσὶ σῇσι νοήσεις, ἄλλα δὲ καὶ δαίμων ὑποθήσεται· οὐ γὰρ ὀίω οὔ σε θεῶν ἀέκητι γενέσθαι τε τραφέμεν τε.

    One must live one’s life playing certain games—sacrificing, singing and dancing—so as to be able to make the gods gracious to oneself, and to ward off enemies and defeat them in battle. What sorts of songs and dances will achieve both these ends has been outlined in our patterns; the paths, so to speak, along which we must go have been cut, and we can expect the poet to be right when he says: 804a “Telemachus, some things you’ll think of yourself, in your own mind, and others a divine power will prompt; for I don’t think you were born and raised without the gods’ goodwill.”

    Athena, disguised as Mentor, speaks these lines to Odysseus’ son in Homer’s Odyssey.

    ταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἡμετέρους τροφίμους δεῖ διανοουμένους τὰ μὲν εἰρημένα ἀποχρώντως νομίζειν εἰρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ καὶ τὸν δαίμονά τε καὶ θεὸν αὐτοῖσιν ὑποθήσεσθαι θυσιῶν τε πέρι 804b καὶ χορειῶν, οἷστισί τε καὶ ὁπότε ἕκαστα ἑκάστοις προσπαίζοντές τε καὶ ἱλεούμενοι κατὰ τὸν τρόπον τῆς φύσεως διαβιώσονται, θαύματα ὄντες τὸ πολύ, σμικρὰ δὲ ἀληθείας ἄττα μετέχοντες.

    Our charges too must think the same way: that what’s been said has been said sufficiently, and that the spirit and the god will prompt them on the rest—about sacrifices 804b and choral dances, to which gods and when they should play before each, and seek their favor—and so they’ll live out their lives in keeping with their nature, being puppets for the most part, with only a small share of truth.

    Megillusπαντάπασι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος ἡμῖν, ὦ ξένε, διαφαυλίζεις.

    MegillusYou really do make the human race out to be worthless, stranger.

    Athenianμὴ θαυμάσῃς, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ἀλλὰ σύγγνωθί μοι· πρὸς γὰρ τὸν θεὸν ἀπιδὼν καὶ παθὼν εἶπον ὅπερ εἴρηκα νῦν. ἔστω δʼ οὖν τὸ γένος ἡμῶν μὴ φαῦλον, εἴ σοι φίλον, σπουδῆς δέ 804c τινος ἄξιον.

    AthenianDon’t be surprised, Megillus—forgive me. I was looking toward the god, and felt what I felt when I said what I’ve just said. Well, let our race be not worthless, if you like, but worth 804c some seriousness.

    τὸ δʼ ἑξῆς τούτοις, οἰκοδομίαι μὲν εἴρηνται γυμνασίων ἅμα καὶ διδασκαλείων κοινῶν τριχῇ κατὰ μέσην τὴν πόλιν, ἔξωθεν δὲ ἵππων αὖ τριχῇ περὶ τὸ ἄστυ γυμνάσιά τε καὶ εὐρυχώρια, τοξικῆς τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροβολισμῶν ἕνεκα διακεκοσμημένα, μαθήσεώς τε ἅμα καὶ μελέτης τῶν νέων· εἰ δʼ ἄρα μὴ τότε ἱκανῶς ἐρρήθησαν, νῦν εἰρήσθω τῷ λόγῳ μετὰ νόμων. ἐν δὲ τούτοις πᾶσιν διδασκάλους ἑκάστων πεπεισμένους 804d μισθοῖς οἰκοῦντας ξένους διδάσκειν τε πάντα ὅσα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμόν ἐστιν μαθήματα τοὺς φοιτῶντας ὅσα τε πρὸς μουσικήν, οὐχ ὃν μὲν ἂν ὁ πατὴρ βούληται, φοιτῶντα, ὃν δʼ ἂν μή, ἐῶντα τὰς παιδείας, ἀλλὰ τὸ λεγόμενον πάντʼ ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, ὡς τῆς πόλεως μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν γεννητόρων ὄντας, παιδευτέον ἐξ ἀνάγκης.

    Next: we’ve spoken already of buildings for gymnasia and public schools in three places in the middle of the city, and outside, around the town, again in three places, of training grounds and open spaces for horses, laid out for archery and other shooting at long range, for the young to learn and practice in. If they weren’t adequately described then, let them be described now, in our argument and in our laws. In all these places there are to be teachers for each subject, foreigners living there, won over 804d by pay, who will teach those who attend all the lessons that concern war and all those that concern music. And it’s not to be a matter of attending if the father wishes, and giving up education if he doesn’t; rather, as the saying goes, “every man and boy,” as far as possible, must be educated compulsorily, since they belong to the city more than to their parents.

    τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ δὴ καὶ περὶ θηλειῶν ὁ μὲν ἐμὸς νόμος ἂν εἴποι πάντα ὅσαπερ 804e καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀρρένων, ἴσα καὶ τὰς θηλείας ἀσκεῖν δεῖν· καὶ οὐδὲν φοβηθεὶς εἴποιμʼ ἂν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὔτε ἱππικῆς οὔτε γυμναστικῆς, ὡς ἀνδράσι μὲν πρέπον ἂν εἴη, γυναιξὶ δὲ οὐκ ἂν πρέπον. ἀκούων μὲν γὰρ δὴ μύθους παλαιοὺς πέπεισμαι, τὰ δὲ νῦν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν οἶδα ὅτι μυριάδες ἀναρίθμητοι γυναικῶν εἰσι τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόντον, ἃς Σαυρομάτιδας 805a καλοῦσιν, αἷς οὐχ ἵππων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τόξων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅπλων κοινωνία καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἴση προστεταγμένη ἴσως ἀσκεῖται.

    And my law would say all the same things about females as 804e about males: that the females must train on an equal footing. I’d say it without any fear: neither riding nor gymnastics is something fitting for men but not for women. I’m persuaded of this by old stories I’ve heard; and at present, I know, there are countless thousands, so to speak, of women around the Black Sea—they’re called Sauromatians— 805a for whom sharing in horses, and in bows and other arms as well, is prescribed on equal terms with the men and practiced equally.

    The Sauromatians (Sarmatians) were a nomadic people north of the Black Sea, whose women rode and fought.

    λογισμὸν δὲ πρὸς τούτοις περὶ τούτων τοιόνδε τινὰ ἔχω· φημί, εἴπερ ταῦτα οὕτω συμβαίνειν ἐστὶν δυνατά, πάντων ἀνοητότατα τὰ νῦν ἐν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν τόποις γίγνεσθαι τὸ μὴ πάσῃ ῥώμῃ πάντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπιτηδεύειν ἄνδρας γυναιξὶν ταὐτά. σχεδὸν γὰρ ὀλίγου πᾶσα ἡμίσεια πόλις ἀντὶ διπλασίας οὕτως ἔστιν τε καὶ γίγνεται ἐκ τῶν 805b αὐτῶν τελῶν καὶ πόνων· καίτοι θαυμαστὸν ἂν ἁμάρτημα νομοθέτῃ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ γίγνοιτο.

    Besides this, I reason about the matter as follows. I say that if these things can happen in this way, then what’s done in our part of the world now is the most foolish thing of all: that men and women don’t all pursue the same things together, with all their strength. For in this way almost every city is, and becomes, half a city instead of double, from the 805b same outlay and effort. And yet that very thing would be an astonishing mistake for a lawgiver to make.

    Cliniasἔοικέν γε· ἔστι μέντοι πάμπολλα ἡμῖν, ὦ ξένε, παρὰ τὰς εἰωθυίας πολιτείας τῶν νῦν λεγομένων. ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰπὼν τὸν μὲν λόγον ἐᾶσαι διεξελθεῖν, εὖ διελθόντος δέ, οὕτω τὸ δοκοῦν αἱρεῖσθαι δεῖν, μάλα εἶπές τε ἐμμελῶς, πεποίηκάς τέ με τὰ νῦν αὐτὸν ἐμαυτῷ ἐπιπλήττειν ὅτι ταῦτα εἴρηκα· 805c λέγε οὖν τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ὅτι σοι κεχαρισμένον ἐστίν.

    CliniasIt seems so. Yet a great deal of what’s being said now, stranger, goes against our customary constitutions. But you said we should let the argument run its course, and only when it had been properly gone through should we choose what seemed best; that was very aptly said, and it’s made me rebuke myself now for having said what I did. 805c So go on and say whatever you like next.

    Athenianτόδε ἔμοιγε, ὦ Κλεινία, ὃ καὶ πρόσθεν εἶπον, ὡς, εἰ μὲν ταῦτα ἦν μὴ ἱκανῶς ἔργοις ἐληλεγμένα ὅτι δυνατά ἐστι γίγνεσθαι, τάχα ἦν ἄν τι καὶ ἀντειπεῖν τῷ λόγῳ, νῦν δὲ ἄλλο τί που ζητητέον ἐκείνῳ τῷ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον μηδαμῇ δεχομένῳ, τὸ δʼ ἡμέτερον διακέλευμα ἐν τούτοις οὐκ ἀποσβήσεται τὸ μὴ οὐ λέγειν ὡς δεῖ παιδείας τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅτι 805d μάλιστα κοινωνεῖν τὸ θῆλυ γένος ἡμῖν τῷ τῶν ἀρρένων γένει. καὶ γὰρ οὖν οὑτωσί πως δεῖ περὶ αὐτῶν διανοηθῆναι. φέρε, μὴ μετεχουσῶν ἀνδράσι γυναικῶν κοινῇ τῆς ζωῆς πάσης, μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη γενέσθαι γέ τινα τάξιν ἑτέραν αὐταῖς;

    AthenianWhat I’d like, Clinias, is what I said before: if it hadn’t been adequately proved by facts that these things can happen, there might perhaps be something to say against the argument. As it is, anyone who refuses to accept this law at all will have to look for some other objection; and our exhortation on this point won’t be silenced—we’ll keep saying that the female sex must share with the male as fully 805d as possible in education and everything else. And in fact one ought to think about it roughly like this. Look: if women don’t share the whole of life in common with men, won’t there have to be some other arrangement for them?

    Cliniasἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasThere will have to be.

    Athenianτίνα οὖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν νῦν ἀποδεδειγμένων θεῖμεν ἂν τῆς κοινωνίας ταύτης ἣν νῦν αὐταῖς ἡμεῖς προστάττομεν; πότερον ἣν Θρᾷκες ταῖς γυναιξὶν χρῶνται καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα 805e γένη, γεωργεῖν τε καὶ βουκολεῖν καὶ ποιμαίνειν καὶ διακονεῖν μηδὲν διαφερόντως τῶν δούλων; ἢ καθάπερ ἡμεῖς ἅπαντές τε οἱ περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον; νῦν γὰρ δὴ τό γε παρʼ ἡμῖν ὧδέ ἐστιν περὶ τούτων γιγνόμενον· εἴς τινα μίαν οἴκησιν συμφορήσαντες, τὸ λεγόμενον, πάντα χρήματα, παρέδομεν ταῖς γυναιξὶν διαταμιεύειν τε καὶ κερκίδων ἄρχειν καὶ πάσης ταλασίας. ἢ τὸ τούτων δὴ διὰ μέσου φῶμεν, ὦ Μέγιλλε, 806a τὸ Λακωνικόν;

    AthenianThen which of the arrangements now on display would we rank ahead of the partnership that we’re now prescribing for them? The one by which the Thracians and many other 805e peoples use their women—to farm, to herd cattle and sheep, and to serve, no differently from slaves? Or the way we do it, and everyone in our region? For at present this is how things are done with us: we gather all our goods, as the saying goes, into one dwelling and hand them over to the women to manage, and put them in charge of the shuttles and all the wool-working. Or shall we name the one in between, Megillus— 806a the Spartan way?

    κόρας μὲν γυμνασίων μετόχους οὔσας ἅμα καὶ μουσικῆς ζῆν δεῖν, γυναῖκας δὲ ἀργοὺς μὲν ταλασίας, ἀσκητικὸν δέ τινα βίον καὶ οὐδαμῶς φαῦλον οὐδʼ εὐτελῆ διαπλέκειν, θεραπείας δὲ καὶ ταμιείας αὖ καὶ παιδοτροφίας εἴς τι μέσον ἀφικνεῖσθαι, τῶν δʼ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον μὴ κοινωνούσας, ὥστε οὐδʼ εἴ τίς ποτε διαμάχεσθαι περὶ πόλεώς τε καὶ παίδων ἀναγκαία τύχη γίγνοιτο, οὔτʼ ἂν τόξων, ὥς τινες 806b Ἀμαζόνες, οὔτʼ ἄλλης κοινωνῆσαί ποτε βολῆς μετὰ τέχνης δυνάμεναι, οὐδὲ ἀσπίδα καὶ δόρυ λαβοῦσαι μιμήσασθαι τὴν θεόν, ὡς πορθουμένης αὐταῖς τῆς πατρίδος γενναίως ἀντιστάσας, φόβον γε, εἰ μηδὲν μεῖζον, πολεμίοισι δύνασθαι παρασχεῖν ἐν τάξει τινὶ κατοφθείσας; Σαυρομάτιδας δὲ οὐδʼ ἂν τὸ παράπαν τολμήσειαν μιμήσασθαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διαβιοῦσαι, παρὰ γυναῖκας δὲ αὐτὰς ἄνδρες ἂν αἱ ἐκείνων 806c γυναῖκες φανεῖεν.

    That girls should live taking part in gymnastics and music alike; that women, while free from wool-working, should weave themselves a life of exercise that’s by no means trivial or cheap, and should arrive at a kind of middle position in looking after the household, managing its stores and raising children, but without taking part in military affairs? So that even if they ever had to fight for their city and children, they wouldn’t be able to share in using bows with skill, as some 806b Amazons do, or any other missile; nor could they take up shield and spear and imitate the goddess, standing nobly against the enemy as their homeland was being sacked, and so at least strike fear, if nothing greater, into the enemy by being seen drawn up in a battle-line. Living this way, they wouldn’t dare imitate the Sauromatian women at all; next to these women, the Sauromatians’ 806c women would look like men.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν ὑμῶν τοὺς νομοθέτας ὁ μὲν βουλόμενος ἐπαινεῖν ἐπαινείτω, τὸ δʼ ἐμὸν οὐκ ἄλλως ἂν λεχθείη· τέλεον γὰρ καὶ οὐ διήμισυν δεῖν τὸν νομοθέτην εἶναι, τὸ θῆλυ μὲν ἀφιέντα τρυφᾶν καὶ ἀναλίσκειν διαίταις ἀτάκτως χρώμενον, τοῦ δὲ ἄρρενος ἐπιμεληθέντα, τελέως σχεδὸν εὐδαίμονος ἥμισυ βίου καταλείπειν ἀντὶ διπλασίου τῇ πόλει.

    So let anyone who wants to praise your lawgivers for this praise them; but my own view couldn’t be put any other way. The lawgiver should be complete, not half a lawgiver: he shouldn’t let the female sex live in luxury and spend money in a disordered way of life while taking care of the male, and so leave the city little more than half a fully happy life instead of double.

    Megillusτί δράσομεν, ὦ Κλεινία; τὸν ξένον ἐάσομεν τὴν Σπάρτην ἡμῖν οὕτω καταδραμεῖν;

    MegillusWhat are we going to do, Clinias? Are we going to let our stranger make a raid on Sparta like this?

    Cliniasναί· δεδομένης γὰρ αὐτῷ παρρησίας ἐατέον, ἕως ἂν διεξέλθωμεν πάντῃ ἱκανῶς τοὺς νόμους.

    CliniasYes. We’ve given him the freedom to speak his mind, so we have to let him, until we’ve gone through the laws thoroughly in every respect.

    Megillusὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    MegillusYou’re right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἤδη σχεδὸν ἐμὸν πειρᾶσθαι φράζειν;

    AthenianThen isn’t it more or less my job now to try to explain what comes next?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτίς δὴ τρόπος ἀνθρώποις γίγνοιτʼ ἂν τοῦ βίου, οἷσιν τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα εἴη κατεσκευασμένα μέτρια, τὰ δὲ τῶν τεχνῶν ἄλλοις παραδεδομένα, γεωργίαι δὲ ἐκδεδομέναι 806e δούλοις ἀπαρχὴν τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀποτελοῦσιν ἱκανὴν ἀνθρώποις ζῶσι κοσμίως, συσσίτια δὲ κατεσκευασμένα εἴη χωρὶς μὲν τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἐγγὺς δʼ ἐχόμενα τὰ τῶν αὐτοῖς οἰκείων, παίδων τε ἅμα θηλειῶν καὶ τῶν μητέρων αὐταῖς, ἄρχουσιν δὲ καὶ ἀρχούσαις εἴη προστεταγμένα λύειν ταῦτα ἑκάστοις τὰ συσσίτια πάντα, καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν θεασαμένους καὶ ἰδόντας τὴν διαγωγὴν τὴν τῶν συσσίτων, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 807a σπείσαντας τόν τε ἄρχοντα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους οἷς ἂν τυγχάνῃ θεοῖς ἡ τότε νύξ τε καὶ ἡμέρα καθιερωμένη, κατὰ ταῦτα οὕτως οἴκαδε πορεύεσθαι;

    AthenianWhat sort of life, then, would people have if their necessities had been provided for in moderation, if the crafts had been handed over to others, and if their farms had been leased out 806e to slaves who paid them a share of the produce of the land sufficient for people living in an orderly way? Suppose common meals had been set up—the men’s separately, and close by those of their households, the girls together with their mothers—and that officials, men and women, had been charged with dismissing each of these common meals every day, after watching and observing how the diners conducted themselves; and that afterward 807a the official and the rest poured libations to whichever gods that night and day happened to be dedicated to, and then, in keeping with this, went home?

    τοῖς δὴ ταύτῃ κεκοσμημένοις ἆρα οὐδὲν λειπόμενόν ἐστιν ἀναγκαῖόν τε ἔργον καὶ παντάπασι προσῆκον, ἀλλʼ ἐν τρόπῳ βοσκήματος ἕκαστον πιαινόμενον αὐτῶν δεῖ ζῆν; οὔκουν τό γε δίκαιόν φαμεν οὐδὲ καλόν, οὐδʼ οἷόν τε τὸν ζῶντα οὕτως ἀτυχῆσαι τοῦ προσήκοντος, προσήκει 807b δὲ ἀργῷ καὶ ῥᾳθύμως καταπεπιασμένῳ ζῴῳ σχεδὸν ὑπʼ ἄλλου διαρπασθῆναι ζῴου τῶν σφόδρα τετρυχωμένων μετὰ ἀνδρείας τε ἅμα καὶ τῶν πόνων. ταῦτα οὖν δὴ διʼ ἀκριβείας μὲν ἱκανῆς, ὡς καὶ νῦν, εἰ ζητοῖμεν ἄν, ἴσως οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο, μέχριπερ ἂν γυναῖκές τε καὶ παῖδες οἰκήσεις τε ἴδιαι καὶ ἰδίως ἅπαντʼ ᾖ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν κατεσκευασμένα· τὰ δὲ μετʼ ἐκεῖνʼ αὖ δεύτερα τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα εἰ 807c γίγνοιτο ἡμῖν, γίγνοιτο ἂν καὶ μάλα μετρίως.

    For people living in this orderly way, is there no necessary and wholly fitting work left to do? Must each of them live like a fattening beast? We say that is neither just nor fine, nor can someone who lives that way escape what he deserves; and what a lazy animal 807b fattened in idleness deserves is, more or less, to be torn apart by another animal, one of those worn lean by courage and hard toil together. Now, to bring this about with full precision, as we are seeking to do even now, would perhaps never happen as long as women and children and houses are private, and everything of that sort is arranged privately for each of us. But if the second-best arrangement, the one we are now describing, 807c were to come about for us, it would turn out quite reasonably well.

    ἔργον δὲ δὴ τοῖς οὕτω ζῶσίν φαμεν οὐ τὸ σμικρότατον οὐδὲ τὸ φαυλότατον λείπεσθαι, μέγιστον δὲ πάντων εἶναι προστεταγμένον ὑπὸ δικαίου νόμου· τοῦ γὰρ πᾶσαν τῶν ἄλλων πάντων ἔργων βίου ἀσχολίαν παρασκευάζοντος, τοῦ Πυθιάδος τε καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδος νίκης ὀρεγομένου, διπλασίας τε καὶ ἔτι πολλῷ πλέονος ἀσχολίας ἐστὶν γέμων ὁ περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος πάντως καὶ ψυχῆς εἰς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλειαν βίος εἰρημένος 807d ὀρθότατα.

    And we say that people who live this way are left with a task that is not the smallest or the meanest, but the greatest of all, assigned to them by a just law. For compared with the life that reaches for victory at the Pythian and Olympic games, and leaves no leisure for any other work at all, the life devoted to the thorough care of the body, and of the soul for virtue—the life we have described, 807d and described most rightly—is filled with twice as much lack of leisure, and far more still.

    πάρεργον γὰρ οὐδὲν δεῖ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων διακώλυμα γίγνεσθαι τῶν τῷ σώματι προσηκόντων εἰς ἀπόδοσιν πόνων καὶ τροφῆς, οὐδʼ αὖ ψυχῇ μαθημάτων τε καὶ ἐθῶν, πᾶσα δὲ νύξ τε καὶ ἡμέρα σχεδὸν οὐκ ἔστιν ἱκανὴ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ πράττοντι τὸ τέλεόν τε καὶ ἱκανὸν αὐτῶν ἐκλαμβάνειν· οὕτω δὴ τούτων πεφυκότων, τάξιν δεῖ γίγνεσθαι πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις τῆς διατριβῆς περὶ τὸν χρόνον ἅπαντα, σχεδὸν 807e ἀρξάμενον ἐξ ἕω μέχρι τῆς ἑτέρας ἀεὶ συνεχῶς ἕω τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολῆς. πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ πυκνὰ καὶ σμικρὰ λέγων ἄν τις νομοθέτης ἀσχήμων φαίνοιτο περὶ τῶν κατʼ οἰκίαν διοικήσεων, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ὅσα νύκτωρ ἀυπνίας πέρι πρέπει τοῖς μέλλουσιν διὰ τέλους φυλάξειν πᾶσαν πόλιν ἀκριβῶς.

    No side business should be allowed to get in the way of the other tasks: those that give the body its due of exercise and food, and the soul its due of learning and habits. For someone doing just this, practically every night and day together is not enough to get from them what is complete and sufficient. Since this is how things are by nature, all the free citizens must have a schedule for how they spend the whole of their time, beginning 807e roughly at dawn and running on without a break until the next dawn and sunrise. Now a lawgiver would look undignified if he said a great deal, in fine detail, about the running of households—including the rules about wakefulness at night that befit people who are to guard a whole city carefully and without letup.

    τὸ γὰρ ὅλην διατελεῖν ἡντινοῦν νύκτα εὕδοντα καὶ ὁντινοῦν τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ μὴ φανερὸν εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς οἰκέταις ἐγειρόμενόν 808a τε καὶ ἐξανιστάμενον ἀεὶ πρῶτον, τοῦτο αἰσχρὸν δεῖ δεδόχθαι πᾶσι καὶ οὐκ ἐλευθέρου, εἴτʼ οὖν νόμον εἴτʼ ἐπιτήδευμα τὸ τοιοῦτον καλεῖν ἐστιν χρεών· καὶ δὴ καὶ δέσποιναν ἐν οἰκίᾳ ὑπὸ θεραπαινίδων ἐγείρεσθαί τινων καὶ μὴ πρώτην αὐτὴν ἐγείρειν τὰς ἄλλας, αἰσχρὸν λέγειν χρὴ πρὸς αὑτοὺς δοῦλόν τε καὶ δούλην καὶ παῖδα, καὶ εἴ πως ἦν οἷόν τε, ὅλην καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκίαν. ἐγειρομένους δὲ νύκτωρ δεῖ πάντας 808b πράττειν τῶν τε πολιτικῶν μέρη πολλὰ καὶ τῶν οἰκονομικῶν, ἄρχοντας μὲν κατὰ πόλιν, δεσποίνας δὲ καὶ δεσπότας ἐν ἰδίαις οἰκίαις.

    For any citizen whatever to sleep through any whole night, and not to be seen by all his servants always to be the first to wake 808a and get up—this must be held by everyone to be shameful and unworthy of a free man, whether we ought to call such a thing a law or a custom. In particular, for the mistress of a house to be woken by her maids, instead of being the first to wake the others herself, is something the male and female slaves and the children must call shameful among themselves—and, if it were possible, the whole house, every bit of it. And when they get up at night, everyone must 808b attend to a good part of their public and household business: officials throughout the city, mistresses and masters in their own houses.

    ὕπνος γὰρ δὴ πολὺς οὔτε τοῖς σώμασιν οὔτε ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν οὐδʼ αὖ ταῖς πράξεσιν ταῖς περὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἁρμόττων ἐστὶν κατὰ φύσιν. καθεύδων γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος· ἀλλʼ ὅστις τοῦ ζῆν ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ φρονεῖν μάλιστά ἐστι κηδεμών, ἐγρήγορε 808c χρόνον ὡς πλεῖστον, τὸ πρὸς ὑγίειαν αὐτοῦ μόνον φυλάττων χρήσιμον, ἔστιν δὲ οὐ πολύ, καλῶς εἰς ἔθος ἰόν. ἐγρηγορότες δὲ ἄρχοντες ἐν πόλεσιν νύκτωρ φοβεροὶ μὲν κακοῖς, πολεμίοις τε ἅμα καὶ πολίταις, ἀγαστοὶ δὲ καὶ τίμιοι τοῖς δικαίοις τε καὶ σώφροσιν, ὠφέλιμοι δὲ αὑτοῖς τε καὶ συμπάσῃ τῇ πόλει.

    A great deal of sleep, you see, is not by nature suited to our bodies or our souls, or to the activities concerned with all of these. Someone asleep is worth nothing, no more than someone who isn’t alive. Whoever among us cares most about being alive and thinking stays awake 808c as long as he can, keeping back only what is useful for his health—and that isn’t much, once it has become a good habit. Officials who stay awake at night in cities are a terror to bad people, enemies and citizens alike; they are admired and honored by the just and moderate, and useful both to themselves and to the whole city.

    νὺξ μὲν δὴ διαγομένη τοιαύτη τις πρὸς πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀνδρείαν ἄν τινα προσπαρέχοιτο ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἑκάστων 808d τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν· ἡμέρας δὲ ὄρθρου τε ἐπανιόντων παῖδας μὲν πρὸς διδασκάλους που τρέπεσθαι χρεών, ἄνευ ποιμένος δὲ οὔτε πρόβατα οὔτʼ ἄλλο οὐδέν πω βιωτέον, οὐδὲ δὴ παῖδας ἄνευ τινῶν παιδαγωγῶν οὐδὲ δούλους ἄνευ δεσποτῶν. ὁ δὲ παῖς πάντων θηρίων ἐστὶ δυσμεταχειριστότατον· ὅσῳ γὰρ μάλιστα ἔχει πηγὴν τοῦ φρονεῖν μήπω κατηρτυμένην, ἐπίβουλον καὶ δριμὺ καὶ ὑβριστότατον θηρίων γίγνεται.

    A night spent in this way, besides everything that has been said, would also give a certain courage to the souls of all 808d the people in the cities. When day and dawn come round again, the children, I suppose, should go off to their teachers. Neither sheep nor any other creature should ever live without a shepherd, nor children without attendants, nor slaves without masters. Of all wild creatures the child is the hardest to handle: precisely because it has a spring of reason that has not yet been brought under discipline, it becomes the most scheming, sharp, and unruly of creatures.

    The attendants (paidagōgoi) were household slaves who escorted children to school and looked after them.

    διὸ δὴ 808e πολλοῖς αὐτὸ οἷον χαλινοῖς τισιν δεῖ δεσμεύειν, πρῶτον μέν, τροφῶν καὶ μητέρων ὅταν ἀπαλλάττηται, παιδαγωγοῖς παιδίας καὶ νηπιότητος χάριν, ἔτι δʼ αὖ τοῖς διδάσκουσιν καὶ ὁτιοῦν καὶ μαθήμασιν ὡς ἐλεύθερον· ὡς δʼ αὖ δοῦλον, πᾶς ὁ προστυγχάνων τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἀνδρῶν κολαζέτω τόν τε παῖδα αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν παιδαγωγὸν καὶ διδάσκαλον, ἐὰν ἐξαμαρτάνῃ τίς τι τούτων. ἂν δʼ αὖ προστυγχάνων τις μὴ κολάζῃ τῇ δίκῃ, ὀνείδει μὲν ἐνεχέσθω πρῶτον τῷ μεγίστῳ, ὁ δὲ τῶν νομοφυλάκων 809a ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν παίδων ἀρχὴν ᾑρημένος ἐπισκοπείτω τοῦτον τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα οἷς λέγομεν καὶ μὴ κολάζοντα δέον κολάζειν, ἢ κολάζοντα μὴ κατὰ τρόπον, βλέπων δὲ ἡμῖν ὀξὺ καὶ διαφερόντως ἐπιμελούμενος τῆς τῶν παίδων τροφῆς κατευθυνέτω τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν, ἀεὶ τρέπων πρὸς τἀγαθὸν κατὰ νόμους.

    That is why 808e it has to be held in check by many bridles, so to speak: first, once it has left its nurses and mothers, by attendants, to manage its childishness and infancy; then by teachers of every kind and by lessons, as befits a free person. But as one would a slave, any free man who happens upon them should punish the child himself, and the attendant and the teacher too, if any of them does something wrong. And if someone who happens upon them does not punish them as justice requires, first let him be subject to the greatest disgrace; and let the guardian of the laws 809a elected to take charge of the children keep an eye on this man who happens upon what we are describing and fails to punish when he should, or punishes improperly. And let him keep a sharp lookout for us, take exceptional care over the children’s upbringing, and straighten out their natures, always turning them toward the good in accordance with the laws.

    Reading and the lyre

    Children learn letters and the lyre; this very conversation is the model text for the young.

    τοῦτον δὲ αὐτὸν αὖ πῶς ἂν ἡμῖν ὁ νόμος αὐτὸς παιδεύσειεν ἱκανῶς; νῦν μὲν γὰρ δὴ εἴρηκεν οὐδέν πω 809b σαφὲς οὐδὲ ἱκανόν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μέν, τὰ δʼ οὔ· δεῖ δὲ εἰς δύναμιν μηδὲν παραλείπειν αὐτῷ, πάντα δὲ λόγον ἀφερμηνεύειν, ἵνα οὗτος τοῖς ἄλλοις μηνυτής τε ἅμα καὶ τροφεὺς γίγνηται. τὰ μὲν οὖν δὴ χορείας πέρι μελῶν τε καὶ ὀρχήσεως ἐρρήθη, τίνα τύπον ἔχοντα ἐκλεκτέα τέ ἐστιν καὶ ἐπανορθωτέα καὶ καθιερωτέα· τὰ δὲ ἐν γράμμασι μὲν ὄντα, ἄνευ δὲ μέτρων, ποῖα καὶ τίνα μεταχειρίζεσθαι χρή σοι τρόπον, ὦ ἄριστε τῶν 809c παίδων ἐπιμελητά, τοὺς ὑπὸ σοῦ τρεφομένους, οὐκ εἰρήκαμεν.

    But how would our law itself give this man an adequate education? So far it has said nothing yet 809b clear or adequate, only some things and not others. As far as possible it must leave nothing out for him, but explain its whole account to him, so that he can be both an interpreter and a nurturer to the others. About choral performance, songs and dances, we have said what type must be chosen, corrected, and consecrated. But as for writings in prose, without meter—which ones, and how you are to use them with those in your care, my excellent director 809c of the children’s education—that we have not yet said.

    καίτοι τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἃ δεῖ μανθάνειν τε αὐτοὺς καὶ μελετᾶν ἔχεις τῷ λόγῳ, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰ γράμματα πρῶτον, καὶ δεύτερον λύρας πέρι καὶ λογισμῶν, ὧν ἔφαμεν δεῖν ὅσα τε πρὸς πόλεμον καὶ οἰκονομίαν καὶ τὴν κατὰ πόλιν διοίκησιν χρῆναι ἑκάστους λαβεῖν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἔτι τὰ χρήσιμα τῶν ἐν ταῖς περιόδοις τῶν θείων, ἄστρων τε πέρι καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, ὅσα διοικεῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν περὶ 809d ταῦτα πάσῃ πόλει—τίνων δὴ πέρι λέγομεν;

    Now, you have in our account what they must learn and practice for war. But as for letters, first, and second the lyre and arithmetic—of which we said each person must get as much as is needed for war, for managing a household, and for running the city; and in addition, for these same purposes, whatever is useful in the circuits of the divine bodies, the stars and the sun and moon, so far as every city has to regulate its affairs 809d by them—what are we talking about here?

    ἡμερῶν τάξεως εἰς μηνῶν περιόδους καὶ μηνῶν εἰς ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, ἵνα ὧραι καὶ θυσίαι καὶ ἑορταὶ τὰ προσήκοντʼ ἀπολαμβάνουσαι ἑαυταῖς ἕκασται τῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἄγεσθαι, ζῶσαν τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐγρηγορυῖαν παρεχόμεναι, θεοῖς μὲν τὰς τιμὰς ἀποδιδῶσιν, τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους περὶ αὐτὰ μᾶλλον ἔμφρονας ἀπεργάζωνται—ταῦτα οὔπω σοι πάντα ἱκανῶς, ὦ φίλε, παρὰ 809e τοῦ νομοθέτου διείρηται· πρόσεχε δὴ τὸν νοῦν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα μέλλουσιν ῥηθήσεσθαι. γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι τὸ πρῶτον, ἐπικαλοῦντες τί τῇ λέξει; τόδε, ὡς οὔπω διείρηκέ σοι πότερον εἰς ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ μαθήματος ἰτέον τὸν μέλλοντα πολίτην ἔσεσθαι μέτριον ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲ προσοιστέον· ὡς δʼ αὕτως καὶ περὶ λύραν. προσοιστέον μέντοι νῦν φαμεν.

    The ordering of days into the cycles of months, and of months into each year, so that the seasons and sacrifices and festivals, each receiving what is due to it by being conducted according to nature, may keep the city alive and awake, render the gods their honors, and make people more intelligent about these things. All this, my friend, has not yet been adequately spelled out for you by 809e the lawgiver. So pay attention to what is going to be said next. We said that, first of all, you weren’t adequately informed about letters. What fault were we finding in what had been said? This: that he hasn’t yet made clear to you whether someone who is to be a decent citizen must go on to full precision in the subject, or not take it up at all; and likewise with the lyre. Well, we now say that they must take them up.

    εἰς μὲν γράμματα παιδὶ δεκετεῖ σχεδὸν ἐνιαυτοὶ τρεῖς, λύρας δὲ ἅψασθαι τρία μὲν ἔτη καὶ δέκα 810a γεγονόσιν ἄρχεσθαι μέτριος ὁ χρόνος, ἐμμεῖναι δὲ ἕτερα τρία. καὶ μήτε πλείω τούτων μήτʼ ἐλάττω πατρὶ μηδʼ αὐτῷ, φιλομαθοῦντι μηδὲ μισοῦντι, περὶ ταῦτα ἐξέστω μείζω μηδὲ ἐλάττω διατριβὴν ποιεῖσθαι παράνομον· ὁ δὲ μὴ πειθόμενος ἄτιμος τῶν παιδείων ἔστω τιμῶν, ἃς ὀλίγον ὕστερον ῥητέον. μανθάνειν δὲ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χρόνοις δὴ τί ποτε δεῖ τοὺς νέους καὶ διδάσκειν αὖ τοὺς διδασκάλους, τοῦτο αὐτὸ πρῶτον 810b μάνθανε. γράμματα μὲν τοίνυν χρὴ τὸ μέχρι τοῦ γράψαι τε καὶ ἀναγνῶναι δυνατὸν εἶναι διαπονεῖν· πρὸς τάχος δὲ ἢ κάλλος ἀπηκριβῶσθαί τισιν, οἷς μὴ φύσις ἐπέσπευσεν ἐν τοῖς τεταγμένοις ἔτεσιν, χαίρειν ἐᾶν.

    For letters, about three years for a child of ten; for the lyre, a fair time to start is at thirteen 810a years of age, and to keep at it for another three. Neither the father nor the child himself, whether he loves learning or hates it, shall be allowed to spend more or less time than this on these subjects, contrary to law. Anyone who disobeys shall be excluded from the school honors, which we must speak of a little later. But what exactly the young must learn in these years, and what the teachers must teach—learn this 810b first. Letters, then, should be worked at up to the point of being able to write and read; but as for perfecting speed or beauty, we should let that go for those whom nature has not brought along quickly within the set years.

    πρὸς δὲ δὴ μαθήματα ἄλυρα ποιητῶν κείμενα ἐν γράμμασι, τοῖς μὲν μετὰ μέτρων, τοῖς δʼ ἄνευ ῥυθμῶν τμημάτων, ἃ δὴ συγγράμματα κατὰ λόγον εἰρημένα μόνον, τητώμενα ῥυθμοῦ τε καὶ ἁρμονίας, σφαλερὰ 810c γράμμαθʼ ἡμῖν ἐστιν παρά τινων τῶν πολλῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων καταλελειμμένα· οἷς, ὦ πάντων βέλτιστοι νομοφύλακες, τί χρήσεσθε; ἢ τί ποθʼ ὑμῖν ὁ νομοθέτης χρῆσθαι προστάξας ὀρθῶς ἂν τάξειε; καὶ μάλα ἀπορήσειν αὐτὸν προσδοκῶ.

    Now as for the lessons without the lyre that authors have left in writing, some in meter and some without rhythmical divisions—compositions in plain speech alone, lacking rhythm and harmony—these are dangerous 810c writings that some of the many people of that sort have left us. Most excellent guardians of the laws, what will you do with them? Or what would the lawgiver be right to instruct you to do with them? I expect he’ll be completely at a loss.

    Cliniasτί ποτε τοῦτο, ὦ ξένε, φαίνῃ πρὸς σαυτὸν ὄντως ἠπορηκὼς λέγειν;

    CliniasWhat’s this, stranger? You seem to be talking to yourself, as if you really were at a loss.

    Athenianὀρθῶς ὑπέλαβες, ὦ Κλεινία. πρὸς δὲ δὴ κοινωνοὺς ὑμᾶς ὄντας περὶ νόμων ἀνάγκη τό τε φαινόμενον εὔπορον καὶ τὸ μὴ φράζειν.

    AthenianYou’ve understood me correctly, Clinias. But to the two of you, my partners in this business of laws, I have to explain both what seems easy and what doesn’t.

    Cliniasτί οὖν; τί περὶ τούτων νῦν καὶ ποῖόν τι πεπονθὼς λέγεις;

    CliniasWell? What is it about these matters, and what is troubling you, that makes you say this?

    Athenianἐρῶ δή· στόμασι γὰρ πολλάκις μυρίοις ἐναντία λέγειν οὐδαμῶς εὔπορον.

    AthenianI’ll tell you. It’s no easy thing to contradict many tens of thousands of mouths.

    Cliniasτί δέ; σμικρὰ καὶ ὀλίγα δοκεῖ σοι τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν εἰρημένα περὶ νόμων κεῖσθαι τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπεναντία;

    CliniasWhat? Do you think what we’ve said about laws so far runs counter to the many in only a few small points?

    Athenianκαὶ μάλα ἀληθὲς τοῦτό γε λέγεις· κελεύεις γὰρ δή με, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τῆς αὐτῆς ὁδοῦ ἐχθοδοποῦ γεγονυίας πολλοῖς—ἴσως δʼ οὐκ ἐλάττοσιν ἑτέροις προσφιλοῦς· εἰ δὲ 810e ἐλάττοσιν, οὔκουν χείροσί γε—μεθʼ ὧν διακελεύῃ με παρακινδυνεύοντά τε καὶ θαρροῦντα τὴν νῦν ἐκ τῶν παρόντων λόγων τετμημένην ὁδὸν τῆς νομοθεσίας πορεύεσθαι μηδὲν ἀνιέντα.

    AthenianThat’s very true. As I see it, you’re urging me—since this same road has become hateful to many, though perhaps welcome to no fewer others; or if 810e fewer, at any rate not worse ones—you’re urging me, with them on my side, to take the risk, be bold, and travel without slackening the road of legislation that our present discussion has cut.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐ τοίνυν ἀνίημι. λέγω μὴν ὅτι ποιηταί τε ἡμῖν εἰσίν τινες ἐπῶν ἑξαμέτρων πάμπολλοι καὶ τριμέτρων καὶ πάντων δὴ τῶν λεγομένων μέτρων, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ σπουδήν, οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ γέλωτα ὡρμηκότες, ἐν οἷς φασι δεῖν οἱ πολλάκις μυρίοι τοὺς ὀρθῶς παιδευομένους τῶν νέων τρέφειν καὶ διακορεῖς ποιεῖν, πολυηκόους τʼ ἐν ταῖς ἀναγνώσεσιν ποιοῦντας καὶ 811a πολυμαθεῖς, ὅλους ποιητὰς ἐκμανθάνοντας· οἱ δὲ ἐκ πάντων κεφάλαια ἐκλέξαντες καί τινας ὅλας ῥήσεις εἰς ταὐτὸν συναγαγόντες, ἐκμανθάνειν φασὶ δεῖν εἰς μνήμην τιθεμένους, εἰ μέλλει τις ἀγαθὸς ἡμῖν καὶ σοφὸς ἐκ πολυπειρίας καὶ πολυμαθίας γενέσθαι. τούτοις δὴ σὺ κελεύεις ἐμὲ τὰ νῦν παρρησιαζόμενον ἀποφαίνεσθαι τί τε καλῶς λέγουσι καὶ τί μή;

    AthenianThen I won’t slacken. What I say is this: we have a great many poets of hexameter verse, and of trimeters, and of every meter people speak of, some bent on seriousness and some on laughter. On these, say the countless voices, young people who are being correctly educated must be nourished and filled to the brim, made well-versed in hearing them read and 811a broadly learned by memorizing whole poets. Others pick out the main passages from all of them, gather certain whole speeches into one collection, and say these must be learned by heart and committed to memory, if anyone among us is to become good and wise through wide experience and wide learning. Are you telling me now to speak frankly and declare to these people what they say well and what they don’t?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτί δή ποτʼ ἂν οὖν περὶ ἁπάντων τούτων ἑνὶ λόγῳ 811b φράζων εἴποιμʼ ἂν ἱκανόν; οἶμαι μὲν τὸ τοιόνδε σχεδόν, ὃ καὶ πᾶς ἄν μοι συγχωρήσειεν, πολλὰ μὲν ἕκαστον τούτων εἰρηκέναι καλῶς, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τοὐναντίον· εἰ δʼ οὕτω τοῦτʼ ἔχει, κίνδυνόν φημι εἶναι φέρουσαν τοῖς παισὶν τὴν πολυμαθίαν.

    AthenianThen what one statement could I make about all of them 811b that would be adequate? I think something like this, which everyone would grant me: each of these poets has said many things well, and many things the opposite. And if that is so, I say that wide learning is a danger to children.

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν καὶ τί παραινοίης ἂν τῷ νομοφύλακι;

    CliniasThen how, and what, would you advise the guardian of the laws?

    Athenianτοῦ πέρι λέγεις;

    AthenianAbout what?

    Cliniasτοῦ πρὸς τί παράδειγμά ποτε ἀποβλέψας ἂν τὸ μὲν 811c ἐῴη πάντας μανθάνειν τοὺς νέους, τὸ δʼ ἀποκωλύοι. λέγε καὶ μηδὲν ἀπόκνει λέγων.

    CliniasAbout what model he should look to when he 811c lets all the young learn some things and forbids them others. Tell us, and don’t hold back.

    Athenianὠγαθὲ Κλεινία, κινδυνεύω κατά γέ τινα τρόπον ηὐτυχηκέναι.

    AthenianMy good Clinias, I think I’ve had a stroke of luck, in a way.

    Cliniasτοῦ δὴ πέρι;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianτοῦ μὴ παντάπασι παραδείγματος ἀπορεῖν. νῦν γὰρ ἀποβλέψας πρὸς τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἐξ ἕω μέχρι δεῦρο δὴ διεληλύθαμεν ἡμεῖς—ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ φαινόμεθα, οὐκ ἄνευ τινὸς ἐπιπνοίας θεῶν—ἔδοξαν δʼ οὖν μοι παντάπασι ποιήσει τινὶ προσομοίως εἰρῆσθαι. καί μοι ἴσως οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν πάθος 811d ἐπῆλθε, λόγους οἰκείους οἷον ἁθρόους ἐπιβλέψαντι μάλα ἡσθῆναι· τῶν γὰρ δὴ πλείστων λόγων οὓς ἐν ποιήμασιν ἢ χύδην οὕτως εἰρημένους μεμάθηκα καὶ ἀκήκοα, πάντων μοι μετριώτατοί γε εἶναι κατεφάνησαν καὶ προσήκοντες τὰ μάλιστα ἀκούειν νέοις.

    AthenianIn not being entirely at a loss for a model. Just now, looking back at the discussion we have been having from dawn until now—not without some inspiration from the gods, as it seems to me—it struck me that it had been spoken altogether like a kind of poem. And perhaps it’s not surprising that I felt 811d this way, and took great pleasure in looking over my own words gathered together, as it were. Of all the many discourses I have learned or heard, whether in poems or in loose prose like this, they struck me as the most measured of all, and the most fitting for the young to hear.

    τῷ δὴ νομοφύλακί τε καὶ παιδευτῇ παράδειγμα οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιμι, ὡς οἶμαι, τούτου βέλτιον φράζειν, ἢ ταῦτά τε διδάσκειν παρακελεύεσθαι τοῖσι διδασκάλοις 811e τοὺς παῖδας, τά τε τούτων ἐχόμενα καὶ ὅμοια, ἂν ἄρα που περιτυγχάνῃ ποιητῶν τε ποιήματα διεξιὼν καὶ γεγραμμένα καταλογάδην ἢ καὶ ψιλῶς οὕτως ἄνευ τοῦ γεγράφθαι λεγόμενα, ἀδελφά που τούτων τῶν λόγων, μὴ μεθιέναι τρόπῳ μηδενί, γράφεσθαι δέ· καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς διδασκάλους αὐτοὺς ἀναγκάζειν μανθάνειν καὶ ἐπαινεῖν, οὓς δʼ ἂν μὴ ἀρέσκῃ τῶν διδασκάλων, μὴ χρῆσθαι τούτοις συνεργοῖς, οὓς δʼ ἂν τῷ ἐπαίνῳ συμψήφους ἔχῃ, τούτοις χρώμενον, τοὺς 812a νέους αὐτοῖς παραδιδόναι διδάσκειν τε καὶ παιδεύειν. οὗτός μοι μῦθος ἐνταῦθα καὶ οὕτω τελευτάτω, περὶ γραμματιστῶν τε εἰρημένος ἅμα καὶ γραμμάτων.

    So I couldn’t, I think, describe a better model than this for the guardian of the laws who directs education. Let him urge the teachers to teach the 811e children these words, and what is connected with them and like them; and if he happens upon anything akin to these discussions as he goes through the poems of poets, or writings in prose, or even things simply spoken and never written down, he should on no account let it go, but have it written down. First he should compel the teachers themselves to learn and praise it; teachers who don’t like it he should not take on as colleagues, but those who agree with him in praising it he should employ, and 812a hand the young over to them to teach and educate. Let my story end here, and in this way, as an account of schoolteachers and letters.

    Cliniasκατὰ μὲν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, ὦ ξένε, ἔμοιγε οὐ φαινόμεθα ἐκτὸς πορεύεσθαι τῶν ὑποτεθέντων λόγων· εἰ δὲ τὸ ὅλον κατορθοῦμεν ἢ μή, χαλεπὸν ἴσως διισχυρίζεσθαι.

    CliniasAs far as our premise goes, stranger, I don’t think we’re straying outside the discussion we set ourselves. But whether we’re getting the whole thing right or not is perhaps hard to say with confidence.

    Athenianτότε γάρ, ὦ Κλεινία, τοῦτό γʼ αὐτὸ ἔσται καταφανέστερον, ὡς εἰκός, ὅταν, ὃ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, ἐπὶ τέλος ἀφικώμεθα πάσης τῆς διεξόδου περὶ νόμων.

    AthenianThat will become clearer, Clinias, most likely, when, as we have often said, we reach the end of our whole account of the laws.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ μετὰ τὸν γραμματιστὴν ὁ κιθαριστὴς ἡμῖν προσρητέος;

    AthenianWell then, after the schoolteacher, shouldn’t we address the lyre teacher?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτοῖς κιθαρισταῖς μὲν τοίνυν ἡμᾶς δοκῶ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν λόγων ἀναμνησθέντας τὸ προσῆκον νεῖμαι τῆς τε διδασκαλίας ἅμα καὶ πάσης τῆς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα παιδεύσεως.

    AthenianThen as for the lyre teachers, I think that if we recall our earlier discussion we can assign them their proper share of teaching, and of all education in such matters.

    Cliniasποίων δὴ πέρι λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat discussion do you mean?

    Athenianἔφαμεν, οἶμαι, τοὺς τοῦ Διονύσου τοὺς ἑξηκοντούτας ᾠδοὺς διαφερόντως εὐαισθήτους δεῖν γεγονέναι περί 812c τε τοὺς ῥυθμοὺς καὶ τὰς τῶν ἁρμονιῶν συστάσεις, ἵνα τὴν τῶν μελῶν μίμησιν τὴν εὖ καὶ τὴν κακῶς μεμιμημένην, ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν ὅταν ψυχὴ γίγνηται, τά τε τῆς ἀγαθῆς ὁμοιώματα καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐναντίας ἐκλέξασθαι δυνατὸς ὤν τις, τὰ μὲν ἀποβάλλῃ, τὰ δὲ προφέρων εἰς μέσον ὑμνῇ καὶ ἐπᾴδῃ ταῖς τῶν νέων ψυχαῖς, προκαλούμενος ἑκάστους εἰς ἀρετῆς ἕπεσθαι κτῆσιν συνακολουθοῦντας διὰ τῶν μιμήσεων.

    AthenianWe said, I think, that the sixty-year-old singers of Dionysus must be exceptionally sensitive 812c to rhythms and to the construction of harmonies, so that, faced with imitation in melodies—well and badly imitated—when the soul is gripped by emotion, a person able to pick out the likenesses of the good soul and of its opposite may reject the one, and bring the other forward to sing it and cast its spell on the souls of the young, calling on each of them to follow along with him through the imitations toward the acquisition of virtue.

    The chorus of older men dedicated to Dionysus was introduced in Book II.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianτούτων τοίνυν δεῖ χάριν τοῖς φθόγγοις τῆς λύρας προσχρῆσθαι, σαφηνείας ἕνεκα τῶν χορδῶν, τόν τε κιθαριστὴν καὶ τὸν παιδευόμενον, ἀποδιδόντας πρόσχορδα τὰ φθέγματα τοῖς φθέγμασι· τὴν δʼ ἑτεροφωνίαν καὶ ποικιλίαν τῆς λύρας, ἄλλα μὲν μέλη τῶν χορδῶν ἱεισῶν, ἄλλα δὲ τοῦ τὴν μελῳδίαν συνθέντος ποιητοῦ, καὶ δὴ καὶ πυκνότητα μανότητι καὶ τάχος βραδυτῆτι καὶ ὀξύτητα βαρύτητι σύμφωνον 812e καὶ ἀντίφωνον παρεχομένους, καὶ τῶν ῥυθμῶν ὡσαύτως παντοδαπὰ ποικίλματα προσαρμόττοντας τοῖσι φθόγγοις τῆς λύρας, πάντα οὖν τὰ τοιαῦτα μὴ προσφέρειν τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἐν τρισὶν ἔτεσιν τὸ τῆς μουσικῆς χρήσιμον ἐκλήψεσθαι διὰ τάχους. τὰ γὰρ ἐναντία ἄλληλα ταράττοντα δυσμάθειαν παρέχει, δεῖ δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα εὐμαθεῖς εἶναι τοὺς νέους· τὰ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖα οὐ σμικρὰ οὐδʼ ὀλίγα αὐτοῖς ἐστι προστεταγμένα μαθήματα, δείξει δὲ αὐτὰ προϊὼν ὁ λόγος ἅμα τῷ χρόνῳ.

    AthenianIt is for these reasons, then, that the lyre teacher and his pupil must use the notes of the lyre, for the sake of the clarity of its strings, rendering note for note in unison with the voice. But as for heterophony and elaboration on the lyre—the strings playing one melody and the poet who composed the tune another—and indeed producing concord 812e and counterpoint of close intervals with wide, fast with slow, high with low, and likewise fitting all sorts of rhythmic intricacies to the notes of the lyre: none of this should be offered to those who have to pick up the useful part of music quickly, in three years. For opposites throw each other into confusion and make learning hard, and the young must learn as easily as possible, since the necessary subjects assigned to them are neither small nor few. The argument will show what they are as it proceeds in its own time.

    ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω περὶ τῆς μουσικῆς ἡμῖν ὁ παιδευτὴς ἐπιμελείσθω· τὰ δὲ μελῶν αὐτῶν αὖ καὶ ῥημάτων, οἷα τοὺς χοροδιδασκάλους καὶ ἃ δεῖ διδάσκειν, καὶ 813a ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν διείρηται πάντα, ἃ δὴ καθιερωθέντα ἔφαμεν δεῖν, ταῖς ἑορταῖς ἕκαστα ἁρμόττοντα, ἡδονὴν εὐτυχῆ ταῖς πόλεσιν παραδιδόντα ὠφελεῖν.

    So let the director of education look after music for us in this way. As for the melodies themselves, and the words—what sort the chorus teachers should teach, and which— 813a this too has all been spelled out by us earlier: we said they must be consecrated, each fitted to its festival, and must benefit cities by bringing them a happy pleasure.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ καὶ ταῦτα διείρηκας.

    CliniasWhat you’ve spelled out there is true as well.

    Dance and military training

    Boys and girls learn armed dancing and fighting, and dance is divided into warlike and peaceful kinds.

    Athenianἀληθέστατα τοίνυν. καὶ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν παραλαβὼν ὁ περὶ τὴν μοῦσαν ἄρχων αἱρεθεὶς ἐπιμελείσθω μετὰ τύχης εὐμενοῦς, ἡμεῖς δὲ ὀρχήσεώς τε πέρι καὶ ὅλης τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα γυμναστικῆς πρὸς τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένοις ἀποδῶμεν· 813b καθάπερ μουσικῆς τὸ διδασκαλικὸν ὑπόλοιπον ὂν ἀπέδομεν, ὡσαύτως ποιῶμεν καὶ γυμναστικῆς. τοὺς γὰρ παῖδάς τε καὶ τὰς παῖδας ὀρχεῖσθαι δὴ δεῖ καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι μανθάνειν· ἦ γάρ;

    AthenianVery true. So let the official elected for music take this over from us and look after it, with good fortune smiling on him. We, meanwhile, should give an account of dancing and of all bodily gymnastics, in addition to what was said earlier. 813b Just as we gave the teaching side of music, which was still left, let’s do the same for gymnastics. The boys and girls have to learn to dance and to exercise, don’t they?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτοῖς μὲν τοίνυν παισὶν ὀρχησταί, ταῖς δὲ ὀρχηστρίδες ἂν εἶεν πρὸς τὸ διαπονεῖν οὐκ ἀνεπιτηδειότερον.

    AthenianThen for the boys, dancing masters, and for the girls, dancing mistresses, would not be unsuitable for training them.

    Cliniasἔστω δὴ ταύτῃ.

    CliniasLet it be so.

    Athenianπάλιν δὴ τὸν τὰ πλεῖστα ἕξοντα πράγματα καλῶμεν, 813c τὸν τῶν παίδων ἐπιμελητήν, ὃς τῶν τε περὶ μουσικὴν τῶν τε περὶ γυμναστικὴν ἐπιμελούμενος οὐ πολλὴν ἕξει σχολήν.

    AthenianThen let’s call once more on the man who will have the most business, 813c the director of the children’s education: in charge of both music and gymnastics, he won’t have much leisure.

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν δυνατὸς ἔσται πρεσβύτερος ὢν τοσούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι;

    CliniasBut how will he manage to look after so much, as an older man?

    Athenianῥᾳδίως, ὦ φίλε. ὁ νόμος γὰρ αὐτῷ δέδωκεν καὶ δώσει προσλαμβάνειν εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν πολιτῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν οὓς ἂν ἐθέλῃ, γνώσεται δὲ οὓς δεῖ, καὶ βουλήσεται μὴ πλημμελεῖν εἰς ταῦτα, αἰδούμενος 813d ἐμφρόνως καὶ γιγνώσκων τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸ μέγεθος, λογισμῷ τε συνὼν ὡς εὖ μὲν τραφέντων καὶ τρεφομένων τῶν νέων πάντα ἡμῖν κατʼ ὀρθὸν πλεῖ, μὴ δέ—οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν ἄξιον οὔθʼ ἡμεῖς λέγομεν ἐπὶ καινῇ πόλει τοὺς σφόδρα φιλομαντευτὰς σεβόμενοι.

    AthenianEasily, my friend. The law has given him the right, and will give it, to take on any citizens he wishes, men and women, to help him in this supervision. He will know whom he needs, and he will want to make no mistakes in these matters, out of a sensible reverence 813d and an awareness of how great his office is, and bearing in mind that if the young have been and are being well brought up, everything sails on an even keel for us; and if not—well, it isn’t fitting to say, and we won’t say it about a new city, out of respect for those who set great store by omens.

    πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν καὶ περὶ τούτων εἴρηται, τῶν περὶ τὰς ὀρχήσεις καὶ περὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν γυμνασίων κίνησιν· γυμνάσια γὰρ τίθεμεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἅπαντα τοῖς σώμασι διαπονήματα τοξικῆς τε καὶ πάσης 813e ῥίψεως καὶ πελταστικῆς καὶ πάσης ὁπλομαχίας καὶ διεξόδων τακτικῶν καὶ ἁπάσης πορείας στρατοπέδων καὶ στρατοπεδεύσεων καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἱππικὴν μαθήματα συντείνει.

    Now we have said a good deal about these things as well—about dances and about all gymnastic movement. For we count as gymnastics all the bodily training for war too: archery and every kind 813e of throwing, fighting with the light shield and every kind of fighting in heavy armor, tactical maneuvers, all the marching of armies and pitching of camps, and all the lessons that bear on horsemanship.

    πάντων γὰρ τούτων διδασκάλους τε εἶναι δεῖ κοινούς, ἀρνυμένους μισθὸν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τούτων μαθητὰς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει παῖδάς τε καὶ ἄνδρας, καὶ κόρας καὶ γυναῖκας πάντων τούτων ἐπιστήμονας, κόρας μὲν οὔσας ἔτι πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν ὅπλοις ὄρχησιν καὶ μάχην μεμελετηκυίας, γυναῖκας δέ, διεξόδων 814a καὶ τάξεων καὶ θέσεως καὶ ἀναιρέσεως ὅπλων ἡμμένας, εἰ μηδενὸς ἕνεκα, ἀλλʼ εἴ ποτε δεήσειε πανδημεὶ πάσῃ τῇ δυνάμει καταλείποντας τὴν πόλιν ἔξω στρατεύεσθαι, τοὺς φυλάξοντας παῖδάς τε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν ἱκανοὺς εἶναι τό γε τοσοῦτον,

    For all these there must be public teachers, paid a salary by the city, and their pupils must be the boys and men of the city; and the girls and women must also have knowledge of all these things. As girls, they should have practiced all the dancing and fighting in armor; as women, they should have got a grasp of maneuvers 814a and battle order, and of grounding and taking up arms—if for no other reason, then so that, if it were ever necessary for the whole army to leave the city in full force and campaign abroad, those who stay behind to guard the children and the rest of the city would at least be capable of that much;

    ἢ καὶ τοὐναντίον, ὧν οὐδὲν ἀπώμοτον, ἔξωθεν πολεμίους εἰσπεσόντας ῥώμῃ τινὶ μεγάλῃ καὶ βίᾳ, βαρβάρους εἴτε Ἕλληνας, ἀνάγκην παρασχεῖν περὶ αὐτῆς τῆς πόλεως τὴν διαμάχην γίγνεσθαι, πολλή που κακία 814b πολιτείας οὕτως αἰσχρῶς τὰς γυναῖκας εἶναι τεθραμμένας, ὡς μηδʼ ὥσπερ ὄρνιθας περὶ τέκνων μαχομένας πρὸς ὁτιοῦν τῶν ἰσχυροτάτων θηρίων ἐθέλειν ἀποθνῄσκειν τε καὶ πάντας κινδύνους κινδυνεύειν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς πρὸς ἱερὰ φερομένας, πάντας βωμούς τε καὶ ναοὺς ἐμπιμπλάναι, καὶ δόξαν τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους καταχεῖν ὡς πάντων δειλότατον φύσει θηρίων ἐστίν.

    or again, the opposite—and none of this can be sworn off—if enemies from outside, whether non-Greeks or Greeks, should break in with great strength and force and make it necessary to fight for the city itself. It would surely be a great fault 814b in a constitution for its women to have been brought up so shamefully that they would not even be willing, like birds fighting for their young against the strongest of beasts, to die and run every risk, but would rush straight to the temples, crowd every altar and shrine, and cover the human race with the reputation of being by nature the most cowardly of all creatures.

    Cliniasοὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, ὦ ξένε, οὐδαμῶς εὔσχημον γίγνοιτʼ 814c ἄν, τοῦ κακοῦ χωρίς, τοῦτο ἐν πόλει ὅπου γίγνοιτο.

    CliniasNo, by Zeus, stranger. Quite apart from the harm, it would be anything but 814c seemly if that happened in a city.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τιθῶμεν τὸν νόμον τοῦτον, μέχρι γε τοσούτου μὴ ἀμελεῖσθαι τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον γυναιξὶν δεῖν, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δὲ πάντας τοὺς πολίτας καὶ τὰς πολίτιδας;

    AthenianThen shall we lay down this law: that women must not neglect matters of war, at least to that extent, and that all the citizens, men and women alike, must attend to them?

    Cliniasἐγὼ γοῦν συγχωρῶ.

    CliniasI agree, at any rate.

    Athenianπάλης τοίνυν τὰ μὲν εἴπομεν, ὃ δʼ ἐστὶ μέγιστον, ὡς ἐγὼ φαίην ἄν, οὐκ εἰρήκαμεν, οὐδʼ ἔστι ῥᾴδιον ἄνευ τοῦ τῷ σώματι δεικνύντα ἅμα καὶ τῷ λόγῳ φράζειν. τοῦτʼ οὖν 814d τότε κρινοῦμεν, ὅταν ἔργῳ λόγος ἀκολουθήσας μηνύσῃ τι σαφὲς τῶν τε ἄλλων ὧν εἴρηκεν πέρι, καὶ ὅτι τῇ πολεμικῇ μάχῃ πασῶν κινήσεων ὄντως ἐστὶ συγγενὴς πολὺ μάλισθʼ ἡμῖν ἡ τοιαύτη πάλη, καὶ δὴ καὶ ὅτι δεῖ ταύτην ἐκείνης χάριν ἐπιτηδεύειν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνην ταύτης ἕνεκα μανθάνειν.

    AthenianNow about wrestling, we have said some things; but the most important point, as I would put it, we haven’t said, and it isn’t easy to explain in words without demonstrating with the body at the same time. So 814d we’ll decide about this when words, following on deeds, make something clear about the other points they have made—in particular, that of all movements this kind of wrestling is really by far the most closely related to fighting in war, and that one should practice it for the sake of war, not learn war for the sake of it.

    Cliniasκαλῶς τοῦτό γε λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s well said.

    Athenianνῦν δὴ τῆς μὲν περὶ παλαίστραν δυνάμεως τὸ μέχρι δεῦρʼ ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω· περὶ δὲ τῆς ἄλλης κινήσεως παντὸς 814e τοῦ σώματος, ἧς τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος ὄρχησίν τινά τις προσαγορεύων ὀρθῶς ἂν φθέγγοιτο, δύο μὲν αὐτῆς εἴδη χρὴ νομίζειν εἶναι, τὴν μὲν τῶν καλλιόνων σωμάτων ἐπὶ τὸ σεμνὸν μιμουμένην, τὴν δὲ τῶν αἰσχιόνων ἐπὶ τὸ φαῦλον, καὶ πάλιν τοῦ φαύλου τε δύο καὶ τοῦ σπουδαίου δύο ἕτερα. τοῦ δὴ σπουδαίου τὴν μὲν κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ ἐν βιαίοις ἐμπλακέντων πόνοις σωμάτων μὲν καλῶν, ψυχῆς δʼ ἀνδρικῆς, τὴν δʼ ἐν εὐπραγίαις τε οὔσης ψυχῆς σώφρονος ἐν ἡδοναῖς τε ἐμμέτροις· εἰρηνικὴν ἄν τις λέγων κατὰ φύσιν τὴν τοιαύτην 815a ὄρχησιν λέγοι.

    AthenianThen let what we have said up to now about the powers of the wrestling school stand. As for the other movement of the whole 814e body, the greater part of which one would rightly call a kind of dance, we should regard it as having two kinds: one imitates finer bodies and aims at the dignified, the other imitates uglier bodies and aims at the base. And each of these, the base and the serious, has in turn two further kinds. Of the serious, one belongs to fine bodies and a courageous soul caught up in war and violent struggle; the other to a moderate soul in prosperity and measured pleasures. Someone who called this second kind 815a of dance peaceful would be naming it according to its nature.

    τὴν πολεμικὴν δὴ τούτων, ἄλλην οὖσαν τῆς εἰρηνικῆς, πυρρίχην ἄν τις ὀρθῶς προσαγορεύοι, τάς τε εὐλαβείας πασῶν πληγῶν καὶ βολῶν ἐκνεύσεσι καὶ ὑπείξει πάσῃ καὶ ἐκπηδήσεσιν ἐν ὕψει καὶ σὺν ταπεινώσει μιμουμένην, καὶ τὰς ταύταις ἐναντίας, τὰς ἐπὶ τὰ δραστικὰ φερομένας αὖ σχήματα, ἔν τε ταῖς τῶν τόξων βολαῖς καὶ ἀκοντίων καὶ πασῶν πληγῶν μιμήματα ἐπιχειρούσας μιμεῖσθαι· τό τε ὀρθὸν ἐν τούτοις καὶ τὸ εὔτονον, τῶν ἀγαθῶν σωμάτων 815b καὶ ψυχῶν ὁπόταν γίγνηται μίμημα, εὐθυφερὲς ὡς τὸ πολὺ τῶν τοῦ σώματος μελῶν γιγνόμενον, ὀρθὸν μὲν τὸ τοιοῦτον, τὸ δὲ τούτοις τοὐναντίον οὐκ ὀρθὸν ἀποδεχόμενον. τὴν δὲ εἰρηνικὴν ὄρχησιν τῇδʼ αὖ θεωρητέον ἑκάστων, εἴτε ὀρθῶς εἴτε μὴ κατὰ φύσιν τις τῆς καλῆς ὀρχήσεως ἀντιλαμβανόμενος ἐν χορείαις πρεπόντως εὐνόμων ἀνδρῶν διατελεῖ.

    The warlike kind, which is different from the peaceful, one might rightly call the pyrrhic. It imitates the ways of avoiding every blow and missile, by swerving, by giving ground in every way, by leaping clear, high or crouching low; and also the opposite movements, those that carry one into attacking postures, as it tries to imitate the shooting of arrows and javelins and blows of every kind. In these, when what is imitated is good bodies 815b and souls, uprightness and good tension—the limbs of the body mostly held straight—is accepted as correct, and the opposite as incorrect. The peaceful dance, for its part, should be looked at with this in mind: whether each performer, in the choral performances that befit law-abiding men, keeps a correct hold on fine dancing, in keeping with nature, or not.

    The pyrrhic (pyrrhichē) was a war dance performed in armor.

    τὴν τοίνυν ἀμφισβητουμένην ὄρχησιν δεῖ πρῶτον χωρὶς τῆς 815c ἀναμφισβητήτου διατεμεῖν. τίς οὖν αὕτη, καὶ πῇ δεῖ χωρὶς τέμνειν ἑκατέραν; ὅση μὲν βακχεία τʼ ἐστὶν καὶ τῶν ταύταις ἑπομένων, ἃς Νύμφας τε καὶ Πᾶνας καὶ Σειληνοὺς καὶ Σατύρους ἐπονομάζοντες, ὥς φασιν, μιμοῦνται κατῳνωμένους, περὶ καθαρμούς τε καὶ τελετάς τινας ἀποτελούντων, σύμπαν τοῦτο τῆς ὀρχήσεως τὸ γένος οὔθʼ ὡς εἰρηνικὸν οὔθʼ ὡς πολεμικὸν οὔθʼ ὅτι ποτὲ βούλεται ῥᾴδιον ἀφορίσασθαι· διορίσασθαι μήν μοι ταύτῃ δοκεῖ σχεδὸν ὀρθότατον αὐτὸ εἶναι, 815d χωρὶς μὲν πολεμικοῦ, χωρὶς δὲ εἰρηνικοῦ θέντας, εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐκ ἔστι πολιτικὸν τοῦτο τῆς ὀρχήσεως τὸ γένος, ἐνταῦθα δὲ κείμενον ἐάσαντας κεῖσθαι, νῦν ἐπὶ τὸ πολεμικὸν ἅμα καὶ εἰρηνικὸν ὡς ἀναμφισβητήτως ἡμέτερον ὂν ἐπανιέναι.

    Now, first we must cut off the disputed kind of dance from 815c the undisputed. What is it, and where should we cut to separate the two? All the Bacchic dancing, and the dancing of those who follow in its train—who, they say, imitate drunken figures they call Nymphs and Pans and Sileni and Satyrs, while they carry out certain purifications and initiations—this whole class of dance is not easy to define as peaceful or warlike, or indeed by whatever it may be aiming at. But the most correct way to classify it, I think, is this: 815d set it apart from the warlike and apart from the peaceful, declare that this class of dance is not suited to citizens, leave it lying where it lies, and now go back to the warlike and peaceful kinds as undisputedly ours.

    Nymphs, Pans, Sileni and Satyrs were nature spirits, the latter two in the drunken train of Dionysus.

    τὸ δὲ τῆς ἀπολέμου μούσης, ἐν ὀρχήσεσιν δὲ τούς τε θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν παῖδας τιμώντων, ἓν μὲν σύμπαν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν γένος ἐν δόξῃ τοῦ πράττειν εὖ γιγνόμενον, τοῦτο δὲ διχῇ 815e διαιροῖμεν ἄν, τὸ μὲν ἐκ πόνων τινῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ κινδύνων διαπεφευγότων εἰς ἀγαθά, μείζους ἡδονὰς ἔχον, τὸ δὲ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἀγαθῶν σωτηρίας οὔσης καὶ ἐπαύξης, πρᾳοτέρας τὰς ἡδονὰς κεκτημένον ἐκείνων.

    The class that belongs to the unwarlike Muse, of those who honor the gods and the children of the gods with dances, would make up one whole class, arising from a sense of faring well. We could divide it in two: 815e one kind belongs to those who have come through certain toils and dangers into good fortune, and has greater pleasures; the other belongs to times when the goods people already had are being preserved and increased, and has pleasures gentler than those.

    ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις που πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τὰς κινήσεις τοῦ σώματος μειζόνων μὲν τῶν ἡδονῶν οὐσῶν μείζους, ἐλαττόνων δὲ ἐλάττους κινεῖται, καὶ κοσμιώτερος μὲν ὢν πρός τε ἀνδρείαν μᾶλλον γεγυμνασμένος 816a ἐλάττους αὖ, δειλὸς δὲ καὶ ἀγύμναστος γεγονὼς πρὸς τὸ σωφρονεῖν μείζους καὶ σφοδροτέρας παρέχεται μεταβολὰς τῆς κινήσεως· ὅλως δὲ φθεγγόμενος, εἴτʼ ἐν ᾠδαῖς εἴτʼ ἐν λόγοις, ἡσυχίαν οὐ πάνυ δυνατὸς τῷ σώματι παρέχεσθαι πᾶς. διὸ μίμησις τῶν λεγομένων σχήμασι γενομένη τὴν ὀρχηστικὴν ἐξηργάσατο τέχνην σύμπασαν. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐμμελῶς ἡμῶν, ὁ δὲ πλημμελῶς ἐν τούτοις πᾶσι κινεῖται.

    In such circumstances, I suppose, every human being moves his body more when his pleasures are greater, and less when they are smaller. The more orderly a person is and the better trained in courage, 816a the less he moves; while someone cowardly and untrained in moderation shows greater and more violent changes of movement. And in general, no one who is uttering sounds, whether in song or in speech, is quite able to keep his body still. That is why the imitation of what is said by means of gestures produced the whole art of dancing. Some of us move harmoniously in all this, others discordantly.

    πολλὰ μὲν δὴ τοίνυν ἄλλα ἡμῖν τῶν παλαιῶν ὀνομάτων ὡς εὖ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν κείμενα δεῖ διανοούμενον ἐπαινεῖν, τούτων δὲ ἓν καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰς ὀρχήσεις τὰς τῶν εὖ πραττόντων, ὄντων δὲ μετρίων αὐτῶν πρὸς τὰς ἡδονάς, ὡς ὀρθῶς ἅμα καὶ μουσικῶς ὠνόμασεν ὅστις ποτʼ ἦν, καὶ κατὰ λόγον αὐταῖς θέμενος ὄνομα συμπάσαις ἐμμελείας ἐπωνόμασε, καὶ δύο δὴ τῶν ὀρχήσεων τῶν καλῶν εἴδη κατεστήσατο, τὸ μὲν πολεμικὸν πυρρίχην, τὸ δὲ εἰρηνικὸν ἐμμέλειαν, ἑκατέρῳ τὸ 816c πρέπον τε καὶ ἁρμόττον ἐπιθεὶς ὄνομα.

    Now there are many other ancient names that, when we think about them, we should praise as well and naturally given, and one of them is the name for the dances of people who are faring well and are moderate in their pleasures. How rightly and musically, whoever he was, did he name them! He gave them all a name in keeping with reason, calling them emmeleiai, and so set up two kinds of fine dance: the warlike, the pyrrhic, and the peaceful, the emmeleia, giving each 816c its fitting and suitable name.

    Emmeleia means literally “being in tune”; it echoes the word translated “harmoniously” just above.

    ἃ δὴ δεῖ τὸν μὲν νομοθέτην ἐξηγεῖσθαι τύποις, τὸν δὲ νομοφύλακα ζητεῖν τε, καὶ ἀνερευνησάμενον, μετὰ τῆς ἄλλης μουσικῆς τὴν ὄρχησιν συνθέντα καὶ νείμαντα ἐπὶ πάσας ἑορτὰς τῶν θυσιῶν ἑκάστῃ τὸ πρόσφορον, οὕτω καθιερώσαντα αὐτὰ πάντα ἐν τάξει, τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ κινεῖν μηδὲν μήτε ὀρχήσεως ἐχόμενον μήτε ᾠδῆς, ἐν ταῖς δʼ αὐταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὡσαύτως τὴν αὐτὴν πόλιν 816d καὶ πολίτας διάγοντας, ὁμοίους εἰς δύναμιν ὄντας, ζῆν εὖ τε καὶ εὐδαιμόνως.

    These the lawgiver must set out in outline, and the guardian of the laws must look for them. Once he has searched them out, he must combine dancing with the rest of music, and assign to each of the festivals and sacrifices what suits it. Having thus consecrated everything in order, he must from then on change nothing that has to do with dance or song, so that the same city 816d and citizens, going on in the same way with the same pleasures, and as alike as possible, may live well and happily.

    Comedy and the tragic poets

    Comedy is left to slaves and foreigners; visiting tragedians are told the city itself is the truest tragedy.

    τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν καλῶν σωμάτων καὶ γενναίων ψυχῶν εἰς τὰς χορείας, οἵας εἴρηται δεῖν αὐτὰς εἶναι, διαπεπέρανται, τὰ δὲ τῶν αἰσχρῶν σωμάτων καὶ διανοημάτων καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τὰ τοῦ γέλωτος κωμῳδήματα τετραμμένων, κατὰ λέξιν τε καὶ ᾠδὴν καὶ κατὰ ὄρχησιν καὶ κατὰ τὰ τούτων πάντων μιμήματα κεκωμῳδημένα, ἀνάγκη μὲν θεάσασθαι καὶ γνωρίζειν· ἄνευ γὰρ γελοίων τὰ σπουδαῖα καὶ πάντων τῶν 816e ἐναντίων τὰ ἐναντία μαθεῖν μὲν οὐ δυνατόν, εἰ μέλλει τις φρόνιμος ἔσεσθαι, ποιεῖν δὲ οὐκ αὖ δυνατὸν ἀμφότερα, εἴ τις αὖ μέλλει καὶ σμικρὸν ἀρετῆς μεθέξειν, ἀλλὰ αὐτῶν ἕνεκα τούτων καὶ μανθάνειν αὐτὰ δεῖ, τοῦ μή ποτε διʼ ἄγνοιαν δρᾶν ἢ λέγειν ὅσα γελοῖα, μηδὲν δέον, δούλοις δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ξένοις ἐμμίσθοις προστάττειν μιμεῖσθαι, σπουδὴν δὲ περὶ αὐτὰ εἶναι μηδέποτε μηδʼ ἡντινοῦν, μηδέ τινα μανθάνοντα αὐτὰ γίγνεσθαι φανερὸν τῶν ἐλευθέρων, μήτε γυναῖκα μήτε ἄνδρα, καινὸν δὲ ἀεί τι περὶ αὐτὰ φαίνεσθαι τῶν μιμημάτων.

    So we have finished with fine bodies and noble souls in choral performances of the kind we said they should be. But ugly bodies and ugly thoughts, and people who turn to comic performances aimed at laughter, making comedy in speech and song and dance and in the imitations of all these—these one must observe and come to know. For without the ridiculous one cannot learn the serious, nor any opposite without 816e its opposite, if one is to become wise; but one cannot do both, if one is to have even a small share of virtue. Rather, one must learn them for this very reason: so as never, through ignorance, to do or say anything ridiculous when there is no need. Such imitations should be assigned to slaves and hired foreigners. There must never be any serious concern with them whatever, no free person, woman or man, should be seen learning them, and there should always be something new about these imitations.

    Famous passage The truest tragedyVisiting tragic poets are told that the city itself, an imitation of the finest and best life, is the truest tragedy.

    ὅσα μὲν οὖν περὶ γέλωτά ἐστιν παίγνια, ἃ δὴ 817a κωμῳδίαν πάντες λέγομεν, οὕτως τῷ νόμῳ καὶ λόγῳ κείσθω· τῶν δὲ σπουδαίων, ὥς φασι, τῶν περὶ τραγῳδίαν ἡμῖν ποιητῶν, ἐάν ποτέ τινες αὐτῶν ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντες ἐπανερωτήσωσιν οὑτωσί πως· “ὦ ξένοι, πότερον φοιτῶμεν ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τε καὶ χώραν ἢ μή, καὶ τὴν ποίησιν φέρωμέν τε καὶ ἄγωμεν, ἢ πῶς ὑμῖν δέδοκται περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα δρᾶν;” — τί οὖν ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα ὀρθῶς ἀποκριναίμεθα τοῖς θείοις ἀνδράσιν; 817b ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ δοκεῖ τάδε· “ὦ ἄριστοι,” φάναι, “τῶν ξένων, ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν τραγῳδίας αὐτοὶ ποιηταὶ κατὰ δύναμιν ὅτι καλλίστης ἅμα καὶ ἀρίστης· πᾶσα οὖν ἡμῖν ἡ πολιτεία συνέστηκε μίμησις τοῦ καλλίστου καὶ ἀρίστου βίου, ὃ δή φαμεν ἡμεῖς γε ὄντως εἶναι τραγῳδίαν τὴν ἀληθεστάτην.

    So as for the amusements concerned with laughter, which we all call 817a comedy, let them be settled in this way by our law and our account. But as for the serious poets, as they are called, those concerned with tragedy—suppose some of them come to us one day and ask something like this: “Strangers, are we to visit your city and country or not? Are we to bring our poetry along with us, or what have you decided to do about such things?” What would be the right answer to give these divine men? 817b For my part, I think we should say this: Most excellent of strangers, we are ourselves poets of a tragedy, the finest and best we can make. Our whole constitution has been built as an imitation of the finest and best life, and that, we say, is truly the truest tragedy.

    ποιηταὶ μὲν οὖν ὑμεῖς, ποιηταὶ δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν τῶν αὐτῶν, ὑμῖν ἀντίτεχνοί τε καὶ ἀνταγωνισταὶ τοῦ καλλίστου δράματος, ὃ δὴ νόμος ἀληθὴς μόνος ἀποτελεῖν πέφυκεν, ὡς 817c ἡ παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐστιν ἐλπίς· μὴ δὴ δόξητε ἡμᾶς ῥᾳδίως γε οὕτως ὑμᾶς ποτε παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐάσειν σκηνάς τε πήξαντας κατʼ ἀγορὰν καὶ καλλιφώνους ὑποκριτὰς εἰσαγαγομένους, μεῖζον φθεγγομένους ἡμῶν, ἐπιτρέψειν ὑμῖν δημηγορεῖν πρὸς παῖδάς τε καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τὸν πάντα ὄχλον, τῶν αὐτῶν λέγοντας ἐπιτηδευμάτων πέρι μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ ἅπερ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὸ πολὺ καὶ ἐναντία τὰ πλεῖστα. σχεδὸν γάρ τοι κἂν μαινοίμεθα 817d τελέως ἡμεῖς τε καὶ ἅπασα ἡ πόλις, ἡτισοῦν ὑμῖν ἐπιτρέποι δρᾶν τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα, πρὶν κρῖναι τὰς ἀρχὰς εἴτε ῥητὰ καὶ ἐπιτήδεια πεποιήκατε λέγειν εἰς τὸ μέσον εἴτε μή.

    So you are poets, and we too are poets of the same things, your rival artists and rival competitors in the finest drama—which only true law can by nature bring to completion, 817c or so we hope. So don’t imagine that we will ever so easily let you set up your stages in our marketplace, bring in your fine-voiced actors who speak louder than we do, and allow you to harangue children and women and the whole crowd, saying things about the same practices that are not the same as what we say, but for the most part the opposite. For we would be practically out of our minds, 817d completely so—we and any city at all that let you do what we are now describing before the officials had judged whether what you have composed is fit to be spoken and suitable for public performance or not.

    νῦν οὖν, ὦ παῖδες μαλακῶν Μουσῶν ἔκγονοι, ἐπιδείξαντες τοῖς ἄρχουσι πρῶτον τὰς ὑμετέρας παρὰ τὰς ἡμετέρας ᾠδάς, ἂν μὲν τὰ αὐτά γε ἢ καὶ βελτίω τὰ παρʼ ὑμῶν φαίνηται λεγόμενα, δώσομεν ὑμῖν χορόν, εἰ δὲ μή, ὦ φίλοι, οὐκ ἄν ποτε δυναίμεθα.” 817e

    So now, children and offspring of the soft Muses, first show your songs to the officials alongside ours. If what you say appears to be the same as ours, or even better, we will give you a chorus; but if not, my friends, we never could. 817e

    To “give a chorus” was to admit a poet’s work to a public festival, with a chorus provided at public expense.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν ἔστω περὶ πᾶσαν χορείαν καὶ μάθησιν τούτων πέρι συντεταγμένα νόμοις ἔθη, χωρὶς μὲν τὰ τῶν δούλων, χωρὶς δὲ τὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν, εἰ συνδοκεῖ.

    Let these, then, be the customs laid down by law concerning all choral performance and the learning of it—those for slaves on one side, those for masters on the other—if you agree.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὐ συνδοκεῖ νῦν γε οὕτως;

    CliniasHow could we not agree, as things stand now?

    Arithmetic, geometry and astronomy

    Everyone learns some mathematics, including incommensurable magnitudes and the true, regular motions of the planets.

    Athenianἔτι δὴ τοίνυν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις ἔστιν τρία μαθήματα, λογισμοὶ μὲν καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀριθμοὺς ἓν μάθημα, μετρητικὴ δὲ μήκους καὶ ἐπιπέδου καὶ βάθους ὡς ἓν αὖ δεύτερον, τρίτον δὲ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων περιόδου πρὸς ἄλληλα ὡς πέφυκεν 818a πορεύεσθαι. ταῦτα δὲ σύμπαντα οὐχ ὡς ἀκριβείας ἐχόμενα δεῖ διαπονεῖν τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλά τινας ὀλίγους— οὓς δέ, προϊόντες ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει φράσομεν· οὕτω γὰρ πρέπον ἂν εἴη—τῷ πλήθει δέ, ὅσα αὐτῶν ἀναγκαῖα καί πως ὀρθότατα λέγεται μὴ ἐπίστασθαι μὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς αἰσχρόν, διʼ ἀκριβείας δὲ ζητεῖν πάντα οὔτε ῥᾴδιον οὔτε τὸ παράπαν δυνατόν.

    AthenianThere remain, then, three subjects for the free: calculation and numbers make one subject; the measurement of length, surface, and depth, taken as one, is a second; and the third concerns the revolution of the stars, how they are by nature 818a carried in relation to one another. All of these need to be worked through with precision not by the many but by a certain few—who they are we shall say as we go on, near the end, since that would be the fitting place. For the multitude, there are the parts of these subjects that are necessary, of which it is said, and rightly in a sense, that it is shameful for the many not to know them, though to pursue everything with precision is neither easy nor possible at all.

    τὸ δὲ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτῶν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀποβάλλειν, 818b ἀλλʼ ἔοικεν ὁ τὸν θεὸν πρῶτον παροιμιασάμενος εἰς ταῦτα ἀποβλέψας εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδὲ θεὸς ἀνάγκῃ μή ποτε φανῇ μαχόμενος, ὅσαι θεῖαί γε, οἶμαι, τῶν γε ἀναγκῶν εἰσίν· ἐπεὶ τῶν γε ἀνθρωπίνων, εἰς ἃς οἱ πολλοὶ βλέποντες λέγουσι τὸ τοιοῦτον, οὗτος πάντων τῶν λόγων εὐηθέστατός ἐστιν μακρῷ.

    But what is necessary in them cannot be thrown away. 818b It seems that the man who first coined the proverb about the god had these things in view when he said that not even a god will ever be seen fighting against necessity—the necessities that are divine, I mean. For if we take it of the human ones, which most people have in view when they quote the saying, it is by far the most foolish saying there is.

    The saying is attributed to the poet Simonides.

    Cliniasτίνες οὖν, ὦ ξένε, αἱ μὴ τοιαῦται ἀνάγκαι τῶν μαθημάτων, θεῖαι δέ;

    CliniasThen what are these necessities in the subjects, stranger, that are not of that kind but divine?

    Athenianδοκῶ μέν, ἃς μή τις πράξας μηδὲ αὖ μαθὼν τὸ 818c παράπαν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ἀνθρώποις θεὸς οὐδὲ δαίμων οὐδὲ ἥρως οἷος δυνατὸς ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμέλειαν σὺν σπουδῇ ποιεῖσθαι· πολλοῦ δʼ ἂν δεήσειεν ἄνθρωπός γε θεῖος γενέσθαι μήτε ἓν μήτε δύο μήτε τρία μήθʼ ὅλως ἄρτια καὶ περιττὰ δυνάμενος γιγνώσκειν, μηδὲ ἀριθμεῖν τὸ παράπαν εἰδώς, μηδὲ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν διαριθμεῖσθαι δυνατὸς ὤν, σελήνης δὲ καὶ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄστρων περιφορᾶς 818d ἀπείρως ἔχων.

    AthenianI think they are the ones that someone who had never practiced or learned them at all 818c could never become a god or spirit or hero to human beings, able to take serious care of them. And a human being would be very far from becoming divine if he couldn’t recognize one, two, or three, or odd and even at all, if he had no idea how to count, if he couldn’t even reckon up night and day, and if he were unacquainted with the revolutions 818d of the moon and sun and the other stars.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν δὴ πάντα ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀναγκαῖά ἐστι μαθήματα τῷ μέλλοντι σχεδὸν ὁτιοῦν τῶν καλλίστων μαθημάτων εἴσεσθαι, πολλὴ καὶ μωρία τοῦ διανοήματος· ποῖα δὲ ἕκαστα τούτων καὶ πόσα καὶ πότε μαθητέον, καὶ τί μετὰ τίνος καὶ τί χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τούτων κρᾶσιν, ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ δεῖ λαβόντα ὀρθῶς πρῶτα, ἐπὶ τἆλλα ἰόντα τούτων ἡγουμένων τῶν μαθημάτων μανθάνειν. οὕτω γὰρ ἀνάγκη φύσει κατείληφεν, ᾗ 818e φαμεν οὐδένα θεῶν οὔτε μάχεσθαι τὰ νῦν οὔτε μαχεῖσθαί ποτε.

    So to think that all these are not necessary subjects for someone who is going to know practically any of the finest subjects is sheer folly. But what each of them is, how much of it is to be learned and when, which with which and which apart from the others, and the whole way they are combined—these are the things one must first grasp correctly, and then go on to learn the rest, with these subjects leading the way. For this is how necessity has taken hold by nature—the necessity which, 818e we say, no god is fighting now or will ever fight.

    Cliniasἔοικέν γε, ὦ ξένε, νῦν οὕτω πως ῥηθέντα ὀρθῶς εἰρῆσθαι καὶ κατὰ φύσιν ἃ λέγεις.

    CliniasIt does seem, stranger, that what you say, put this way, is said correctly and in accordance with nature.

    Athenianἔχει μὲν γὰρ οὕτως, ὦ Κλεινία, χαλεπὸν δὲ αὐτὰ προταξάμενον τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ νομοθετεῖν· ἀλλʼ εἰς ἄλλον, εἰ δοκεῖ, χρόνον ἀκριβέστερον ἂν νομοθετησαίμεθα.

    AthenianIt is so, Clinias; but it is hard to legislate about these things when they have been laid out in advance like this. If you like, we could legislate about them more precisely at another time.

    Cliniasδοκεῖς ἡμῖν, ὦ ξένε, φοβεῖσθαι τὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀπειρίας ἔθος. οὔκουν ὀρθῶς φοβῇ· πειρῶ δὴ λέγειν μηδὲν ἀποκρυπτόμενος ἕνεκα τούτων.

    CliniasYou seem to us, stranger, to be afraid of our habitual lack of experience in such things. You’re wrong to be afraid. Try to speak, and don’t hide anything on that account.

    Athenianφοβοῦμαι μὲν καὶ ταῦτα ἃ σὺ νῦν λέγεις, μᾶλλον δʼ ἔτι δέδοικα τοὺς ἡμμένους μὲν αὐτῶν τούτων τῶν μαθημάτων, κακῶς δʼ ἡμμένους. οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ δεινὸν οὐδὲ σφοδρὸν ἀπειρία τῶν πάντων οὐδὲ μέγιστον κακόν, ἀλλʼ ἡ πολυπειρία καὶ πολυμαθία μετὰ κακῆς ἀγωγῆς γίγνεται πολὺ τούτων μείζων ζημία.

    AthenianI am afraid of what you’re describing, too; but I am even more alarmed by people who have taken up these very subjects, and taken them up badly. Lack of experience in all things is never terrible or severe, nor the greatest evil; much experience and much learning under bad guidance is a far greater harm.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasWhat you say is true.

    Athenianτοσάδε τοίνυν ἑκάστων χρὴ φάναι μανθάνειν δεῖν 819b τοὺς ἐλευθέρους, ὅσα καὶ πάμπολυς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ παίδων ὄχλος ἅμα γράμμασι μανθάνει. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ περὶ λογισμοὺς ἀτεχνῶς παισὶν ἐξηυρημένα μαθήματα μετὰ παιδιᾶς τε καὶ ἡδονῆς μανθάνειν, μήλων τέ τινων διανομαὶ καὶ στεφάνων πλείοσιν ἅμα καὶ ἐλάττοσιν ἁρμοττόντων ἀριθμῶν τῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ πυκτῶν καὶ παλαιστῶν ἐφεδρείας τε καὶ συλλήξεως ἐν μέρει καὶ ἐφεξῆς καὶ ὡς πεφύκασι γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianThen we must say that the free should learn as much of each subject 819b as a great crowd of children in Egypt learn along with their letters. First, for calculation, lessons have been devised for children quite simply, to be learned with play and pleasure: sharing out apples and garlands, with the same numbers fitted to larger and smaller groups; and arranging boxers and wrestlers, who sit out and who pair off, by turns and in sequence, in the ways these things naturally happen.

    καὶ δὴ καὶ παίζοντες, φιάλας ἅμα χρυσοῦ καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου 819c καὶ τοιούτων τινῶν ἄλλων κεραννύντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ὅλας πως διαδιδόντες, ὅπερ εἶπον, εἰς παιδιὰν ἐναρμόττοντες τὰς τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀριθμῶν χρήσεις, ὠφελοῦσι τοὺς μανθάνοντας εἴς τε τὰς τῶν στρατοπέδων τάξεις καὶ ἀγωγὰς καὶ στρατείας καὶ εἰς οἰκονομίας αὖ, καὶ πάντως χρησιμωτέρους αὐτοὺς αὑτοῖς καὶ ἐγρηγορότας μᾶλλον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπεργάζονται· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς μετρήσεσιν, ὅσα ἔχει 819d μήκη καὶ πλάτη καὶ βάθη, περὶ ἅπαντα ταῦτα ἐνοῦσάν τινα φύσει γελοίαν τε καὶ αἰσχρὰν ἄγνοιαν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν, ταύτης ἀπαλλάττουσιν.

    And in their play they mix up bowls of gold and bronze and silver 819c and other such metals, while others hand out whole sets of them. As I said, by fitting the uses of the necessary numbers into play, they help the learners toward the ordering, leading, and marching of armies, and toward household management too, and in every way make people more useful to themselves and more wide awake. After this, in measuring things that have 819d length, breadth, and depth, they rid them of an ignorance about all these things that is naturally present in all human beings, ridiculous and shameful.

    Cliniasποίαν δὴ καὶ τίνα λέγεις ταύτην;

    CliniasWhat sort of ignorance do you mean?

    Athenianὦ φίλε Κλεινία, παντάπασί γε μὴν καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκούσας ὀψέ ποτε τὸ περὶ ταῦτα ἡμῶν πάθος ἐθαύμασα, καὶ ἔδοξέ μοι τοῦτο οὐκ ἀνθρώπινον ἀλλὰ ὑηνῶν τινων εἶναι μᾶλλον θρεμμάτων, ᾐσχύνθην τε οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ μόνον, 819e ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων.

    AthenianMy dear Clinias, when I myself heard about it, very late in life, I was utterly astonished at our condition in these matters. It seemed to me not human at all, but more fit for some breed of pigs, and I was ashamed not only for myself 819e but for all the Greeks.

    Cliniasτοῦ πέρι; λέγʼ ὅτι καὶ φῄς, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasAshamed about what? Tell us what you mean, stranger.

    Athenianλέγω δή· μᾶλλον δὲ ἐρωτῶν σοι δείξω. καί μοι σμικρὸν ἀπόκριναι· γιγνώσκεις που μῆκος;

    AthenianI’ll tell you—or rather, I’ll show you by asking questions. Answer me a small one: you know what length is, I suppose?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτί δέ; πλάτος;

    AthenianAnd breadth?

    Cliniasπάντως.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἦ καὶ ταῦτα ὅτι δύʼ ἐστόν, καὶ τρίτον τούτων βάθος;

    AthenianAnd that these are two, and depth is a third besides?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ταῦτα εἶναι πάντα μετρητὰ πρὸς ἄλληλα;

    AthenianWell, don’t you think all of these are measurable against one another?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianμῆκός τε οἶμαι πρὸς μῆκος, καὶ πλάτος πρὸς 820a πλάτος, καὶ βάθος ὡσαύτως δυνατὸν εἶναι μετρεῖν φύσει.

    AthenianLength against length, I suppose, and breadth against 820a breadth, and depth likewise, can by nature be measured.

    Cliniasσφόδρα γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianεἰ δʼ ἔστι μήτε σφόδρα μήτε ἠρέμα δυνατὰ ἔνια, ἀλλὰ τὰ μέν, τὰ δὲ μή, σὺ δὲ πάντα ἡγῇ, πῶς οἴει πρὸς ταῦτα διακεῖσθαι;

    AthenianBut if some of them can’t be, either very much or slightly—if some can and some can’t—and you think they all can, what state do you think you’re in on this?

    The Athenian is alluding to incommensurable magnitudes, such as the side and the diagonal of a square, which have no common measure.

    Cliniasδῆλον ὅτι φαύλως.

    CliniasA poor one, obviously.

    Athenianτί δʼ αὖ μῆκός τε καὶ πλάτος πρὸς βάθος, ἢ πλάτος τε καὶ μῆκος πρὸς ἄλληλα; ὥστε πῶς ἆρʼ οὐ διανοούμεθα περὶ ταῦτα οὕτως Ἕλληνες πάντες, ὡς δυνατά ἐστι μετρεῖσθαι πρὸς ἄλληλα ἁμῶς γέ πως;

    AthenianAnd what about length and breadth against depth, or breadth and length against each other? Don’t all we Greeks think about these things that they can somehow or other be measured against one another?

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianεἰ δʼ ἔστιν αὖ μηδαμῶς μηδαμῇ δυνατά, πάντες δʼ, ὅπερ εἶπον, Ἕλληνες διανοούμεθα ὡς δυνατά, μῶν οὐκ ἄξιον ὑπὲρ πάντων αἰσχυνθέντα εἰπεῖν πρὸς αὐτούς· ὦ βέλτιστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἓν ἐκείνων τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ὧν ἔφαμεν αἰσχρὸν μὲν γεγονέναι τὸ μὴ ἐπίστασθαι, τὸ δʼ ἐπίστασθαι τἀναγκαῖα οὐδὲν πάνυ καλόν;

    AthenianBut if they can’t, in any way at all, and yet all we Greeks, as I said, think they can, wouldn’t it be right to feel ashamed on behalf of everyone and say to them: “Best of Greeks, this is one of those things we said it was shameful not to know, though knowing what is necessary is nothing very fine”?

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ πρὸς τούτοις γε ἄλλα ἔστιν τούτων συγγενῆ, 820c ἐν οἷς αὖ πολλὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἐκείνων ἀδελφὰ ἡμῖν ἐγγίγνεται τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων.

    AthenianAnd besides these there are other things related to them, 820c in which again many errors crop up in us, akin to those errors.

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasWhat things?

    Athenianτὰ τῶν μετρητῶν τε καὶ ἀμέτρων πρὸς ἄλληλα ᾗτινι φύσει γέγονεν. ταῦτα γὰρ δὴ σκοποῦντα διαγιγνώσκειν ἀναγκαῖον ἢ παντάπασιν εἶναι φαῦλον, προβάλλοντά τε ἀλλήλοις ἀεί, διατριβὴν τῆς πεττείας πολὺ χαριεστέραν πρεσβυτῶν διατρίβοντα, φιλονικεῖν ἐν ταῖς τούτων ἀξίαισι σχολαῖς.

    AthenianThe question of how the commensurable and the incommensurable are related to each other by nature. One must examine these and learn to tell them apart, or be altogether a poor specimen; and keep setting problems for one another—a far more graceful pastime for old men than board games—and compete in a leisure worthy of such things.

    Cliniasἴσως· ἔοικεν γοῦν ἥ τε πεττεία καὶ ταῦτα ἀλλήλων τὰ μαθήματα οὐ πάμπολυ κεχωρίσθαι.

    CliniasPerhaps. Board games and these studies don’t seem to be very far apart, at any rate.

    Athenianταῦτα τοίνυν ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ Κλεινία, φημὶ τοὺς νέους δεῖν μανθάνειν· καὶ γὰρ οὔτε βλαβερὰ οὔτε χαλεπά ἐστιν, μετὰ δὲ παιδιᾶς ἅμα μανθανόμενα ὠφελήσει μέν, βλάψει δὲ ἡμῖν τὴν πόλιν οὐδέν. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλως λέγει, ἀκουστέον.

    AthenianThese, then, Clinias, are what I say the young must learn. They are neither harmful nor difficult, and if they are learned along with play they will benefit our city and do it no harm at all. If anyone says otherwise, we must hear him out.

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν ἂν οὕτω ταῦτα ἔχοντα φαίνηται, δῆλον ὡς ἐγκρινοῦμεν αὐτά, μὴ ταύτῃ δὲ φαινόμενα ἔχειν ἀποκριθήσεται.

    AthenianBut if it turns out that this is how they are, clearly we’ll admit them; if they turn out not to be, they’ll be dismissed.

    Cliniasδῆλον· τί μήν;

    CliniasClearly. Of course.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν νῦν, ὦ ξένε, κείσθω ταῦτα ὡς ὄντα τῶν δεόντων μαθημάτων, ἵνα μὴ διάκενα ἡμῖν ᾖ τὰ τῶν νόμων; κείσθω μέντοι καθάπερ ἐνέχυρα λύσιμα ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης πολιτείας, ἐὰν ἢ τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς μηδαμῶς φιλοφρονῆται.

    AthenianThen for now, stranger, shall we lay these down as among the required subjects, so that our laws don’t have gaps in them? But let them be laid down as pledges that can be redeemed separately from the rest of the constitution, if they don’t at all please either us who proposed them or you who have adopted them.

    Cliniasδικαίαν λέγεις τὴν θέσιν.

    CliniasThe terms you propose are fair.

    Athenianἄστρων δὴ τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ὅρα τὴν μάθησιν τοῖς νέοις, ἂν ἡμᾶς ἀρέσκῃ λεχθεῖσα ἢ καὶ τοὐναντίον.

    AthenianNext, then, consider the study of the stars for the young—whether, once it has been described, we like it, or the opposite.

    Cliniasλέγε μόνον.

    CliniasJust tell us.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν θαῦμά γε περὶ αὐτά ἐστιν μέγα καὶ οὐδαμῶς οὐδαμῇ ἀνεκτόν.

    AthenianWell, there is something very strange about these things, and utterly intolerable.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δή;

    CliniasWhat’s that?

    Athenianτὸν μέγιστον θεὸν καὶ ὅλον τὸν κόσμον φαμὲν οὔτε ζητεῖν δεῖν οὔτε πολυπραγμονεῖν τὰς αἰτίας ἐρευνῶντας—οὐ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὅσιον εἶναι—τὸ δὲ ἔοικεν πᾶν τούτου τοὐναντίον γιγνόμενον ὀρθῶς ἂν γίγνεσθαι.

    AthenianWe say that one should not inquire into the greatest god and the whole cosmos, or busy oneself searching out their causes, since that isn’t even pious. But it seems that the complete opposite of this would be the right thing to do.

    Cliniasπῶς εἶπες;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianπαράδοξον μὲν τὸ λεγόμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἂν πρεσβύταις τις οἰηθείη πρέπειν· τὸ δὲ ἐπειδάν τίς τι καλόν τε οἰηθῇ καὶ ἀληθὲς μάθημα εἶναι καὶ πόλει συμφέρον καὶ τῷ θεῷ 821b παντάπασι φίλον, οὐδενὶ δὴ τρόπῳ δυνατόν ἐστιν ἔτι μὴ φράζειν.

    AthenianWhat I’m saying is paradoxical, and one wouldn’t think it fitting for old men. But when someone thinks a study is fine and true and beneficial to the city and 821b wholly dear to the god, there is no way he can keep from speaking of it any longer.

    Cliniasεἰκότα λέγεις· ἀλλʼ ἄστρων πέρι μάθημα τί τοιοῦτον ἀνευρήσομεν;

    CliniasThat’s reasonable. But what study of that kind shall we find about the stars?

    Athenianὦ ἀγαθοί, καταψευδόμεθα νῦν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Ἕλληνες πάντες μεγάλων θεῶν, Ἡλίου τε ἅμα καὶ Σελήνης.

    AthenianMy good friends, practically all of us Greeks nowadays tell lies, so to speak, about great gods—the Sun and the Moon.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δὴ ψεῦδος;

    CliniasWhat lie is that?

    Athenianφαμὲν αὐτὰ οὐδέποτε τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἰέναι, καὶ ἄλλʼ ἄττα ἄστρα μετὰ τούτων, ἐπονομάζοντες πλανητὰ αὐτά.

    AthenianWe say that they never go the same way, and some other stars along with them, and we call them planets.

    “Planet” (planētēs) means “wanderer.”

    Cliniasνὴ τὸν Δία, ὦ ξένε, ἀληθὲς τοῦτο λέγεις· ἐν γὰρ δὴ τῷ βίῳ πολλάκις ἑώρακα καὶ αὐτὸς τόν τε Ἑωσφόρον καὶ τὸν Ἕσπερον καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς οὐδέποτε ἰόντας εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δρόμον ἀλλὰ πάντῃ πλανωμένους, τὸν δὲ ἥλιόν που καὶ σελήνην δρῶντας ταῦθʼ ἃ ἀεὶ πάντες συνεπιστάμεθα.

    CliniasBy Zeus, stranger, that’s true. In my own life I have often seen the Morning Star and the Evening Star and some others never going on the same course but wandering every which way; and the sun and moon, I suppose, doing what we all know they always do.

    Athenianταῦτʼ ἔστι τοίνυν, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία, νῦν ἃ δή φημι δεῖν περὶ θεῶν τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν τούς γε ἡμετέρους 821d πολίτας τε καὶ τοὺς νέους τὸ μέχρι τοσούτου μαθεῖν περὶ ἁπάντων τούτων, μέχρι τοῦ μὴ βλασφημεῖν περὶ αὐτά, εὐφημεῖν δὲ ἀεὶ θύοντάς τε καὶ ἐν εὐχαῖς εὐχομένους εὐσεβῶς.

    AthenianThese, then, Megillus and Clinias, are the things I say our 821d citizens and the young must learn about the gods in the heavens—all of them, but only so far as not to blaspheme about them, and always to speak reverently when they sacrifice and pray with piety.

    Cliniasτοῦτο μὲν ὀρθόν, εἴ γε πρῶτον μὲν δυνατόν ἐστιν ὃ λέγεις μαθεῖν· εἶτα, εἰ μὴ λέγομέν τι περὶ αὐτῶν ὀρθῶς νῦν, μαθόντες δὲ λέξομεν, συγχωρῶ κἀγὼ τό γε τοσοῦτον καὶ τοιοῦτον ὂν μαθητέον εἶναι. ταῦτʼ οὖν ὡς ἔχοντά ἐσθʼ οὕτω, πειρῶ σὺ μὲν ἐξηγεῖσθαι πάντως, ἡμεῖς δὲ συνέπεσθαί σοι μανθάνοντες.

    CliniasThat’s right, if in the first place it is possible to learn what you are talking about. Then, if we aren’t saying anything correct about them now, but will once we have learned, I too agree that something of this scope and kind should be learned. So, on the understanding that this is how things stand, try to explain it fully, and we will try to follow you and learn.

    Athenianἀλλʼ ἔστι μὲν οὐ ῥᾴδιον ὃ λέγω μαθεῖν, οὐδʼ αὖ παντάπασι χαλεπόν, οὐδέ γέ τινος χρόνου παμπόλλου. τεκμήριον δέ· ἐγὼ τούτων οὔτε νέος οὔτε πάλαι ἀκηκοὼς σφῷν ἂν νῦν οὐκ ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ δηλῶσαι δυναίμην. καίτοι χαλεπά γε ὄντα οὐκ ἄν ποτε οἷός τʼ ἦν δηλοῦν τηλικούτοις οὖσι τηλικοῦτος.

    AthenianWhat I’m talking about isn’t easy to learn, but it isn’t altogether hard either, nor does it take a very long time. Here’s the proof: I didn’t hear about these things when I was young, or long ago, and yet I could make them clear to the two of you now in no long time. If they were hard, I could never make them clear, at my age, to men of your age.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις. ἀλλὰ τί καὶ φῂς τοῦτο τὸ μάθημα 822a ὃ θαυμαστὸν μὲν λέγεις, προσῆκον δʼ αὖ μαθεῖν τοῖς νέοις, οὐ γιγνώσκειν δὲ ἡμᾶς; πειρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τό γε τοσοῦτον φράζειν ὡς σαφέστατα.

    CliniasTrue. But what is this study you call 822a astonishing, and yet say is fitting for the young to learn, though we don’t know it? Try to explain at least that much about it as clearly as you can.

    Athenianπειρατέον. οὐ γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο, ὦ ἄριστοι, τὸ δόγμα ὀρθὸν περὶ σελήνης τε καὶ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄστρων, ὡς ἄρα πλανᾶταί ποτε, πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον ἔχει τούτου—τὴν αὐτὴν γὰρ αὐτῶν ὁδὸν ἕκαστον καὶ οὐ πολλὰς ἀλλὰ μίαν ἀεὶ κύκλῳ διεξέρχεται, φαίνεται δὲ πολλὰς φερόμενον—τὸ δὲ τάχιστον αὐτῶν ὂν βραδύτατον οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὖ δοξάζεται, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον 822b ἐναντίως.

    AthenianI must try. This belief, my excellent friends, is not correct—about the moon and the sun and the other stars—that they ever wander. The very opposite is the case. Each of them travels the same path, not many paths but always one, in a circle, though it appears to travel many. And again, the fastest of them is wrongly believed to be the slowest, and the slowest, 822b conversely, the fastest.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν εἰ πέφυκεν μὲν οὕτως, ἡμεῖς δὲ μὴ ταύτῃ δόξομεν, εἰ μὲν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ θεόντων ἵππων οὕτως ἢ δολιχοδρόμων ἀνδρῶν διενοούμεθα πέρι, καὶ προσηγορεύομεν τὸν τάχιστον μὲν ὡς βραδύτατον, τὸν δὲ βραδύτατον ὡς τάχιστον, ἐγκώμιά τε ποιοῦντες ᾔδομεν τὸν ἡττώμενον νενικηκότα, οὔτε ὀρθῶς ἂν οὔτʼ οἶμαι προσφιλῶς τοῖς δρομεῦσιν ἡμᾶς ἂν τὰ ἐγκώμια προσάπτειν ἀνθρώποις οὖσιν· νῦν δὲ δὴ 822c περὶ θεοὺς τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐξαμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν, ἆρʼ οὐκ οἰόμεθα ὃ γελοῖόν τε καὶ οὐκ ὀρθὸν ἐκεῖ γιγνόμενον ἦν ἂν τότε, νῦν ἐνταυθοῖ καὶ ἐν τούτοισι γίγνεσθαι γελοῖον μὲν οὐδαμῶς, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ θεοφιλές γε, ψευδῆ φήμην ἡμῶν κατὰ θεῶν ὑμνούντων.

    So if this is how things are by nature, and we don’t believe it—suppose we thought this way about horses racing at Olympia, or men running the long race, and called the fastest the slowest and the slowest the fastest, and made up songs of praise hailing the loser as the winner: I don’t think we would be bestowing our praise correctly, or in a way the runners would welcome, human beings though they are. But now, 822c when we make these same mistakes about gods, don’t we think that what would have been ridiculous and wrong there is, here in these matters, not ridiculous at all, but not pleasing to the gods either, when we sing a false report about gods?

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα, εἴπερ γε οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἐστίν.

    CliniasVery true, if this is how things are.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἂν μὲν δείξωμεν οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἔχοντα, μαθητέα μέχρι γε τούτου τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα, μὴ δειχθέντων δὲ ἐατέον; καὶ ταῦτα ἡμῖν οὕτω συγκείσθω;

    AthenianThen if we show that this is how things are, all such matters must be learned at least to that extent, and if we don’t show it, they must be left alone? Shall we agree on this?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Hunting

    Only hunting land animals with horses, dogs and one’s own strength is praised and freely allowed.

    Athenianἤδη τοίνυν χρὴ φάναι τέλος ἔχειν τά γε παιδείας μαθημάτων πέρι νόμιμα· περὶ δὲ θήρας ὡσαύτως διανοηθῆναι χρὴ καὶ περὶ ἁπάντων ὁπόσα τοιαῦτα. κινδυνεύει γὰρ δὴ νομοθέτῃ τὸ προσταττόμενον ἐπὶ μεῖζον εἶναι τοῦ νόμους θέντα ἀπηλλάχθαι, ἕτερον δέ τι πρὸς τοῖς νόμοις εἶναι μεταξύ τι νουθετήσεώς τε πεφυκὸς ἅμα καὶ νόμων, ὃ δὴ 822e πολλάκις ἡμῶν ἐμπέπτωκεν τοῖς λόγοις, οἷον περὶ τὴν τῶν σφόδρα νέων παίδων τροφήν· οὐ γὰρ ἄρρητά φαμεν εἶναι, λέγοντές τε αὐτά, ὡς νόμους οἴεσθαι τιθεμένους εἶναι πολλῆς ἀνοίας γέμειν.

    AthenianNow, then, we must say that the rules about the subjects of education are complete. We must think about hunting in the same way, and about everything of that sort. It seems that the lawgiver’s task goes beyond laying down laws and being done with it: there is something else besides the laws, something that by nature lies between admonition and law, which 822e has often cropped up in our discussion—for instance, about the upbringing of very young children. We say these things must not be left unsaid; but to suppose, when one says them, that one is laying down laws is the height of folly.

    γεγραμμένων δὴ ταύτῃ τῶν νόμων τε καὶ ὅλης τῆς πολιτείας, οὐ τέλεος ὁ τοῦ διαφέροντος πολίτου πρὸς ἀρετὴν γίγνεται ἔπαινος, ὅταν αὐτόν τις φῇ τὸν ὑπηρετήσαντα τοῖς νόμοις ἄριστα καὶ πειθόμενον μάλιστα, τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν ἀγαθόν· τελεώτερον δὲ ὧδε εἰρημένον, ὡς ἄρα ὃς ἂν τοῖς τοῦ νομοθέτου νομοθετοῦντός τε καὶ ἐπαινοῦντος καὶ ψέγοντος 823a πειθόμενος γράμμασιν διεξέλθῃ τὸν βίον ἄκρατον. οὗτος ὅ τε λόγος ὀρθότατος εἰς ἔπαινον πολίτου, τόν τε νομοθέτην ὄντως δεῖ μὴ μόνον γράφειν τοὺς νόμους, πρὸς δὲ τοῖς νόμοις, ὅσα καλὰ αὐτῷ δοκεῖ καὶ μὴ καλὰ εἶναι, νόμοις ἐμπεπλεγμένα γράφειν, τὸν δὲ ἄκρον πολίτην μηδὲν ἧττον ταῦτα ἐμπεδοῦν ἢ τὰ ταῖς ζημίαις ὑπὸ νόμων κατειλημμένα. τὸ δὲ δὴ παρὸν ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν εἰ οἷον μάρτυρα ἐπαγόμεθα, δηλοῖμεν ἂν 823b ὃ βουλόμεθα μᾶλλον.

    With the laws and the whole constitution written in this way, the praise of a citizen who stands out in virtue is not complete when someone says that the good man is the one who has served the laws best and obeyed them most. It is more complete when put like this: the good man is the one who goes through life 823a obeying without reserve the writings of the lawgiver, as he legislates, praises, and blames. This is the most correct way to praise a citizen. And the lawgiver really must not only write laws, but, besides the laws, write down what he thinks fine and not fine, woven in with the laws; and the best citizen must hold to these no less firmly than to what the laws have backed with penalties. If we bring in the present topic as a kind of witness, we will make 823b our meaning clearer.

    θήρα γὰρ πάμπολύ τι πρᾶγμά ἐστι, περιειλημμένον ὀνόματι νῦν σχεδὸν ἑνί. πολλὴ μὲν γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἐνύδρων, πολλὴ δὲ ἡ τῶν πτηνῶν, πάμπολυ δὲ καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰ πεζὰ θηρεύματα, οὐ μόνον θηρίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀξίαν ἐννοεῖν θήραν, τήν τε κατὰ πόλεμον, πολλὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ κατὰ φιλίαν θηρεύουσα, ἡ μὲν ἔπαινον, ἡ δὲ ψόγον ἔχει· καὶ κλωπεῖαι καὶ λῃστῶν καὶ στρατοπέδων στρατοπέδοις 823c θῆραι. θήρας δὲ πέρι τιθέντι τῷ νομοθέτῃ τοὺς νόμους οὔτε μὴ δηλοῦν ταῦθʼ οἷόν τε, οὔτε ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τάξεις καὶ ζημίας ἐπιτιθέντα ἀπειλητικὰ νόμιμα τιθέναι. τί δὴ δραστέον περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα;

    Hunting is a very wide affair, now covered by what is more or less a single name. There is a great deal of hunting of water creatures, a great deal of winged creatures, and a very great deal concerning creatures that go on land—and not just wild beasts: we should also bear in mind the hunting of human beings, both in war and, a great deal of it, in friendship, one kind earning praise and the other blame; and there are the thefts, and the hunts of robbers, and of armies by 823c armies. A lawgiver laying down laws about hunting cannot avoid making these things clear, but neither can he lay down threatening statutes imposing regulations and penalties on all of them. So what should be done about such things?

    τὸν μέν, τὸν νομοθέτην, ἐπαινέσαι καὶ ψέξαι χρεὼν τὰ περὶ θήρας πρὸς τοὺς τῶν νέων πόνους τε καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα, τὸν δʼ αὖ νέον ἀκούσαντα πείθεσθαι, καὶ μήθʼ ἡδονὴν μήτε πόνον ἐξείργειν αὐτόν, τῶν δὲ περὶ ἕκαστα ἀπειληθέντων μετὰ ζημίας καὶ νομοθετηθέντων, τὰ 823d μετʼ ἐπαίνου ῥηθέντα μᾶλλον τιμᾶν καὶ προσταχθέντα ἀποτελεῖν.

    The lawgiver should praise and blame the various kinds of hunting with an eye to the exertions and pursuits of the young; the young man, for his part, should listen and obey, and let neither pleasure nor toil keep him from it; and rather than what is threatened with penalties and laid down by law on each matter, he should honor more highly what is 823d said by way of praise, and carry it out as a command.

    τούτων δὴ προρρηθέντων, ἑξῆς ἂν γίγνοιτο ἔμμετρος ἔπαινος θήρας καὶ ψόγος, ἥτις μὲν βελτίους ἀποτελεῖ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν νέων ἐπαινοῦντος, ψέγοντος δὲ ἣ τἀναντία. λέγωμεν τοίνυν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἑξῆς προσαγορεύοντες διʼ εὐχῆς τοὺς νέους· ὦ φίλοι, εἴθʼ ὑμᾶς μήτε τις ἐπιθυμία μήτʼ ἔρως τῆς περὶ θάλατταν θήρας ποτὲ λάβοι μηδὲ ἀγκιστρείας 823e μηδʼ ὅλως τῆς τῶν ἐνύδρων ζῴων, μήτε ἐγρηγορόσιν μήτε εὕδουσιν κύρτοις ἀργὸν θήραν διαπονουμένοις. μηδʼ αὖ ἄγρας ἀνθρώπων κατὰ θάλατταν λῃστείας τε ἵμερος ἐπελθὼν ὑμῖν θηρευτὰς ὠμοὺς καὶ ἀνόμους ἀποτελοῖ· κλωπείας δʼ ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ πόλει μηδὲ εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον ἐπέλθοι νοῦν ἅψασθαι. μηδʼ αὖ πτηνῶν θήρας αἱμύλος ἔρως οὐ σφόδρα ἐλευθέριος ἐπέλθοι 824a τινὶ νέων.

    With this said in advance, next would come a measured praise and blame of hunting, praising the kind that makes the souls of the young better and blaming the kind that does the opposite. Let us say what comes next, then, addressing the young with a prayer: My friends, may no desire or passion ever seize you for hunting at sea, or angling, 823e or for hunting water creatures at all, toiling at the lazy hunt of the fish trap that does its work whether you’re awake or asleep. Nor may any longing for catching human beings at sea, for piracy, come over you and make you cruel and lawless hunters. And may it not so much as cross your mind to turn to thieving in the countryside or the city. Nor may a crafty passion for hunting birds, hardly fit for a free man, come over 824a any of the young.

    πεζῶν δὴ μόνον θήρευσίς τε καὶ ἄγρα λοιπὴ τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀθληταῖς, ὧν ἡ μὲν τῶν εὑδόντων αὖ κατὰ μέρη, νυκτερεία κληθεῖσα, ἀργῶν ἀνδρῶν, οὐκ ἀξία ἐπαίνου, οὐδʼ ἧττον διαπαύματα πόνων ἔχουσα, ἄρκυσίν τε καὶ πάγαις ἀλλʼ οὐ φιλοπόνου ψυχῆς νίκῃ χειρουμένων τὴν ἄγριον τῶν θηρίων ῥώμην· μόνη δὴ πᾶσιν λοιπὴ καὶ ἀρίστη ἡ τῶν τετραπόδων ἵπποις καὶ κυσὶν καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν θήρα σώμασιν, ὧν ἁπάντων κρατοῦσιν δρόμοις καὶ πληγαῖς καὶ βολαῖς αὐτόχειρες θηρεύοντες, ὅσοις ἀνδρείας τῆς θείας ἐπιμελές.

    So for our athletes there remains only the hunting and catching of land animals. Of this, the kind called night hunting, done by men who sleep in turns, belongs to lazy men and deserves no praise; nor does the kind that has its rests from toil, and masters the wild strength of beasts with nets and snares instead of by the victory of a soul that loves hard work. The only kind left for all, and the best, is the hunting of four-footed animals with horses and dogs and one’s own body, in which the hunters overcome them all with their own hands, by running and striking and throwing—all those who care for a godlike courage.

    τούτων δὴ πάντων ἔπαινος μὲν πέρι καὶ ψόγος ὁ διειρημένος ἂν εἴη λόγος, νόμος δὲ ὅδε· τούτους μηδεὶς τοὺς ἱεροὺς ὄντως θηρευτὰς κωλυέτω ὅπου καὶ ὅπῃπερ ἂν ἐθέλωσιν κυνηγετεῖν, νυκτερευτὴν δὲ ἄρκυσιν καὶ πλεκταῖς πιστὸν μηδεὶς μηδέποτε ἐάσῃ μηδαμοῦ θηρεῦσαι· τὸν ὀρνιθευτὴν δὲ ἐν ἀργοῖς μὲν καὶ ὄρεσιν μὴ κωλυέτω, ἐν ἐργασίμοις δὲ καὶ ἱεροῖς ἀγρίοις ἐξειργέτω ὁ προστυγχάνων, ἐνυγροθηρευτὴν δέ, πλὴν ἐν λιμέσιν καὶ ἱεροῖς ποταμοῖς τε καὶ ἕλεσι καὶ λίμναις, ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις δὲ ἐξέστω θηρεύειν, μὴ χρώμενον ὀπῶν ἀναθολώσει μόνον.

    For all of these, the account just given would serve as praise and blame, and the law is this. Let no one hinder these truly sacred hunters wherever and however they wish to hunt with hounds; but the night hunter who puts his trust in nets and traps, let no one ever allow to hunt anywhere. Let no one hinder the fowler on uncultivated land and in the mountains, but on farmland and in sacred wild places let anyone who comes upon him drive him off. The fisherman shall be allowed to fish anywhere except in harbors and sacred rivers, marshes, and lakes—provided only he does not muddy the water with plant poisons.

    νῦν οὖν ἤδη πάντα χρὴ φάναι τέλος ἔχειν τά γε παιδείας πέρι νόμιμα.

    So now we must say that all the rules about education are complete.

    Cliniasκαλῶς ἂν λέγοις.

    CliniasWell said.

    Book VIII

    Festivals, sexual conduct, farming and trade.

    Athenianτούτων μὴν ἐχόμενά ἐστιν τάξασθαι μὲν καὶ νομοθετήσασθαι ἑορτὰς μετὰ τῶν ἐκ Δελφῶν μαντειῶν, αἵτινες θυσίαι καὶ θεοῖς οἷστισιν ἄμεινον καὶ λῷον θυούσῃ τῇ πόλει γίγνοιντʼ ἄν· πότε δὲ καὶ πόσαι τὸν ἀριθμόν, σχεδὸν ἴσως ἡμέτερον ἂν νομοθετεῖν ἔνιά γʼ αὐτῶν εἴη.

    AthenianNext after this comes the task of arranging and legislating festivals, with the help of oracles from Delphi: what sacrifices, and to which gods, it would be better and more beneficial for the city to offer. But when they are to be held, and how many of them there should be—some of that, perhaps, may be more or less ours to legislate.

    Cliniasτάχʼ ἂν τὸν ἀριθμόν.

    CliniasTheir number, maybe.

    Athenianτὸν ἀριθμὸν δὴ λέγωμεν πρῶτον· ἔστωσαν γὰρ τῶν 828b μὲν πέντε καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακοσίων μηδὲν ἀπολείπουσαι, ὅπως ἂν μία γέ τις ἀρχὴ θύῃ θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων τινὶ ἀεὶ ὑπὲρ πόλεώς τε καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ κτημάτων. ταῦτα δὲ συνελθόντες ἐξηγηταὶ καὶ ἱερεῖς ἱέρειαί τε καὶ μάντεις μετὰ νομοφυλάκων ταξάντων ἃ παραλείπειν ἀνάγκη τῷ νομοθέτῃ· καὶ δὴ καὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου χρὴ γίγνεσθαι ἐπιγνώμονας τοῦ παραλειπομένου τούτους τοὺς αὐτούς. ὁ μὲν γὰρ δὴ νόμος ἐρεῖ δώδεκα μὲν 828c ἑορτὰς εἶναι τοῖς δώδεκα θεοῖς, ὧν ἂν ἡ φυλὴ ἑκάστη ἐπώνυμος ᾖ, θύοντας τούτων ἑκάστοις ἔμμηνα ἱερά, χορούς τε καὶ ἀγῶνας μουσικούς, τοὺς δὲ γυμνικούς, κατὰ τὸ πρέπον προσνέμοντας τοῖς θεοῖς τε αὐτοῖς ἅμα καὶ ταῖς ὥραις ἑκάσταις, γυναικείας τε ἑορτάς, ὅσαις χωρὶς ἀνδρῶν προσήκει καὶ ὅσαις μή, διανέμοντας.

    AthenianThen let’s speak of the number first. Let there be 828b no fewer than three hundred and sixty-five, so that there is always some official sacrificing to one of the gods or spirits on behalf of the city, its people and their possessions. The interpreters, priests, priestesses and seers are to meet with the guardians of the laws and arrange whatever the lawgiver is bound to leave out; and these same people must also be the ones to judge just what has been left out. For the law will say that there are to be twelve 828c festivals for the twelve gods after whom each tribe is named; that the citizens are to offer monthly sacrifices to each of them, with choruses and musical contests, and athletic ones too, assigning them as is fitting both to the gods themselves and to the several seasons; and that they are to distribute the women’s festivals, deciding which should be held apart from the men and which should not.

    ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν χθονίων καὶ ὅσους αὖ θεοὺς οὐρανίους ἐπονομαστέον καὶ τὸ τῶν τούτοις ἑπομένων οὐ συμμεικτέον ἀλλὰ χωριστέον, ἐν τῷ τοῦ Πλούτωνος 828d μηνὶ τῷ δωδεκάτῳ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἀποδιδόντας, καὶ οὐ δυσχεραντέον πολεμικοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν τοιοῦτον θεόν, ἀλλὰ τιμητέον ὡς ὄντα ἀεὶ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει ἄριστον· κοινωνία γὰρ ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι διαλύσεως οὐκ ἔστιν ᾗ κρεῖττον, ὡς ἐγὼ φαίην ἂν σπουδῇ λέγων. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ διάνοιαν χρὴ σχεῖν τοὺς διαιρήσοντας ἱκανῶς ταῦτα τοιάνδε, ὡς ἔσθʼ ἡμῖν ἡ πόλις οἵαν οὐκ ἄν τις ἑτέραν εὕροι τῶν νῦν περὶ χρόνου σχολῆς καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐξουσίας, δεῖ δὲ 829a αὐτήν, καθάπερ ἕνα ἄνθρωπον, ζῆν εὖ· τοῖς δὲ εὐδαιμόνως ζῶσιν ὑπάρχειν ἀνάγκη πρῶτον τὸ μήθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀδικεῖν μήτε ὑφʼ ἑτέρων αὐτοὺς ἀδικεῖσθαι.

    Further, the rites of the gods below must not be mixed with those of the gods who are to be called gods of the heavens and of their attendants, but kept apart, and given their due in the 828d twelfth month, the month of Pluto, as the law prescribes. Men of war must not resent a god like this; they should honor him as one who is always the best of gods for the human race. For the union of soul and body is in no way better than their dissolution—I would say that in all seriousness. Besides this, those who are to divide up these matters properly must keep the following in mind: our city has no equal among cities today for leisure and freedom from the necessities of life, and it must 829a live well, just like a single human being. And those who live happily must first of all neither do wrong to themselves nor be wronged by others.

    Pluto, another name for Hades, god of the dead.

    Training for war in peacetime

    The city holds monthly mock battles; greed and factional regimes explain why other cities do not.

    τούτοιν δὲ τὸ μὲν οὐ πάνυ χαλεπόν, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἀδικεῖσθαι κτήσασθαι δύναμιν παγχάλεπον, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτὸ τελέως σχεῖν ἄλλως ἢ τελέως γενόμενον ἀγαθόν· ταὐτὸν δὴ τοῦτο ἔστι καὶ πόλει ὑπάρχειν, γενομένῃ μὲν ἀγαθῇ βίος εἰρηνικός, πολεμικὸς δὲ ἔξωθέν τε καὶ ἔνδοθεν, ἂν ᾖ κακή. τούτων δὲ ταύτῃ σχεδὸν ἐχόντων, 829b οὐκ ἐν πολέμῳ τὸν πόλεμον ἑκάστοις γυμναστέον, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης βίῳ.

    The first of these is not very hard, but acquiring the power not to be wronged is extremely hard, and there is no way to have it completely except by becoming completely good. The same holds for a city: if it becomes good, its life is one of peace; if it is bad, its life is one of war, from without and within. Since this is roughly how things stand, 829b each citizen must train for war not in war but in the life of peace.

    δεῖ τοίνυν πόλιν ἑκάστου μηνὸς νοῦν κεκτημένην στρατεύεσθαι μὴ ἔλαττον μιᾶς ἡμέρας, πλείους δέ, ὡς ἂν καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν συνδοκῇ, μηδὲν χειμῶνας ἢ καύματα διευλαβουμένους, αὐτούς τε ἅμα καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας, ὅταν ὡς πανδημίαν ἐξάγειν δόξῃ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, τοτὲ δὲ καὶ κατὰ μέρη· καί τινας ἀεὶ παιδιὰς μηχανᾶσθαι καλὰς ἅμα θυσίαις, ὅπως ἂν γίγνωνται μάχαι τινὲς ἑορταστικαί, 829c μιμούμεναι τὰς πολεμικὰς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐναργῶς μάχας. νικητήρια δὲ καὶ ἀριστεῖα ἑκάστοισι τούτων δεῖ διανέμειν ἐγκώμιά τε καὶ ψόγους ποιεῖν ἀλλήλοις, ὁποῖός τις ἂν ἕκαστος γίγνηται κατά τε τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἐν παντί τε αὖ τῷ βίῳ, τόν τε ἄριστον δοκοῦντα εἶναι κοσμοῦντας καὶ τὸν μὴ ψέγοντας.

    So a city with any sense must go out on campaign each month for no less than one day—for more, if the officials also think fit—paying no heed to cold or heat. The men are to go themselves, along with the women and children, whenever the officials decide to lead out the whole population, and at other times in sections. And they must always be devising fine games to go with the sacrifices, so that there may be festival battles 829c imitating the battles of war as vividly as possible. Prizes for victory and for valor must be distributed in each of these, and the citizens must compose speeches of praise and blame for one another, according to how each person conducts himself in the contests and in the whole of his life, honoring the one reputed best and censuring the one who is not.

    ποιητὴς δὲ ἔστω τῶν τοιούτων μὴ ἅπας, ἀλλὰ γεγονὼς πρῶτον μὲν μὴ ἔλαττον πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν, μηδʼ αὖ τῶν ὁπόσοι ποίησιν μὲν καὶ μοῦσαν ἱκανῶς κεκτημένοι ἐν αὑτοῖς εἰσιν, καλὸν δὲ 829d ἔργον καὶ ἐπιφανὲς μηδὲν δράσαντες πώποτε· ὅσοι δὲ ἀγαθοί τε αὐτοὶ καὶ τίμιοι ἐν τῇ πόλει, ἔργων ὄντες δημιουργοὶ καλῶν, τὰ τῶν τοιούτων ᾀδέσθω ποιήματα, ἐὰν καὶ μὴ μουσικὰ πεφύκῃ.

    The composer of such poems must not be just anyone. First, he must be at least fifty years old; nor may he be one of those who have enough skill in poetry and music but have never done a single fine 829d and distinguished deed. Rather, let the poems of those who are themselves good and honored in the city, as authors of fine deeds, be the ones that are sung, even if they have no natural gift for music.

    κρίσις δὲ αὐτῶν ἔστω παρά τε τῷ παιδευτῇ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις νομοφύλαξι, τοῦτο ἀποδιδόντων αὐτοῖς γέρας, παρρησίαν ἐν μούσαις εἶναι μόνοις, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις μηδεμίαν ἐξουσίαν γίγνεσθαι, μηδέ τινα τολμᾶν ᾄδειν ἀδόκιμον μοῦσαν μὴ κρινάντων τῶν νομοφυλάκων, μηδʼ ἂν ἡδίων ᾖ τῶν Θαμύρου 829e τε καὶ Ὀρφείων ὕμνων, ἀλλʼ ὅσα τε ἱερὰ κριθέντα ποιήματα ἐδόθη τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ ὅσα ἀγαθῶν ὄντων ἀνδρῶν ψέγοντα ἢ ἐπαινοῦντά τινας ἐκρίθη μετρίως δρᾶν τὸ τοιοῦτον. τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ λέγω στρατείας τε πέρι καὶ τῆς ἐν ποιήσεσι παρρησίας γυναιξί τε καὶ ἀνδράσιν ὁμοίως γίγνεσθαι δεῖν. χρὴ δὲ ἀναφέρειν παραδεικνύντα ἑαυτῷ τὸν νομοθέτην τῷ λόγῳ· φέρε, τίνας ποτὲ τρέφω τὴν πόλιν ὅλην παρασκευάσας; 830a ἆρʼ οὐκ ἀθλητὰς τῶν μεγίστων ἀγώνων, οἷς ἀνταγωνισταὶ μυρίοι ὑπάρχουσι;

    The choice of them is to rest with the director of education and the other guardians of the laws, who are to grant them this privilege: that they alone have freedom of speech in music. Others are to have no such license; no one is to dare sing a song that has not been approved and passed by the guardians of the laws, not even if it is sweeter than the hymns of Thamyris 829e and Orpheus. Only poems judged sacred and dedicated to the gods may be sung, and those by good men that were judged to blame or praise people in due measure. The same, I say, must hold for women and men alike, both as to military service and as to freedom of speech in poetry. The lawgiver must keep referring things back to this, setting it out for himself in words: “Come now, whom am I raising, having prepared the whole city? 830a Aren’t they athletes for the greatest of contests, facing countless rivals?”

    Thamyris was a legendary Thracian singer who challenged the Muses to a contest.

    καὶ πάνυ γε, φαίη τις ἂν ὀρθῶς λέγων. τί δῆτα; εἰ πύκτας ἢ παγκρατιαστὰς ἐτρέφομεν ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἕτερον ἀγωνισμάτων ἀθλοῦντας, ἆρα εἰς αὐτὸν ἂν ἀπηντῶμεν τὸν ἀγῶνα, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ οὐδενὶ καθʼ ἡμέραν προσμαχόμενοι; ἢ πύκται γε ὄντες παμπόλλας ἂν ἡμέρας ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐμανθάνομέν 830b τε ἂν μάχεσθαι καὶ διεπονούμεθα, μιμούμενοι πάντα ἐκεῖνα ὁπόσοις ἐμέλλομεν εἰς τότε χρήσεσθαι περὶ τῆς νίκης διαμαχόμενοι, καὶ ὡς ἐγγύτατα τοῦ ὁμοίου ἰόντες, ἀντὶ ἱμάντων σφαίρας ἂν περιεδούμεθα, ὅπως αἱ πληγαί τε καὶ αἱ τῶν πληγῶν εὐλάβειαι διεμελετῶντο εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἱκανῶς, εἴ τέ τις ἡμῖν συγγυμναστῶν συνέβαινεν ἀπορία πλείων, ἆρʼ ἂν δείσαντες τὸν τῶν ἀνοήτων γέλωτα οὐκ ἂν ἐτολμῶμεν κρεμαννύντες εἴδωλον ἄψυχον γυμνάζεσθαι πρὸς αὐτό;

    “Certainly,” someone would rightly answer. Well then: if we were training boxers or pancratium fighters, or athletes in some other such event, would we go straight into the contest itself, having fought no one day by day beforehand? Or, if we were boxers, would we spend many days before the contest learning 830b to fight and working hard at it, imitating all the moves we were going to use when the time came to fight for victory? Wouldn’t we come as close as we could to the real thing, strapping on padded gloves instead of thongs, so that we got as much practice as possible at landing blows and avoiding them? And if we happened to be badly short of training partners, would we be afraid of fools laughing at us and not dare to hang up a lifeless dummy and practice against it?

    The pancratium was a no-holds-barred combination of boxing and wrestling.

    καὶ 830c ἔτι πάντων τῶν τε ἐμψύχων καὶ τῶν ἀψύχων ἀπορήσαντές ποτε, ἐν ἐρημίᾳ συγγυμναστῶν ἆρά γε οὐκ ἐτολμήσαμεν ἂν αὐτοὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σκιαμαχεῖν ὄντως; ἢ τί ποτε ἄλλο τὴν τοῦ χειρονομεῖν μελέτην ἄν τις φαίη γεγονέναι;

    And 830c if we were ever short of every partner, living and lifeless, with no one to train with, wouldn’t we dare to fight our own shadows, literally? Or what else would anyone say the practice of sparring with the air was invented for?

    Cliniasσχεδόν, ὦ ξένε, οὐδὲν ἄλλο γε πλὴν τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὃ σὺ νῦν ἔφθεγξαι.

    CliniasFor nothing else, stranger, more or less, than exactly what you’ve just said.

    Athenianτί οὖν; τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῖν μάχιμον ἦ χεῖρόν τι παρασκευασάμενον τῶν τοιούτων ἀγωνιστῶν εἰς τὸν μέγιστον τῶν ἀγώνων ἑκάστοτε τολμήσει παριέναι, διαμαχούμενον περὶ 830d ψυχῆς καὶ παίδων καὶ χρημάτων καὶ ὅλης τῆς πόλεως; καὶ ταῦτα δὴ φοβηθεὶς αὐτῶν ὁ νομοθέτης τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους γυμνάσια μὴ φαίνηταί τισιν γελοῖα, οὐκ ἄρα νομοθετήσει, στρατεύεσθαι προστάττων μάλιστα μὲν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας τά γε σμικρὰ χωρὶς τῶν ὅπλων, χορούς τε εἰς ταῦτα ἅμα καὶ γυμναστικὴν πᾶσαν συντείνων, τὰς δὲ οἷόν τινας μείζους τε καὶ ἐλάττους γυμνασίας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ κατὰ μῆνα ἕκαστον ποιεῖσθαι προστάξει, ἁμίλλας τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους ποιουμένους 830e κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν, ἐπὶ κατάληψιν χωρίων ἁμιλλωμένους καὶ ἐνέδρας, καὶ πᾶσαν μιμουμένους τὴν πολεμικήν,

    AthenianWell then? Will our city’s fighting force be less well prepared than contestants like these, when it dares to enter, time and again, the greatest of contests, fighting for 830d life and children and property and the whole city? And will its lawgiver, afraid that their exercises against one another may look ridiculous to some, then fail to legislate? Won’t he order them to campaign, ideally every day, in small exercises at least, without weapons, directing choruses and all gymnastics toward this end; and won’t he order larger and smaller exercises of a sort to be held at least once a month, in which they compete against one another 830e all over the country, vying to seize positions and to lay ambushes, and imitating every part of warfare—

    ὄντως σφαιρομαχεῖν τε καὶ βολαῖς ὡς ἐγγύτατα τῶν ἀληθῶν, χρωμένους ὑποκινδύνοις βέλεσιν, ὅπως μὴ παντάπασιν ἄφοβος ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους γίγνηται παιδιά, δείματα δὲ παρέχῃ καί τινα τρόπον δηλοῖ τόν τε εὔψυχον καὶ τὸν μή, 831a καὶ τοῖς μὲν τιμάς, τοῖς δὲ καὶ ἀτιμίας διανέμων ὀρθῶς, τὴν πόλιν ὅλην εἰς τὸν ἀληθινὸν ἀγῶνα διὰ βίου παρασκευάζῃ χρησίμην, καὶ δὴ καί τινος ἀποθανόντος οὕτως, ὡς ἀκουσίου τοῦ φόνου γενομένου, τιθῇ τὸν ἀποκτείναντα κατὰ νόμον καθαρθέντα καθαρὸν εἶναι χεῖρας, ἡγούμενος ἀνθρώπων μὲν τελευτησάντων μὴ πολλῶν, ἑτέρους πάλιν οὐ χείρους φύσεσθαι, φόβου δὲ οἷον τελευτήσαντος, ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς τοιούτοις βάσανον οὐχ εὑρήσειν τῶν τε ἀμεινόνων καὶ χειρόνων, οὐ 831b σμικρῷ πόλει μεῖζον κακὸν ἐκείνου;

    really fighting with padded gloves, and with throwing, as close as possible to the real thing, using weapons that carry some danger, so that their sport with one another is not entirely free of fear, but produces alarms and in a way shows who is brave and who is not? 831a So too, by distributing honors to some and dishonor to others correctly, he will prepare the whole city to be useful for the real contest all its life. And if someone is killed in this way, since the killing was unintentional, he will lay down that the killer, once purified according to law, is clean of hand. For he reckons that if a few human beings die, others no worse will be born in their place; but if fear, so to speak, dies, he will find no way in all such matters to test the better and the worse— 831b and that is a far greater evil for a city than the other.

    Cliniasσυμφαῖμεν ἂν ἡμεῖς γε, ὦ ξένε, τὰ τοιαῦτα δεῖν καὶ νομοθετεῖν καὶ ἐπιτηδεύειν πόλιν ἅπασαν.

    CliniasWe at any rate would agree, stranger, that a whole city should both legislate for such things and practice them.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν γιγνώσκομεν ἅπαντες τὴν αἰτίαν διότι ποτὲ νῦν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἡ τοιαύτη χορεία καὶ ἀγωνία σχεδὸν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς ἐστιν, εἰ μὴ πάνυ τι σμικρά; ἢ φῶμεν διʼ ἀμαθίαν τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τῶν τιθέντων αὐτοῖς τοὺς νόμους;

    AthenianThen do we all know the reason why, in cities now, choral performance and competition of this kind hardly exists anywhere at all, except on a very small scale? Or shall we say it’s because of the ignorance of the many and of those who make their laws for them?

    Cliniasτάχʼ ἄν.

    CliniasMaybe.

    Athenianοὐδαμῶς, ὦ μακάριε Κλεινία· δύο δὲ χρὴ φάναι τούτων αἰτίας εἶναι καὶ μάλα ἱκανάς.

    AthenianNot at all, my good Clinias. We must say there are two causes of this, and very powerful ones.

    Cliniasποίας;

    CliniasWhat are they?

    Athenianτὴν μὲν ὑπʼ ἔρωτος πλούτου πάντα χρόνον ἄσχολον ποιοῦντος τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι πλὴν τῶν ἰδίων κτημάτων, ἐξ ὧν κρεμαμένη πᾶσα ψυχὴ πολίτου παντὸς οὐκ ἄν ποτε δύναιτο τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμέλειαν ἴσχειν πλὴν τοῦ καθʼ ἡμέραν κέρδους· καὶ ὅτι μὲν πρὸς τοῦτο φέρει μάθημα ἢ καὶ ἐπιτήδευμα, ἰδίᾳ πᾶς μανθάνειν τε καὶ ἀσκεῖν ἑτοιμότατός ἐστιν, 831d τῶν δὲ ἄλλων καταγελᾷ.

    AthenianOne is the love of wealth, which leaves no time at all to care for anything but one’s own possessions. On these every citizen’s whole soul hangs, and it could never attend to anything but the day’s profit. Whatever study or practice leads to that, each man privately is quite ready to learn and pursue; 831d everything else he laughs at.

    τοῦτο μὲν ἓν καὶ ταύτην μίαν αἰτίαν χρὴ φάναι τοῦ μήτε τοῦτο μήτʼ ἄλλο μηδὲν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν ἐθέλειν ἐπιτήδευμα πόλιν σπουδάζειν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν τοῦ χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου ἀπληστίαν πᾶσαν μὲν τέχνην καὶ μηχανήν, καλλίω τε καὶ ἀσχημονεστέραν, ἐθέλειν ὑπομένειν πάντα ἄνδρα, εἰ μέλλει πλούσιος ἔσεσθαι, καὶ πρᾶξιν πράττειν ὅσιόν τε καὶ ἀνόσιον καὶ πάντως αἰσχράν, μηδὲν δυσχεραίνοντα, ἐὰν μόνον ἔχῃ δύναμιν καθάπερ θηρίῳ τοῦ 831e φαγεῖν παντοδαπὰ καὶ πιεῖν ὡσαύτως καὶ ἀφροδισίων πᾶσαν πάντως παρασχεῖν πλησμονήν.

    So this is one thing, and we must say it is one cause why a city won’t take seriously either this or any other fine and good practice. Because of their insatiable appetite for gold and silver, every man is willing to put up with every art and every device, finer or more disgraceful, if he is going to become rich, and to do any deed, holy or unholy and utterly shameful, without the least distaste, provided only that he has the means, like a beast, 831e to eat all sorts of things and drink likewise and supply himself in every way with his fill of sex.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianαὕτη μὲν τοίνυν, ἣν λέγω, μία κείσθω διακωλύουσα αἰτία τοῦ μήτε ἄλλο καλὸν μήτε τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἱκανῶς ἐῶσα ἀσκεῖν τὰς πόλεις, ἀλλʼ ἐμπόρους τε καὶ ναυκλήρους καὶ διακόνους πάντως τοὺς φύσει κοσμίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπεργαζομένη, τοὺς δὲ ἀνδρείους λῃστὰς καὶ τοιχωρύχους καὶ 832a ἱεροσύλους καὶ πολεμικοὺς καὶ τυραννικοὺς ποιοῦσα, καὶ μάλʼ ἐνίοτε οὐκ ἀφυεῖς ὄντας, δυστυχοῦντάς γε μήν.

    AthenianThen let this, as I say, be set down as one cause that prevents cities from practicing adequately either anything else that is fine or the things of war. It turns those who are orderly by nature into merchants, shipowners and servants of every kind, while it makes the brave into robbers, burglars, 832a temple-robbers, warmongers and tyrants—men sometimes not without talent, but unfortunate.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianπῶς μὲν οὖν αὐτοὺς οὐ λέγοιμʼ ἂν τὸ παράπαν δυστυχεῖς, οἷς γε ἀνάγκη διὰ βίου πεινῶσιν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀεὶ τὴν αὑτῶν διεξελθεῖν;

    AthenianWell, how could I not call them utterly unfortunate, when they have to go through life with their own souls always starving?

    Cliniasαὕτη μὲν τοίνυν μία· τὴν δὲ δὴ δευτέραν αἰτίαν τίνα λέγεις, ὦ ξένε;

    CliniasThat is one cause, then. And the second—what do you say it is, stranger?

    Athenianκαλῶς ὑπέμνησας.

    AthenianYou were right to remind me.

    Cliniasαὕτη μὲν δή, φῂς σύ, μία, ἡ διὰ βίου ἄπληστος 832b ζήτησις, παρέχουσα ἄσχολον ἕκαστον, ἐμπόδιος γίγνεται τοῦ μὴ καλῶς ἀσκεῖν τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἑκάστους. ἔστω· τὴν δὲ δὴ δευτέραν λέγε.

    CliniasOne cause, you say, is this lifelong insatiable 832b pursuit, which leaves each person no time and so prevents all of them from practicing warfare properly. Granted. Now tell us the second.

    Athenianμῶν οὐ λέγειν ἀλλὰ διατρίβειν δοκῶ διʼ ἀπορίαν;

    AthenianYou don’t think I’m stalling instead of speaking because I’m at a loss, do you?

    Cliniasοὔκ, ἀλλὰ οἷον μισῶν δοκεῖς ἡμῖν κολάζειν τὸ τοιοῦτον ἦθος μᾶλλον τοῦ δέοντος τῷ παραπεπτωκότι λόγῳ.

    CliniasNo, but you seem to us to be punishing this kind of character more than you need to in the argument that has come up, as though you hated it.

    Athenianκάλλιστα, ὦ ξένοι, ἐπεπλήξατε· καὶ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀκούοιτʼ ἄν, ὡς ἔοικε.

    AthenianA very fair rebuke, strangers. And now, it seems, you’d like to hear what comes next.

    Cliniasλέγε μόνον.

    CliniasJust speak.

    Athenianτὰς οὐ πολιτείας ἔγωγε αἰτίας εἶναί φημι ἃς 832c πολλάκις εἴρηκα ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν λόγοις, δημοκρατίαν καὶ ὀλιγαρχίαν καὶ τυραννίδα. τούτων γὰρ δὴ πολιτεία μὲν οὐδεμία, στασιωτεῖαι δὲ πᾶσαι λέγοιντʼ ἂν ὀρθότατα· ἑκόντων γὰρ ἑκοῦσα οὐδεμία, ἀλλʼ ἀκόντων ἑκοῦσα ἄρχει σὺν ἀεί τινι βίᾳ, φοβούμενος δὲ ἄρχων ἀρχόμενον οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε πλούσιον οὔτε ἰσχυρὸν οὔτʼ ἀνδρεῖον οὔτε τὸ παράπαν πολεμικὸν ἑκὼν ἐάσει γίγνεσθαί ποτε. ταῦτʼ οὖν ἐστι τὰ δύο πάντων μὲν σμικροῦ διαφερόντως αἴτια, τούτων δʼ οὖν ὄντως διαφέρει.

    AthenianThe causes, I say, are the non-constitutions I’ve 832c often mentioned in our earlier discussions: democracy, oligarchy and tyranny. None of these is a constitution; they would all most correctly be called factional regimes. For none of them rules willingly over the willing; each rules willingly over the unwilling, always with some use of force. And a ruler who fears the ruled will never willingly let them become fine or rich or strong or brave, or warlike at all. These, then, are the two causes of nearly everything, but above all of these failings.

    τὸ δὲ τῆς νῦν πολιτείας, ἣν νομοθετούμενοι 832d λέγομεν, ἐκπέφευγεν ἀμφότερα· σχολήν τε γὰρ ἄγει που μεγίστην, ἐλεύθεροί τε ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων εἰσί, φιλοχρήματοι δὲ ἥκιστʼ ἄν, οἶμαι, γίγνοιντʼ ἂν ἐκ τούτων τῶν νόμων, ὥστʼ εἰκότως ἅμα καὶ κατὰ λόγον ἡ τοιαύτη κατάστασις πολιτείας μόνη δέξαιτʼ ἂν τῶν νῦν τὴν διαπερανθεῖσαν παιδείαν τε ἅμα καὶ παιδιὰν πολεμικήν, ἀποτελεσθεῖσαν ὀρθῶς τῷ λόγῳ.

    But the constitution we are now describing as we legislate 832d has escaped both. It enjoys, I suppose, the greatest leisure; its citizens are free with respect to one another; and under these laws, I think, they would be least likely of all to become lovers of money. So it’s reasonable and consistent that this kind of constitutional arrangement alone, of those now existing, would accept the education and the military play we’ve gone through, completed correctly in our discussion.

    Cliniasκαλῶς.

    CliniasGood.

    Contests for war

    Races, armed combat and horse contests are kept only insofar as they prepare citizens for war.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ τούτοις ἐφεξῆς ἐστιν μνησθῆναί ποτε 832e περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν γυμνικῶν, ὡς ὅσα μὲν αὐτῶν πρὸς πόλεμόν ἐστιν ἀγωνίσματα ἐπιτηδευτέον καὶ θετέον ἆθλα νικητήρια, ὅσα δὲ μή, χαίρειν ἐατέον; ἃ δʼ ἔστιν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄμεινον ῥηθῆναί τε καὶ νομοθετηθῆναι. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ περὶ δρόμον καὶ τάχος ὅλως ἆρʼ οὐ θετέον;

    AthenianThen isn’t the next thing to take up, sometime, 832e the subject of all the athletic contests? Those that are training for war should be pursued, with prizes set for victory, while the rest should be dismissed. Which ones they are had better be stated and legislated from the start. And first, shouldn’t we establish contests in running and in speed generally?

    Cliniasθετέον.

    CliniasWe should.

    Athenianἔστι γοῦν πάντων πολεμικώτατον ἡ σώματος ὀξύτης πάντως, ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν, ἡ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν 833a χειρῶν· φυγεῖν μὲν καὶ ἑλεῖν ἡ τῶν ποδῶν, ἡ δʼ ἐν ταῖς συμπλοκαῖς μάχη καὶ σύστασις ἰσχύος καὶ ῥώμης δεομένη.

    AthenianOf all things, at any rate, the most useful in war is quickness of body in every form, partly of the feet and partly of the 833a hands: that of the feet for fleeing and catching, and that of the hands for fighting at close quarters and standing firm, which needs strength and might.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianοὐ μὴν χωρίς γε ὅπλων οὐδετέρα τὴν μεγίστην ἔχει χρείαν.

    AthenianYet neither is of the greatest use without weapons.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could it be?

    Athenianσταδιοδρόμον δὴ πρῶτον ὁ κῆρυξ ἡμῖν, καθάπερ νῦν, ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι παρακαλεῖ, ὁ δὲ εἴσεισιν ὅπλα ἔχων· ψιλῷ δὲ ἆθλα οὐ θήσομεν ἀγωνιστῇ. πρῶτος δὲ εἴσεισιν ὁ τὸ στάδιον ἁμιλλησόμενος σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, δεύτερος δὲ 833b ὁ τὸν δίαυλον, καὶ τρίτος ὁ τὸν ἐφίππιον, καὶ δὴ καὶ τέταρτος ὁ τὸν δόλιχον, καὶ πέμπτος δὲ ὃν ἀφήσομεν πρῶτον ὡπλισμένον, ἑξήκοντα μὲν σταδίων μῆκος πρὸς ἱερὸν Ἄρεώς τι καὶ πάλιν, βαρύτερον, ὁπλίτην ἐπονομάζοντες, λειοτέρας ὁδοῦ διαμιλλώμενον, τὸν δὲ ἄλλον, τοξότην πᾶσαν τοξικὴν ἔχοντα στολήν, σταδίων δὲ ἑκατὸν πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνός τε καὶ Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν τὴν διʼ ὀρῶν τε καὶ παντοίας χώρας ἁμιλλώμενον· 833c καὶ τιθέντες τὸν ἀγῶνα μενοῦμεν τούτους, ἕως ἂν ἔλθωσι, καὶ τῷ νικῶντι τὰ νικητήρια δώσομεν ἑκάστων.

    AthenianThen first, as now, our herald at the games will summon the runner in the stade race, and he will come in bearing arms; we won’t set prizes for any contestant without weapons. First will enter the man who is to race the stade in arms; second, 833b the one for the double stade; third, the one for the horse-course race; fourth, the one for the long race; and fifth, the ones we will send off: first the more heavily armed man—we’ll call him the hoplite—competing over sixty stades to some temple of Ares and back, on a fairly smooth road; and then the other, an archer in full archer’s gear, competing over a hundred stades, through mountains and every kind of country, to a temple of Apollo and Artemis. 833c Having set the contest, we’ll wait for them until they return, and give the victory prize to the winner in each.

    The stade race was one length of the track; the double stade went there and back; the horse-course race was probably four lengths; the long race was much longer.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianτριττὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἀθλήματα διανοηθῶμεν, ἓν μὲν παιδικόν, ἓν δὲ ἀγενείων, ἓν δὲ ἀνδρῶν· καὶ τοῖς μὲν τῶν ἀγενείων τὰ δύο τῶν τριῶν τοῦ μήκους τοῦ δρόμου θήσομεν, τοῖς δὲ παισὶ τὰ τούτων ἡμίσεα, τοξόταις τε καὶ ὁπλίταις ἁμιλλωμένοις, γυναιξὶν δέ, κόραις μὲν ἀνήβοις γυμναῖς 833d στάδιον καὶ δίαυλον καὶ ἐφίππιον καὶ δόλιχον, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ δρόμῳ ἁμιλλωμέναις, ταῖς δὲ τριακαιδεκέτεσι μέχρι γάμου μενούσαις κοινωνίας μὴ μακρότερον εἴκοσι ἐτῶν μηδʼ ἔλαττον ὀκτωκαίδεκα· πρεπούσῃ δὲ στολῇ ταύτας ἐσταλμένας καταβατέον ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμιλλαν τούτων τῶν δρόμων.

    AthenianLet’s envisage these contests in three divisions—one for boys, one for youths, one for men. For the youths we’ll set two-thirds of the length of the course, and for the boys half of that, when they compete as archers and hoplites. For females: girls below the age of puberty are to compete naked in 833d the stade, the double stade, the horse-course race and the long race, on the racetrack itself. Girls of thirteen are to go on taking part until they marry, which is to be no later than twenty and no earlier than eighteen; they must come down to compete in these races dressed in suitable clothing.

    καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ δρόμους ἀνδράσι τε καὶ γυναιξὶ ταῦτα ἔστω· τὰ δὲ κατʼ ἰσχύν, ἀντὶ μὲν πάλης καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, τὰ νῦν ὅσα 833e βαρέα, τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάχην, ἕνα τε πρὸς ἕνα διαμαχομένους καὶ δύο πρὸς δύο, καὶ μέχρι δέκα πρὸς δέκα διαμιλλωμένους ἀλλήλοις. ἃ δὲ τὸν μὴ παθόντα ἢ ποιήσαντα δεῖ νικᾶν καὶ εἰς ὁπόσα, καθάπερ νῦν ἐν τῇ πάλῃ διενομοθετήσαντο οἱ περὶ τὴν πάλην αὐτὴν τί τοῦ καλῶς παλαίοντος ἔργον καὶ μὴ καλῶς, ταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ τοὺς περὶ ὁπλομαχίαν ἄκρους παρακαλοῦντας, χρὴ τούτους συννομοθετεῖν κελεύειν τίς νικᾶν ἄρα δίκαιος περὶ ταύτας αὖ τὰς μάχας, ὅτι μὴ 834a παθὼν ἢ δράσας, καὶ τὸν ἡττώμενον ὡσαύτως ἥτις διακρίνει τάξις. ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν θηλειῶν ἔστω νομοθετούμενα τῶν μέχρι γάμου.

    Let these be the rules about races for men and women. As for contests of strength: instead of wrestling and the like—all the 833e heavy events of today—there will be fighting in armor, one against one and two against two, and up to ten against ten competing with one another. As for what a man must avoid suffering or must inflict in order to win, and how many times: just as now in wrestling those in charge of the sport have laid down what counts as good wrestling and what does not, in the same way we must call in the leading experts in armed combat and bid them help us legislate who deserves to win in these fights, and for avoiding 834a which blows or delivering which; and likewise what rule decides who is the loser. Let the same legislation hold also for females up to marriage.

    πελταστικὴν δὲ ὅλην ἀντιστήσαντας δεῖ τῇ τοῦ παγκρατίου μάχῃ, τόξοις καὶ πέλταις καὶ ἀκοντίοις καὶ λίθῳ ἐκ χειρός τε καὶ σφενδόναις ἁμιλλωμένων, διαθεμένους αὖ περὶ τούτων νόμους, τῷ κάλλιστα ἀποδιδόντι τὰ περὶ ταῦτα νόμιμα τὰ γέρα καὶ τὰς νίκας διανέμειν. τὸ δὲ 834b μετὰ ταῦτα ἵππων δὴ περὶ ἀγῶνος γίγνοιτο ἑξῆς ἂν νομοθετούμενα· ἵππων δὲ ἡμῖν χρεία μὲν οὔτε τις πολλῶν οὔτε πολλή, κατά γε δὴ Κρήτην, ὥστε ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὰς σπουδὰς ἐλάττους γίγνεσθαι τάς τε ἐν τῇ τροφῇ καὶ τὰς περὶ ἀγωνίαν αὐτῶν.

    In place of the pancratium, we must set up light-armed combat as a whole, with contestants competing with bows, light shields, javelins, and stones thrown by hand and with slings; and again we must lay down laws about these, and give the prizes and victories to the one who best fulfills the rules for them. After 834b this, the next thing to legislate would be the contest of horses. We have no need for many horses, nor much need of them, at least in Crete, so our efforts both in rearing them and in competing with them must necessarily be smaller.

    ἅρματος μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸ παράπαν οὔτε τις τροφεὺς ἡμῖν ἐστιν οὔτε τις φιλοτιμία πρὸς ταῦτα οὐδενὶ γίγνοιτʼ ἂν λόγον ἔχουσα, ὥστε τούτου μὲν ἀγωνιστάς, οὐκ ἐπιχώριον, ἔσται τιθέντας νοῦν μήτε ἔχειν μήτε δοκεῖν κεκτῆσθαι· 834c μονίπποις δὲ ἆθλα τιθέντες, πώλοις τε ἀβόλοις καὶ τελείων τε καὶ ἀβόλων τοῖς μέσοις καὶ αὐτοῖς δὴ τοῖς τέλος ἔχουσι, κατὰ φύσιν τῆς χώρας ἂν τὴν ἱππικὴν παιδιὰν ἀποδιδοῖμεν. ἔστω δὴ τούτων τε αὐτῶν κατὰ νόμον ἅμιλλά τε καὶ φιλονικία, φυλάρχοις τε καὶ ἱππάρχοις δεδομένη κοινὴ κρίσις ἁπάντων τῶν τε δρόμων αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν καταβαινόντων μεθʼ ὅπλων· ψιλοῖς δὲ ὅπλων οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς οὔτε ἐνταῦθα 834d τιθέντες ἀγωνίας ὀρθῶς ἂν νομοθετοῖμεν.

    There is no one at all among us who keeps chariot teams, nor would anyone’s ambition for them make any sense; so if we set up contests in chariots, a thing foreign to our country, we would be neither sensible nor seem it. 834c But by setting prizes for riders on single horses—on young colts, on horses between colts and full-grown, and on full-grown horses themselves—we would provide equestrian sport that suits the nature of the country. Let there be competition and rivalry in these, as the law directs, with the cavalry squadron commanders and the cavalry commanders given joint judgment of all the races themselves and of those who enter in arms. Setting contests for those without arms, whether in the athletic games or here, 834d would not be right legislation.

    τοξότης δὲ ἀφʼ ἵππων Κρὴς οὐκ ἄχρηστος, οὐδʼ ἀκοντιστής, ὥστε ἔστω καὶ τούτων παιδιᾶς χάριν ἔρις τε καὶ ἀγωνία. θηλείας δὲ περὶ τούτων νόμοις μὲν καὶ ἐπιτάξεσιν οὐκ ἄξια βιάζεσθαι τῆς κοινωνίας· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν παιδευμάτων εἰς ἔθος ἰόντων ἡ φύσις ἐνδέχηται καὶ μὴ δυσχεραίνῃ παῖδας ἢ παρθένους κοινωνεῖν, ἐᾶν καὶ μὴ ψέγειν.

    A Cretan mounted archer is not useless, nor a mounted javelin-thrower, so let there be rivalry and contests in these too, for the sake of play. As for females, it isn’t worth compelling them by laws and directives to take part in these. But if, as their earlier training turns into habit, their nature permits it and girls or young women are not averse to taking part, let them, and don’t blame them.

    ἀγωνία δὴ νῦν ἤδη καὶ μάθησις γυμναστικῆς, ὅσα τε 834e ἐν ἀγῶσιν καὶ ὅσα καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐν διδασκάλων ἐκπονούμεθα, πάντως ἤδη πέρας ἔχει. καὶ δὴ καὶ μουσικῆς τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ὡσαύτως διαπεπέρανται, τὰ δὲ ῥαψῳδῶν καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἑπομένων, καὶ ὅσαι ἐν ἑορταῖς ἅμιλλαι χορῶν ἀναγκαῖαι γίγνεσθαι, ταχθέντων τοῖς θεοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς μετὰ θεῶν μηνῶν καὶ ἡμερῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν, κοσμηθήσονται τότε, εἴτε τριετηρίδες εἴτε αὖ καὶ διὰ πέμπτων ἐτῶν, εἴθʼ ὅπῃ καὶ 835a ὅπως ἔννοιαν διδόντων τῶν θεῶν τάξεως πέρι διανεμηθῶσιν· τότε καὶ τοὺς μουσικῆς ἀγῶνας χρὴ προσδοκᾶν κατὰ μέρος ἀγωνιεῖσθαι ταχθέντας ὑπό τε ἀθλοθετῶν καὶ τοῦ παιδευτοῦ τῶν νέων καὶ τῶν νομοφυλάκων, εἰς κοινὸν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων συνελθόντων καὶ γενομένων νομοθετῶν αὐτῶν, τοῦ τε πότε καὶ τίνες καὶ μετὰ τίνων τοὺς ἀγῶνας ποιήσονται περὶ ἁπάντων χορῶν καὶ χορείας.

    So now the competitions and the learning of gymnastics, both what we work at 834e in contests and what we do daily under teachers, are entirely complete. Likewise most of music has been gone through. But matters concerning rhapsodes and those who go with them, and all the choral competitions that have to take place at festivals, will be put in order when the months, days and years have been assigned to the gods and to those associated with gods—whether they are to be every other year, or every four years, or however and 835a in whatever way the gods give us the idea of how to order them. At that point we must also expect the musical contests to be held, each in its turn, arranged by the stewards of the games, the director of the young people’s education and the guardians of the laws. These will meet together on these very matters and become lawgivers themselves, deciding when, and by whom, and with whom the contests are to be held, for all choruses and choral performance.

    οἷα δὲ ἕκαστα αὐτῶν εἶναι δεῖ κατὰ λόγον καὶ κατʼ ᾠδὰς καὶ καθʼ ἁρμονίας ῥυθμοῖς 835b κραθείσας καὶ ὀρχήσεσι, πολλάκις εἴρηται τῷ πρώτῳ νομοθέτῃ, καθʼ ἃ τοὺς δευτέρους δεῖ μεταδιώκοντας νομοθετεῖν, καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας πρεπόντως ἑκάστοις θύμασιν ἐν χρόνοις προσήκουσι νείμαντας, ἑορτὰς ἀποδοῦναι τῇ πόλει ἑορτάζειν.

    What each of these should be like, in words and songs and in harmonies blended with rhythms 835b and dances, has been stated many times by the first lawgiver. The second lawgivers must follow this in their legislation, assigning the contests suitably to each sacrifice at the appropriate times, and so give the city festivals to celebrate.

    The problem of sexual desire

    Well-fed, leisured citizens need a law on sex; the Athenian distinguishes three kinds of love.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα οὔτε χαλεπὸν γνῶναι τίνα τρόπον χρὴ τάξεως ἐννόμου λαγχάνειν, οὐδʼ αὖ μετατιθέμενα ἔνθα ἢ ἔνθα μέγα τῇ πόλει κέρδος ἢ ζημίαν ἂν φέροι· 835c ἃ δὲ μὴ σμικρὸν διαφέρει, πείθειν τε χαλεπόν, θεοῦ μὲν μάλιστα ἔργον, εἴ πως οἷόν τε ἦν ἐπιτάξεις αὐτὰς παρʼ ἐκείνου γίγνεσθαι, νῦν δὲ ἀνθρώπου τολμηροῦ κινδυνεύει δεῖσθαί τινος, ὃς παρρησίαν διαφερόντως τιμῶν ἐρεῖ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἄριστʼ εἶναι πόλει καὶ πολίταις, ἐν ψυχαῖς διεφθαρμέναις τὸ πρέπον καὶ ἑπόμενον πάσῃ τῇ πολιτείᾳ τάττων, ἐναντία λέγων ταῖς μεγίσταισιν ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ οὐκ ἔχων βοηθὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐδένα, λόγῳ ἑπόμενος μόνῳ μόνος.

    Now it’s not hard to know how these and other such matters should be given a lawful order, nor would shifting them this way or that bring the city any great gain or loss. 835c But the matters that make no small difference, and about which persuasion is hard, are above all a task for a god—if it were somehow possible for the ordinances to come from him. As it is, they probably need some bold human being, one who values frankness above all, to say what seems best for city and citizens: to prescribe, among corrupted souls, what is fitting and consistent with the whole constitution, speaking against the strongest desires, with no human helper, alone, following reason alone.

    Cliniasτίνʼ αὖ νῦν, ὦ ξένε, λόγον λέγομεν; οὐ γάρ πω μανθάνομεν.

    CliniasWhat is this argument we’re making now, stranger? We don’t understand yet.

    Athenianεἰκότως γε· ἀλλὰ δὴ πειράσομαι ἐγὼ φράζειν ὑμῖν ἔτι σαφέστερον. ὡς γὰρ εἰς παιδείαν ἦλθον τῷ λόγῳ, εἶδον νέους τε καὶ νέας ὁμιλοῦντας φιλοφρόνως ἀλλήλοις· εἰσῆλθεν δή με, οἷον εἰκός, φοβηθῆναι, συννοήσαντα τί τις χρήσεται τῇ τοιαύτῃ πόλει ἐν ᾗ δὴ νέοι μὲν νέαι τε εὐτρεφεῖς εἰσί, πόνων δὲ σφοδρῶν καὶ ἀνελευθέρων, οἳ 835e μάλιστα ὕβριν σβεννύασιν, ἀργοί, θυσίαι δὲ καὶ ἑορταὶ καὶ χοροὶ πᾶσιν μέλουσιν διὰ βίου. τίνα δή ποτε τρόπον ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει ἀφέξονται τῶν πολλοὺς δὴ πολλὰ ἐπιθυμιῶν εἰς ἔσχατα βαλλουσῶν, ὧν ἂν ὁ λόγος προστάττῃ ἀπέχεσθαι, νόμος ἐπιχειρῶν γίγνεσθαι;

    AthenianNaturally. Well, I’ll try to explain it to you more clearly. When my discussion reached education, I saw young men and young women associating affectionately with one another. And I began, as was natural, to be afraid, as I reflected what one is to do with a city like this, where young men and women are well fed and free of the hard and servile labor that most 835e quenches wantonness, and where sacrifices, festivals and choruses occupy everyone all their lives. How in the world, in this city, will they keep away from the desires that hurl many people to the utmost extremes—the desires that reason, trying to become law, commands them to keep away from?

    καὶ τῶν μὲν πολλῶν οὐ θαυμαστὸν ἐπιθυμιῶν εἰ κρατοῖ τὰ πρόσθεν νόμιμα ταχθέντα—τὸ 836a γὰρ μὴ πλουτεῖν τε ἐξεῖναι ὑπερβαλλόντως ἀγαθὸν πρὸς τὸ σωφρονεῖν οὐ σμικρόν, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ παιδεία μετρίους πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτʼ εἴληφεν νόμους, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἡ τῶν ἀρχόντων ὄψις διηναγκασμένη μὴ ἀποβλέπειν ἄλλοσε, τηρεῖν δʼ ἀεί, τοὺς νέους τʼ αὐτούς, πρὸς μὲν τὰς ἄλλας ἐπιθυμίας, ὅσα γε ἀνθρώπινα, μέτρον ἔχει—τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἐρώτων παίδων τε ἀρρένων καὶ θηλειῶν καὶ γυναικῶν ἀνδρῶν 836b καὶ ἀνδρῶν γυναικῶν ὅθεν δὴ μυρία γέγονεν ἀνθρώποις ἰδίᾳ καὶ ὅλαις πόλεσιν, πῶς τις τοῦτο διευλαβοῖτʼ ἄν, καὶ τί τεμὼν φάρμακον τούτοις ἑκάστοις τοῦ τοιούτου κινδύνου διαφυγὴν εὑρήσει; πάντως οὐ ῥᾴδιον, ὦ Κλεινία.

    It’s no wonder if the rules laid down before prevail over most desires—for 836a not being allowed to become excessively rich is no small help toward moderation, and the whole of our education has taken on laws that are moderate in such matters; and besides this, the eye of the officials, compelled never to look elsewhere but always to keep watch on the young themselves, holds the other desires in check, as far as anything human can. But the passions of love—for boys and for girls, of women for men 836b and of men for women—from which countless troubles have come upon people privately and upon whole cities: how could one guard against this? What remedy could one cut to find, in each case, an escape from such a danger? It’s not easy at all, Clinias.

    Famous passage Sex “according to nature”The Athenian proposes restricting sex to procreation within marriage, a passage long cited in debates about natural law.

    καὶ γὰρ οὖν πρὸς μὲν ἄλλα οὐκ ὀλίγα ἡ Κρήτη τε ἡμῖν ὅλη καὶ ἡ Λακεδαίμων βοήθειαν ἐπιεικῶς οὐ σμικρὰν συμβάλλονται τιθεῖσι νόμους ἀλλοίους τῶν πολλῶν τρόπων, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐρώτων—αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν—ἐναντιοῦνται παντάπασιν. εἰ 836c γάρ τις ἀκολουθῶν τῇ φύσει θήσει τὸν πρὸ τοῦ Λαΐου νόμον, λέγων ὡς ὀρθῶς εἶχεν τὸ τῶν ἀρρένων καὶ νέων μὴ κοινωνεῖν καθάπερ θηλειῶν πρὸς μεῖξιν ἀφροδισίων, μάρτυρα παραγόμενος τὴν τῶν θηρίων φύσιν καὶ δεικνὺς πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐχ ἁπτόμενον ἄρρενα ἄρρενος διὰ τὸ μὴ φύσει τοῦτο εἶναι, τάχʼ ἂν χρῷτο πιθανῷ λόγῳ, καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις πόλεσιν οὐδαμῶς συμφωνοῖ. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, ὃ διὰ παντός 836d φαμεν δεῖν τὸν νομοθέτην τηρεῖν, τοῦτο ἐν τούτοις οὐχ ὁμολογεῖ.

    For in many other respects Crete as a whole and Sparta give us no small help, and fairly so, when we lay down laws different from the ways of most people; but on the subject of love—we’re by ourselves, after all—they are entirely against us. 836c For suppose someone, following nature, were to lay down the law as it was before Laius, saying it was right not to have sexual intercourse with males, the young, as with females, and calling as witness the nature of animals, and pointing out that male does not touch male for such purposes, since this is not natural. He might be using a persuasive argument, and one in no way consonant with your cities. Besides this, the thing that we say 836d the lawgiver must watch for at all times does not agree with these practices.

    Laius, father of Oedipus, was said to have carried off the boy Chrysippus, and so to have been the first to begin sexual relations between males.

    ζητοῦμεν γὰρ ἀεὶ δὴ τί τῶν τιθεμένων πρὸς ἀρετὴν φέρει καὶ τί μή· φέρε δή, τοῦτο ἐὰν συγχωρῶμεν καλὸν ἢ μηδαμῶς αἰσχρὸν νομοθετεῖσθαι τὰ νῦν, τί μέρος ἡμῖν συμβάλλοιτʼ ἂν πρὸς ἀρετήν; πότερον ἐν τῇ τοῦ πεισθέντος ψυχῇ γιγνόμενον ἐμφύσεται τὸ τῆς ἀνδρείας ἦθος, ἢ ἐν τῇ τοῦ πείσαντος τὸ τῆς σώφρονος ἰδέας γένος; ἢ ταῦτα μὲν οὐδεὶς ἂν πεισθείη ποτέ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἅπαν τούτου τοὐναντίον, τοῦ μὲν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑπείκοντος καὶ 836e καρτερεῖν οὐ δυναμένου ψέξει πᾶς τὴν μαλακίαν, τοῦ δʼ εἰς μίμησιν τοῦ θήλεος ἰόντος τὴν τῆς εἰκόνος ὁμοιότητα ἆρʼ οὐ μέμψεται; τίς οὖν ἀνθρώπων τοῦτο ὂν τοιοῦτον νομοθετήσει; σχεδὸν οὐδείς, ἔχων γε ἐν τῷ νῷ νόμον ἀληθῆ. πῶς οὖν φαμεν ἀληθὲς τοῦτο εἶναι;

    For we are always asking which of our enactments lead to virtue and which don’t. Come then: if we agreed to legislate now that this is fine, or not at all shameful, what part would it contribute toward virtue? Would it produce the character of courage in the soul of the one who is persuaded, or the sort of thing that belongs to a moderate character in the soul of the persuader? Or would no one ever be persuaded of this, but rather of quite the opposite? Won’t everyone blame the softness of the one who yields to pleasures 836e and can’t hold out, and won’t they reproach the one who goes over to imitating the female for his likeness to what he copies? Then who among human beings will make something like this law? Practically no one, at least no one with true law in mind. So how do we say this is true?

    τὴν τῆς φιλίας τε καὶ 837a ἐπιθυμίας ἅμα καὶ τῶν λεγομένων ἐρώτων φύσιν ἰδεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, εἰ μέλλει τις ταῦτα ὀρθῶς διανοηθήσεσθαι· δύο γὰρ ὄντα αὐτά, καὶ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τρίτον ἄλλο εἶδος, ἓν ὄνομα περιλαβὸν πᾶσαν ἀπορίαν καὶ σκότον ἀπεργάζεται.

    One must see the nature of friendship and 837a desire, and of what are called loves, if one is going to think about these matters correctly. For there are two of them, and from both a third kind, different again; and one name covering them all creates utter confusion and darkness.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianφίλον μέν που καλοῦμεν ὅμοιον ὁμοίῳ κατʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ ἴσον ἴσῳ, φίλον δʼ αὖ καὶ τὸ δεόμενον τοῦ πεπλουτηκότος, ἐναντίον ὂν τῷ γένει· ὅταν δὲ ἑκάτερον γίγνηται σφοδρόν, ἔρωτα ἐπονομάζομεν.

    AthenianWe call someone a friend, I suppose, when he is like his like in virtue, and equal to his equal; and we also call the needy a friend to the rich, though they are opposite in kind. And when either becomes intense, we call it love.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianφιλία τοίνυν ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ ἐναντίων δεινὴ καὶ ἀγρία καὶ τὸ κοινὸν οὐ πολλάκις ἔχουσα ἐν ἡμῖν, ἡ δʼ ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων ἥμερός τε καὶ κοινὴ διὰ βίου· μεικτὴ δὲ ἐκ τούτων γενομένη πρῶτον μὲν καταμαθεῖν οὐ ῥᾳδία, τί ποτε βούλοιτʼ ἂν αὑτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν τρίτον ἔρωτά τις ἔχων τοῦτον, ἔπειτα εἰς τοὐναντίον ὑπʼ ἀμφοῖν ἑλκόμενος ἀπορεῖ, τοῦ μὲν κελεύοντος τῆς ὥρας ἅπτεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ ἀπαγορεύοντος.

    AthenianNow friendship between opposites is terrible and wild, and among us it is seldom mutual, while friendship between likes is gentle and mutual throughout life. But the kind mixed from these is, first of all, not easy to understand—what the one who has this third love would want to get for himself; and then, pulled in opposite directions by the two, he is at a loss, one urging him to lay hold of the bloom of youth, the other forbidding it.

    ὁ μὲν 837c γὰρ τοῦ σώματος ἐρῶν, καὶ τῆς ὥρας καθάπερ ὀπώρας πεινῶν, ἐμπλησθῆναι παρακελεύεται ἑαυτῷ, τιμὴν οὐδεμίαν ἀπονέμων τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ἤθει τοῦ ἐρωμένου· ὁ δὲ πάρεργον μὲν τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων, ὁρῶν δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐρῶν, τῇ ψυχῇ δὲ ὄντως τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτεθυμηκώς, ὕβριν ἥγηται τὴν περὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ σώματος πλησμονήν, τὸ σῶφρον δὲ καὶ ἀνδρεῖον καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ τὸ φρόνιμον αἰδούμενος ἅμα καὶ σεβόμενος, ἁγνεύειν ἀεὶ μεθʼ ἁγνεύοντος 837d τοῦ ἐρωμένου βούλοιτʼ ἄν· ὁ δὲ μειχθεὶς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τρίτος ἔρως οὗτός ἐσθʼ ὃν νῦν διεληλύθαμεν ὡς τρίτον.

    For the one 837c who loves the body, and hungers for its bloom as for ripe fruit, urges himself to have his fill, paying no regard to the character of the beloved’s soul. But the one who treats bodily desire as secondary, gazing rather than lusting, and whose soul truly desires the soul, considers the body’s gorging itself on the body an outrage; and revering and respecting moderation, courage, magnificence and wisdom, he would want always to live chastely with a chaste 837d beloved. And the love mixed from both is the one we’ve just described as third.

    ὄντων δὲ τούτων τοσούτων, πότερον ἅπαντας δεῖ κωλύειν τὸν νόμον, ἀπείργοντα μὴ γίγνεσθαι ἐν ἡμῖν, ἢ δῆλον ὅτι τὸν μὲν ἀρετῆς ὄντα καὶ τὸν νέον ἐπιθυμοῦντα ὡς ἄριστον γίγνεσθαι βουλοίμεθʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐνεῖναι, τοὺς δὲ δύο, εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη, κωλύοιμεν ἄν; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν, ὦ φίλε Μέγιλλε;

    Since there are so many of them, should the law forbid them all, keeping them from arising among us? Or isn’t it clear that we would want the love that belongs to virtue, and desires the young man to become as good as possible, to exist in our city, and would forbid the other two, if we could? Or what do we say, my friend Megillus?

    Megillusπάντῃ τοι καλῶς, ὦ ξένε, περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων 837e εἴρηκας τὰ νῦν.

    MegillusWhat you’ve said just now about these very matters, stranger, 837e is entirely right.

    Athenianἔοικά γε, ὅπερ καὶ ἐτόπαζον, τυχεῖν τῆς σῆς, ὦ φίλε, συνῳδίας· τὸν δὲ νόμον ὑμῶν, ὅτι νοεῖ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, οὐδέν με ἐξετάζειν δεῖ, δέχεσθαι δὲ τὴν τῷ λόγῳ συγχώρησιν. Κλεινίᾳ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ εἰς αὖθις περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων πειράσομαι ἐπᾴδων πείθειν. τὸ δέ μοι δεδομένον ὑπὸ σφῷν ἴτω, καὶ διεξέλθωμεν πάντως τοὺς νόμους.

    AthenianIt seems I’ve won your agreement, my friend, as I guessed I would. What your law intends about such things I needn’t examine; I’ll accept your consent to the argument. Clinias I’ll try to persuade on these same matters afterward, another time, by singing charms to him. Let what you two have granted me stand, and let’s go right on through the laws.

    Megillusὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    MegillusYou’re quite right.

    The law on sex

    Sex should be confined to marriage and procreation, backed by religious sanction or, failing that, by shame.

    Athenianτέχνην δή τινʼ αὖ τούτου τοῦ νόμου τῆς θέσεως 838a ἐν τῷ νῦν παρόντι τὴν μὲν ῥᾳδίαν ἔχω, τὴν δʼ αὖ τινα τρόπον παντάπασιν ὡς οἷόν τε χαλεπωτάτην.

    AthenianNow, for enacting this law, I have at present a technique that is in one way 838a easy, and in another as hard as can be.

    Megillusπῶς δὴ λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἴσμεν που καὶ τὰ νῦν τοὺς πλείστους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καίπερ παρανόμους ὄντας, ὡς εὖ τε καὶ ἀκριβῶς εἴργονται τῆς τῶν καλῶν συνουσίας οὐκ ἄκοντες, ὡς οἷόν τε δὲ μάλιστα ἑκόντες.

    AthenianWe know, I suppose, that even now most people, lawless as they are, are kept well and strictly from intercourse with beautiful people—and not against their will, but as willingly as can be.

    Megillusπότε λέγεις;

    MegillusWhen do you mean?

    Athenianὅταν ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφή τῳ γένωνται καλοί. καὶ 838b περὶ ὑέος ἢ θυγατρὸς ὁ αὐτὸς νόμος ἄγραφος ὢν ὡς οἷόν τε ἱκανώτατα φυλάττει μήτε φανερῶς μήτε λάθρᾳ συγκαθεύδοντα ἤ πως ἄλλως ἀσπαζόμενον ἅπτεσθαι τούτων· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπιθυμία ταύτης τῆς συνουσίας τὸ παράπαν εἰσέρχεται τοὺς πολλούς.

    AthenianWhen someone’s brother or sister is beautiful. And 838b in the case of a son or daughter the same law, though unwritten, guards as effectively as possible against anyone sleeping with them, openly or secretly, or touching them in any other embrace. Indeed, the desire for this intercourse doesn’t even enter most people’s minds at all.

    Megillusἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    MegillusThat’s true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν σμικρὸν ῥῆμα κατασβέννυσι πάσας τὰς τοιαύτας ἡδονάς;

    AthenianSo a small phrase quenches all such pleasures?

    Megillusτὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    MegillusWhat phrase do you mean?

    Athenianτὸ ταῦτα εἶναι φάναι μηδαμῶς ὅσια, θεομισῆ δὲ 838c καὶ αἰσχρῶν αἴσχιστα. τὸ δʼ αἴτιον ἆρʼ οὐ τοῦτʼ ἐστί, τὸ μηδένα ἄλλως λέγειν αὐτά, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς γενόμενον ἡμῶν ἕκαστον ἀκούειν τε λεγόντων ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ταῦτα, ἐν γελοίοις τε ἅμα ἐν πάσῃ τε σπουδῇ τραγικῇ λεγομένῃ πολλάκις, ὅταν ἢ Θυέστας ἤ τινας Οἰδίποδας εἰσάγωσιν, ἢ Μακαρέας τινὰς ἀδελφαῖς μειχθέντας λαθραίως, ὀφθέντας δὲ ἑτοίμως θάνατον αὑτοῖς ἐπιτιθέντας δίκην τῆς ἁμαρτίας;

    AthenianThat these things are in no way holy, but hated by the gods 838c and the most shameful of shameful things. And isn’t the reason this: that no one says anything else about them, but each of us from birth hears people saying this always and everywhere, both in comedies and often in all the seriousness of tragedy, when they bring on a Thyestes or some Oedipus, or some Macareus who secretly slept with his sister and, when found out, readily inflicted death on himself as punishment for his offense?

    Thyestes slept with his own daughter; Oedipus unknowingly married his mother; Macareus, son of Aeolus, fathered a child by his sister Canace.

    Megillusὀρθότατα λέγεις τό γε τοσοῦτον, ὅτι τὸ τῆς φήμης 838d θαυμαστήν τινα δύναμιν εἴληχεν, ὅταν μηδεὶς μηδαμῶς ἄλλως ἀναπνεῖν ἐπιχειρήσῃ ποτὲ παρὰ τὸν νόμον.

    MegillusYou’re quite right at least in this, that common talk 838d has a wonderful power, when no one ever tries to draw breath in any way contrary to the law.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ὀρθὸν τὸ νυνδὴ ῥηθέν, ὅτι νομοθέτῃ, βουλομένῳ τινὰ ἐπιθυμίαν δουλώσασθαι τῶν διαφερόντως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δουλουμένων, ῥᾴδιον γνῶναί γε ὅντινα τρόπον χειρώσαιτο ἄν· ὅτι καθιερώσας ταύτην τὴν φήμην παρὰ πᾶσι, δούλοις τε καὶ ἐλευθέροις καὶ παισὶ καὶ γυναιξὶ καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει κατὰ τὰ αὐτά, οὕτω τὸ βεβαιότατον ἀπειργασμένος 838e ἔσται περὶ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον.

    AthenianThen what I said just now is right: for a lawgiver who wants to enslave one of the desires that most enslave human beings, it’s easy to know how to master it. He must consecrate this common talk among everyone—slaves and free, children and women, and the whole city alike—and in that way he will have made 838e this law as secure as it can be.

    Megillusπάνυ μὲν οὖν· ὅπως δὲ αὖ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐθέλοντας λέγειν πάντας δυνατὸν ἔσται ποτὲ παρασχεῖν—

    MegillusCertainly. But how it will ever be possible to make everyone willing to say such a thing—

    Athenianκαλῶς ὑπέλαβες· αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦν τὸ παρʼ ἐμοῦ λεχθέν, ὅτι τέχνην ἐγὼ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν νόμον ἔχοιμι τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν χρῆσθαι τῇ τῆς παιδογονίας συνουσίᾳ, τοῦ μὲν ἄρρενος ἀπεχομένους, μὴ κτείνοντάς τε ἐκ προνοίας τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, μηδʼ εἰς πέτρας τε καὶ λίθους σπείροντας, 839a οὗ μήποτε φύσιν τὴν αὑτοῦ ῥιζωθὲν λήψεται γόνιμον, ἀπεχομένους δὲ ἀρούρας θηλείας πάσης ἐν ᾗ μὴ βούλοιο ἄν σοι φύεσθαι τὸ σπαρέν. ὁ δὴ νόμος οὗτος διηνεκὴς μὲν γενόμενος ἅμα καὶ κρατήσας, καθάπερ νῦν περὶ τὰς τῶν γονέων συμμείξεις κρατεῖ, ἐὰν καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας νικήσῃ δικαίως, μυρία ἀγαθὰ ἔχει.

    AthenianYou’ve taken me up well. That’s exactly what I meant when I said I had a technique for this law—for getting us to use the intercourse that produces children according to nature: keeping away from the male, not deliberately killing off the human race, not sowing on rocks and stones, 839a where the seed will never take root and acquire its fertile nature; and keeping away from every female field in which you wouldn’t want what you sow to grow. This law, if it became permanent and prevailed—as it now prevails over intercourse with parents—and if it rightly won out over the other kinds too, would bring countless goods.

    κατὰ φύσιν μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον κεῖται, λύττης δὲ ἐρωτικῆς καὶ μανίας καὶ μοιχειῶν πασῶν καὶ πωμάτων καὶ σίτων εἴργεσθαι ποιεῖ τῶν ἀμέτρων 839b πάντων, γυναιξί τε αὑτῶν οἰκείους εἶναι φίλους· ἄλλα τε πάμπολλα ἀγαθὰ γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, εἰ τοῦ νόμου τις τούτου δύναιτο ἐγκρατὴς εἶναι. τάχα δʼ ἂν ἡμῖν τις παραστὰς ἀνὴρ σφοδρὸς καὶ νέος, πολλοῦ σπέρματος μεστός, ἀκούων τιθεμένου τοῦ νόμου λοιδορήσειεν ἂν ὡς ἀνόητα καὶ ἀδύνατα τιθέντων νόμιμα, καὶ βοῆς πάντα ἐμπλήσειε· πρὸς ἃ δὴ καὶ βλέψας ἐγὼ τοῦτο εἶπον τὸ ῥῆμα, ὥς τινα τέχνην κεκτῄμην, 839c τῇ μὲν ῥᾴστην ἁπασῶν, τῇ δὲ χαλεπωτάτην, πρὸς τὸ τοῦτον τεθέντα ἐμμεῖναι τὸν νόμον.

    First, it is laid down in accordance with nature; and it makes people keep away from erotic frenzy and madness, from all adulteries, and from all excess in drink and food, 839b and makes men truly close to their own wives. And many other goods would follow, if one could make this law hold. But perhaps some vehement young man, full of seed, standing by and hearing the law being laid down, would heap abuse on us for making foolish and impossible rules, and fill the place with his shouting. It was with this in view that I made that remark about having a technique, 839c in one way the easiest of all, in another the hardest, for making this law endure once laid down.

    νοῆσαι μὲν γὰρ δὴ ῥᾷστον ὡς δυνατόν τέ ἐστιν καὶ ὅπῃ—φαμὲν γὰρ δὴ καθιερωθὲν τοῦτο ἱκανῶς τὸ νόμιμον πᾶσαν ψυχὴν δουλώσεσθαι καὶ παντάπασιν μετὰ φόβου ποιήσειν πείθεσθαι τοῖς τεθεῖσιν νόμοις—ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο προβέβηκε νῦν, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἂν τότε γενέσθαι δοκεῖ, καθάπερ τὸ τῶν συσσιτίων ἐπιτήδευμα ἀπιστεῖται μὴ δυνατὸν εἶναι δύνασθαι διὰ βίου πόλιν ὅλην 839d ζῆν πράττουσαν τοῦτο, ἐλεγχθὲν δʼ ἔργῳ καὶ γενόμενον παρʼ ὑμῖν, ὅμως ἔτι τό γε γυναικῶν οὐδὲ ἐν ταῖς ὑμετέραις πόλεσιν δοκεῖ φύσιν ἔχειν γίγνεσθαι. ταύτῃ δʼ αὖ, διὰ τὴν τῆς ἀπιστίας ῥώμην, εἴρηκα ἀμφότερα ταῦτα εἶναι παγχάλεπα μεῖναι κατὰ νόμον.

    For it’s very easy to see that it’s possible, and how—we say that this rule, once adequately consecrated, will enslave every soul and make it obey the established laws with fear in every way. But things have now come to such a pass that it seems it wouldn’t happen even so. It’s like the practice of common meals: people don’t believe a whole city could 839d keep it up all its life; and even though it has been proven in fact and exists among you, still, even in your cities, common meals for women don’t seem natural. So too, because of the strength of this disbelief, I said that both of these are extremely hard to establish in law.

    Megillusὀρθῶς γε σὺ λέγων.

    MegillusAnd you’re right to say so.

    Athenianὡς δʼ οὖν οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον, οἷόν τε δὲ γενέσθαι, βούλεσθε ὑμῖν πειραθῶ τινα λόγον ἐχόμενον πιθανότητος εἰπεῖν τινος;

    AthenianWell, to show that it isn’t beyond human power but can happen, would you like me to try to give an argument that has some persuasiveness?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν τις ἀφροδισίων ῥᾷον ἂν ἀπέχοιτο, καὶ τὸ ταχθὲν ἐθέλοι περὶ αὐτὰ μετρίως ποιεῖν, εὖ τὸ σῶμα ἔχων καὶ μὴ ἰδιωτικῶς, ἢ φαύλως;

    AthenianWould someone keep away from sex more easily, and be more willing to do moderately what is prescribed about it, if his body were in good condition and not an amateur’s, or if it were in poor shape?

    Cliniasπολύ που μᾶλλον μὴ ἰδιωτικῶς.

    CliniasFar more, surely, if it were not an amateur’s.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐκ ἴσμεν τὸν Ταραντῖνον Ἴκκον ἀκοῇ 840a διὰ τὸν Ὀλυμπίασί τε ἀγῶνα καὶ τούς γε ἄλλους; ὧν διὰ φιλονικίαν, καὶ τέχνην καὶ τὸ μετὰ τοῦ σωφρονεῖν ἀνδρεῖον ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κεκτημένος, ὡς λόγος, οὔτε τινὸς πώποτε γυναικὸς ἥψατο οὐδʼ αὖ παιδὸς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ τῆς ἀσκήσεως ἀκμῇ· καὶ δὴ καὶ Κρίσωνα καὶ Ἀστύλον καὶ Διόπομπον καὶ ἄλλους παμπόλλους ὁ αὐτός που λόγος ἔχει. καίτοι τῶν γʼ ἐμῶν καὶ σῶν πολιτῶν, ὦ Κλεινία, πολὺ κάκιον ἦσαν πεπαιδευμένοι 840b τὰς ψυχάς, τὰ δὲ σώματα πολὺ μᾶλλον σφριγῶντες.

    AthenianDon’t we know by hearsay of Iccus of Tarentum, 840a because of his contest at Olympia and his other victories? Out of ambition, and possessing skill and courage joined with moderation in his soul, he never, the story goes, touched a woman or a boy during the whole peak of his training. And the same story is told, I think, of Crison, Astylus, Diopompus and very many others. Yet their souls were far worse educated than those of my fellow citizens and yours, Clinias, 840b and their bodies far lustier.

    Iccus of Tarentum was a famous pentathlete and trainer of the fifth century BC; Crison and Astylus were celebrated Olympic runners.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ ταῦτα λέγεις ὅτι σφόδρα ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιῶν ἐστιν εἰρημένα περὶ τούτων τῶν ἀθλητῶν ὡς ὄντως ποτὲ γενόμενα.

    CliniasWhat you say is true: the ancients insist that this really happened with these athletes.

    Athenianτί οὖν; οἱ μὲν ἄρα νίκης ἕνεκα πάλης καὶ δρόμων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐτόλμησαν ἀπέχεσθαι λεγομένου πράγματος ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν εὐδαίμονος, οἱ δὲ ἡμέτεροι παῖδες ἀδυνατήσουσι καρτερεῖν πολὺ καλλίονος ἕνεκα νίκης, ἣν 840c ἡμεῖς καλλίστην ἐκ παίδων πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες ἐν μύθοις τε καὶ ἐν ῥήμασιν καὶ ἐν μέλεσιν ᾄδοντες, ὡς εἰκός, κηλήσομεν;

    AthenianWell then? Those men had the endurance to abstain from what most people call a happy thing, for the sake of victory in wrestling, running and the like. Will our children be unable to hold out for the sake of a far finer victory—the one 840c which we will tell them from childhood is the finest, and so, as we may expect, enchant them with it in stories, sayings and songs?

    Cliniasποίας;

    CliniasWhat victory?

    Athenianτῆς τῶν ἡδονῶν νίκης ἐγκρατεῖς ὄντας ἂν ζῆν εὐδαιμόνως, ἡττωμένους δὲ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἔτι φόβος ὁ τοῦ μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς ὅσιον αὐτὸ εἶναι δύναμιν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἄρα ἕξει κρατεῖν ὧν ἄλλοι κεκρατήκασι τούτων ὄντες χείρονες;

    AthenianVictory over pleasures: that if they master them they will live happily, and if they are defeated, quite the opposite. Besides this, won’t the fear that this is in no way whatever holy give them the power to master what others, worse than they are, have mastered?

    Cliniasεἰκὸς γοῦν.

    CliniasIt’s likely, at any rate.

    Athenianἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐνταῦθά ἐσμεν τούτου τοῦ νομίμου 840d πέρι, διὰ κάκην δὲ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐπέσομεν, φημὶ τὸ μὲν ἡμέτερον νόμιμον ἀτεχνῶς δεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων πορεύεσθαι λέγον ὡς οὐ δεῖ χείρους ἡμῖν εἶναι τοὺς πολίτας ὀρνίθων καὶ ἄλλων θηρίων πολλῶν, οἳ κατὰ μεγάλας ἀγέλας γεννηθέντες, μέχρι μὲν παιδογονίας ἠίθεοι καὶ ἀκήρατοι γάμων τε ἁγνοὶ ζῶσιν, ὅταν δʼ εἰς τοῦτο ἡλικίας ἔλθωσι, συνδυασθέντες ἄρρην θηλείᾳ κατὰ χάριν καὶ θήλεια ἄρρενι, τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως ζῶσιν, ἐμμένοντες 840e βεβαίως ταῖς πρώταις τῆς φιλίας ὁμολογίαις· δεῖν δὴ θηρίων γε αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους εἶναι.

    AthenianSince, then, we’ve reached this point about this rule, 840d and have fallen into perplexity because of the weakness of the many, I say our rule should go forward on these very matters, simply stating that our citizens must not be worse than birds and many other animals. These are born in great flocks, and live unmated, pure and chaste of marriage, until the age for breeding; and when they reach that age, they pair off, male with female and female with male, as they please, and live the rest of their time piously and justly, abiding 840e firmly by their first agreements of love. Surely our citizens should be better than animals.

    ἐὰν δʼ οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων τῶν πλείστων διαφθείρωνται, τὴν λεγομένην ἄτακτον Ἀφροδίτην ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁρῶντές τε καὶ ἀκούοντες μέγιστον δυναμένην, καὶ οὕτω δὴ μὴ δυνατοὶ γίγνωνται κατακρατεῖν, δεύτερον νόμον ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς μηχανᾶσθαι χρὴ τοὺς νομοφύλακας νομοθέτας γενομένους.

    But if they are corrupted by the other Greeks and by most non-Greeks, seeing and hearing that the so-called lawless Aphrodite has the greatest power among them, and so become unable to master it, then the guardians of the laws must turn lawgivers and devise a second law for them.

    Cliniasτίνα δὴ συμβουλεύεις αὐτοῖς τίθεσθαι νόμον, ἐὰν ὁ νῦν τιθέμενος αὐτοὺς ἐκφύγῃ;

    CliniasWhat law do you advise them to lay down, if the one being laid down now escapes them?

    Athenianδῆλον ὅτι τὸν ἐχόμενον τούτου δεύτερον, ὦ Κλεινία.

    AthenianClearly the one that comes after it, the second, Clinias.

    Cliniasτίνα λέγεις;

    CliniasWhich do you mean?

    Athenianἀγύμναστον ὅτι μάλιστα ποιεῖν τὴν τῶν ἡδονῶν ῥώμην ἦν, τὴν ἐπίχυσιν καὶ τροφὴν αὐτῆς διὰ πόνων ἄλλοσε τρέποντα τοῦ σώματος. εἴη δʼ ἂν τοῦτο, εἰ ἀναίδεια μὴ ἐνείη τῇ τῶν ἀφροδισίων χρήσει· σπανίῳ γὰρ αὖ τῷ τοιούτῳ 841b διʼ αἰσχύνην χρώμενοι, ἀσθενεστέραν ἂν αὐτὴν δέσποιναν κτῷντο ὀλιγάκις χρώμενοι. τὸ δὴ λανθάνειν τούτων δρῶντά τι καλὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔστω, νόμιμον ἔθει καὶ ἀγράφῳ νομισθὲν νόμῳ, τὸ δὲ μὴ λανθάνειν αἰσχρόν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸ μὴ πάντως δρᾶν. οὕτω τοῦτο αἰσχρὸν αὖ καὶ καλὸν δευτέρως ἂν ἡμῖν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενον κέοιτο, ὀρθότητα ἔχον δευτέραν, καὶ τοὺς τὰς φύσεις διεφθαρμένους, οὓς ἥττους αὑτῶν προσαγορεύομεν, 841c ἓν γένος ὄν, περιλαβόντα τρία γένη βιάζοιτʼ ἂν μὴ παρανομεῖν.

    AthenianIt was to leave the strength of the pleasures as unexercised as possible, diverting their influx and nourishment through exertion to other parts of the body. This would happen if there were no shamelessness in sexual activity; for if people engaged in it rarely, 841b out of shame, they would have in it a weaker mistress, since they would indulge seldom. So let it be fine among them to do such things unobserved—a custom established by habit and unwritten law—and shameful to be observed, but not shameful not to abstain entirely. In this way it would be established in our law as a second standard of shameful and fine, with a second-best correctness; and those whose natures are corrupted, whom we call “weaker than themselves,” 841c being one kind, would be hemmed in by three kinds and forced not to break the law.

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasWhat kinds?

    Athenianτό τε θεοσεβὲς ἅμα καὶ φιλότιμον καὶ τὸ μὴ τῶν σωμάτων ἀλλὰ τῶν τρόπων τῆς ψυχῆς ὄντων καλῶν γεγονὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ. ταῦτα δὴ καθάπερ ἴσως ἐν μύθῳ τὰ νῦν λεγόμενʼ ἐστὶν εὐχαί, πολύ γε μὴν ἄριστα, εἴπερ γίγνοιτο, ἐν πάσαις πόλεσι γίγνοιτο ἄν.

    AthenianThe kind that fears the gods, the kind that loves honor, and the kind that has come to desire not bodies but the traits of soul, which are beautiful. What we are saying now is perhaps like the prayers in a story; yet if they came true, it would be by far the best thing that could happen in all cities.

    τάχα δʼ ἄν, εἰ θεὸς ἐθέλοι, 841d κἂν δυοῖν θάτερα βιασαίμεθα περὶ ἐρωτικῶν, ἢ μηδένα τολμᾶν μηδενὸς ἅπτεσθαι τῶν γενναίων ἅμα καὶ ἐλευθέρων πλὴν γαμετῆς ἑαυτοῦ γυναικός, ἄθυτα δὲ παλλακῶν σπέρματα καὶ νόθα μὴ σπείρειν, μηδὲ ἄγονα ἀρρένων παρὰ φύσιν· ἢ τὸ μὲν τῶν ἀρρένων πάμπαν ἀφελοίμεθʼ ἄν, τὸ δὲ γυναικῶν, εἴ τις συγγίγνοιτό τινι πλὴν ταῖς μετὰ θεῶν καὶ ἱερῶν γάμων ἐλθούσαις εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ὠνηταῖς εἴτε 841e ἄλλῳ ὁτῳοῦν τρόπῳ κτηταῖς, μὴ λανθάνων ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας πάσας, τάχʼ ἂν ἄτιμον αὐτὸν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐπαίνων νομοθετοῦντες ὀρθῶς ἂν δόξαιμεν νομοθετεῖν, ὡς ὄντως ὄντα ξενικόν.

    But perhaps, if a god were willing, 841d we might enforce one of two things about love. Either no one would dare touch any freeborn person of good birth except his own wedded wife, nor sow unconsecrated and illegitimate seed in concubines, nor barren seed in males, against nature. Or we would abolish sex with males entirely; and as for women, if a man had intercourse with any woman other than those who entered his house with the gods and sacred marriage rites—whether bought 841e or acquired in any other way—and did not escape the notice of all men and women, we might seem to legislate correctly in barring him from the city’s commendations, as being truly alien.

    οὗτος δὴ νόμος, εἴτε εἷς εἴτε δύο αὐτοὺς χρὴ προσαγορεύειν, κείσθω περὶ ἀφροδισίων 842a καὶ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐρωτικῶν, ὅσα πρὸς ἀλλήλους διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας ἐπιθυμίας ὁμιλοῦντες ὀρθῶς τε καὶ οὐκ ὀρθῶς πράττομεν.

    Let this, then, be laid down as our law—whether we should call it one law or two—concerning sex 842a and all matters of love: all the things we do rightly and wrongly in dealing with one another because of such desires.

    Megillusκαὶ τοίνυν, ὦ ξένε, ἐγὼ μέν σοι σφόδρα δεχοίμην ἂν τοῦτον τὸν νόμον, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κλεινίας αὐτὸς φραζέτω τί ποτε περὶ αὐτῶν διανοεῖται.

    MegillusWell, stranger, for my part I would gladly accept this law; but let Clinias himself tell us what he thinks about these matters.

    Cliniasἔσται ταῦτα, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ὁπόταν γε δή μοι δόξῃ τις παραπεπτωκέναι καιρός· νῦν μὴν ἐῶμεν τὸν ξένον ἔτι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν προϊέναι τῶν νόμων.

    CliniasI will, Megillus, whenever I think a suitable moment has come. For now, let’s let the stranger go further on with the laws.

    Megillusὀρθῶς.

    MegillusRight.

    Farming laws

    Rules on boundaries, damage between neighbors, water, and picking fruit.

    Athenianἀλλὰ μὴν νῦν γε προϊόντες ἤδη σχεδόν ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ κατεσκευάσθαι μὲν συσσίτια—ὅ φαμεν ἄλλοθι μὲν ἂν χαλεπὸν εἶναι, ἐν Κρήτῃ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἄλλως ἂν ὑπολάβοι δεῖν γίγνεσθαι—τὸ δὲ τίνα τρόπον, πότερον ὡς ἐνθάδε ἢ καθάπερ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι, ἢ παρὰ ταῦτα ἔστιν τι τρίτον εἶδος συσσιτίων ἀμφοῖν τούτοιν ἄμεινον ἂν ἔχον, τοῦτο οὔτʼ ἐξευρεῖν μοι χαλεπὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ, μέγα τε ἀγαθὸν εὑρεθὲν οὐδὲν ἀπεργάσεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ νῦν ἐμμελῶς ἔχειν κατεσκευασμένα. 842c

    AthenianWell, going forward, we have now pretty well reached the point where common meals have been set up—which we say would be hard elsewhere, though in Crete no one would suppose it should be otherwise. But in what manner—whether as here, or as in Sparta, or whether there is some third kind of common meal beyond these that would be better than both—this, it seems to me, is not hard to discover, and discovering it wouldn’t achieve any great good; for as things stand they are suitably arranged. 842c

    τούτοις δʼ ἐστὶν ἀκόλουθον ἡ τοῦ βίου κατασκευή, τίνʼ αὐτοῖς ἂν τρόπον ἕποιτο. βίος δὴ ἄλλαις μὲν πόλεσιν παντοδαπῶς ἂν καὶ πολλαχόθεν εἴη, μάλιστα δὲ ἐκ διπλασίων ἢ τούτοις· ἐκ γῆς γὰρ καὶ ἐκ θαλάττης τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐστὶ κατεσκευασμένα τὰ περὶ τὴν τροφήν, τούτοις δὲ μόνον ἐκ γῆς. τῷ μὲν οὖν νομοθέτῃ τοῦτο ῥᾷον· 842d οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡμίσεις αὖ γίγνονται νόμοι μέτριοι, πολὺ δʼ ἐλάττους, ἔτι δʼ ἐλευθέροις ἀνθρώποις μᾶλλον πρέποντες.

    Following on these comes the arrangement of the means of life, and how it would go along with them. In other cities the means of life would come in every way and from many sources—from at least twice as many as for these people. For most Greeks, the food supply is arranged from land and from sea, but for these people from land alone. That makes things easier for the lawgiver: 842d the laws needed become not just half as many but far fewer, and they are more fitting for free people besides.

    ναυκληρικῶν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐμπορικῶν καὶ καπηλευτικῶν καὶ πανδοκεύσεων καὶ τελωνικῶν καὶ μεταλλειῶν καὶ δανεισμῶν καὶ ἐπιτόκων τόκων καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων τοιούτων τὰ πολλὰ ἀπήλλακται, χαίρειν αὐτοῖς εἰπών, ὁ περὶ ταύτην τὴν πόλιν νομοθέτης, γεωργοῖς δὲ καὶ νομεῦσι καὶ μελιττουργοῖς καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα φυλακτηρίοις τε καὶ ἐπιστάταις ὀργάνων 842e νομοθετήσει, τὰ μέγιστα ἤδη νενομοθετηκὼς περὶ γάμους ἅμα καὶ γενέσεις παίδων καὶ τροφάς, ἔτι δὲ καὶ παιδείας ἀρχῶν τε καταστάσεις ἐν τῇ πόλει· νῦν δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς τὴν τροφὴν καὶ ὅσοι περὶ αὐτὴν ταύτην συνδιαπονοῦσιν ἀναγκαῖον νομοθετοῦντά ἐστιν τρέπεσθαι.

    For the lawgiver of this city is rid of most matters of shipping, commerce, retail trade, innkeeping, customs duties, mining, lending, compound interest and countless other such things; he has bid them goodbye. He will legislate for farmers, herdsmen and beekeepers, and for those who keep watch over such things and oversee the tools, 842e having already legislated the most important matters—marriage, the birth and rearing of children, education too, and the appointment of officials in the city. Now, in his legislation, he must turn to those who produce food and all who share in the labor of producing it.

    πρῶτον δὴ νόμοι ἔστωσαν λεγόμενοι τοὔνομα γεωργικοί. Διὸς ὁρίου μὲν πρῶτος νόμος ὅδε εἰρήσθω· μὴ κινείτω γῆς ὅρια μηδεὶς μήτε οἰκείου πολίτου γείτονος, μήτε ὁμοτέρμονος ἐπʼ ἐσχατιᾶς κεκτημένος ἄλλῳ ξένῳ γειτονῶν, νομίσας τὸ 843a τἀκίνητα κινεῖν ἀληθῶς τοῦτο εἶναι· βουλέσθω δὲ πᾶς πέτρον ἐπιχειρῆσαι κινεῖν τὸν μέγιστον ἄλλον πλὴν ὅρον μᾶλλον ἢ σμικρὸν λίθον ὁρίζοντα φιλίαν τε καὶ ἔχθραν ἔνορκον παρὰ θεῶν. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ὁμόφυλος Ζεὺς μάρτυς, τοῦ δὲ ξένιος, οἳ μετὰ πολέμων τῶν ἐχθίστων ἐγείρονται. καὶ ὁ μὲν πεισθεὶς τῷ νόμῳ ἀναίσθητος τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ κακῶν γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, καταφρονήσας δὲ διτταῖς δίκαις ἔνοχος ἔστω, μιᾷ μὲν παρὰ θεῶν καὶ πρώτῃ, δευτέρᾳ δὲ ὑπὸ νόμου.

    First, then, let there be laws called “agricultural.” Let the first law, that of Zeus of Boundaries, be stated as follows. No one is to move the boundary markers of land—neither those of a neighbor who is a fellow citizen, nor, if he owns land at the frontier, those of a neighbor who is a foreigner—believing that this is truly 843a “moving the immovable.” Let everyone be more willing to try to move the largest rock that is not a boundary marker than a small stone that marks the border between friendship and enmity, sworn before the gods. For Zeus of Kindred is witness to the one, and Zeus of Strangers to the other, and when they are roused, the most hateful wars come with them. One who obeys the law will not experience the evils that come from breaking it; but whoever scorns it is to be liable to two penalties, the first and foremost from the gods, the second from the law.

    μηδεὶς γὰρ ἑκὼν κινείτω γῆς ὅρια γειτόνων· ὃς δʼ ἂν κινήσῃ, μηνυέτω μὲν ὁ βουλόμενος τοῖς γεωργοῖς, οἱ δὲ εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον ἀγόντων. ἢν δέ τις ὄφλῃ τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην, ὡς ἀνάδαστον γῆν λάθρᾳ καὶ βίᾳ ποιοῦντος τοῦ ὄφλοντος, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον ὅτι ἂν δέῃ πάσχειν ἢ ἀποτίνειν τὸν ἡττηθέντα.

    Let no one willingly move the boundary markers of his neighbors’ land. If anyone does, whoever wishes is to report him to the farmers, and they are to bring him to court. If anyone is convicted in such a case, on the grounds that he is redistributing land by stealth and force, the court is to assess what the losing party must suffer or pay.

    τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο βλάβαι πολλαὶ καὶ σμικραὶ γειτόνων γιγνόμεναι, διὰ τὸ θαμίζειν ἔχθρας ὄγκον μέγαν ἐντίκτουσαι, 843c χαλεπὴν καὶ σφόδρα πικρὰν γειτονίαν ἀπεργάζονται. διὸ χρὴ πάντως εὐλαβεῖσθαι γείτονα γείτονι μηδὲν ποιεῖν διάφορον, τῶν τε ἄλλων πέρι καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεργασίας συμπάσης σφόδρʼ ἀεὶ διευλαβούμενον· τὸ μὲν γὰρ βλάπτειν οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν ἀλλʼ ἀνθρώπου παντός, τὸ δʼ ἐπωφελεῖν οὐδαμῇ ἅπαντος. ὃς δʼ ἂν ἐπεργάζηται τὰ τοῦ γείτονος ὑπερβαίνων τοὺς ὅρους, τὸ μὲν βλάβος ἀποτινέτω, τῆς δὲ ἀναιδείας ἅμα 843d καὶ ἀνελευθερίας ἕνεκα ἰατρευόμενος διπλάσιον τοῦ βλάβους ἄλλο ἐκτεισάτω τῷ βλαφθέντι· τούτων δὲ καὶ ἁπάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιγνώμονές τε καὶ δικασταὶ καὶ τιμηταὶ γιγνέσθων ἀγρονόμοι, τῶν μὲν μειζόνων, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου τάξις, τῶν ἐλαττόνων δὲ οἱ φρούραρχοι τούτων.

    Next: many small injuries between neighbors, because they happen so often, breed a great mass of enmity 843c and make neighborliness hard and very bitter. So a neighbor must take every care to do nothing to his neighbor that causes a quarrel, and in particular must always be very careful never to encroach in his farming. For doing harm is not hard at all—anyone can do it—but doing a service is not in everyone’s power. Whoever encroaches on his neighbor’s land, crossing the boundaries, is to pay for the damage, and, as a cure for his shamelessness 843d and meanness, is to pay the injured party a further double the damage. The assessors, judges and valuers of these and all such matters are to be the country wardens: for the larger cases, as was said before, the whole company of that twelfth part of the land; for the smaller, its garrison commanders.

    καὶ ἐάν τις βοσκήματα ἐπινέμῃ, τὰς βλάβας ὁρῶντες κρινόντων καὶ τιμώντων. καὶ ἐὰν ἐσμοὺς ἀλλοτρίους σφετερίζῃ τις τῇ τῶν μελιττῶν ἡδονῇ συνεπόμενος 843e καὶ κατακρούων οὕτως οἰκειῶται, τινέτω τὴν βλάβην. καὶ ἐὰν πυρεύων τὴν ὕλην μὴ διευλαβηθῇ τῶν τοῦ γείτονος, τὴν δόξασαν ζημίαν τοῖς ἄρχουσι ζημιούσθω.

    If someone grazes his animals on another’s land, they are to inspect the damage, judge it and assess it. If someone appropriates another man’s swarms, going along with the bees’ fancy, 843e and makes them his own by beating on metal, he is to pay for the damage. If anyone, when burning off brushwood, fails to take care of his neighbor’s property, he is to be fined whatever penalty the officials decide.

    καὶ ἐὰν φυτεύων μὴ ἀπολείπῃ τὸ μέτρον τῶν τοῦ γείτονος χωρίων, καθάπερ εἴρηται καὶ πολλοῖς νομοθέταις ἱκανῶς, ὧν τοῖς νόμοις χρὴ προσχρῆσθαι καὶ μὴ πάντα ἀξιοῦν, πολλὰ καὶ σμικρὰ καὶ τοῦ ἐπιτυχόντος νομοθέτου γιγνόμενα, τὸν μείζω 844a πόλεως κοσμητὴν νομοθετεῖν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων πέρι γεωργοῖσι παλαιοὶ καὶ καλοὶ νόμοι κείμενοι οὐκ ἄξιοι παροχετεύειν λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ὁ βουληθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ τόπον ἄγειν ὕδωρ ἀγέτω μὲν ἀρχόμενος ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ναμάτων, μὴ ὑποτέμνων πηγὰς φανερὰς ἰδιώτου μηδενός, ᾗ δʼ ἂν βούληται ἄγειν, πλὴν διʼ οἰκίας ἢ ἱερῶν τινων ἢ καὶ μνημάτων, ἀγέτω, μὴ βλάπτων πλὴν αὐτῆς τῆς ὀχεταγωγίας.

    And if in planting he doesn’t leave the proper distance from his neighbor’s land—this has been adequately covered by many lawgivers too, whose laws we should draw on, instead of expecting the greater orderer of a city to legislate on everything, 844a much of it small and the work of any ordinary lawgiver. Take water, too: there are old and fine laws in place for farmers, and it isn’t worth channeling them off into our discussion. But whoever wants to bring water to his own land is to bring it, starting from the public streams, without tapping the visible springs of any private person; and he may bring it by whatever route he likes, except through houses or certain shrines or tombs, doing no damage beyond the channeling itself.

    ἀυδρία δὲ εἴ τισι τόποις σύμφυτος ἐκ γῆς τὰ ἐκ Διὸς ἰόντα ἀποστέγει νάματα, καὶ ἐλλείπει τῶν ἀναγκαίων πωμάτων, ὀρυττέτω μὲν ἐν τῷ αὑτοῦ χωρίῳ μέχρι τῆς κεραμίδος γῆς, ἐὰν δʼ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ βάθει μηδαμῶς ὕδατι προστυγχάνῃ, παρὰ τῶν γειτόνων ὑδρευέσθω μέχρι τοῦ ἀναγκαίου πώματος ἑκάστοις τῶν οἰκετῶν· ἐὰν δὲ διʼ ἀκριβείας ᾖ καὶ τοῖς γείτοσι, τάξιν τῆς ὑδρείας ταξάμενος παρὰ τοῖς ἀγρονόμοις, ταύτην ἡμέρας ἑκάστης κομιζόμενος, οὕτω κοινωνείτω τοῖς 844c γείτοσιν ὕδατος.

    If in some places a natural dryness of the ground shuts out the rains that come from Zeus, and there is a lack of necessary drinking water, the owner is to dig on his own land down to the clay; and if at that depth he finds no water at all, he is to draw water from his neighbors, as much as is necessary for drinking, for each member of his household. If his neighbors too have barely enough, he is to have a schedule of water-drawing fixed with the country wardens, take his share each day accordingly, and so share 844c water with his neighbors.

    ἐὰν δὲ ἐκ Διὸς ὕδατα γιγνόμενα, τὸν ἐπάνω γεωργοῦντα ἢ καὶ ὁμότοιχον οἰκοῦντα τῶν ὑποκάτω βλάπτῃ τις μὴ διδοὺς ἐκροήν, ἢ τοὐναντίον ὁ ἐπάνω μεθιεὶς εἰκῇ τὰ ῥεύματα βλάπτῃ τὸν κάτω, καὶ περὶ ταῦτα μὴ ἐθέλωσιν διὰ ταῦτα κοινωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις, ἐν ἄστει μὲν ἀστυνόμον, ἐν ἀγρῷ δὲ ἀγρονόμον ἐπάγων ὁ βουλόμενος ταξάσθω τί χρὴ ποιεῖν ἑκάτερον· ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐμμένων ἐν τῇ τάξει φθόνου 844d θʼ ἅμα καὶ δυσκόλου ψυχῆς ὑπεχέτω δίκην, καὶ ὀφλὼν διπλάσιον τὸ βλάβος ἀποτινέτω τῷ βλαφθέντι, μὴ ἐθελήσας τοῖς ἄρχουσιν πείθεσθαι.

    When rain from Zeus falls, if someone lower down does harm to the one farming above him, or living next to him wall to wall, by not giving the water an outlet; or, conversely, if the one above harms the one below by letting the streams off carelessly; and if because of this they are unwilling to cooperate with each other, then whoever wishes is to bring in a city warden in town or a country warden in the country, and have him prescribe what each of them must do. Whoever does not abide by the prescription is to face a suit for envy 844d and a surly spirit, and if convicted he is to pay double the damage to the injured party, for being unwilling to obey the officials.

    ὀπώρας δὲ δὴ χρὴ κοινωνίαν ποιεῖσθαι πάντας τοιάνδε τινά. διττὰς ἡμῖν δωρεὰς ἡ θεὸς ἔχει χάριτος αὕτη, τὴν μὲν παιδιὰν Διονυσιάδα ἀθησαύριστον, τὴν δʼ εἰς ἀπόθεσιν γενομένην κατὰ φύσιν. ἔστω δὴ περὶ ὀπώρας ὅδε νόμος ταχθείς· ὃς ἂν ἀγροίκου ὀπώρας γεύσηται, βοτρύων εἴτε 844e καὶ σύκων, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τὴν ὥραν τὴν τοῦ τρυγᾶν ἀρκτούρῳ σύνδρομον, εἴτʼ ἐν τοῖς αὑτοῦ χωρίοις εἴτε καὶ ἐν ἄλλων, ἱερὰς μὲν πεντήκοντα ὀφειλέτω τῷ Διονύσῳ δραχμάς, ἐὰν ἐκ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ δρέπῃ, ἐὰν δʼ ἐκ τῶν γειτόνων, μνᾶν, ἐὰν δʼ ἐξ ἄλλων, δύο μέρη τῆς μνᾶς.

    As for fruit, everyone must share in it on some such terms as these. The goddess of the harvest season has two gifts of her favor for us: one, the plaything of Dionysus, not to be stored; the other, grown by nature to be stored. So let this law be laid down about fruit. Whoever tastes the common kind of fruit, grapes or 844e figs, before the vintage season comes that coincides with the rising of Arcturus, whether on his own land or on others’, is to owe fifty drachmas, sacred to Dionysus, if he picks from his own; a mina, if from his neighbors’; and two-thirds of a mina, if from anyone else’s.

    Arcturus rises at dawn in mid-September, the start of the vintage.

    ὃς δʼ ἂν τὴν γενναίαν νῦν λεγομένην σταφυλὴν ἢ τὰ γενναῖα σῦκα ἐπονομαζόμενα ὀπωρίζειν βούληται, ἐὰν μὲν ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων λαμβάνῃ, ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ ὁπόταν βούληται καρπούσθω, ἐὰν δʼ ἐξ ἄλλων μὴ πείσας, ἑπομένως τῷ νόμῳ, τῷ μὴ κινεῖν ὅτι μὴ κατέθετο, 845a ἐκείνως ἀεὶ ζημιούσθω· ἐὰν δὲ δὴ δοῦλος μὴ πείσας τὸν δεσπότην τῶν χωρίων ἅπτηταί του τῶν τοιούτων, κατὰ ῥᾶγα βοτρύων καὶ σῦκον συκῆς ἰσαρίθμους πληγὰς τούτοις μαστιγούσθω.

    Whoever wants to pick what are now called choice grapes, or the figs called choice, may harvest them however and whenever he likes if he takes them from his own land; but if he takes them from others’ without their consent, he is always to be penalized in accordance with the law against moving what one did not put down. 845a If a slave touches any such fruit without the consent of the owner of the land, he is to be whipped with as many lashes as there were grapes in the bunch or figs taken from the fig tree.

    μέτοικος δὲ ὠνούμενος τὴν γενναίαν ὀπώραν ὀπωριζέτω, ἐὰν βούληται, ἐὰν δὲ ξένος ἐπιδημήσας ὀπώρας ἐπιθυμῇ φαγεῖν διαπορευόμενος τὰς ὁδούς, τῆς μὲν γενναίας ἁπτέσθω, ἐὰν βούληται, μεθʼ ἑνὸς ἀκολούθου χωρὶς τιμῆς, 845b ξένια δεχόμενος, τῆς δὲ ἀγροίκου λεγομένης καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ νόμος εἰργέτω μὴ κοινωνεῖν ἡμῖν τοὺς ξένους· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀίστωρ ὢν αὐτὸς ἢ δοῦλος ἅψηται, τὸν μὲν δοῦλον πληγαῖς κολάζειν, τὸν δὲ ἐλεύθερον ἀποπέμπειν νουθετήσαντα καὶ διδάξαντα τῆς ἄλλης ὀπώρας ἅπτεσθαι τῆς εἰς ἀπόθεσιν ἀσταφίδος οἴνου τε καὶ ξηρῶν σύκων ἀνεπιτηδείου κεκτῆσθαι. ἀπίων δὲ πέρι καὶ μήλων καὶ ῥοῶν καὶ πάντων 845c τῶν τοιούτων, αἰσχρὸν μὲν μηδὲν ἔστω λάθρᾳ λαμβάνειν, ὁ δὲ ληφθεὶς ἐντὸς τριάκοντα ἐτῶν γεγονὼς τυπτέσθω καὶ ἀμυνέσθω ἄνευ τραυμάτων, δίκην δʼ εἶναι ἐλευθέρῳ τῶν τοιούτων πληγῶν μηδεμίαν.

    A resident foreigner may pick the choice fruit by buying it, if he wishes. If a foreigner visiting the country wants to eat fruit as he travels along the roads, he may help himself to the choice fruit if he wishes, for himself and one attendant, without payment, 845b as a gift of hospitality; but the law is to bar foreigners from sharing with us in the so-called common fruit and the like. If anyone, whether the visitor himself or his slave, touches it in ignorance, the slave is to be punished with blows, and the free man sent away with a warning, having been taught to help himself to the other fruit, since the kind meant for storing—for raisins, wine and dried figs—is not his to take. As for pears, apples, pomegranates and all 845c such fruit, there is to be no disgrace in taking them secretly; but anyone under thirty caught doing so is to be beaten and driven off, without being wounded, and a free man is to have no legal action for such blows.

    ξένῳ δὲ καθάπερ ὀπώρας ἐξέστω καὶ τῶν τοιούτων μέτοχον εἶναι· ἐὰν δὲ πρεσβύτερος ὢν ἅπτηται τούτων, φαγὼν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀποφέρων μηδέν, καθάπερ ὁ ξένος ταύτῃ κοινωνείτω τῶν τοιούτων ἁπάντων, μὴ πειθόμενος 845d δὲ τῷ νόμῳ κινδυνευέτω ἀναγώνιστος γίγνεσθαι περὶ ἀρετῆς, ἐὰν εἰς τότε τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ αὐτοῦ τοὺς τότε κριτάς τις ἀναμιμνῄσκῃ.

    A foreigner may share in these as in the other fruit. If an older man touches them, eating them on the spot and carrying nothing away, he may share in all such fruit on the same terms as the foreigner; but if he disobeys 845d the law, he is to risk being barred from competing for virtue, if anyone reminds the judges at that time of such conduct on his part.

    ὕδωρ δὲ πάντων μὲν τὸ περὶ τὰς κηπείας διαφερόντως τρόφιμον, εὐδιάφθαρτον δέ· οὔτε γὰρ γῆν οὔτε ἥλιον οὔτε πνεύματα, τοῖς ὕδασι σύντροφα τῶν ἐκ γῆς ἀναβλαστανόντων, ῥᾴδιον φθείρειν φαρμακεύσεσιν ἢ ἀποτροπαῖς ἢ καὶ κλοπαῖς, περὶ δὲ τὴν ὕδατος φύσιν ἐστὶν τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα δυνατὰ 845e γίγνεσθαι· διὸ δὴ βοηθοῦ δεῖται νόμου. ἔστω τοίνυν ὅδε περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἄν τις διαφθείρῃ ἑκὼν ὕδωρ ἀλλότριον, εἴτε καὶ πηγαῖον εἴτε καὶ συναγυρτόν, φαρμακείαις ἢ σκάμμασιν ἢ κλοπαῖς, ὁ βλαπτόμενος δικαζέσθω πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυνόμους, τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς βλάβης ἀπογραφόμενος· ἂν δέ τις ὄφλῃ φαρμακείαις τισὶν βλάπτων, πρὸς τῷ τιμήματι καθηράτω τὰς πηγὰς ἢ τἀγγεῖον τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅπῃπερ ἂν οἱ τῶν ἐξηγητῶν νόμοι ἀφηγῶνται δεῖν γίγνεσθαι τὴν κάθαρσιν ἑκάστοτε καὶ ἑκάστοις.

    Water is the most nourishing of all things for gardens, but it is easily spoiled. For soil, sun and winds, which join with water in nourishing what sprouts from the earth, are not easy to spoil by poisoning, diversion or theft; but with water, by its nature, all such things 845e are possible. So it needs a law to help it. Let the law about it be this: if anyone deliberately spoils another’s water, whether spring water or collected water, by poisoning, digging or theft, the injured party is to bring a suit before the city wardens, recording the value of the damage in writing. If anyone is convicted of doing harm with poisons, besides paying the fine he is to purify the springs or the reservoir, in whatever way the rules of the interpreters prescribe that purification should be carried out on each occasion and for each person.

    περὶ δὲ συγκομιδῆς τῶν ὡραίων ἁπάντων, ἐξέστω τῷ 846a βουλομένῳ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ παντὸς τόπου κομίζεσθαι, ὅπῃπερ ἂν ἢ μηδὲν μηδένα ζημιοῖ ἢ τριπλάσιον αὐτὸς κέρδος τῆς τοῦ γείτονος ζημίας κερδαίνῃ, τούτων δὲ ἐπιγνώμονας τοὺς ἄρχοντας γίγνεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ὅσα τις ἂν ἑκὼν ἄκοντα βλάπτῃ βίᾳ ἢ λάθρᾳ, αὐτὸν ἢ τῶν αὐτοῦ τι, διὰ τῶν αὑτοῦ κτημάτων, πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπιδεικνὺς τιμωρείσθω, μέχρι τριῶν μνῶν ὄντος τοῦ βλάβους· ἐὰν δʼ ἔγκλημά τῳ μεῖζον ἄλλῳ πρὸς ἄλλον γίγνηται, πρὸς 846b τὰ κοινὰ δικαστήρια φέρων τὴν δίκην τιμωρείσθω τὸν ἀδικοῦντα.

    As for bringing in the crops of the season, anyone 846a who wishes may carry his own produce through any place, provided that either he does no one any harm, or he himself gains three times as much as his neighbor loses. The officials are to judge these matters, and also all other cases where someone willingly harms an unwilling person, by force or by stealth, either the person himself or any of his property, through the use of his own possessions. In all such cases the injured party is to obtain redress by laying the matter before the officials, when the damage is up to three minas; but if one person has a larger charge against another, 846b he is to take the case to the public courts and obtain redress from the wrongdoer.

    ἐὰν δέ τις τῶν ἀρχόντων δοκῇ μετʼ ἀδίκου γνώμης κρίνειν τὰς ζημίας, τῶν διπλασίων ὑπόδικος ἔστω τῷ βλαφθέντι· τὰ δὲ αὖ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἀδικήματα εἰς τὰ κοινὰ δικαστήρια ἐπανάγειν τὸν βουλόμενον ἑκάστων τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. μυρία δὲ ταῦτα ὄντα καὶ σμικρὰ νόμιμα, καθʼ ἃ δεῖ τὰς τιμωρίας γίγνεσθαι, λήξεών τε πέρι δικῶν καὶ 846c προσκλήσεων καὶ κλητήρων, εἴτʼ ἐπὶ δυοῖν εἴτʼ ἐφʼ ὁπόσων δεῖ καλεῖσθαι, καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, οὔτʼ ἀνομοθέτητα οἷόν τʼ εἶναι γέροντός τε οὐκ ἄξια νομοθέτου, νομοθετούντων δʼ αὐτὰ οἱ νέοι πρὸς τὰ τῶν πρόσθεν νομοθετήματα ἀπομιμούμενοι, σμικρὰ πρὸς μεγάλα, καὶ τῆς ἀναγκαίας αὐτῶν χρείας ἐμπείρως ἴσχοντες, μέχριπερ ἂν πάντα ἱκανῶς δόξῃ κεῖσθαι· τότε δὲ ἀκίνητα ποιησάμενοι, ζώντων τούτοις ἤδη χρώμενοι μέτρον ἔχουσι. 846d

    If any of the officials seems to decide the penalties with unjust intent, he is to be liable to the injured party for double. Anyone who wishes may bring the officials’ misdeeds, in each kind of charge, before the public courts. There are countless small regulations like these, governing how penalties are to be carried out: about the filing of lawsuits, 846c summonses and those who deliver them—whether a summons needs two witnesses, or how many—and everything of this kind. They can’t be left without legislation, yet they aren’t worthy of an old lawgiver. Let the young legislate them, modeling them on the enactments of their predecessors, small on great, and gaining experience of how they must be applied in practice, until everything seems adequately established. Then let them make them unalterable, and live by them, now that they are in due measure. 846d

    Craftsmen, trade and resident foreigners

    Crafts and retail trade are left to foreigners; produce is divided in three and markets regulated.

    τὸ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δημιουργῶν ποιεῖν χρὴ κατὰ τόδε. πρῶτον μὲν ἐπιχώριος μηδεὶς ἔστω τῶν περὶ τὰ δημιουργικὰ τεχνήματα διαπονούντων, μηδὲ οἰκέτης ἀνδρὸς ἐπιχωρίου. τέχνην γὰρ ἱκανήν, πολλῆς ἀσκήσεως ἅμα καὶ μαθημάτων πολλῶν δεομένην, κέκτηται πολίτης ἀνὴρ τὸν κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως κόσμον σῴζων καὶ κτώμενος, οὐκ ἐν παρέργῳ δεόμενον ἐπιτηδεύειν· δύο δὲ ἐπιτηδεύματα ἢ δύο τέχνας ἀκριβῶς διαπονεῖσθαι σχεδὸν οὐδεμία φύσις ἱκανὴ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, 846e οὐδʼ αὖ τὴν μὲν αὐτὸς ἱκανὸς ἀσκεῖν, τὴν δὲ ἄλλον ἀσκοῦντα ἐπιτροπεύειν.

    As for the other craftsmen, this is how we should proceed. First, no native of the country is to be one of those who labor at the crafts, nor any household slave of a native. For a citizen already has a craft that is quite enough for him, one that requires much practice and much learning as well: preserving and securing the common order of the city. That is not something to be pursued as a sideline. And hardly any human nature is capable of working with precision at two pursuits or two crafts, 846e or even of being able to practice one itself while supervising someone else who practices the other.

    τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐν πόλει ὑπάρχον δεῖ πρῶτον γίγνεσθαι· μηδεὶς χαλκεύων ἅμα τεκταινέσθω, μηδʼ αὖ τεκταινόμενος χαλκευόντων ἄλλων ἐπιμελείσθω μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς αὑτοῦ τέχνης, πρόφασιν ἔχων ὡς πολλῶν οἰκετῶν ἐπιμελούμενος ἑαυτῷ δημιουργούντων, εἰκότως μᾶλλον ἐπιμελεῖται διʼ 847a ἐκείνων διὰ τὸ τὴν πρόσοδον ἐκεῖθεν αὑτῷ πλείω γίγνεσθαι τῆς αὑτοῦ τέχνης, ἀλλʼ εἷς μίαν ἕκαστος τέχνην ἐν πόλει κεκτημένος ἀπὸ ταύτης ἅμα καὶ τὸ ζῆν κτάσθω. τοῦτον δὴ τὸν νόμον ἀστυνόμοι διαπονούμενοι σῳζόντων, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐπιχώριον, ἐὰν εἴς τινα τέχνην ἀποκλίνῃ μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, κολαζόντων ὀνείδεσί τε καὶ ἀτιμίαις, μέχριπερ ἂν κατευθύνωσιν εἰς τὸν αὑτοῦ δρόμον, ξένων δὲ ἄν τις ἐπιτηδεύῃ δύο τέχνας, δεσμοῖσί τε καὶ χρημάτων 847b ζημίαις καὶ ἐκβολαῖς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως κολάζοντες, ἀναγκαζόντων ἕνα μόνον ἀλλὰ μὴ πολλοὺς εἶναι.

    So this must be the first thing established in the city. No one who works as a smith is to do carpentry as well; nor, again, is someone who does carpentry to supervise others working as smiths rather than his own craft, on the pretext that since he supervises many slaves who work for him, he naturally attends to his business through them, because he gets more income 847a from that source than from his own craft. Instead, each person in the city is to have one craft and to earn his living from it as well. The city wardens must work to uphold this law. If a native inclines toward some craft rather than toward the cultivation of virtue, they are to punish him with reproaches and disgrace until they steer him back onto his proper course; and if any foreigner practices two crafts, they are to punish him with imprisonment, fines 847b and expulsion from the city, and compel him to be one man, not many.

    μισθῶν δὲ αὐτοῖς πέρι καὶ τῶν ἀναιρέσεων τῶν ἔργων, καὶ ἐάν τις αὐτοὺς ἕτερος ἢ ʼκεῖνοί τινα ἄλλον ἀδικῶσι, μέχρι δραχμῶν πεντήκοντα ἀστυνόμοι διαδικαζόντων, τὸ δὲ πλέον τούτου τὰ κοινὰ δικαστήρια διακρινόντων κατὰ νόμον.

    As for their wages and contracts for work, and any case in which someone else wrongs them or they wrong someone else, the city wardens are to decide cases up to fifty drachmas; the public courts are to decide anything above that according to law.

    τέλος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει μηδένα μηδὲν τελεῖν μήτε ἐξαγομένων χρημάτων μήτʼ εἰσαγομένων· λιβανωτὸν δὲ καὶ ὅσα 847c πρὸς θεοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐστὶν ξενικὰ θυμιάματα, καὶ πορφύραν καὶ ὅσα βαπτὰ χρώματα, μὴ φερούσης τῆς χώρας, ἢ περί τινα ἄλλην τέχνην δεομένην ξενικῶν τινων εἰσαγωγίμων μηδενὸς ἀναγκαίου χάριν μήτε τις ἀγέτω, μήτε αὖ τῶν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἀναγκαίων ἐμμένειν ἐξαγέτω· τούτων δʼ αὖ πάντων ἐπιγνώμονας εἶναι καὶ ἐπιμελητὰς τῶν νομοφυλάκων, πέντε ἀφαιρεθέντων τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, τοὺς ἑξῆς δώδεκα. 847d

    No one in the city is to pay any duty on goods either exported or imported. Frankincense and other such foreign incense 847c used in the worship of the gods, and purple and other dyes that our land doesn’t produce, or the materials of any other craft that needs certain imports from abroad for no necessary purpose: no one is to import them; nor, again, is anyone to export anything that ought to remain in the country. The judges and supervisors of all this are to be the twelve guardians of the laws who come next once the five oldest are left out. 847d

    περὶ δὲ ὅπλων καὶ ὅσα περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἅπαντα ὄργανα, ἐάν τινος ἢ τέχνης εἰσαγωγίμου δέῃ γίγνεσθαι ἢ φυτοῦ ἢ μεταλλευτικοῦ κτήματος ἢ δεσμευτικοῦ ἢ ζῴων τινῶν ἕνεκα τῆς τοιαύτης χρείας, ἵππαρχοι καὶ στρατηγοὶ τούτων ἔστωσαν κύριοι εἰσαγωγῆς τε καὶ ἐξαγωγῆς, διδούσης τε ἅμα καὶ δεχομένης τῆς πόλεως, νόμους δὲ περὶ τούτων νομοφύλακες τοὺς πρέποντάς τε καὶ ἱκανοὺς θήσουσι· καπηλείαν δὲ ἕνεκα χρηματισμῶν μήτε οὖν τούτου μήτε ἄλλου μηδενὸς ἐν τῇ 847e χώρᾳ ὅλῃ καὶ πόλει ἡμῖν γίγνεσθαι.

    As for weapons and all the instruments of war, if there is need to bring in some craft from abroad, or a plant, or metal, or binding material, or certain animals for such purposes, the cavalry commanders and generals are to have authority over importing and exporting them, with the city itself doing the giving and the receiving; and the guardians of the laws will lay down suitable and adequate laws on these matters. But there is to be no retail trade for profit, in this or in anything else, anywhere in our 847e whole country and city.

    τροφῆς δὲ καὶ διανομῆς τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐγγὺς τῆς τοῦ Κρητικοῦ νόμου ἔοικεν ὀρθότης ἄν τις γιγνομένη κατὰ τρόπον γίγνεσθαι. δώδεκα μὲν γὰρ δὴ μέρη τὰ πάντα ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνόμενα νέμειν χρεὼν πάντας, ᾗπερ καὶ ἀναλωτέα· τὸ δὲ δωδέκατον μέρος ἕκαστον—οἷον πυρῶν καὶ κριθῶν, οἷσιν δὴ καὶ τὰ ἅπαντα ἀκολουθείτω τὰ ἄλλα ὡραῖα 848a νεμόμενα, καὶ ὅσα ζῷα σύμπαντα πράσιμα ἐν ἑκάστοις ᾖ— τριχῇ διαιρείσθω κατὰ λόγον, ἓν μὲν μέρος τοῖς ἐλευθέροις, ἓν δὲ τοῖς τούτων οἰκέταις· τὸ δὲ τρίτον δημιουργοῖς τε καὶ πάντως τοῖς ξένοις, οἵ τέ τινες αὖ τῶν μετοικούντων ὦσι συνοικοῦντες τροφῆς ἀναγκαίου δεόμενοι, καὶ ὅσοι χρείᾳ τινὶ πόλεως ἤ τινος ἰδιωτῶν εἰσαφικνοῦνται ἑκάστοτε, πάντων τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπονεμηθὲν τρίτον μέρος ὤνιον ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔστω τοῦτο μόνον, τῶν δὲ δύο μερῶν μηδὲν ἐπάναγκες ἔστω 848b πωλεῖν.

    As for the provision and distribution of the country’s produce, a correct arrangement would, it seems, come about properly if it came close to the Cretan law. Everyone must divide all the produce of the land into twelve parts, according to how it is to be consumed. Each twelfth part—of wheat and barley, for instance, with all the other seasonal produce 848a distributed on the same model, together with all the animals for sale in each district—is to be divided proportionately into three: one part for the free, one for their household slaves, and the third for the craftsmen and foreigners generally, both any resident foreigners living here who need the necessities of life and those who come in from time to time on some business of the city or of private persons. This third part, apportioned out of all the necessities, is alone to be offered for sale as a matter of obligation; there is to be no obligation to sell any of the other two 848b parts.

    πῶς οὖν δὴ ταῦτα ὀρθότατα νέμοιτʼ ἄν; πρῶτον μὲν δῆλον ὅτι τῇ μὲν ἴσα, τῇ δʼ οὐκ ἴσα νέμομεν.

    Then how would these be distributed most correctly? First, clearly, we distribute equally in one way and not equally in another.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianχείρω που καὶ βελτίω τούτων ἕκαστα ἀνάγκη φύειν καὶ ἐκτρέφειν τὴν γῆν.

    AthenianThe land must, I suppose, grow and nurture better and worse specimens of each of these things.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianτῷ μὲν τοίνυν τοιούτῳ τῶν μερῶν, τριῶν ὄντων, μηδὲν πλέον ἐχέτω μήτε τοῖς δεσπόταις ἢ δούλοις νεμόμενον, μήτε αὖ τὸ τῶν ξένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῆς ὁμοιότητος ἰσότητα ἡ νομὴ 848c πᾶσιν ἀποδιδότω τὴν αὐτήν· λαβὼν ἕκαστος τῶν πολιτῶν τὰ δύο μέρη κύριος ἔστω τῆς νομῆς δούλοις τε καὶ ἐλευθέροις, ὁπόσʼ ἂν καὶ ὁποῖα βούληται διανέμειν. τὸ δὲ πλέον τούτων μέτροις τε καὶ ἀριθμῷ τῇδε χρὴ διανέμεσθαι· λαβόντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν πάντων τῶν ζῴων οἷς ἐκ τῆς γῆς δεῖ τὴν τροφὴν γίγνεσθαι, διανέμειν.

    AthenianThen in this respect none of the three parts is to get more—neither what is allotted to masters or to slaves, nor again the foreigners’ share; the distribution 848c is to give all of them the same equality, the equality of likeness. Each citizen, on receiving his two parts, is to have authority over their distribution among slaves and free people, to distribute as much and of whatever kind he wishes. The rest must be distributed by measure and number, as follows: take the number of all the animals that must get their food from the land, and distribute accordingly.

    τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς οἰκήσεις δεῖ χωρὶς διατεταγμένας εἶναι· τάξις δὲ ἥδε πρέπει τοῖς τοιούτοις. δώδεκα κώμας εἶναι χρή, κατὰ μέσον τὸ δωδεκατημόριον ἕκαστον μίαν, ἐν 848d τῇ κώμῃ δὲ ἑκάστῃ πρῶτον μὲν ἱερὰ καὶ ἀγορὰν ἐξῃρῆσθαι θεῶν τε καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων θεοῖς δαιμόνων, εἴτε τινὲς ἔντοποι Μαγνήτων εἴτʼ ἄλλων ἱδρύματα παλαιῶν μνήμῃ διασεσωμένων εἰσίν, τούτοις ἀποδιδόντας τὰς τῶν πάλαι τιμὰς ἀνθρώπων, Ἑστίας δὲ καὶ Διὸς Ἀθηνᾶς τε, καὶ ὃς ἂν ἀρχηγὸς ᾖ τῶν ἄλλων τοῦ δωδεκάτου ἑκάστου μέρους, ἱερὰ πανταχοῦ ἱδρύσασθαι.

    Next, they must have dwellings laid out separately, and the following arrangement suits these matters. There must be twelve villages, one in the middle of each twelfth part. In 848d each village, first, sanctuaries and a marketplace are to be set apart for the gods and for the spirits who attend the gods. If there are any local gods of the Magnesians, or shrines of other ancient gods whose memory has been preserved, they are to pay them the honors that people paid of old. And everywhere they are to found sanctuaries of Hestia, Zeus and Athena, and of whichever other god is patron of each twelfth part.

    πρῶτον δὲ οἰκοδομίας εἶναι περὶ τὰ 848e ἱερὰ ταῦτα, ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ τόπος ὑψηλότατος ᾖ, τοῖς φρουροῖς ὑποδοχὴν ὅτι μάλιστα εὐερκῆ· τὴν δὲ ἄλλην χώραν κατασκευάζειν πᾶσαν δημιουργῶν τριακαίδεκα μέρη διελομένους, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐν ἄστει κατοικίζειν, διελομένους αὖ καὶ τοῦτο εἰς τὰ δώδεκα μέρη τῆς πόλεως ἁπάσης, ἔξω τε καὶ ἐν κύκλῳ κατανεμηθέντας, ἐν τῇ κώμῃ δὲ ἑκάστῃ τὰ πρόσφορα γεωργοῖς γένη τῶν δημιουργῶν συνοικίζειν. τοὺς δʼ ἐπιμελητὰς εἶναι τούτων πάντων τοὺς τῶν ἀγρονόμων ἄρχοντας, ὅσων τε καὶ ὧντινων ὁ τόπος ἕκαστος δεῖται, καὶ ὅπου κατοικοῦντες ἀλυπότατοί τε καὶ ὠφελιμώτατοι ἔσονται τοῖσιν γεωργοῖσι. 849a τῶν δὲ ἐν ἄστει κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τὴν τῶν ἀστυνόμων ἀρχήν.

    First, there are to be buildings around 848e these sanctuaries, wherever the ground is highest, to serve as a strongly fortified post for the garrison. As for the rest of the country, they are to equip it all by dividing the craftsmen into thirteen parts. One part they are to settle in the town, dividing it in turn among the twelve sections of the whole city and distributing it around the outskirts in a circle; and in each village they are to settle the kinds of craftsmen that are useful to farmers. Those in charge of all this are to be the officers of the country wardens: they will decide how many craftsmen, and of what kinds, each district needs, and where they will live so as to be least troublesome and most useful to the farmers. 849a In the same way, the board of city wardens is to take charge of those in the town, both at the outset and from then on.

    τοῖς δὲ δὴ ἀγορανόμοις τὰ περὶ ἀγοράν που δεῖ ἕκαστα μέλειν· ἡ δʼ ἐπιμέλεια, μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν ἐπίσκεψιν τῶν κατʼ ἀγορὰν μή τις ἀδικῇ τι, τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων χρείας τὸ δεύτερον ἂν εἴη, σωφροσύνης τε καὶ ὕβρεως ἐπισκόπους ὄντας κολάζειν τὸν δεόμενον κολάσεως. τῶν δὲ ὠνίων, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ περὶ τοὺς ξένους ταχθέντα πωλεῖν τοῖς ἀστοῖς σκοπεῖν 849b εἰ γίγνεται κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἕκαστα.

    The market wardens, I suppose, must look after everything to do with the marketplace. After watching over the sanctuaries around the marketplace so that no one wrongs them in any way, their second concern would be people’s dealings: as overseers of moderation and outrage, they are to punish whoever needs punishing. As for goods for sale, they are first to watch whether everything that citizens are required to sell to foreigners 849b is sold in each case according to the law.

    νόμος δʼ ἑκάστῳ μηνὸς τῇ νέᾳ ὧν δεῖ πραθῆναι τὸ μέρος τοῖς ξένοις ἐξάγειν τοὺς ἐπιτρόπους, ὅσοι τοῖς ἀστοῖς ξένοι ἢ καὶ δοῦλοι ἐπιτροπεύουσι, δωδεκατημόριον πρῶτον τοῦ σίτου, τὸν δὲ ξένον εἰς πάντα τὸν μῆνα ὠνεῖσθαι σῖτον μὲν καὶ ὅσα περὶ σῖτον ἀγορᾷ τῇ πρώτῃ· δεκάτῃ δὲ τοῦ μηνὸς τὴν τῶν ὑγρῶν οἱ μὲν πρᾶσιν, οἱ δὲ ὠνὴν ποιείσθωσαν διʼ ὅλου τοῦ μηνὸς ἱκανήν· 849c τρίτῃ δὲ εἰκάδι τῶν ζῴων ἔστω πρᾶσις, ὅσα πρατέα ἑκάστοις ἢ ὠνητέα αὐτοῖς δεομένοις, καὶ ὁπόσων σκευῶν ἢ χρημάτων γεωργοῖς μὲν πρᾶσις, οἷον δερμάτων ἢ καὶ πάσης ἐσθῆτος ἢ πλοκῆς ἢ πιλήσεως ἤ τινων ἄλλων τοιούτων, ξένοις δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ὠνεῖσθαι παρʼ ἄλλων κτωμένοις.

    The law for each item is this. On the first day of each month the agents—the foreigners or slaves who manage affairs for the citizens—are to bring out the portion that must be sold to foreigners, beginning with a twelfth of the grain; and at this first market the foreigner is to buy grain, and everything that goes with grain, for the whole month. On the tenth of the month, the one side is to sell and the other to buy liquids, enough for the whole month. 849c On the twenty-third there is to be a sale of animals—whatever each party needs to sell or to buy—and of whatever implements or goods farmers sell and foreigners must buy, since they have to get them from others: skins, for example, or clothing of every kind, woven or felted, or other such things.

    καπηλείας δὲ τούτων ἢ κριθῶν ἢ πυρῶν εἰς ἄλφιτα νεμηθέντων, ἢ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην σύμπασαν τροφήν, ἀστοῖς μὲν καὶ τούτων δούλοις μήτε τις πωλείτω μήτε ὠνείσθω παρὰ τοιούτου μηδεὶς μηδενός, ἐν 849d δὲ ταῖς τῶν ξένων ξένος ἀγοραῖς πωλείτω τοῖς δημιουργοῖς τε καὶ τούτων δούλοις, οἴνου τε μεταβαλλόμενος καὶ σίτου πρᾶσιν, ὃ δὴ καπηλείαν ἐπονομάζουσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι· καὶ ζῴων διαμερισθέντων μάγειροι διατιθέσθων ξένοις τε καὶ δημιουργοῖς καὶ τούτων οἰκέταις. πᾶσαν δὲ ὕλην καύσιμον ὁσημέραι ξένος ὁ βουληθεὶς ὠνείσθω μὲν ἁθρόαν παρὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς χωρίοις ἐπιτρόπων, πωλείτω δὲ αὐτὸς τοῖς ξένοις, 849e καθʼ ὅσον ἂν βούληται καὶ ὁπόταν βούληται.

    As for retail trade in these things, or in barley or wheat ground into meal, or in any other food at all: no one is to sell it to citizens and their slaves, and none of them is to buy anything from such a trader. In 849d the foreigners’ markets, though, a foreigner may sell to craftsmen and their slaves, reselling wine and grain—which is what most people call retail trade. And butchers may dispose of cut-up animals to foreigners, craftsmen and their household slaves. Any foreigner who wishes may buy firewood of every kind by the day, wholesale from the agents in the country districts, and sell it himself to foreigners 849e in whatever quantity and whenever he wishes.

    τῶν δὲ ἄλλων χρημάτων πάντων καὶ σκευῶν ὁπόσων ἑκάστοισι χρεία, πωλεῖν εἰς τὴν κοινὴν ἀγορὰν φέροντας εἰς τὸν τόπον ἕκαστον, ἐν οἷς ἂν νομοφύλακές τε καὶ ἀγορανόμοι, μετʼ ἀστυνόμων τεκμηράμενοι ἕδρας πρεπούσας, ὅρους θῶνται τῶν ὠνίων, ἐν τούτοις ἀλλάττεσθαι νόμισμά τε χρημάτων καὶ χρήματα νομίσματος, μὴ προϊέμενον ἄλλον ἑτέρῳ τὴν ἀλλαγήν· ὁ δὲ προέμενος ὡς πιστεύων, ἐάντε κομίσηται καὶ ἂν μή, στεργέτω ὡς οὐκέτι δίκης οὔσης τῶν τοιούτων 850a περὶ συναλλάξεων. τὸ δὲ ὠνηθὲν ἢ πραθὲν ὅσῳ πλέον ἂν ᾖ καὶ πλέονος ἢ κατὰ τὸν νόμον, ὃς εἴρηκεν πόσου προσγενομένου καὶ ἀπογενομένου δεῖ μηδέτερα τούτων ποιεῖν, ἀναγραφήτω τότʼ ἤδη παρὰ τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν τὸ πλέον, ἐξαλειφέσθω δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον. τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ μετοίκων ἔστω τῆς ἀναγραφῆς πέρι τῆς οὐσίας.

    All other goods and implements that anyone needs are to be sold by bringing them to the common market, each to its own place. In the places where the guardians of the laws and the market wardens, together with the city wardens, have fixed suitable sites and set boundaries for the goods on sale, there they are to exchange money for goods and goods for money, and no one is to give credit to another in the exchange. Anyone who does give credit, trusting the other, must put up with the outcome whether he gets paid or not, since there will be no legal action over such 850a transactions. If what is bought or sold exceeds in quantity or price what the law allows—the law that has stated how much may be added or subtracted before one must do neither—then any increase is at once to be recorded with the guardians of the laws, and any decrease struck off. The same is to apply to resident foreigners regarding the registration of their property.

    ἰέναι δὲ τὸν βουλόμενον εἰς τὴν μετοίκησιν ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς, ὡς οἰκήσεως οὔσης τῶν ξένων τῷ 850b βουλομένῳ καὶ δυναμένῳ κατοικεῖν, τέχνην κεκτημένῳ καὶ ἐπιδημοῦντι μὴ πλέον ἐτῶν εἴκοσιν ἀφʼ ἧς ἂν γράψηται, μετοίκιον μηδὲ σμικρὸν τελοῦντι πλὴν τοῦ σωφρονεῖν, μηδὲ ἄλλο αὖ τέλος ἕνεκά τινος ὠνῆς ἢ καὶ πράσεως· ὅταν δʼ ἐξήκωσιν οἱ χρόνοι, τὴν αὑτοῦ λαβόντα οὐσίαν ἀπιέναι. ἐὰν δʼ ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσι τούτοις αὐτῷ συμβῇ λόγου ἀξίῳ πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν τῆς πόλεως γεγονέναι τινὰ ἱκανήν, καὶ πιστεύῃ πείσειν βουλὴν καὶ ἐκκλησίαν, ἤ τινα ἀναβολὴν τῆς ἐξοικήσεως 850c ἀξιῶν αὑτῷ γίγνεσθαι κυρίως, ἢ καὶ τὸ παράπαν διὰ βίου τινὰ μονήν, ἐπελθὼν καὶ πείσας τὴν πόλιν, ἅπερ ἂν πείσῃ, ταῦτα αὐτῷ τέλεα γιγνέσθω.

    Anyone who wishes may come and live as a resident foreigner on stated terms. There is to be residence for foreigners, for anyone 850b who wishes and is able to settle, provided he has a craft and stays no more than twenty years from the date he registers. He is to pay no resident’s tax, however small, except good conduct, nor any other tax on buying or selling. When his time is up, he is to take his property and leave. But if during these years it turns out that he has distinguished himself by some substantial service to the city, and he is confident he will persuade the council and the assembly when he asks that his departure be formally postponed, 850c or even that he be allowed to stay for life, he is to come forward and persuade the city; and whatever he persuades it of is to be granted him in full.

    At Athens, resident foreigners (metics) paid a special annual tax, the metoikion; Plato’s city waives it.

    παισὶ δὲ μετοίκων, δημιουργοῖς οὖσι καὶ γενομένοις ἐτῶν πεντεκαίδεκα, τῆς μὲν μετοικίας ἀρχέτω χρόνος ὁ μετὰ τὸ πέμπτον καὶ δέκατον ἔτος, ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ εἴκοσιν ἔτη μείνας, ἴτω ὅπῃ αὐτῷ φίλον, μένειν δὲ ἂν βούληται, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ μενέτω πείσας· ὁ δὲ ἀπιὼν 850d ἐξαλειψάμενος ἴτω τὰς ἀπογραφάς, αἵτινες ἂν αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν γεγραμμέναι πρότερον ὦσιν.

    For the children of resident foreigners, if they are craftsmen and have reached fifteen years of age, the period of residence is to begin from their fifteenth year. After staying twenty years on these terms, such a person is to go wherever he likes; but if he wishes to stay, he may stay, having persuaded the city in the same way. Anyone who leaves 850d is to have the registrations that were previously entered for him with the officials struck off before he goes.

    Book IX

    Criminal law: temple robbery, homicide and wounding.

    Athenianδίκαι δὴ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀκόλουθοι ταῖς ἔμπροσθεν πράξεσιν ἁπάσαις οὖσαι κατὰ φύσιν γίγνοιντο ἂν τὴν τῆς διακοσμήσεως τῶν νόμων. ὧντινων οὖν δὴ πέρι δεῖ γίγνεσθαι δίκας, τὰ μὲν εἴρηται, τὰ κατὰ γεωργίας τε καὶ ὅσα τούτοις εἵπετο, τὰ δὲ μέγιστα οὔτε εἴρηταί πω, καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστόν τε λεγόμενον, ῥηθὲν ἣν δεῖ λαμβάνειν αὐτὸ τιμωρίαν καὶ 853b τίνων ποτὲ δικαστῶν τυγχάνειν, μετʼ ἐκεῖνʼ αὐτὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα ῥητέον.

    AthenianLegal cases would come next, following naturally on all the activities we’ve dealt with before, in the orderly arrangement of the laws. Some of the matters on which there must be trials have been discussed—those concerning farming and whatever went with it—but the most important have not yet been. Each of them must be discussed one by one, stating what penalty it should receive and 853b what judges it should come before; these must be discussed next, in order, after the others.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianαἰσχρὸν μὲν δή τινα τρόπον καὶ νομοθετεῖν πάντα ὁπόσα νῦν μέλλομεν τοῦτο δρᾶν, ἐν τοιαύτῃ πόλει ἥν φαμεν οἰκήσεσθαί τε εὖ καὶ τεύξεσθαι πάσης ὀρθότητος πρὸς ἐπιτήδευσιν ἀρετῆς· ἐν δὲ τῇ τοιαύτῃ τὸ καὶ ἀξιοῦν τῆς τῶν ἄλλων μοχθηρίας τῶν μεγίστων ἐμφύεσθαί τινα μεθέξοντα, ὥστε δεῖν νομοθετεῖν προκαταλαμβάνοντα καὶ ἀπειλοῦντα 853c ἐάν τις τοιοῦτος γίγνηται, καὶ τούτων ἀποτροπῆς τε ἕνεκα καὶ γενομένων κολάσεως τιθέναι ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς νόμους, ὡς ἐσομένους, ὅπερ εἶπον, αἰσχρὸν μέν τινα τρόπον.

    AthenianIn a way it is shameful even to legislate on all the matters we are now about to legislate on, in a city of the sort we say will be well governed and will attain every correctness in the practice of virtue. In such a city, even to suppose that someone could grow up who would share in the worst wickedness found elsewhere—so that one must legislate in advance and threaten, 853c in case such a person appears, and lay down laws against these crimes, both to deter them and to punish them if they occur, as though they will—this, as I said, is shameful in a way.

    ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ, καθάπερ οἱ παλαιοὶ νομοθέται θεῶν παισὶν νομοθετούμενοι τοῖς ἥρωσιν, ὡς ὁ νῦν λόγος, αὐτοί τʼ ἐκ θεῶν ὄντες ἄλλοις τε ἐκ τοιούτων γεγονόσιν ἐνομοθέτουν, ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωποί τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων σπέρμασιν νομοθετοῦμεν τὰ νῦν, ἀνεμέσητον 853d δὴ φοβεῖσθαι μή τις ἐγγίγνηται τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμῖν οἷον κερασβόλος, ὃς ἀτεράμων εἰς τοσοῦτον φύσει γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὥστε μὴ τήκεσθαι· καθάπερ ἐκεῖνα τὰ σπέρματα πυρί, νόμοις οὗτοι καίπερ οὕτως ἰσχυροῖς οὖσιν ἄτηκτοι γίγνωνται. ὧν δὴ χάριν οὐκ ἐπίχαριν λέγοιμʼ ἂν πρῶτον νόμον ἱερῶν περὶ συλήσεων, ἄν τις τοῦτο δρᾶν τολμᾷ.

    But we are not like the ancient lawgivers, who, as the story now goes, legislated for heroes, the children of gods, being descended from gods themselves and giving laws to others of the same descent. We are human beings, legislating now for the seed of human beings, and so we can’t be blamed 853d for fearing that one of our citizens may turn out to be “horn-struck,” as it were: so hard by nature that he won’t soften. Just as those seeds don’t soften in the fire, such people remain unsoftened by laws, however strong. For their sake—and it gives me no pleasure—I shall pronounce the first law, on robbing temples, in case anyone dares to do it.

    “Horn-struck” seeds were beans said to stay hard however long they were cooked, supposedly because they had touched an ox’s horn at sowing.

    καὶ πολίτην μὲν τῶν τεθραμμένων ὀρθῶς οὔτʼ ἂν βουλοίμεθα οὔτε ἐλπιστὸν πάνυ τι νοσῆσαί ποτε ἂν ταύτην τὴν νόσον, οἰκέται δὲ ἂν τούτων καὶ ξένοι καὶ ξένων δοῦλοι πολλὰ ἂν ἐπιχειρήσειαν τοιαῦτα· ὧν ἕνεκα μὲν μάλιστα, ὅμως δὲ καὶ σύμπασαν τὴν 854a τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἀσθένειαν εὐλαβούμενος, ἐρῶ τὸν τῶν ἱεροσύλων πέρι νόμον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ὅσα δυσίατα καὶ ἀνίατα. προοίμια δὲ τούτοισι, κατὰ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν λόγον ὁμολογηθέντα, προρρητέον ἅπασιν ὡς βραχύτατα.

    Now, a correctly brought up citizen is someone we would neither wish nor much expect ever to catch this disease. But their household slaves, and foreigners, and foreigners’ slaves might attempt many such things. Chiefly for their sake, but also guarding against the weakness 854a of human nature as a whole, I shall state the law about temple robbers and about all other such crimes as are hard to cure or incurable. And in keeping with the principle we agreed on earlier, preambles must be pronounced before all of these, as briefly as possible.

    λέγοι δή τις ἂν ἐκείνῳ διαλεγόμενος ἅμα καὶ παραμυθούμενος, ὃν ἐπιθυμία κακὴ παρακαλοῦσα μεθʼ ἡμέραν τε καὶ ἐπεγείρουσα νύκτωρ ἐπί τι τῶν ἱερῶν ἄγει 854b συλήσοντα, τάδε· ὦ θαυμάσιε, οὐκ ἀνθρώπινόν σε κακὸν οὐδὲ θεῖον κινεῖ τὸ νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱεροσυλίαν προτρέπον ἰέναι, οἶστρος δέ σέ τις ἐμφυόμενος ἐκ παλαιῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀδικημάτων, περιφερόμενος ἀλιτηριώδης, ὃν εὐλαβεῖσθαι χρεὼν παντὶ σθένει· τίς δʼ ἐστὶν εὐλάβεια, μαθέ. ὅταν σοι προσπίπτῃ τι τῶν τοιούτων δογμάτων, ἴθι ἐπὶ τὰς ἀποδιοπομπήσεις, ἴθι ἐπὶ θεῶν ἀποτροπαίων ἱερὰ ἱκέτης, ἴθι ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν λεγομένων ἀνδρῶν ὑμῖν ἀγαθῶν 854c συνουσίας, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄκουε, τὰ δὲ πειρῶ λέγειν αὐτός, ὡς δεῖ τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ δίκαια πάντα ἄνδρα τιμᾶν· τὰς δὲ τῶν κακῶν συνουσίας φεῦγε ἀμεταστρεπτί.

    One might address the man whom an evil desire, summoning him by day and rousing him at night, drives to rob 854b some sanctuary, talking with him and encouraging him at the same time, like this: My dear man, what moves you now and urges you on to temple robbery is no human evil, nor a divine one either. It is a kind of frenzy, bred in human beings from ancient crimes never purified, that goes around bringing ruin; and you must guard against it with all your strength. Learn what that guarding is. When any such idea comes over you, go to the rites that turn evil away; go as a suppliant to the sanctuaries of the gods who avert evil; go to the company of the men among you who are said to be good, 854c and listen to them, and try to say it yourself, that every man must honor what is fine and just. Flee the company of bad men without looking back.

    καὶ ἐὰν μέν σοι δρῶντι ταῦτα λωφᾷ τι τὸ νόσημα· εἰ δὲ μή, καλλίω θάνατον σκεψάμενος ἀπαλλάττου τοῦ βίου.

    And if, when you do this, the sickness abates somewhat, well and good; if not, consider death the finer course, and rid yourself of life.

    ταῦτα ἡμῶν ᾀδόντων προοίμια τοῖς πάντα ταῦτα ἐπινοοῦσιν ὅσα ἀνόσια ἔργα καὶ πολιτοφθόρα, τῷ μὲν πειθομένῳ τὸν νόμον ἐᾶν σιγῇ δεῖ, τῷ δὲ ἀπειθοῦντι μετὰ τὸ προοίμιον 854d ᾄδειν μέγα· ὃς δʼ ἂν ἱεροσυλῶν ληφθῇ, ἐὰν μὲν ᾖ δοῦλος ἢ ξένος, ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ ταῖς χερσὶ γραφεὶς τὴν συμφοράν, καὶ μαστιγωθεὶς ὁπόσας ἂν δόξῃ τοῖς δικασταῖς, ἐκτὸς τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας γυμνὸς ἐκβληθήτω· τάχα γὰρ ἂν δοὺς ταύτην τὴν δίκην γένοιτʼ ἂν βελτίων σωφρονισθείς. οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ κακῷ δίκη γίγνεται οὐδεμία γενομένη κατὰ νόμον, δυοῖν δὲ θάτερον ἀπεργάζεται σχεδόν· ἢ γὰρ βελτίονα ἢ μοχθηρότερον 854e ἧττον ἐξηργάσατο τὸν τὴν δίκην παρασχόντα.

    These are the preambles we sing to all who contemplate such impious deeds, deeds that destroy cities. For the one who obeys, the law must be left unspoken; but for the one who disobeys, after the preamble, 854d it must sing out loud: Whoever is caught robbing a temple, if he is a slave or a foreigner, is to have his misfortune written on his face and hands, be whipped with as many lashes as the judges decide, and be thrown out naked beyond the borders of the country. For perhaps by paying this penalty he may be brought to his senses and become better. No penalty imposed according to law is inflicted to do harm; it generally achieves one of two things: it makes the one who pays it either better or less 854e wicked.

    πολίτης δὲ ἄν τίς ποτέ τι τοιοῦτον δρῶν ἀναφανῇ, περὶ θεοὺς ἢ περὶ γονέας ἢ περὶ πόλιν ἠδικηκὼς τῶν μεγάλων τινα καὶ ἀπορρήτων ἀδικιῶν, ὡς ἀνίατον ἤδη τοῦτον ὄντα ὁ δικαστὴς διανοείσθω, λογιζόμενος οἵας παιδείας τε καὶ τροφῆς ἐκ παιδὸς τυγχάνων οὐκ ἀπέσχετο τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν. δίκη δὴ τούτῳ θάνατος, ἐλάχιστον τῶν κακῶν, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους 855a παράδειγμα ὀνήσει γενόμενος, ἀκλεὴς καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς τῆς χώρας ὅρους ἀφανισθείς· παισὶ δὲ καὶ γένει, ἐὰν φύγωσι τὰ πατρῷα ἤθη, κλέος ἔστω καὶ λόγος ἔντιμος λεγόμενος, ὡς εὖ τε καὶ ἀνδρείως εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐκ κακοῦ διαπεφευγότων. δημόσια δὲ χρήματα οὐδενὸς τῶν τοιούτων τῇ πολιτείᾳ πρέπον ἂν εἴη γίγνεσθαι, ἐν ᾗ δεῖ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ καὶ ἴσους ὄντας διατελεῖν κλήρους.

    But if a citizen is ever shown to have done anything of this kind—to have committed one of the great and unspeakable wrongs against gods, parents or city—the judge should regard him as already incurable, considering what education and upbringing he has had from childhood, and still has not kept away from the greatest evils. His penalty is death, the least of evils; and he will benefit others 855a by becoming an example, as he vanishes without honor beyond the borders of the country. But his children and family, if they shun their father’s ways, are to have glory and be spoken of with honor, as people who escaped well and bravely from bad to good. It would not be fitting in this constitution for the property of any such person to be confiscated by the state, since here the allotments must always remain the same and equal.

    ζημίας δʼ ἐκτίσεις, ὅταν ἀδικεῖν ἄξια δοκῇ τις χρημάτων, ἐκτίνειν, ἂν ᾖ τι τῶν τοῦ κλήρου κατεσκευασμένου 855b περιττεῦον, μέχρι τοσούτου ζημιωθέντα, τὸ δὲ πλέον μή· τὰς δʼ εἰς ταῦτα ἀκριβείας ἐκ τῶν ἀπογραφῶν νομοφύλακες σκοποῦντες τὸ σαφὲς ἐξαγγελλόντων ἀεὶ τοῖς δικασταῖς, ὅπως ἂν τῶν κλήρων ἀργὸς μηδεὶς μηδέποτε γίγνηται διʼ ἀπορίαν χρημάτων.

    As for paying fines, when someone is thought to have committed wrongs that deserve a fine, he is to pay it if he has anything left over beyond the equipment of his allotment, 855b being fined up to that amount and no more. The guardians of the laws are to examine the precise facts from the property registers and always report them clearly to the judges, so that no allotment ever goes untilled for lack of money.

    ζημίας δὲ ἄν τις πλέονος ἄξιος εἶναι δοκῇ, ἐὰν ἄρα μή τινες ἐθέλωσιν αὐτὸν τῶν φίλων ἐγγυᾶσθαί τε καὶ συνεκτίνοντες ἀπελευθεροῦν, δεσμοῖς τε χρονίοις καὶ ἐμφανέσι καί τισιν προπηλακισμοῖς κολάζειν, 855c ἄτιμον δὲ παντάπασιν μηδένα εἶναι μηδέποτε μηδʼ ἐφʼ ἑνὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, μηδʼ ὑπερορίαν φυγάδα· θάνατον δὲ ἢ δεσμοὺς ἢ πληγάς, ἤ τινας ἀμόρφους ἕδρας ἢ στάσεις ἢ παραστάσεις εἰς ἱερὰ ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς χώρας ἔσχατα, ἢ χρημάτων καθάπερ ἔμπροσθεν εἴπομεν ἐκτίσεις γίγνεσθαι δεῖν τὴν δίκην ταύτην, γιγνέσθω. δικασταὶ δὲ ἔστωσαν θανάτου πέρι νομοφύλακές τε καὶ τὸ τῶν περυσινῶν ἀρχόντων ἀριστίνδην 855d ἀπομερισθὲν δικαστήριον· εἰσαγωγὰς δὲ τούτων καὶ προσκλήσεις καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα καὶ ὡς δεῖ γίγνεσθαι, τοῖς νεωτέροις νομοθέταις χρὴ μέλειν, τὴν διαψήφισιν δὲ ἡμέτερον ἔργον νομοθετεῖν.

    If someone is thought to deserve a heavier fine, then, unless some of his friends are willing to stand surety for him and set him free by helping to pay it, he is to be punished with long and public imprisonment and certain humiliations. 855c But no one is ever to be wholly deprived of civic rights for any single offense, nor banished beyond the borders. The penalty is to be death, or imprisonment, or beatings, or some degrading postures, sitting or standing, or being made to stand at sanctuaries on the frontiers of the country, or payment of money, in the way we said earlier that this penalty should be exacted. In capital cases, the judges are to be the guardians of the laws together with a court selected on merit from the previous year’s officials. 855d The bringing of these cases, the summonses and all such matters, and how they are to be conducted, must be the concern of the younger lawgivers; the voting is ours to legislate.

    ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ μὲν ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη, πρὸ τούτου δὲ κατὰ τὸ στόμα τοῦ διώκοντός τε καὶ φεύγοντος ὁ δικαστὴς ἑξῆς ἡμῖν ἐγγύτατα κατὰ πρέσβιν ἱζέσθω, πάντες δʼ οἱ πολῖται, ὅσοιπερ ἂν ἄγωσι σχολήν, ἐπήκοοι ἔστωσαν σπουδῇ τῶν τοιούτων δικῶν. λέγειν δὲ ἕνα λόγον, πρῶτον 855e μὲν τὸν διώκοντα, τὸν δὲ φεύγοντα δεύτερον· μετὰ δὲ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἄρχεσθαι μὲν τὸν γεραίτατον ἀνακρίνοντα, ἰόντα εἰς τὴν τῶν λεχθέντων σκέψιν ἱκανήν, μετὰ δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτατον ἑξῆς ἅπαντας χρὴ διεξελθεῖν ὅτι ἂν παρʼ ἑκατέρου τις τῶν ἀντιδίκων ῥηθὲν ἢ μὴ ῥηθὲν ἐπιποθῇ τινα τρόπον· ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ποθῶν ἄλλῳ τὴν ἀνάκρισιν παραδιδότω.

    Let the vote be cast openly. Before that, the judges are to sit in order of seniority, as close as possible, facing the prosecutor and the defendant; and all citizens who have the leisure are to attend and listen seriously to such trials. Each side is to make one speech, 855e the prosecutor first and the defendant second. After these speeches the eldest judge is to begin the questioning, going into an adequate examination of what has been said; after the eldest, all of them in turn must go through whatever they find lacking in what either party said or failed to say. A judge who finds nothing lacking is to hand the questioning on to the next.

    τῶν δὲ ῥηθέντων ἐπισφραγισαμένους ὅσα ἂν εἶναι καίρια 856a δοκῇ, γράμμασιν σημεῖα ἐπιβάλλοντας πάντων τῶν δικαστῶν, θεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἑστίαν, καὶ πάλιν αὔριον εἰς ταὐτὸν συνελθόντας, ὡσαύτως τε ἀνακρίνοντας διεξελθεῖν τὴν δίκην καὶ σημεῖα ἐπιβάλλοντας αὖ τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν· καὶ τρὶς δράσαντας τοῦτο, τεκμήριά τε καὶ μάρτυρας ἱκανῶς παραλαβόντας, ψῆφον ἱερὰν ἕκαστον φέροντα καὶ ὑποσχόμενον πρὸς τῆς ἑστίας εἰς δύναμιν τὰ δίκαια καὶ ἀληθῆ κρίνειν, οὕτω τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τῇ τοιαύτῃ δίκῃ. 856b

    They are to put their seals on whatever of the statements 856a seem relevant, attaching the marks of all the judges to the written record, and place it on the hearth. The next day they are to meet again in the same place, go through the case with questioning in the same way, and again put their marks on what has been said. When they have done this three times and have given adequate hearing to the evidence and the witnesses, each is to cast a sacred vote, promising by the hearth to judge what is just and true as far as he can; and in this way they are to bring such a trial to a close. 856b

    μετὰ δὲ τὰ περὶ θεοὺς τὰ περὶ κατάλυσιν τῆς πολιτείας. ὃς ἂν ἄγων εἰς ἀρχὴν ἀνθρώπων δουλῶται μὲν τοὺς νόμους, ἑταιρίας δὲ τὴν πόλιν ὑπήκοον ποιῇ, καὶ βιαίως δὴ πᾶν τοῦτο πράττων καὶ στάσιν ἐγείρων παρανομῇ, τοῦτον δὴ διανοεῖσθαι δεῖ πάντων πολεμιώτατον ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει· τὸν δὲ κοινωνοῦντα μὲν τῶν τοιούτων μηδενί, τῶν μεγίστων δὲ μετέχοντα ἀρχῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, λεληθότα τε ταῦτα αὐτόν, ἢ 856c μὴ λεληθότα, δειλίᾳ δʼ, ὑπὲρ πατρίδος αὑτοῦ μὴ τιμωρούμενον, δεῖ δεύτερον ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν τοιοῦτον πολίτην κάκῃ.

    After crimes concerning the gods come those aimed at overthrowing the constitution. Whoever enslaves the laws by putting them under the rule of men, and makes the city subject to a faction, and breaks the law by doing all this by violence and stirring up civil strife, must be regarded as the worst enemy of the whole city. And the man who takes part in none of this, but holds one of the highest offices in the city, and either fails to notice it or 856c notices it but out of cowardice fails to take vengeance on his country’s behalf—such a citizen must be considered second in baseness.

    πᾶς δὲ ἀνήρ, οὗ καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, ἐνδεικνύτω ταῖς ἀρχαῖς εἰς κρίσιν ἄγων τὸν ἐπιβουλεύοντα βιαίου πολιτείας μεταστάσεως ἅμα καὶ παρανόμου· δικασταὶ δὲ ἔστωσαν τούτοις οἵπερ τοῖς ἱεροσύλοις, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν ὡσαύτως αὐτοῖς γίγνεσθαι καθάπερ ἐκείνοις, τὴν ψῆφον θάνατον φέρειν τὴν πλήθει νικῶσαν. ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ, πατρὸς ὀνείδη καὶ τιμωρίας 856d παίδων μηδενὶ συνέπεσθαι, πλὴν ἐάν τινι πατὴρ καὶ πάππος καὶ πάππου πατὴρ ἐφεξῆς ὄφλωσι θανάτου δίκην· τούτους δὲ ἡ πόλις ἔχοντας τὴν αὑτῶν οὐσίαν, πλὴν ὅσον κατεσκευασμένου τοῦ κλήρου παντελῶς, εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν ἀρχαίαν ἐκπεμπέσθω πατρίδα καὶ πόλιν.

    Every man who is of the slightest use is to denounce to the officials, bringing him to trial, anyone who plots a change of constitution that is both violent and unlawful. The judges in these cases are to be the same as for temple robbers, and the whole trial is to be conducted in the same way as for them, the majority vote carrying the death penalty. In a word, a father’s disgrace and penalties 856d are not to pass to any of his children, except where someone’s father, grandfather and great-grandfather in succession have all been condemned to death. Such people the city is to send away to their ancient homeland and city, keeping their own property except for everything belonging to the fully equipped allotment.

    οἷς δʼ ἂν τῶν πολιτῶν ὑεῖς ὄντες τυγχάνωσιν πλείους ἑνός, μὴ ἔλαττον δέκα ἔτη γεγονότες, κληρῶσαι μὲν τούτων δέκα, οὓς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ πατὴρ ἢ πάππος ὁ πρὸς πατρὸς ἢ μητρός, τῶν δὲ λαχόντων τὰ 856e ὀνόματα εἰς Δελφοὺς πεμφθέντων· ὃν δʼ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέλῃ, κληρονόμον εἰς τὸν οἶκον καταστῆσαι τὸν τῶν ἐκλιπόντων τύχῃ ἀμείνονι.

    Citizens who happen to have more than one son, not less than ten years old, are to draw lots among ten of them, those designated by the father or by the grandfather on the father’s or the mother’s side, and the names of those chosen by lot 856e are to be sent to Delphi. Whichever one the god indicates is to be installed, with better luck, as heir to the household of those who have left it.

    Cliniasκαλῶς.

    CliniasGood.

    Athenianκοινὸς δʼ ἔτι τρίτος εἷς ἔστω νόμος περὶ δικαστῶν τε, οὓς δεῖ δικάζειν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὁ τρόπος τῶν δικῶν, οἷς ἂν προδόσεως αἰτίαν ἐπιφέρων τις εἰς δικαστήριον ἄγῃ· καὶ μονῆς ὡσαύτως ἐκγόνοις καὶ ἐξόδου τῆς πατρίδος εἷς ἔστω 857a περὶ ταῦτα νόμος οὗτος τρισί, προδότῃ καὶ ἱεροσύλῳ καὶ τῷ τοὺς τῆς πόλεως νόμους βίᾳ ἀπολλύντι. κλέπτῃ δέ, ἐάντε μέγα ἐάντε σμικρὸν κλέπτῃ τις, εἷς αὖ νόμος κείσθω καὶ μία δίκης τιμωρία σύμπασιν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ κλαπὲν δὴ χρεὼν διπλάσιον πρῶτον ἐκτίνειν, ἐὰν ὄφλῃ τις τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην καὶ ἱκανὴν ἔχῃ τὴν ἄλλην οὐσίαν ἀποτίνειν ὑπὲρ τὸν κλῆρον, ἐὰν δὲ μή, δεδέσθαι ἕως ἂν ἐκτείσῃ ἢ πείσῃ τὸν καταδικασάμενον.

    AthenianLet there be one common law, too, for a third case, concerning the judges who are to try it and the procedure of the trials, when someone brings a charge of treason to court. And likewise, concerning whether descendants stay in their homeland or leave it, let there be this one law 857a for all three: the traitor, the temple robber, and the man who destroys the city’s laws by violence. For the thief, too, whether he steals something large or something small, one law is to be laid down and one penalty for all. First, he must pay back double what was stolen, if he loses such a case and has enough other property beyond his allotment to pay it; if not, he is to be kept in prison until he pays it or persuades the one who won the case against him.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ κλοπῆς δημοσίᾳ δίκην, πείσας τὴν πόλιν ἢ τὸ κλέμμα ἐκτείσας διπλοῦν, ἀπαλλαττέσθω τῶν δεσμῶν.

    If someone is convicted of theft from the public, he is to be released from prison once he has persuaded the city or paid back double what he stole.

    Cliniasπῶς δὴ λέγομεν, ὦ ξένε, μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῷ κλέπτοντι μέγα ἢ σμικρὸν ὑφελομένῳ, καὶ ἐξ ἱερῶν ἢ ὁσίων, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἐστὶν περὶ κλοπὴν πᾶσαν ἀνομοιότητα ἔχοντα, οἷς δεῖ ποικίλοις οὖσιν ἕπεσθαι τὸν νομοθέτην μηδὲν ὁμοίαις ζημίαις ζημιοῦντα;

    CliniasWhat do we mean, stranger, by saying it makes no difference whether the thief takes something large or small, from sacred places or secular ones, and in all the other respects in which thefts are unlike one another? The lawgiver ought to follow them in all their variety and not impose the same penalties at all.

    The lawgiver as teacher

    Clinias objects to one penalty for all thefts; the Athenian says laws should educate, like a free doctor.

    Athenianἄριστʼ, ὦ Κλεινία· σχεδόν τοί με ὥσπερ φερόμενον 857c ἀντικρούσας ἀνήγειρας, ἐννενοηκότα δὲ καὶ πρότερον ὑπέμνησας ὅτι τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν νόμων θέσιν οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ πώποτε γέγονεν ὀρθῶς διαπεπονημένα, ὥς γε ἐν τῷ νῦν παραπεπτωκότι λέγειν. πῶς δʼ αὖ καὶ τοῦτο λέγομεν; οὐ κακῶς ἀπῃκάσαμεν, ὅτε δούλοις ὡς ἰατρευομένοις ὑπὸ δούλων ἀπῃκάζομεν πάντας τοὺς νῦν νομοθετουμένους.

    AthenianExcellent, Clinias! You’ve run into me as I was, so to speak, rushing headlong, 857c and woken me up, and reminded me of something I’d thought about before: that lawmaking has never yet been worked out correctly in any way—to judge by the case that has just come up. What do we mean by that, in turn? It was not a bad comparison we made when we compared everyone who receives laws nowadays to slaves being treated by slaves.

    In Book IV the Athenian contrasted slave doctors, who simply give orders, with free doctors, who explain and persuade—his model for laws with preambles.

    εὖ γὰρ ἐπίστασθαι δεῖ τὸ τοιόνδε, ὡς εἰ καταλάβοι ποτέ τις ἰατρὸς τῶν ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις ἄνευ λόγου τὴν ἰατρικὴν μεταχειριζομένων 857d ἐλεύθερον ἐλευθέρῳ νοσοῦντι διαλεγόμενον ἰατρόν, καὶ τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐγγὺς χρώμενον μὲν τοῖς λόγοις, ἐξ ἀρχῆς τε ἁπτόμενον τοῦ νοσήματος, περὶ φύσεως πάσης ἐπανιόντα τῆς τῶν σωμάτων, ταχὺ καὶ σφόδρα γελάσειεν ἂν καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλους εἴποι λόγους ἢ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἀεὶ προχείρους ὄντας τοῖς πλείστοις λεγομένοις ἰατροῖς· φαίη γὰρ ἂν “ὦ μῶρε, οὐκ ἰατρεύεις τὸν νοσοῦντα ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν παιδεύεις, 857e ὡς ἰατρὸν ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑγιῆ δεόμενον γίγνεσθαι”.

    For you should be well aware of this. Suppose one of the doctors who practice medicine by experience without any theory were to come upon 857d a free doctor talking with a free patient—using arguments not far from philosophy, getting hold of the disease from its origin, going back over the whole nature of bodies. He would promptly burst out laughing, and would say nothing but what most so-called doctors always have ready on such occasions: “You fool, you’re not treating the patient, you’re practically educating him, 857e as if what he needed was to become a doctor, not to get well!”

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν λέγων τὰ τοιαῦτα ὀρθῶς ἂν λέγοι;

    CliniasAnd wouldn’t he be right to say so?

    Athenianτάχʼ ἄν, εἰ προσδιανοοῖτό γε ὡς ὅστις περὶ νόμων οὕτω διεξέρχεται, καθάπερ ἡμεῖς τὰ νῦν, παιδεύει τοὺς πολίτας ἀλλʼ οὐ νομοθετεῖ. ἆρʼ οὖν οὐ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἂν πρὸς τρόπου λέγειν φαίνοιτο;

    AthenianPerhaps—if he had this further point in mind, that anyone who goes through the subject of laws the way we are doing now is educating the citizens, not legislating. Wouldn’t that too seem a fair thing to say?

    Cliniasἴσως.

    CliniasPerhaps.

    Athenianεὐτυχὲς δὲ ἡμῶν τὸ παρὸν γέγονεν.

    AthenianBut our present situation is a lucky one.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δή;

    CliniasIn what way?

    Athenianτὸ μηδεμίαν ἀνάγκην εἶναι νομοθετεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς 858a ἐν σκέψει γενομένους περὶ πάσης πολιτείας πειρᾶσθαι κατιδεῖν τό τε ἄριστον καὶ τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον, τίνα τρόπον ἂν γιγνόμενον γίγνοιτο. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ νῦν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, εἰ μὲν βουλόμεθα, τὸ βέλτιστον σκοπεῖν, εἰ δὲ βουλόμεθα, τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον περὶ νόμων· αἱρώμεθα οὖν πότερον δοκεῖ.

    AthenianIn that there is no necessity for us to legislate. We can 858a examine every constitution for ourselves and try to discern both what is best and what is most necessary, and how it might come about. And now, in particular, it seems we are free, if we like, to consider what is best in matters of law, or, if we like, what is most necessary. So let’s choose whichever we prefer.

    Cliniasγελοίαν, ὦ ξένε, προτιθέμεθα τὴν αἵρεσιν, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς ὥσπερ κατεχομένοις νομοθέταις ὅμοιοι γιγνοίμεθʼ 858b ἂν ὑπὸ μεγάλης τινὸς ἀνάγκης ἤδη νομοθετεῖν, ὡς οὐκέτʼ ἐξὸν εἰς αὔριον· ἡμῖν δʼ—εἰπεῖν σὺν θεῷ—ἔξεστι, καθάπερ ἢ λιθολόγοις ἢ καί τινος ἑτέρας ἀρχομένοις συστάσεως, παραφορήσασθαι χύδην ἐξ ὧν ἐκλεξόμεθα τὰ πρόσφορα τῇ μελλούσῃ γενήσεσθαι συστάσει, καὶ δὴ καὶ κατὰ σχολὴν ἐκλέξασθαι. τιθῶμεν οὖν ἡμᾶς νῦν εἶναι μὴ τοὺς ἐξ ἀνάγκης οἰκοδομοῦντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπὶ σχολῆς ἔτι τὰ μὲν παρατιθεμένους, τὰ δὲ συνιστάντας· ὥστε ὀρθῶς ἔχει τὰ μὲν ἤδη τῶν 858c νόμων λέγειν ὡς τιθέμενα, τὰ δʼ ὡς παρατιθέμενα.

    CliniasIt’s a ridiculous choice we’re setting ourselves, stranger. We’d be just like lawgivers under pressure, forced by some great necessity 858b to legislate right now, as if it were no longer possible tomorrow. But we—heaven willing—are free, like stonemasons or people beginning any other construction, to bring together a heap of materials from which we can select what suits the construction to come, and to select at our leisure. So let’s take it that we are now not people building out of necessity, but people with leisure still to set some things aside and put others together. That way it is right to state some of our 858c laws as already enacted, and some as set aside for later.

    Athenianγένοιτο γοῦν ἄν, ὦ Κλεινία, κατὰ φύσιν μᾶλλον ἡμῖν ἡ σύνοψις τῶν νόμων. ἴδωμεν γὰρ οὖν, ὦ πρὸς θεῶν, τὸ τοιόνδε περὶ νομοθετῶν.

    AthenianAt any rate, Clinias, our survey of the laws would be more in keeping with nature that way. So let’s look, by the gods, at the following point about lawgivers.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον δή;

    CliniasWhat point?

    Athenianγράμματα μέν που καὶ ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι καὶ ἄλλων εἰσὶ πολλῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν γεγραμμένοι, γράμματα δὲ καὶ τὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ λόγοι.

    AthenianIn cities, I suppose, there are writings, and discourses in writing, by many other people; and there are also writings and discourses of the lawgiver.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν τοῖς μὲν τῶν ἄλλων συγγράμμασιν, 858d ποιητῶν καὶ ὅσοι ἄνευ μέτρων καὶ μετὰ μέτρων τὴν αὑτῶν εἰς μνήμην συμβουλὴν περὶ βίου κατέθεντο συγγράψαντες, προσέχωμεν τὸν νοῦν, τοῖς δὲ τῶν νομοθετῶν μὴ προσέχωμεν; ἢ πάντων μάλιστα;

    AthenianThen are we to pay attention to the writings of the others— 858d poets, and those who have written down, in prose or in verse, their advice about life for people to remember—and not pay attention to those of the lawgivers? Or should we attend to these most of all?

    Cliniasπολύ γε.

    CliniasMuch the most.

    Athenianἀλλὰ δῆτα οὐ χρὴ τὸν νομοθέτην μόνον τῶν γραφόντων περὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ δικαίων συμβουλεύειν, διδάσκοντα οἷά τέ ἐστι καὶ ὡς ἐπιτηδευτέον αὐτὰ τοῖς μέλλουσιν εὐδαίμοσιν ἔσεσθαι;

    AthenianWell then, shouldn’t the lawgiver, alone among writers, give advice about what is fine and good and just, teaching what these things are and how those who mean to be happy must practice them?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἀλλὰ αἰσχρὸν δὴ μᾶλλον Ὁμήρῳ τε καὶ Τυρταίῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ποιηταῖς περὶ βίου τε καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων κακῶς θέσθαι γράψαντας, Λυκούργῳ δὲ ἧττον καὶ Σόλωνι καὶ ὅσοι δὴ νομοθέται γενόμενοι γράμματα ἔγραψαν; ἢ τό γε ὀρθόν, πάντων δεῖ γραμμάτων τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους γεγραμμένα φαίνεσθαι διαπτυττόμενα μακρῷ κάλλιστά τε καὶ ἄριστα, τὰ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἢ κατʼ ἐκεῖνα 859a συνεπόμενα, ἢ διαφωνοῦντα αὐτοῖς εἶναι καταγέλαστα; οὕτω διανοώμεθα περὶ νόμων δεῖν γραφῆς γίγνεσθαι ταῖς πόλεσιν, ἐν πατρός τε καὶ μητρὸς σχήμασι φιλούντων τε καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντων φαίνεσθαι τὰ γεγραμμένα, ἢ κατὰ τύραννον καὶ δεσπότην τάξαντα καὶ ἀπειλήσαντα γράψαντα ἐν τοίχοις ἀπηλλάχθαι;

    AthenianThen is it more shameful for Homer and Tyrtaeus and the other poets to have laid down bad precepts in their writings about life and its pursuits, and less shameful for Lycurgus and Solon and all who became lawgivers and wrote texts? Or, rightly, shouldn’t the writings about laws, of all the writings in cities, prove when unrolled to be by far the finest and best, and the writings of others either conform 859a to them or, where they disagree with them, be laughable? Should we think that the laws of cities ought to be written in such a way that the writings appear in the guise of a loving and sensible father and mother? Or should they be like a tyrant and despot who gives orders and threats, writes them on walls, and is done with it?

    Solon was the Athenian statesman and lawgiver of the early sixth century BC; laws were published on scrolls, and also on walls and tablets.

    σκοπῶμεν οὖν δὴ καὶ τὰ νῦν ἡμεῖς πότερα ταύτῃ πειρώμεθα λέγειν διανοηθέντες περὶ νόμων, εἴτʼ οὖν 859b δυνάμεθα εἴτε μή, ἀλλʼ οὖν τό γε πρόθυμον παρεχόμενοι· καὶ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἰόντες, ἂν ἄρα τι καὶ δέῃ πάσχειν, πάσχωμεν. ἀγαθὸν δʼ εἴη τε, καὶ ἂν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ, γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ταύτῃ.

    So let’s consider whether we too are now trying to speak about laws with this in mind, whether 859b we can or not, at least bringing our goodwill to it; and if, going along this road, we have to suffer something, let’s suffer it. May it be for the good—and, god willing, that is how it will turn out.

    Cliniasκαλῶς εἴρηκας, ποιῶμέν τε ὡς λέγεις.

    CliniasWell said. Let’s do as you say.

    Athenianδιασκεπτέον ἄρα πρῶτον, ὥσπερ ἐπεχειρήσαμεν, ἀκριβῶς τὸν περὶ τῶν τε ἱεροσυλούντων καὶ κλοπῆς πάσης πέρι καὶ ἀδικημάτων συμπάντων, καὶ οὐ δυσχεραντέον εἰ 859c μεταξὺ νομοθετοῦντες τὰ μὲν ἔθεμεν, τῶν δʼ ἔτι διασκοποῦμεν πέρι· νομοθέται γὰρ γιγνόμεθα ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐσμέν πω, τάχα δὲ ἴσως ἂν γενοίμεθα. εἰ δὴ δοκεῖ περὶ ὧν εἴρηκα ὡς εἴρηκα σκοπεῖσθαι, σκοπώμεθα.

    AthenianThen we must first examine carefully, as we set out to do, the law concerning temple robbers, and all theft, and every kind of wrongdoing; and we mustn’t be troubled if, 859c in the midst of lawmaking, we have enacted some things and are still examining others. For we are becoming lawgivers but are not yet lawgivers, though perhaps we may become so. So if you agree that we should examine the things I’ve mentioned in the way I’ve mentioned, let’s examine them.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasBy all means.

    Athenianπερὶ δὴ καλῶν καὶ δικαίων συμπάντων πειρώμεθα κατιδεῖν τὸ τοιόνδε, ὅπῃ ποτὲ ὁμολογοῦμεν νῦν καὶ ὅπῃ διαφερόμεθα ἡμεῖς τε ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, οἳ δὴ φαῖμεν ἂν προθυμεῖσθαί γε, εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο, διαφέρειν τῶν πλείστων, οἱ πολλοί 859d τε αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς αὖ.

    AthenianAbout everything fine and just, then, let’s try to discern this: where we now agree with ourselves and where we differ—we who would claim to be eager, if nothing else, to be different from most people—and where the many, 859d in turn, differ among themselves.

    Cliniasτὰς ποίας δὲ δὴ διαφορὰς ἡμῶν ἐννοηθεὶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat sort of differences of ours do you have in mind?

    Athenianἐγὼ πειράσομαι φράζειν. περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅλως καὶ τῶν δικαίων ἀνθρώπων τε καὶ πραγμάτων καὶ πράξεων πάντες πως συνομολογοῦμεν πάντα εἶναι ταῦτα καλά, ὥστε οὐδʼ εἴ τις διισχυρίζοιτο εἶναι τοὺς δικαίους ἀνθρώπους, ἂν καὶ τυγχάνωσιν ὄντες αἰσχροὶ τὰ σώματα, κατʼ αὐτό γε τὸ δικαιότατον ἦθος ταύτῃ παγκάλους εἶναι, σχεδὸν οὐδεὶς ἂν 859e λέγων οὕτω πλημμελῶς δόξειε λέγειν.

    AthenianI’ll try to explain. About justice in general, and about just people, things and actions, we all somehow agree that all of them are fine. So much so that if someone were to insist that just people, even if they happen to be ugly in body, are nevertheless wholly fine by virtue of their supremely just character, hardly anyone 859e saying so would be thought to strike a wrong note.

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν ὀρθῶς;

    CliniasAnd wouldn’t that be right?

    Athenianἴσως· ἴδωμεν δὲ ὡς, εἰ πάντʼ ἐστὶν καλὰ ὅσα δικαιοσύνης ἔχεται, τῶν πάντων τοι καὶ τὰ παθήματα ἡμῖν ἐστιν, σχεδὸν τοῖς ποιήμασιν ἴσα.

    AthenianPerhaps. But let’s see: if everything that has to do with justice is fine, then among all these things, for us, are the things one undergoes as well, roughly as many as the things one does.

    Cliniasτί οὖν δή;

    CliniasWhat of it?

    Athenianποίημα μέν, ὅπερ ἂν ᾖ δίκαιον, σχεδὸν ὅσονπερ ἂν τοῦ δικαίου κοινωνῇ, κατὰ τοσοῦτον καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ μετέχον ἐστί.

    AthenianAny action that is just shares in the fine, I take it, to just the extent that it shares in the just.

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν καὶ πάθος ὅπερ ἂν δικαίου κοινωνῇ, κατὰ 860a τοσοῦτον γίγνεσθαι καλὸν ὁμολογούμενον, οὐκ ἂν διαφωνοῦντα παρέχοι τὸν λόγον;

    AthenianThen wouldn’t it keep our argument consistent to agree that anything one undergoes that shares in the just becomes fine 860a to that same extent?

    Cliniasἀληθῆ.

    CliniasTrue.

    Athenianἐὰν δέ γε δίκαιον μὲν ὁμολογῶμεν, αἰσχρὸν δὲ εἶναι πάθος, διαφωνήσει τό τε δίκαιον καὶ τὸ καλόν, λεχθέντων τῶν δικαίων αἰσχίστων εἶναι.

    AthenianBut if we agree that something undergone is just but shameful, the just and the fine will be out of tune, since just things will have been called most shameful.

    Cliniasπῶς τοῦτο εἴρηκας;

    CliniasWhat do you mean by that?

    Athenianοὐδὲν χαλεπὸν ἐννοεῖν· οἱ γὰρ ὀλίγῳ πρόσθεν τεθέντες ἡμῖν νόμοι πάντων ἐναντιώτατα παραγγέλλειν δόξειαν ἂν τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις.

    AthenianIt’s not hard to see. The laws we laid down a little while ago would seem to prescribe the complete opposite of what we are saying now.

    Cliniasποίοις;

    CliniasWhich laws?

    Athenianτὸν ἱερόσυλόν που ἐτίθεμεν δικαίως ἂν ἀποθνῄσκειν καὶ τὸν τῶν εὖ κειμένων νόμων πολέμιον, καὶ μέλλοντες δὴ νόμιμα τοιαῦτα τιθέναι πάμπολλα ἐπέσχομεν, ἰδόντες ὡς ταῦτα ἐστὶν μὲν ἄπειρα παθήματα πλήθει καὶ μεγέθεσιν, δικαιότατα δὲ πάντων παθημάτων καὶ συμπάντων αἴσχιστα. μῶν οὐχ οὕτως ἡμῖν τά τε δίκαια καὶ τὰ καλὰ τοτὲ μὲν ὡς ταὐτὰ σύμπαντα, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς ἐναντιώτατα φανεῖται;

    AthenianWe laid down, I think, that the temple robber would justly be put to death, and so would the enemy of well-established laws; and when we were about to lay down a great many more rules of this kind, we held back, seeing that these are things undergone that are unlimited in number and magnitude, and though the most just of all things undergone, the most shameful of all. Won’t the just and the fine appear to us, then, at one moment to be entirely the same, and at another the complete opposite?

    Cliniasκινδυνεύει.

    CliniasIt looks that way.

    Athenianτοῖς μὲν τοίνυν πολλοῖς οὕτω περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀσυμφώνως τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ δίκαια διερριμμένα προσαγορεύεται.

    AthenianSo it is that most people talk of the fine and the just in this discordant way, torn apart from each other in matters like these.

    Cliniasφαίνεται γοῦν, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasIt seems so, at any rate, stranger.

    Athenianτὸ τοίνυν ἡμέτερον, ὦ Κλεινία, πάλιν ἴδωμεν πῶς αὖ περὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἔχει τῆς συμφωνίας.

    AthenianThen let’s look again, Clinias, at our own position, and see how consistent it is on these very matters.

    Cliniasποίας δὴ πρὸς ποίαν;

    CliniasConsistent in what, with what?

    Athenianἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν λόγοις οἶμαι διαρρήδην ἐμὲ εἰρηκέναι πως, εἰ δʼ οὖν μὴ πρότερον, ἀλλὰ νῦν ὡς λέγοντα τίθετε—

    AthenianIn the earlier discussion I think I stated explicitly, somehow—or if not before, then take me as saying it now—

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat?

    No one does wrong willingly

    The Athenian holds that injustice is always involuntary and distinguishes wrongdoing from mere harm.

    Famous passage No one does wrong willinglyThe Athenian restates the Socratic claim that all injustice is involuntary, and must then explain why law distinguishes voluntary from involuntary wrongs.

    Athenianὡς οἱ κακοὶ πάντες εἰς πάντα εἰσὶν ἄκοντες κακοί· τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος, ἀνάγκη που τούτῳ συνέπεσθαι τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον.

    AthenianThat all bad people are bad involuntarily, in every respect. And if this is so, the next statement must, I suppose, follow from it.

    Cliniasτίνα λέγεις;

    CliniasWhich do you mean?

    Athenianὡς ὁ μὲν ἄδικός που κακός, ὁ δὲ κακὸς ἄκων τοιοῦτος. ἀκουσίως δὲ ἑκούσιον οὐκ ἔχει πράττεσθαί ποτε λόγον· ἄκων οὖν ἐκείνῳ φαίνοιτʼ ἂν ἀδικεῖν ὁ ἀδικῶν τῷ τὴν ἀδικίαν ἀκούσιον τιθεμένῳ, καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν ὁμολογητέον ἐμοί· σύμφημι γὰρ ἄκοντας ἀδικεῖν πάντας—εἰ καί τις φιλονικίας 860e ἢ φιλοτιμίας ἕνεκα ἄκοντας μὲν ἀδίκους εἶναί φησιν, ἀδικεῖν μὴν ἑκόντας πολλούς, ὅ γʼ ἐμὸς λόγος ἐκεῖνος ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὗτος—τίνα οὖν αὖ τρόπον ἔγωγε συμφωνοίην ἂν τοῖς ἐμαυτοῦ λόγοις; εἴ με, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, ἐρωτῷτε· “εἰ δὴ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχοντά ἐστιν, ὦ ξένε, τί συμβουλεύεις ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς νομοθεσίας τῇ τῶν Μαγνήτων πόλει; πότερον νομοθετεῖν ἢ μή;” “πῶς γὰρ οὔ;” φήσω.

    AthenianThat the unjust man is, I suppose, bad, and the bad man is such involuntarily. But it never makes sense for something voluntary to be done involuntarily. So to someone who holds that injustice is involuntary, the one who does wrong would seem to do it involuntarily. And now I too must agree to this, since I concede that everyone who does wrong does it involuntarily—even if someone, out of love of victory 860e or of honor, says that people are unjust involuntarily but that many do wrong voluntarily, my position is the first one, not this. How, then, could I be consistent with my own statements? Suppose you ask me, Clinias and Megillus: “If this is how things stand, stranger, what advice do you give us about legislation for the city of the Magnesians? Should we legislate or not?” “Of course you should,” I shall say.

    “διοριεῖς οὖν αὐτοῖς ἀκούσιά τε καὶ ἑκούσια ἀδικήματα, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἑκουσίων ἁμαρτημάτων τε καὶ ἀδικημάτων μείζους τὰς ζημίας 861a θήσομεν, τῶν δʼ ἐλάττους; ἢ πάντων ἐξ ἴσης, ὡς οὐκ ὄντων ἀδικημάτων τὸ παράπαν ἑκουσίων;”

    “Will you distinguish for them, then, between involuntary and voluntary wrongs? And shall we set greater penalties for voluntary errors and wrongs, 861a and lesser ones for the others? Or equal penalties for all, on the ground that there are no voluntary wrongs at all?”

    Cliniasὀρθῶς μέντοι λέγεις, ὦ ξένε· καὶ τούτοις δὴ τί χρησόμεθα τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις;

    CliniasYou’re quite right, stranger. And what use shall we make of what we’re now saying?

    Athenianκαλῶς ἤρου. πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν αὐτοῖς τόδε χρησώμεθα.

    AthenianA good question. First, then, let’s use it for this.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasFor what?

    Athenianἀναμνησθῶμεν ὡς ἔμπροσθεν νυνδὴ καλῶς ἐλέγομεν ὅτι περὶ τὰ δίκαια εἴη παμπόλλη τις ἡμῶν ταραχή τε καὶ ἀσυμφωνία. τοῦτο δὲ λαβόντες πάλιν ἐρωτῶμεν ἡμᾶς 861b αὐτούς· “ἆρʼ οὖν περὶ τὴν τούτων ἀπορίαν οὔτʼ ἐξευπορήσαντες οὔτε διορισάμενοι τί ποτʼ ἐστὶν ταῦτα ἀλλήλων διαφέροντα, ἃ δὴ κατὰ πάσας τὰς πόλεις ὑπὸ νομοθετῶν πάντων τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ὡς δύο εἴδη τῶν ἀδικημάτων ὄντα, τὰ μὲν ἑκούσια, τὰ δὲ ἀκούσια, ταύτῃ καὶ νομοθετεῖται· ὁ δὲ παρʼ ἡμῶν νυνδὴ ῥηθεὶς λόγος, ὥσπερ παρὰ θεοῦ λεχθείς, τοσοῦτον μόνον εἰπὼν ἀπαλλάξεται, δοὺς δὲ οὐδένα λόγον ὡς 861c ὀρθῶς εἴρηκεν, κατανομοθετήσει τινὰ τρόπον;” οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκη πως ταῦτα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ νομοθετεῖν δηλῶσαι δύο τε ὄντα καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν ἄλλην, ἵνα, ὅταν ἑκατέρῳ τις τὴν δίκην ἐπιτιθῇ, πᾶς ἐπακολουθῇ τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ δυνατὸς ᾖ τό τε πρεπόντως τεθὲν ἁμῇ γέ πῃ κρῖναι καὶ τὸ μή.

    AthenianLet’s remember that a moment ago we rightly said that on the subject of just things there is a great deal of confusion and disagreement among us. With this in hand, let’s ask ourselves again: 861b “Since we have neither found our way out of the difficulty about these things nor determined how they differ from one another—things that in every city, by every lawgiver there has ever been, are legislated for as two kinds of wrong, the voluntary and the involuntary—is the statement we made just now, as if spoken by a god, simply going to say that much and be done, giving no reason at all why 861c it was correct, and somehow lay down laws?” That’s impossible. Before legislating, we must somehow make clear that these are two, and that the difference between them is something else, so that when someone imposes a penalty for each, everyone can follow what is said and can judge, in one way or another, what has been laid down fittingly and what has not.

    Cliniasκαλῶς ἡμῖν φαίνῃ λέγειν, ὦ ξένε· δυοῖν γὰρ θάτερον ἡμᾶς χρεών, ἢ μὴ λέγειν ὡς πάντα ἀκούσια τὰ ἀδικήματα, ἢ 861d τοῦτο ὡς ὀρθῶς εἴρηται πρῶτον διορίσαντας δηλῶσαι.

    CliniasYou seem to us to be speaking well, stranger. We must do one of two things: either not say that all wrongs are involuntary, or 861d first make distinctions and show that this has been rightly said.

    Athenianτούτοιν τοίνυν τοῖν δυοῖν τὸ μὲν οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν ἐμοὶ πάντως που γίγνεσθαι, τό γε δὴ μὴ λέγειν, οὕτως οἰόμενον ἔχειν τἀληθές—οὐ γὰρ ἂν νόμιμον οὐδʼ ὅσιον ἂν εἴη—κατὰ τίνα δὲ τρόπον ἐστὸν δύο, εἰ μὴ τῷ τε ἀκουσίῳ καὶ τῷ ἑκουσίῳ διαφέρετον ἑκάτερον; ἀλλὰ ἄλλῳ τινὶ δή ποτε πειρατέον ἁμῶς γέ πως δηλοῦν.

    AthenianOf these two, the one is utterly intolerable to me: not to say it, when I think that this is the truth—that would be neither lawful nor pious. But in what way are they two, if each does not differ from the other as involuntary and voluntary? That is what we must try to make clear, somehow or other, by some other means.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν, ὦ ξένε, τοῦτό γε οὐχ οἷόν τε ἄλλως πως ἡμᾶς διανοηθῆναι.

    CliniasAbsolutely, stranger. There’s no other way we can think about it.

    Athenianταῦτα ἔσται. φέρε δή, βλάβαι μέν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀλλήλων τῶν πολιτῶν ἐν ταῖς κοινωνίαις τε καὶ ὁμιλίαις πολλαὶ γίγνονται, καὶ τό γε ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἐν αὐταῖς ἄφθονόν ἐστι.

    AthenianSo be it. Come, then: in citizens’ dealings and associations with one another, many harms occur, it seems, and there is no shortage of the voluntary and the involuntary among them.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν τις τὰς βλάβας πάσας ἀδικίας τιθείς, οὕτως οἴηται καὶ τὰ ἄδικα ἐν αὐταῖσι ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι διπλᾶ, τὰ μὲν ἑκούσια δή, τὰ δʼ ἀκούσια—βλάβαι γὰρ ἀκούσιοι τῶν πάντων οὔτʼ ἀριθμοῖς οὔτε μεγέθεσιν ἐλάττους εἰσὶ τῶν 862a ἑκουσίων—σκοπεῖσθε δὲ εἴτε τι λέγω λέγων ἃ μέλλω λέγειν, εἴτε καὶ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν. οὐ γάρ φημι ἔγωγε, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, εἴ τίς τινά τι πημαίνει μὴ βουλόμενος ἀλλʼ ἄκων, ἀδικεῖν μέν, ἄκοντα μήν, καὶ ταύτῃ μὲν δὴ νομοθετήσω, τοῦτο ὡς ἀκούσιον ἀδίκημα νομοθετῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀδικίαν τὸ παράπαν θήσω τὴν τοιαύτην βλάβην, οὔτε ἂν μείζων οὔτε ἂν ἐλάττων τῳ γίγνηται· πολλάκις δὲ ὠφελίαν οὐκ ὀρθὴν γενομένην τὸν τῆς ὠφελίας αἴτιον ἀδικεῖν φήσομεν, ἐὰν ἥ γʼ 862b ἐμὴ νικᾷ.

    AthenianThen let no one class all harms as wrongs and so suppose that the wrongs among them are twofold in the same way, some voluntary and others involuntary. (Involuntary harms, taken all together, are no fewer, in number or in magnitude, than 862a voluntary ones.) Consider whether I’m saying anything, or nothing at all, in what I’m about to say. My claim, Clinias and Megillus, is not that if someone harms someone else without wanting to, involuntarily, he does wrong, but involuntarily, and I shall not legislate on that basis, treating this as an involuntary wrong. No, I shall not count such harm as wrong at all, whether it turns out to be greater or smaller. And often, if my 862b view prevails, we shall say that someone responsible for a benefit does wrong, when the benefit came about wrongly.

    σχεδὸν γάρ, ὦ φίλοι, οὔτʼ εἴ τίς τῳ δίδωσίν τι τῶν ὄντων οὔτʼ εἰ τοὐναντίον ἀφαιρεῖται, δίκαιον ἁπλῶς ἢ ἄδικον χρὴ τὸ τοιοῦτον οὕτω λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν ἤθει καὶ δικαίῳ τρόπῳ χρώμενός τις ὠφελῇ τινά τι καὶ βλάπτῃ, τοῦτό ἐστιν τῷ νομοθέτῃ θεατέον, καὶ πρὸς δύο ταῦτα δὴ βλεπτέον, πρός τε ἀδικίαν καὶ βλάβην, καὶ τὸ μὲν βλαβὲν ὑγιὲς τοῖς νόμοις εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ποιητέον, τό τε ἀπολόμενον σῴζοντα καὶ τὸ 862c πεσὸν ὑπό του πάλιν ἐξορθοῦντα, καὶ τὸ θανατωθὲν ἢ τρωθέν, ὑγιές, τὸ δὲ ἀποίνοις ἐξιλασθὲν τοῖς δρῶσι καὶ πάσχουσιν ἑκάστας τῶν βλάψεων, ἐκ διαφορᾶς εἰς φιλίαν πειρατέον ἀεὶ καθιστάναι τοῖς νόμοις.

    For, my friends, it’s hardly right to call it simply just or unjust when someone gives someone something he has, or, conversely, takes something away. Rather, whether someone who benefits or harms another does so with a just character and in a just manner—that is what the lawgiver must look at. He must look to these two things, injustice and harm. What has been harmed he must make whole by the laws as far as possible, saving what was lost, setting upright again 862c what someone knocked down, and making good what was killed or wounded; and once the harm has been atoned for by compensation, he must always try, by the laws, to bring those who do and those who suffer each harm from hostility into friendship.

    Cliniasκαλῶς ταῦτά γε.

    CliniasThat’s well said.

    Athenianτὰς τοίνυν ἀδίκους αὖ βλάβας καὶ κέρδη δέ, ἐάν τις ἀδικῶν τινα κερδαίνειν ποιῇ, τούτων ὁπόσα μὲν ἰατά, ὡς οὐσῶν ἐν ψυχῇ νόσων, ἰᾶσθαι· τὸ δὲ τῆς ἰάσεως ἡμῖν τῆς ἀδικίας τῇδε ῥέπειν χρὴ φάναι.

    AthenianNow as for unjust harms, and gains too, when someone makes a gain by wronging another: those that are curable we must cure, as diseases in the soul. And we should say that the cure of injustice must tend in this direction.

    Cliniasπῇ;

    CliniasWhich direction?

    Athenianὅπως ὅτι τις ἂν ἀδικήσῃ μέγα ἢ σμικρόν, ὁ νόμος αὐτὸν διδάξει καὶ ἀναγκάσει τὸ παράπαν εἰς αὖθις τὸ τοιοῦτον ἢ μηδέποτε ἑκόντα τολμῆσαι ποιεῖν ἢ διαφερόντως ἧττον πολύ, πρὸς τῇ τῆς βλάβης ἐκτίσει. ταῦτα εἴτε ἔργοις ἢ λόγοις, ἢ μεθʼ ἡδονῶν ἢ λυπῶν, ἢ τιμῶν ἢ ἀτιμιῶν, καὶ χρημάτων ζημίας ἢ καὶ δώρων, ἢ καὶ τὸ παράπαν ᾧτινι τρόπῳ ποιήσει τις μισῆσαι μὲν τὴν ἀδικίαν, στέρξαι δὲ ἢ μὴ μισεῖν τὴν τοῦ δικαίου φύσιν, αὐτό ἐστιν τοῦτο ἔργον 862e τῶν καλλίστων νόμων. ὃν δʼ ἂν ἀνιάτως εἰς ταῦτα ἔχοντα αἴσθηται νομοθέτης, δίκην τούτοισι καὶ νόμον θήσει τίνα;

    AthenianThat whenever someone commits a wrong, great or small, the law will teach him and compel him, in addition to paying for the harm, either never again to dare to do such a thing voluntarily or to do it very much less. Whether by deeds or words, by pleasures or pains, by honors or dishonors, by fines or even by gifts—by whatever means at all one can make people hate injustice and love, or at least not hate, the nature of justice—this is precisely the work 862e of the finest laws. But what penalty and law will the lawgiver set for those he perceives to be incurable in this respect?

    γιγνώσκων που τοῖς τοιούτοις πᾶσιν ὡς οὔτε αὐτοῖς ἔτι ζῆν ἄμεινον, τούς τε ἄλλους ἂν διπλῇ ὠφελοῖεν ἀπαλλαττόμενοι τοῦ βίου, παράδειγμα μὲν τοῦ μὴ ἀδικεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις γενόμενοι, ποιοῦντες δὲ ἀνδρῶν κακῶν ἔρημον τὴν πόλιν, οὕτω 863a δὴ τῶν τοιούτων πέρι νομοθέτῃ κολαστὴν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων θάνατον ἀνάγκη νέμειν, ἄλλως δὲ οὐδαμῶς.

    He knows, I suppose, that for all such people it is no longer better even for themselves to go on living, and that by departing from life they would benefit others doubly: they would become an example to others not to do wrong, and they would rid the city of bad men. So 863a for such people, and for them alone, the lawgiver must assign death as the punishment for their offenses.

    Cliniasἔοικε μέν πως λέγεσθαι τὰ παρὰ σοῦ καὶ μάλα μετρίως, ἥδιον δʼ ἂν ἔτι σαφέστερον ἀκούσαιμεν ταῦτα ῥηθέντα, τὸ τῆς ἀδικίας τε καὶ βλάβης διάφορον καὶ τὸ τῶν ἑκουσίων καὶ ἀκουσίων ὡς ἐν τούτοις διαπεποίκιλται.

    CliniasWhat you say does seem quite reasonable, somehow. But we’d be glad to hear it put still more clearly: the difference between injustice and harm, and how the voluntary and the involuntary are variously involved in them.

    Athenianπειρατέον τοίνυν ὡς κελεύετε δρᾶν, καὶ λέγειν. 863b δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τοσόνδε γε περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ λέγετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀκούετε, ὡς ἓν μὲν ἐν αὐτῇ τῆς φύσεως εἴτε τι πάθος εἴτε τι μέρος ὢν ὁ θυμός, δύσερι καὶ δύσμαχον κτῆμα ἐμπεφυκός, ἀλογίστῳ βίᾳ πολλὰ ἀνατρέπει.

    AthenianThen I must try to do as you ask, and explain. 863b Clearly this much, at least, you say to each other and hear said about the soul: that one element in its nature, whether an affection or a part, is spirit—a quarrelsome, hard-to-fight thing implanted in it, which overturns a great deal by unreasoning force.

    “Spirit” renders thymos; in the homicide laws that follow the same word is translated “anger.”

    Cliniasπῶς δʼ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἡδονήν γε οὐ ταὐτὸν τῷ θυμῷ προσαγορεύομεν, ἐξ ἐναντίας δὲ αὐτῷ φαμεν ῥώμης δυναστεύουσαν, πειθοῖ μετὰ ἀπάτης βιαίου πράττειν πᾶν ὅτιπερ ἂν αὐτῆς ἡ βούλησις ἐθελήσῃ.

    AthenianAnd pleasure we don’t call the same thing as spirit. We say it holds power by a strength of the opposite kind, and does whatever its will desires by persuasion combined with forceful deception.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianτρίτον μὴν ἄγνοιαν λέγων ἄν τις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων αἰτίαν οὐκ ἂν ψεύδοιτο· διχῇ μὴν διελόμενος αὐτὸ ὁ νομοθέτης ἂν βελτίων εἴη, τὸ μὲν ἁπλοῦν αὐτοῦ κούφων ἁμαρτημάτων αἴτιον ἡγούμενος, τὸ δὲ διπλοῦν, ὅταν ἀμαθαίνῃ τις μὴ μόνον ἀγνοίᾳ συνεχόμενος ἀλλὰ καὶ δόξῃ σοφίας, ὡς εἰδὼς παντελῶς περὶ ἃ μηδαμῶς οἶδεν, μετὰ μὲν ἰσχύος καὶ ῥώμης ἑπομένης μεγάλων καὶ ἀμούσων ἁμαρτημάτων τιθεὶς 863d αἴτια τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἀσθενείας δὲ ἑπομένης, παίδειά τε ἁμαρτήματα καὶ πρεσβυτέρων γιγνόμενα θήσει μὲν ἁμαρτήματα καὶ ὡς ἁμαρτάνουσιν νόμους τάξει, πρᾳοτάτους γε μὴν πάντων καὶ συγγνώμης πλείστης ἐχομένους.

    AthenianAnd someone who named ignorance as a third cause of errors wouldn’t be lying. But the lawgiver would do better to divide it in two. The simple kind he will regard as the cause of light errors. The double kind is when someone is ignorant and in the grip not only of ignorance but also of a conceit of wisdom, as though he knew all about things of which he knows nothing at all. When strength and power go with it, he will set this down as the cause of great and brutish errors; 863d when weakness goes with it, he will class the errors as those of children and old people. He will treat them as errors and lay down laws for them as offenders, but the mildest laws of all and the most forgiving.

    Cliniasεἰκότα λέγεις.

    CliniasWhat you say is reasonable.

    Athenianἡδονῆς μὲν τοίνυν καὶ θυμοῦ λέγομεν σχεδὸν ἅπαντες ὡς ὁ μὲν κρείττων ἡμῶν, ὁ δὲ ἥττων ἐστίν· καὶ ἔχει ταύτῃ.

    AthenianAbout pleasure and spirit, nearly all of us say that one person is stronger than them and another weaker; and that’s how it is.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianἀγνοίας δέ γε ὡς ὁ μὲν ἡμῶν κρείττων, ὁ δὲ ἥττων, οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν πώποτε.

    AthenianBut we’ve never heard it said that one of us is stronger than his ignorance and another weaker.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianπάντα δέ γε προτρέπειν ταῦτά φαμεν εἰς τὴν αὑτοῦ βούλησιν ἐπισπώμενον ἕκαστον εἰς τἀναντία πολλάκις ἅμα.

    AthenianAnd we say that all of these urge each person toward their own will, often dragging him in opposite directions at once.

    Cliniasπλειστάκις μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasVery often indeed.

    Athenianνῦν δή σοι τό τε δίκαιον καὶ τὸ ἄδικον, ὅ γε ἐγὼ λέγω, σαφῶς ἂν διορισαίμην οὐδὲν ποικίλλων. τὴν γὰρ τοῦ θυμοῦ καὶ φόβου καὶ ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης καὶ φθόνων καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐν ψυχῇ τυραννίδα, ἐάντε τι βλάπτῃ καὶ ἐὰν μή, 864a πάντως ἀδικίαν προσαγορεύω· τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου δόξαν, ὅπῃπερ ἂν ἔσεσθαι τούτων ἡγήσωνται πόλις εἴτε ἰδιῶταί τινες, ἐὰν αὕτη κρατοῦσα ἐν ψυχαῖς διακοσμῇ πάντα ἄνδρα, κἂν σφάλληταί τι, δίκαιον μὲν πᾶν εἶναι φατέον τὸ ταύτῃ πραχθὲν καὶ τὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀρχῆς γιγνόμενον ὑπήκοον ἑκάστων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅπαντα ἀνθρώπων βίον ἄριστον, δοξάζεσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἀκούσιον ἀδικίαν εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην βλάβην.

    AthenianNow, then, I can define for you clearly, without complications, what I mean by the just and the unjust. The tyranny in the soul of spirit and fear, pleasure and pain, envy and desires, whether it does any harm or not, 864a I call injustice, without qualification. But the belief about what is best, however a city or certain individuals think it will be realized: if this prevails in souls and orders every man, then even if it goes wrong in some respect, we must say that everything done in this way is just, and so is whatever in each person becomes subject to such rule, and that it is best for the whole of human life—though many people think such harm is involuntary injustice.

    ἡμῖν δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν τὰ νῦν ὀνομάτων πέρι δύσερις 864b λόγος, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων τρία εἴδη δεδήλωται γιγνόμενα, ταῦτα εἰς μνήμην πρῶτον ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀναληπτέον. λύπης μὲν οὖν, ἣν θυμὸν καὶ φόβον ἐπονομάζομεν, ἓν εἶδος ἡμῖν ἐστιν.

    But we are not now having a quarrelsome argument 864b about words. Since three kinds of error have been shown to occur, we must first fix them still more firmly in our memory. One kind, then, is pain, which we call spirit and fear.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἡδονῆς δʼ αὖ καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν δεύτερον, ἐλπίδων δὲ καὶ δόξης τῆς ἀληθοῦς περὶ τὸ ἄριστον ἔφεσις τρίτον ἕτερον. τούτου δὲ αὐτοῦ τρία διχῇ τμηθέντος πέντε εἴδη γέγονεν, ὡς 864c νῦν φαμεν· οἷς νόμους διαφέροντας ἀλλήλων πέντε εἴδεσιν θετέον ἐν δυοῖν γένεσιν.

    AthenianThe second, in turn, is that of pleasure and desires; and a third, different one is the striving after hopes and true belief about what is best. With this third divided in two, there are now five kinds, as 864c we now say; and for these five kinds we must lay down laws differing from one another, in two classes.

    Cliniasτίσιν τούτοις;

    CliniasWhat are these?

    Athenianτὸ μὲν διὰ βιαίων καὶ συμφανῶν πράξεων πραττόμενον ἑκάστοτε, τὸ δὲ μετὰ σκότους καὶ ἀπάτης λαθραίως γιγνόμενον, ἔστιν δʼ ὅτε καὶ διʼ ἀμφοῖν τούτοιν πραχθέν· ᾧ δὴ καὶ νόμοι τραχύτατοι γίγνοιντο ἄν, εἰ τὸ προσῆκον μέρος ἔχοιεν.

    AthenianOne is done on each occasion by violent and open acts; the other happens secretly, under cover of darkness and deceit; and sometimes a thing is done by both of these means. For this last the laws would be harshest, if they were to have their proper share.

    Cliniasεἰκὸς γοῦν.

    CliniasThat’s reasonable, at any rate.

    Athenianἴωμεν δὴ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκεῖσε ὁπόθεν ἐξέβημεν δεῦρο, περαίνοντες τὴν θέσιν τῶν νόμων. ἦν δὲ ἡμῖν 864d κείμενα περί τε τῶν συλώντων, οἶμαι, τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὰ περὶ προδοτῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν τοὺς νόμους διαφθειρόντων ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς παρούσης πολιτείας.

    AthenianThen let’s go back to the point from which we set out on this digression, and complete the enactment of the laws. We had laid down, 864d I think, the laws about those who rob the gods, and about traitors, and also about those who corrupt the laws to overthrow the existing constitution.

    τούτων δή τις ἂν ἴσως πράξειέν τι μανείς, ἢ νόσοις ἢ γήρᾳ ὑπερμέτρῳ συνεχόμενος, ἢ παιδίᾳ χρώμενος, οὐδέν πω τῶν τοιούτων διαφέρων· ὧν ἂν γίγνηταί τι φανερὸν τοῖς ἐκλεχθεῖσιν ἑκάστοτε δικασταῖς, ἀναφέροντος τοῦ δράσαντος ἢ τοῦ σκηπτομένου ὑπὲρ τοῦ 864e ποιήσαντος, κριθῇ δὲ οὕτω διατεθεὶς παρανομῆσαι, τὴν μὲν βλάβην ἣν ἄν τινα καταβλάψῃ πάντως ἁπλῆν ἀποτινέτω, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων δικαιωμάτων ἀφείσθω, πλὴν ἂν ἄρα τινὰ ἀποκτείνας μὴ καθαρὸς ᾖ τὰς χεῖρας φόνου· οὕτω δʼ εἰς ἄλλην χώραν καὶ τόπον ἀπελθὼν οἰκείτω τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκδημῶν, πρότερον δὲ ἐλθὼν τοῦ χρόνου ὃν ὁ νόμος ὥρισεν, ἢ καὶ πάσης ἐπιβὰς τῆς οἰκείας χώρας, ἐν δημοσίῳ δεσμῷ δεθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν νομοφυλάκων δύο ἐνιαυτούς, οὕτως ἀπαλλαττέσθω τῶν δεσμῶν. 865a

    Someone might perhaps do one of these things while mad, or afflicted by disease or extreme old age, or in a state of childishness, no different from a child. If any of this is made clear to the judges selected on each occasion, when the doer, or someone pleading on the 864e doer’s behalf, puts it forward, and he is judged to have broken the law in such a state, he is to pay simple compensation in full for whatever harm he may have done to anyone, and be exempted from the other penalties—unless he has killed someone and his hands are not clean of bloodshed. In that case he is to go away to another country and place and live abroad for a year. If he comes back before the time the law has set, or even sets foot anywhere in his own country, he is to be bound in the public prison by the guardians of the laws for two years, and only then released. 865a

    Involuntary homicide

    Laws on accidental killings: purification, a year’s exile, and the anger of the newly dead.

    φόνου δὴ καθάπερ ἠρξάμεθα, πειρώμεθα διὰ τέλους παντὸς εἴδους πέρι φόνου θεῖναι τοὺς νόμους, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ βίαια καὶ ἀκούσια λέγωμεν. εἴ τις ἐν ἀγῶνι καὶ ἄθλοις δημοσίοις ἄκων, εἴτε παραχρῆμα εἴτε καὶ ἐν ὑστέροις χρόνοις ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν, ἀπέκτεινέν τινα φίλιον, ἢ κατὰ πόλεμον ὡσαύτως ἢ κατὰ μελέτην τὴν πρὸς πόλεμον, ποιουμένων ἄσκησιν τῶν ἀρχόντων ψιλοῖς σώμασιν ἢ μετά τινων ὅπλων 865b ἀπομιμουμένων τὴν πολεμικὴν πρᾶξιν, καθαρθεὶς κατὰ τὸν ἐκ Δελφῶν κομισθέντα περὶ τούτων νόμον ἔστω καθαρός· ἰατρῶν δὲ πέρι πάντων, ἂν ὁ θεραπευόμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀκόντων τελευτᾷ, καθαρὸς ἔστω κατὰ νόμον.

    Let’s try, as we began, to lay down the laws on homicide of every kind, to the end; and first let’s speak of killings that are violent and involuntary. If someone in a contest or public games involuntarily kills someone who is not an enemy, whether on the spot or later from the blows; or likewise in war, or in military training, when the officials hold exercises with bare bodies or with some weapons, 865b imitating the actions of war, he is to be purified according to the law brought from Delphi on these matters, and then be clean. As for doctors of every kind, if the patient they are treating dies without their intending it, the doctor is to be clean according to law.

    ἐὰν δὲ αὐτόχειρ μέν, ἄκων δὲ ἀποκτείνῃ τις ἕτερος ἕτερον, εἴτε τῷ ἑαυτοῦ σώματι ψιλῷ εἴτε ὀργάνῳ ἢ βέλει ἢ πώματος ἢ σίτου δόσει ἢ πυρὸς ἢ χειμῶνος προσβολῇ ἢ στερήσει πνεύματος, αὐτὸς τῷ 865c ἑαυτοῦ σώματι ἢ διʼ ἑτέρων σωμάτων, πάντως ἔστω μὲν ὡς αὐτόχειρ, δίκας δὲ τινέτω τὰς τοιάσδε· ἐὰν μὲν δοῦλον κτείνῃ, νομίζων τὸν ἑαυτοῦ διειργάσθαι τὸν τοῦ τελευτήσαντος δεσπότην ἀβλαβῆ παρεχέτω καὶ ἀζήμιον, ἢ δίκην εἰς τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ τελευτήσαντος ὑπεχέτω διπλῆν, τῆς δὲ ἀξίας οἱ δικασταὶ διάγνωσιν ποιείσθωσαν, καθαρμοῖς δὲ χρήσασθαι μείζοσίν τε καὶ πλείοσι τῶν περὶ τὰ ἆθλα ἀποκτεινάντων, 865d τούτων δʼ ἐξηγητὰς εἶναι κυρίους οὓς ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέλῃ· ἐὰν δὲ αὑτοῦ δοῦλον, καθηράμενος ἀπαλλαττέσθω τοῦ φόνου κατὰ νόμον.

    If someone kills another with his own hand, but involuntarily—whether with his bare body or with a tool or missile, or by giving drink or food, or by applying fire or cold, or by cutting off breath, whether he does it himself 865c with his own body or through other people’s bodies—he is in every case to count as the killer by his own hand, and is to pay penalties as follows. If he kills a slave, he is to reckon it as if he had destroyed his own, and keep the dead slave’s master free from harm and loss, or else be liable to a penalty of double the dead slave’s value, the judges assessing the value. He is to undergo purifications greater and more numerous than those who killed in the games, 865d and the authority over these is to rest with interpreters appointed by the god. If he kills his own slave, he is to be purified and released from the charge of homicide according to law.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἐλεύθερον ἄκων ἀποκτείνῃ, τοὺς μὲν καθαρμοὺς τοὺς αὐτοὺς καθαρθήτω τῷ τὸν δοῦλον ἀποκτείναντι, παλαιὸν δέ τινα τῶν ἀρχαίων μύθων λεγόμενον μὴ ἀτιμαζέτω. λέγεται δὲ ὡς ὁ θανατωθεὶς ἄρα βιαίως, ἐν ἐλευθέρῳ φρονήματι βεβιωκώς, θυμοῦταί τε τῷ 865e δράσαντι νεοθνὴς ὤν, καὶ φόβου καὶ δείματος ἅμα διὰ τὴν βίαιον πάθην αὐτὸς πεπληρωμένος, ὁρῶν τε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φονέα ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ συνηθείας ἀναστρεφόμενον, δειμαίνει, καὶ ταραττόμενος αὐτὸς ταράττει κατὰ δύναμιν πᾶσαν τὸν δράσαντα, μνήμην σύμμαχον ἔχων, αὐτόν τε καὶ τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ.

    If someone involuntarily kills a free man, he is to undergo the same purifications as the one who killed the slave, and he is not to disregard an old story from the ancient myths. It is said that someone who has died by violence, having lived with the proud spirit of a free man, is angry with 865e the doer when he is newly dead. Filled himself with fear and terror because of his violent death, and seeing his own killer going about the places he himself used to frequent, he is terrified; and, being disturbed himself, he disturbs the doer—both the man and his actions—with all his power, with memory as his ally.

    διὸ δὴ χρεών ἐστιν ἄρα ὑπεξελθεῖν τῷ παθόντι τὸν δράσαντα τὰς ὥρας πάσας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ ἐρημῶσαι πάντας τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους συμπάσης τῆς πατρίδος· ἐὰν δὲ ξένος ὁ τελευτήσας ᾖ, καὶ τῆς τοῦ ξένου 866a χώρας εἰργέσθω τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους. τούτῳ δὴ τῷ νόμῳ ἐὰν μὲν ἑκὼν πείθηταί τις, ὁ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος γένει ἐγγύτατα, ἐπίσκοπος ὢν τούτων πάντων γενομένων, ἐχέτω συγγνώμην τε καὶ ἄγων πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρήνην μέτριος ἂν εἴη πάντως· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀκάθαρτος ὢν εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ τολμᾷ πορεύεσθαι καὶ θύειν, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς χρόνους μὴ ἐθέλῃ πληροῦν ἀποξενούμενος τοὺς εἰρημένους, ὁ 866b τοῦ τελευτήσαντος γένει ἐγγύτατα ἐπεξίτω μὲν φόνου τῷ κτείναντι, διπλᾶ δὲ πάντα ἔστω τὰ τιμωρήματα τῷ ὀφλόντι.

    That is why the doer must withdraw from the victim for all the seasons of a year, and keep away from all the victim’s familiar places throughout the whole homeland. If the dead man is a foreigner, the killer is also to be barred from the foreigner’s 866a country for the same period. If someone obeys this law willingly, the dead man’s closest relative, who is to watch over all these proceedings, is to pardon him, and he would show proper moderation by making peace with him. But if someone disobeys—if he first dares to enter sanctuaries and sacrifice while unclean, and then refuses to complete the stated period of exile—the 866b dead man’s closest relative is to prosecute the killer for homicide, and all penalties are to be doubled for the one convicted.

    ἐὰν δʼ ὁ προσήκων ἐγγύτατα μὴ ἐπεξίῃ τῷ παθήματι, τὸ μίασμα ὡς εἰς αὐτὸν περιεληλυθός, τοῦ παθόντος προστρεπομένου τὴν πάθην, ὁ βουλόμενος ἐπεξελθὼν τούτῳ δίκην, πέντε ἔτη ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς αὑτοῦ πατρίδος ἀναγκαζέτω κατὰ νόμον. ἐὰν δὲ ξένος ἄκων ξένον κτείνῃ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, 866c ἐπεξίτω μὲν ὁ βουλόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς νόμοις, μέτοικος δὲ ὢν ἀπενιαυτησάτω, ξένος δὲ ἂν ᾖ παντάπασιν, πρὸς τῷ καθαρμῷ, ἐάντε ξένον ἐάντε μέτοικον ἐάντε ἀστὸν κτείνῃ, τὸν βίον ἅπαντα τῆς χώρας τῆς τῶν νόμων τῶνδε κυρίας εἰργέσθω· ἐὰν δʼ ἔλθῃ παρανόμως, οἱ νομοφύλακες θανάτῳ ζημιούντων αὐτόν, καὶ ἐὰν ἔχῃ οὐσίαν τινά, τῷ τοῦ παθόντος ἐγγύτατα γένει παραδιδόντων.

    If the nearest relative does not prosecute for what was done, the pollution is to be regarded as having passed onto him, the victim turning his suffering against him; and anyone who wishes may bring a case against him and compel him by law to stay away from his homeland for five years. If a foreigner involuntarily kills a foreigner living in the city, 866c anyone who wishes is to prosecute under the same laws. If the killer is a resident foreigner, he is to go abroad for a year; if he is a foreigner through and through, then in addition to the purification, whether he kills a foreigner, a resident foreigner or a citizen, he is to be barred for his whole life from the country these laws govern. If he comes back unlawfully, the guardians of the laws are to punish him with death, and if he has any property, they are to hand it over to the victim’s nearest relative.

    ἐὰν δὲ ἄκων ἔλθῃ, ἂν μὲν 866d κατὰ θάλατταν ἐκπίπτῃ πρὸς τὴν χώραν, σκηνησάμενος ἐν θαλάττῃ τέγγων τοὺς πόδας πλοῦν ἐπιφυλαττέτω, κατὰ γῆν δὲ ἂν βίᾳ ὑπό τινων ἀχθῇ, ἡ πρώτη προστυχοῦσα ἀρχὴ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει λύσασα, εἰς τὴν ὑπερορίαν ἐκπεμπέτω ἄσυλον. ἐὰν δʼ ἄρα τις αὐτόχειρ μὲν κτείνῃ ἐλεύθερον, θυμῷ δὲ ᾖ τὸ πεπραγμένον ἐκπραχθέν, διχῇ δεῖ πρῶτον τὸ τοιοῦτον διαλαβεῖν. θυμῷ γὰρ δὴ πέπρακται καὶ τοῖς ὅσοι ἂν ἐξαίφνης 866e μὲν καὶ ἀπροβουλεύτως τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι πληγαῖς ἤ τινι τοιούτῳ διαφθείρωσί τινα παραχρῆμα τῆς ὁρμῆς γενομένης, μεταμέλειά τε εὐθὺς τοῦ πεπραγμένου γίγνηται, θυμῷ δὲ καὶ ὅσοι προπηλακισθέντες λόγοις ἢ καὶ ἀτίμοις ἔργοις, μεταδιώκοντες τὴν τιμωρίαν, ὕστερον ἀποκτείνωσί τινα βουληθέντες κτεῖναι καὶ τὸ πεπραγμένον αὐτοῖς ἀμεταμέλητον γίγνηται.

    If he comes back involuntarily—if he is shipwrecked 866d on the coast—he is to camp with his feet in the sea and watch for a ship to sail on; if he is brought overland by force by others, the first official of the city to come across him is to release him and send him unharmed beyond the borders. If someone kills a free man with his own hand, but the deed was done in anger, we must first distinguish two cases of this sort. It is done in anger by those who, suddenly 866e and without any prior intention to kill, destroy someone on the spot with blows or some such means when the impulse comes over them, and immediately regret what they’ve done. It is also done in anger by those who have been insulted by words or by dishonoring deeds and, pursuing vengeance, later kill someone with the intention of killing, and feel no regret for what they’ve done.

    Killing in anger

    Killings in anger fall between voluntary and involuntary; penalties depend on premeditation and on the victim.

    διττοὺς μὲν δὴ τοὺς φόνους, ὡς ἔοικε, θετέον, καὶ σχεδὸν ἀμφοτέρους 867a θυμῷ γεγονότας, μεταξὺ δέ που τοῦ τε ἑκουσίου καὶ ἀκουσίου δικαιότατʼ ἂν λεγομένους. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰκών ἐσθʼ ἑκάτερος· ὁ μὲν τὸν θυμὸν φυλάττων καὶ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα ἐξαίφνης ἀλλὰ μετὰ ἐπιβουλῆς ὕστερον χρόνῳ τιμωρούμενος ἑκουσίῳ ἔοικεν, ὁ δὲ ἀταμιεύτως ταῖς ὀργαῖς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα εὐθὺς χρώμενος ἀπροβουλεύτως ὅμοιος μὲν ἀκουσίῳ, ἔστι δὲ οὐδʼ οὗτος αὖ παντάπασιν ἀκούσιος ἀλλʼ εἰκὼν ἀκουσίου.

    So it seems we must lay down two kinds of homicide, both of them, broadly, 867a done in anger, and most justly described as lying somewhere between the voluntary and the involuntary. Still, each is a likeness of one of these. The one who nurses his anger, and takes vengeance not suddenly, on the spot, but later, with premeditation, resembles the voluntary killer. The one who gives vent to his rage without restraint, immediately, on the spot and without premeditation, is like the involuntary killer; yet he too is not entirely involuntary, but a likeness of the involuntary.

    διὸ χαλεποὶ διορίζειν οἱ τῷ θυμῷ πραχθέντες φόνοι, πότερον ἑκουσίους αὐτοὺς ἤ τινας ὡς ἀκουσίους νομοθετητέον, βέλτιστον μὴν καὶ ἀληθέστατον εἰς εἰκόνα μὲν ἄμφω θεῖναι, τεμεῖν δὲ αὐτὼ χωρὶς τῇ ἐπιβουλῇ καὶ ἀπροβουλίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς μὲν μετʼ ἐπιβουλῆς τε καὶ ὀργῇ κτείνασιν τὰς τιμωρίας χαλεπωτέρας, τοῖς δὲ ἀπροβουλεύτως τε καὶ ἐξαίφνης πρᾳοτέρας νομοθετεῖν· τὸ γὰρ εἰκὸς μείζονι κακῷ μειζόνως, τὸ 867c δʼ ἐλάττονι τιμωρητέον ἐλαττόνως. ποιητέον δὴ καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις νόμοις οὕτω.

    That is why homicides committed in anger are hard to classify: should we legislate for them as voluntary, or some of them as involuntary? The best and truest course is to class both as likenesses, and to separate them by premeditation and its absence: for those who kill with premeditation and in anger we should legislate harsher penalties, and for those who kill without premeditation and suddenly, milder ones. For what resembles a greater evil should reasonably be punished more, 867c and what resembles a lesser one, less. And so our own laws must do this.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianπάλιν ἐπανελθόντες τοίνυν λέγωμεν· ἂν ἄρα τις αὐτόχειρ μὲν κτείνῃ ἐλεύθερον, τὸ δὲ πεπραγμένον ἀπροβουλεύτως ὀργῇ τινι γένηται πραχθέν, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, καθάπερ ἄνευ θυμοῦ κτείναντι προσῆκέν τῳ πάσχειν, πασχέτω, δύο δʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔτη φευγέτω κολάζων τὸν αὑτοῦ θυμόν. ὁ δὲ 867d θυμῷ μέν, μετʼ ἐπιβουλῆς δὲ κτείνας τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ τὸν πρόσθεν αὖ, τρία δὲ ἔτη, καθάπερ ἅτερος ἔφευγεν τὰ δύο, φευγέτω, μεγέθει θυμοῦ πλείω τιμωρηθεὶς χρόνον. καθόδου δὲ πέρι τούτοις ὧδε ἔστω. χαλεπὸν μὲν ἀκριβῶς νομοθετεῖν· ἔστι γὰρ ὅτε τούτοιν ὁ τῷ νόμῳ ταχθεὶς χαλεπώτερος ἡμερώτερος ἄν, ὁ δὲ ἡμερώτερος χαλεπώτερος ἂν εἴη, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν φόνον ἀγριωτέρως ἂν πράξειεν, ὁ δὲ ἡμερωτέρως· ὡς 867e δὲ τὸ πολὺ κατὰ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα συμβαίνει γιγνόμενα.

    AthenianThen let’s go back and state it again. If someone kills a free person with his own hand, and the deed is done without premeditation, in some fit of rage, let him suffer everything else that it would be fitting for someone to suffer who had killed without anger, but let him also be compelled to go into exile for two years, chastening his own anger. The man who 867d kills in anger but with premeditation is in other respects to be treated like the previous one, but is to go into exile for three years, as the other did for two, punished for a longer time because of the greater force of his anger. As for their return, let it be as follows. It is hard to legislate precisely. For sometimes the one of these two whom the law has classed as the worse may turn out to be the gentler, and the one classed as gentler the worse, having gone about the killing more savagely, while the other did it more gently. Yet 867e for the most part things do turn out as we have just described.

    τούτων οὖν πάντων ἐπιγνώμονας εἶναι χρὴ νομοφύλακας, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὁ χρόνος ἔλθῃ τῆς φυγῆς ἑκατέρῳ, πέμπειν αὐτῶν δικαστὰς δώδεκα ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς χώρας, ἐσκεμμένους ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ τὰς τῶν φυγόντων πράξεις ἔτι σαφέστερον, καὶ τῆς αἰδοῦς τε πέρι καὶ καταδοχῆς τούτων δικαστὰς γίγνεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ αὖ τοῖς δικασθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων 868a ἀρχόντων ἐμμένειν. ἐὰν δʼ αὖθίς ποτε κατελθὼν ὁπότερος αὐτοῖν ἡττηθεὶς ὀργῇ πράξῃ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο, φυγὼν μηκέτι κατέλθῃ, κατελθὼν δέ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ξένου ἄφιξιν ταύτῃ πασχέτω. δοῦλον δʼ ὁ κτείνας ἑαυτοῦ μὲν καθηράσθω, ἐὰν δὲ ἀλλότριον θυμῷ, διπλῇ τὸ βλάβος ἐκτεισάτω τῷ κεκτημένῳ.

    The guardians of the laws, then, must be the judges of all these matters. When the period of exile has ended for either of them, they are to send twelve of their number as judges to the borders of the country. These should have examined the exiles’ conduct during that time still more closely, and they are to judge whether to pardon them and receive them back; and the exiles for their part must abide by what such 868a officials decide. But if either of them, after returning, is ever again overcome by anger and does the same thing, let him go into exile and never return; and if he does return, let him be treated as the foreigner who returns is treated. Whoever kills a slave of his own is to purify himself; if he kills someone else’s slave in anger, he is to pay the owner double the damage.

    ὅστις δʼ ἂν τῶν ἀποκτεινάντων πάντων μὴ πείθηται τῷ νόμῳ, ἀλλʼ ἀκάθαρτος ὢν ἀγοράν τε καὶ ἆθλα καὶ τὰ 868b ἄλλα ἱερὰ μιαίνῃ, ὁ βουλόμενος, τόν τε ἐπιτρέποντα τῶν προσηκόντων τῷ τελευτήσαντι καὶ τὸν ἀποκτείναντα εἰς δίκην καταστήσας, τὴν διπλασίαν χρημάτων τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πράξεων ἀναγκαζέτω πράττειν τε καὶ ἐκτίνειν, τὸ δὲ ἔκτεισμα αὐτὸς αὑτῷ κομιζέσθω κατὰ τὸν νόμον. ἐὰν δέ τις θυμῷ δοῦλος δεσπότην αὑτοῦ κτείνῃ, τοὺς προσήκοντας τοῦ τελευτήσαντος χρωμένους τῷ κτείναντι χρείαν ἣν ἂν 868c ἐθέλωσι, πλὴν μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς ζωγροῦντας, καθαροὺς εἶναι· ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλος τις δοῦλος ἐλεύθερον ἀποκτείνῃ θυμῷ, παραδιδόντων οἱ δεσπόται τὸν δοῦλον τοῖς προσήκουσι τοῦ τελευτήσαντος, οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης μὲν θανατωσάντων τὸν δράσαντα, τρόπῳ δὲ ᾧ ἂν ἐθέλωσιν.

    If any killer at all disobeys the law and, while still unclean, pollutes the marketplace, the games, and the 868b other sacred places, anyone who wishes may bring to trial both the relative of the dead man who allows this and the killer himself, and compel them to pay double the fines and other penalties and make them good; and the prosecutor is to keep the payment for himself, as the law provides. If a slave kills his own master in anger, the dead man’s relatives may treat the killer in any way they 868c wish—except that they may on no account whatever let him live—and they will be free of pollution. If some other slave kills a free person in anger, his owners are to hand the slave over to the dead man’s relatives, and they must put him to death, but in whatever way they choose.

    ἂν δʼ, ὃ γίγνεται μέν, ὀλιγάκις δέ, διὰ θυμὸν πατὴρ ἢ μήτηρ ὑὸν ἢ θυγατέρα πληγαῖς ἤ τινι τρόπῳ βιαίῳ κτείνῃ, καθάρσεις μὲν τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς ἄλλοις καθαιρέσθω καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς ἀπενιαυτεῖν, 868d κατελθόντων δὲ τῶν κτεινάντων, ἀπαλλάττεσθαι γυναῖκά τε ἀπʼ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπὸ γυναικός, καὶ μή ποτʼ ἔτι κοινῇ παιδοποιήσασθαι, μηδὲ συνέστιον ὧν ἔκγονον ἢ ἀδελφὸν ἀπεστέρηκε γίγνεσθαί ποτε μηδὲ κοινωνὸν ἱερῶν· ὁ δὲ ἀσεβῶν τε περὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπειθῶν ὑπόδικος ἀσεβείας γιγνέσθω τῷ ἐθέλοντι. γυναῖκα δὲ γαμετὴν ἐὰν ἀνὴρ διʼ ὀργὴν κτείνῃ 868e τινά τις, ἢ γυνὴ ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ὡσαύτως ἐργάσηται, καθαίρεσθαι μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς καθαρμούς, τριετεῖς δὲ ἀπενιαυτήσεις διατελεῖν.

    If—as does happen, though rarely—a father or mother kills a son or daughter in anger, by blows or some other violent means, the killer is to undergo the same purifications as the others and spend three years in exile. 868d When the killers return, the wife is to separate from the husband and the husband from the wife, and they are never again to have children together. Nor is the killer ever to share a hearth or sacred rites with those he has robbed of a child or a brother. Whoever behaves impiously in these matters and disobeys is to be liable to prosecution for impiety by anyone who wishes. If a husband kills his wedded wife in a fit of rage, 868e or a wife does the same to her husband in the same way, they are to undergo the same purifications and complete three years of exile.

    κατελθὼν δὲ ὅ τι τοιοῦτον δράσας, τοῖς αὑτοῦ παισὶν ἱερῶν μὴ κοινωνείτω μηδὲ ὁμοτράπεζος γιγνέσθω ποτέ· ἀπειθῶν δὲ ὁ γεννήτωρ ἢ ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἀσεβείας αὖ ὑπόδικος γιγνέσθω τῷ ἐθέλοντι. καὶ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφήν, ἢ ἀδελφὴ ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν θυμῷ κτείνῃ, τὰ μὲν τῶν καθαρμῶν καὶ ἀπενιαυτήσεων ὡσαύτως, καθάπερ εἴρηται τοῖς γονεῦσι καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις, εἰρήσθω δεῖν γίγνεσθαι καὶ τούτοις—ὧν ἀδελφούς τε ἀδελφῶν καὶ γονέας ἐστέρηκε παίδων, τούτοις δὲ συνέστιος αὐτοῖς μηδέποτε γιγνέσθω μηδὲ κοινωνὸς ἱερῶν—ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, 869a τῷ τῆς περὶ ταῦτα ἀσεβείας εἰρημένῳ νόμῳ ὑπόδικος ὀρθῶς ἂν γίγνοιτο μετὰ δίκης.

    On his return, the one who has done such a thing is not to share in sacred rites with his own children or ever sit at the same table with them. If the parent or the child disobeys, he too is to be liable to prosecution for impiety by anyone who wishes. And if a brother kills a brother or sister in anger, or a sister kills a brother or sister, let it be declared that the same purifications and years of exile must apply to them as were stated for parents and children. The killer is never to share a hearth or sacred rites with those whom he has robbed of brothers, or parents of children. If anyone disobeys, 869a he will rightly and justly be liable under the law already stated on impiety in these matters.

    ἐὰν δʼ ἄρα τις εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀκρατὴς θυμοῦ γίγνηται πρὸς τοὺς γεννήσαντας, ὥστε μανίαις ὀργῆς τῶν γεννητόρων τολμῆσαι κτεῖναί τινα, ἐὰν μὲν ὁ τελευτήσας πρὶν τελευτῆσαι τὸν δράσαντα φόνου ἀφιῇ ἑκών, καθάπερ οἱ τὸν ἀκούσιον φόνον ἐξεργασάμενοι καθαρθείς, καὶ τἆλλα ὅσαπερ ἐκεῖνοι πράξας, καθαρὸς ἔστω, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 869b ἀφῇ, πολλοῖς ἔνοχος ἔστω νόμοις ὁ δράσας τι τοιοῦτον· καὶ γὰρ αἰκίας δίκαις ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἔνοχος ἂν γίγνοιτο καὶ ἀσεβείας ὡσαύτως καὶ ἱεροσυλίας, τὴν τοῦ γεννητοῦ ψυχὴν συλήσας, ὥστʼ εἴπερ οἷόν τʼ ἦν τὸ πολλάκις ἀποθνῄσκειν τὸν αὐτόν, καὶ τὸν πατροφόνον ἢ μητροκτόνον, ἐξεργασάμενον θυμῷ τοῦτο, δικαιότατον θανάτων πολλῶν ἦν τυγχάνειν.

    But if someone becomes so unable to control his anger toward those who gave him life that in a mad fury he dares to kill one of his parents, then, if the dying parent, before death, freely releases the killer from the charge of murder, let him be purified as those who have committed involuntary homicide are, do everything else they do, and be clean. But if the parent does not 869b release him, the one who has done such a thing is to be liable under many laws. For he would be liable to the most extreme penalties for assault, and likewise for impiety and for temple robbery, since he has despoiled his parent of the soul. So if it were possible for the same man to die many times over, it would be most just for someone who kills his father or mother, and does it in anger, to suffer many deaths.

    ᾧ γὰρ μόνῳ οὐδʼ ἀμυνομένῳ θάνατον, μέλλοντι ὑπὸ 869c τῶν γονέων τελευτήσεσθαι, παρέξει νόμος οὐδεὶς κτεῖναι τὸν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, τοὺς εἰς φῶς τὴν ἐκείνου φύσιν ἀγαγόντας, ἀλλʼ ὑπομείναντα τὰ πάντα πάσχειν πρίν τι δρᾶν τοιοῦτον νομοθετήσει, πῶς τούτῳ δίκης γε ἄλλως προσῆκον τυγχάνειν ἂν γίγνοιτο ἐν νόμῳ; κείσθω δὴ τῷ πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἀποκτείναντι θυμῷ θάνατος ἡ ζημία. ἀδελφὸς δὲ ἂν ἀδελφὸν κτείνῃ ἐν στάσεσι μάχης γενομένης ἤ τινι τρόπῳ τοιούτῳ, 869d ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν πρότερον, καθάπερ πολέμιον ἀποκτείνας ἔστω καθαρός, καὶ ἐὰν πολίτης πολίτην, ὡσαύτως, ἢ ξένος ξένον. ἐὰν δὲ ἀστὸς ξένον ἢ ξένος ἀστὸν ἀμυνόμενος κτείνῃ, κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔστω τοῦ καθαρὸς εἶναι.

    For he is the one man whom no law will permit to kill his father or mother—those who brought him into the light—not even in self-defense when he is about to be put to death 869c by his parents; the law will require him to endure everything rather than do such a thing. How, then, could it be fitting for him to receive justice under the law in any other way? So let death be laid down as the penalty for anyone who kills his father or mother in anger. If a brother kills a brother in civil strife, when a fight has broken out, or in some similar way, 869d defending himself against one who struck first, let him be clean, as if he had killed an enemy in war; and the same if a citizen kills a citizen, or a foreigner a foreigner. If a citizen kills a foreigner, or a foreigner a citizen, in self-defense, let the same hold as regards his being clean.

    καὶ ἐὰν δοῦλος δοῦλον, ὡσαύτως· ἐὰν δὲ αὖ δοῦλος ἐλεύθερον ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθάπερ ὁ κτείνας πατέρα, τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔνοχος ἔστω νόμοις. ὃ δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως εἴρηται φόνου πατρί, ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ἔστω περὶ ἁπάσης τῶν 869e τοιούτων ἀφέσεως, ἐὰν ὁστισοῦν ὁτῳοῦν ἀφιῇ τοῦτο ἑκών, ὡς ἀκουσίου γεγονότος τοῦ φόνου, οἵ τε καθαρμοὶ γιγνέσθωσαν τῷ δράσαντι καὶ ἐνιαυτὸς εἷς ἔστω τῆς ἐκδημίας ἐν νόμῳ. καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ βίαιά τε καὶ ἀκούσια καὶ κατὰ τὸν θυμὸν γιγνόμενα περὶ φόνους μετρίως εἰρήσθω· τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰ ἑκούσια καὶ κατʼ ἀδικίαν πᾶσαν γιγνόμενα τούτων πέρι καὶ ἐπιβουλῆς διʼ ἥττας ἡδονῶν τε καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ φθόνων, ταῦτα μετʼ ἐκεῖνα ἡμῖν λεκτέον.

    Likewise if a slave kills a slave. But if a slave kills a free person in self-defense, let him be liable to the same laws as one who has killed his father. What has been said about a father’s releasing his killer from the charge of murder is to apply equally to every release of 869e this kind: if anyone at all freely releases anyone at all, treating the killing as involuntary, the killer is to undergo the purifications and spend one year abroad, as the law provides. So much, then, for killings that are violent, involuntary, or done in anger; let that be a fair account of them. Next we must speak about those done voluntarily and out of sheer wrongdoing, with premeditation, through being overcome by pleasures, desires, and envy.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right.

    Deliberate murder

    The causes of murder are greed, ambition and fear; laws follow for murder and the killing of kin.

    Athenianπάλιν δὴ πρῶτον περὶ τῶν τοιούτων εἰς δύναμιν 870a εἴπωμεν ὁπόσα ἂν εἴη. τὸ μὲν δὴ μέγιστον ἐπιθυμία κρατοῦσα ψυχῆς ἐξηγριωμένης ὑπὸ πόθων· τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶν μάλιστα ἐνταῦθα οὗ πλεῖστός τε καὶ ἰσχυρότατος ἵμερος ὢν τυγχάνει τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἡ τῶν χρημάτων τῆς ἀπλήστου καὶ ἀπείρου κτήσεως ἔρωτας μυρίους ἐντίκτουσα δύναμις διὰ φύσιν τε καὶ ἀπαιδευσίαν τὴν κακήν. τῆς δὲ ἀπαιδευσίας ἡ τοῦ κακῶς ἐπαινεῖσθαι πλοῦτον αἰτία φήμη πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων· πρῶτον γὰρ τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτὸ 870b προκρίνοντες, τρίτον ὄν, τούς τʼ ἐπιγιγνομένους λωβῶνται καὶ ἑαυτούς.

    AthenianAgain, then, let us first say, as best we can, how many 870a such causes there might be. The greatest is desire mastering a soul made savage by longings. This occurs most of all where most people’s craving happens to be greatest and strongest: in the power of money, which, through a bad nature and lack of education, breeds countless passions for insatiable and unlimited acquisition. And the cause of that lack of education is the bad praise that wealth enjoys in the talk of Greeks and non-Greeks alike. They rank it first among good things, 870b when it is third, and so ruin both their descendants and themselves.

    τὸ γὰρ ἀληθὲς λέγεσθαι περὶ τοῦ πλούτου κατὰ πόλεις πάσας πάντων κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον, ὡς ἕνεκα σώματός ἐστι, καὶ σῶμα ψυχῆς ἕνεκα· ἀγαθῶν μὲν οὖν ὄντων ὧν ἕνεκα ὁ πλοῦτος εἶναι πέφυκε, τρίτον ἂν εἴη μετὰ σώματος ἀρετὴν καὶ ψυχῆς. διδάσκαλος οὖν ἂν ὁ λόγος οὗτος γίγνοιτο ὡς οὐ χρὴ πλουτεῖν ζητεῖν τὸν εὐδαίμονα 870c ἐσόμενον, ἀλλὰ δικαίως πλουτεῖν καὶ σωφρόνως· καὶ φόνοι οὕτως οὐκ ἂν γίγνοιντο ἐν πόλεσιν φόνοις δεόμενοι καθαίρεσθαι. νῦν δέ, ὅπερ ἀρχόμενοι τούτων εἴπομεν, ἓν μὲν τοῦτʼ ἐστὶ καὶ μέγιστον ὃ ποιεῖ φόνου ἑκουσίου τὰς μεγίστας δίκας. δεύτερον δὲ φιλοτίμου ψυχῆς ἕξις, φθόνους ἐντίκτουσα, χαλεποὺς συνοίκους μάλιστα μὲν αὐτῷ τῷ κεκτημένῳ τὸν φθόνον, δευτέροις δὲ τοῖς ἀρίστοις τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει.

    For the finest and best thing of all would be for the truth about wealth to be told in every city: that it exists for the sake of the body, and the body for the sake of the soul. So, although the things for whose sake wealth naturally exists are good, it would come third, after the excellence of the body and the virtue of the soul. This account would teach that the man who means to be happy 870c must not seek to be rich, but to be rich justly and with moderation; and in that way there would be no murders in cities requiring purification by other murders. As it is, as we said when we began on this subject, this is one cause, and the greatest, that produces the gravest cases of voluntary murder. The second is the disposition of an ambitious soul, which breeds envy—a troublesome housemate, first for the very person who has the envy, and second for the best people in the city.

    τρίτον δὲ οἱ δειλοὶ καὶ ἄδικοι φόβοι πολλοὺς δὴ φόνους 870d εἰσὶν ἐξειργασμένοι, ὅταν ᾖ τῳ πραττόμενα ἢ πεπραγμένα ἃ μηδένα βούλονταί σφισιν συνειδέναι γιγνόμενα ἢ γεγονότα· τοὺς οὖν τούτων μηνυτὰς ἀναιροῦσι θανάτοις, ὅταν ἄλλῳ μηδενὶ δύνωνται τρόπῳ. τούτων δὴ πάντων πέρι προοίμια μὲν εἰρημένα ταῦτʼ ἔστω, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις, ὃν καὶ πολλοὶ λόγον τῶν ἐν ταῖς τελεταῖς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐσπουδακότων ἀκούοντες σφόδρα πείθονται, τὸ τῶν τοιούτων τίσιν ἐν Ἅιδου 870e γίγνεσθαι, καὶ πάλιν ἀφικομένοις δεῦρο ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν κατὰ φύσιν δίκην ἐκτεῖσαι, τὴν τοῦ παθόντος ἅπερ αὐτὸς ἔδρασεν, ὑπʼ ἄλλου τοιαύτῃ μοίρᾳ τελευτῆσαι τὸν τότε βίον.

    Third, cowardly and unjust fears have caused many murders, 870d when someone is doing or has done things he wants no one to know are being done or have been done. So people do away with those who could inform on them, killing them when they can’t do it any other way. Let these, then, stand as our preambles on all these matters. And in addition there is the account that many people hear from those who take such things seriously in the mystery rites, and firmly believe: that such crimes are punished in Hades, 870e and that when the doers come back here again they must pay the penalty that nature prescribes, suffering what they themselves did—ending the life they then lead in the same way, at another’s hands.

    Mystery cults such as the Orphic taught that souls are reborn and that crimes are repaid in the underworld and in later lives.

    πειθομένῳ μὲν δὴ καὶ πάντως φοβουμένῳ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προοιμίου τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην οὐδὲν δεῖ τὸν ἐπὶ τούτῳ 871a νόμον ὑμνεῖν, ἀπειθοῦντι δὲ νόμος ὅδε εἰρήσθω τῇ γραφῇ· ὃς ἂν ἐκ προνοίας τε καὶ ἀδίκως ὁντιναοῦν τῶν ἐμφυλίων αὐτόχειρ κτείνῃ, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν νομίμων εἰργέσθω, μήτε ἱερὰ μήτε ἀγορὰν μήτε λιμένας μήτε ἄλλον κοινὸν σύλλογον μηδένα μιαίνων, ἐάντε τις ἀπαγορεύῃ τῷ δράσαντι ταῦτα ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐὰν μή—ὁ γὰρ νόμος ἀπαγορεύει καὶ ἀπαγορεύων ὑπὲρ πάσης τῆς πόλεως ἀεὶ φαίνεταί τε καὶ φανεῖται 871b —ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐπεξιὼν δέον, ἢ μὴ προαγορεύων εἴργεσθαι, τῶν ἐντὸς ἀνεψιότητος, πρὸς ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν προσήκων τῷ τελευτήσαντι, πρῶτον μὲν τὸ μίασμα εἰς αὑτὸν καὶ τὴν τῶν θεῶν ἔχθραν δέχοιτο, ὡς ἡ τοῦ νόμου ἀρὰ τὴν φήμην προτρέπεται, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ὑπόδικος τῷ ἐθέλοντι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος γιγνέσθω.

    Anyone who believes this and truly fears such a penalty after the preamble alone has no need for the law on the subject 871a to be chanted over him. But for the one who disobeys, let the following law be stated in writing. Whoever kills any of his fellow citizens with his own hand, with forethought and unjustly, is first to be barred from all customary places. He is not to pollute temples, marketplace, harbors, or any other public gathering, whether or not anyone forbids him these things—for the law forbids them, and is and always will be seen forbidding them on behalf of the whole city. 871b And any relative of the dead man within the degree of cousin, on the male or female side, who fails to prosecute when he should, or fails to proclaim the killer’s exclusion, will first take the pollution upon himself, and the enmity of the gods, as the curse of the law turns its utterance against him; and second, he is to be liable to prosecution by anyone who wishes to avenge the dead man.

    ὁ δὲ ἐθέλων τιμωρεῖν, τῶν τε ἐπὶ τούτοις λουτρῶν φυλακῆς πέρι καὶ ὅσων ἂν ἑτέρων 871c ὁ θεὸς περὶ ταῦτα νόμιμα παραδῷ, πάντα ἀποτελῶν, καὶ τὴν πρόρρησιν προαγορεύων, ἴτω ἀναγκάζων τὸν δράσαντα ὑπέχειν τὴν τῆς δίκης πρᾶξιν κατὰ νόμον. ταῦτα δὲ ὅτι μὲν γίγνεσθαι χρεών ἐστι διά τινων ἐπευχῶν καὶ θυσιῶν θεοῖς τισιν οἷς τῶν τοιούτων μέλει, φόνους μὴ γίγνεσθαι κατὰ πόλεις, ῥᾴδιον ἀποφαίνεσθαι νομοθέτῃ· τίνες δʼ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοὶ καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος τῶν τοιούτων δικῶν τῆς εἰσαγωγῆς ὀρθότατα πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἂν γιγνόμενος εἴη, νομοφύλακες μετʼ 871d ἐξηγητῶν καὶ μάντεων καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ νομοθετησάμενοι, τὰς δίκας εἰσαγόντων ταύτας.

    Whoever wishes to avenge him is to carry out everything—taking care over the ritual washings for such cases and all the other observances 871c the god has handed down on these matters—and, having made the formal proclamation, go and compel the killer to submit to the execution of justice according to law. That these things must be accompanied by certain prayers and sacrifices to the gods whose concern it is that murders should not occur in cities, a lawgiver can easily declare. But which gods these are, and what way of bringing such cases to court would be most correct with respect to the divine, the guardians of the laws are to legislate together 871d with the interpreters, the seers, and the god, and then bring these cases to trial.

    δικαστὰς δὲ αὐτῶν εἶναι τοὺς αὐτοὺς οὕσπερ τοῖς τὰ ἱερὰ συλῶσιν διαδικάζειν ἐρρήθη κυρίως· ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω καὶ μὴ ἐν τῇ τοῦ παθόντος χώρᾳ θαπτέσθω, ἀναιδείας ἕνεκα πρὸς τῷ ἀσεβεῖν. φυγὼν δὲ καὶ μὴ ʼθελήσας κρίσιν ὑποσχεῖν φευγέτω ἀειφυγίαν· ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπιβῇ που τῶν τῆς τοῦ φονευθέντος χώρας, ὁ προστυχὼν πρῶτος τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ ἀποθανόντος 871e ἢ καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀνατὶ κτεινέτω, ἢ δήσας τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν τὴν δίκην κρινάντων κτεῖναι παραδότω.

    Their judges are to be the same ones who were said to have full authority to try those who rob temples. The one convicted is to be punished with death, and is not to be buried in the victim’s country, because of his shamelessness as well as his impiety. If he flees and refuses to stand trial, let him be exiled forever. If he sets foot anywhere in the murdered man’s country, whoever first meets him, whether one of the dead man’s family 871e or any citizen, may kill him with impunity, or bind him and hand him over to the officials of the court that tried the case to be put to death.

    ὁ δὲ ἐπισκηπτόμενος ἅμα καὶ κατεγγυάτω τὸν ᾧ ἂν ἐπισκήπτηται· ὁ δὲ παρεχέτω τοὺς ἐγγυητάς, ἀξιόχρεως οὓς ἂν ἡ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα δικαστῶν ἀρχὴ κρίνῃ, τρεῖς ἐγγυητὰς ἀξιόχρεως παρέξειν ἐγγυωμένους εἰς δίκην· ἐὰν δὲ ἢ μὴ ἐθέλῃ ἢ ἀδυνατῇ τις καθιστάναι, τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαβοῦσαν δήσασαν φυλάττειν καὶ παρέχειν εἰς τὴν κρίσιν τῆς δίκης. ἐὰν δὲ 872a αὐτόχειρ μὲν μή, βουλεύσῃ δὲ θάνατόν τις ἄλλος ἑτέρῳ καὶ τῇ βουλήσει τε καὶ ἐπιβουλεύσει ἀποκτείνας αἴτιος ὢν καὶ μὴ καθαρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ φόνου ἐν πόλει ἐνοικῇ, γιγνέσθων καὶ τούτῳ κατὰ ταὐτὰ αἱ κρίσεις τούτων πέρι πλὴν τῆς ἐγγύης, τῷ δὲ ὀφλόντι ταφῆς τῆς οἰκείας ἐξέστω τυχεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὡσαύτως τῷ πρόσθεν ῥηθέντι περὶ αὐτὸν γιγνέσθω.

    The prosecutor is at the same time to demand bail from the man he charges; and the accused must provide sureties—three sureties judged adequate by the board of judges for these cases—guaranteeing that he will appear for trial. If he is unwilling or unable to provide them, the board is to take him, keep him in bonds, and produce him for the trial of the case. If 872a someone does not kill with his own hand but plans another person’s death, and, though responsible for the killing through his intention and plotting and not clean in soul of the murder, goes on living in the city, let the trials in his case be conducted in the same way, except for the bail. The one convicted may have burial in his own country, but in other respects let the same be done to him as was stated for the previous case.

    τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ἔστω ταῦτα ξένοισί τε πρὸς ξένους καὶ ἀστοῖσι καὶ ξένοις πρὸς ἀλλήλους, δούλοις 872b τε αὖ πρὸς δούλους, τῆς τε αὐτοχειρίας πέρι καὶ ἐπιβουλεύσεως, πλὴν τῆς ἐγγύης· ταύτην δέ, καθάπερ εἴρηται, τοὺς αὐτόχειρας κατεγγυᾶσθαι, τὸν δὲ προαγορεύοντα τὸν φόνον ἅμα κατεγγυᾶν καὶ τούτους. ἐὰν δὲ δοῦλος ἐλεύθερον ἑκών, εἴτε αὐτόχειρ εἴτε βουλεύσας, ἀποκτείνῃ καὶ ὄφλῃ τὴν δίκην, ὁ τῆς πόλεως κοινὸς δήμιος ἄγων πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τοῦ ἀποθανόντος, ὅθεν ἂν ὁρᾷ τὸν τύμβον, μαστιγώσας ὁπόσας 872c ἂν ὁ ἑλὼν προστάττῃ, ἐάνπερ βιῷ παιόμενος ὁ φονεύς, θανατωσάτω.

    Let these same rules hold for foreigners toward foreigners, for citizens and foreigners toward each other, and for slaves 872b toward slaves, both for killing with one’s own hand and for plotting, except for the bail. In that matter, as has been said, those who killed with their own hands are to be held to bail, and whoever proclaims the murder is at the same time to demand bail from them as well. If a slave kills a free person deliberately, whether with his own hand or by plotting, and is convicted, the city’s public executioner is to lead him toward the dead man’s tomb, to a spot where he can see the grave, whip him with as many lashes 872c as the successful prosecutor orders, and, if the murderer survives the beating, put him to death.

    ἐὰν δέ τις δοῦλον κτείνῃ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντα, φόβῳ δὲ μὴ μηνυτὴς αἰσχρῶν ἔργων καὶ κακῶν αὐτοῦ γίγνηται, ἤ τινος ἕνεκα ἄλλου τοιούτου, καθάπερ ἂν εἰ πολίτην κτείνας ὑπεῖχε φόνου δίκας, ὡσαύτως καὶ τοῦ τοιούτου δούλου κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἀποθανόντος οὕτως ὑπεχέτω.

    If someone kills a slave who has done no wrong, out of fear that he may inform on his shameful and wicked deeds, or for some other such reason, then just as he would have stood trial for murder if he had killed a citizen, let him stand trial in the same way for the death of such a slave.

    ἐὰν δὲ δὴ γίγνηται ἐφʼ οἷσι καὶ νομοθετεῖν δεινὸν καὶ οὐδαμῶς προσφιλές, μὴ νομοθετεῖν δὲ ἀδύνατον, συγγενῶν 872d αὐτόχειρας φόνους ἢ διʼ ἐπιβουλεύσεως γενομένους, ἑκουσίους τε καὶ ἀδίκους πάντως, οἳ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ ἐν κακῶς οἰκούσαις καὶ τρεφομέναις γίγνονται πόλεσιν, γένοιτο δʼ ἄν πού τι καὶ ἐν ᾗ μή τις ἂν προσδοκήσειεν χώρᾳ, λέγειν μὲν δὴ χρεὼν αὖ πάλιν τὸν ἔμπροσθε σμικρῷ ῥηθέντα λόγον, ἂν ἄρα τις ἀκούων ἡμῶν οἷος ἀποσχέσθαι γένηται μᾶλλον ἑκὼν διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα φόνων τῶν πάντῃ ἀνοσιωτάτων.

    Now suppose there occur crimes for which it is dreadful and in no way pleasant even to legislate, yet impossible not to—murders of kin, 872d by one’s own hand or by plotting, deliberate and utterly unjust, which mostly occur in badly governed and badly brought-up cities, though one may happen even in a country where no one would expect it. We must then repeat once more the account given a little earlier, in the hope that anyone who hears us may become more willing, because of it, to keep away of his own accord from murders that are the most unholy of all.

    ὁ γὰρ δὴ 872e μῦθος ἢ λόγος, ἢ ὅτι χρὴ προσαγορεύειν αὐτόν, ἐκ παλαιῶν ἱερέων εἴρηται σαφῶς, ὡς ἡ τῶν συγγενῶν αἱμάτων τιμωρὸς δίκη ἐπίσκοπος νόμῳ χρῆται τῷ νυνδὴ λεχθέντι καὶ ἔταξεν ἄρα δράσαντί τι τοιοῦτον παθεῖν ταὐτὰ ἀναγκαίως ἅπερ ἔδρασεν· εἰ πατέρα ἀπέκτεινέν ποτέ τις, αὐτὸν τοῦτο ὑπὸ τέκνων τολμῆσαι βίᾳ πάσχοντα ἔν τισι χρόνοις, κἂν εἰ μητέρα, γενέσθαι τε αὐτὸν θηλείας μετασχόντα φύσεως ἀναγκαῖον, γενόμενόν τε ὑπὸ τῶν γεννηθέντων λιπεῖν τὸν βίον ἐν χρόνοις ὑστέροις· τοῦ γὰρ κοινοῦ μιανθέντος αἵματος οὐκ εἶναι κάθαρσιν ἄλλην, οὐδὲ ἔκπλυτον ἐθέλειν γίγνεσθαι 873a τὸ μιανθὲν πρὶν φόνον φόνῳ ὁμοίῳ ὅμοιον ἡ δράσασα ψυχὴ τείσῃ καὶ πάσης τῆς συγγενείας τὸν θυμὸν ἀφιλασαμένη κοιμίσῃ.

    For the 872e myth or account—or whatever one should call it—has been clearly stated by priests of old: that Justice, who watches over and avenges the blood of kin, follows the law just mentioned, and has ordained that anyone who has done such a thing must necessarily suffer the same things he did. If someone ever killed his father, he himself must in time come to suffer the same violence at the hands of his children; if his mother, he must necessarily be born sharing a female nature, and, once born, lose his life at the hands of those he bore, in later times. For when the blood of a family has been polluted there is no other purification, nor will the stain consent to be washed out 873a until the soul that did the deed has paid murder for like murder and has appeased and laid to rest the anger of the whole family.

    ταῦτα δὴ παρὰ θεῶν μέν τινα φοβούμενον τὰς τιμωρίας εἴργεσθαι χρὴ τὰς τοιαύτας· εἰ δέ τινας οὕτως ἀθλία συμφορὰ καταλάβοι, ὥστε πατρὸς ἢ μητρὸς ἢ ἀδελφῶν ἢ τέκνων ἐκ προνοίας ἑκουσίως ψυχὴν τολμῆσαι ἀποστερεῖν σώματος, ὁ παρὰ τοῦ θνητοῦ νομοθέτου νόμος ὧδε περὶ τῶν 873b τοιούτων νομοθετεῖ, Προρρήσεις μὲν τὰς περὶ τῶν νομίμων εἴργεσθαι καὶ ἐγγύας τὰς αὐτὰς εἶναι καθάπερ ἐρρήθη τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν· ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ φόνου τοιούτου, τούτων κτείνας τινά, οἱ μὲν τῶν δικαστῶν ὑπηρέται καὶ ἄρχοντες ἀποκτείναντες, εἰς τεταγμένην τρίοδον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐκβαλλόντων γυμνόν, αἱ δὲ ἀρχαὶ πᾶσαι ὑπὲρ ὅλης τῆς πόλεως, λίθον ἕκαστος φέρων, ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ νεκροῦ βάλλων ἀφοσιούτω τὴν πόλιν ὅλην, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο εἰς τὰ τῆς χώρας 873c ὅρια φέροντες ἐκβαλλόντων τῷ νόμῳ ἄταφον.

    Fear of such punishments from the gods ought to hold a person back from these acts. But if some are overtaken by so wretched a misfortune that they dare, deliberately and with forethought, to part the soul of a father, mother, brothers, or children from its body, the law of the mortal lawgiver legislates for such cases 873b as follows. The proclamations of exclusion from customary places and the bail are to be the same as were stated for the earlier cases. If someone is convicted of such a murder, having killed one of these, the officers of the judges and the officials are to put him to death and throw him out naked at an appointed crossroads outside the city. All the officials, on behalf of the whole city, are each to carry a stone and throw it at the head of the corpse, and so absolve the whole city of the pollution. After this they are to carry him to the borders 873c of the country and cast him out unburied, as the law requires.

    τὸν δὲ δὴ πάντων οἰκειότατον καὶ λεγόμενον φίλτατον ὃς ἂν ἀποκτείνῃ, τί χρὴ πάσχειν; λέγω δὲ ὃς ἂν ἑαυτὸν κτείνῃ, τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης βίᾳ ἀποστερῶν μοῖραν, μήτε πόλεως ταξάσης δίκῃ, μήτε περιωδύνῳ ἀφύκτῳ προσπεσούσῃ τύχῃ ἀναγκασθείς, μηδὲ αἰσχύνης τινὸς ἀπόρου καὶ ἀβίου μεταλαχών, ἀργίᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀνανδρίας δειλίᾳ ἑαυτῷ δίκην ἄδικον 873d ἐπιθῇ. τούτῳ δὴ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα θεὸς οἶδεν ἃ χρὴ νόμιμα γίγνεσθαι περὶ καθαρμούς τε καὶ ταφάς, ὧν ἐξηγητάς τε ἅμα καὶ τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα νόμους ἐπανερομένους χρὴ τοὺς ἐγγύτατα γένει ποιεῖν αὐτοῖσιν κατὰ τὰ προσταττόμενα· τάφους δʼ εἶναι τοῖς οὕτω φθαρεῖσι πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ μόνας μηδὲ μεθʼ ἑνὸς συντάφου, εἶτα ἐν τοῖς τῶν δώδεκα ὁρίοισι μερῶν τῶν ὅσα ἀργὰ καὶ ἀνώνυμα θάπτειν ἀκλεεῖς αὐτούς, μήτε στήλαις μήτε ὀνόμασι δηλοῦντας τοὺς τάφους. 873e

    And what should happen to the one who kills the person nearest of all to him, the one called dearest? I mean the one who kills himself, forcibly robbing himself of his destined share of life, when the city has not ordered it by judicial sentence, and he has not been compelled by some agonizing and inescapable misfortune that has befallen him, nor has he met with some disgrace that leaves him helpless and unable to go on living, but through sloth and unmanly cowardice he imposes an unjust penalty 873d on himself. For such a person, the god knows what other observances are proper regarding purifications and burial, and the nearest relatives must consult the interpreters and the laws on these matters and act as they prescribe. But the graves of those who perish in this way are, first, to be apart, not shared with a single other; and second, they are to be buried without honor in those places on the borders of the twelve districts that are barren and nameless, and their graves are to be marked with neither headstone nor name. 873e

    ἐὰν δʼ ἄρα ὑποζύγιον ἢ ζῷον ἄλλο τι φονεύσῃ τινά, πλὴν τῶν ὅσα ἐν ἀγῶνι τῶν δημοσίᾳ τιθεμένων ἀθλεύοντά τι τοιοῦτον δράσῃ, ἐπεξίτωσαν μὲν οἱ προσήκοντες τοῦ φόνου τῷ κτείναντι, διαδικαζόντων δὲ τῶν ἀγρονόμων οἷσιν ἂν καὶ ὁπόσοις προστάξῃ ὁ προσήκων, τὸ δὲ ὀφλὸν ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας ἀποκτείναντας διορίσαι. ἐὰν δὲ ἄψυχόν τι ψυχῆς ἄνθρωπον στερήσῃ, πλὴν ὅσα κεραυνὸς ἤ τι παρὰ θεοῦ τοιοῦτον βέλος ἰόν, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ὅσα τινὸς προσπεσόντος ἢ αὐτὸ ἐμπεσὸν κτείνῃ τινά, δικαστὴν μὲν αὐτῷ 874a καθιζέτω τῶν γειτόνων τὸν ἐγγύτατα ὁ προσήκων γένει, ἀφοσιούμενος ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ τε καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς συγγενείας ὅλης, τὸ δὲ ὀφλὸν ἐξορίζειν, καθάπερ ἐρρήθη τὸ τῶν ζῴων γένος.

    If a beast of burden or some other animal kills someone—except when it does so while competing in one of the public contests—the relatives are to prosecute the killer for murder, the case being decided by whichever country wardens the relative appoints, and as many as he appoints; and if the animal is convicted, they are to kill it and throw it out beyond the borders of the country. If some lifeless thing deprives a person of life—except for a thunderbolt or some such missile hurled by a god—that is, any other thing that kills someone, whether he falls against it or it falls on him, the nearest relative is to appoint 874a the nearest neighbor as judge over it, purifying himself and the whole family, and the thing convicted is to be cast out beyond the borders, as was said for animals.

    ἐὰν δὲ τεθνεὼς μὲν αὖ τις φανῇ, ἄδηλος δὲ ὁ κτείνας ᾖ καὶ μὴ ἀμελῶς ζητοῦσιν ἀνεύρετος γίγνηται, τὰς μὲν προρρήσεις τὰς αὐτὰς γίγνεσθαι καθάπερ τοῖς ἄλλοις, προαγορεύειν δὲ τὸν φόνον τῷ δράσαντι, καὶ ἐπιδικασάμενον ἐν 874b ἀγορᾷ κηρῦξαι τῷ κτείναντι τὸν καὶ τὸν καὶ ὠφληκότι φόνου μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν ἱερῶν μηδὲ ὅλης χώρας τῆς τοῦ παθόντος, ὡς, ἂν φανῇ καὶ γνωσθῇ, ἀποθανούμενον καὶ ἔξω τῆς τοῦ παθόντος χώρας ἐκβληθησόμενον ἄταφον. οὗτος δὴ νόμος εἷς ἡμῖν ἔστω κύριος περὶ φόνου κείμενος.

    If someone is found dead and the killer is unknown and cannot be discovered by a careful search, the proclamations are to be the same as for the others, but the charge of murder is to be proclaimed against “the one who did it”; and the prosecutor, having obtained judgment, is to announce in the 874b marketplace that the killer of so-and-so, convicted of murder, is not to set foot in the temples or anywhere in the victim’s country, since if he appears and is identified, he will be put to death and cast out unburied beyond the victim’s country. Let this one law, then, be laid down for us with authority on murder.

    καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μέχρι τούτων οὕτως· ὧν δὲ ὁ κτείνας ἐφʼ οἷς τε ὀρθῶς ἂν καθαρὸς εἴη, τάδε ἔστω· Νύκτωρ φῶρα εἰς οἰκίαν εἰσιόντα ἐπὶ κλοπῇ χρημάτων ἐὰν 874c ἑλὼν κτείνῃ, καθαρὸς ἔστω· καὶ ἐὰν λωποδύτην ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθαρὸς ἔστω· καὶ ἐὰν ἐλευθέραν γυναῖκα βιάζηταί τις ἢ παῖδα περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια, νηποινὶ τεθνάτω ὑπό τε τοῦ ὑβρισθέντος βίᾳ καὶ ὑπὸ πατρὸς ἢ ἀδελφῶν ἢ ὑέων· ἐάν τε ἀνὴρ ἐπιτύχῃ γαμετῇ γυναικὶ βιαζομένῃ, κτείνας τὸν βιαζόμενον ἔστω καθαρὸς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ· καὶ ἐάν τις πατρὶ βοηθῶν θάνατον, μηδὲν ἀνόσιον δρῶντι, κτείνῃ τινά, ἢ μητρὶ ἢ τέκνοις ἢ ἀδελφοῖς ἢ συγγεννήτορι τέκνων, 874d πάντως καθαρὸς ἔστω.

    So much for these matters. Now the cases in which the killer would rightly be clean are as follows. If someone catches a thief entering his house at night to steal property 874c and kills him, let him be clean. If he kills a highway robber in self-defense, let him be clean. If anyone sexually assaults a free woman or a boy, let him be killed with impunity by the one he has assaulted, or by that person’s father, brothers, or sons. If a husband comes upon his wedded wife being raped and kills the rapist, let him be clean in the eyes of the law. And if anyone kills someone while protecting his father from death, when the father is doing nothing unholy, or his mother, children, brothers, or the partner with whom he has children, 874d let him be entirely clean.

    τὰ μὲν τοίνυν περὶ τροφήν τε ζώσης ψυχῆς καὶ παιδείαν, ὧν αὐτῇ τυχούσῃ μὲν βιωτόν, ἀτυχησάσῃ δὲ τοὐναντίον, καὶ περὶ θανάτων τῶν βιαίων ἃς δεῖ τιμωρίας γίγνεσθαι, νενομοθετήσθω· τὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων τροφὴν μὲν καὶ παιδείαν εἴρηται, τὸ δʼ ἐχόμενον τούτων, αἱ βίαιοι πράξεις ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων ἀκούσιοί τε καὶ ἑκούσιοι γιγνόμεναι διοριστέον εἰς δύναμιν αἵ τέ εἰσιν καὶ ὅσαι, καὶ ὧν ἂν 874e τυγχάνουσαι τιμωρήσεων τὸ πρόσφορον ἔχοιεν ἂν ἕκασται, ταῦτα μετʼ ἐκεῖνα, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὀρθῶς ἂν νομοθετοῖτο.

    Let this, then, stand as our legislation on the nurture and education of the living soul—which make life worth living for a soul that gets them, and the opposite for one that misses them—and on the penalties there must be for violent deaths. The nurture and education of bodies has already been discussed. Next after these come acts of violence that people do to one another, involuntary and voluntary: we must define as best we can what they are and how many, and what 874e punishments each should meet with to receive its due. These, it seems, would rightly be legislated next.

    Why human beings need laws

    Wounding introduces an argument that no one could rule without laws, since no one has perfect knowledge.

    Famous passage Why we need lawsHumans must live by laws or be like beasts, since no one could both know the common good and always act on it with unchecked power.

    τραύματα δὴ καὶ πηρώσεις ἐκ τραυμάτων τά γε δεύτερα μετὰ θανάτους καὶ ὁ φαυλότατος ἂν τάξειεν τῶν ἐπὶ νόμον τρεπομένων. τὰ δὴ τραύματα, καθάπερ οἱ φόνοι διῄρηντο, διαιρετέον, τὰ μὲν ἀκούσια, τὰ δὲ θυμῷ, τὰ δὲ φόβῳ, τὰ δὲ ὁπόσα ἐκ προνοίας ἑκούσια συμβαίνει γιγνόμενα· προρρητέον δή τι περὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων τοιόνδε, ὡς ἄρα νόμους ἀνθρώποις ἀναγκαῖον τίθεσθαι καὶ ζῆν κατὰ νόμους 875a ἢ μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῶν πάντῃ ἀγριωτάτων θηρίων. ἡ δὲ αἰτία τούτων ἥδε, ὅτι φύσις ἀνθρώπων οὐδενὸς ἱκανὴ φύεται ὥστε γνῶναί τε τὰ συμφέροντα ἀνθρώποις εἰς πολιτείαν καὶ γνοῦσα, τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεὶ δύνασθαί τε καὶ ἐθέλειν πράττειν.

    Even the least capable of those who turn to lawmaking would put wounds, and the maiming that results from wounds, second after deaths. Wounds must be divided just as killings were: some are involuntary, some done in anger, some from fear, and some are done voluntarily and with forethought. About all such cases we must first say something like this: human beings must lay down laws for themselves and live by laws, 875a or else be no different from the most savage beasts. The reason is this: no human being is born with a nature capable both of knowing what benefits human beings in their political life and, knowing it, of always being able and willing to do what is best.

    γνῶναι μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον χαλεπὸν ὅτι πολιτικῇ καὶ ἀληθεῖ τέχνῃ οὐ τὸ ἴδιον ἀλλὰ τὸ κοινὸν ἀνάγκη μέλειν—τὸ μὲν γὰρ κοινὸν συνδεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἴδιον διασπᾷ τὰς πόλεις—καὶ ὅτι συμφέρει τῷ κοινῷ τε καὶ ἰδίῳ, τοῖν ἀμφοῖν, ἢν τὸ κοινὸν 875b τιθῆται καλῶς μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ ἴδιον· δεύτερον δέ, ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ τὸ γνῶναί τις ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτω πέφυκεν λάβῃ ἱκανῶς ἐν τέχνῃ, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀνυπεύθυνός τε καὶ αὐτοκράτωρ ἄρξῃ πόλεως, οὐκ ἄν ποτε δύναιτο ἐμμεῖναι τούτῳ τῷ δόγματι καὶ διαβιῶναι τὸ μὲν κοινὸν ἡγούμενον τρέφων ἐν τῇ πόλει, τὸ δὲ ἴδιον ἑπόμενον τῷ κοινῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πλεονεξίαν καὶ ἰδιοπραγίαν ἡ θνητὴ φύσις αὐτὸν ὁρμήσει ἀεί, φεύγουσα μὲν ἀλόγως τὴν λύπην, διώκουσα δὲ τὴν ἡδονήν, τοῦ δὲ 875c δικαιοτέρου τε καὶ ἀμείνονος ἐπίπροσθεν ἄμφω τούτω προστήσεται, καὶ σκότος ἀπεργαζομένη ἐν αὑτῇ πάντων κακῶν ἐμπλήσει πρὸς τὸ τέλος αὑτήν τε καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὅλην.

    For first, it is hard to recognize that the true political art must care not for the private but for the common—since the common binds cities together, while the private tears them apart—and that it benefits both the common and the private, both of them, if the common 875b is well established rather than the private. Second, even if someone were to grasp adequately, as a matter of art, that these things are so by nature, and afterward ruled a city with absolute power, accountable to no one, he could never hold to this conviction and live his life nurturing the common good in the city as the leader and the private as following the common. Instead, his mortal nature will always drive him toward getting more for himself and minding his own interests, irrationally fleeing pain and pursuing pleasure. It will set these two in front of what 875c is more just and better, and, creating darkness within itself, will in the end fill both itself and the whole city with every kind of evil.

    ἐπεὶ ταῦτα εἴ ποτέ τις ἀνθρώπων φύσει ἱκανὸς θείᾳ μοίρᾳ γεννηθεὶς παραλαβεῖν δυνατὸς εἴη, νόμων οὐδὲν ἂν δέοιτο τῶν ἀρξόντων ἑαυτοῦ· ἐπιστήμης γὰρ οὔτε νόμος οὔτε τάξις οὐδεμία κρείττων, οὐδὲ θέμις ἐστὶν νοῦν οὐδενὸς ὑπήκοον οὐδὲ 875d δοῦλον ἀλλὰ πάντων ἄρχοντα εἶναι, ἐάνπερ ἀληθινὸς ἐλεύθερός τε ὄντως ᾖ κατὰ φύσιν. νῦν δὲ οὐ γάρ ἐστιν οὐδαμοῦ οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλʼ ἢ κατὰ βραχύ· διὸ δὴ τὸ δεύτερον αἱρετέον, τάξιν τε καὶ νόμον, ἃ δὴ τὸ μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ὁρᾷ καὶ βλέπει, τὸ δʼ ἐπὶ πᾶν ἀδυνατεῖ. ταῦτα δὴ τῶνδε εἵνεκα εἴρηται· νῦν ἡμεῖς τάξομεν τί χρὴ τὸν τρώσαντα ἤ τι βλάψαντα ἕτερον ἄλλον παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτίνειν. πρόχειρον δὴ παντὶ περὶ παντὸς ὑπολαβεῖν ὀρθῶς, “τὸν τί τρώσαντα ἢ 875e τίνα ἢ πῶς ἢ πότε λέγεις;

    For if ever some human being, born by divine dispensation with a capable nature, were able to take hold of these things, he would have no need of laws to rule over him. For no law or order is stronger than knowledge, nor is it right for intelligence to be subject or 875d slave to anything; it must rule over all, if it is genuine and truly free, as its nature requires. But as it is, such a nature is not found anywhere at all, except to a slight degree. That is why we must choose the second best, order and law, which see and look to what holds for the most part but cannot see to every case. All this has been said for the following reason. We are now going to lay down what someone who has wounded or otherwise harmed another must suffer or pay. Now anyone can readily and rightly object, about any case: when you speak of someone wounding, do you mean wounding what, or 875e whom, or how, or when?

    μυρία γὰρ ἕκαστά ἐστι τούτων καὶ πάμπολυ διαφέροντα ἀλλήλων.” ταῦτʼ οὖν δὴ δικαστηρίοις ἐπιτρέπειν κρίνειν πάντα ἢ μηδὲν ἀδύνατον. ἓν μὲν γὰρ κατὰ πάντων ἀναγκαῖον ἐπιτρέπειν κρῖναι, τὸ πότερον ἐγένετο ἢ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἕκαστον τούτων· τὸ δὲ μηδὲν ἐπιτρέπειν 876a αὖ περὶ τοῦ τί δεῖ ζημιοῦσθαι καὶ πάσχειν τί χρεὼν τὸν ἀδικήσαντα τούτων τι, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν περὶ πάντων νομοθετῆσαι σμικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων, σχεδὸν ἀδύνατον.

    For each of these varies in countless ways, and they differ greatly from one another. So it is impossible either to leave everything to the courts to decide, or nothing. One thing must be left to them in every case: deciding whether or not each of these things happened. But to leave nothing to them 876a about what penalty or suffering the wrongdoer in such cases should receive, and instead for the lawgiver himself to legislate about everything, small and great, is next to impossible.

    Cliniasτίς οὖν ὁ μετὰ τοῦτον λόγος;

    CliniasThen what comes next in the argument?

    Athenianὅδε, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐπιτρεπτέον δικαστηρίοις, τὰ δὲ οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον, ἀλλʼ αὐτῷ νομοθετητέον.

    AthenianThis: that some things must be left to the courts, and others must not be left to them but legislated by the lawgiver himself.

    Cliniasποῖα δὴ νομοθετητέον τε καὶ ποῖα ἀποδοτέον κρίνειν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις;

    CliniasWhich things must be legislated, and which handed over to the courts to decide?

    Athenianτάδε δὴ μετὰ ταῦτα ὀρθότατʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν εἴη, ὡς ἐν 876b πόλει ἐν ᾗ δικαστήρια φαῦλα καὶ ἄφωνα, κλέπτοντα τὰς αὑτῶν δόξας, κρύβδην τὰς κρίσεις διαδικάζει καί, ὃ τούτου δεινότερον, ὅταν μηδὲ σιγῶντα ἀλλὰ θορύβου μεστὰ καθάπερ θέατρα ἐπαινοῦντά τε βοῇ καὶ ψέγοντα τῶν ῥητόρων ἑκάτερον ἐν μέρει κρίνῃ, χαλεπὸν τότε πάθος ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει γίγνεσθαι φιλεῖ.

    AthenianThe most correct thing to say next would be this: in 876b a city where the courts are poor and voiceless, hiding their own opinions and deciding cases in secret, or—what is still worse—where they are not even silent but full of uproar, like theaters, shouting praise and blame at each speaker in turn as they judge, a grievous condition usually arises for the whole city.

    τοῖς οὖν δὴ τοιούτοις δικαστηρίοις νομοθετεῖν ὑπό τινος ἀνάγκης ληφθέντα οὐκ εὐτυχὲς μέν, ὅμως δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 876c εἰλημμένον ὅτι περὶ σμικρότατα ἐπιτρεπτέον αὐτοῖς τάττειν τὰς ζημίας, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα αὐτὸν νομοθετεῖν διαρρήδην, ἄν τις ἄρα τοιαύτῃ πολιτείᾳ νομοθετῇ ποτε· ἐν ᾗ δὲ ἂν πόλει δικαστήρια εἰς δύναμιν ὀρθῶς καθεστῶτα ᾖ, τραφέντων τε εὖ τῶν μελλόντων δικάζειν δοκιμασθέντων τε διὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας, ἐνταῦθα ὀρθὸν καὶ ἔχον εὖ καὶ καλῶς τὸ πολλὰ ἐπιτρέπειν κρίνειν τοῖς τοιούτοις δικασταῖς τῶν ὀφλόντων πέρι, τί χρὴ πάσχειν αὐτοὺς ἢ ἀποτίνειν.

    To legislate for such courts, when one is caught by some necessity, is not a happy task. Still, one who is caught 876c by necessity must leave them the power to fix penalties only in the most trivial matters and legislate most things himself in explicit terms—if anyone ever does legislate for such a constitution. But in a city where the courts are established as correctly as possible, where those who are to judge have been well brought up and tested with all possible rigor, there it is right and good and fine to leave many things to such judges to decide concerning those convicted—what they should suffer or pay.

    ἡμῖν δὴ τὰ νῦν ἀνεμέσητον 876d τὸ μὴ νομοθετεῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ μέγιστα καὶ πλεῖστα, ἃ καὶ φαυλοτέρως ἂν πεπαιδευμένοι δικασταὶ δύναιντο κατιδεῖν καὶ προσάπτειν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ πάθους τε καὶ πράξεως· ἐπειδὴ δὲ οἷς ἡμεῖς νομοθετοῦμεν, οὐχ ἥκιστα ἐμμελεῖς αὐτοὺς οἰόμεθʼ ἂν τῶν τοιούτων γίγνεσθαι κριτάς, ἐπιτρεπτέον δὴ τὰ πλεῖστα. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅπερ πολλάκις εἴπομέν τε καὶ ἐδράσαμεν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν 876e νομοθετήσει νόμων, τὸ περιγραφήν τε καὶ τοὺς τύπους τῶν τιμωριῶν εἰπόντας, δοῦναι τὰ παραδείγματα τοῖσι δικασταῖς τοῦ μήποτε βαίνειν ἔξω τῆς δίκης, τότε τε ἦν ὀρθότατα ἔχον καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν τοῦτο αὐτὸ ποιητέον, ἐπανελθόντα ἤδη πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς νόμους.

    In our present case, then, no one could blame us 876d for not legislating for them the greatest and most numerous matters, which even judges educated less well could discern, assigning to each offense the penalty or payment it deserves. Since we believe that the people for whom we are legislating will become judges of such matters as competent as any, we must leave most things to them. All the same, what we often said and did in legislating our earlier 876e laws—giving an outline and the general patterns of the punishments, and so providing the judges with models, so that they never step outside justice—was quite right then, and we must do exactly this now too, as we return once more to our laws.

    ἡ δὴ γραφὴ περὶ τραύματος ὧδε ἡμῖν κείσθω· ἐάν τις διανοηθεὶς τῇ βουλήσει κτεῖναί τινα φίλιον, πλὴν ὧν ὁ νόμος ἐφίησιν, τρώσῃ μέν, ἀποκτεῖναι δὲ ἀδυνατήσῃ, τὸν διανοηθέντα τε καὶ τρώσαντα οὕτως οὐκ ἄξιον 877a ἐλεεῖν, οὐδὲ αἰδούμενον ἄλλως ἢ καθάπερ ἀποκτείναντα ὑπέχειν τὴν δίκην φόνου ἀναγκάζειν· τὴν δὲ οὐ παντάπασι κακὴν τύχην αὐτοῦ σεβόμενον καὶ τὸν δαίμονα, ὃς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν τρωθέντα ἐλεήσας ἀπότροπος αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο μὴ τῷ μὲν ἀνίατον ἕλκος γενέσθαι, τῷ δὲ ἐπάρατον τύχην καὶ συμφοράν, τούτῳ δὴ χάριν τῷ δαίμονι διδόντα καὶ μὴ ἐναντιούμενον, τὸν μὲν θάνατον ἀφελεῖν τοῦ τρώσαντος, μετάστασιν 877b δὲ εἰς τὴν γείτονα πόλιν αὐτῷ γίγνεσθαι διὰ βίου, καρπούμενον ἅπασαν τὴν αὑτοῦ κτῆσιν.

    Let our written law on wounding be laid down as follows. If someone, intending and wishing to kill a person who is not an enemy—other than those the law permits—wounds him but fails to kill him, the one who so intended and wounded does not deserve 877a pity, nor should he be shown any more consideration than if he had killed; he should be made to stand trial for murder. But out of reverence for his fortune, which was not altogether bad, and for the spirit that took pity on him and on the wounded man and turned the thing aside—so that the one did not get an incurable wound, nor the other an accursed fate and calamity—in gratitude to this spirit, and not opposing it, the death penalty is to be lifted from the one who wounded, and he is to be moved 877b to a neighboring city for life, while enjoying the income from all his property.

    βλάβος δέ, εἰ κατέβλαψεν τὸν τρωθέντα, ἐκτίνειν τῷ βλαφθέντι, τιμᾶν δὲ τὸ δικαστήριον ὅπερ ἂν τὴν δίκην κρίνῃ, κρίνειν δὲ οἵπερ ἂν τοῦ φόνου ἐδίκασαν εἰ ἐτελεύτησεν ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τοῦ τραύματος. γονέας δʼ ἂν παῖς ἢ δοῦλος δεσπότην ὡσαύτως ἐκ προνοίας τρώσῃ, θάνατον εἶναι τὴν ζημίαν· καὶ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν ἢ ἀδελφὴ ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν ὡσαύτως τρώσῃ, 877c καὶ ὄφλῃ τραύματος ἐκ προνοίας, θάνατον εἶναι τὴν ζημίαν. γυνὴ δὲ ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι τρώσασα, ἢ ἀνὴρ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα, φευγέτω ἀειφυγίαν· τὴν δὲ κτῆσιν, ἐὰν μὲν ὑεῖς ἢ θυγατέρες αὐτοῖς ὦσιν παῖδες ἔτι, τοὺς ἐπιτρόπους ἐπιτροπεύειν καὶ ὡς ὀρφανῶν τῶν παίδων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι· ἐὰν δὲ ἄνδρες, μὴ ἐπάναγκες ἔστω τρέφεσθαι τὸν φεύγοντα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκγόνων, τὴν δὲ οὐσίαν αὐτοὺς κεκτῆσθαι.

    If he has done damage to the wounded man, he is to pay it to the injured party, the court that tries the case assessing the amount; and the judges are to be those who would have tried the murder if the man had died from the blow that wounded him. If a child wounds a parent, or a slave his master, in the same way, with forethought, the penalty is to be death. And if a brother wounds a brother or sister, or a sister a brother or sister, in the same way, 877c and is convicted of wounding with forethought, the penalty is to be death. A wife who wounds her husband with a plan to kill him, or a husband his wife, is to be exiled for life. As for the property, if they have sons or daughters who are still children, the guardians are to administer it and take care of the children as orphans; but if the sons are grown men, they are not to be obliged to support the exile, and are to own the estate themselves.

    ἄπαις δὲ ὅστις ἂν τοιαύταις συμφοραῖς περιπέσῃ, 877d τοὺς συγγενεῖς συνελθόντας μέχρι ἀνεψιῶν παίδων τοῦ πεφευγότος ἀμφοτέρωθεν, πρός τε ἀνδρῶν καὶ πρὸς γυναικῶν, κληρονόμον εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον τῇ πόλει τετταρακοντακαιπεντακισχιλιοστὸν καταστῆσαι βουλευομένους μετὰ νομοφυλάκων καὶ ἱερέων, διανοηθέντας τρόπῳ καὶ λόγῳ τοιῷδε, ὡς οὐδεὶς οἶκος τῶν τετταράκοντα καὶ πεντακισχιλίων τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντός ἐστιν οὐδὲ σύμπαντος τοῦ γένους οὕτως ὡς τῆς πόλεως δημόσιός τε καὶ ἴδιος· δεῖ δὴ τήν γε πόλιν τοὺς 877e αὑτῆς οἴκους ὡς ὁσιωτάτους τε καὶ εὐτυχεστάτους κεκτῆσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν.

    If someone who falls into such misfortunes has no children, 877d the exile’s relatives on both sides, male and female, as far as the children of cousins, are to meet and, consulting with the guardians of the laws and the priests, appoint an heir to this household, the city’s five thousand and fortieth. They are to reason in this way and on this principle: none of the five thousand and forty households belongs to its occupant, or even to his whole family, so much as it belongs to the city, both publicly and privately. And the city must keep its 877e own households as holy and as fortunate as it can.

    ὅταν οὖν τις ἅμα δυστυχηθῇ καὶ ἀσεβηθῇ τῶν οἴκων, ὥστε τὸν κεκτημένον ἐν αὐτῷ παῖδας μὲν μὴ καταλιπεῖν, ἠίθεον δὲ ἢ καὶ γεγαμηκότα ἄπαιδα τελευτῆσαι φόνου ὀφλόντα ἑκουσίου ἤ τινος ἁμαρτήματος ἄλλου τῶν περὶ θεοὺς ἢ πολίτας ὧν ἂν θάνατος ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ζημία διαρρήδην ᾖ κειμένη, ἢ καὶ ἐν ἀειφυγίᾳ τις φεύγῃ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄπαις, τοῦτον πρῶτον μὲν καθήρασθαι καὶ ἀποδιοπομπήσασθαι τὸν οἶκον χρεὼν ἔστω κατὰ νόμον, ἔπειτα 878a συνελθόντας, καθάπερ εἴπομεν νυνδή, τοὺς οἰκείους ἅμα νομοφύλαξιν σκέψασθαι γένος ὅτιπερ ἂν ᾖ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει εὐδοκιμώτατον πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἅμα εὐτυχές, ἐν ᾧ ἂν παῖδες γεγονότες ὦσιν πλείους· ὅθεν ἕνα τῷ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄνω τοῦ γένους ὑὸν ὡς ἐκείνων εἰσποιοῦντας, φήμης ἕνεκα ἐπονομάζοντας, γεννήτορά τε αὑτοῖς καὶ ἑστιοῦχον καὶ θεραπευτὴν ὁσίων τε καὶ ἱερῶν ἐπʼ ἀμείνοσι τύχαις γίγνεσθαι τοῦ πατρός, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπευξαμένους, αὐτὸν κληρονόμον 878b καταστῆσαι κατὰ νόμον, τὸν δʼ ἐξαμαρτόντα ἀνώνυμον ἐᾶν καὶ ἄπαιδα καὶ ἄμοιρον κεῖσθαι, ὁπόταν αὐτὸν καταλάβωσιν αἱ τοιαῦται συμφοραί.

    So when a household is struck at once by misfortune and impiety, so that its owner leaves no children but dies unmarried, or married but childless, having been convicted of deliberate murder or of some other offense against gods or citizens for which death is expressly laid down in the law as the penalty; or when one of the men goes into permanent exile childless, then the household must first be purified and have the pollution sent away according to law. Next, 878a as we said just now, the relatives are to meet together with the guardians of the laws and look for the family in the city that has the best reputation for virtue and is also fortunate, and in which several children have been born. From it they are to adopt one son for the dead man’s father and his forefathers, naming him after them for the sake of good omen, and praying that in this way he may, with better fortune than his father, become a begetter of children for them, keeper of the hearth, and tender of their holy and sacred rites. They are to appoint him heir 878b according to law, and leave the offender to lie nameless, childless, and without a share, whenever such misfortunes overtake him.

    ἔστιν δὲ οὐ πάντων, ὡς ἔοικε, τῶν ὄντων ὅρος ὅρῳ προσμειγνύς, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἔστιν μεθόριον, τοῦτο ἐν μέσῳ ὅρων πρότερον ἑκατέρῳ προσβάλλον γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἀμφοῖν μεταξύ· καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων τε καὶ ἑκουσίων τὸ θυμῷ γιγνόμενον ἔφαμεν εἶναι τοιοῦτον. τραυμάτων οὖν ἔστω τῶν ὀργῇ 878c γενομένων· ἐὰν ὄφλῃ τις, πρῶτον μὲν τίνειν τοῦ βλάβους τὴν διπλασίαν, ἂν τὸ τραῦμα ἰάσιμον ἀποβῇ, τῶν δὲ ἀνιάτων τὴν τετραπλασίαν· ἐὰν δὲ ἰάσιμον μέν, αἰσχύνην δὲ μεγάλην τινὰ προσβάλλῃ τῷ τρωθέντι καὶ ἐπονείδιστον, τὴν τετραπλασίαν ἐκτίνειν.

    Not all things, it seems, have one boundary directly adjoining another. Where there is a borderland, it lies in the middle, touching each boundary first, and would be between the two. And in fact we said that what is done in anger is of this kind, between the involuntary and the voluntary. So for wounds inflicted in rage, 878c let the rule be this. If someone is convicted, he is first to pay double the damage if the wound turns out to be curable, and four times the damage for incurable ones; and if it is curable but brings some great shame and disgrace on the wounded man, he is to pay four times the damage.

    ὅσα δέ τις τρώσας τινὰ μὴ μόνον βλάπτῃ τὸν παθόντα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πόλιν, ποιήσας ἀδύνατον τῇ πατρίδι πρὸς πολεμίους βοηθεῖν, τοῦτον δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ζημιῶν ἐκτίνειν καὶ τῇ πόλει τὴν βλάβην· πρὸς γὰρ ταῖς 878d αὑτοῦ στρατείαις καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀδυνατοῦντος στρατευέσθω καὶ τὰς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου πολεμικὰς ταττέσθω τάξεις, ἢ μὴ δρῶν ταῦτα ὑπόδικος τῷ ἐθέλοντι τῆς ἀστρατείας γιγνέσθω κατὰ νόμον. τὴν δὲ δὴ τῆς βλάβης ἀξίαν, εἴτε διπλῆν εἴτε τριπλῆν εἴτε καὶ τετραπλασίαν, οἱ καταψηφισάμενοι δικασταὶ ταττόντων.

    Whenever someone who wounds another harms not only the victim but also the city, by making him unable to help defend his country against its enemies, he is to pay the city for the damage too, in addition to the other penalties. Besides his own 878d campaigns, he is to serve on campaign in place of the disabled man as well and take his post in the battle line; and if he does not do this, anyone who wishes may prosecute him for evading military service according to law. The amount of the damage—whether double, triple, or even fourfold—is to be fixed by the judges who convicted him.

    ἐὰν δὲ ὁμόγονος ὁμόγονον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τούτῳ τρώσῃ, τοὺς γεννήτας καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς μέχρι ἀνεψιῶν παίδων πρὸς γυναικῶν καὶ ἀνδρῶν, γυναῖκάς τε 878e καὶ ἄνδρας συνελθόντας, κρίναντας παραδιδόναι τιμᾶν τοῖς γεννήσασι κατὰ φύσιν· ἐὰν δὲ ἀμφισβητήσιμος ἡ τίμησις γίγνηται, τοὺς πρὸς ἀνδρῶν εἶναι τιμῶντας κυρίους, ἐὰν δὲ ἀδυνατῶσιν αὐτοί, τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν τελευτῶντας ἐπιτρέπειν. ἐκγόνοις δὲ πρὸς γονέας εἶναι τῶν τοιούτων τραυμάτων δικαστὰς μὲν τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα ἔτη γεγονότας ἐπάναγκες, οἷς ἂν παῖδες μὴ ποιητοί, ἀληθινοὶ δέ, ὦσιν, ἂν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, τιμᾶν εἰ τεθνάναι χρὴ τὸν τοιοῦτον εἴτε τι μεῖζον ἕτερον τούτου πάσχειν ἢ καὶ μὴ πολλῷ σμικρότερον· καὶ τῶν 879a συγγενῶν τοῦ δράσαντος μηδένα δικάζειν, μηδʼ ἐὰν γεγονὼς ᾖ τὸν χρόνον ὅσον ὁ νόμος εἴρηκεν.

    If a blood relative wounds a blood relative in this same way, the members of the clan and the relatives as far as the children of cousins, on the female and male side, women 878e and men alike, are to meet, decide the case, and hand over the assessment of the penalty to the natural parents. If the assessment is disputed, the relatives on the male side are to have authority to fix it; and if they themselves cannot manage it, they are finally to refer it to the guardians of the laws. When children wound their parents in this way, the judges must be people over sixty who have children of their own, not adopted but natural. If someone is convicted, they are to assess whether such a person must die or suffer some other penalty even greater than that, or not much smaller. And 879a none of the wrongdoer’s relatives is to sit as judge, not even one who has reached the age the law has stated.

    δοῦλος δʼ ἐάν τις ἐλεύθερον ὀργῇ τρώσῃ, παραδότω τὸν δοῦλον ὁ κεκτημένος τῷ τρωθέντι χρῆσθαι ὅτι ἂν ἐθέλῃ· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ παραδιδῷ, αὐτὸς τὴν βλάβην ἐξιάσθω. ἐὰν δὲ ἐκ συνθήκης αἰτιᾶται τοῦ δούλου καὶ τοῦ τρωθέντος μηχανὴν εἶναί τις τὸ γεγονός, ἀμφισβητησάτω· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἕλῃ, τριπλασίαν ἐκτεισάτω τὴν βλάβην, ἑλὼν δέ, ἀνδραποδισμοῦ ὑπόδικον ἐχέτω τὸν τεχνάζοντα 879b μετὰ τοῦ δούλου. ὃς δʼ ἂν ἄκων ἄλλος ἄλλον τρώσῃ, τὸ βλάβος ἁπλοῦν ἀποτινέτω—τύχης γὰρ νομοθέτης οὐδεὶς ἱκανὸς ἄρχειν—δικασταὶ δὲ ὄντων οἵπερ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις πρὸς τοὺς γεννήτορας ἐρρήθησαν, καὶ τιμώντων τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς βλάβης.

    If a slave wounds a free person in rage, the owner is to hand the slave over to the wounded man to deal with as he wishes; if he does not hand him over, he is to make good the damage himself. If anyone alleges that what happened was a scheme arranged by agreement between the slave and the wounded man, he is to contest the case. If he fails to win, he is to pay three times the damage; but if he wins, he may prosecute the man who contrived the scheme 879b along with the slave for kidnapping. Anyone who wounds another involuntarily is to pay simple damages—for no lawgiver is able to rule over chance—and the judges are to be the same as those named for cases of children against parents, and they are to assess the amount of the damage.

    Assault and respect for elders

    Laws on assault honor the old, protect foreigners, and punish violence against parents severely.

    βίαια μὲν δὴ πάνθʼ ἡμῖν τὰ προειρημένα πάθη, βίαιον δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς αἰκίας πᾶν γένος. ὧδε οὖν χρὴ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων πάντα ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα καὶ γυναῖκα ἀεὶ διανοεῖσθαι, τὸ πρεσβύτερον ὡς οὐ σμικρῷ τοῦ νεωτέρου ἐστὶ πρεσβευόμενον 879c ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοῖς μέλλουσι σῴζεσθαι καὶ εὐδαιμονεῖν. αἰκίαν οὖν περὶ πρεσβύτερον ἐν πόλει γενομένην ὑπὸ νεωτέρου ἰδεῖν αἰσχρὸν καὶ θεομισές· ἔοικεν δὲ νέῳ παντὶ ὑπὸ γέροντος πληγέντι ῥᾳθύμως ὀργὴν ὑποφέρειν, αὑτῷ τιθεμένῳ τιμὴν ταύτην εἰς γῆρας. ὧδε οὖν ἔστω· πᾶς ἡμῖν αἰδείσθω τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πρεσβύτερον ἔργῳ τε καὶ ἔπει· τὸν δὲ προέχοντα εἴκοσιν ἡλικίας ἔτεσιν, ἄρρενα ἢ θῆλυν, νομίζων ὡς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα διευλαβείσθω, καὶ 879d πάσης τῆς δυνατῆς ἡλικίας αὐτὸν φιτῦσαι καὶ τεκεῖν ἀπέχοιτο ἀεὶ θεῶν γενεθλίων χάριν.

    All the injuries we have described so far are violent, but the whole class of assault is violent too. Concerning such things, every man, child, and woman should always think in this way: that the older is honored far above the younger, 879c both among the gods and among human beings who mean to be preserved and to be happy. So it is a shameful and god-hated thing to see an older person assaulted by a younger in a city; and it is fitting for every young man who is struck by an old one to bear his anger calmly, storing up this honor for himself for his own old age. So let it be as follows. Everyone among us is to show respect to his elders in deed and word. Anyone who is twenty years older than himself, male or female, he is to regard as a father or mother and treat with great care; and 879d out of respect for the gods of birth he is always to keep his hands off anyone of an age that could have fathered or borne him.

    ὡς δʼ αὕτως καὶ ξένου ἀπείργοιτο εἴτε πάλαι ἐνοικοῦντος εἴτε νεήλυδος ἀφιγμένου· μήτε γὰρ ὑπάρχων μήτε ἀμυνόμενος τὸ παράπαν τολμάτω πληγαῖς τὸν τοιοῦτον νουθετεῖν. ξένον δὲ ἂν ἀσελγαίνοντα καὶ θρασυνόμενον ἑαυτὸν τύπτοντα οἴηται δεῖν κολασθῆναι, λαβὼν πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἀστυνόμων ἀπαγέτω, τοῦ τύπτειν δὲ εἰργέσθω, ἵνα πόρρω γίγνηται τοῦ τὸν ἐπιχώριον ἂν τολμῆσαί 879e ποτε πατάξαι. οἱ δʼ ἀστυνόμοι παραλαβόντες τε καὶ ἀνακρίναντες, τὸν ξενικὸν αὖ θεὸν εὐλαβούμενοι, ἐὰν ἄρα ἀδίκως δοκῇ ὁ ξένος τὸν ἐπιχώριον τύπτειν, τῇ μάστιγι τὸν ξένον ὅσας ἂν αὐτὸς πατάξῃ τοσαύτας δόντες, τῆς θρασυξενίας παυόντων· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀδικῇ, ἀπειλήσαντές τε καὶ ὀνειδίσαντες τῷ ἀπαγαγόντι μεθιέντων ἄμφω.

    In the same way he is to keep his hands off a foreigner, whether one long resident or newly arrived. He is not to dare discipline such a person with blows at all, whether he starts it or is defending himself. If he thinks that a foreigner who is striking him with insolence and effrontery ought to be punished, let him seize him and take him before the city wardens, but refrain from hitting him, so that the foreigner may be far from ever 879e daring to strike a native. The city wardens are to take him and question him, again showing due reverence to the god who protects foreigners. If the foreigner does seem to have struck the native unjustly, they are to give him as many lashes with the whip as the blows he himself struck, and so put a stop to his foreign insolence. If he has done no wrong, they are to threaten and reprimand the man who brought him in, and let them both go.

    ἧλιξ δὲ ἥλικα καὶ τὸν 880a ἄπαιδα προέχοντα ἡλικίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν τύπτῃ, γέρων τε γέροντα καὶ ἐὰν νέος νέον, ἀμυνέσθω κατὰ φύσιν ἄνευ βέλους ψιλαῖς ταῖς χερσίν· ὁ δὲ ὑπὲρ τετταράκοντα γεγονὼς ἔτη ἐὰν τολμᾷ τῳ μάχεσθαι, εἴτε ἄρχων εἴτε ἀμυνόμενος, ἄγροικος καὶ ἀνελεύθερος ἂν λεγόμενος ἀνδραποδώδης τε, δίκης ἂν ἐπονειδίστου τυγχάνων τὸ πρέπον ἔχοι.

    If someone strikes a person of his own age, or 880a someone older than himself who has no children—an old man striking an old man, or a young man a young man—the one struck may defend himself as nature allows, without a weapon, with his bare hands. But anyone over forty who dares to fight with someone, whether he starts it or is defending himself, will be called boorish, ill-bred, and servile, and he will get what he deserves in meeting with a disgraceful penalty.

    καὶ ἐὰν μέν τις τοιούτοις παραμυθίοις εὐπειθὴς γίγνηται, εὐήνιος ἂν εἴη· ὁ δὲ δυσπειθὴς καὶ μηδὲν προοιμίου φροντίζων δέχοιτʼ ἂν τὸν τοιόνδε 880b ἑτοίμως νόμον· ἐάν τις τύπτῃ τὸν πρεσβύτερον εἴκοσιν ἔτεσιν ἢ πλείοσιν ἑαυτοῦ, πρῶτον μὲν ὁ προστυγχάνων, ἐὰν μὴ ἧλιξ μηδὲ νεώτερος ᾖ τῶν μαχομένων, διειργέτω ἢ κακὸς ἔστω κατὰ νόμον· ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῇ τοῦ πληγέντος ἡλικίᾳ ἢ ἔτι νεώτερος, ἀμυνέτω ὡς ἀδελφῷ ἢ πατρὶ ἢ ἔτι ἀνωτέρω τῷ ἀδικουμένῳ. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι δίκην ὑπεχέτω τῆς αἰκίας ὁ τὸν πρεσβύτερον, ὡς εἴρηται, τολμήσας τύπτειν, καὶ ἐὰν ὄφλῃ 880c τὴν δίκην, δεδέσθω μηδὲν ἐνιαυτοῦ σμικρότερον· ἐὰν δὲ οἱ δικασταὶ τιμήσωσιν πλείονος, ἔστω κύριος ὁ τιμηθεὶς αὐτῷ χρόνος.

    Anyone who is readily persuaded by such exhortations will be easy to manage. But one who is hard to persuade and pays no attention to the preamble should be ready to receive 880b a law like this. If anyone strikes a person twenty or more years older than himself, first, whoever happens to be present, if he is neither the same age as the combatants nor younger, is to separate them, or be held a coward in the eyes of the law. If he is the same age as the one struck, or younger still, he is to defend the wronged man as he would a brother or father or someone still further up the family. In addition, the one who dared to strike an older person, as described, is to stand trial for assault; and if he is convicted, 880c he is to be imprisoned for no less than a year. If the judges assess a longer period, the period they set is to stand.

    ἐὰν δὲ ξένος ἢ τῶν μετοίκων τις τύπτῃ τὸν πρεσβύτερον εἴκοσιν ἔτεσιν ἢ πλείοσιν ἑαυτοῦ, περὶ μὲν τῶν παραγενομένων τῆς βοηθείας ὁ αὐτὸς νόμος ἐχέτω τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν, ὁ δὲ τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην ἡττηθείς, ξένος μὲν ὢν καὶ μὴ σύνοικος, δύο ἔτη δεδεμένος ἐκτινέτω ταύτην αὐτὴν τὴν δίκην, ὁ δὲ μέτοικός τε ὢν καὶ ἀπειθῶν τοῖς νόμοις τρία 880d ἔτη δεδέσθω, ἐὰν μὴ τὸ δικαστήριον πλείονος αὐτῷ χρόνου τιμήσῃ τὴν δίκην. ζημιούσθω δὲ καὶ ὁ παραγενόμενος ὁτῳοῦν τούτων καὶ μὴ βοηθήσας κατὰ νόμον, ὁ μὲν μεγίστου τιμήματος ὢν μνᾷ, δευτέρου δὲ ὢν πεντήκοντα δραχμαῖς, τρίτου δὲ τριάκοντα, εἴκοσι δὲ τοῦ τετάρτου· δικαστήριον δὲ γιγνέσθω τοῖς τοιούτοισι στρατηγοὶ καὶ ταξίαρχοι φύλαρχοί τε καὶ ἵππαρχοι.

    If a foreigner or a resident foreigner strikes someone twenty or more years older than himself, the same law about bystanders coming to help is to have the same force. The one who loses such a case, if he is a foreigner and not a resident, is to pay the penalty with two years in prison; if he is a resident foreigner who has disobeyed the laws, he is to be imprisoned for three 880d years, unless the court assesses a longer period in his case. Anyone present at any of these incidents who fails to help as the law requires is also to be fined: a mina if he belongs to the highest property class, fifty drachmas if to the second, thirty if to the third, and twenty if to the fourth. The court for such cases is to consist of the generals, the infantry commanders, the cavalry squadron commanders, and the cavalry commanders.

    νόμοι δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οἱ μὲν τῶν χρηστῶν ἀνθρώπων ἕνεκα γίγνονται, διδαχῆς χάριν τοῦ τίνα τρόπον ὁμιλοῦντες 880e ἀλλήλοις ἂν φιλοφρόνως οἰκοῖεν, οἱ δὲ τῶν τὴν παιδείαν διαφυγόντων, ἀτεράμονι χρωμένων τινὶ φύσει καὶ μηδὲν τεγχθέντων ὥστε μὴ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἰέναι κάκην. οὗτοι τοὺς μέλλοντας λόγους ῥηθήσεσθαι πεποιηκότες ἂν εἶεν· οἷς δὴ τοὺς νόμους ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁ νομοθέτης ἂν νομοθετοῖ, βουλόμενος αὐτῶν μηδέποτε χρείαν γίγνεσθαι. πατρὸς γὰρ ἢ μητρὸς ἢ τούτων ἔτι προγόνων ὅστις τολμήσει ἅψασθαί ποτε βιαζόμενος αἰκίᾳ τινί, μήτε τῶν ἄνω δείσας θεῶν μῆνιν μήτε 881a τῶν ὑπὸ γῆς τιμωριῶν λεγομένων, ἀλλὰ ὡς εἰδὼς ἃ μηδαμῶς οἶδεν, καταφρονῶν τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων εἰρημένων, παρανομεῖ, τούτῳ δεῖ τινος ἀποτροπῆς ἐσχάτης.

    Laws, it seems, are made partly for the sake of good people, to teach them how to live together 880e in friendship, and partly for the sake of those who have escaped education, who have a tough nature that nothing has softened, to keep them from going to every kind of wickedness. It is these people who will have caused the words that are about to be spoken. It is for them that the lawgiver would lay down his laws out of necessity, wishing that there might never be any need of them. For whoever dares ever to lay violent hands on his father or mother, or their forebears, in an assault, fearing neither the wrath of the gods above nor 881a the punishments said to await below the earth, but breaks the law as if he knew what he does not know at all, despising the ancient sayings that everyone repeats—such a man needs some extreme deterrent.

    θάνατος μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἔστιν ἔσχατον, οἱ δὲ ἐν Ἅιδου τούτοισι λεγόμενοι πόνοι ἔτι τε τούτων εἰσὶ μᾶλλον ἐν ἐσχάτοις, καὶ ἀληθέστατα λέγοντες οὐδὲν ἀνύτουσιν ταῖς τοιαύταις ψυχαῖς ἀποτροπῆς—οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐγίγνοντό ποτε μητραλοῖαί τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γεννητόρων ἀνόσιοι πληγῶν τόλμαι—δεῖ δὴ τὰς ἐνθάδε 881b κολάσεις περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τούτοισι τὰς ἐν τῷ ζῆν μηδὲν τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου λείπεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν.

    Now death is not the extreme; the sufferings said to await such people in Hades go further still to the extreme. Yet though these accounts speak the very truth, they accomplish nothing to deter such souls—otherwise there would never be people who beat their mothers, or who have the unholy audacity to strike their other parents. So the punishments here 881b for such crimes, in this life, must as far as possible fall in no way short of those in Hades.

    ἔστω δὴ λεγόμενον τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τῇδε· ὃς ἂν τολμήσῃ πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ τούτων πατέρας ἢ μητέρας τύπτειν μὴ μανίαις ἐχόμενος, πρῶτον μὲν ὁ προστυγχάνων καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν βοηθείτω, καὶ ὁ μὲν μέτοικος ἢ ξένος εἰς προεδρίαν τῶν ἀγώνων καλείσθω βοηθῶν, μὴ βοηθήσας δὲ ἀειφυγίαν ἐκ τῆς χώρας φευγέτω· 881c ὁ δὲ μὴ μέτοικος βοηθῶν μὲν ἔπαινον ἐχέτω, μὴ βοηθῶν δέ, ψόγον· δοῦλος δὲ βοηθήσας μὲν ἐλεύθερος γιγνέσθω, μὴ βοηθήσας δὲ πληγὰς ἑκατὸν τῇ μάστιγι τυπτέσθω, ἐν ἀγορᾷ μὲν ἂν γίγνηται τὸ γενόμενον, ὑπʼ ἀγορανόμων, ἐὰν δʼ ἐκτὸς ἀγορᾶς ἐν ἄστει, τῶν ἀστυνόμων κολάζειν τὸν ἐπιδημοῦντα, ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ ἀγροὺς τῆς χώρας που, τοὺς τῶν ἀγρονόμων ἄρχοντας.

    Let what comes next, then, be stated like this. If anyone dares to strike his father or mother, or their fathers or mothers, when he is not in the grip of madness, first, whoever happens to be present is to come to the victim’s aid as in the previous cases. A resident foreigner or foreigner who helps is to be invited to a front seat at the public contests; if he does not help, he is to be exiled from the country for life. 881c Anyone who is not a resident foreigner is to be praised if he helps, and blamed if he doesn’t. A slave who helps is to become free, but one who doesn’t is to be given a hundred lashes with the whip: by the market wardens if the incident takes place in the marketplace; if it takes place in the town outside the marketplace, the city warden who is in town is to punish him; and if somewhere out in the countryside, the officers of the country wardens.

    ἐὰν δʼ ἐπιχώριος ὁ παρατυγχάνων ᾖ τις, ἐάντε 881d παῖς ἐάντε ἀνὴρ ἐάντʼ οὖν γυνή, ἀμυνέτω πᾶς τὸν ἀνόσιον ἐπονομάζων· ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀμύνων ἀρᾷ ἐνεχέσθω Διὸς ὁμογνίου καὶ πατρῴου κατὰ νόμον. ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ δίκην αἰκίας γονέων, πρῶτον μὲν φευγέτω ἀειφυγίαν ἐξ ἄστεος εἰς τὴν ἄλλην χώραν καὶ πάντων ἱερῶν εἰργέσθω· μὴ δὲ εἰργόμενον κολαζόντων αὐτὸν ἀγρονόμοι πληγαῖς καὶ πάντως ὡς ἂν ἐθέλωσιν, κατελθὼν δὲ θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.

    If the bystander is a native, whether 881d a child, a man, or a woman, each is to defend the victim, denouncing the attacker as unholy; and whoever fails to defend him is to be liable, according to law, to the curse of Zeus of the Family and Zeus of the Fathers. If someone is convicted of assaulting his parents, first he is to be banished for life from the city into the rest of the country and excluded from all sacred places. If he does not keep away from them, the country wardens are to punish him with blows and in any way they wish; and if he comes back to the city, he is to be punished with death.

    ἐὰν δέ τις τῷ τοιούτῳ, ὅσοι ἐλεύθεροι, συμφάγῃ ἢ συμπίῃ ἤ τινα 881e τοιαύτην ἄλλην κοινωνίαν κοινωνήσῃ, ἢ καὶ μόνον ἐντυγχάνων που προσάπτηται ἑκών, μήτε εἰς ἱερὸν ἔλθῃ μηδὲν μήτʼ εἰς ἀγορὰν μήτʼ εἰς πόλιν ὅλως πρότερον ἢ καθήρηται, νομίζων κεκοινωνηκέναι ἀλιτηριώδους τύχης· ἐὰν δὲ ἀπειθῶν νόμῳ ἱερὰ καὶ πόλιν μιαίνῃ παρανόμως, ὃς ἂν τῶν ἀρχόντων αἰσθόμενος μὴ ἐπάγῃ δίκην τῷ τοιούτῳ, ἐν εὐθύναις ἔστω 882a τῶν κατηγορημάτων τῶν μεγίστων ἓν τοῦτο αὐτῷ.

    If any free person eats or drinks with such a man, or has any other such 881e dealings with him, or even just meets him somewhere and willingly touches him, he is not to enter any temple, or the marketplace, or the city at all before he has been purified, considering that he has shared in an accursed fortune. If he disobeys the law and pollutes temples and city unlawfully, any official who notices it and does not bring him to trial is to have this counted, at his audit, 882a as one of the gravest charges against him.

    ἐὰν δὲ αὖ δοῦλος τύπτῃ τὸν ἐλεύθερον, εἴτʼ οὖν ξένον εἴτε ἀστόν, βοηθείτω μὲν ὁ προστυγχάνων ἢ κατὰ τὸ τίμημα τὴν εἰρημένην ζημίαν ἀποτινέτω, συνδήσαντες δὲ οἱ προστυγχάνοντες μετὰ τοῦ πληγέντος παραδόντων τῷ ἀδικουμένῳ· ὁ 882b δὲ παραλαβών, δήσας ἐν πέδαις καὶ μαστιγώσας ὁπόσας ἂν ἐθέλῃ, μηδὲν βλάπτων τὸν δεσπότην, παραδότω ἐκείνῳ κεκτῆσθαι κατὰ νόμον. ὁ δὲ νόμος ἔστω· ὃς ἂν ἐλεύθερον δοῦλος ὢν τύπτῃ μὴ τῶν ἀρχόντων κελευόντων, παραλαβὼν ὁ κεκτημένος παρὰ τοῦ πληγέντος δεδεμένον αὐτὸν μὴ λύσῃ, 882c πρὶν ἂν ὁ δοῦλος πείσῃ τὸν πληγέντα ἄξιος εἶναι τοῦ λελυμένος ζῆν. τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ γυναιξίν τε ἔστω πρὸς ἀλλήλας περὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων νόμιμα, καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρας γυναιξὶ καὶ ἀνδράσι πρὸς γυναῖκας.

    If a slave strikes a free person, whether foreigner or citizen, anyone present is to come to the victim’s aid or pay the fine stated for his property class. Those present, together with the man who was struck, are to tie the slave up and hand him over to the wronged party. 882b He is to take him, put him in shackles, and whip him as many times as he likes, provided he does no damage to the owner’s interest, and then hand him back to his owner to keep according to law. The law is to be this: when a slave strikes a free person without the officials’ ordering it, his owner, taking him back in bonds from the man who was struck, is not to release him 882c until the slave persuades the man he struck that he deserves to live unbound. Let the same rules hold for women toward one another in all such matters, and for women toward men and men toward women.

    Book X

    Impiety, and the proof that the gods exist and care for us.

    Athenianμετὰ δὲ τὰς αἰκίας περὶ παντὸς ἓν εἰρήσθω τοιόνδε τι νόμιμον βιαίων πέρι· τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μηδένα μηδὲν φέρειν μηδὲ ἄγειν, μηδʼ αὖ χρῆσθαι μηδενὶ τῶν τοῦ πέλας, ἐὰν μὴ πείσῃ τὸν κεκτημένον· ἐκ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ τοιούτου πάντα ἠρτημένα τά τε εἰρημένα κακὰ γέγονε καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται. μέγιστα δὲ δὴ τῶν λοιπῶν αἱ τῶν νέων ἀκολασίαι τε καὶ ὕβρεις, εἰς μέγιστα δέ, ὅταν εἰς ἱερὰ γίγνωνται, καὶ διαφερόντως αὖ μεγάλα, ὅταν εἰς δημόσια καὶ ἅγια ἢ κατὰ μέρη κοινὰ φυλετῶν ἤ τινων ἄλλων τοιούτων κεκοινωνηκότων· 885a εἰς ἱερὰ δὲ ἴδια καὶ τάφους δεύτερα καὶ δευτέρως, εἰς δὲ γονέας τρίτα, χωρὶς τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων, ὅταν ὑβρίζῃ τις.

    AthenianAfter assault, let a single legal principle covering all violent acts be stated, something like this. No one is to carry off or drive off anything belonging to others, nor use anything of his neighbor’s, unless he persuades the owner. For on this sort of thing hang all the evils we have mentioned: from it they have come, they come, and they will come. The greatest of the remaining ones are the licentious and outrageous acts of the young. They are greatest when directed at sacred things, and especially great when directed at what is public and holy, or held in common by parts of the city—by tribesmen or other such associations. 885a Second, and second in gravity, are outrages against private sacred things and tombs; and third, apart from those already mentioned, outrages when someone commits them against parents.

    τέταρτον δὲ γένος ὕβρεως, ὅταν ἀφροντιστῶν τις ἀρχόντων ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ ἢ χρῆταί τινι τῶν ἐκείνων μὴ πείσας αὐτούς, πέμπτον δὲ τὸ πολιτικὸν ἂν εἴη ἑκάστου τῶν πολιτῶν ὑβρισθὲν δίκην ἐπικαλούμενον. οἷς δὴ δοτέον εἰς κοινὸν νόμον ἑκάστοις. ἱεροσυλία μὲν γὰρ εἴρηται 885b συλλήβδην, βίαιός τε καὶ λάθρᾳ ἐὰν γίγνηται, τί χρὴ πάσχειν· ὅσα δὲ λόγῳ καὶ ὅσα ἔργῳ περὶ θεοὺς ὑβρίζει τις λέγων ἢ πράττων, τὸ παραμύθιον ὑποθεμένῳ ῥητέον ἃ δεῖ πάσχειν. ἔστω δὴ τόδε. θεοὺς ἡγούμενος εἶναι κατὰ νόμους οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε ἔργον ἀσεβὲς ἠργάσατο ἑκὼν οὔτε λόγον ἀφῆκεν ἄνομον, ἀλλὰ ἓν δή τι τῶν τριῶν πάσχων, ἢ τοῦτο, ὅπερ εἶπον, οὐχ ἡγούμενος, ἢ τὸ δεύτερον ὄντας οὐ φροντίζειν ἀνθρώπων, ἢ τρίτον εὐπαραμυθήτους εἶναι θυσίαις τε καὶ εὐχαῖς παραγομένους.

    A fourth kind of outrage is when someone, disregarding the officials, carries off or drives off or uses something of theirs without persuading them; the fifth would be the civic kind, the outrage against the rights of an individual citizen, which calls for legal redress. To each of these a common law must be given. Temple robbery has already been dealt with 885b in general—what should happen to the offender, whether it is done by force or in secret. But as for the outrages someone commits against the gods in word or deed, speaking or acting, we must first set out the exhortation and then state what he should suffer. Let it be this. No one who believes, as the laws prescribe, that gods exist has ever willingly done an impious deed or let slip a lawless word. Rather, he is suffering from one of three things: either, as I said, he does not believe this; or, second, he believes that they exist but do not care about human beings; or third, that they are easily won over, swayed by sacrifices and prayers.

    Cliniasτί οὖν δὴ δρῷμεν ἂν ἢ καὶ λέγοιμεν πρὸς αὐτούς;

    CliniasThen what should we do, or say, to them?

    The atheists’ challenge

    Imagined unbelievers demand proof that gods exist before being threatened with punishment.

    Athenianὠγαθέ, ἐπακούσωμεν αὐτῶν πρῶτον ἃ τῷ καταφρονεῖν ἡμῶν προσπαίζοντας αὐτοὺς λέγειν μαντεύομαι.

    AthenianMy good friend, let us first listen to what I imagine they would say, mocking us in their contempt.

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasWhat would that be?

    Athenianταῦτα τάχʼ ἂν ἐρεσχηλοῦντες εἴποιεν· ὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιε καὶ Κνώσιε, ἀληθῆ λέγετε. ἡμῶν γὰρ οἱ μὲν τὸ παράπαν θεοὺς οὐδαμῶς νομίζομεν, οἱ δὲ οἵους ὑμεῖς λέγετε. ἀξιοῦμεν δή, καθάπερ ὑμεῖς ἠξιώκατε 885d περὶ νόμων, πρὶν ἀπειλεῖν ἡμῖν σκληρῶς, ὑμᾶς πρότερον ἐπιχειρεῖν πείθειν καὶ διδάσκειν ὡς εἰσὶ θεοί, τεκμήρια λέγοντες ἱκανά, καὶ ὅτι βελτίους ἢ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ὑπό τινων δώρων παρατρέπεσθαι κηλούμενοι. νῦν μὲν γὰρ ταῦτα ἀκούοντές τε καὶ τοιαῦθʼ ἕτερα τῶν λεγομένων ἀρίστων εἶναι ποιητῶν τε καὶ ῥητόρων καὶ μάντεων καὶ ἱερέων καὶ ἄλλων μυριάκις μυρίων, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ δρᾶν τὰ ἄδικα τρεπόμεθα οἱ 885e πλεῖστοι, δράσαντες δʼ ἐξακεῖσθαι πειρώμεθα.

    AthenianThey might well say this, teasing us: Strangers—from Athens, Sparta, and Knossos—what you say is true. Some of us don’t believe in gods at all, and others believe in gods of the kind you describe. So we demand, just as you have demanded 885d in the matter of laws, that before threatening us harshly you first try to persuade and teach us that gods exist, offering adequate evidence, and that they are too good to be charmed by gifts and turned aside from justice. As it is, we hear these things and others like them from those reputed to be the best poets, orators, seers, priests, and countless thousands of others, and most of us are not turned away from doing wrong; 885e instead we do wrong and then try to make amends.

    παρὰ δὲ δὴ νομοθετῶν, φασκόντων εἶναι μὴ ἀγρίων ἀλλὰ ἡμέρων, ἀξιοῦμεν πειθοῖ πρῶτον χρῆσθαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, εἰ μὴ πολλῷ βελτίω τῶν ἄλλων λέγοντας περὶ θεῶν ὡς εἰσίν, ἀλλʼ οὖν βελτίω γε πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, καὶ τάχα πειθοίμεθʼ ἂν ἴσως ὑμῖν. ἀλλʼ ἐπιχειρεῖτε, εἴ τι μέτριον λέγομεν, εἰπεῖν ἃ προκαλούμεθα.

    From lawgivers who claim to be gentle rather than savage, we demand that you use persuasion with us first. Even if what you say about the existence of gods is not much better than what others say, let it at least be better as regards the truth, and perhaps you might persuade us. So if our request is reasonable, try to answer our challenge.

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν, ὦ ξένε, δοκεῖ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι ἀληθεύοντας λέγειν ὡς εἰσὶν θεοί;

    CliniasWell, stranger, doesn’t it seem easy to say truthfully that gods exist?

    Athenianπῶς;

    AthenianHow so?

    Cliniasπρῶτον μὲν γῆ καὶ ἥλιος ἄστρα τε καὶ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ τὰ τῶν ὡρῶν διακεκοσμημένα καλῶς οὕτως, ἐνιαυτοῖς τε καὶ μησὶν διειλημμένα· καὶ ὅτι πάντες Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι νομίζουσιν εἶναι θεούς.

    CliniasFirst, there’s the earth and the sun, the stars and the whole universe, and the seasons so beautifully ordered, divided into years and months. And then there’s the fact that all Greeks and non-Greeks believe that gods exist.

    Athenianφοβοῦμαί γε, ὦ μακάριε, τοὺς μοχθηρούς—οὐ γὰρ δή ποτε εἴποιμʼ ἂν ὥς γε αἰδοῦμαι—μή πως ἡμῶν καταφρονήσωσιν. ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἴστε αὐτῶν πέρι τὴν τῆς διαφορᾶς αἰτίαν, ἀλλʼ ἡγεῖσθε ἀκρατείᾳ μόνον ἡδονῶν τε 886b καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀσεβῆ βίον ὁρμᾶσθαι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν.

    AthenianMy dear friend, I’m afraid of the wicked—I would certainly never say I feel respect for them—afraid that they may somehow look down on us. You two don’t know the reason for their difference of view; you think their souls rush into the impious life only through lack of control over their pleasures 886b and desires.

    Cliniasτὸ δὲ τί πρὸς τούτοις αἴτιον ἄν, ὦ ξένε, εἴη;

    CliniasAnd what other cause could there be besides these, stranger?

    Athenianσχεδὸν ὃ παντάπασιν ὑμεῖς ἔξω ζῶντες οὐκ ἂν εἰδείητε, ἀλλὰ ὑμᾶς ἂν λανθάνοι.

    AthenianOne that you, living quite outside it, would hardly know about; it would escape your notice.

    Cliniasτί δὴ τοῦτο φράζεις τὰ νῦν;

    CliniasWhat are you getting at now?

    Athenianἀμαθία τις μάλα χαλεπή, δοκοῦσα εἶναι μεγίστη φρόνησις.

    AthenianA very grievous kind of ignorance, which passes for the greatest wisdom.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianεἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι, οἳ παρʼ ὑμῖν οὐκ εἰσὶν διʼ ἀρετὴν πολιτείας, ὡς ἐγὼ μανθάνω, οἱ μὲν ἔν 886c τισι μέτροις, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἄνευ μέτρων λέγοντες περὶ θεῶν, οἱ μὲν παλαιότατοι ὡς γέγονεν ἡ πρώτη φύσις οὐρανοῦ τῶν τε ἄλλων, προϊόντες δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς οὐ πολὺ θεογονίαν διεξέρχονται, γενόμενοί τε ὡς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὡμίλησαν· ἃ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν εἰ μὲν εἰς ἄλλο τι καλῶς ἢ μὴ καλῶς ἔχει, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἐπιτιμᾶν παλαιοῖς οὖσιν, εἰς μέντοι γονέων τε θεραπείας καὶ τιμὰς οὐκ ἂν ἔγωγέ ποτε ἐπαινῶν εἴποιμι οὔτε ὡς ὠφέλιμα οὔτε ὡς τὸ παράπαν ὄντως εἴρηται. τὰ 886d μὲν οὖν δὴ τῶν ἀρχαίων πέρι μεθείσθω καὶ χαιρέτω, καὶ ὅπῃ θεοῖσιν φίλον, λεγέσθω ταύτῃ· τὰ δὲ τῶν νέων ἡμῖν καὶ σοφῶν αἰτιαθήτω ὅπῃ κακῶν αἴτια.

    AthenianAmong us there are accounts set down in writing, which you don’t have in your cities because of the virtue of your constitutions, as I understand it. Some are 886c in verse, others in prose, and they speak about the gods. The most ancient tell how the first nature of the heavens and of everything else came to be, and, going on not far from the beginning, relate the birth of the gods and how, once born, they dealt with one another. Whether these accounts are good or bad for their hearers in other respects is not easy to criticize, since they are ancient. But as regards the care and honor due to parents, I at least would never praise them, or call them either beneficial or at all true. 886d So let the ancient accounts be dismissed and let go, and let them be told in whatever way is pleasing to the gods. But the accounts of our modern, wise men must be held to blame wherever they cause harm.

    He means theogonies such as Hesiod’s, in which gods overthrow and mutilate their fathers.

    τόδε οὖν οἱ τῶν τοιούτων ἐξεργάζονται λόγοι· ἐμοῦ γὰρ καὶ σοῦ, ὅταν τεκμήρια λέγωμεν ὡς εἰσὶν θεοί, ταῦτα αὐτὰ προφέροντες, ἥλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα καὶ γῆν ὡς θεοὺς καὶ θεῖα ὄντα, ὑπὸ τῶν σοφῶν τούτων ἀναπεπεισμένοι ἂν λέγοιεν ὡς γῆν τε καὶ λίθους ὄντα αὐτὰ καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων 886e πραγμάτων φροντίζειν δυνάμενα, λόγοισι δὲ ταῦτα εὖ πως εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα.

    This, then, is what the accounts of such men accomplish. When you and I offer evidence that gods exist, bringing forward these very things—sun, moon, stars, and earth—as gods and divine beings, people who have been won over by these wise men would say that these things are earth and stones and are incapable of caring 886e at all about human affairs, and that all this has been nicely sugarcoated with words to make it plausible.

    The philosopher Anaxagoras, for example, had called the sun a red-hot stone.

    Cliniasχαλεπόν γε λόγον, ὦ ξένε, εἰρηκὼς τυγχάνεις, εἴ γε εἷς ἦν μόνον· νῦν δὲ ὅτε πάμπολλοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἔτι χαλεπώτερον ἂν εἴη.

    CliniasThat’s a hard argument you’ve brought up, stranger, even if there were only one such account; but as there are a great many, it would be harder still.

    Athenianτί οὖν δή; τί λέγομεν; τί χρὴ δρᾶν ἡμᾶς; πότερον ἀπολογησώμεθα οἷον κατηγορήσαντός τινος ἐν ἀσεβέσιν ἀνθρώποις ἡμῶν, φεύγουσι περὶ τῆς νομοθεσίας λέγουσιν 887a ὡς δεινὰ ἐργαζόμεθα νομοθετοῦντες ὡς ὄντων θεῶν; ἢ χαίρειν ἐάσαντες ἐπὶ τοὺς νόμους τρεπώμεθα πάλιν, μὴ καὶ τὸ προοίμιον ἡμῖν μακρότερον γίγνηται τῶν νόμων; οὐ γάρ τι βραχὺς ὁ λόγος ἐκταθεὶς ἂν γίγνοιτο, εἰ τοῖσιν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀσεβεῖν τὰ μὲν ἀποδείξαιμεν μετρίως τοῖς λόγοις ὧν ἔφραζον δεῖν πέρι λέγειν, τὸν δὲ εἰς φόβον τρέψαιμεν, τὰ δὲ δυσχεραίνειν ποιήσαντες, ὅσα πρέπει μετὰ ταῦτα ἤδη νομοθετοῖμεν.

    AthenianWell then? What do we say? What must we do? Should we make a defense speech, as if someone had accused us before a court of impious men and we were on trial over our legislation, charged with 887a doing something terrible in legislating on the assumption that gods exist? Or should we say goodbye to all this and turn back to our laws, so that our preamble doesn’t become longer than the laws themselves? For the argument would grow to no small length if, for those who want to be impious, we were to demonstrate adequately in argument the things they said we must speak about, turn them to fear, make them loathe what they should, and only then legislate what is fitting.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ ξένε, πολλάκις μὲν ὥς γε ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ εἰρήκαμεν, ὡς οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ παρόντι δεῖ προτιμᾶν βραχυλογίαν μᾶλλον ἢ μῆκος—οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμᾶς, τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐπείγων διώκει—γελοῖον δὴ καὶ φαῦλον τὸ πρὸ τῶν βελτίστων τὰ βραχύτερα αἱρουμένους φαίνεσθαι. διαφέρει δʼ οὐ σμικρὸν ἁμῶς γέ πως πιθανότητά τινα τοὺς λόγους ἡμῶν ἔχειν, ὡς θεοί τʼ εἰσὶν καὶ ἀγαθοί, δίκην τιμῶντες διαφερόντως ἀνθρώπων· σχεδὸν γὰρ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων 887c τῶν νόμων κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον προοίμιον ἂν εἴη. μηδὲν οὖν δυσχεράναντες μηδὲ ἐπειχθέντες, ἥντινά ποτε ἔχομεν δύναμιν εἰς πειθὼ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, μηδὲν ἀποθέμενοι διεξέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἱκανῶς.

    CliniasBut, stranger, we’ve said this very thing many times in this short while: at present we shouldn’t prefer brevity to length at all—for no one, as the saying goes, is chasing us and pressing us on—and it would be ridiculous and shabby to be seen choosing the shorter over the best. It makes no small difference that our arguments have some plausibility, somehow or other, that gods exist and are good, and honor justice more than human beings do. For this would be just about the finest and best preamble for all 887c our laws. So, without annoyance or haste, let us go through these arguments as adequately as we can, holding back none of whatever power of persuasion we have in such matters.

    Athenianεὐχήν μοι δοκεῖ παρακαλεῖν ὁ λεγόμενος ὑπὸ σοῦ νῦν λόγος, ἐπειδὴ προθύμως συντείνεις·

    AthenianThe argument you’re now making seems to me to call for a prayer, since you’re pressing so eagerly.

    μέλλειν δὲ οὐκέτι ἐγχωρεῖ λέγειν. φέρε δή, πῶς ἄν τις μὴ θυμῷ λέγοι περὶ θεῶν ὡς εἰσίν; ἀνάγκη γὰρ δὴ χαλεπῶς φέρειν καὶ μισεῖν 887d ἐκείνους οἳ τούτων ἡμῖν αἴτιοι τῶν λόγων γεγένηνται καὶ γίγνονται νῦν, οὐ πειθόμενοι τοῖς μύθοις οὓς ἐκ νέων παίδων ἔτι ἐν γάλαξι τρεφόμενοι τροφῶν τε ἤκουον καὶ μητέρων, οἷον ἐν ἐπῳδαῖς μετά τε παιδιᾶς καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς λεγομένων καὶ μετὰ θυσιῶν ἐν εὐχαῖς αὐτοὺς ἀκούοντές τε, καὶ ὄψεις ὁρῶντες ἑπομένας αὐτοῖς ἃς ἥδιστα ὅ γε νέος ὁρᾷ τε καὶ ἀκούει πραττομένας θυόντων, ἐν σπουδῇ τῇ μεγίστῃ τοὺς αὑτῶν γονέας ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν τε καὶ ἐκείνων ἐσπουδακότας, ὡς 887e ὅτι μάλιστα οὖσιν θεοῖς εὐχαῖς προσδιαλεγομένους καὶ ἱκετείαις, ἀνατέλλοντός τε ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ πρὸς δυσμὰς ἰόντων προκυλίσεις ἅμα καὶ προσκυνήσεις ἀκούοντές τε καὶ ὁρῶντες Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων πάντων ἐν συμφοραῖς παντοίαις ἐχομένων καὶ ἐν εὐπραγίαις, οὐχ ὡς οὐκ ὄντων ἀλλʼ ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ὄντων καὶ οὐδαμῇ ὑποψίαν ἐνδιδόντων ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί— τούτων δὴ πάντων ὅσοι καταφρονήσαντες οὐδὲ ἐξ ἑνὸς ἱκανοῦ λόγου, ὡς φαῖεν ἂν ὅσοι καὶ σμικρὸν νοῦ κέκτηνται, νῦν ἀναγκάζουσιν ἡμᾶς λέγειν ἃ λέγομεν, 888a πῶς τούτους ἄν τις ἐν πρᾳέσι λόγοις δύναιτο νουθετῶν ἅμα διδάσκειν περὶ θεῶν πρῶτον ὡς εἰσίν;

    But there’s no more room for delay; I must speak. Come then: how could anyone argue without anger that the gods exist? One can’t help being annoyed with, and hating, 887d those who have been responsible, and still are, for our having to make these arguments. They don’t believe the stories they heard from their nurses and mothers when they were small children still at the breast—stories told as if they were charms, both in play and in earnest. They heard them, too, in the prayers at sacrifices, and saw the spectacles that go with them, which a young person sees and hears performed with the greatest delight: their own parents sacrificing, in the utmost earnest on behalf of themselves and their children, and addressing the gods in prayers and supplications 887e as beings who most certainly exist. They heard and saw, too, at the rising and setting of the sun and moon, the prostrations and obeisances of all Greeks and non-Greeks, in every kind of misfortune and in success—not as though the gods did not exist, but as though they most certainly did, and gave no room at all for suspicion that they don’t. All this these people despise, and not on the strength of a single sufficient argument, as anyone with even a little sense would say; and now they force us to say what we are saying. 888a How could anyone admonish such people in gentle words, and at the same time teach them, first of all, that the gods exist?

    τολμητέον δέ· οὐ γὰρ ἅμα γε δεῖ μανῆναι τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ λαιμαργίας ἡδονῆς ἡμῶν, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦσθαι τοῖς τοιούτοις. ἴτω δὴ πρόρρησις τοιάδε τις ἄθυμος τοῖς οὕτω τὴν διάνοιαν διεφθαρμένοις, καὶ λέγωμεν πρᾴως, σβέσαντες τὸν θυμόν, ὡς ἑνὶ διαλεγόμενοι τῶν τοιούτων· ὦ παῖ, νέος εἶ, προϊὼν δέ σε ὁ χρόνος ποιήσει 888b πολλὰ ὧν νῦν δοξάζεις μεταβαλόντα ἐπὶ τἀναντία τίθεσθαι· περίμεινον οὖν εἰς τότε κριτὴς περὶ τῶν μεγίστων γίγνεσθαι, μέγιστον δέ, ὃ νῦν οὐδὲν ἡγῇ σύ, τὸ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀρθῶς διανοηθέντα ζῆν καλῶς ἢ μή. πρῶτον δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν ἕν τι μέγα σοι μηνύων οὐκ ἄν ποτε φανείην ψευδής, τὸ τοιόνδε.

    Still, we must dare it. We can’t have both sides going mad at once—they from greed for pleasure, we from anger at people like them. So let’s make some such calm preliminary address to those whose minds are corrupted in this way. Let’s quench our anger and speak gently, as if talking to one of them: My boy, you are young. As time goes on it will make you 888b reverse many of the views you now hold and adopt their opposites. So wait until then before you set yourself up as a judge of the most important matters. And the most important—though you now think it nothing—is whether one thinks rightly about the gods and so lives well, or not. First, then, there is one great point about them that I can reveal to you, and I would never be shown to be wrong about it. It is this.

    οὐ σὺ μόνος οὐδὲ οἱ σοὶ φίλοι πρῶτοι καὶ πρῶτον ταύτην δόξαν περὶ θεῶν ἔσχετε, γίγνονται δὲ ἀεὶ πλείους ἢ ἐλάττους ταύτην τὴν νόσον ἔχοντες· τόδε τοίνυν σοι, παραγεγονὼς 888c αὐτῶν πολλοῖσι, φράζοιμʼ ἄν, τὸ μηδένα πώποτε λαβόντα ἐκ νέου ταύτην τὴν δόξαν περὶ θεῶν, ὡς οὐκ εἰσίν, διατελέσαι πρὸς γῆρας μείναντα ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διανοήσει, τὰ δύο μέντοι πάθη περὶ θεοὺς μεῖναι, πολλοῖσι μὲν οὔ, μεῖναι δὲ οὖν τισιν, τὸ τοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι μέν, φροντίζειν δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς φροντίζουσι μέν, εὐπαραμύθητοι δʼ εἰσὶν θύμασιν καὶ εὐχαῖς.

    It is not you alone, nor you and your friends, who were the first to hold this opinion about the gods. There are always people, more or fewer, who have this disease. So, having met 888c many of them, I can tell you this: no one who took up this opinion in youth, that the gods do not exist, has ever remained in that way of thinking all the way to old age. Two other attitudes about the gods do remain—not in many, but still in some: that the gods exist but pay no attention to human affairs; and, next, that they do pay attention but are easily won over by sacrifices and prayers.

    τὸ δὴ σαφὲς ἂν γενόμενόν σοι περὶ αὐτῶν κατὰ δύναμιν δόγμα, ἂν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, περιμενεῖς, ἀνασκοπῶν εἴτε οὕτως εἴτε ἄλλως ἔχει, 888d πυνθανόμενος παρά τε τῶν ἄλλων καὶ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα καὶ παρὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου· ἐν δὲ δὴ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ μὴ τολμήσῃς περὶ θεοὺς μηδὲν ἀσεβῆσαι. πειρατέον γὰρ τῷ τοὺς νόμους σοι τιθέντι νῦν καὶ εἰς αὖθις διδάσκειν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ὡς ἔχει.

    If you take my advice, you will wait until you have as clear a view about them as you can, examining whether things are this way or otherwise, 888d and inquiring of other people, and above all of the lawgiver. In the meantime, don’t dare commit any impiety concerning the gods. For whoever is laying down your laws must try, now and in the future, to teach you how these very matters stand.

    Cliniasκάλλισθʼ ἡμῖν, ὦ ξένε, μέχρι γε τοῦ νῦν εἴρηται.

    CliniasWhat we’ve said so far, stranger, has been very well said.

    Athenianπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία· λελήθαμεν δʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς θαυμαστὸν λόγον ἐμπεπτωκότες.

    AthenianVery much so, Megillus and Clinias. But without noticing it we’ve stumbled into an extraordinary argument.

    Cliniasτὸν ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhich one do you mean?

    Athenianτὸν παρὰ πολλοῖς δοξαζόμενον εἶναι σοφώτατον ἁπάντων λόγων.

    AthenianThe one that many people consider the wisest of all arguments.

    Cliniasφράζʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον.

    CliniasPut it more plainly still.

    Nature, chance and art

    The unbelievers’ view: the world arose by nature and chance, while gods and laws are products of art.

    Athenianλέγουσί πού τινες ὡς πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ πράγματα γιγνόμενα καὶ γενόμενα καὶ γενησόμενα τὰ μὲν φύσει, τὰ δὲ τέχνῃ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τύχην.

    AthenianSome people say, I believe, that all things that come to be, have come to be, and will come to be do so some by nature, some by art, and some by chance.

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν καλῶς;

    CliniasWell, isn’t that right?

    Athenianεἰκός γέ τοί που σοφοὺς ἄνδρας ὀρθῶς λέγειν· 889a ἑπόμενοί γε μὴν αὐτοῖς σκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἐκεῖθεν τί ποτε καὶ τυγχάνουσι διανοούμενοι.

    AthenianIt’s likely enough, I suppose, that wise men speak correctly. 889a All the same, let’s follow them and see what exactly the people in that camp actually have in mind.

    Cliniasπάντως.

    CliniasBy all means.

    Athenianἔοικε, φασίν, τὰ μὲν μέγιστα αὐτῶν καὶ κάλλιστα ἀπεργάζεσθαι φύσιν καὶ τύχην, τὰ δὲ σμικρότερα τέχνην, ἣν δὴ παρὰ φύσεως λαμβάνουσαν τὴν τῶν μεγάλων καὶ πρώτων γένεσιν ἔργων, πλάττειν καὶ τεκταίνεσθαι πάντα τὰ σμικρότερα, ἃ δὴ τεχνικὰ πάντες προσαγορεύομεν.

    AthenianIt seems, they say, that the greatest and finest things are produced by nature and chance, and the lesser ones by art. Art takes over from nature the great and primary works already generated, and molds and constructs all the lesser ones—the things we all call artificial.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianὧδʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐρῶ. πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα φύσει πάντα εἶναι καὶ τύχῃ φασίν, τέχνῃ δὲ οὐδὲν τούτων, καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα αὖ σώματα, γῆς τε καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἄστρων τε πέρι, διὰ τούτων γεγονέναι παντελῶς ὄντων ἀψύχων· τύχῃ δὲ φερόμενα τῇ τῆς δυνάμεως ἕκαστα ἑκάστων, ᾗ συμπέπτωκεν ἁρμόττοντα οἰκείως πως, θερμὰ ψυχροῖς ἢ ξηρὰ πρὸς ὑγρὰ καὶ μαλακὰ πρὸς σκληρά, καὶ 889c πάντα ὁπόσα τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων κράσει κατὰ τύχην ἐξ ἀνάγκης συνεκεράσθη, ταύτῃ καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα οὕτως γεγεννηκέναι τόν τε οὐρανὸν ὅλον καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα κατʼ οὐρανόν, καὶ ζῷα αὖ καὶ φυτὰ σύμπαντα, ὡρῶν πασῶν ἐκ τούτων γενομένων, οὐ δὲ διὰ νοῦν, φασίν, οὐδὲ διά τινα θεὸν οὐδὲ διὰ τέχνην ἀλλά, ὃ λέγομεν, φύσει καὶ τύχῃ.

    AthenianI’ll put it more plainly still. Fire, water, earth and air, they say, all exist by nature and chance, and none of them by art. The bodies that come after them—the earth, sun, moon and stars—came to be through these elements, which are entirely without soul. Each of them was carried along by chance, according to its own power, and wherever they happened to meet and fit together in some congenial way—hot with cold, dry with wet, soft with hard, and 889c all the things that were blended by chance, of necessity, in the mixing of opposites—in this way and on these terms they have generated the whole heaven and everything in the heavens, and all animals and plants as well, once all the seasons had arisen from these elements. Not through intelligence, they say, nor through any god, nor through art, but, as we said, by nature and chance.

    τέχνην δὲ ὕστερον ἐκ τούτων ὑστέραν γενομένην, αὐτὴν θνητὴν ἐκ 889d θνητῶν ὕστερα γεγεννηκέναι παιδιάς τινας, ἀληθείας οὐ σφόδρα μετεχούσας, ἀλλὰ εἴδωλʼ ἄττα συγγενῆ ἑαυτῶν, οἷʼ ἡ γραφικὴ γεννᾷ καὶ μουσικὴ καὶ ὅσαι ταύταις εἰσὶν συνέριθοι τέχναι· αἳ δέ τι καὶ σπουδαῖον ἄρα γεννῶσι τῶν τεχνῶν, εἶναι ταύτας ὁπόσαι τῇ φύσει ἐκοίνωσαν τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν, οἷον αὖ ἰατρικὴ καὶ γεωργικὴ καὶ γυμναστική. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν σμικρόν τι μέρος εἶναί φασιν κοινωνοῦν φύσει, τέχνῃ δὲ τὸ πολύ, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν νομοθεσίαν 889e πᾶσαν οὐ φύσει, τέχνῃ δέ, ἧς οὐκ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς θέσεις.

    Art, they say, arose later out of these, a latecomer, itself mortal and born of 889d mortal things; and later still it generated certain amusements that have little share in truth, mere images akin to one another, such as painting and music produce, along with the arts that work alongside them. The arts that do produce something serious, they say, are those that share their power with nature, like medicine, farming and physical training. Politics, too, they say, shares with nature to some small extent, but is mostly art. And in the same way all legislation 889e is not by nature but by art, and its enactments are not true.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianθεούς, ὦ μακάριε, εἶναι πρῶτόν φασιν οὗτοι τέχνῃ, οὐ φύσει ἀλλά τισιν νόμοις, καὶ τούτους ἄλλους ἄλλῃ, ὅπῃ ἕκαστοι ἑαυτοῖσι συνωμολόγησαν νομοθετούμενοι· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ καλὰ φύσει μὲν ἄλλα εἶναι, νόμῳ δὲ ἕτερα, τὰ δὲ δὴ δίκαια οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸ παράπαν φύσει, ἀλλʼ ἀμφισβητοῦντας διατελεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ μετατιθεμένους ἀεὶ ταῦτα, ἃ δʼ ἂν 890a μετάθωνται καὶ ὅταν, τότε κύρια ἕκαστα εἶναι, γιγνόμενα τέχνῃ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις ἀλλʼ οὐ δή τινι φύσει.

    AthenianThe first thing these people say, my dear friend, is that gods exist by art—not by nature, but by certain laws—and that they differ from place to place, according to what each people agreed among themselves when they made their laws. Moreover, what is fine by nature is one thing and what is fine by law another; and what is just does not exist by nature at all. People go on disputing it with one another and constantly changing it, and whatever changes they make, 890a whenever they make them, are authoritative from that moment—coming to be by art and by laws, and not by any nature at all.

    ταῦτʼ ἐστίν, ὦ φίλοι, ἅπαντα ἀνδρῶν σοφῶν παρὰ νέοις ἀνθρώποις, ἰδιωτῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν, φασκόντων εἶναι τὸ δικαιότατον ὅτι τις ἂν νικᾷ βιαζόμενος· ὅθεν ἀσέβειαί τε ἀνθρώποις ἐμπίπτουσιν νέοις, ὡς οὐκ ὄντων θεῶν οἵους ὁ νόμος προστάττει διανοεῖσθαι δεῖν, στάσεις τε διὰ ταῦτα ἑλκόντων πρὸς τὸν κατὰ φύσιν ὀρθὸν βίον, ὅς ἐστιν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ κρατοῦντα ζῆν τῶν ἄλλων καὶ μὴ δουλεύοντα ἑτέροισι κατὰ νόμον.

    All this, my friends, comes from men the young regard as wise—prose writers and poets—who declare that the height of justice is whatever someone can win by force. That is how impiety takes hold of the young, as though there were no gods of the kind the law commands us to believe in; and that is how factions arise, as these teachers draw them toward the life that is “correct according to nature”—which is, in truth, to live as master of others, and not as their slave in accordance with law.

    Cliniasοἷον διελήλυθας, ὦ ξένε, λόγον, καὶ ὅσην λώβην ἀνθρώπων νέων δημοσίᾳ πόλεσίν τε καὶ ἰδίοις οἴκοις.

    CliniasWhat an argument you’ve described, stranger! And what ruin it brings on the young, publicly in cities and in private households!

    Athenianἀληθῆ μέντοι λέγεις, ὦ Κλεινία. τί οὖν οἴει χρῆναι δρᾶν τὸν νομοθέτην, οὕτω τούτων πάλαι παρεσκευασμένων; ἢ μόνον ἀπειλεῖν στάντα ἐν τῇ πόλει σύμπασι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὡς εἰ μὴ φήσουσιν εἶναι θεοὺς καὶ διανοηθήσονται δοξάζοντες τοιούτους οἵους φησὶν ὁ νόμος—καὶ περὶ καλῶν καὶ δικαίων καὶ περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν μεγίστων ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος, 890c ὅσα δὲ πρὸς ἀρετὴν τείνει καὶ κακίαν, ὡς δεῖ ταῦτα οὕτω πράττειν διανοουμένους ὅπῃπερ ἂν ὁ νομοθέτης ὑφηγήσηται γράφων—ὃς δʼ ἂν μὴ παρέχηται ἑαυτὸν τοῖς νόμοις εὐπειθῆ, τὸν μὲν δεῖν τεθνάναι, τὸν δέ τινα πληγαῖς καὶ δεσμοῖς, τὸν δὲ ἀτιμίαις, ἄλλους δὲ πενίαις κολάζεσθαι καὶ φυγαῖς· πειθὼ δὲ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἅμα τιθέντα αὐτοῖς τοὺς νόμους, μηδεμίαν ἔχειν τοῖς λόγοις προσάπτοντα εἰς δύναμιν ἡμεροῦν;

    AthenianTrue enough, Clinias. So what do you think the lawgiver should do, when these people have been prepared like this for so long? Should he simply stand up in the city and threaten everyone? Unless they say the gods exist, and hold in their minds that the gods are such as the law says—and the same goes for the fine and the just and all the most important matters, 890c whatever bears on virtue and vice: they must act on these with the thoughts the lawgiver lays down in writing—then whoever fails to make himself obedient to the laws must, in one case, be put to death; in another, be punished with beatings and imprisonment; in another, with loss of civic rights; and others with loss of property and exile. And as he lays down laws for people, should he offer them no persuasion, attaching nothing to his words to tame them as far as he can?

    Cliniasμηδαμῶς, ὦ ξένε, ἀλλʼ εἴπερ τυγχάνει γε οὖσα καὶ σμικρὰ πειθώ τις περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, δεῖ μηδαμῇ κάμνειν τόν γε ἄξιον καὶ σμικροῦ νομοθέτην, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν, τὸ λεγόμενον, φωνὴν ἱέντα, τῷ παλαιῷ νόμῳ ἐπίκουρον γίγνεσθαι λόγῳ ὡς εἰσὶν θεοὶ καὶ ὅσα νυνδὴ διῆλθες σύ, καὶ δὴ καὶ νόμῳ αὐτῷ βοηθῆσαι καὶ τέχνῃ, ὡς ἐστὸν φύσει ἢ φύσεως οὐχ ἧττον, εἴπερ νοῦ γέ ἐστιν γεννήματα κατὰ λόγον ὀρθόν, ὃν σύ τε λέγειν μοι φαίνῃ καὶ ἐγώ σοι πιστεύω τὰ νῦν.

    CliniasNot at all, stranger. If there’s any persuasion to be had on such matters, even a little, a lawgiver worth anything at all must never tire, but must leave no word unspoken, as the saying goes, in coming to the aid of the ancient law with argument—that the gods exist, and all the rest you’ve just gone through. He must also defend law itself, and art, as existing by nature, or by something no less than nature, if indeed they are products of intelligence according to right reason. That is what you seem to me to be saying, and I believe you now.

    Athenianὦ προθυμότατε Κλεινία, τί δʼ; οὐ χαλεπά τέ ἐστι συνακολουθεῖν λόγοις οὕτως εἰς πλήθη λεγόμενα, μήκη τε αὖ κέκτηται διωλύγια;

    AthenianMy most eager Clinias, what then? Aren’t arguments that are spoken to crowds like this hard to follow? And don’t they also run to enormous lengths?

    Cliniasτί δέ, ὦ ξένε; περὶ μέθης μὲν καὶ μουσικῆς οὕτω μακρὰ λέγοντας ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περιεμείναμεν, περὶ θεῶν δὲ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων οὐχ ὑπομενοῦμεν; καὶ μὴν καὶ νομοθεσίᾳ γέ ἐστίν που τῇ μετὰ φρονήσεως μεγίστη βοήθεια, διότι 891a τὰ περὶ νόμους προστάγματα ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα, ὡς δώσοντα εἰς πάντα χρόνον ἔλεγχον, πάντως ἠρεμεῖ, ὥστε οὔτʼ εἰ χαλεπὰ κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἀκούειν ἐστὶν φοβητέον, ἅ γʼ ἔσται καὶ τῷ δυσμαθεῖ πολλάκις ἐπανιόντι σκοπεῖν, οὔτε εἰ μακρά, ὠφέλιμα δέ, διὰ ταῦτα λόγον οὐδαμῇ ἔχει οὐδὲ ὅσιον ἔμοιγε εἶναι φαίνεται τὸ μὴ οὐ βοηθεῖν τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις πάντα ἄνδρα κατὰ δύναμιν.

    CliniasWhat’s this, stranger? We put up with ourselves talking at such length about drinking and music, and we won’t be patient when it comes to the gods and such matters? What’s more, this is surely the greatest help to legislation guided by wisdom: 891a instructions about laws, once set down in writing, stay perfectly still, ready to be scrutinized at any time. So there’s no need to be afraid if they’re hard to take in at first, since even a slow learner can come back and examine them again and again. Nor, if they are long but useful, does it make any sense—nor does it seem pious to me—for any man not to support these arguments as best he can.

    Megillusἄριστα, ὦ ξένε, δοκεῖ μοι λέγειν Κλεινίας.

    MegillusI think Clinias is speaking excellently, stranger.

    Athenianκαὶ μάλα γε, ὦ Μέγιλλε, ποιητέον τε ὡς λέγει. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ κατεσπαρμένοι ἦσαν οἱ τοιοῦτοι λόγοι ἐν τοῖς πᾶσιν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἀνθρώποις, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει τῶν ἐπαμυνούντων λόγων ὡς εἰσὶν θεοί· νῦν δὲ ἀνάγκη. νόμοις οὖν διαφθειρομένοις τοῖς μεγίστοις ὑπὸ κακῶν ἀνθρώπων τίνα καὶ μᾶλλον προσήκει βοηθεῖν ἢ νομοθέτην;

    AthenianHe certainly is, Megillus, and we must do as he says. If arguments like these hadn’t been sown among practically everyone, so to speak, there would be no need for arguments to defend the claim that the gods exist. But as it is, there’s need. When the greatest laws are being corrupted by bad men, who has a better claim to come to their aid than the lawgiver?

    Megillusοὐκ ἔστιν.

    MegillusNo one.

    Athenianἀλλὰ δὴ λέγε μοι πάλιν, Κλεινία, καὶ σύ—κοινωνὸν 891c γὰρ δεῖ σε εἶναι τῶν λόγων—κινδυνεύει γὰρ ὁ λέγων ταῦτα πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα πρῶτα ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν πάντων εἶναι, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ὀνομάζειν ταῦτα αὐτά, ψυχὴν δὲ ἐκ τούτων ὕστερον. ἔοικεν δὲ οὐ κινδυνεύειν ἀλλὰ ὄντως σημαίνειν ταῦτα ἡμῖν τῷ λόγῳ.

    AthenianThen tell me again, Clinias—you too must be a partner 891c in the discussion. Whoever says these things is liable to think that fire, water, earth and air are the first of all things, and to call these very things “nature,” and to hold that soul came from them later. In fact, it’s not just that he’s liable to: he really is indicating this to us in his argument.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν πρὸς Διὸς οἷον πηγήν τινα ἀνοήτου δόξης ἀνηυρήκαμεν ἀνθρώπων ὁπόσοι πώποτε τῶν περὶ φύσεως ἐφήψαντο ζητημάτων; σκόπει πάντα λόγον ἐξετάζων· οὐ 891d γὰρ δὴ σμικρόν γε τὸ διαφέρον, εἰ φανεῖεν οἱ λόγων ἁπτόμενοι ἀσεβῶν, ἄλλοις τε ἐξάρχοντες, μηδὲ εὖ τοῖς λόγοις ἀλλʼ ἐξημαρτημένως χρώμενοι. δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν.

    AthenianThen, by Zeus, have we discovered something like a spring of foolish opinion in all those who have ever taken up inquiries into nature? Consider it, examining every argument. For 891d it makes no small difference if it turns out that those who take up impious arguments, and lead others on, are not even using their arguments well, but faultily. And that is how I think things stand.

    Cliniasεὖ λέγεις· ἀλλʼ ὅπῃ, πειρῶ φράζειν.

    CliniasWell said. But try to explain how.

    Athenianἔοικεν τοίνυν ἀηθεστέρων ἁπτέον εἶναι λόγων.

    AthenianIt looks as though we must take up some rather unfamiliar arguments.

    Cliniasοὐκ ὀκνητέον, ὦ ξένε. μανθάνω γὰρ ὡς νομοθεσίας ἐκτὸς οἰήσῃ βαίνειν, ἐὰν τῶν τοιούτων ἁπτώμεθα 891e λόγων. εἰ δὲ ἔστι μηδαμῇ ἑτέρως συμφωνῆσαι τοῖς νῦν κατὰ νόμον λεγομένοις θεοῖς ὡς ὀρθῶς ἔχουσιν ἢ ταύτῃ, λεκτέον, ὦ θαυμάσιε, καὶ ταύτῃ.

    CliniasWe mustn’t shrink from them, stranger. I understand: you think we’ll be stepping outside legislation if we take up such 891e arguments. But if there’s no other way to show agreement that the gods, as our law now speaks of them, are rightly spoken of, then, my admirable friend, this is the way we must speak.

    Soul is older than body

    The Athenian argues that soul, the self-moving motion, is the first cause of all change.

    Famous passage Soul is older than bodyBook X’s proof that the gods exist: soul, the motion that moves itself, is prior to body and the cause of all motion in the heavens.

    Athenianλέγοιμʼ ἄν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἤδη σχεδὸν οὐκ εἰωθότα λόγον τινὰ τόνδε. ὃ πρῶτον γενέσεως καὶ φθορᾶς αἴτιον ἁπάντων, τοῦτο οὐ πρῶτον ἀλλὰ ὕστερον ἀπεφήναντο εἶναι γεγονὸς οἱ τὴν τῶν ἀσεβῶν ψυχὴν ἀπεργασάμενοι λόγοι, ὃ δὲ ὕστερον, πρότερον· ὅθεν ἡμαρτήκασι περὶ θεῶν τῆς ὄντως οὐσίας.

    AthenianThen it seems I must now give this rather unusual argument. The arguments that have produced the soul of the impious declared that what is the first cause of the coming-to-be and passing away of all things was not first but came to be later, and that what is later was earlier. That is how they have gone wrong about the true being of the gods.

    Cliniasοὔπω μανθάνω.

    CliniasI don’t follow yet.

    Athenianψυχήν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἠγνοηκέναι κινδυνεύουσι μὲν ὀλίγου σύμπαντες οἷόν τε ὂν τυγχάνει καὶ δύναμιν ἣν ἔχει, τῶν τε ἄλλων αὐτῆς πέρι καὶ δὴ καὶ γενέσεως, ὡς ἐν πρώτοις ἐστί, σωμάτων ἔμπροσθεν πάντων γενομένη, καὶ μεταβολῆς τε αὐτῶν καὶ μετακοσμήσεως ἁπάσης ἄρχει παντὸς μᾶλλον· εἰ δὲ ἔστιν ταῦτα οὕτως, ἆρʼ οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὰ ψυχῆς συγγενῆ πρότερα ἂν εἴη γεγονότα τῶν σώματι 892b προσηκόντων, οὔσης γʼ αὐτῆς πρεσβυτέρας ἢ σώματος;

    AthenianSoul, my friend: nearly all of them seem to be ignorant of what sort of thing it actually is and what power it has—both in other respects and especially as regards its origin: that it is among the first things, having come to be before all bodies, and that more than anything it governs all their change and rearrangement. And if this is so, won’t the things akin to soul necessarily have come to be before the things that belong 892b to body, since soul is older than body?

    Cliniasἀνάγκη.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianδόξα δὴ καὶ ἐπιμέλεια καὶ νοῦς καὶ τέχνη καὶ νόμος σκληρῶν καὶ μαλακῶν καὶ βαρέων καὶ κούφων πρότερα ἂν εἴη· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ πρῶτα ἔργα καὶ πράξεις τέχνης ἂν γίγνοιτο, ὄντα ἐν πρώτοις, τὰ δὲ φύσει καὶ φύσις, ἣν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐπονομάζουσιν αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὕστερα καὶ ἀρχόμενα ἂν ἐκ τέχνης εἴη καὶ νοῦ.

    AthenianThen opinion and care and intelligence and art and law will come before hard and soft, heavy and light. And the great and primary works and actions will belong to art, since they are among the first things; while the things that are by nature, and nature itself—which they wrongly call by that name—will come later and be governed by art and intelligence.

    Cliniasπῶς οὐκ ὀρθῶς;

    CliniasWhy wrongly?

    Athenianφύσιν βούλονται λέγειν γένεσιν τὴν περὶ τὰ πρῶτα· εἰ δὲ φανήσεται ψυχὴ πρῶτον, οὐ πῦρ οὐδὲ ἀήρ, ψυχὴ δʼ ἐν πρώτοις γεγενημένη, σχεδὸν ὀρθότατα λέγοιτʼ ἂν εἶναι διαφερόντως φύσει. ταῦτʼ ἔσθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα, ἂν ψυχήν τις ἐπιδείξῃ πρεσβυτέραν οὖσαν σώματος, ἄλλως δὲ οὐδαμῶς.

    AthenianBy “nature” they mean the coming-to-be of the first things. But if it turns out that soul came first—not fire, not air, but soul came to be among the first things—then it would be almost perfectly correct to say that soul, above all, exists by nature. That is how things stand, if one shows that soul is older than body, and not otherwise.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπʼ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο στελλώμεθα;

    AthenianThen shall we set off next toward this very point?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianφυλάττωμεν δὴ παντάπασιν ἀπατηλὸν λόγον, μή πῃ πρεσβύτας ἡμᾶς ὄντας νεοπρεπὴς ὢν παραπείσῃ καὶ διαφυγὼν καταγελάστους ποιήσῃ, καὶ δόξωμεν μείζονα ἐπιβαλλόμενοι καὶ τῶν σμικρῶν ἀποτυχεῖν. σκοπεῖτε οὖν. εἰ καθάπερ ποταμὸν ἡμᾶς ἔδει τρεῖς ὄντας διαβαίνειν ῥέοντα σφόδρα, νεώτατος δʼ ἐγὼ τυγχάνων ἡμῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἔμπειρος ῥευμάτων, εἶπον ὅτι πρῶτον ἐμὲ χρῆναι πειραθῆναι 892e κατʼ ἐμαυτόν, καταλιπόντα ὑμᾶς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ, σκέψασθαι εἰ διαβατός ἐστι πρεσβυτέροις οὖσι καὶ ὑμῖν, ἢ πῶς ἔχει, καὶ φανέντος μὲν ταύτῃ, καλεῖν ὑμᾶς τότε καὶ συνδιαβιβάζειν ἐμπειρίᾳ, εἰ δὲ ἄβατος ἦν ὡς ὑμῖν, ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν κίνδυνον γεγονέναι, μετρίως ἂν ἐδόκουν λέγειν, καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν ὁ μέλλων ἐστὶ λόγος σφοδρότερος καὶ σχεδὸν ἴσως ἄβατος ὡς τῇ σφῷν ῥώμῃ·

    AthenianLet’s be thoroughly on guard against a deceptive argument, in case, being so youthful, it talks us old men round, then slips away and makes us a laughingstock, and we seem to have reached for greater things and missed even the small ones. So consider. Suppose the three of us had to cross a river running hard, and I, being the youngest of us and experienced with many currents, said that I should first try it 892e by myself, leaving you in safety, and see whether it could be crossed by you older men too, or how things stood. If it proved crossable, I would then call you and help you across with my experience; but if it was impassable for you, the danger would have fallen on me. I would seem to be talking sense. And so now: the argument ahead runs rather hard, and is perhaps nearly impassable for the strength you two have.

    μὴ δὴ σκοτοδινίαν ἴλιγγόν τε ὑμῖν 893a ἐμποιήσῃ παραφερόμενός τε καὶ ἐρωτῶν ἀήθεις ὄντας ἀποκρίσεων, εἶτʼ ἀσχημοσύνην ἀπρέπειάν τε ἐντέκῃ ἀηδῆ, δοκεῖ δή μοι χρῆναι ποιεῖν οὑτωσὶ τὰ νῦν ἐμέ, ἀνερωτᾶν πρῶτον ἐμαυτόν, ἀκουόντων ὑμῶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀποκρίνασθαι πάλιν ἐμέ, καὶ τὸν λόγον ἅπαντα οὕτω διεξελθεῖν, μέχριπερ ἂν ψυχῆς πέρι διαπεράνηται καὶ δείξῃ πρότερον ὂν ψυχὴν σώματος.

    So that it doesn’t make you dizzy and give you vertigo 893a as it sweeps past, questioning you when you’re not used to answering, and then produce an unpleasant awkwardness and embarrassment, I think I should proceed like this for now: first I’ll question myself while you listen in safety, then answer myself in turn, and go through the whole argument that way until it has reached its conclusion about soul and shown that soul is prior to body.

    Cliniasἄριστʼ, ὦ ξένε, δοκεῖς ἡμῖν εἰρηκέναι, ποίει τε ὡς λέγεις.

    CliniasThat seems an excellent plan to us, stranger. Do as you say.

    The ten kinds of motion

    He lists the kinds of motion and shows that self-motion must come first.

    Athenianἄγε δή, θεὸν εἴ ποτε παρακλητέον ἡμῖν, νῦν ἔστω τοῦτο οὕτω γενόμενον—ἐπί γε ἀπόδειξιν ὡς εἰσὶν τὴν αὑτῶν σπουδῇ πάσῃ παρακεκλήσθων—ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὥς τινος ἀσφαλοῦς πείσματος ἐπεισβαίνωμεν εἰς τὸν νῦν λόγον. καί μοι ἐλεγχομένῳ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐρωτήσεσιν τοιαῖσδε ἀσφαλέστατα ἀποκρίνεσθαι φαίνεται κατὰ τάδε· ὦ ξένε, ὁπόταν φῇ τις, ἆρα ἕστηκε μὲν πάντα, κινεῖται δὲ οὐδέν; ἢ τούτῳ πᾶν τοὐναντίον;

    AthenianCome then: if ever we must call on a god for help, let it be now. Let the gods be called on in all earnestness to help prove their own existence; and holding on to this as to a secure cable, let’s embark on the argument before us. When I’m examined on such matters with questions like the following, it seems to me safest to answer this way. Stranger, suppose someone asks: Do all things stand still, and nothing move? Or is the exact opposite true?

    ἢ τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν κινεῖται, τὰ δὲ μένει;— 893c τὰ μὲν κινεῖταί που, φήσω, τὰ δὲ μένει.—μῶν οὖν οὐκ ἐν χώρᾳ τινὶ τά τε ἑστῶτα ἕστηκεν καὶ τὰ κινούμενα κινεῖται;—πῶς γὰρ οὔ;—καὶ τὰ μέν γε ἐν μιᾷ ἕδρᾳ που τοῦτο ἂν δρῴη, τὰ δὲ ἐν πλείοσιν.—τὰ τὴν τῶν ἑστώτων ἐν μέσῳ λαμβάνοντα δύναμιν λέγεις, φήσομεν, ἐν ἑνὶ κινεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἡ τῶν ἑστάναι λεγομένων κύκλων στρέφεται περιφορά;—ναί.

    Or do some of them move and others remain at rest?— 893c Some move, I suppose, I shall say, and others remain at rest.—Then don’t the things at rest stand, and the things in motion move, in some place?—Of course.—And some of them, I suppose, would do this in one location, others in several.—You mean, we shall say, that things that take on at their center the capacity of things at rest move in one place, as the revolution turns of circles said to stand still?—Yes.

    μανθάνομεν δέ γε ὡς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ περιφορᾷ τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τὸν σμικρότατον κύκλον ἅμα περιάγουσα, 893d ἡ τοιαύτη κίνησις ἀνὰ λόγον ἑαυτὴν διανέμει σμικροῖς τε καὶ μείζοσιν, ἐλάττων τε οὖσα καὶ πλείων κατὰ λόγον· διὸ δὴ τῶν θαυμαστῶν ἁπάντων πηγὴ γέγονεν, ἅμα μεγάλοις καὶ σμικροῖς κύκλοις βραδυτῆτάς τε καὶ τάχη ὁμολογούμενα πορεύουσα, ἀδύνατον, ὡς ἄν τις ἐλπίσειε, γίγνεσθαι πάθος.—ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.—τὰ δέ γε κινούμενα ἐν πολλοῖς φαίνῃ μοι λέγειν ὅσα φορᾷ κινεῖται μεταβαίνοντα εἰς ἕτερον ἀεὶ τόπον, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἔστιν ὅτε βάσιν ἑνὸς κεκτημένα 893e τινὸς κέντρου, τοτὲ δὲ πλείονα τῷ περικυλινδεῖσθαι.

    And we understand that in this revolution such a motion carries the largest and the smallest circle around together, 893d distributing itself in proportion to small and large, being less and more in proportion. That is why it has become the source of all sorts of wonders: it carries large and small circles at once at slow and fast speeds that agree with each other—a thing one might expect to be impossible.—Very true.—And by things that move in many places you seem to me to mean those that move by locomotion, always passing to another place, sometimes having a base on a single 893e center, and sometimes on several, as they roll along.

    προστυγχάνοντα δʼ ἑκάστοτε ἑκάστοις, τοῖς ἑστῶσι μὲν διασχίζεται, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀπαντῶσι καὶ φερομένοις εἰς ἓν γιγνόμενα μέσα τε καὶ μεταξὺ τῶν τοιούτων συγκρίνεται.—λέγω γὰρ οὖν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχοντα, ὡς σὺ λέγεις.— καὶ μὴν καὶ συγκρινόμενα μὲν αὐξάνεται, διακρινόμενα δὲ φθίνει τότε, ὅταν ἡ καθεστηκυῖα ἑκάστων ἕξις διαμένῃ, 894a μὴ μενούσης δὲ αὐτῆς, διʼ ἀμφότερα ἀπόλλυται. γίγνεται δὴ πάντων γένεσις, ἡνίκʼ ἂν τί πάθος ᾖ; δῆλον ὡς ὁπόταν ἀρχὴ λαβοῦσα αὔξην εἰς τὴν δευτέραν ἔλθῃ μετάβασιν καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης εἰς τὴν πλησίον, καὶ μέχρι τριῶν ἐλθοῦσα αἴσθησιν σχῇ τοῖς αἰσθανομένοις. μεταβάλλον μὲν οὖν οὕτω καὶ μετακινούμενον γίγνεται πᾶν· ἔστιν δὲ ὄντως ὄν, ὁπόταν μένῃ, μεταβαλὸν δὲ εἰς ἄλλην ἕξιν διέφθαρται παντελῶς.

    When they meet with things one after another, they are split by those at rest; but when they meet others coming from the opposite direction and moving toward them, they unite and become a single thing midway between them.—Yes, I agree things are as you say.—And when they combine they grow, and when they separate they diminish—so long as the established condition of each remains; 894a if it does not remain, they perish by both processes. Now in what condition does the coming-to-be of anything occur? Clearly, whenever a starting point takes on growth and passes to its second stage, and from this to the next, and on reaching three becomes perceptible to those who perceive. So it is by changing and shifting in this way that everything comes to be; and it truly is, as long as it remains, but when it has changed into another condition it is utterly destroyed.

    ἆρʼ οὖν κινήσεις πάσας εἰρήκαμεν ὡς ἐν εἴδεσιν 894b λαβεῖν μετʼ ἀριθμοῦ, πλήν γε, ὦ φίλοι, δυοῖν;

    Have we now described all motions, so far as they can be grasped in kinds 894b and counted—except, my friends, two?

    Cliniasποίαιν δή;

    CliniasWhich two?

    Athenianσχεδόν, ὠγαθέ, ἐκείναιν ὧν ἕνεκα πᾶσα ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἡ σκέψις τὰ νῦν.

    AthenianJust about, my good friend, the two for whose sake our whole present inquiry is being made.

    Cliniasλέγε σαφέστερον.

    CliniasSpeak more plainly.

    Athenianψυχῆς ἦν ἕνεκά που;

    AthenianIt was for the sake of soul, wasn’t it?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἔστω τοίνυν ἡ μὲν ἕτερα δυναμένη κινεῖν κίνησις, ἑαυτὴν δὲ ἀδυνατοῦσα, ἀεὶ μία τις, ἡ δὲ αὑτήν τʼ ἀεὶ καὶ ἕτερα δυναμένη κατά τε συγκρίσεις ἔν τε διακρίσεσιν αὔξαις τε καὶ τῷ ἐναντίῳ καὶ γενέσεσι καὶ φθοραῖς ἄλλη μία τις 894c αὖ τῶν πασῶν κινήσεων.

    AthenianThen let one motion be the one that can move other things but can’t move itself—always one kind; and let another be the one that can always move both itself and other things, by combining and separating, by growth and its opposite, by coming-to-be and destruction—yet another kind 894c among all the motions.

    Cliniasἔστω γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasSo be it.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τὴν μὲν ἕτερον ἀεὶ κινοῦσαν καὶ μεταβαλλομένην ὑφʼ ἑτέρου θήσομεν ἐνάτην αὖ, τήν τε ἑαυτὴν κινοῦσαν καὶ ἕτερον, ἐναρμόττουσαν πᾶσιν μὲν ποιήμασι, πᾶσιν δὲ παθήμασι, καλουμένην δὲ ὄντως τῶν ὄντων πάντων μεταβολὴν καὶ κίνησιν, ταύτην δὲ δεκάτην σχεδὸν ἐροῦμεν.

    AthenianThen the one that always moves something else and is changed by something else we’ll put ninth; and the one that moves itself and something else, fitting in with every action and every passion, and truly called the change and motion of all the things that are—this, I suppose, we’ll call tenth.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτῶν δὴ δέκα μάλιστα ἡμῖν κινήσεων τίνʼ ἂν προκρίναιμεν 894d ὀρθότατα πασῶν ἐρρωμενεστάτην τε εἶναι καὶ πρακτικὴν διαφερόντως;

    AthenianOf our ten motions, which should we most rightly judge 894d to be the strongest of all and by far the most effective?

    Cliniasμυρίῳ ἀνάγκη που φάναι διαφέρειν τὴν αὐτὴν αὑτὴν δυναμένην κινεῖν, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας πάσας ὑστέρας.

    CliniasWe must say, surely, that the one that can move itself is ten thousand times superior, and all the others come after it.

    Athenianεὖ λέγεις. ἆρʼ οὖν ἡμῖν τῶν νῦν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ῥηθέντων μεταθετέον ἓν ἢ καὶ δύο;

    AthenianWell said. Then must we correct one or even two of the things we just said, which weren’t said correctly?

    Cliniasποῖα φῄς;

    CliniasWhich do you mean?

    Athenianτὸ τῆς δεκάτης ῥηθὲν σχεδὸν οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἴρηται.

    AthenianWhat we said about the tenth wasn’t quite right.

    Cliniasπῇ;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianπρῶτον γενέσει τέ ἐστιν καὶ ῥώμῃ κατὰ λόγον· τὸ 894e δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔχομεν τούτου δεύτερον, ἄρτι ῥηθὲν ἀτόπως ἔνατον.

    AthenianBy rights it is first in origin and in strength. 894e And the one after it we count second, though a moment ago we absurdly called it ninth.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianὧδε. ὅταν ἕτερον ἄλλο ἡμῖν μεταβάλῃ καὶ τοῦτο ἄλλο ἕτερον ἀεί, τῶν τοιούτων ἆρα ἔσται ποτέ τι πρῶτον μεταβάλλον; καὶ πῶς, ὅταν ὑπʼ ἄλλου κινῆται, τοῦτʼ ἔσται ποτὲ τῶν ἀλλοιούντων πρῶτον; ἀδύνατον γάρ. ἀλλʼ ὅταν ἄρα αὐτὸ αὑτὸ κινῆσαν ἕτερον ἀλλοιώσῃ, τὸ δʼ ἕτερον ἄλλο, 895a καὶ οὕτω δὴ χίλια ἐπὶ μυρίοις γίγνηται τὰ κινηθέντα, μῶν ἀρχή τις αὐτῶν ἔσται τῆς κινήσεως ἁπάσης ἄλλη πλὴν ἡ τῆς αὐτῆς αὑτὴν κινησάσης μεταβολή;

    AthenianThis. When one thing changes another, and that in turn another, and so on forever, will there ever be anything among such things that changes first? How can something that is moved by another ever be the first of the things that alter? It’s impossible. But when something that has moved itself alters another, and that another, 895a and in this way the things set in motion come to thousands upon tens of thousands, can there be any beginning of all their motion other than the change of the thing that moved itself?

    Cliniasκάλλιστα εἶπες, συγχωρητέα τε τούτοις.

    CliniasVery well put, and we must agree to it.

    Athenianἔτι δὴ καὶ τῇδε εἴπωμεν, καὶ ἀποκρινώμεθα πάλιν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖσιν. εἰ σταίη πως τὰ πάντα ὁμοῦ γενόμενα, καθάπερ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τοιούτων τολμῶσι λέγειν, τίνʼ ἄρα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκη πρώτην κίνησιν γενέσθαι τῶν εἰρημένων; 895b τὴν αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν δήπου κινοῦσαν· ὑπʼ ἄλλου γὰρ οὐ μήποτε ἔμπροσθεν μεταπέσῃ, μηδεμιᾶς γε ἐν αὐτοῖς οὔσης ἔμπροσθεν μεταπτώσεως. ἀρχὴν ἄρα κινήσεων πασῶν καὶ πρώτην ἔν τε ἑστῶσιν γενομένην καὶ ἐν κινουμένοις οὖσαν τὴν αὑτὴν κινοῦσαν φήσομεν ἀναγκαίως εἶναι πρεσβυτάτην καὶ κρατίστην μεταβολὴν πασῶν, τὴν δὲ ἀλλοιουμένην ὑφʼ ἑτέρου, κινοῦσαν δὲ ἕτερα δευτέραν.

    AthenianLet’s put it this way too, and again answer ourselves. If all things somehow came together and stood still—as most of these thinkers dare to claim—which of the motions we’ve described would necessarily be the first to arise among them? 895b Surely the one that moves itself. For they could never be shifted by something else before that, since there was no shifting in them before. So we shall say that the beginning of all motions, the first to arise among things at rest and the first to exist among things in motion—the self-moving motion—is necessarily the oldest and mightiest change of all; and the one that is altered by something else and moves other things is second.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianὁπότε δὴ τοίνυν ἐνταῦθά ἐσμεν τοῦ λόγου, τόδε ἀποκρινώμεθα.

    AthenianNow that we’ve reached this point in the argument, let’s answer this question.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat question?

    Athenianἐὰν ἴδωμέν που ταύτην γενομένην ἐν τῷ γηίνῳ ἢ ἐνύδρῳ ἢ πυροειδεῖ, κεχωρισμένῳ ἢ καὶ συμμιγεῖ, τί ποτε φήσομεν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ πάθος εἶναι;

    AthenianIf we should see this motion arise in something made of earth or water or fire, whether separate or mixed, what condition shall we say is present in such a thing?

    Cliniasμῶν ἄρα με ἐρωτᾷς εἰ ζῆν αὐτὸ προσεροῦμεν, ὅταν αὐτὸ αὑτὸ κινῇ;

    CliniasAre you asking me whether we’ll say it is alive, when it moves itself?

    Athenianναί.

    AthenianYes.

    CliniasΖῆν· πῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasAlive. Of course.

    Athenianτί δέ; ὁπόταν ψυχὴν ἔν τισιν ὁρῶμεν, μῶν ἄλλο ἢ ταὐτὸν τούτῳ; ζῆν ὁμολογητέον;

    AthenianAnd what about when we see soul in things? Is it anything other than this? Must we agree that they are alive?

    Cliniasοὐκ ἄλλο.

    CliniasNothing other.

    Athenianἔχε δὴ πρὸς Διός· ἆρʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοις περὶ ἕκαστον τρία νοεῖν;

    AthenianHold on, by Zeus! Wouldn’t you be willing to recognize three things about each thing?

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἓν μὲν τὴν οὐσίαν, ἓν δὲ τῆς οὐσίας τὸν λόγον, ἓν δὲ ὄνομα· καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐρωτήσεις εἶναι περὶ τὸ ὂν ἅπαν δύο.

    AthenianOne is its being, one the definition of its being, and one its name. And also that there are two questions about everything that is.

    Cliniasπῶς δύο;

    CliniasWhy two?

    Athenianτοτὲ μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοὔνομα προτεινόμενον αὐτὸ τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτεῖν, τοτὲ δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν προτεινόμενον ἐρωτᾶν αὖ τοὔνομα. ἆρά γε τὸ τοιόνδε αὖ βουλόμεθα νῦν λέγειν;

    AthenianSometimes each of us puts forward the name and asks for the definition, and sometimes puts forward the definition and asks in turn for the name. Isn’t this the kind of thing we want to say now?

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat kind of thing?

    Athenianἔστιν που δίχα διαιρούμενον ἐν ἄλλοις τε καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ· τούτῳ δὴ τῷ κατʼ ἀριθμὸν ὄνομα μὲν ἄρτιον, λόγος δέ, ἀριθμὸς διαιρούμενος εἰς ἴσα δύο μέρη.

    AthenianDivision in two occurs, I suppose, in various things, including number. In the case of number, the name is “even,” and the definition is “a number divided into two equal parts.”

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτὸ τοιοῦτον φράζω. μῶν οὖν οὐ ταὐτὸν ἑκατέρως προσαγορεύομεν, ἄντε τὸν λόγον ἐρωτώμενοι τοὔνομα ἀποδιδῶμεν, ἄντε τοὔνομα τὸν λόγον, ἄρτιον ὀνόματι, καὶ λόγῳ δίχα διαιρούμενον ἀριθμόν, προσαγορεύοντες ταὐτὸν ὄν;

    AthenianThat’s the sort of thing I mean. Aren’t we referring to the same thing either way—whether, asked for the definition, we give the name, or asked for the name, we give the definition—calling one and the same thing “even” by its name and “a number divided in two” by its definition?

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianὧι δὴ ψυχὴ τοὔνομα, τίς τούτου λόγος; ἔχομεν 896a ἄλλον πλὴν τὸν νυνδὴ ῥηθέντα, τὴν δυναμένην αὐτὴν αὑτὴν κινεῖν κίνησιν;

    AthenianThen what is the definition of the thing whose name is “soul”? Do we have 896a any other than the one just given: “the motion that can move itself”?

    Cliniasτὸ ἑαυτὸ κινεῖν φῂς λόγον ἔχειν τὴν αὐτὴν οὐσίαν, ἥνπερ τοὔνομα ὃ δὴ πάντες ψυχὴν προσαγορεύομεν;

    CliniasAre you saying that “moving itself” is the definition of the very being that has the name we all use, “soul”?

    Athenianφημί γε· εἰ δʼ ἔστι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον, ἆρα ἔτι ποθοῦμεν μὴ ἱκανῶς δεδεῖχθαι ψυχὴν ταὐτὸν ὂν καὶ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν καὶ κίνησιν τῶν τε ὄντων καὶ γεγονότων καὶ ἐσομένων καὶ πάντων αὖ τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις, ἐπειδή γε 896b ἀνεφάνη μεταβολῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως ἁπάσης αἰτία ἅπασιν;

    AthenianI am. And if that is so, do we still feel it hasn’t been adequately shown that soul is the same as the first coming-to-be and motion of the things that are, have been and will be, and of all their opposites, since 896b it has been revealed as the cause of all change and motion in all things?

    Cliniasοὔκ, ἀλλὰ ἱκανώτατα δέδεικται ψυχὴ τῶν πάντων πρεσβυτάτη, γενομένη γε ἀρχὴ κινήσεως.

    CliniasNo. It has been shown most adequately that soul is the oldest of all things, since it came to be as the beginning of motion.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐχ ἡ διʼ ἕτερον ἐν ἄλλῳ γιγνομένη κίνησις, αὐτὸ δὲ ἐν αὑτῷ μηδέποτε παρέχουσα κινεῖσθαι μηδέν, δευτέρα τε, καὶ ὁπόσων ἀριθμῶν βούλοιτο ἄν τις ἀριθμεῖν αὐτὴν πολλοστήν, τοσούτων, σώματος οὖσα ὄντως ἀψύχου μεταβολή;

    AthenianThen isn’t the motion that arises in one thing because of another, and never makes anything move of itself within itself, second—or as many places down the list as anyone cares to count—since it is the change of a body that is truly without soul?

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianὀρθῶς ἄρα καὶ κυρίως ἀληθέστατά τε καὶ τελεώτατα 896c εἰρηκότες ἂν εἶμεν ψυχὴν μὲν προτέραν γεγονέναι σώματος ἡμῖν, σῶμα δὲ δεύτερόν τε καὶ ὕστερον, ψυχῆς ἀρχούσης, ἀρχόμενον κατὰ φύσιν.

    AthenianThen we would be speaking rightly, with authority, and most truly and completely, 896c in saying that soul came to be before body, and body second and later: soul rules, and body is ruled, according to nature.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasMost truly indeed.

    Athenianμεμνήμεθά γε μὴν ὁμολογήσαντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς, εἰ ψυχὴ φανείη πρεσβυτέρα σώματος οὖσα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἔσοιτο πρεσβύτερα.

    AthenianNow, we remember agreeing earlier that if soul turned out to be older than body, the things of soul would also be older than the things of body.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianτρόποι δὲ καὶ ἤθη καὶ βουλήσεις καὶ λογισμοὶ καὶ 896d δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἐπιμέλειαί τε καὶ μνῆμαι πρότερα μήκους σωμάτων καὶ πλάτους καὶ βάθους καὶ ῥώμης εἴη γεγονότα ἄν, εἴπερ καὶ ψυχὴ σώματος.

    AthenianThen dispositions, characters, wishes, reasonings, 896d true opinions, cares and memories will have come to be before the length, breadth, depth and strength of bodies, if soul is prior to body.

    Cliniasἀνάγκη.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τῶν τε ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἶναι ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων, εἴπερ τῶν πάντων γε αὐτὴν θήσομεν αἰτίαν;

    AthenianThen must we next agree that soul is the cause of good things and bad, fine and shameful, just and unjust, and all the opposites, if we are going to posit it as the cause of all things?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianψυχὴν δὴ διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν ἐν ἅπασιν 896e τοῖς πάντῃ κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι;

    AthenianAnd soul, which manages and dwells in all things 896e that move in any direction—mustn’t we say that it manages the heaven too?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianμίαν ἢ πλείους; πλείους· ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῷν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν γέ που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι.

    AthenianOne soul, or more? More—I’ll answer for you both. Let’s posit no fewer than two, at any rate: the one that does good, and the one capable of producing the opposite.

    Cliniasσφόδρα ὀρθῶς εἴρηκας.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianεἶεν. ἄγει μὲν δὴ ψυχὴ πάντα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ταῖς αὑτῆς κινήσεσιν, αἷς ὀνόματά 897a ἐστιν βούλεσθαι, σκοπεῖσθαι, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, βουλεύεσθαι, δοξάζειν ὀρθῶς ἐψευσμένως, χαίρουσαν λυπουμένην, θαρροῦσαν φοβουμένην, μισοῦσαν στέργουσαν, καὶ πάσαις ὅσαι τούτων συγγενεῖς ἢ πρωτουργοὶ κινήσεις τὰς δευτερουργοὺς αὖ παραλαμβάνουσαι κινήσεις σωμάτων ἄγουσι πάντα εἰς αὔξησιν καὶ φθίσιν καὶ διάκρισιν καὶ σύγκρισιν καὶ τούτοις ἑπομένας θερμότητας ψύξεις, βαρύτητας κουφότητας, σκληρὸν καὶ μαλακόν, λευκὸν καὶ μέλαν, αὐστηρὸν 897b καὶ γλυκύ, καὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ψυχὴ χρωμένη, νοῦν μὲν προσλαβοῦσα ἀεὶ θεὸν ὀρθῶς θεοῖς, ὀρθὰ καὶ εὐδαίμονα παιδαγωγεῖ πάντα, ἀνοίᾳ δὲ συγγενομένη πάντα αὖ τἀναντία τούτοις ἀπεργάζεται. τιθῶμεν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν, ἢ ἔτι διστάζομεν εἰ ἑτέρως πως ἔχει;

    AthenianVery well. Soul drives all things in heaven, on earth and in the sea by its own motions, whose names 897a are wishing, examining, caring, deliberating, opining correctly and falsely, feeling joy and grief, confidence and fear, hatred and love; and by all the motions akin to these—primary motions, which take over in turn the secondary motions of bodies and drive all things to growth and decay, separation and combination, and to the heating and cooling, heaviness and lightness, hard and soft, white and black, bitter 897b and sweet that follow from them. Using all these, soul, when it takes intelligence as its partner—a god, rightly, to the gods—guides all things rightly and happily; but when it keeps company with folly, it produces the opposite in everything. Shall we lay it down that this is how things are, or do we still doubt whether they may be otherwise?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNot at all.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν δὴ ψυχῆς γένος ἐγκρατὲς οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ πάσης τῆς περιόδου γεγονέναι φῶμεν; τὸ φρόνιμον 897c καὶ ἀρετῆς πλῆρες, ἢ τὸ μηδέτερα κεκτημένον; βούλεσθε οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα ὧδε ἀποκρινώμεθα;

    AthenianThen which kind of soul shall we say has come to be in control of heaven and earth and the whole circuit? The wise 897c kind, full of virtue, or the kind that has neither? Would you like us to answer this way?

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow?

    Athenianεἰ μέν, ὦ θαυμάσιε, φῶμεν, ἡ σύμπασα οὐρανοῦ ὁδὸς ἅμα καὶ φορὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντων ἁπάντων νοῦ κινήσει καὶ περιφορᾷ καὶ λογισμοῖς ὁμοίαν φύσιν ἔχει καὶ συγγενῶς ἔρχεται, δῆλον ὡς τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν φατέον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς καὶ ἄγειν αὐτὸν τὴν τοιαύτην ὁδὸν ἐκείνην.

    AthenianIf, my admirable friend, we say that the whole course and movement of heaven and of everything in it has a nature like the motion, revolution and reasonings of intelligence, and proceeds in a kindred way, then clearly we must say that the best soul cares for the whole cosmos and drives it along that kind of course.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianεἰ δὲ μανικῶς τε καὶ ἀτάκτως ἔρχεται, τὴν κακήν.

    AthenianBut if it proceeds in a mad and disorderly way, then the bad soul.

    Cliniasκαὶ ταῦτα ὀρθῶς.

    CliniasThat’s right too.

    Athenianτίνα οὖν δὴ νοῦ κίνησις φύσιν ἔχει; τοῦτο ἤδη χαλεπόν, ὦ φίλοι, ἐρώτημα ἀποκρινόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐμφρόνως· διὸ δὴ καὶ ἐμὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὑμῖν δίκαιον τὰ νῦν προσλαμβάνειν.

    AthenianThen what nature does the motion of intelligence have? This, my friends, is a question hard to answer sensibly. So it’s only fair that I should now help you with the answer.

    Cliniasεὖ λέγεις.

    CliniasWell said.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν ἐξ ἐναντίας οἷον εἰς ἥλιον ἀποβλέποντες, νύκτα ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ἐπαγόμενοι, ποιησώμεθα τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ὡς νοῦν ποτε θνητοῖς ὄμμασιν ὀψόμενοί τε καὶ γνωσόμενοι 897e ἱκανῶς· πρὸς δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐρωτωμένου βλέποντας ἀσφαλέστερον ὁρᾶν.

    AthenianLet’s not give our answer as though we were staring straight into the sun and bringing night on ourselves at midday, as if we could ever see intelligence with mortal eyes and know it 897e adequately. It’s safer to look at an image of what we’re asking about.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἧι προσέοικεν κινήσει νοῦς τῶν δέκα ἐκείνων κινήσεων, τὴν εἰκόνα λάβωμεν· ἣν συναναμνησθεὶς ὑμῖν ἐγὼ κοινῇ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιήσομαι.

    AthenianLet’s take as our image whichever of those ten motions intelligence resembles. I’ll recall it together with you, and give the answer on behalf of us all.

    Cliniasκάλλιστα ἂν λέγοις.

    CliniasThat would be excellent.

    Athenianμεμνήμεθα τοίνυν τῶν τότε ἔτι τοῦτό γε, ὅτι τῶν πάντων τὰ μὲν κινεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ μένειν ἔθεμεν;

    AthenianWell then, do we still remember this much of what we said then: that we laid down that of all things some move and others remain at rest?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτῶν δʼ αὖ κινουμένων τὰ μὲν ἐν ἑνὶ τόπῳ κινεῖσθαι, 898a τὰ δʼ ἐν πλείοσιν φερόμενα.

    AthenianAnd again, that of the things that move, some move in one place, 898a and others are carried in several.

    Cliniasἔστι ταῦτα.

    CliniasThat’s so.

    Athenianτούτοιν δὴ τοῖν κινησέοιν τὴν ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένην ἀεὶ περί γέ τι μέσον ἀνάγκη κινεῖσθαι, τῶν ἐντόρνων οὖσαν μίμημά τι κύκλων, εἶναί τε αὐτὴν τῇ τοῦ νοῦ περιόδῳ πάντως ὡς δυνατὸν οἰκειοτάτην τε καὶ ὁμοίαν.

    AthenianOf these two motions, the one carried in one place must always move around some center, being a kind of imitation of circles turned on a lathe; and it must be in every way as closely akin and as similar as possible to the revolution of intelligence.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianτὸ κατὰ ταὐτὰ δήπου καὶ ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ἕνα λόγον καὶ τάξιν 898b μίαν ἄμφω κινεῖσθαι λέγοντες, νοῦν τήν τε ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένην κίνησιν, σφαίρας ἐντόρνου ἀπεικασμένα φοραῖς, οὐκ ἄν ποτε φανεῖμεν φαῦλοι δημιουργοὶ λόγῳ καλῶν εἰκόνων.

    AthenianSuppose we say that both intelligence and the motion carried in one place move in the same respect and in the same way, in the same place, around the same things and relative to the same things, according to one proportion and one 898b order, and liken them to the movements of a sphere turned on a lathe: then we would never be shown to be poor craftsmen of fine images in words.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re quite right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν αὖ ἥ γε μηδέποτε ὡσαύτως μηδὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ μηδὲ ἐν ταὐτῷ μηδὲ περὶ ταὐτὰ μηδὲ πρὸς ταὐτὰ μηδʼ ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένη μηδʼ ἐν κόσμῳ μηδʼ ἐν τάξει μηδὲ ἔν τινι λόγῳ κίνησις ἀνοίας ἂν ἁπάσης εἴη συγγενής;

    AthenianAnd again, the motion that is never in the same way, nor in the same respect, nor in the same place, nor around the same things, nor relative to the same things, nor carried in one place, nor in any arrangement or order or proportion—wouldn’t it be akin to every kind of folly?

    Cliniasεἴη γὰρ ἂν ἀληθέστατα.

    CliniasMost truly it would.

    Athenianνῦν δὴ χαλεπὸν οὐδὲν ἔτι διαρρήδην εἰπεῖν ὡς, ἐπειδὴ ψυχὴ μέν ἐστιν ἡ περιάγουσα ἡμῖν πάντα, τὴν δὲ οὐρανοῦ περιφορὰν ἐξ ἀνάγκης περιάγειν φατέον ἐπιμελουμένην καὶ κοσμοῦσαν ἤτοι τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν ἢ τὴν ἐναντίαν.

    AthenianNow, then, it’s no longer difficult to say explicitly that, since it is soul that drives everything around for us, we must say that the revolution of heaven is necessarily driven around, cared for and ordered either by the best soul or by its opposite.

    Cliniasὦ ξένε, ἀλλὰ ἔκ γε τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων οὐδʼ ὅσιον ἄλλως λέγειν ἢ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσαν ψυχὴν μίαν ἢ πλείους περιάγειν αὐτά.

    CliniasBut, stranger, from what has now been said, it wouldn’t even be pious to say anything other than that one soul or more, possessing every virtue, drives them around.

    Athenianκάλλιστα, ὦ Κλεινία, ὑπήκουσας τοῖς λόγοις· τόδε 898d δὲ προσυπάκουσον ἔτι.

    AthenianYou’ve followed the argument excellently, Clinias. Now 898d follow this further point.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat point?

    AthenianἭλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα, εἴπερ ψυχὴ περιάγει πάντα, ἆρʼ οὐ καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον;

    AthenianSun and moon and the other stars: if soul drives all things around, doesn’t it also drive each one of them?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianπερὶ ἑνὸς δὴ ποιησώμεθα λόγους, οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα ἡμῖν ἄστρα ἁρμόττοντες φανοῦνται.

    AthenianThen let’s discuss one of them, and what we say will turn out to fit all the stars.

    Cliniasτίνος;

    CliniasWhich one?

    AthenianἩλίου πᾶς ἄνθρωπος σῶμα μὲν ὁρᾷ, ψυχὴν δὲ οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου σώματος οὐδενὸς οὔτε ζῶντος οὔτε ἀποθνῄσκοντος τῶν ζῴων, ἀλλὰ ἐλπὶς πολλὴ τὸ παράπαν 898e τὸ γένος ἡμῖν τοῦτο ἀναίσθητον πάσαις ταῖς τοῦ σώματος αἰσθήσεσι περιπεφυκέναι, νοητὸν δʼ εἶναι. νῷ μόνῳ δὴ καὶ διανοήματι λάβωμεν αὐτοῦ πέρι τὸ τοιόνδε.

    AthenianEvery human being sees the sun’s body, but no one sees its soul—nor, for that matter, the soul of any other body belonging to any living creature, whether alive or dying. There is every reason to expect that this kind of thing 898e is by nature entirely imperceptible to all our bodily senses, and can be grasped only by the mind. So let’s grasp the following point about it by intelligence and thought alone.

    Cliniasποῖον;

    CliniasWhat point?

    AthenianἭλιον εἴπερ ἄγει ψυχή, τριῶν αὐτὴν ἓν λέγοντες δρᾶν σχεδὸν οὐκ ἀποτευξόμεθα.

    AthenianIf soul drives the sun, we shan’t go far wrong in saying that it does one of three things.

    Cliniasτίνων;

    CliniasWhat things?

    Athenianὡς ἢ ἐνοῦσα ἐντὸς τῷ περιφερεῖ τούτῳ φαινομένῳ σώματι πάντῃ διακομίζει τὸ τοιοῦτον, καθάπερ ἡμᾶς ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ψυχὴ πάντῃ περιφέρει· ἤ ποθεν ἔξωθεν σῶμα αὑτῇ 899a πορισαμένη πυρὸς ἤ τινος ἀέρος, ὡς λόγος ἐστί τινων, ὠθεῖ βίᾳ σώματι σῶμα· ἢ τρίτον αὐτὴ ψιλὴ σώματος οὖσα, ἔχουσα δὲ δυνάμεις ἄλλας τινὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας θαύματι, ποδηγεῖ.

    AthenianEither it dwells inside this round visible body and conveys it everywhere, just as the soul in us carries us about everywhere; or it provides itself from somewhere outside with a body 899a of fire or some kind of air, as some people claim, and pushes body by force with body; or, third, it is itself bare of body but has certain other powers of surpassing wonder, and guides it along.

    Cliniasναί, τοῦτο μὲν ἀνάγκη, τούτων ἕν γέ τι δρῶσαν ψυχὴν πάντα διάγειν.

    CliniasYes, that much is necessary: soul must do one of these things as it conducts everything.

    Athenianαὐτοῦ δὴ ἄμεινον ταύτην τὴν ψυχήν, εἴτε ἐν ἅρμασιν ἔχουσα ἡμῖν ἥλιον ἄγει φῶς τοῖς ἅπασιν, εἴτε ἔξωθεν, εἴθʼ ὅπως εἴθʼ ὅπῃ, θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι χρεὼν πάντα ἄνδρα. ἢ πῶς;

    AthenianAnd this soul—whether it brings light to us all by having the sun as its chariot, or from outside, or however and by whatever means—every man must regard as a god, and as better than the sun itself. Or how else?

    Cliniasναί, τόν γέ που μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον ἀφιγμένον ἀνοίας.

    CliniasYes—any man, at least, who hasn’t reached the uttermost depth of folly.

    Athenianἄστρων δὴ πέρι πάντων καὶ σελήνης, ἐνιαυτῶν τε καὶ μηνῶν καὶ πασῶν ὡρῶν πέρι, τίνα ἄλλον λόγον ἐροῦμεν ἢ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον, ὡς ἐπειδὴ ψυχὴ μὲν ἢ ψυχαὶ πάντων τούτων αἴτιαι ἐφάνησαν, ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πᾶσαν ἀρετήν, θεοὺς αὐτὰς εἶναι φήσομεν, εἴτε ἐν σώμασιν ἐνοῦσαι, ζῷα ὄντα, κοσμοῦσιν πάντα οὐρανόν, εἴτε ὅπῃ τε καὶ ὅπως; ἔσθʼ ὅστις ταῦτα ὁμολογῶν ὑπομενεῖ μὴ θεῶν εἶναι πλήρη πάντα;

    AthenianAnd as for all the stars and the moon, and the years and months and all the seasons, what account shall we give other than this same one? Since soul or souls have been shown to be the causes of all these things, and good with every virtue, we shall say they are gods, whether they order the whole heaven by dwelling in bodies as living creatures, or however and in whatever way they do it. Is there anyone who agrees to this and will still hold out against saying that all things are full of gods?

    “All things are full of gods” was a saying attributed to the early philosopher Thales of Miletus.

    Cliniasοὐκ ἔστιν οὕτως, ὦ ξένε, παραφρονῶν οὐδείς.

    CliniasNo one, stranger, is so far out of his mind.

    Athenianτῷ μὲν τοίνυν μὴ νομίζοντι θεοὺς ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία, εἰπόντες ὅρους ἀπαλλαττώμεθα.

    AthenianThen, Megillus and Clinias, let’s set terms for the man who until now hasn’t believed in gods, and be done with him.

    Cliniasτίνας;

    CliniasWhat terms?

    Athenianἢ διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς λέγομεν τιθέμενοι ψυχὴν γένεσιν ἁπάντων εἶναι πρώτην, καὶ τἆλλα ὁπόσα τούτων συνεπόμενα εἴπομεν, ἢ μὴ δυνάμενον βέλτιον λέγειν ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν πείθεσθαι καὶ ζῆν θεοὺς ἡγούμενον εἰς τὸν ἐπίλοιπον 899d βίον. ὁρῶμεν οὖν εἴτε ἱκανῶς ἤδη τοῖς οὐχ ἡγουμένοις θεοὺς εἰρήκαμεν ὡς εἰσὶν θεοί, εἴτε ἐπιδεῶς.

    AthenianEither he should teach us that we’re wrong to posit soul as the first origin of all things, along with all the other conclusions we drew from this; or, if he can’t give a better account than ours, he should be persuaded by us and live the rest of his 899d life believing in gods. So let’s see whether what we’ve said to those who don’t believe in gods, to show that gods exist, is now sufficient or falls short.

    Cliniasἥκιστά γε, ὦ ξένε, πάντων ἐπιδεῶς.

    CliniasFalls short, stranger? That’s the last thing it does.

    Do the gods care for small things?

    Against those who think the gods neglect humans, the Athenian argues they care for small things too.

    Athenianτούτοις μὲν τοίνυν ἡμῖν τὸ λόγων τέλος ἐχέτω· τὸν δὲ ἡγούμενον μὲν θεοὺς εἶναι, μὴ φροντίζειν δὲ αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων, παραμυθητέον. ὦ ἄριστε δὴ φῶμεν, ὅτι μὲν ἡγῇ θεούς, συγγένειά τις ἴσως σε θεία πρὸς τὸ σύμφυτον ἄγει τιμᾶν καὶ νομίζειν εἶναι· κακῶν δὲ 899e ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀδίκων τύχαι ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ἀληθείᾳ μὲν οὐκ εὐδαίμονες, δόξαις δὲ εὐδαιμονιζόμεναι σφόδρα ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμμελῶς, ἄγουσί σε πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἔν τε μούσαις οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑμνούμεναι ἅμα καὶ ἐν παντοίοις λόγοις.

    AthenianThen let our argument with these people be at an end. But the man who believes that gods exist but pay no attention to human affairs must be reasoned with gently. Let’s say: My excellent friend, your believing in gods is perhaps due to some divine kinship drawing you toward what is akin to you, to honor them and hold that they exist. But the fortunes of bad 899e and unjust men, in private and public life—not truly happy, but thought extremely happy in popular opinion, though wrongly—lead you to impiety, celebrated wrongly as they are in poetry and in all kinds of stories.

    ἢ καὶ πρὸς τέλος ἴσως ἀνθρώπους ὁρῶν ἐλθόντας γηραιούς, 900a παῖδας παίδων καταλιπόντας ἐν τιμαῖς ταῖς μεγίσταις, ταράττῃ τὸ νῦν ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις ἰδών, ἢ διʼ ἀκοῆς αἰσθόμενος ἢ καὶ παντάπασιν αὐτὸς αὐτόπτης, προστυχὴς πολλῶν ἀσεβημάτων καὶ δεινῶν γενομένων τισίν, διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐκ σμικρῶν εἰς τυραννίδας τε καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἀφικομένους· τότε διὰ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα δῆλος εἶ μέμφεσθαι μὲν θεοὺς ὡς αἰτίους ὄντας τῶν τοιούτων διὰ συγγένειαν οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλων, ἀγόμενος δὲ ὑπό τε ἀλογίας ἅμα καὶ οὐ δυνάμενος δυσχεραίνειν 900b θεούς, εἰς τοῦτο νῦν τὸ πάθος ἐλήλυθας, ὥστʼ εἶναι μὲν δοκεῖν αὐτούς, τῶν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνων καταφρονεῖν καὶ ἀμελεῖν πραγμάτων.

    Or perhaps you see men reaching the end of life in old age, 900a leaving their children’s children behind them in the highest honors, and you are troubled now. Among all these you have seen—whether you learned of it by hearsay or witnessed it entirely with your own eyes—some who have committed many terrible impieties, and who, precisely through these, have risen from small beginnings to tyrannies and the highest positions. Then, because of all this, you plainly would not wish to blame the gods as responsible for such things, because of your kinship with them; but led on by unreason, and unable at the same time to be angry 900b with the gods, you have come to your present state, where you think they exist but despise and neglect human affairs.

    ἵνα οὖν μὴ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔλθῃ σοι πάθος πρὸς ἀσέβειαν τὸ νῦν παρὸν δόγμα, ἀλλʼ ἐάν πως οἷον ἀποδιοπομπήσασθαι λόγοις αὐτὸ προσιὸν γενώμεθα δυνατοί, πειρώμεθα, συνάψαντες τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον ᾧ πρὸς τὸν τὸ παράπαν οὐχ ἡγούμενον θεοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διεπερανάμεθα, 900c τούτῳ τὰ νῦν προσχρήσασθαι. σὺ δʼ, ὦ Κλεινία τε καὶ Μέγιλλε, ὑπὲρ τοῦ νέου καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἀποκρινόμενοι διαδέχεσθε· ἂν δέ τι δύσκολον ἐμπίπτῃ τοῖς λόγοις, ἐγὼ σφῷν ὥσπερ νυνδὴ δεξάμενος διαβιβῶ τὸν ποταμόν.

    So that your present belief doesn’t advance any further into a condition of impiety, and so that, if we can somehow, we may ward it off with arguments as it approaches, let’s try to attach the next argument to the one we worked through from the beginning against the man who doesn’t believe in gods at all, 900c and make use of it now. And you, Clinias and Megillus, take your turn answering on the young man’s behalf, as before. If anything difficult comes up in the argument, I’ll take you two on my back, as I did just now, and carry you across the river.

    Cliniasὀρθῶς λέγεις· καὶ σύ τε οὕτω ταῦτα δρᾶ, ποιήσομέν τε ἡμεῖς εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἃ λέγεις.

    CliniasYou’re right. You do it that way, and we’ll do what you say as best we can.

    Athenianἀλλʼ οὐδὲν τάχʼ ἂν ἴσως εἴη χαλεπὸν ἐνδείξασθαι τοῦτό γε, ὡς ἐπιμελεῖς σμικρῶν εἰσιν θεοὶ οὐχ ἧττον, μᾶλλον 900d δέ, ἢ τῶν μεγέθει διαφερόντων. ἤκουε γάρ που καὶ παρῆν τοῖς νυνδὴ λεγομένοις, ὡς ἀγαθοί γε ὄντες πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν τὴν τῶν πάντων ἐπιμέλειαν οἰκειοτάτην αὑτῶν οὖσαν κέκτηνται.

    AthenianWell, it may be no hard task to show this much, at least: that the gods care for small things no less than, but rather 900d more than, things of outstanding size. For he was present, I suppose, and heard what was said just now: that since they are good with every virtue, the care of all things is most properly their own.

    Cliniasκαὶ σφόδρα γε ἐπήκουεν.

    CliniasHe certainly heard it.

    Athenianτὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν κοινῇ συνεξεταζόντων τίνα λέγοντες ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν ὁμολογοῦμεν αὐτοὺς ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι. φέρε, τὸ σωφρονεῖν νοῦν τε κεκτῆσθαί φαμεν ἀρετῆς, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία κακίας;

    AthenianNext, then, let’s examine together what virtue of theirs we mean when we agree that they are good. Come: do we say that being moderate and having intelligence belong to virtue, and their opposites to vice?

    Cliniasφαμέν.

    CliniasWe do.

    Athenianτί δέ; ἀρετῆς μὲν ἀνδρείαν εἶναι, δειλίαν δὲ κακίας;

    AthenianAnd that courage belongs to virtue, and cowardice to vice?

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianκαὶ τὰ μὲν αἰσχρὰ τούτων, τὰ δὲ καλὰ φήσομεν;

    AthenianAnd shall we call the latter shameful and the former fine?

    Cliniasἀνάγκη.

    CliniasNecessarily.

    Athenianκαὶ τῶν μὲν προσήκειν ἡμῖν, εἴπερ, ὁπόσα φλαῦρα, θεοῖς δὲ οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν τῶν τοιούτων μετὸν ἐροῦμεν;

    AthenianAnd shall we say that whatever is base among these belongs, if to anyone, to us, while the gods have no share in such things, great or small?

    Cliniasκαὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ὁμολογοῖ πᾶς ἄν.

    CliniasAnyone would agree to that as well.

    Athenianτί δέ; ἀμέλειάν τε καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ τρυφὴν εἰς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς θήσομεν, ἢ πῶς λέγεις;

    AthenianWell then, shall we count neglect, idleness and self-indulgence as part of the soul’s virtue? Or what do you say?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could we?

    Athenianἀλλʼ εἰς τοὐναντίον;

    AthenianRather to the opposite?

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτἀναντία ἄρα τούτοις εἰς τοὐναντίον;

    AthenianAnd their opposites, then, to the opposite side?

    Cliniasτοὐναντίον.

    CliniasTo the opposite.

    Athenianτί οὖν δή; τρυφῶν καὶ ἀμελὴς ἀργός τε, ὃν ὁ ποιητὴς κηφῆσι κοθούροισι μάλιστα εἴκελον ἔφασκεν εἶναι, γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος πᾶς ἡμῖν;

    AthenianWell then, wouldn’t everyone of this sort be, in our eyes, self-indulgent, neglectful and idle—the kind of man the poet said was most like stingless drones?

    The poet is Hesiod, who compares the idle man to drones in Works and Days.

    Cliniasὀρθότατά γε εἰπών.

    CliniasAnd very rightly he said it.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τόν γε θεὸν οὐ ῥητέον ἔχειν ἦθος τοιοῦτον, ὅ γέ τοι αὐτὸς μισεῖ, τῷ τέ τι τοιοῦτον φθέγγεσθαι πειρωμένῳ οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον.

    AthenianThen we mustn’t say that the god has a character like that—one he himself hates, surely—and we mustn’t allow anyone who tries to voice any such thing.

    Cliniasοὐ μὲν δή· πῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasNo indeed. How could we?

    Athenianὧι δὴ προσήκει μὲν πράττειν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι διαφερόντως τινός, ὁ δὲ τούτου γε νοῦς τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελεῖται, τῶν σμικρῶν δὲ ἀμελεῖ, κατὰ τίνα ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον οὐκ ἂν παντάπασι πλημμελοῖμεν; σκοπῶμεν δὲ ὧδε. ἆρʼ οὐ κατὰ δύο εἴδη τὸ τοιοῦτον πράττει ὁ πράττων, εἴτε θεὸς εἴτʼ ἄνθρωπος;

    AthenianSuppose someone whose special task is to act and to care for something has a mind that cares for the great things in it but neglects the small ones. On what reasoning could we praise such a person without striking an utterly false note? Let’s consider it this way. Doesn’t whoever acts like this, god or man, do so in one of two ways?

    Cliniasποίω δὴ λέγομεν;

    CliniasWhat two ways do we mean?

    Athenianἢ διαφέρον οὐδὲν οἰόμενος εἶναι τῷ ὅλῳ ἀμελουμένων 901c τῶν σμικρῶν, ἢ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ καὶ τρυφῇ, εἰ διαφέρει, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖ. ἢ ἔστιν ἄλλως πως γιγνομένη ἀμέλεια; οὐ γάρ που ὅταν γε ἀδύνατον ᾖ τῶν ἁπάντων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τότε ἀμέλεια ἔσται τῶν σμικρῶν ἢ μεγάλων, μὴ ἐπιμελουμένῳ ὧν ἂν δυνάμει θεὸς ἢ φαῦλός τις ὢν ἐλλιπὴς καὶ μὴ δυνατὸς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γίγνηται.

    AthenianEither he thinks it makes no difference to the whole if the small things 901c are neglected; or, if it does make a difference, he neglects them from laziness and self-indulgence. Or is there some other way neglect comes about? For surely, when it’s impossible to care for everything, it won’t be neglect of small things or great when someone—whether a god or some inferior being—fails to care for the things he lacks the power and ability to care for.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could it be?

    Athenianνῦν δὴ δύʼ ὄντες τρισὶν ἡμῖν οὖσιν ἀποκρινάσθωσαν 901d οἱ θεοὺς μὲν ἀμφότεροι ὁμολογοῦντες εἶναι, παραιτητοὺς δὲ ἅτερος, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖς τῶν σμικρῶν. πρῶτον μὲν θεοὺς ἀμφότεροί φατε γιγνώσκειν καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν πάντα, λαθεῖν δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν δυνατὸν εἶναι τῶν ὁπόσων εἰσὶν αἱ αἰσθήσεις τε καὶ ἐπιστῆμαι· ταύτῃ λέγετε ἔχειν ταῦτα, ἢ πῶς;

    AthenianNow then, let the two of them answer the three of us. 901d Both agree that gods exist, but one says they can be won over, the other that they neglect small things. First, both of you say that the gods know and see and hear everything, and that nothing within the range of the senses and of knowledge can escape them. Is that what you say, or what?

    Cliniasοὕτως.

    CliniasIt is.

    Athenianτί δέ; δύνασθαι πάντα ὁπόσων αὖ δύναμίς ἐστιν θνητοῖς τε καὶ ἀθανάτοις;

    AthenianAnd that they can do everything within the power of mortals and immortals?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὐ συγχωρήσονται καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν;

    CliniasOf course they’ll grant that this is so as well.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἀγαθούς γε καὶ ἀρίστους ὡμολογήκαμεν αὐτοὺς εἶναι πέντε ὄντες.

    AthenianAnd the five of us have agreed that they are good, indeed supremely good.

    Cliniasσφόδρα γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν οὐ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ μὲν καὶ τρυφῇ ἀδύνατον αὐτοὺς ὁμολογεῖν πράττειν ὁτιοῦν τὸ παράπαν, ὄντας γε οἵους ὁμολογοῦμεν; δειλίας γὰρ ἔκγονος ἔν γε ἡμῖν ἀργία, ῥᾳθυμία δὲ ἀργίας καὶ τρυφῆς.

    AthenianThen, being what we agree they are, isn’t it impossible to agree that they do anything at all out of laziness and self-indulgence? For among us, at any rate, idleness is the offspring of cowardice, and laziness the offspring of idleness and self-indulgence.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις.

    CliniasVery true.

    Athenianἀργίᾳ μὲν δὴ καὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ οὐδεὶς ἀμελεῖ θεῶν· οὐ γὰρ μέτεστιν αὐτῷ που δειλίας.

    AthenianSo none of the gods neglects anything out of idleness and laziness, since no god, surely, has any share in cowardice.

    Cliniasὀρθότατα λέγεις.

    CliniasQuite right.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν τὸ λοιπόν, εἴπερ ἀμελοῦσι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων τῶν περὶ τὸ πᾶν, ἢ γιγνώσκοντες ὡς τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὸς τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ, δρῷεν ἂν τοῦτο, ἢ τί τὸ λοιπὸν πλὴν τῷ γιγνώσκειν τοὐναντίον;

    AthenianThen what remains is this: if they do neglect the small and slight things in the universe, they would do so either because they know there is no need at all to care for any such things—or what else remains, except that they know the opposite?

    Cliniasοὐδέν.

    CliniasNothing.

    Athenianπότερον οὖν, ὦ ἄριστε καὶ βέλτιστε, θῶμέν σε λέγοντα ὡς ἀγνοοῦντάς τε καὶ δέον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι διʼ ἄγνοιαν ἀμελοῦντας, ἢ γιγνώσκοντας ὅτι δεῖ, καθάπερ οἱ φαυλότατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγονται ποιεῖν, εἰδότες ἄλλα εἶναι βελτίω 902b πράττειν ὧν δὴ πράττουσιν, διά τινας ἥττας ἡδονῶν ἢ λυπῶν οὐ ποιεῖν;

    AthenianWell then, my excellent and noble friend, which shall we take you to be saying? That they are ignorant, and neglect out of ignorance what they ought to care for? Or that they know they ought to, but—as the worst of men are said to do, knowing that there are better things 902b to do than what they are doing—fail to do them, because they are somehow overcome by pleasures or pains?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasHow could that be?

    Athenianοὐκοῦν δὴ τά γε ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα τῆς τε ἐμψύχου μετέχει φύσεως ἅμα, καὶ θεοσεβέστατον αὐτό ἐστι πάντων ζῴων ἄνθρωπος;

    AthenianNow, don’t human affairs share in the nature of what has soul, and isn’t man himself the most god-fearing of all animals?

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasSo it seems, at any rate.

    Athenianθεῶν γε μὴν κτήματά φαμεν εἶναι πάντα ὁπόσα θνητὰ ζῷα, ὧνπερ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὅλον.

    AthenianAnd we say that all mortal animals are possessions of the gods, to whom the whole heaven belongs as well.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἤδη τοίνυν σμικρὰ ἢ μεγάλα τις φάτω ταῦτα εἶναι 902c τοῖς θεοῖς· οὐδετέρως γὰρ τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἡμᾶς ἀμελεῖν ἂν εἴη προσῆκον, ἐπιμελεστάτοις γε οὖσι καὶ ἀρίστοις. σκοπῶμεν γὰρ δὴ καὶ τόδε ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις.

    AthenianNow then, let anyone say that these things are small or great 902c in the eyes of the gods: either way, it would not be fitting for those who own us to neglect us, since they are most caring and supremely good. And let’s consider this further point besides.

    Cliniasτὸ ποῖον;

    CliniasWhat point?

    Athenianτὸ περί τε αἰσθήσεως καὶ δυνάμεως, ἆρʼ οὐκ ἐναντίως ἀλλήλοιν πρὸς ῥᾳστώνην καὶ χαλεπότητά ἐστον πεφυκότε;

    AthenianPerception and power: aren’t they by nature opposed to each other with respect to ease and difficulty?

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianὁρᾶν μέν που καὶ ἀκούειν τὰ σμικρὰ χαλεπώτερον ἢ τὰ μεγάλα, φέρειν δὲ αὖ καὶ κρατεῖν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων παντὶ ῥᾷον ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων.

    AthenianSeeing and hearing small things is harder, I suppose, than seeing and hearing great ones; but carrying, controlling and caring for small and few things is easier for anyone than for their opposites.

    Cliniasκαὶ πολύ γε.

    CliniasMuch easier.

    Athenianἰατρῷ δὲ προστεταγμένον ὅλον τι θεραπεύειν, βουλομένῳ καὶ δυναμένῳ τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τῶν μορίων δὲ καὶ σμικρῶν ἀμελοῦντι, ἕξει ποτὲ καλῶς αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν;

    AthenianIf a doctor is charged with treating a whole body, and is willing and able to care for its large parts but neglects the small ones, will the whole ever be in good condition for him?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς.

    CliniasNever.

    Athenianοὐ μὴν οὐδὲ κυβερνήταις οὐδὲ στρατηγοῖς οὐδʼ οἰκονόμοις, οὐδʼ αὖ τισὶν πολιτικοῖς οὐδʼ ἄλλῳ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδενί, χωρὶς τῶν ὀλίγων καὶ σμικρῶν πολλὰ ἢ μεγάλα· οὐδὲ 902e γὰρ ἄνευ σμικρῶν τοὺς μεγάλους φασὶν λιθολόγοι λίθους εὖ κεῖσθαι.

    AthenianNor will the many or the great go well for ship captains or generals or household managers, nor for statesmen or anyone else of that kind, apart from the few and small. For 902e as masons say, big stones don’t lie well without small ones.

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasOf course not.

    Athenianμὴ τοίνυν τόν γε θεὸν ἀξιώσωμέν ποτε θνητῶν δημιουργῶν φαυλότερον, οἳ τὰ προσήκοντα αὑτοῖς ἔργα, ὅσῳπερ ἂν ἀμείνους ὦσιν, τόσῳ ἀκριβέστερα καὶ τελεώτερα μιᾷ τέχνῃ σμικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἀπεργάζονται· τὸν δὲ θεὸν ὄντα τε σοφώτατον βουλόμενόν τʼ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ δυνάμενον, 903a ὧν μὲν ῥᾷον ἦν ἐπιμεληθῆναι σμικρῶν ὄντων, μηδαμῇ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καθάπερ ἀργὸν ἢ δειλόν τινα διὰ πόνους ῥᾳθυμοῦντα, τῶν δὲ μεγάλων.

    AthenianThen let’s never consider the god inferior to mortal craftsmen, who, the better they are, the more precisely and perfectly they finish the works that belong to them, small and great alike, by a single art. Let’s not suppose that the god, who is supremely wise and both willing and able to care, 903a takes no care at all of the small things, which are easier to care for, like someone idle or cowardly shirking the toil, but cares only for the great.

    Cliniasμηδαμῶς δόξαν τοιαύτην περὶ θεῶν, ὦ ξένε, ἀποδεχώμεθα· οὐδαμῇ γὰρ οὔτε ὅσιον οὔτʼ ἀληθὲς τὸ διανόημα διανοοίμεθʼ ἄν.

    CliniasLet’s never accept such an opinion about the gods, stranger. It would be a thought neither pious nor true in any way.

    Athenianδοκοῦμεν δέ μοι νῦν ἤδη μάλιστα μετρίως διειλέχθαι τῷ φιλαιτίῳ τῆς ἀμελείας πέρι θεῶν.

    AthenianI think we’ve now argued quite adequately with the man who loves to accuse the gods of neglect.

    Cliniasναί.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianτῷ γε βιάζεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν μὴ 903b λέγειν ὀρθῶς· ἐπῳδῶν γε μὴν προσδεῖσθαί μοι δοκεῖ μύθων ἔτι τινῶν.

    AthenianAt least in forcing him by our arguments to admit that he is not 903b speaking rightly. But he still seems to me to need some stories as well, to act as charms.

    Cliniasποίων, ὠγαθέ;

    CliniasWhat sort, my good friend?

    The part and the whole

    A story tells the young doubter he exists for the whole, and souls find the places they deserve.

    Famous passage You exist for the wholeThe young doubter is told that the universe does not exist for his sake: “you come to be for its sake.”

    Athenianπείθωμεν τὸν νεανίαν τοῖς λόγοις ὡς τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ πρὸς τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀρετὴν τοῦ ὅλου πάντʼ ἐστὶ συντεταγμένα, ὧν καὶ τὸ μέρος εἰς δύναμιν ἕκαστον τὸ προσῆκον πάσχει καὶ ποιεῖ. τούτοις δʼ εἰσὶν ἄρχοντες προστεταγμένοι ἑκάστοις ἐπὶ τὸ σμικρότατον ἀεὶ πάθης καὶ πράξεως, εἰς μερισμὸν τὸν ἔσχατον τέλος ἀπειργασμένοι· 903c ὧν ἓν καὶ τὸ σόν, ὦ σχέτλιε, μόριον εἰς τὸ πᾶν συντείνει βλέπον ἀεί, καίπερ πάνσμικρον ὄν, σὲ δὲ λέληθεν περὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὡς γένεσις ἕνεκα ἐκείνου γίγνεται πᾶσα, ὅπως ᾖ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς βίῳ ὑπάρχουσα εὐδαίμων οὐσία, οὐχ ἕνεκα σοῦ γιγνομένη, σὺ δʼ ἕνεκα ἐκείνου.

    AthenianLet’s persuade the young man with our arguments that the one who cares for the universe has arranged everything with a view to the preservation and virtue of the whole, and each part of it, as far as it can, undergoes and does what is fitting for it. Over each of these, rulers have been appointed for even the smallest detail of what is undergone and done, and they have brought it to completion down to the last subdivision. 903c One of these parts is yours too, you stubborn man: tiny as it is, it always strains toward the whole and looks to it. But in this very matter you have failed to see that all coming-to-be happens for the sake of the whole, so that the life of the universe may have a happy existence. It does not come to be for your sake; you come to be for its sake.

    πᾶς γὰρ ἰατρὸς καὶ πᾶς ἔντεχνος δημιουργὸς παντὸς μὲν ἕνεκα πάντα ἐργάζεται, πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συντεῖνον βέλτιστον μέρος μὴν ἕνεκα ὅλου καὶ οὐχ 903d ὅλον μέρους ἕνεκα ἀπεργάζεται· σὺ δὲ ἀγανακτεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅπῃ τὸ περὶ σὲ ἄριστον τῷ παντὶ συμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ κατὰ δύναμιν τὴν τῆς κοινῆς γενέσεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀεὶ ψυχὴ συντεταγμένη σώματι τοτὲ μὲν ἄλλῳ, τοτὲ δὲ ἄλλῳ, μεταβάλλει παντοίας μεταβολὰς διʼ ἑαυτὴν ἢ διʼ ἑτέραν ψυχήν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔργον τῷ πεττευτῇ λείπεται πλὴν μετατιθέναι τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον γιγνόμενον ἦθος εἰς βελτίω τόπον, χεῖρον δὲ εἰς τὸν χείρονα, κατὰ τὸ πρέπον αὐτῶν ἕκαστον, ἵνα τῆς προσηκούσης 903e μοίρας λαγχάνῃ.

    Every doctor and every skilled craftsman does all his work for the sake of the whole, aiming at what is best in common; he produces the part for the sake of the whole, and not 903d the whole for the sake of the part. But you are indignant, not knowing how what is best in your case turns out best both for the universe and for you, as far as the power of your common origin allows. Since soul is always joined now to one body, now to another, and undergoes all kinds of changes, either through itself or through another soul, nothing is left for the player at the board to do except to move the character that is growing better to a better place and the worse to a worse one, according to what befits each, so that each may receive its fitting 903e lot.

    The image is of petteia, a Greek board game in which pieces were moved from square to square.

    Cliniasπῇ λέγεις;

    CliniasHow do you mean?

    Athenianἧιπερ ἂν ἔχοι ῥᾳστώνης ἐπιμελείας θεοῖς τῶν πάντων, ταύτῃ μοι δοκῶ φράζειν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἀεὶ βλέπων πλάττοι τις μετασχηματίζων τὰ πάντα, οἷον ἐκ πυρὸς ὕδωρ ἔμψυχον, καὶ μὴ σύμπολλα ἐξ ἑνὸς ἢ 904a ἐκ πολλῶν ἕν, πρώτης ἢ δευτέρας ἢ καὶ τρίτης γενέσεως μετειληφότα πλήθεσιν ἄπειρʼ ἂν εἴη τῆς μετατιθεμένης κοσμήσεως· νῦν δʼ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ῥᾳστώνη τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ.

    AthenianI think I’m describing the way in which the gods’ care of all things would be easy. If someone always looked to the whole and molded all things by transforming them—making living water out of fire, say—and not many things out of one or 904a one out of many, then the things that had come to share in a first or second or even third stage of generation would be unlimited in number in this shifting arrangement. As it is, there is a wonderful ease for the one who cares for the universe.

    Cliniasπῶς αὖ λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean now?

    Athenianὧδε. ἐπειδὴ κατεῖδεν ἡμῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐμψύχους οὔσας τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας καὶ πολλὴν μὲν ἀρετὴν ἐν αὐταῖς οὖσαν, πολλὴν δὲ κακίαν, ἀνώλεθρον δὲ ὂν γενόμενον, ἀλλʼ οὐκ αἰώνιον, ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα, καθάπερ οἱ κατὰ νόμον ὄντες 904b θεοί—γένεσις γὰρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἦν ζῴων ἀπολομένου τούτοιν θατέρου—καὶ τὸ μὲν ὠφελεῖν ἀεὶ πεφυκός, ὅσον ἀγαθὸν ψυχῆς, διενοήθη, τὸ δὲ κακὸν βλάπτειν· ταῦτα πάντα συνιδών, ἐμηχανήσατο ποῦ κείμενον ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν νικῶσαν ἀρετήν, ἡττωμένην δὲ κακίαν, ἐν τῷ παντὶ παρέχοι μάλιστʼ ἂν καὶ ῥᾷστα καὶ ἄριστα. μεμηχάνηται δὴ πρὸς πᾶν τοῦτο τὸ ποῖόν τι γιγνόμενον ἀεὶ ποίαν ἕδραν δεῖ μεταλαμβάνον οἰκίζεσθαι καὶ τίνας ποτὲ τόπους· τῆς δὲ γενέσεως τοῦ 904c ποίου τινὸς ἀφῆκε ταῖς βουλήσεσιν ἑκάστων ἡμῶν τὰς αἰτίας.

    AthenianThis. Our king saw that all our actions involve soul, and contain much virtue and much vice; and that soul and body, once they have come to be, are indestructible but not eternal, just like the gods recognized by law 904b —for there could never have been any coming-to-be of living things if either of the two were destroyed. He considered that whatever in soul is good is by nature always beneficial, and whatever is bad, harmful. Seeing all this together, he devised where each of the parts should be placed so as to make virtue victorious and vice defeated in the universe as fully, easily and well as possible. For this whole purpose he has devised what kind of seat, and what regions, each thing must take up and inhabit as it becomes of a certain kind; but the causes of its becoming 904c of a certain kind he left to the wishes of each of us.

    ὅπῃ γὰρ ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ καὶ ὁποῖός τις ὢν τὴν ψυχήν, ταύτῃ σχεδὸν ἑκάστοτε καὶ τοιοῦτος γίγνεται ἅπας ἡμῶν ὡς τὸ πολύ.

    For as a rule each of us becomes, almost every time, whatever kind of person accords with the direction of his desires and the character of his soul.

    Cliniasτὸ γοῦν εἰκός.

    CliniasThat’s likely, at any rate.

    Athenianμεταβάλλει μὲν τοίνυν πάνθʼ ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστιν ψυχῆς, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν, μεταβάλλοντα δὲ φέρεται κατὰ τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης τάξιν καὶ νόμον· σμικρότερα μὲν τῶν ἠθῶν μεταβάλλοντα ἐλάττω κατὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἐπίπεδον μεταπορεύεται, πλείω δὲ καὶ ἀδικώτερα 904d μεταπεσόντα, εἰς βάθος τά τε κάτω λεγόμενα τῶν τόπων, ὅσα Ἅιδην τε καὶ τὰ τούτων ἐχόμενα τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐπονομάζοντες σφόδρα φοβοῦνται καὶ ὀνειροπολοῦσιν ζῶντες διαλυθέντες τε τῶν σωμάτων. μείζω δὲ δὴ ψυχὴ κακίας ἢ ἀρετῆς ὁπόταν μεταλάβῃ διὰ τὴν αὑτῆς βούλησίν τε καὶ ὁμιλίαν γενομένην ἰσχυράν, ὁπόταν μὲν ἀρετῇ θείᾳ προσμείξασα γίγνηται διαφερόντως τοιαύτη, διαφέροντα καὶ μετέβαλεν 904e τόπον ἅγιον ὅλον, μετακομισθεῖσα εἰς ἀμείνω τινὰ τόπον ἕτερον· ὅταν δὲ τἀναντία, ἐπὶ τἀναντία μεθιδρύσασα τὸν αὑτῆς βίον.

    AthenianAll things that share in soul change, since they possess the cause of change within themselves; and as they change they are carried along according to the order and law of destiny. Characters that change in lesser ways travel across the surface of the land; those that fall further and into greater injustice 904d travel into the depths and the regions called “below”—which people call Hades and other such names, and fear terribly, and dream of, both while alive and once they are released from their bodies. And whenever a soul takes on a greater share of vice or virtue through its own will and the strength of its associations: if it has mingled with divine virtue and become exceptionally virtuous, it moves to an exceptional 904e place, wholly holy, being carried over to some other, better place; but when the opposite happens, it relocates its life to the opposite place.

    αὕτη τοι δίκη ἐστὶ θεῶν οἳ Ὄλυμπον ἔχουσιν, ὦ παῖ καὶ νεανίσκε ἀμελεῖσθαι δοκῶν ὑπὸ θεῶν, κακίω μὲν γιγνόμενον πρὸς τὰς κακίους ψυχάς, ἀμείνω δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἀμείνους πορευόμενον, ἔν τε ζωῇ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι θανάτοις πάσχειν τε ἃ προσῆκον δρᾶν ἐστι τοῖς προσφερέσι τοὺς προσφερεῖς 905a καὶ ποιεῖν. ταύτης τῆς δίκης οὔτε σὺ μή ποτε οὔτε εἰ ἄλλος ἀτυχὴς γενόμενος ἐπεύξηται περιγενέσθαι θεῶν· ἣν πασῶν δικῶν διαφερόντως ἔταξάν τε οἱ τάξαντες χρεών τε ἐξευλαβεῖσθαι τὸ παράπαν. οὐ γὰρ ἀμεληθήσῃ ποτὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς· οὐχ οὕτω σμικρὸς ὢν δύσῃ κατὰ τὸ τῆς γῆς βάθος, οὐδʼ ὑψηλὸς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτήσῃ, τείσεις δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν προσήκουσαν τιμωρίαν εἴτʼ ἐνθάδε μένων εἴτε καὶ 905b ἐν Ἅιδου διαπορευθεὶς εἴτε καὶ τούτων εἰς ἀγριώτερον ἔτι διακομισθεὶς τόπον.

    “This is the justice of the gods who hold Olympus,” my boy—yes, you, young man, who think the gods neglect you: as you become worse you travel to the worse souls, and as you become better, to the better; and both in life and in every death you undergo what it is fitting for like to do to like, 905a and you do it too. Neither you nor anyone else who meets with misfortune will ever boast of having got the better of this justice of the gods. Those who ordained it ordained it above all other forms of justice, and one must be thoroughly on one’s guard against it. For you will never be neglected by it. You are not so small that you could sink into the depths of the earth, nor so high that you could fly up into heaven; you will pay them the fitting penalty, whether you remain here, or 905b pass through into Hades, or are carried off to some place still wilder than these.

    The quoted line adapts one from Homer’s Odyssey.

    ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος σοι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἂν εἴη, τῶν οὓς σὺ κατιδὼν ἐκ σμικρῶν μεγάλους γεγονότας ἀνοσιουργήσαντας ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πράξαντας ᾠήθης ἐξ ἀθλίων εὐδαίμονας γεγονέναι, κᾆτα ὡς ἐν κατόπτροις αὐτῶν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἡγήσω καθεωρακέναι τὴν πάντων ἀμέλειαν θεῶν, οὐκ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν συντέλειαν ὅπῃ ποτὲ τῷ παντὶ συμβάλλεται. 905c γιγνώσκειν δὲ αὐτήν, ὦ πάντων ἀνδρειότατε, πῶς οὐ δεῖν δοκεῖς; ἥν τις μὴ γιγνώσκων οὐδʼ ἂν τύπον ἴδοι ποτέ, οὐδὲ λόγον συμβάλλεσθαι περὶ βίου δυνατὸς ἂν γένοιτο εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν τε καὶ δυσδαίμονα τύχην.

    The same account will apply to you about those you saw rise from small to great by committing impious acts or doing something of the kind, and whom you thought had gone from misery to happiness. You believed you had seen in their actions, as in mirrors, the gods’ neglect of everything, not knowing how their contribution fits into the universe. 905c And how can you think, boldest of men, that you have no need to know it? Whoever doesn’t know it could never see even the outline of it, nor be able to give an account of life with respect to happiness and unhappy fortune.

    The gods cannot be bribed

    The Athenian argues that gods, the best of guardians, cannot be won over by gifts from wrongdoers.

    Famous passage The gods cannot be bribedThe third heresy refuted: gods who could be bought off with offerings would be like watchdogs who share the wolves’ plunder.

    ταῦτα εἰ μέν σε πείθει Κλεινίας ὅδε καὶ σύμπασα ἡμῶν ἥδε ἡ γερουσία, περὶ θεῶν ὡς οὐκ οἶσθα ὅτι λέγεις, καλῶς ἄν σοι θεὸς αὐτὸς συλλαμβάνοι· εἰ δʼ ἐπιδεὴς ἔτι λόγου τινὸς ἂν εἴης, λεγόντων ἡμῶν 905d πρὸς τὸν τρίτον ἐπάκουε, εἰ νοῦν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν ἔχεις. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ θεοί τʼ εἰσὶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμελοῦνται, ἔγωγε οὐ παντάπασιν φαύλως ἂν φαίην ἡμῖν ἀποδεδεῖχθαι· τὸ δὲ παραιτητοὺς αὖ θεοὺς εἶναι τοῖσιν ἀδικοῦσι, δεχομένους δῶρα, οὔτε τινὶ συγχωρητέον παντί τʼ αὖ κατὰ δύναμιν τρόπῳ ἐλεγκτέον.

    If Clinias here and this whole council of elders of ours persuade you that you don’t know what you’re saying about the gods, the god himself would be doing you a fine service. But if you still need some further argument, listen, if you have any sense at all, while we speak 905d to the third man. That gods exist and care for human beings has, I for my part would say, been proved by us not at all badly. But that the gods can be won over by wrongdoers when they accept gifts—this we must concede to no one, and must refute in every way we can.

    Cliniasκάλλιστʼ εἶπες, ποιῶμέν τε ὡς λέγεις.

    CliniasVery well said. Let’s do as you say.

    Athenianφέρε δὴ πρὸς θεῶν αὐτῶν, τίνα τρόπον παραιτητοὶ 905e γίγνοιντʼ ἂν ἡμῖν, εἰ γίγνοιντο αὖ; καὶ τίνες ἢ ποῖοί τινες ὄντες; ἄρχοντας μὲν ἀναγκαῖόν που γίγνεσθαι τούς γε διοικήσοντας τὸν ἅπαντα ἐντελεχῶς οὐρανόν.

    AthenianCome then, by the gods themselves: in what way 905e would they be won over, if they were? And who, or what sort of beings, would they be? They must be rulers, I suppose, if they are to manage the whole heaven continuously.

    Cliniasοὕτως.

    CliniasYes.

    Athenianἀλλʼ ἄρα τίσιν προσφερεῖς τῶν ἀρχόντων; ἢ τίνες τούτοις, ὧν δυνατὸν ἡμῖν ἀπεικάζουσι τυγχάνειν μείζοσιν ἐλάττονας; πότερον ἡνίοχοί τινες ἂν εἶεν τοιοῦτοι ζευγῶν ἁμιλλωμένων ἢ πλοίων κυβερνῆται; τάχα δὲ κἂν ἀπεικασθεῖεν στρατοπέδων ἄρχουσί τισιν· εἴη δʼ ἂν καὶ νόσων πόλεμον εὐλαβουμένοις ἰατροῖς ἐοικέναι περὶ σώματα, ἢ 906a γεωργοῖς περὶ φυτῶν γένεσιν εἰωθυίας ὥρας χαλεπὰς διὰ φόβων προσδεχομένοις, ἢ καὶ ποιμνίων ἐπιστάταις.

    AthenianBut which rulers are they like? Or which are like them, among those we can compare, the lesser with the greater? Would charioteers of competing teams be like this, or pilots of ships? Perhaps they might be compared to commanders of armies. Or they might resemble doctors on guard against the assault of diseases on bodies, or 906a farmers anxiously awaiting the seasons that are usually hard on the growth of crops, or keepers of flocks.

    ἐπειδὴ γὰρ συγκεχωρήκαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν πολλῶν μεστὸν ἀγαθῶν, εἶναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν μή, μάχη δή, φαμέν, ἀθάνατός ἐσθʼ ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ φυλακῆς θαυμαστῆς δεομένη, σύμμαχοι δὲ ἡμῖν θεοί τε ἅμα καὶ δαίμονες, ἡμεῖς δʼ αὖ κτῆμα θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων· φθείρει δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀδικία καὶ ὕβρις μετὰ ἀφροσύνης, σῴζει δὲ δικαιοσύνη 906b καὶ σωφροσύνη μετὰ φρονήσεως, ἐν ταῖς τῶν θεῶν ἐμψύχοις οἰκοῦσαι δυνάμεσιν, βραχὺ δέ τι καὶ τῇδε ἄν τις τῶν τοιούτων ἐνοικοῦν ἡμῖν σαφὲς ἴδοι.

    Since we have agreed among ourselves that the heaven is full of many good things, and also of their opposites, but more of the good, such a battle, we say, is undying and calls for wonderful vigilance. The gods and spirits are our allies, and we in turn are the possessions of gods and spirits. What destroys us is injustice and insolence together with folly; what saves us is justice 906b and moderation together with wisdom, which dwell in the living powers of the gods—though one may also see clearly some small part of them dwelling here in us.

    ψυχαὶ δέ τινες ἐπὶ γῆς οἰκοῦσαι καὶ ἄδικον λῆμμα κεκτημέναι δῆλον ὅτι θηριώδεις, πρὸς τὰς τῶν φυλάκων ψυχὰς ἄρα κυνῶν ἢ τὰς τῶν νομέων ἢ πρὸς τὰς τῶν παντάπασιν ἀκροτάτων δεσποτῶν προσπίπτουσαι, πείθουσιν θωπείαις λόγων καὶ ἐν εὐκταίαις τισὶν ἐπῳδαῖς, 906c ὡς αἱ φῆμαί φασιν αἱ τῶν κακῶν, ἐξεῖναι πλεονεκτοῦσιν σφίσιν ἐν ἀνθρώποις πάσχειν μηδὲν χαλεπόν· φαμὲν δʼ εἶναί που τὸ νῦν ὀνομαζόμενον ἁμάρτημα, τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἐν μὲν σαρκίνοις σώμασι νόσημα καλούμενον, ἐν δὲ ὥραις ἐτῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτοῖς λοιμόν, ἐν δὲ πόλεσι καὶ πολιτείαις τοῦτο αὐτό, ῥήματι μετεσχηματισμένον, ἀδικίαν.

    But certain souls that dwell on earth and have acquired unjust gain are plainly bestial. They fall upon the souls of the guardians—the watchdogs, or the shepherds, or the supreme masters of all—and try to persuade them with flattering words and with charms dressed up as prayers, 906c as the tales told by bad men claim, that they may take more than their share among human beings without suffering anything harsh. But we say that the fault now named, overreaching, is what is called disease in bodies of flesh, and plague in seasons and years; and in cities and constitutions this same thing, under a changed name, is called injustice.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianτοῦτον δὴ τὸν λόγον ἀναγκαῖον λέγειν τὸν λέγοντα 906d ὡς εἰσὶν συγγνώμονες ἀεὶ θεοὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀδίκοις καὶ ἀδικοῦσιν, ἂν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀδικημάτων τις ἀπονέμῃ· καθάπερ κυσὶν λύκοι τῶν ἁρπασμάτων σμικρὰ ἀπονέμοιεν, οἱ δὲ ἡμερούμενοι τοῖς δώροις συγχωροῖεν τὰ ποίμνια διαρπάζειν. ἆρʼ οὐχ οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φασκόντων παραιτητοὺς εἶναι θεούς;

    AthenianThen anyone who says 906d that the gods are always ready to forgive unjust people and wrongdoers, provided they’re given a share of the ill-gotten gains, is bound to be saying something like this: it’s as if wolves were to hand the dogs a small share of their plunder, and the dogs, tamed by the gifts, were to let them plunder the flocks. Isn’t that the argument of those who claim the gods can be won over?

    Cliniasοὗτος μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasThat’s the one.

    Athenianτίσιν οὖν δὴ τῶν προρρηθέντων ἀπεικάζων ὁμοίους φύλακας εἶναι θεοὺς οὐκ ἂν καταγέλαστος γίγνοιτο ἀνθρώπων 906e ὁστισοῦν; πότερον κυβερνήταις, λοιβῇ τε οἴνου κνίσῃ τε παρατρεπομένοις αὐτοῖς, ἀνατρέπουσι δὲ ναῦς τε καὶ ναύτας;

    AthenianThen to which of the guardians we mentioned could anyone compare the gods without making himself a laughing-stock to every human being 906e alive? To helmsmen who are themselves turned aside by libations of wine and the savor of roasting fat, and who capsize ships and sailors alike?

    Cliniasμηδαμῶς.

    CliniasCertainly not.

    Athenianἀλλʼ οὔτι μὴν ἡνιόχοισί γε ἐν ἁμίλλῃ συντεταγμένοις, πεισθεῖσιν ὑπὸ δωρεᾶς ἑτέροισι τὴν νίκην ζεύγεσι προδοῦναι.

    AthenianNor, surely, to charioteers lined up for a race, who are persuaded by a gift to throw the victory to other teams.

    Cliniasδεινὴν γὰρ εἰκόνα λέγοις ἂν λέγων τὸν λόγον τοῦτον.

    CliniasThat would be a dreadful comparison to draw.

    Athenianοὐ μὴν οὐδὲ στρατηγοῖς γε οὐδʼ ἰατροῖς οὐδὲ γεωργοῖς, οὐδὲ νομεῦσιν μὴν οὐδέ τισι κυσὶν κεκηλημένοις ὑπὸ λύκων.

    AthenianNor, of course, to generals, or doctors, or farmers; nor to herdsmen, nor to dogs charmed by wolves.

    Cliniasεὐφήμει· πῶς γὰρ ἄν;

    CliniasDon’t even say it! How could they be?

    Athenianἀλλʼ οὐ πάντων φυλάκων εἰσὶ μέγιστοι καὶ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἡμῖν οἱ πάντες θεοί;

    AthenianBut aren’t all the gods the greatest of all guardians, and over the greatest things we have?

    Cliniasπολύ γε.

    CliniasBy far.

    Athenianτοὺς δὴ κάλλιστά τε πράγματα φυλάττοντας, διαφέροντάς τε αὐτοὺς φυλακῇ πρὸς ἀρετήν, κυνῶν χείρους καὶ ἀνθρώπων μέσων εἶναι φήσομεν, οἳ τὸ δίκαιον οὐκ ἄν ποτε προδοῖεν ἕνεκα δώρων παρὰ ἀδίκων ἀνδρῶν ἀνοσίως διδομένων;

    AthenianAre we going to say, then, that those who guard the finest things, and who excel at guarding in virtue, are worse than dogs and than ordinary men—men who would never betray justice for gifts impiously offered by the unjust?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς· οὔτε ἀνεκτὸς λόγων, τῶν τε περὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν ὄντων κινδυνεύει πᾶς ὁ ταύτης τῆς δόξης ἀντεχόμενος πάντων ἂν τῶν ἀσεβῶν κεκρίσθαι δικαιότατα κάκιστός τε εἶναι καὶ ἀσεβέστατος.

    CliniasCertainly not. It’s intolerable to say, and anyone who clings to this opinion is likely to be judged, with perfect justice, the worst and most impious of all the impious, of all who engage in any kind of impiety.

    Athenianτὰ μὲν δὴ προτεθέντα τρία, θεοί τε ὡς εἰσίν, καὶ ὡς ἐπιμελεῖς, καὶ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ὡς παντάπασιν ἀπαραίτητοι, φῶμεν ἱκανῶς ἀποδεδεῖχθαί που;

    AthenianSo the three propositions we set out—that gods exist, that they care, and that they can in no way be won over to act against justice—may we say they’ve been adequately demonstrated?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ; καὶ σύμψηφοί γε τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἐσμέν.

    CliniasOf course. We cast our votes with these arguments.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν εἴρηνταί γέ πως σφοδρότερον διὰ φιλονικίαν 907c τῶν κακῶν ἀνθρώπων· τούτου γε μὴν ἕνεκα, ὦ φίλε Κλεινία, πεφιλονίκηνται, μή ποτε λόγοις ἡγῶνται κρατοῦντες ἐξουσίαν εἶναι σφίσιν ἃ βούλονται πράττειν οἱ κακοί, ἃ δὴ καὶ ὅσα καὶ οἷα περὶ θεοὺς διανοοῦνται. προθυμία μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτα νεωτέρως εἰπεῖν ἡμῖν γέγονεν· εἰ δέ τι καὶ βραχὺ προὔργου πεποιήκαμεν εἰς τὸ πείθειν πῃ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἑαυτοὺς μὲν μισῆσαι, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία πως ἤθη στέρξαι, καλῶς ἡμῖν εἰρημένον 907d ἂν εἴη τὸ προοίμιον ἀσεβείας πέρι νόμων.

    AthenianAnd yet they’ve been stated rather vehemently, out of eagerness to get the better 907c of wicked men. But this is why we fought so hard to win, my dear Clinias: so that the wicked would never suppose that, if they won the argument, they were free to do whatever they wanted—whatever, and however much, and of whatever kind, they think about the gods. That is why we were eager to speak with more heat than suits our years. If we’ve made even a little progress toward persuading these men somehow to hate themselves and to come to love the opposite sort of character, then our preamble to the laws on impiety 907d will have been well spoken.

    Cliniasἀλλὰ ἐλπίς· εἰ δὲ μή, τό γε τοῦ λόγου γένος οὐκ αἰτιάσεται τὸν νομοθέτην.

    CliniasWell, there’s hope. And if not, at least the kind of argument won’t bring any blame on the lawgiver.

    The law on impiety

    Penalties for kinds of impiety, three prisons, and a ban on private shrines.

    Athenianμετὰ τὸ προοίμιον τοίνυν λόγος οἷος ἂν τῶν νόμων ἑρμηνεὺς ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτο ἡμῖν, προαγορεύων ἐξίστασθαι πᾶσι τοῖς ἀσεβέσι τρόπων τῶν αὑτῶν εἰς τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς. τοῖς δὲ μὴ πειθομένοις ἀσεβείας ὅδε ἔστω πέρι νόμος· ἐάν τις ἀσεβῇ 907e λόγοις εἴτʼ ἔργοις, ὁ παρατυγχάνων ἀμυνέτω σημαίνων πρὸς ἄρχοντας, τῶν δὲ ἀρχόντων οἱ πρῶτοι πυθόμενοι πρὸς τὸ περὶ τούτων ἀποδεδειγμένον κρίνειν δικαστήριον εἰσαγαγόντων κατὰ τοὺς νόμους· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀκούσασα ἀρχὴ μὴ δρᾷ ταῦτα, αὐτὴ ἀσεβείας ὑπόδικος γιγνέσθω τῷ ἐθέλοντι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων. ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον ἓν ἑκάστῳ τῶν καθʼ ἓν ἀσεβούντων τίμημα.

    AthenianAfter the preamble, then, we should have a statement suited to serve as interpreter of the laws, proclaiming to all the impious that they must leave their own ways for those of the pious. And for those who don’t obey, let this be the law on impiety: If anyone commits impiety 907e in word or deed, whoever happens to be present is to defend the law by reporting it to the magistrates; and the first magistrates to learn of it are to bring the case, in accordance with the laws, before the court appointed to try such matters. If any office hears of it and doesn’t do this, it is itself to be liable to a charge of impiety at the hands of anyone willing to seek justice on behalf of the laws. If someone is convicted, the court is to assess a penalty for each impious offender individually.

    δεσμὸς μὲν οὖν ὑπαρχέτω πᾶσιν· δεσμωτηρίων δὲ ὄντων ἐν τῇ πόλει τριῶν, ἑνὸς μὲν κοινοῦ τοῖς πλείστοις περὶ ἀγοράν, σωτηρίας ἕνεκα τοῖς πολλοῖς τῶν σωμάτων, ἑνὸς δὲ περὶ τὸν τῶν νύκτωρ συλλεγομένων σύλλογον, σωφρονιστήριον ἐπονομαζόμενον, ἑνὸς δὲ αὖ κατὰ μέσην τὴν χώραν, ὅπῃπερ ἂν ἔρημός τε καὶ ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἀγριώτατος ᾖ τόπος, τιμωρίας ἔχων ἐπωνυμίαν φήμην τινά· περὶ ἀσέβειαν δὲ ὄντων αἰτίαις 908b μὲν τρισίν, αἷσπερ καὶ διήλθομεν, δύο δὲ ἐξ ἑκάστης τῆς τοιαύτης αἰτίας γενομένων, ἓξ ἂν γίγνοιντο ἃ καὶ διακρίσεως ἄξια γένη τῶν περὶ τὰ θεῖα ἐξαμαρτανόντων, οὐκ ἴσης οὐδʼ ὁμοίας δίκης δεόμενα.

    Imprisonment is to apply in every case. There are to be three prisons in the city: one near the marketplace, common to most offenders, for the safe custody of the persons of the majority; one near the meeting place of the council that gathers by night, to be called the House of Correction; and one in the middle of the countryside, in whatever spot is most deserted and wild, bearing a name that speaks of retribution. Now impiety has three causes, 908b which we have gone through, and each such cause gives rise to two kinds; so there would be six classes of those who go wrong in matters of the gods, which deserve to be distinguished, since they call for neither equal nor similar penalties.

    The Nocturnal Council, whose make-up and full role are set out in Book XII.

    ᾧ γὰρ ἂν μὴ νομίζοντι θεοὺς εἶναι τὸ παράπαν ἦθος φύσει προσγένηται δίκαιον, μισοῦντές τε γίγνονται τοὺς κακούς, καὶ τῷ δυσχεραίνειν τὴν ἀδικίαν οὔτε τὰς τοιαύτας πράξεις προσίενται πράττειν, τούς τε μὴ δικαίους 908c τῶν ἀνθρώπων φεύγουσι καὶ τοὺς δικαίους στέργουσιν· οἷς δʼ ἂν πρὸς τῇ δόξῃ τῇ θεῶν ἔρημα εἶναι πάντα ἀκράτειαί τε ἡδονῶν καὶ λυπῶν προσπέσωσι, μνῆμαί τε ἰσχυραὶ καὶ μαθήσεις ὀξεῖαι παρῶσι, τὸ μὲν μὴ νομίζειν θεοὺς ἀμφοῖν ἂν ἐνυπάρχοι κοινὸν πάθος, τῇ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων λώβῃ τὸ μὲν ἐλάττω, τὸ δὲ πλείω κακὰ ἐργάζοιτʼ ἄν.

    Take a man who doesn’t believe in gods at all, but has a naturally just character. Such people come to hate the wicked; because they’re disgusted by injustice, they don’t allow themselves to do such things, and they shun unjust 908c people and are fond of the just. But then there are those who, besides believing that the world is empty of gods, are prone to lack control over pleasures and pains, and have strong memories and quick minds. Not believing in gods would be a condition shared by both; but in the harm they do other people, the first would do less damage and the second more.

    ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγῳ τε ἂν περὶ θεοὺς παρρησίας εἴη μεστὸς καὶ περὶ θυσίας τε καὶ ὅρκους, καὶ ὡς τῶν ἄλλων καταγελῶν τάχʼ ἂν 908d ἑτέρους τοιούτους ἀπεργάζοιτο, δίκης μὴ τυγχάνων· ὁ δὲ δὴ δοξάζων μὲν καθάπερ ἅτερος, εὐφυὴς δὲ ἐπικαλούμενος, δόλου δὲ καὶ ἐνέδρας πλήρης, ἐξ ὧν μάντεις τε κατασκευάζονται πολλοὶ καὶ περὶ πᾶσαν τὴν μαγγανείαν κεκινημένοι, γίγνονται δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τύραννοι καὶ δημηγόροι καὶ στρατηγοί, καὶ τελεταῖς δὲ ἰδίαις ἐπιβεβουλευκότες, σοφιστῶν τε ἐπικαλουμένων μηχαναί. τούτων δὴ πολλὰ 908e μὲν εἴδη γένοιτʼ ἄν, τὰ δὲ νόμων ἄξια θέσεως δύο, ὧν τὸ μὲν εἰρωνικὸν οὐχ ἑνὸς οὐδὲ δυοῖν ἄξια θανάτοιν ἁμαρτάνον, τὸ δὲ νουθετήσεως ἅμα καὶ δεσμῶν δεόμενον.

    The first will be full of free talk about the gods, and about sacrifices and oaths, and by mocking others he might well 908d make others like himself, if he goes unpunished. But the second, who holds the same beliefs as the first but is called “gifted,” is full of cunning and guile. From this sort come many diviners and people eager for every kind of sorcery; and sometimes from them come tyrants and demagogues and generals, and those who plot with private mystery rites, and the contrivances of the so-called sophists. There could be many 908e kinds of these, but two worth legislating for: the dissembling kind, whose offenses deserve not one death, nor two, and the other, which needs admonishment together with imprisonment.

    ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ θεοὺς νομίζον ἀμελεῖν δύʼ ἕτερα γεννᾷ, καὶ τὸ παραιτητοὺς ἄλλα δύο. τούτων δὴ ταύτῃ διεστηκότων, τοὺς μὲν ὑπʼ ἀνοίας ἄνευ κάκης ὀργῆς τε καὶ ἤθους γεγενημένους εἰς τὸ 909a σωφρονιστήριον ὁ δικαστὴς τιθέμενος νόμῳ τιθέσθω μηδὲν ἔλαττον ἐτῶν πέντε, ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ μηδεὶς τῶν πολιτῶν αὐτοῖς ἄλλος συγγιγνέσθω πλὴν οἱ τοῦ νυκτερινοῦ συλλόγου κοινωνοῦντες, ἐπὶ νουθετήσει τε καὶ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς σωτηρίᾳ ὁμιλοῦντες· ὅταν δʼ ὁ χρόνος αὐτοῖς ἐξέλθῃ τῶν δεσμῶν, ἐὰν μὲν δοκῇ τις σωφρονεῖν αὐτῶν, οἰκείτω μετὰ τῶν σωφρόνων, ἐὰν δὲ μή, ὀφείλῃ δʼ αὖθις τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην, θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.

    In the same way, the belief that the gods don’t care produces two more kinds, and the belief that they can be won over another two. With the distinctions drawn in this way, those who have come to this through folly, without any vice of temper or character, the judge is to place by law in the 909a House of Correction for no less than five years. During this time no other citizen is to associate with them except the members of the Nocturnal Council, who are to visit them to admonish them and for the salvation of their souls. When their term of imprisonment is over, if any of them seems to have come to his senses, he is to live among the sensible; but if not, and he is convicted again on such a charge, he is to be punished with death.

    ὅσοι δʼ ἂν θηριώδεις γένωνται 909b πρὸς τῷ θεοὺς μὴ νομίζειν ἢ ἀμελεῖς ἢ παραιτητοὺς εἶναι, καταφρονοῦντες δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαγωγῶσι μὲν πολλοὺς τῶν ζώντων, τοὺς δὲ τεθνεῶτας φάσκοντες ψυχαγωγεῖν καὶ θεοὺς ὑπισχνούμενοι πείθειν, ὡς θυσίαις τε καὶ εὐχαῖς καὶ ἐπῳδαῖς γοητεύοντες, ἰδιώτας τε καὶ ὅλας οἰκίας καὶ πόλεις χρημάτων χάριν ἐπιχειρῶσιν κατʼ ἄκρας ἐξαιρεῖν, τούτων δὲ ὃς ἂν ὀφλὼν εἶναι δόξῃ, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον αὐτῷ κατὰ 909c νόμον δεδέσθαι μὲν ἐν τῷ τῶν μεσογέων δεσμωτηρίῳ, προσιέναι δὲ αὐτοῖς μηδένα ἐλεύθερον μηδέποτε, τακτὴν δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν νομοφυλάκων αὐτοὺς τροφὴν παρὰ τῶν οἰκετῶν λαμβάνειν. ἀποθανόντα δὲ ἔξω τῶν ὁρίων ἐκβάλλειν ἄταφον· ἐὰν δέ τις ἐλεύθερος συνθάπτῃ, δίκας ἀσεβείας τῷ ἐθέλοντι λαγχάνειν ὑπεχέτω.

    But there are those who become like beasts, 909b and who, besides believing that the gods don’t exist, or don’t care, or can be won over, hold people in contempt: they work on the souls of many of the living, claiming to conjure up the souls of the dead and promising to persuade the gods, as though bewitching them with sacrifices and prayers and incantations, and for the sake of money they try to ruin utterly individuals, whole households and cities. Any of these who is found guilty, the court is to sentence, according to 909c law, to be imprisoned in the prison in the middle of the country. No free person is ever to visit them, and they are to receive from the slaves a ration of food fixed by the guardians of the laws. When one of them dies, he is to be cast out beyond the borders unburied; and if any free person helps to bury him, he is to be liable to prosecution for impiety by anyone who wishes.

    παῖδας δὲ ἂν μὲν καταλείπῃ τῇ πόλει ἱκανούς, οἱ τῶν ὀρφανῶν ἐπιμελούμενοι καὶ τούτων ὡς ὄντων 909d ὀρφανῶν ἐπιμελείσθων μηδὲν χεῖρον τῶν ἄλλων ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἂν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν ὄφλῃ τὴν δίκην.

    If he leaves children fit to be citizens, those in charge of orphans are to take care of them too, as 909d orphans, no worse than the others, from the day their father is convicted.

    κοινὸν δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις πᾶσιν νόμον κεῖσθαι χρεών, ὃς ἐλάττω τε εἰς θεοὺς αὐτῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ πλημμελεῖν ἂν ποιοῖ, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀνοήτους ἧττον γίγνεσθαι, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐξεῖναι θεοπολεῖν παρὰ νόμον. ἔστω γὰρ νόμος ὅδε τοῖς σύμπασιν κείμενος ἁπλῶς· Ἱερὰ μηδὲ εἷς ἐν ἰδίαις οἰκίαις ἐκτήσθω· θύειν δʼ ὅταν ἐπὶ νοῦν ἴῃ τινί, πρὸς τὰ δημόσια ἴτω θύσων, καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσί τε καὶ ἱερείαις ἐγχειριζέτω 909e τὰ θύματα, οἷς ἁγνεῖαι τούτων ἐπιμελεῖς. συνευξάσθω δὲ αὐτός τε καὶ ὃν ἂν ἐθέλῃ μετʼ αὐτοῦ συνεύχεσθαι. ταῦτα δὲ γιγνόμενα τῶν τοιῶνδε χάριν ἔστω.

    There must be a law laid down common to all these cases, which would make most people offend less against the gods in deed and word, and indeed become less foolish, by not permitting them to deal in religious matters contrary to law. Let this law be laid down for everyone, without qualification: No one is to have a shrine in a private house. When anyone has a mind to sacrifice, he is to go to the public shrines to sacrifice, and hand 909e his offerings to the priests and priestesses whose charge is the purity of these things. He may pray along with them himself, together with anyone he wants to join him. The reasons for this are as follows.

    ἱερὰ καὶ θεοὺς οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἱδρύεσθαι, μεγάλης δὲ διανοίας τινὸς ὀρθῶς δρᾶν τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἔθος τε γυναιξί τε δὴ διαφερόντως πάσαις καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσι πάντῃ καὶ κινδυνεύουσι καὶ ἀποροῦσιν, ὅπῃ τις ἂν ἀπορῇ, καὶ τοὐναντίον ὅταν εὐπορίας τινὸς λάβωνται, καθιεροῦν τε τὸ παρὸν ἀεὶ καὶ θυσίας εὔχεσθαι καὶ ἱδρύσεις 910a ὑπισχνεῖσθαι θεοῖς καὶ δαίμοσιν καὶ παισὶν θεῶν, ἔν τε φάσμασιν ἐγρηγορότας διὰ φόβους καὶ ἐν ὀνείροις, ὡς δʼ αὕτως ὄψεις πολλὰς ἀπομνημονεύοντας ἑκάσταισί τε αὐτῶν ἄκη ποιουμένους, βωμοὺς καὶ ἱερὰ πάσας μὲν οἰκίας, πάσας δὲ κώμας ἔν τε καθαροῖς ἱδρυομένους ἐμπιμπλάναι καὶ ὅπῃ τις ἔτυχε τῶν τοιούτων.

    Founding shrines and gods is no easy matter; to do such a thing correctly takes a great mind. Yet it’s the habit of women in particular, all of them, and of people who are sick in any way, or in danger, or in any kind of difficulty, and conversely whenever they come into some good fortune, to dedicate whatever is at hand, to vow sacrifices and promise 910a to found shrines for gods and spirits and children of gods. Awake, through fear of apparitions, or in dreams—and likewise recalling many visions and making remedies for each of them—they fill every house and every village with altars and shrines, setting them up in open spaces and wherever they happen to be.

    ὧν ἕνεκα χρὴ πάντων ποιεῖν κατὰ τὸν νῦν λεγόμενον νόμον· πρὸς τούτοις δὲ ἕνεκα τῶν ἀσεβούντων, 910b ἵνα μὴ καὶ ταῦτα κλέπτοντες ταῖς πράξεσιν, ἱερά τε καὶ βωμοὺς ἐν ἰδίαις οἰκίαις ἱδρυόμενοι, λάθρᾳ τοὺς θεοὺς ἵλεως οἰόμενοι ποιεῖν θυσίαις τε καὶ εὐχαῖς, εἰς ἄπειρον τὴν ἀδικίαν αὐξάνοντες αὑτοῖς τε ἐγκλήματα πρὸς θεῶν ποιῶνται καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτρέπουσιν, οὖσιν αὐτῶν βελτίοσιν, καὶ πᾶσα οὕτως ἡ πόλις ἀπολαύῃ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τρόπον τινὰ δικαίως.

    For all these reasons we must act in accordance with the law now being stated. There is also the matter of the impious, 910b so that they won’t do this too by stealth—setting up shrines and altars in private houses and thinking they can win over the gods secretly with sacrifices and prayers—and so increase their injustice without limit, bringing guilt before the gods both on themselves and on those who allow it, though these are better men than they; and so that the whole city won’t reap the consequences of the impious, as in a way it would justly do.

    τὸν μὲν δὴ νομοθέτην ὁ θεὸς οὐ μέμψεται· κείσθω γὰρ νόμος οὗτος· μὴ κεκτῆσθαι θεῶν ἐν ἰδίαις οἰκίαις ἱερά, τὸν δὲ 910c φανέντα κεκτημένον ἕτερα καὶ ὀργιάζοντα πλὴν τὰ δημόσια, ἐὰν μὲν ἄδικον μηδὲν τῶν μεγάλων καὶ ἀνοσίων εἰργασμένος ἀνὴρ ἢ καὶ γυνὴ κεκτῆταί τις, ὁ μὲν αἰσθανόμενος καὶ εἰσαγγελλέτω τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν, οἱ δὲ προσταττόντων εἰς τὰ δημόσια ἀποφέρειν ἱερὰ τὰ ἴδια, μὴ πείθοντες δὲ ζημιούντων ἕως ἂν ἀπενεχθῇ· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀσεβήσας μὴ παιδίων ἀλλʼ ἀνδρῶν ἀσέβημα ἀνοσίων γένηται φανερός, εἴτε ἐν ἰδίοις ἱδρυσάμενος εἴτʼ ἐν δημοσίοις θύσας ἱερὰ θεοῖς 910d οἱστισινοῦν, ὡς οὐ καθαρὸς ὢν θύων θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω. τὸ δὲ παίδειον ἢ μὴ κρίναντες οἱ νομοφύλακες, εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον οὕτως εἰσαγαγόντες, τὴν τῆς ἀσεβείας δίκην τούτοις ἐπιτελούντων.

    Then the god will not blame the lawgiver. Let this law be laid down: No one is to possess shrines of the gods in private houses. If anyone 910c is found to possess shrines other than the public ones, or to perform rites at them, and the one who possesses them, man or woman, has committed no great and impious wrong, whoever notices it is to report it to the guardians of the laws, and they are to order the private shrines to be taken to the public ones; if they are not obeyed, they are to impose penalties until the shrines are removed. But if anyone is shown to have committed impiety—not the impiety of children, but of impious grown men—either by founding a shrine on private ground or by sacrificing at public shrines to any gods 910d whatever, he is to be punished with death, for sacrificing while impure. Whether the offense is childish or not, the guardians of the laws are to decide, and then bring the case before the court and carry through the prosecution for impiety against them.

    Book XI

    Property, commerce, inheritance and the family.

    Athenianτὸ δὴ μετὰ ταῦτʼ εἴη συμβολαίων ἂν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῖν δεόμενα προσηκούσης τάξεως. ἁπλοῦν δέ γέ ἐστίν που τό γε τοιοῦτον· μήτε οὖν τις τῶν ἐμῶν χρημάτων ἅπτοιτο εἰς δύναμιν, μηδʼ αὖ κινήσειεν μηδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον ἐμὲ μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς πείθων· κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐγὼ δρῴην, νοῦν ἔχων ἔμφρονα. θησαυρὸν δὴ λέγωμεν πρῶτον τῶν τοιούτων ὅν τις αὑτῷ καὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ κειμήλιον ἔθετο, μὴ τῶν ἐμῶν ὢν πατέρων· μήθʼ 913b εὑρεῖν ποτε θεοῖς εὐξαίμην μήθʼ εὑρὼν κινήσαιμι, μηδʼ αὖ τοῖς λεγομένοις μάντεσιν ἀνακοινώσαιμι τοῖς ἁμῶς γέ πώς μοι συμβουλεύουσιν ἀνελεῖν τὴν γῇ παρακαταθήκην.

    AthenianNext we would need a proper arrangement for our dealings with one another. The principle, surely, is simple: as far as possible, no one should touch my property, or move the least bit of it without in some way getting my consent; and I should treat other people’s property in the same way, if I have any sense. Let’s speak first of treasure, which someone—not one of my ancestors—has stored away for himself and his family. I should never 913b pray to the gods to find it, nor, if I did find it, move it; nor should I consult the so-called diviners about it, who will one way or another advise me to take up what has been entrusted to the earth.

    οὐ γάρ ποτε τοσοῦτον εἰς χρημάτων ὠφεληθείην ἂν κτῆσιν ἀνελών, ὅσον εἰς ὄγκον πρὸς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς καὶ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπιδιδοίην μὴ ἀνελόμενος, κτῆμα ἀντὶ κτήματος ἄμεινον ἐν ἀμείνονι κτησάμενος, δίκην ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πλούτου προτιμήσας ἐν οὐσίᾳ κεκτῆσθαι πρότερον· ἐπὶ πολλοῖς γὰρ δὴ λεγόμενον εὖ τὸ μὴ κινεῖν τὰ ἀκίνητα καὶ περὶ τούτου 913c λέγοιτʼ ἂν ὡς ἑνὸς ἐκείνων ὄντος.

    For I would never gain as much in acquiring wealth by taking it up as I would grow in stature of soul, in virtue and justice, by not taking it: I’d have gained a better possession in place of a lesser one, and in a better place, having chosen to have justice in my soul before wealth in my estate. The saying “Don’t move what should not be moved” applies well in many cases, 913c and it could be said of this one too.

    πείθεσθαι δὲ χρὴ καὶ τοῖς περὶ ταῦτα λεγομένοις μύθοις, ὡς εἰς παίδων γενεὰν οὐ σύμφορα τὰ τοιαῦτα· ὃς δʼ ἂν παίδων τε ἀκηδὴς γένηται καί, τοῦ θέντος τὸν νόμον ἀμελήσας, ἃ μήτε αὐτὸς κατέθετο μήτε αὖ πατέρων τις πατήρ, μὴ πείσας τὸν θέμενον ἀνέληται, κάλλιστον νόμων διαφθείρων, ἁπλούστατον καὶ οὐδαμῇ ἀγεννοῦς ἀνδρὸς νομοθέτημα, ὃς εἶπεν· ἃ μὴ κατέθου, 913d μὴ ἀνέλῃ—τούτοιν τοῖν δυοῖν νομοθέταιν καταφρονήσαντα καὶ ἀνελόμενον, οὔτι σμικρόν, ὃ μὴ κατέθετο αὐτός, πλῆθος δʼ ἔστιν ὅτε θησαυροῦ παμμέγεθες, τί χρὴ πάσχειν; ὑπὸ μὲν δὴ θεῶν, ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν· ὁ δὲ κατιδὼν πρῶτος ἀγγελλέτω, ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἄστει γίγνηται τὸ τοιοῦτον, τοῖς ἀστυνόμοις, ἐὰν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐν ἀγορᾷ που, τοῖσιν ἀγορανόμοις, ἐὰν 914a δὲ τῆς ἄλλης χώρας, ἀγρονόμοις τε καὶ τοῖς τούτων ἄρχουσι δηλωσάτω.

    One should also believe the stories told about such matters, that these things do no good to a man’s descendants. But suppose someone is careless of his children and, heedless of the lawgiver, takes up without the depositor’s consent what neither he himself put down nor any of his forefathers. He violates the finest of laws, the simplest of enactments, and the work of no base man, who said: “What you did not put down, 913d do not take up.” When a man has scorned these two lawgivers and taken up what he did not put down himself—no small thing, but at times a huge hoard of treasure—what should happen to him? What the gods will do, the god knows; but the first person to see it is to report it: if it happens in the city, to the city wardens; if in the city’s marketplace, to the market wardens; if 914a elsewhere in the country, let him inform the country wardens and their officers.

    The saying “What you did not put down, do not take up” was traditionally attributed to Solon.

    δηλωθέντων δέ, ἡ πόλις εἰς Δελφοὺς πεμπέτω· ὅτι δʼ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀναιρῇ περί τε τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τοῦ κινήσαντος, τοῦτο ἡ πόλις ὑπηρετοῦσα ταῖς μαντείαις δράτω τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὁ μηνύσας ᾖ, δόξαν ἀρετῆς κεκτήσθω, μὴ μηνύσας δέ, κακίας· δοῦλος δʼ ἐὰν ᾖ, μηνύσας μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἀποδιδούσης τῷ δεσπότῃ τὴν τιμήν, μὴ μηνύων δὲ θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω. 914b τούτῳ δʼ ἑπόμενον ἑξῆς ἂν γίγνοιτο τὸ περὶ σμικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα ταὐτὸν τοῦτο νόμιμον συνακολουθεῖν. ἄν τις τῶν αὑτοῦ τι καταλείπῃ που ἑκὼν εἴτʼ ἄκων, ὁ προστυγχάνων ἐάτω κεῖσθαι, νομίζων φυλάττειν ἐνοδίαν δαίμονα τὰ τοιαῦτα ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῇ θεῷ καθιερωμένα.

    Once they’ve been informed, the city is to send to Delphi, and whatever the god ordains about the money and about the man who moved it, the city is to carry out, in obedience to the god’s oracles. If the informer is free, let him gain a reputation for virtue, and if he fails to inform, one for vice. If he’s a slave, it would be right for the city to set him free for informing, paying his master his price; if he fails to inform, he is to be punished with death. 914b Next after this, following on from it, would come the same rule applied to things small and great alike. If someone leaves any of his property somewhere, on purpose or not, whoever comes across it is to let it lie, believing that such things are guarded by the goddess of the wayside, to whom they are consecrated by law.

    The goddess of the wayside (Enodia) is Hecate, protector of roads and travelers.

    ἂν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτά τις ἀπειθῶν ἀναιρούμενος οἴκαδε φέρῃ, ἂν μὲν σμικρᾶς τιμῆς ἄξιον ὢν δοῦλος, ὑπὸ τοῦ προστυγχάνοντος μὴ ἔλαττον τριακονταέτους πολλὰς πληγὰς μαστιγούσθω· 914c ἐὰν δέ τις ἐλεύθερος, πρὸς τῷ ἀνελεύθερος εἶναι δοκεῖν καὶ ἀκοινώνητος νόμων, δεκαπλάσιον τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ κινηθέντος ἀποτινέτω τῷ καταλιπόντι. ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπαιτιᾶται τῶν αὑτοῦ χρημάτων ἔχειν τινὰ πλέον ἢ καὶ σμικρότερον, ὁ δὲ ὁμολογῇ μὲν ἔχειν, μὴ τὸ ἐκείνου δέ, ἂν μὲν ἀπογεγραμμένον ᾖ παρὰ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν τὸ κτῆμα κατὰ νόμον, τὸν ἔχοντα καλείσθω πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, ὁ δὲ καθιστάτω.

    If anyone disobeys this, picks the thing up and carries it home: if it is of small value and he is a slave, he is to be given many lashes of the whip by whoever comes across him, provided that person is at least thirty years old; 914c if he is free, then besides being thought unworthy of a free man and to have no share in the laws, he is to pay the one who left it ten times the value of what he moved. If someone accuses another of holding some of his property, whether more or less, and the other admits holding it but denies that it is the accuser’s, then, if the property is registered with the magistrates according to law, the accuser is to summon the holder before the magistrate, and he is to produce it.

    γενομένου δὲ ἐμφανοῦς, ἐὰν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἀπογεγραμμένον 914d φαίνηται ποτέρου τῶν ἀμφισβητούντων, ἔχων οὗτος ἀπίτω· ἐὰν δέ τινος ἄλλου τῶν μὴ παρόντων, ὁπότερος ἂν παράσχῃ τὸν ἐγγυητὴν ἀξιόχρεων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀπόντος ὡς παραδώσων ἐκείνῳ κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνου ἀφαίρεσιν ἀφαιρείσθω. ἐὰν δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὸ ἀμφισβητούμενον μὴ ἀπογεγραμμένον ᾖ, κείσθω μὲν μέχρι δίκης παρὰ τρισὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῖς πρεσβυτάτοις, ἐὰν δὲ τὸ μεσεγγυωθὲν θρέμμα ᾖ, τὸν νικηθέντα περὶ αὐτοῦ δίκῃ τὴν τροφὴν ἐκτίνειν τοῖς 914e ἄρχουσιν· τὴν δὲ κρίσιν διαδικάζειν ἐντὸς τριῶν ἡμερῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας.

    Once it has been produced, if the records show it registered 914d as belonging to one of the two disputants, that one is to take it and go. If it belongs to someone else who is not present, whichever of the two provides a sufficient guarantor is to take it on behalf of the absent owner, exercising that owner’s right of removal, in order to hand it over to him. If the disputed property is not registered with the magistrates, it is to remain until the trial in the keeping of the three oldest magistrates; and if what is held in deposit is an animal, whoever loses the case over it is to pay the cost of its keep to the 914e magistrates. The magistrates are to decide the case within three days.

    ἀγέτω τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δοῦλον ὁ βουλόμενος, ἐὰν ἔμφρων ᾖ, χρησόμενος ὅτι ἂν ἐθέλῃ τῶν ὁπόσα ὅσια· ἀγέτω δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄλλου τῶν οἰκείων ἢ φίλων τὸν ἀφεστῶτα ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ. ἐὰν δέ τις ἀφαιρῆταί τινα εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ὡς δοῦλον ἀγόμενον, μεθιέτω μὲν ὁ ἄγων, ὁ δὲ ἀφαιρούμενος ἐγγυητὰς τρεῖς ἀξιόχρεως καταστήσας, οὕτως ἀφαιρείσθω κατὰ ταῦτα, ἄλλως δὲ μή· ἐὰν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτά τις ἀφαιρῆται, τῶν βιαίων 915a ἔνοχος ἔστω, καὶ ἁλοὺς τὴν διπλασίαν τοῦ ἐπιγραφέντος βλάβους τῷ ἀφαιρεθέντι τινέτω. ἀγέτω δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀπελεύθερον, ἐάν τις μὴ θεραπεύῃ τοὺς ἀπελευθερώσαντας ἢ μὴ ἱκανῶς· θεραπεία δὲ φοιτᾶν τρὶς τοῦ μηνὸς τὸν ἀπελευθερωθέντα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀπελευθερώσαντος ἑστίαν, ἐπαγγελλόμενον ὅτι χρὴ δρᾶν τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἅμα δυνατῶν, καὶ περὶ γάμου ποιεῖν ὅτιπερ ἂν συνδοκῇ τῷ γενομένῳ δεσπότῃ.

    Anyone who wishes may lay hold of his own slave, provided he is of sound mind, to deal with him in any way that religion permits; he may also lay hold of a runaway on behalf of a relative or friend, to keep him safe. If anyone tries to rescue into freedom a person being led off as a slave, the one leading him away is to release him, and the rescuer may take him only after providing three sufficient guarantors, on these terms and not otherwise. If anyone rescues him otherwise, he is to be liable to a charge 915a of violence, and if convicted is to pay the one deprived double the damages stated in the charge. A freedman may also be laid hold of, if he fails to attend on those who freed him, or does so inadequately. The attendance consists in this: the freedman is to go three times a month to the hearth of the one who freed him, offering to do whatever is right and at the same time within his power; and about marriage he is to do whatever his former master approves.

    πλουτεῖν δὲ τοῦ ἀπελευθερώσαντος μὴ ἐξεῖναι 915b μᾶλλον· τὸ δὲ πλέον γιγνέσθω τοῦ δεσπότου. μὴ πλείω δὲ εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν μένειν τὸν ἀφεθέντα, ἀλλὰ καθάπερ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ξένους ἀπιέναι λαβόντα τὴν αὑτοῦ πᾶσαν οὐσίαν, ἐὰν μὴ πείσῃ τούς τε ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν ἀπελευθερώσαντα. ἐὰν δὲ τῷ ἀπελευθερωθέντι ἢ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῳ ξένων οὐσία πλείων γίγνηται τοῦ τρίτου μεγέθει τιμήματος, ᾗ ἂν τοῦτο ἡμέρᾳ γένηται, τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς 915c ἡμέρας λαβὼν ἀπίτω τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μηδεμία τῆς μονῆς παραίτησις ἔτι τούτῳ παρʼ ἀρχόντων γιγνέσθω· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῶν τούτοις εἰσαχθεὶς εἰς δικαστήριον ὄφλῃ, θανάτῳ τε ζημιούσθω καὶ τὰ χρήματα αὐτοῦ γιγνέσθω δημόσια.

    He is not to be allowed to grow richer 915b than the one who freed him; any surplus is to go to his master. The freed slave is not to stay more than twenty years, but, like other foreigners, is to depart taking all his property with him, unless he wins the consent of the magistrates and of the one who freed him. If a freedman, or any other foreigner, comes to own property greater than the amount of the third property class, then within thirty days from the 915c day this happens he is to take his possessions and leave, and he is not to be granted any further request to stay by the magistrates. If anyone disobeys these rules, is brought to court and convicted, he is to be punished with death and his property is to become public.

    δίκαι δʼ ἔστωσαν τούτων ἐν ταῖς φυλετικαῖσιν δίκαις, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ἐν γείτοσιν ἢ ἐν αἱρετοῖσιν δικασταῖς ἀπαλλάττωνται πρὸς ἀλλήλους τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. ἐὰν δὲ ὡς αὑτοῦ ἐφάπτηται ζῴου καὶ ὁτουοῦν ἤ τινος ἑτέρου τῶν αὑτοῦ 915d χρημάτων, ἀναγέτω μὲν ὁ ἔχων εἰς πρατῆρα ἢ τὸν δόντα ἀξιόχρεών τε καὶ ἔνδικον ἤ τινι τρόπῳ παραδόντα ἄλλῳ κυρίως, εἰς μὲν πολίτην ἢ καὶ μέτοικον τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα, εἰς δὲ ξενικὴν παράδοσιν πέντε μηνῶν, ἧς μέσος ὁ μὴν ἐν ᾧ τρέπεται θερινὸς ἥλιος εἰς τὰ χειμερινά.

    Suits on these matters are to be heard in the tribal courts, unless the parties first settle their complaints against each other before neighbors or chosen judges. If someone lays claim to an animal of any kind, or to any other 915d property, as his own, the holder is to refer the claim back to the seller, or to the person who gave it to him, someone solvent and answerable at law, or who handed it over to him lawfully in some other way: within thirty days if the transfer was from a citizen or a resident foreigner in the city, and within five months if it was from a foreigner, the middle of which is to be the month in which the summer sun turns toward winter.

    ὅσα δὲ διά τινος ὠνῆς ἢ καὶ πράσεως ἀλλάττηταί τις ἕτερος ἄλλῳ, διδόντα ἐν χώρᾳ τῇ τεταγμένῃ ἑκάστοις κατʼ ἀγορὰν καὶ δεχόμενον ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμα τιμήν, οὕτως 915e ἀλλάττεσθαι, ἄλλοθι δὲ μηδαμοῦ, μηδʼ ἐπὶ ἀναβολῇ πρᾶσιν μηδὲ ὠνὴν ποιεῖσθαι μηδενός· ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλως ἢ ἐν ἄλλοις τόποις ὁτιοῦν ἀνθʼ ὁτουοῦν διαμείβηται ἕτερος ἄλλῳ, πιστεύων πρὸς ὃν ἂν ἀλλάττηται, ποιείτω ταῦτα ὡς οὐκ οὐσῶν δικῶν κατὰ νόμον περὶ τῶν μὴ πραθέντων κατὰ τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα. ἐράνων δὲ πέρι, τὸν βουλόμενον ἐρανίζειν φίλον παρὰ φίλοις· ἐὰν δέ τις διαφορὰ γίγνηται περὶ τῆς ἐρανίσεως, οὕτω πράττειν ὡς δικῶν μηδενὶ περὶ τούτων μηδαμῶς ἐσομένων.

    Whatever anyone exchanges with another by buying or selling, he is to exchange by handing it over in the place in the marketplace assigned to each kind of goods, and receiving the price on the spot; 915e he is to do so nowhere else, and no one is to buy or sell anything on credit. If someone exchanges anything for anything with another in some other way or in other places, trusting the person he is dealing with, let him do so knowing that there are no legal actions for anything not sold in the manner now described. As for contribution loans, anyone who wishes may raise one as a friend among friends; but if a dispute arises over the contribution, let them act knowing that there will be no legal actions of any kind about such matters.

    An eranos was a fund raised by contributions among friends, usually lent without interest.

    ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀποδόμενος τιμήν του λάβῃ μὴ ἐλάττω δραχμῶν πεντήκοντα, παραμενέτω κατὰ πόλιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης 916a δέκα ἡμέρας, ὁ δὲ πριάμενος ἴστω τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν τοῦ ἀποδομένου, τῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐγκλημάτων εἰωθότων γίγνεσθαι χάριν καὶ τῶν ἀναγωγῶν τῶν κατὰ νόμους εἵνεκα· ἡ δὲ κατὰ νόμους ἀναγωγὴ καὶ μὴ τῇδε ἔστω.

    Anyone who sells something for a price of not less than fifty drachmas is required to remain in the city 916a for ten days, and the buyer is to know the seller’s house, because of the complaints that commonly arise over such transactions and to allow for lawful returns. When lawful return is permitted and when it is not is to be as follows.

    ἐάν τις ἀνδράποδον ἀποδῶται κάμνον φθόῃ ἢ λιθῶν ἢ στραγγουριῶν ἢ τῇ καλουμένῃ ἱερᾷ νόσῳ ἢ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ ἀδήλῳ τοῖς πολλοῖς νοσήματι μακρῷ καὶ δυσιάτῳ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἢ κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν, ἐὰν μὲν ἰατρῷ τις ἢ γυμναστῇ, μὴ ἀναγωγῆς ἔστω τούτῳ 916b πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον τυγχάνειν, μηδʼ ἐὰν τἀληθές τις προειπὼν ἀποδῶταί τῳ· ἐὰν δέ τις ἰδιώτῃ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἀποδῶται δημιουργός, ὁ πριάμενος ἐντὸς ἑκμήνου ἀναγέτω, πλὴν τῆς ἱερᾶς, ταύτης δʼ ἐντὸς ἐνιαυτοῦ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν ἐξέστω ποιεῖσθαι τῆς νόσου. διαδικαζέσθω δὲ ἔν τισι τῶν ἰατρῶν, οὓς ἂν κοινῇ προβαλόμενοι ἕλωνται· τὸν δὲ ὀφλόντα τὴν δίκην διπλάσιον ἀποτίνειν τῆς τιμῆς ἧς ἂν ἀποδῶται.

    If anyone sells a slave suffering from consumption, or stones, or strangury, or the so-called sacred disease, or from any other long, hard-to-cure disease of body or mind not evident to most people: if the buyer is a doctor or a trainer, he is not to be allowed any return 916b against such a seller; nor if the seller told the truth before selling. But if a professional sells anything of this kind to a layman, the buyer may return it within six months, except for the sacred disease; for that disease the return may be made within a year. The case is to be decided before some doctors whom the parties jointly nominate and choose, and the one who loses is to pay back double the price at which he sold.

    The “sacred disease” is epilepsy.

    ἐὰν 916c δὲ ἰδιώτῃ τις ἰδιώτης, ἀναγωγὴν μὲν εἶναι, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐρρήθη, καὶ τὴν διαδικασίαν, ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν τὴν τιμὴν ἁπλῆν ἀποτινέτω. ἐὰν δὲ ἀνδροφόνον ἀποδῶταί τίς τινι εἰδότι μὲν εἰδώς, μὴ τυγχανέτω ἀναγωγῆς τοῦ τοιούτου τῆς πράσεως, μὴ δὲ εἰδότι τὴν μὲν ἀναγωγὴν εἶναι τότε ὅταν τις αἴσθηται τῶν πριαμένων, ἐν πέντε δὲ τῶν νομοφυλάκων τοῖς νεωτάτοις εἶναι τὴν κρίσιν, εἰδὼς δὲ ἂν κριθῇ, τάς τε οἰκίας τοῦ πριαμένου καθηράτω κατὰ τὸν τῶν ἐξηγητῶν 916d νόμον, τῆς τιμῆς τε ἀποδότω τῷ πριαμένῳ τριπλάσιον.

    If 916c a layman sells to a layman, there is to be return and a hearing, as was stated for the previous cases, but the loser is to pay back only the price. If someone knowingly sells a slave who has killed a man to a buyer who knows it, there is to be no return on such a sale; but if the buyer didn’t know, the return is to be allowed whenever he becomes aware of it, and the decision is to rest with the five youngest of the guardians of the laws. If the seller is judged to have known, he is to purify the buyer’s house according to the interpreters’ 916d rule, and pay the buyer three times the price.

    Fraud in the marketplace

    Laws against adulteration, false oaths and haggling in the market.

    ὁ δὲ ἀλλαττόμενος ἢ νόμισμα ἀντὶ νομίσματος, ἢ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ὁτιοῦν ἢ καὶ μὴ ζῴων, ἀκίβδηλον πᾶν διδότω καὶ δεχέσθω τῷ νόμῳ συνεπόμενος· προοίμιον δέ, καθάπερ ἄλλων νόμων, δεξώμεθα καὶ περὶ ὅλης ταύτης τῆς κάκης. κιβδηλείαν δὲ χρὴ πάντα ἄνδρα διανοηθῆναι καὶ ψεῦδος καὶ ἀπάτην ὡς ἕν τι γένος ὄν, τοῦτο ᾧ τὴν φήμην ἐπιφέρειν εἰώθασιν οἱ πολλοί, κακῶς λέγοντες, ὡς ἐν καιρῷ 916e γιγνόμενον ἑκάστοτε τὸ τοιοῦτον πολλάκις ἂν ὀρθῶς ἔχοι, τὸν καιρὸν δὲ καὶ ὅπου καὶ ὁπότε ἀτάκτως καὶ ἀορίστως ἐῶντες, τῇ λέξει ταύτῃ πολλὰ ζημιοῦνταί τε καὶ ζημιοῦσιν ἑτέρους. νομοθέτῃ δὲ οὐκ ἐγχωρεῖ τοῦτο ἀόριστον ἐᾶν, ἀλλὰ ἢ μείζους ἢ ἐλάττους ὅρους ἀεὶ δεῖ διασαφεῖν, καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν ὡρίσθω.

    Anyone exchanging coin for coin, or any animal, or anything else living or not, is to give and receive everything unadulterated, in obedience to the law. And as with other laws, let’s have a preamble on this whole form of wickedness. Every man should think of adulteration, falsehood and deception as all one kind of thing—the kind which most people, speaking badly, commonly say is often all right, when it’s done 916e at the right moment. They leave the right moment, the where and the when, unordered and undefined, and by this saying do a great deal of harm both to themselves and to others. A lawgiver can’t leave this undefined; he must always set clear limits, whether broad or narrow; so let them be defined now.

    Ψεῦδος μηδεὶς μηδὲν μηδʼ ἀπάτην μηδέ τι κίβδηλον, γένος ἐπικαλούμενος θεῶν, μήτε λόγῳ μήτε 917a ἔργῳ πράξειεν, ὁ μὴ θεομισέστατος ἔσεσθαι μέλλων· οὗτος δʼ ἐστὶν ὃς ἂν ὅρκους ὀμνὺς ψευδεῖς μηδὲν φροντίζῃ θεῶν, δεύτερος δὲ ὃς ἂν ἐναντίον τῶν κρειττόνων αὑτοῦ ψεύδηται. κρείττους δὲ οἱ ἀμείνους τῶν χειρόνων, πρεσβῦταί τε ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πᾶν εἰπεῖν τῶν νέων, διὸ καὶ γονῆς κρείττους ἐκγόνων, καὶ ἄνδρες δὴ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων, ἄρχοντές τε ἀρχομένων· οὓς αἰδεῖσθαι πᾶσιν πάντας πρέπον ἂν εἴη ἐν ἄλλῃ τε ἀρχῇ πάσῃ καὶ ἐν ταῖς πολιτικαῖς δὴ μάλιστα ἀρχαῖς, ὅθεν ὁ νῦν παρὼν ἡμῖν λόγος ἐλήλυθεν.

    No one who calls the gods to witness is to commit any falsehood, deception, or adulteration in word or 917a deed, unless he means to be most hateful to the gods. That man is the one who swears false oaths without any thought for the gods, and second, the one who lies in the presence of his superiors. The better are superior to the worse, and, generally speaking, the older to the young; hence parents are superior to their offspring, and men to women and children, and rulers to the ruled. It would be fitting for everyone to respect all of these, in every other form of authority and above all in the authority of the city, which is where our present discussion started.

    πᾶς γὰρ τῶν κατʼ ἀγορὰν 917b ὁ κιβδηλεύων τι ψεύδεται καὶ ἀπατᾷ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς παρακαλῶν ἐπόμνυσιν ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἀγορανόμων νόμοισίν τε καὶ φυλακτηρίοις, οὔτε ἀνθρώπους αἰδούμενος οὔτε θεοὺς σεβόμενος. πάντως μὲν δὴ καλὸν ἐπιτήδευμα θεῶν ὀνόματα μὴ χραίνειν ῥᾳδίως, ἔχοντα ὡς ἔχουσιν ἡμῶν ἑκάστοτε τὰ πολλὰ οἱ πλεῖστοι καθαρότητός τε καὶ ἁγνείας τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεούς· εἰ δʼ οὖν μὴ πείθοιτο, ὅδε νόμος· ὁ πωλῶν ὁτιοῦν ἐν ἀγορᾷ μηδέποτε δύο εἴπῃ τιμὰς ὧν ἂν πωλῇ, 917c ἁπλῆν δὲ εἰπών, ἂν μὴ τυγχάνῃ ταύτης, ἀποφέρων ὀρθῶς ἂν ἀποφέροι πάλιν, καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας μὴ τιμήσῃ πλέονος μηδὲ ἐλάττονος, ἔπαινος δὲ ὅρκος τε περὶ παντὸς τοῦ πωλουμένου ἀπέστω· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ τούτοις, ὁ παρατυγχάνων τῶν ἀστῶν, μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τριάκοντα γεγονὼς ἔτη, κολάζων μὲν τὸν ὀμνύντα ἀνατὶ τυπτέτω τις, ἀφροντιστῶν δὲ καὶ ἀπειθῶν ἔνοχος ἔστω ψόγῳ προδοσίας τῶν νόμων.

    For everyone in the marketplace 917b who adulterates anything is lying and deceiving, and swears oaths calling on the gods in the face of the market wardens’ laws and safeguards, neither respecting men nor revering gods. It is certainly a fine practice not to defile the names of the gods lightly, keeping our dealings with the gods as pure and holy as most of us, for the most part, usually keep them. But if someone won’t be persuaded, here is the law: Whoever sells anything in the marketplace is never to state two prices for what he sells; 917c he is to state one, and if he doesn’t get it, he may rightly take the goods away again, and on that day he is not to price them higher or lower. There is to be no praising of goods and no swearing of oaths about anything for sale. If anyone disobeys these rules, any citizen present who is at least thirty years old may punish the one swearing by striking him with impunity; if he ignores this and fails to obey, he is to be liable to the reproach of betraying the laws.

    τὸν δὲ δὴ κίβδηλόν τι πωλοῦντα, καὶ μὴ δυνάμενον τοῖς 917d νῦν πείθεσθαι λόγοις, ὁ προστυγχάνων τῶν γιγνωσκόντων, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐξελέγχειν, ἐναντίον ἐλέγξας τῶν ἀρχόντων, ὁ μὲν δοῦλος φερέσθω τὸ κιβδηλευθὲν καὶ ὁ μέτοικος, ὁ δὲ πολίτης μὴ ἐλέγχων μὲν ὡς ἀποστερῶν τοὺς θεοὺς κακὸς ἀγορευέσθω, ἐλέγξας δὲ ἀναθέτω τοῖς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἔχουσιν θεοῖς. ὁ δὲ δὴ φανερὸς γενόμενός τι πωλῶν τοιοῦτον, πρὸς τῷ στερηθῆναι τοῦ κιβδηλευθέντος, ὁπόσης ἂν τιμῆς ἀξιώσῃ τὸ πωλούμενον, κατὰ δραχμὴν ἑκάστην τῇ μάστιγι 917e τυπτέσθω πληγὰς ὑπὸ κήρυκος ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κηρύξαντος ὧν ἕνεκα μέλλει τύπτεσθαι.

    As for someone selling adulterated goods who can’t 917d obey the present precepts: whoever comes upon him and knows the trade and can prove the fraud is to prove it in front of the magistrates. If the one proving it is a slave or a resident foreigner, he is to take the adulterated goods for himself; if a citizen fails to prove it, he is to be denounced as a bad man for defrauding the gods; if he proves it, he is to dedicate the goods to the gods of the marketplace. And whoever is shown to be selling such goods is, besides being deprived of the adulterated goods, to be whipped, one stroke of the lash for every drachma of the price he asked, 917e by the herald, after the herald has proclaimed in the marketplace why he is to be beaten.

    τὰ δὲ κιβδηλεύματά τε καὶ κακουργίας τῶν πωλούντων οἵ τε ἀγορανόμοι καὶ οἱ νομοφύλακες, πυθόμενοι τῶν ἐμπείρων περὶ ἕκαστα, ἀναγραψάντων ἅ τε χρὴ ποιεῖν τὸν πωλοῦντα καὶ ἃ μή, καὶ πρόσθε τοῦ ἀγορανομίου θέντων ἐν στήλῃ γράψαντες νόμους εἶναι τοῖς περὶ 918a τὴν τῆς ἀγορᾶς χρείαν μηνυτὰς σαφεῖς. τὰ δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀστυνόμων ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἱκανῶς εἴρηται· ἐὰν δέ τι προσδεῖν δοκῇ, νομοφύλαξιν ἐπανακοινώσαντες καὶ γράψαντες τὸ δοκοῦν ἐκλιπεῖν, εἰς ἀστυνόμιον θέντων ἐν στήλῃ τά τε πρῶτα καὶ τὰ δεύτερα τεθέντα αὐτοῖσιν τῆς ἀρχῆς νόμιμα.

    The market wardens and the guardians of the laws are to find out from people experienced in each trade about the frauds and malpractices of sellers, write down what the seller must do and what he must not, and set them up on a pillar in front of the market wardens’ office, as laws to give clear guidance to those who 918a use the market. As for the city wardens, enough was said earlier; but if anything more seems needed, they are to consult the guardians of the laws, write down what seems to be missing, and set up on a pillar at the city wardens’ office both the first and the second regulations laid down for their office.

    Retail trade

    Retail trade is useful but corrupting, so citizens are barred from it and its profits are regulated.

    κιβδήλοις δʼ ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἕπεται κατὰ πόδα καπηλείας ἐπιτηδεύματα· ταύτης δὲ πέρι συμπάσης συμβουλὴν πρῶτον δόντες καὶ λόγον, ἐπʼ αὐτῇ νόμον ὕστερον ἐπιθώμεθα. καπηλεία 918b γὰρ κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσα γέγονεν οὐ βλάβης ἕνεκα τό γε κατὰ φύσιν, πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ εὐεργέτης πᾶς ὃς ἂν οὐσίαν χρημάτων ὡντινωνοῦν, ἀσύμμετρον οὖσαν καὶ ἀνώμαλον, ὁμαλήν τε καὶ σύμμετρον ἀπεργάζηται; τοῦτο ἡμῖν χρὴ φάναι καὶ τὴν τοῦ νομίσματος ἀπεργάζεσθαι δύναμιν, καὶ τὸν ἔμπορον ἐπὶ τούτῳ τετάχθαι δεῖ λέγειν. καὶ μισθωτὸς καὶ πανδοκεὺς καὶ ἄλλα, τὰ μὲν εὐσχημονέστερα, 918c τὰ δὲ ἀσχημονέστερα γιγνόμενα, τοῦτό γε πάντα δύναται, πᾶσιν ἐπικουρίαν ταῖς χρείαις ἐξευπορεῖν καὶ ὁμαλότητα ταῖς οὐσίαις.

    Close on the heels of fraudulent practices come the practices of retail trade. On all of this we’ll first give advice and reasons, and afterward lay down a law about it. All retail trade 918b in a city has come about, by its nature, not for the sake of harm, but quite the opposite. How can anyone not be a benefactor who takes any sort of goods that are distributed disproportionately and unevenly and makes their distribution even and proportionate? This, we must say, is what the power of money also accomplishes, and we must say the merchant is appointed for this purpose. The hired laborer, the innkeeper and the rest—some trades more respectable, 918c some less—all have this function: to meet everyone’s needs and even out their possessions.

    τί ποτε δὴ τὸ μὴ καλὸν αὐτὸ μηδʼ εὔσχημον δοκεῖν εἶναι, καὶ τί τὸ διαβεβληκὸς τυγχάνει, ἴδωμεν, ἵνα εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸ ὅλον, ἀλλʼ οὖν μέρη γε ἐξιασώμεθα νόμῳ. πρᾶγμʼ ἔσθʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐ φαῦλον, οὐδὲ σμικρᾶς δεόμενον ἀρετῆς.

    Let’s see, then, what it is that makes retail trade seem neither fine nor respectable, and what has brought it into disrepute, so that we may cure by law, if not the whole of it, then at least parts. It’s no trivial matter, it seems, and it calls for no small virtue.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianὦ φίλε Κλεινία, σμικρὸν γένος ἀνθρώπων καὶ φύσει ὀλίγον καὶ ἄκρᾳ τροφῇ τεθραμμένον, ὅταν εἰς χρείας 918d τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τινῶν ἐμπίπτῃ, καρτερεῖν πρὸς τὸ μέτριον δυνατόν ἐστιν, καὶ ὅταν ἐξῇ χρήματα λαβεῖν πολλά, νήφει καὶ πρότερον αἱρεῖται τοῦ πολλοῦ τὸ τοῦ μέτρου ἐχόμενον· τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πλήθη πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἔχει τούτοις, δεόμενά τε ἀμέτρως δεῖται καὶ ἐξὸν κερδαίνειν τὰ μέτρια, ἀπλήστως αἱρεῖται κερδαίνειν, διὸ πάντα τὰ περὶ τὴν καπηλείαν καὶ ἐμπορίαν καὶ πανδοκείαν γένη διαβέβληταί τε καὶ ἐν αἰσχροῖς γέγονεν ὀνείδεσιν.

    AthenianMy dear Clinias, it’s a small class of people—few by nature and reared with the highest education—who, when they fall into needs 918d and desires of various kinds, can hold out for moderation, and when they have the chance to get a lot of money, stay sober and choose what is measured over what is abundant. The great mass of people are just the opposite: when they want, they want without measure, and when they could make a moderate profit, they choose to make an insatiable one. That’s why all the classes connected with retail trade, commerce and innkeeping have fallen into disrepute and are subject to disgraceful reproaches.

    ἐπεὶ εἴ τις, ὃ μή ποτε γένοιτο οὐδʼ ἔσται, προσαναγκάσειεν—γελοῖον μὲν εἰπεῖν, 918e ὅμως δὲ εἰρήσεται—πανδοκεῦσαι τοὺς πανταχῇ ἀρίστους ἄνδρας ἐπί τινα χρόνον, ἢ καπηλεύειν ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων πράττειν, ἢ καὶ γυναῖκας ἔκ τινος ἀνάγκης εἱμαρμένης τοῦ τοιούτου μετασχεῖν τρόπου, γνοίημεν ἂν ὡς φίλον καὶ ἀγαπητόν ἐστιν ἕκαστον τούτων, καὶ εἰ κατὰ λόγον ἀδιάφθορον γίγνοιτο, ἐν μητρὸς ἂν καὶ τροφοῦ σχήματι τιμῷτο τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα· νῦν δὲ ὁπόταν εἰς ἐρήμους τις καπηλείας 919a ἕνεκα τόπους καὶ πανταχόσε μήκη ἔχοντας ὁδῶν ἱδρυσάμενος οἰκήσεις, ἐν ἀπορίᾳ γιγνομένους καταλύσεσιν ἀγαπηταῖς δεχόμενος ἢ ὑπὸ χειμώνων ἀγρίων βίᾳ ἐλαυνομένους, εὐδιεινὴν γαλήνην παρασχὼν ἢ πνίγεσιν ἀναψυχήν, τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα οὐχ ὡς ἑταίρους δεξάμενος φιλικὰ παράσχῃ ξένια ἑπόμενα ταῖς ὑποδοχαῖς, ὡς δʼ ἐχθροὺς αἰχμαλώτους κεχειρωμένους ἀπολυτρώσῃ τῶν μακροτάτων καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ ἀκαθάρτων 919b λύτρων, ταῦτά ἐστιν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐν σύμπασιν τοῖς τοιούτοις ὀρθῶς ἁμαρτανόμενα τὰς διαβολὰς τῇ τῆς ἀπορίας ἐπικουρήσει παρεσκευακότα.

    For suppose someone were to compel—may it never happen, nor will it—the very best men everywhere (it’s absurd to say, 918e but it will be said all the same) to keep an inn for a time, or run a shop, or do something of that kind; or suppose women were compelled by some fated necessity to take up that way of life. We’d realize that each of these is a welcome and friendly thing, and if it were carried on according to an incorruptible rule, all such things would be honored like a mother or a nurse. But as it is, a man sets up a dwelling for the sake of trade in lonely 919a places with long roads in every direction, and receives with welcome lodging those who arrive in need, or who are driven by the force of wild storms, offering them fair-weather calm or cool refreshment in stifling heat; but then, instead of receiving them as friends and offering the friendly gifts of hospitality that go with such a welcome, he treats them like enemy captives in his power, and releases them only for the largest, most unjust and unclean 919b ransoms. It is these wrongs, and others like them, rightly condemned in all such trades, that have brought discredit on the relief of those in need.

    τούτων οὖν χρὴ φάρμακον ἀεὶ τέμνειν τὸν νομοθέτην. ὀρθὸν μὲν δὴ πάλαι τε εἰρημένον ὡς πρὸς δύο μάχεσθαι καὶ ἐναντία χαλεπόν, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς νόσοις πολλοῖς τε ἄλλοισιν· καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν ἡ τούτων καὶ περὶ ταῦτα ἐστὶν πρὸς δύο μάχη, πενίαν καὶ πλοῦτον, τὸν μὲν ψυχὴν διεφθαρκότα τρυφῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 919c τὴν δὲ λύπαις προτετραμμένην εἰς ἀναισχυντίαν αὐτήν. τίς οὖν δὴ τῆς νόσου ταύτης ἀρωγὴ γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἐν νοῦν ἐχούσῃ πόλει; πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι σμικροτάτῳ χρῆσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν τῷ τῶν καπήλων γένει, ἔπειτα τούτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων προστάττειν ὧν διαφθειρομένων οὐκ ἂν γίγνοιτο μεγάλη λύμη τῇ πόλει, τρίτον δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῖς μετασχοῦσι τούτων τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὑρεῖν μηχανὴν ὅπως ἤθη μὴ ἀνέδην 919d ἀναισχυντίας τε καὶ ἀνελευθέρου ψυχῆς μέτοχα συμβήσεται γίγνεσθαι ῥᾳδίως.

    So the lawgiver must always be cutting a remedy for these ills. It’s right, as was said long ago, that it’s hard to fight against two enemies, and opposite ones at that, as in diseases and in many other things. And indeed our fight here, in these matters, is against two: poverty and wealth. The one has corrupted people’s souls with luxury; 919c the other has driven them through pain into shamelessness. What help against this disease could there be in a city that has sense? First, to have as small a class of retailers as possible; second, to assign retail trade to people whose corruption would do no great harm to the city; and third, to find a means of ensuring that the characters of those who take up these occupations won’t easily come to share in unrestrained 919d shamelessness and a soul unworthy of a free man.

    μετὰ δὴ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα, περὶ ταῦτα νόμος ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ τοιόσδε ἡμῖν γιγνέσθω· Μαγνήτων, οὓς ὁ θεὸς ἀνορθῶν πάλιν κατοικίζει, γεωμόροι ὅσοι τῶν τετταράκοντα καὶ πεντακισχιλίων ἑστιῶν εἰσιν, μήτε κάπηλος ἑκὼν μηδʼ ἄκων μηδεὶς γιγνέσθω μηδʼ ἔμπορος μήτε διακονίαν μηδʼ ἥντινα κεκτημένος ἰδιώταις τοῖς μὴ ἐξ ἴσου ἑαυτῷ, πλὴν 919e πατρὶ καὶ μητρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἔτι τούτων εἰς τὸ ἄνω γένεσιν καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς αὑτοῦ πρεσβυτέροις, ὅσοι ἐλεύθεροι ἐλευθέρως. τὸ δʼ ἐλευθερικὸν καὶ ἀνελεύθερον ἀκριβῶς μὲν οὐ ῥᾴδιον νομοθετεῖν, κρινέσθω γε μὴν ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ ἀριστεῖα εἰληφότων τῷ ἐκείνων μίσει τε καὶ ἀσπασμῷ.

    After what has just been said, then, let our law on these matters be as follows, with good fortune: Of the Magnesians, whom the god is restoring and resettling, none who are landholders among the five thousand and forty households is to become a retailer, willingly or unwillingly, nor a merchant, nor to perform any service at all for private persons who are not his equals, except 919e for his father and mother and their forebears further back, and all who are older than himself and free, and in a way that befits a free man. What befits a free man and what doesn’t isn’t easy to lay down precisely by law; but it is to be judged by those who have won prizes for virtue, according to what they detest and what they welcome.

    ὃς δʼ ἂν καπηλείας τῆς ἀνελευθέρου τέχνῃ τινὶ μετάσχῃ, γραφέσθω μὲν αὐτὸν γένους αἰσχύνης ὁ βουλόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀρετῇ πρώτους κεκριμένους, ἐὰν δὲ δόξῃ ἀναξίῳ ἐπιτηδεύματι καταρρυπαίνειν τὴν αὑτοῦ πατρῴαν ἑστίαν, δεθεὶς ἐνιαυτὸν ἀποσχέσθω 920a τοῦ τοιούτου, καὶ ἐὰν αὖθις, ἔτη δύο, καὶ ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἁλώσεως τοὺς δεσμοὺς μὴ παυέσθω διπλασιάζων τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον.

    Whoever takes part in retail trade unworthy of a free man by any craft, anyone who wishes may indict him for disgracing his family, before those who have been judged first in virtue; and if he is judged to be soiling his ancestral hearth with an unworthy occupation, he is to be imprisoned for a year and to keep away 920a from such activity; if he does it again, for two years; and with each conviction the term of imprisonment is to go on doubling the previous one.

    δεύτερος μὴν νόμος· Μέτοικον εἶναι χρεὼν ἢ ξένον, ὃς ἂν μέλλῃ καπηλεύσειν· τὸ δὲ τρίτον καὶ τρίτος· ὅπως ὡς ἄριστος ἢ καὶ κακὸς ὡς ἥκιστα ὁ τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν ᾖ σύνοικος ἐν τῇ πόλει, τοὺς νομοφύλακας χρὴ νοῆσαι φύλακας εἶναι μὴ μόνον ἐκείνων οὓς φυλάττειν ῥᾴδιον μὴ παρανόμους καὶ κακοὺς γίγνεσθαι, ὅσοι γενέσει καὶ τροφαῖς εὖ πεπαίδευνται, 920b τοὺς δὲ μὴ τοιούτους ἐπιτηδεύματά τε ἐπιτηδεύοντας ἃ ῥοπὴν ἔχει τινὰ ἰσχυρὰν πρὸς τὸ προτρέπειν κακοὺς γίγνεσθαι, φυλακτέον μᾶλλον.

    A second law: Anyone who is to be a retailer must be a resident foreigner or a foreigner. And third comes a third law: so that such a person may be as good as possible, or at least as little bad as possible, as our fellow resident in the city, the guardians of the laws must realize that they are guardians not only of those whom it is easy to keep from becoming lawless and bad, those well educated by birth and upbringing, 920b but that those who are not such, and who pursue occupations with a strong tendency to incline people to become bad, must be guarded more closely.

    ταύτῃ δὴ τὰ περὶ τὴν καπηλείαν πολλὴν οὖσαν καὶ πολλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα τοιαῦτα κεκτημένην, ὅσαπερ ἂν αὐτῶν λειφθῇ δόξαντα ἐκ πολλῆς ἀνάγκης ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖν εἶναι, συνελθεῖν αὖ χρεὼν περὶ ταῦτα τοὺς νομοφύλακας μετὰ τῶν ἐμπείρων ἑκάστης καπηλείας, 920c καθάπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπετάξαμεν τῆς κιβδηλείας πέρι, συγγενοῦς τούτῳ πράγματος, συνελθόντας δὲ ἰδεῖν λῆμμά τε καὶ ἀνάλωμα τί ποτε τῷ καπήλῳ κέρδος ποιεῖ τὸ μέτριον, γράψαντας δὲ θεῖναι τὸ γιγνόμενον ἀνάλωμα καὶ λῆμμα καὶ φυλάττειν, τὰ μὲν ἀγορανόμους, τὰ δὲ ἀστυνόμους, τὰ δὲ ἀγρονόμους· καὶ σχεδὸν οὕτως ἂν καπηλεία τὰ μὲν ὠφελοῖ ἑκάστους, σμικρότατα δὲ ἂν βλάπτοι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι χρωμένους. 920d

    So, as to retail trade, which is extensive and includes many such occupations: whichever of them are kept, having been judged absolutely necessary to the city, the guardians of the laws must meet again about these with people experienced in each kind of retailing, 920c just as we prescribed earlier about adulteration, a related matter. When they meet, they are to see what balance of receipts and expenses produces a moderate profit for the retailer, then write down and post the resulting expenses and receipts and enforce them—the market wardens some, the city wardens others, and the country wardens others. In this way, roughly speaking, retail trade would benefit each group, and do the least possible harm to those in the city who make use of it. 920d

    Contracts and craftsmen

    Laws on broken agreements, craftsmen’s work and wages, and honors for soldiers.

    ὅσα τις ἂν ὁμολογῶν συνθέσθαι μὴ ποιῇ κατὰ τὰς ὁμολογίας, πλὴν ὧν ἂν νόμοι ἀπείργωσιν ἢ ψήφισμα, ἤ τινος ὑπὸ ἀδίκου βιασθεὶς ἀνάγκης ὁμολογήσῃ, καὶ ἐὰν ἀπὸ τύχης ἀπροσδοκήτου τις ἄκων κωλυθῇ, δίκας εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων ἀτελοῦς ὁμολογίας ἐν ταῖς φυλετικαῖσιν δίκαις, ἐὰν ἐν διαιτηταῖς ἢ γείτοσιν ἔμπροσθεν μὴ δύνωνται διαλλάττεσθαι. Ἡφαίστου καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερὸν τὸ τῶν δημιουργῶν γένος, οἳ 920e τὸν βίον ἡμῖν συγκατεσκευάκασιν τέχναις, Ἄρεως δʼ αὖ καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς οἱ τὰ τῶν δημιουργῶν σῴζοντες τέχναισιν ἑτέραις ἀμυντηρίοις ἔργα· δικαίως δὲ καὶ τὸ τούτων γένος ἱερόν ἐστι τούτων τῶν θεῶν.

    Whenever someone who has agreed to a contract fails to act in accordance with his agreement—except where laws or a decree forbid it, or where he agreed under compulsion by some unjust force, or where he is unwillingly prevented by some unexpected chance—for all other cases of unfulfilled agreement suits are to be brought in the tribal courts, if the parties can’t first be reconciled before arbitrators or neighbors. The class of craftsmen, who 920e have equipped our life with their crafts, is sacred to Hephaestus and Athena; and those who preserve the craftsmen’s works by other, defensive crafts are sacred to Ares and Athena. So this class too is rightly sacred to these gods.

    οὗτοι δὴ πάντες χώραν καὶ δῆμον θεραπεύοντες διατελοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν ἄρχοντες τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀγώνων, οἱ δὲ ὀργάνων τε καὶ ἔργων ἀποτελοῦντες γένεσιν ἔμμισθον· οἷς δὴ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐ πρέπον ἂν εἴη ψεύδεσθαι, 921a θεοὺς προγόνους αὑτῶν αἰδουμένους. ἂν δή τις δημιουργῶν εἰς χρόνον εἰρημένον ἔργον μὴ ἀποτελέσῃ διὰ κάκην, μηδὲν τὸν βιοδότην θεὸν ἐπαιδεσθείς, ἡγούμενος ὡς οἰκεῖον συγγνώμονα εἶναι θεόν, οὐδὲν τῷ νῷ βλέπων, πρῶτον μὲν δίκην τῷ θεῷ ὑφέξει, δεύτερον δὲ ἑπόμενος αὐτῷ νόμος κείσθω· τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἔργων ὀφειλέτω ὧν ἂν τὸν ἐκδόντα ψεύσηται καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ ῥηθέντι χρόνῳ προῖκα ἐξεργαζέσθω.

    All of these continue to serve the country and the people: the one group as leaders in the contests of war, the other by producing tools and works for pay. It would not be fitting for them to lie about such things, 921a since they revere the gods as their ancestors. So if any craftsman fails through negligence to finish a job in the time stated, with no respect for the god who gives him his livelihood, thinking the god will be lenient since he is his own—and seeing nothing with his mind—first, he will pay a penalty to the god; and second, let a law follow: he is to owe the price of the work he has cheated the client of, and do it over again from the beginning within the stated time, for nothing.

    καὶ ἀναιρουμένῳ δʼ ἔργον συμβουλευτὴς νόμος, ἅπερ 921b τῷ πωλοῦντι συνεβούλευεν, μὴ πλέονος τιμᾶν διαπειρώμενον ἀλλʼ ὡς ἁπλούστατα τῆς ἀξίας, ταὐτὸν δὴ προστάττει καὶ τῷ ἀναιρουμένῳ—γιγνώσκει γὰρ ὅ γε δημιουργὸς τὴν ἀξίαν —ἐν ἐλευθέρων οὖν πόλεσιν οὐ δή ποτε χρὴ τέχνῃ, σαφεῖ τε καὶ ἀψευδεῖ φύσει πράγματι, διαπειρᾶσθαι τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τεχνάζοντα αὐτὸν τὸν δημιουργόν, δίκας δὲ εἶναι τούτων τῷ ἀδικουμένῳ πρὸς τὸν ἀδικοῦντα.

    To one who takes on a job, the law gives the same advice it gave 921b to the seller: not to try for a higher price, but to ask as simply as possible what the work is worth. It gives this same instruction to the one taking on the job—for the craftsman, at least, knows the value. So in cities of free people, the craftsman must never use his craft, which is by nature a clear and truthful thing, to try to get the better of laymen by crafty tricks; and the wronged party is to have a right to sue the wrongdoer for this.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἐκδοὺς αὖ 921c δημιουργῷ μὴ ἀποδῷ τοὺς μισθοὺς ὀρθῶς κατὰ τὴν ἔννομον ὁμολογίαν γενομένην, Δία δὲ πολιοῦχον καὶ Ἀθηνᾶν κοινωνοὺς πολιτείας ἀτιμάζων, βραχὺ κέρδος ἀγαπῶν, λύῃ μεγάλας κοινωνίας, νόμος ὁ βοηθῶν ἔστω τῷ τῆς πόλεως συνδέσμῳ μετὰ θεῶν· ὃς γὰρ ἂν προαμειψάμενος ἔργον μισθοὺς μὴ ἀποδιδῷ ἐν χρόνοις τοῖς ὁμολογηθεῖσιν, διπλοῦν πραττέσθω· ἐὰν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸς ἐξέλθῃ, τῶν ἄλλων ἀτόκων ὄντων χρημάτων, 921d ὁπόσα δανεισμῷ συμβάλλει τις, οὗτος τῇ δραχμῇ ἑκάστου μηνὸς ἐπωβελίαν κατατιθέτω, δίκας δὲ εἶναι τούτων ἐν τοῖς κατὰ φυλὰς δικαστηρίοις.

    If, on the other hand, someone who has contracted work 921c from a craftsman fails to pay him his wages properly, according to the lawful agreement made—dishonoring Zeus, protector of the city, and Athena, partners in the constitution, and dissolving great partnerships out of love of a little profit—the law is to come to the aid of the bond of the city, together with the gods. Whoever has received the work in advance and doesn’t pay the wages at the agreed times is to be made to pay double; and if a year passes, then, although all other money 921d that anyone lends bears no interest, this man is to pay an obol on every drachma for each month; suits for these are to be heard in the tribal courts.

    An obol was a sixth of a drachma, so this is interest of about 17 percent a month.

    ὡς δὲ ἐν παρέργῳ περὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον δημιουργῶν ὄντων σωτηρίας, στρατηγῶν τε καὶ ὅσοι περὶ ταῦτα τεχνικοί, δίκαιον εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τὸ παράπαν ἐμνήσθημεν δημιουργῶν· ὃς τούτοις αὖ, καθάπερ ἐκείνοις, οἷον ἑτέροις οὖσιν δημιουργοῖς. ἐάν τις ἄρα καὶ τούτων ἀνελόμενος δημόσιον ἔργον εἴθʼ ἑκὼν 921e εἴτε προσταχθὲν καλῶς ἐξεργάσηται, τὰς τιμάς, οἳ δὴ μισθοὶ πολεμικοῖς ἀνδράσιν εἰσίν, ἀποδιδῷ δικαίως, ὁ νόμος αὐτὸν ἐπαινῶν οὔποτε καμεῖται· ἐὰν δὲ προαμειψάμενος ἔργον τι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον καλῶν ἔργων μὴ ἀποδιδῷ, μέμψεται.

    Since we’ve mentioned craftsmen at all, it’s only fair to add a word in passing about the craftsmen of safety in war—generals and those skilled in such matters. It applies to them in the same way as to the others, since they are craftsmen of another kind. If any of them undertakes a public work, whether voluntarily 921e or under orders, and carries it out well, then whoever duly pays the honors which are the wages of fighting men, the law will never tire of praising him; but if someone has received some fine work of war in advance and fails to pay for it, the law will reproach him.

    νόμος οὖν οὗτος ἐπαίνῳ περὶ τούτων ἡμῖν μεμειγμένος κείσθω, συμβουλευτικός, οὐ βιαστικός, τῷ πλήθει τῶν πολιτῶν, 922a τιμᾶν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας, ὅσοι σωτῆρες τῆς πόλεώς εἰσι συμπάσης εἴτε ἀνδρείαις εἴτε πολεμικαῖς μηχαναῖς, δευτέρους· πρώτοις γὰρ τὸ μέγιστον γέρας δεδόσθω τοῖς τὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν νομοθετῶν γράμματα τιμᾶν διαφερόντως δυνηθεῖσιν.

    So let this law, mixed with praise, be laid down for us on these matters, advising rather than compelling the mass of citizens 922a to honor good men—all who save the whole city, whether by courage or by the devices of war—in second place. For the first place and the greatest honor is to be given to those who have proved able to honor above all the writings of the good lawgivers.

    Wills

    The dying man’s wish to leave his property freely is answered, and laws on wills and heiresses follow.

    τὰ μὲν δὴ μέγιστα τῶν συμβολαίων, ὅσα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἄνθρωποι συμβάλλουσιν, πλήν γε ὀρφανικῶν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐπιτρόπων ἐπιμελείας τῶν ὀρφανῶν, σχεδὸν ἡμῖν διατέτακται· 922b ταῦτα δὲ δὴ μετὰ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ἀναγκαῖον ἁμῶς γέ πως τάξασθαι. τούτων δὲ ἀρχαὶ πάντων αἵ τε τῶν τελευτᾶν μελλόντων ἐπιθυμίαι τῆς διαθέσεως αἵ τε τῶν μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν διαθεμένων τύχαι· ἀναγκαῖον δὲ εἶπον, ὦ Κλεινία, βλέψας αὐτῶν πέρι πρός τε τὸ δύσκολον καὶ χαλεπόν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄτακτον δυνατόν ἐστʼ αὐτὸ ἐᾶν· πολλὰ γὰρ ἕκαστοι καὶ διάφορα ἀλλήλων καὶ ἐναντία τιθεῖντʼ ἂν τοῖς τε νόμοις καὶ τοῖς τῶν ζώντων ἤθεσιν καὶ τοῖς αὑτῶν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν 922c πρὶν διατίθεσθαι μέλλειν, εἴ τις ἐξουσίαν δώσει ἁπλῶς οὕτως κυρίαν εἶναι διαθήκην ἣν ἄν τις διαθῆται ὁπωσοῦν ἔχων πρὸς τῷ τοῦ βίου τέλει.

    The most important of the contracts people make with one another have now more or less been arranged by us, except for matters concerning orphans and the care of orphans by their guardians. 922b These must now be arranged somehow, after what we’ve just said. The starting points of all these are the wishes of those about to die concerning their bequests, and the fortunes of those who have made no bequest at all. I said “must,” Clinias, with an eye to how troublesome and difficult these matters are. For it isn’t possible to leave this unregulated: people would lay down many provisions differing from one another and contrary to the laws, to the characters of the living, and to their own earlier characters 922c before they came to make a will, if one simply gave them the power to make valid any will a person made, in whatever state he might be at the end of his life.

    ἀνοήτως γὰρ δὴ καὶ διατεθρυμμένως τινὰ τρόπον ἔχομεν οἱ πλεῖστοι, ὅταν ἤδη μέλλειν ἡγώμεθα τελευτᾶν.

    For most of us are in a foolish and somewhat enfeebled condition, once we think we are about to die.

    Cliniasπῶς τοῦτο, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean by that, stranger?

    Athenianχαλεπόν ἐστʼ, ὦ Κλεινία, μέλλων ἄνθρωπος τελευτήσειν, καὶ μεστὸν λόγου τοῖς νομοθέταις εὖ μάλα φοβεροῦ καὶ δυσχεροῦς.

    AthenianA man about to die, Clinias, is difficult; he is full of talk that lawgivers find very alarming and hard to deal with.

    Cliniasπῇ;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianζητῶν εἶναι κύριος ἁπάντων, εἴωθε μετʼ ὀργῆς λέγειν.

    AthenianHe wants to be master of everything, and he usually speaks in anger.

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasSaying what?

    Athenianδεινόν γε, ὦ θεοί, φησίν, εἰ τὰ ἐμὰ ἐμοὶ μηδαμῶς ἐξέσται δοῦναί τε ὅτῳ ἂν ἐθέλω καὶ μή, καὶ τῷ μὲν πλείω, τῷ δʼ ἐλάττονα, τῶν ὁπόσοι περὶ ἐμὲ φαῦλοι καὶ ὅσοι ἀγαθοὶ γεγόνασιν φανερῶς, βασανισθέντες ἱκανῶς ἐν νόσοις, οἱ δʼ ἐν γήρᾳ καὶ ἄλλαις παντοίαισι τύχαις.

    Athenian“It’s outrageous, by the gods,” he says, “if I’m not to be allowed to give my own property or not to whomever I like—more to one, less to another—according to how they’ve clearly treated me, bad or good, now that they’ve been well tested: some in my illnesses, others in my old age and all sorts of other misfortunes.”

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν, ὦ ξένε, καλῶς δοκοῦσίν σοι λέγειν;

    CliniasWell, stranger, don’t you think they’re right?

    Athenianμαλθακοὶ ἔμοιγʼ, ὦ Κλεινία, δοκοῦσιν οἱ πάλαι νομοθετοῦντες γεγονέναι καὶ ἐπὶ σμικρὸν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων βλέποντές τε καὶ διανοούμενοι νομοθετεῖν.

    AthenianWhat I think, Clinias, is that the lawgivers of old were soft, and legislated with only a small part of human affairs in view and in mind.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianτὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ὠγαθέ, φοβούμενοι, τὸν νόμον ἐτίθεσαν τὸν ἐξεῖναι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ διατίθεσθαι ἁπλῶς ὅπως ἄν 923a τις ἐθέλῃ τὸ παράπαν, ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ σὺ τοῖς ἐν τῇ σῇ πόλει μέλλουσι τελευτᾶν ἀποκρινούμεθα ἐμμελέστερόν πως. ὦ φίλοι, φήσομεν, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς ἐφήμεροι, χαλεπὸν ὑμῖν ἐστιν γιγνώσκειν τὰ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν χρήματα καὶ πρός γε ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς Πυθίας γράμμα φράζει, τὰ νῦν.

    AthenianIt was fear of this speech, my good friend, that made them lay down the law that anyone may dispose of his own property exactly as 923a he likes, without restriction. But you and I will give a more fitting answer to those in your city who are about to die. Friends, we’ll say, you who are truly creatures of a day, it’s hard for you at present to know your own property—and yourselves too, as the Pythia’s inscription says.

    The inscription ‘Know yourself’ stood at Apollo’s temple at Delphi, where the Pythia was the god’s priestess.

    ἔγωγʼ οὖν νομοθέτης ὢν οὔθʼ ὑμᾶς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν εἶναι τίθημι οὔτε τὴν οὐσίαν ταύτην, σύμπαντος δὲ τοῦ γένους ὑμῶν τοῦ τε ἔμπροσθεν καὶ τοῦ ἔπειτα ἐσομένου, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τῆς 923b πόλεως εἶναι τό τε γένος πᾶν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν· καὶ οὕτω τούτων ἐχόντων, οὐκ, ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς θωπείαις ὑποδραμὼν ἐν νόσοις ἢ γήρᾳ σαλεύοντας παρὰ τὸ βέλτιστον διατίθεσθαι πείθῃ, συγχωρήσομαι ἑκών, ὅτι δὲ τῇ πόλει τε ἄριστον πάσῃ καὶ γένει, πρὸς πᾶν τοῦτο βλέπων νομοθετήσω, τὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου κατατιθεὶς ἐν μοίραις ἐλάττοσι δικαίως. ὑμεῖς δὲ ἡμῖν ἵλεῴ τε καὶ εὐμενεῖς ὄντες πορεύοισθε ᾗπερ κατὰ φύσιν νῦν πορεύεσθε τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην· ἡμῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν 923c ὑμετέρων μελήσει, κηδομένοις ὅτι μάλιστα εἰς δύναμιν, οὐ τῶν μέν, τῶν δὲ οὔ.

    So I, as lawgiver, rule that neither you nor this property belong to yourselves, but to your whole family, past and future; and still more, that the whole family and its property belong to the 923b city. This being so, if someone slips in with flattery while you’re tossed about by illness or old age, and persuades you to make a will contrary to what is best, I won’t willingly allow it. I will legislate with an eye to the whole—what is best for the entire city and for the family—justly ranking each individual’s interest lower. Be gracious and kindly toward us, and go on your way, the way that human nature now takes you; we will take care of the rest of your 923c affairs, looking after them as well as we possibly can—not some of them only, but all.

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραμύθιά τε καὶ προοίμια τῶν τε ζώντων, ὦ Κλεινία, καὶ τῶν τελευτώντων ἔστω, νόμος δὲ ὅδε· ὃς ἂν διαθήκην γράφῃ τὰ αὑτοῦ διατιθέμενος, παίδων ὢν πατήρ, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν ὑέων κληρονόμον ὃν ἂν ἀξιώσῃ γίγνεσθαι γραφέτω, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων παίδων, ὃν ἂν μὲν ἑτέρῳ ποιεῖσθαι διδῷ δεχομένῳ, γραφέσθω τοῦτο αὐτό· 923d ἐὰν δὲ περιγίγνηταί τις τῶν ὑέων αὐτῷ μὴ ἐπί τινι κλήρῳ πεποιημένος, ὃν κατὰ νόμον ἐλπὶς εἰς ἀποικίαν ἐκπεμφθήσεσθαι, τούτῳ τῶν ἄλλων χρημάτων ἐξέστω τῷ πατρὶ διδόναι ὅσα ἂν ἐθέλῃ, πλὴν τοῦ πατρῴου κλήρου καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸν κλῆρον κατασκευῆς πάσης, καὶ ἐὰν πλείους ὦσιν, πρὸς μέρος ὁ πατὴρ ὅπῃ ἂν ἐθέλῃ νεμέτω τὰ περιόντα τοῦ κλήρου.

    Let this, Clinias, be the consolation and preamble for the living and the dying alike; and the law is as follows. Whoever writes a will disposing of his property, if he is a father of children, is first to write down which of his sons he thinks fit to be heir; and if he gives any of his other children to be adopted by someone who accepts him, he is to write that too. 923d If he still has a son who has not been adopted into some allotment, and who can be expected by law to be sent out to a colony, the father may give him as much of his other property as he likes, except for the ancestral allotment and all its equipment; and if there are more such sons, the father is to divide among them, in whatever shares he likes, what remains beyond the allotment.

    ὅτῳ δʼ ἂν τῶν ὑέων ὑπάρχων οἶκος ᾖ, μὴ νέμειν τούτῳ τῶν χρημάτων, θυγατρί τε ὡσαύτως, ᾗ μὲν ἂν ἐγγεγυημένος ὡς ἀνὴρ 923e ἐσόμενος ᾖ, μὴ νέμειν, ᾗ δʼ ἂν μή, νέμειν· ἐὰν δέ τῳ τῶν ὑέων ἢ καὶ τῶν θυγατέρων φανῇ κλῆρος ἐπιχώριος τῆς διαθήκης γενόμενος ὕστερον, τῷ κληρονόμῳ τοῦ τὴν διαθήκην διαθεμένου καταλειπέτω. ἐὰν δὲ ἄρρενας μὲν μὴ λείπῃ, θηλείας δέ, ὁ διατιθέμενος, ἄνδρα μὲν τῶν θυγατέρων ᾗτινι ἂν ἐθέλῃ, ὑὸν δὲ αὑτῷ καταλειπέτω, γράψας κληρονόμον· ἐὰν δὲ ὑός τῳ τελευτήσῃ παῖς ὤν, πρὶν εἰς ἄνδρας δυνατὸς εἶναι τελεῖν, εἴτε γεννητὸς ὢν εἴτε ποιητός, γραφέτω καὶ 924a περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τύχης ὁ τὴν διαθήκην γράφων τίνα χρὴ παῖδα αὐτῷ δεύτερον ἐπὶ τύχαις ἀμείνοσιν γίγνεσθαι.

    To a son who already has a household he is not to allot any property; likewise with a daughter: if she is betrothed to a man who is to be 923e her husband, he is not to allot her anything; if not, he may. If any son or daughter is found to have acquired an allotment in the country after the will was made, he or she is to leave the bequest to the heir of the one who made the will. If the testator leaves no male children, but only female, he is to leave to whichever of his daughters he likes a husband, and to himself a son, writing him down as heir. If someone’s son, natural or adopted, dies while still a child, before he can reach manhood, the one writing the will is to write 924a about this contingency too, naming who is to be his son in the second place, with better fortune.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἄπαις ὢν τὸ παράπαν διαθήκην γράφῃ, τὸ τῆς ἐπικτήτου δεκατημόριον ἐξελόμενος, ἐὰν ἐθέλῃ τῳ δωρεῖσθαι, δωρείσθω· τὰ δὲ ἄλλα παραδιδοὺς πάντα τῷ ποιηθέντι ἄμεμπτος ἵλεων ὑὸν αὐτὸν ποιείσθω σὺν νόμῳ. ᾧ δʼ ἂν ἐπιτρόπων οἱ παῖδες δέωνται, ἐὰν μὲν διαθέμενος τελευτᾷ καὶ γράψας ἐπιτρόπους τοῖς παισὶν ἑκόντας τε καὶ ὁμολογοῦντας 924b ἐπιτροπεύσειν οὑστινασοῦν καὶ ὁπόσους ἂν ἐθέλῃ, κατὰ ταῦτα τὰ γραφέντα ἡ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων αἵρεσις γιγνέσθω κυρία· ἐὰν δὲ ἢ τὸ παράπαν μὴ διαθέμενος τελευτήσῃ τις ἢ τῆς τῶν ἐπιτρόπων αἱρέσεως ἐλλιπής, ἐπιτρόπους εἶναι τοὺς ἐγγύτατα γένει πρὸς πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς κυρίους, δύο μὲν πρὸς πατρός, δύο δὲ πρὸς μητρός, ἕνα δʼ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ τελευτήσαντος φίλων, τούτους δʼ οἱ νομοφύλακες καθιστάντων τῷ δεομένῳ τῶν ὀρφανῶν.

    If someone who is entirely childless writes a will, he may set aside a tenth of the property he has acquired beyond his allotment and give it to anyone he likes; everything else he is to hand over to the one he adopts, and make him his son in a way no one can fault, and with the son’s goodwill, as the law allows. If someone’s children need guardians, and he dies having made a will and named as guardians for his children any people he likes, and as many as he likes, who are willing and agree 924b to act as guardians, then the choice of guardians is to be valid as written. But if someone dies either without making any will at all, or without naming guardians, the guardians with authority are to be the nearest relatives on the father’s and the mother’s side—two on the father’s side and two on the mother’s—and one from among the dead man’s friends; the guardians of the laws are to appoint these for any orphan who needs them.

    καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς καὶ τῶν 924c ὀρφανῶν πεντεκαίδεκα τῶν νομοφυλάκων οἱ πρεσβύτατοι πάντων ἐπιμελείσθων ἀεὶ κατὰ πρέσβιν καὶ κατὰ τρεῖς διελόμενοι σφᾶς αὐτούς, κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τρεῖς καὶ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἄλλον ἕτεροι τρεῖς, ἕως ἂν αἱ πέντε περίοδοι γίγνωνται κύκλῳ· καὶ τοῦτο ἐκλιπέτω μηδέποτε κατὰ δύναμιν.

    The whole business of guardianship and of 924c orphans is to be the continual charge of the fifteen oldest of all the guardians of the laws. They are to divide themselves by seniority into groups of three, three for one year and another three for the next, until the five rounds come full circle; and this is never to lapse, as far as possible.

    ὃς δʼ ἂν μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν διαθέμενος ἀποθάνῃ, παῖδας μὲν καταλιπὼν δεομένους ἐπιτροπῆς, τῶν αὐτῶν νόμων τούτων 924d ἡ χρεία τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ μετεχέτω· θηλείας δὲ ἂν καταλείπῃ τις ἀπροσδοκήτῳ τύχῃ χρησάμενος, συγγνώμην τῷ τιθέντι τὸν νόμον ἐχέτω, ἐὰν τῶν τριῶν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ δύο ἐπισκοπῶν τὴν ἔκδοσιν τῶν θυγατέρων ποιῆται, πρός τε τὴν τοῦ γένους ἀγχιστείαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ κλήρου σωτηρίαν, τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ὅπερ ἂν πατὴρ διασκέψαιτο, ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν πολιτῶν βλέπων εἰς ἤθη τε καὶ τρόπους τὸν ἐπιτήδειον αὑτῷ μὲν ὑόν, νυμφίον 924e δʼ εἶναι τῇ θυγατρί, τοῦτο δὲ παραλείπῃ διὰ τὴν ἀδύνατον σκέψιν.

    If someone dies without making any will at all, leaving children who need guardianship, the same laws 924d are to apply to his children’s needs. But if a man meets with an unexpected misfortune and leaves daughters, let him forgive the lawgiver if, in arranging the marriage of the daughters, he attends to two of the three considerations—closeness of kinship and the preservation of the allotment—but passes over the third, which a father would have weighed: looking among all the citizens, with an eye to character and ways, for someone suited to be a son to him and a bridegroom 924e to his daughter. This he passes over because it is impossible to examine.

    νόμος τοίνυν εἰς δύναμιν ὅδε περὶ τῶν τοιούτων κείσθω· ἐὰν ὁ μὴ διαθέμενος θυγατέρας λείπῃ, τοῦδε ἀποθανόντος, ἀδελφὸς ὁμοπάτωρ ἢ ἄκληρος ὁμομήτριος ἐχέτω τὴν θυγατέρα καὶ τὸν κλῆρον τοῦ τελευτήσαντος· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀδελφός, ἀδελφοῦ δὲ παῖς, ὡσαύτως, ἐὰν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὦσιν· ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ εἷς τούτων, ἀδελφῆς δὲ παῖς ᾖ, κατὰ ταὐτά· τέταρτος δὲ πατρὸς ἀδελφός, πέμπτος δὲ τούτου παῖς, ἕκτος δὲ ἀδελφῆς πατρὸς ἔκγονος. ὡσαύτως δὲ τὸ γένος ἀεὶ πορευέσθω κατʼ ἀγχιστείαν, ἐάν τις παῖδας θηλείας καταλείπῃ, 925a διʼ ἀδελφῶν τε καὶ ἀδελφιδῶν ἐπανιόν, ἔμπροσθε μὲν τῶν ἀρρένων, ὕστερον δὲ θηλειῶν ἑνὶ γένει.

    So let this be the law on such matters, as far as it can be: If a man dies intestate and leaves daughters, then on his death his brother by the same father, or his brother by the same mother who has no allotment, is to have the daughter and the dead man’s allotment. If there is no brother, but a brother’s son, the same applies, provided they are suited to each other in age; if there is none of these, but a sister’s son, likewise. Fourth comes the father’s brother, fifth his son, sixth the son of the father’s sister. And whenever someone leaves female children, the family is always to proceed in the same way by nearness of kin, going back 925a through brothers and nephews, the males first and then the females, at each degree of kinship.

    τὴν δὲ τούτων γάμου χρόνου συμμετρίαν τε καὶ ἀμετρίαν ὁ δικαστὴς σκοπῶν κρινέτω, γυμνοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἄρρενας, γυμνὰς δὲ ὀμφαλοῦ μέχρι θεώμενος τὰς θηλείας· ἐὰν δὲ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀπορία συγγενῶν ᾖ μέχρι μὲν ἀδελφοῦ ὑιδῶν, μέχρι δὲ πάππου παίδων ὡσαύτως, τῶν ἄλλων ὅντινʼ ἂν ἡ παῖς μετʼ ἐπιτρόπων αἱρῆται τῶν 925b πολιτῶν ἑκούσιον ἑκουσία, κληρονόμος γιγνέσθω τοῦ τελευτήσαντος καὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς νυμφίος.

    Whether their ages make the marriage suitable or not, the judge is to decide by examining them—looking at the males naked, and at the females naked down to the navel. If the family has no relatives as near as a brother’s grandsons, and likewise as near as a grandfather’s children, then whichever of the other 925b citizens the girl chooses with her guardians, he willing and she willing, is to become the dead man’s heir and the daughter’s bridegroom.

    ἔτι δὲ πολλὰ πολλῶν καὶ πλείων ἀπορία τῶν τοιούτων γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ἔστιν ὅτʼ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει· ἂν οὖν δή τις ἀπορουμένη τῶν αὐτόθεν ὁρᾷ τινα εἰς ἀποικίαν ἀπεσταλμένον, ᾖ δὲ κατὰ νοῦν αὐτῇ κληρονόμον ἐκεῖνον γίγνεσθαι τῶν τοῦ πατρός, ἐὰν μὲν συγγενὴς ᾖ, κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ νόμου ἐπὶ τὸν κλῆρον πορευέσθω, ἐὰν δὲ ἐκτὸς γένους, τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ὄντων ἔξω τῆς συγγενείας, κύριος 925c ἔστω κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐπιτρόπων καὶ τῆς παιδὸς τοῦ τελευτήσαντος αἵρεσιν γῆμαι καὶ τὸν κλῆρον ἐπανελθὼν οἴκαδε λαβεῖν τοῦ μὴ διαθεμένου.

    Moreover, there may sometimes be many shortages, and greater ones, of such people in the city itself. So if a girl who can find no candidate at home sees someone who has been sent out to a colony, and she would like him to become heir to her father’s property: if he is a relative, he is to proceed to the allotment according to the order of the law; if he is outside the family, provided that those in the city are outside the kinship, he is to have the right, 925c if the guardians and the dead man’s daughter choose him, to marry her and come home to take the allotment of the man who died intestate.

    ἄπαις δὲ ἀρρένων τε καὶ θηλειῶν τὸ παράπαν ὃς ἂν μὴ διαθέμενος τελευτᾷ, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου κατὰ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἐχέτω νόμον, θήλεια δὲ καὶ ἄρρην οἷον σύννομοι ἴτωσαν ἐκ τοῦ γένους εἰς τὸν ἐξηρημωμένον ἑκάστοτε οἶκον, ὧν ὁ κλῆρος γιγνέσθω κυρίως, 925d ἀδελφὴ μὲν πρῶτον, ἀδελφοῦ δὲ θυγάτηρ δευτέρα, τρίτη δὲ ἔκγονος ἀδελφῆς, τετάρτη δὲ πατρὸς ἀδελφή, καὶ πέμπτη πατρὸς ἀδελφοῦ παῖς, ἕκτη δὲ ἀδελφῆς πατρὸς ἂν εἴη παῖς· συνοικίζειν δὲ ταύτας ἐκείνοις κατʼ ἀγχιστείαν καὶ θέμιν, ὡς ἔμπροσθεν ἐνομοθετήσαμεν.

    If someone dies intestate and entirely without children, male or female, in other respects the previous law is to apply to him; but a woman and a man from the family are to go, as a kind of yoked pair, into the house that has been left empty in each case, and the allotment is to become theirs with full rights: 925d first a sister, second a brother’s daughter, third a sister’s daughter, fourth a father’s sister, fifth a father’s brother’s daughter, and sixth would be a father’s sister’s daughter. These women are to be married to the men according to nearness of kin and what is sanctioned, as we legislated earlier.

    μὴ δὴ λανθανέτω τὸ τῶν τοιούτων νόμων ἡμᾶς βάρος, ὡς χαλεπῶς ἔστιν ὅτε προστάττει τῷ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος κατὰ γένος οἰκείῳ γαμεῖν τὴν συγγενῆ, μὴ δοκεῖ δὲ σκοπεῖν ἃ μυρία ἐν ἀνθρώποις 925e ἐμπόδια γίγνεται τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐπιτάγμασιν τοῦ μήτινα ἐθέλειν πείθεσθαι, πρότερον δὲ οὕστινας ὁτιοῦν ἂν βουληθῆναι παθεῖν, ὁπόταν ἢ σωμάτων νοσήματα καὶ πηρώσεις ἢ διανοίας ἔν τισιν τῶν ἐπιταττομένων γαμεῖν ἢ γαμεῖσθαι γίγνηται. τούτων δὴ μηδὲν φροντίζειν τάχʼ ἂν ὁ νομοθέτης δόξειέν τισιν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς δοκοῦν.

    Let’s not overlook how heavy such laws can be: how harshly they sometimes command the dead man’s next of kin to marry his relative, and seem not to consider the countless obstacles that arise among people 925e to such commands, so that no one is willing to obey and some would rather suffer anything at all—when there are diseases and deformities of body or of mind in some of those ordered to marry or be married. Some might think the lawgiver gives no thought to any of this, but they would be wrong.

    ἔστω τοίνυν εἰρημένον ὑπέρ τε νομοθέτου καὶ ὑπὲρ νομοθετουμένου σχεδὸν οἷον κοινὸν προοίμιον, συγγνώμην μὲν τῷ νομοθέτῃ τοὺς ἐπιταττομένους δεόμενον ἔχειν, ὅτι τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμελούμενος οὐκ ἄν ποτε δύναιτο διοικεῖν ἅμα καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ἑκάστῳ γιγνομένας συμφοράς, 926a συγγνώμην δʼ αὖ καὶ τοῖς νομοθετουμένοις, ὡς τὰ τοῦ νομοθετοῦντος εἰκότως ἐνίοτε οὐ δύνανται προστάγματα τελεῖν, ἃ μὴ γιγνώσκων προστάττει.

    So let this be said on behalf of the lawgiver and of those subject to his laws, as a kind of common preamble. It asks those receiving the orders to forgive the lawgiver, because in caring for public concerns he could never at the same time manage the private misfortunes that befall each individual; 926a and it asks forgiveness in turn for those subject to the laws, since they are sometimes, understandably, unable to carry out the lawgiver’s orders, which he gives without knowing their circumstances.

    Cliniasτί δή τις οὖν, ὦ ξένε, δρῶν πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐμμετρότατος ἂν εἴη;

    CliniasThen what could one do, stranger, that would be most reasonable in such cases?

    Athenianδιαιτητάς, ὦ Κλεινία, τοῖς τοιούτοις νόμοις καὶ νομοθετουμένοις ἀναγκαῖον αἱρεῖσθαι.

    AthenianIt’s necessary, Clinias, to choose arbitrators between such laws and those subject to them.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianἔστιν ὅτε πλουσίου πατρὸς ἀδελφιδοῦς τὴν τοῦ 926b θείου θυγατέρα ἑκὼν οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοι λαμβάνειν, τρυφῶν καὶ ἐπὶ μείζοσι γάμοις τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπέχων· ἔστιν δʼ ὅτε καὶ συμφορὰν τὴν μεγίστην τοῦ νομοθέτου προστάττοντος, ἀπειθεῖν ἀναγκάζοιτʼ ἂν τῷ νόμῳ, μαινόμενα κηδεύματα ἀναγκάζοντος λαμβάνειν ἢ δεινὰς ἄλλας σωμάτων ἢ ψυχῶν συμφοράς, ἃς ἀβίωτον ζῆν κεκτημένῳ.

    AthenianSometimes a rich father’s nephew would not willingly take his 926b uncle’s daughter, since he lives in luxury and has his mind set on a grander marriage. And sometimes, too, he might be forced to disobey the law, when the lawgiver commands the greatest misfortune—forcing him to take on a marriage with madness in it, or other terrible afflictions of body or soul that make life unlivable for the one who has them.

    ὁ δὴ νῦν λόγος ἡμῖν περὶ τούτων ὅδε νόμος κείσθω· ἐάν τινες ἄρα περὶ διαθήκης 926c ἐγκαλῶσι τοῖς κειμένοις νόμοις, περί τε ἄλλων ὡντινωνοῦν καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ γάμων, ἦ μὴν παρόντα καὶ ζῶντα αὐτὸν τὸν νομοθέτην μήποτʼ ἂν ἀναγκάσαι πράττειν οὕτω, μηδὲ γῆμαι μηδὲ γήμασθαι, τοὺς νῦν ἀναγκαζομένους ἑκάτερα δρᾶν, ὁ δέ τις τῶν οἰκείων ἤ τις ἐπίτροπος φῇ, διαιτητὰς φάναι καὶ πατέρας τοὺς πεντεκαίδεκα τῶν νομοφυλάκων καταλιπεῖν τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς καὶ ὀρφαναῖς τὸν νομοθέτην· πρὸς οὓς ἐπανιόντες 926d διαδικαζέσθων οἱ περί τινος τῶν τοιούτων ἀμφισβητοῦντες, κύρια τελοῦντες τὰ τούτων δόγματα.

    So let what we are now saying about this be laid down as law, as follows: If some people 926c have complaints against the established laws about a will—on any other matter whatever, and in particular about marriages—swearing that the lawgiver himself, were he present and alive, would never have forced those who are now forced to do one or the other to act this way, to marry or be given in marriage; and some relative or guardian contends otherwise, then we declare that the lawgiver has left the fifteen guardians of the laws as arbitrators and fathers for orphan boys and girls. Those disputing over any such matter are to go to them 926d and have the case decided, carrying out their decisions as binding.

    ἂν δέ τῳ μείζων δύναμις ἐπανατίθεσθαι δοκῇ τοῖς νομοφύλαξιν, εἰς τὸ τῶν ἐκκρίτων δικαστῶν δικαστήριον εἰσάγων αὐτοὺς διαδικαζέσθω περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων· τῷ δὲ ἡττηθέντι παρὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου ψόγος καὶ ὄνειδος κείσθω, πολλῶν χρημάτων νοῦν κεκτημένῳ ζημία βαρυτέρα.

    But if anyone thinks too much power is being put in the hands of the guardians of the laws, he may bring them before the court of select judges and have the disputed matters decided there. The loser is to incur censure and reproach from the lawgiver—a heavier penalty, for anyone with sense, than a large sum of money.

    Orphans and guardians

    Guardians of the laws act as fathers to orphans; guardians who mistreat them are punished.

    νῦν δὴ τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς παισὶ γένεσις οἷον δευτέρα τις 926e γίγνοιτʼ ἄν. μετὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν πρώτην ἑκάστοις εἴρηνται τροφαὶ καὶ παιδεύσεις· μετὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν, ἔρημον πατέρων γενομένην, μηχανᾶσθαι δεῖ τίνα τρόπον ἡ τῆς ὀρφανίας τύχη τοῖς γενομένοις ὀρφανοῖς ὡς ἥκιστα ἔλεον ἕξει τῆς συμφορᾶς. πρῶτον μὲν δή φαμεν νομοθετεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς νομοφύλακας ἀντὶ γεννητόρων πατέρας οὐ χείρους, καὶ δὴ καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς οἰκείων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι προστάττομεν, ἐμμελῆ τούτοις τε αὐτοῖς περὶ τροφῆς ὀρφανῶν προοιμιασάμενοι καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτρόποις.

    Now for orphaned children there would be a kind of second 926e birth. After the first birth, we have described each child’s rearing and education; after the second, which leaves them bereft of fathers, we must devise a way for the misfortune of orphanhood to leave those who have become orphans as little to be pitied for their misfortune as possible. First, we say, we are legislating the guardians of the laws to be fathers to them in place of their parents, and no worse than they; and indeed we instruct them to take care of them each year as if they were their own, having first given both them and the guardians a fitting preamble about the rearing of orphans.

    εἴς τινα γὰρ οὖν μοι καιρὸν φαινόμεθα 927a τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν λόγους διεξελθεῖν, ὡς ἄρα αἱ τῶν τελευτησάντων ψυχαὶ δύναμιν ἔχουσίν τινα τελευτήσασαι, ᾗ τῶν κατʼ ἀνθρώπους πραγμάτων ἐπιμελοῦνται· ταῦτα δὲ ἀληθεῖς μέν, μακροὶ δʼ εἰσὶν περιέχοντες λόγοι, πιστεύειν δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις φήμαις χρεὼν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, οὕτω πολλαῖσιν καὶ σφόδρα παλαιαῖς οὔσαις, πιστεύειν δʼ αὖ καὶ τοῖς νομοθετοῦσιν ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, ἄνπερ μὴ παντάπασιν ἄφρονες φαίνωνται.

    For it seems to me that we went through our earlier 927a account at an opportune moment: that the souls of the dead have a certain power after death, by which they take care of human affairs. The accounts that contain this are true, but long; one should rather trust the other traditions on such matters, which are so many and very ancient, and trust also those who lay down laws that this is so, unless they seem utterly senseless.

    ταύτῃ δὲ εἰ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν κατὰ φύσιν, πρῶτον 927b μὲν τοὺς ἄνω θεοὺς φοβείσθων, οἳ τῶν ὀρφανῶν τῆς ἐρημίας αἰσθήσεις ἔχουσιν, εἶτα τὰς τῶν κεκμηκότων ψυχάς, αἷς ἐστιν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν αὑτῶν ἐκγόνων κήδεσθαι διαφερόντως καὶ τιμῶσίν τε αὐτοὺς εὐμενεῖς εἶναι καὶ ἀτιμάζουσιν δυσμενεῖς, ἔτι δὲ τὰς τῶν ζώντων μέν, ἐν γήρᾳ δὲ ὄντων καὶ ἐν μεγίσταις τιμαῖς—ὅπουπερ πόλις εὐνομοῦσα εὐδαιμονεῖ, τούτους οἱ παῖδες παίδων φιλοστοργοῦντες ζῶσι μεθʼ ἡδονῆς· καὶ τὰ περὶ ταῦτα ὀξὺ μὲν ἀκούουσιν βλέπουσίν τε ὀξύ, τοῖς τε 927c περὶ αὐτὰ δικαίοις εὐμενεῖς εἰσιν, νεμεσῶσίν τε μάλιστα αὖ τοῖς εἰς ὀρφανὰ καὶ ἔρημα ὑβρίζουσιν, παρακαταθήκην εἶναι μεγίστην ἡγούμενοι καὶ ἱερωτάτην—οἷς ἐπίτροπον καὶ ἄρχοντα πᾶσι δεῖ τὸν νοῦν, ᾧ καὶ βραχὺς ἐνείη, προσέχοντα, καὶ εὐλαβούμενον περὶ τροφήν τε καὶ παιδείαν ὀρφανῶν, ὡς ἔρανον εἰσφέροντα ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ, κατὰ δύναμιν πάντως πᾶσαν εὐεργετεῖν.

    If this is how things are by nature, then, first, 927b let them fear the gods above, who are aware of the loneliness of orphans; then the souls of the departed, whose nature it is to care especially for their own descendants, and to be kindly to those who honor them and hostile to those who dishonor them; and further, the souls of those still living but in old age and held in the highest honor—where a city is well governed and flourishes, their grandchildren love them dearly and live with them gladly—and these have keen hearing and keen sight in such matters, and are kindly to those who 927c deal justly in them, and most indignant, in turn, at those who treat orphans and the desolate with outrage, considering them the greatest and most sacred trust. To all of these every guardian and magistrate with even a little sense must pay attention, and take care over the rearing and education of orphans, and do them every kind of good in every way he can, as if making a contribution for himself and his own.

    ὁ μὲν δὴ πεισθεὶς τῷ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου μύθῳ καὶ μηδὲν εἰς ὀρφανὸν ὑβρίσας οὐκ εἴσεται 927d ἐναργῶς τὴν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ὀργὴν νομοθέτου, ὁ δὲ ἀπειθὴς καί τινα πατρὸς ἢ μητρὸς ἔρημον ἀδικῶν διπλῆν τινέτω πᾶσαν τὴν βλάβην ἢ περὶ τὸν ἀμφιθαλῆ γενόμενος κακός.

    Whoever is persuaded by the story told before the law, and commits no outrage against an orphan, will never come to know 927d at first hand the lawgiver’s anger on such matters. But whoever disobeys and wrongs someone bereft of father or mother is to pay double the whole damage he would pay for wronging a child with both parents living.

    τὴν δὲ ἄλλην νομοθεσίαν ἐπιτρόποισίν τε περὶ ὀρφανοὺς ἄρχουσίν τε περὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ἐπιτρόπων, εἰ μὲν μὴ παράδειγμά τε τροφῆς παίδων ἐλευθέρων ἐκέκτηντο αὐτοὶ τρέφοντες τοὺς αὑτῶν καὶ τῶν οἰκείων χρημάτων ἐπιμελούμενοι, 927e ἔτι δὲ νόμους περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων μετρίως διειρημένους εἶχον, εἶχέν τινα λόγον ἂν ἐπιτροπικούς τινας νόμους, ὡς ὄντας ἰδίᾳ διαφέροντας πολύ, τιθέναι, ποικίλλοντας ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἰδίοις τὸν τῶν ὀρφανῶν βίον παρὰ τὸν τῶν μή· νῦν δὲ εἰς μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα οὐ πολὺ διαφέρον ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ὀρφανία κέκτηται τῆς πατρονομικῆς, τιμαῖς δὲ καὶ ἀτιμίαις ἅμα καὶ ἐπιμελείαισιν οὐδαμῶς ἐξισοῦσθαι φιλεῖ. 928a διὸ δὴ περὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ τὴν ὀρφανῶν πέρι νομοθεσίαν παραμυθούμενός τε καὶ ἀπειλῶν ὁ νόμος ἐσπούδακεν.

    As for the rest of the legislation for guardians concerning orphans, and for magistrates concerning the supervision of guardians: if they didn’t have a model for the rearing of free children in raising their own and managing their own property, 927e and didn’t also have laws on these very matters reasonably well set out, there would be some reason to lay down special laws on guardianship, as a quite different matter, marking off the life of orphans from that of children who aren’t orphans with special practices. But as it is, in all such matters orphanhood among us is not much different from being under a father’s rule, though in honor and dishonor, and in the care it receives, it is apt to fall far short of equality. 928a That is why, on this very point, the law has put great effort into its legislation about orphans, with both encouragement and threats.

    ἔτι δʼ ἀπειλή τις ἂν τοιάδε εἴη μάλα ἔγκαιρος· ὃς ἂν θῆλυν εἴτε ἄρρενα ἐπιτροπεύῃ, καὶ ὃς ἂν ἐπιτρόπου φύλαξ τῶν νομοφυλάκων καταστὰς ἐπιμελῆται, μὴ χεῖρον ἀγαπάτω τῶν αὑτοῦ τέκνων τὸν τῆς ὀρφανικῆς μετειληφότα τύχης, μηδὲ τῶν οἰκείων τῶν τοῦ τρεφομένου χεῖρον χρημάτων ἐπιμελείσθω, 928b βέλτιον δὲ ἢ τῶν αὑτοῦ κατὰ προθυμίαν. ἕνα δὲ τοῦτον νόμον ἔχων ὀρφανῶν πέρι πᾶς ἐπιτροπευέτω· ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλως τις περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράττῃ παρὰ τὸν νόμον τόνδε, ὁ μὲν ἄρχων ζημιούτω τὸν ἐπίτροπον, ὁ δὲ ἐπίτροπος τὸν ἄρχοντα εἰς τὸ τῶν ἐκκρίτων δικαστήριον εἰσάγων ζημιούτω τῷ δόξαντι τιμήματι τῷ δικαστηρίῳ διπλῇ.

    There is also a threat of this sort that would be very timely: Whoever is guardian of a girl or a boy, and whichever of the guardians of the laws is appointed to supervise a guardian, is to love the child who has had the lot of an orphan no less than his own children, and to take no less care of the ward’s family property than of 928b his own—indeed, to take better care, and eagerly. Every guardian is to observe this one law about orphans. If anyone acts otherwise in these matters, contrary to this law, the magistrate is to penalize the guardian; and the guardian is to bring the magistrate before the court of select judges and have him penalized with double the fine the court decides.

    ἐὰν δʼ ἐπίτροπος ἀμελεῖν ἢ κακουργεῖν δοκῇ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἢ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τινὶ πολιτῶν, εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀγέτω δικαστήριον· ὅτι δʼ ἂν ὄφλῃ, τετραπλασίαν 928c μὲν τούτου τίνειν, γιγνέσθω δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ παιδός, τὸ δʼ ἥμισυ τοῦ καταδικασαμένου τὴν δίκην. ἅμα δʼ ἂν ἡβήσῃ τις τῶν ὀρφανῶν, ἐὰν ἡγῆται κακῶς ἐπιτροπευθῆναι, μέχρι πέντε ἐτῶν ἐξηκούσης τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς ἔστω δίκην λαχεῖν ἐπιτροπίας· ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων, τιμᾶν τὸ δικαστήριον ὅτι χρὴ παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτίνειν, ἐὰν δὲ δὴ τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἀμελείᾳ μὲν δόξας κακῶσαι τὸν ὀρφανόν, ὅτι χρὴ 928d τίνειν αὐτὸν τῷ παιδί, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον, ἐὰν δὲ ἀδικίᾳ, πρὸς τῷ τιμήματι, τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν νομοφυλάκων ἀφιστάσθω, τὸ δὲ κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως ἕτερον νομοφύλακα ἀντὶ τούτου καθιστάτω τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τῇ πόλει.

    If relatives, or any other citizen, think a guardian is negligent or dishonest, they are to bring him before the same court. Whatever he is convicted for, he is to pay four times 928c that amount, half to go to the child and half to the one who won the case. As soon as an orphan comes of age, if he thinks he has been badly served by his guardian, he may bring an action for mismanagement of guardianship up to five years after the guardianship has ended. If one of the guardians is convicted, the court is to assess what he must suffer or pay. If one of the magistrates is convicted, and he is judged to have harmed the orphan through negligence, the court is to assess what he must 928d pay the child; if through injustice, then besides the penalty he is to be removed from the office of guardian of the laws, and the public authority of the city is to appoint another guardian of the laws in his place for the country and the city.

    Disowning, insanity and divorce

    Rules for disowning a son, declaring a father insane, divorce, remarriage and children of slaves.

    διαφοραὶ πατέρων τε πρὸς αὑτῶν παῖδας γίγνονται καὶ παίδων πρὸς γεννητὰς μείζους ἢ χρεών, ἐν αἷς οἵ τε πατέρες ἡγοῖντʼ ἂν δεῖν τὸν νομοθέτην νομοθετεῖν ἐξεῖναί σφισιν, ἐὰν βούλωνται, τὸν ὑὸν ὑπὸ κήρυκος ἐναντίον ἁπάντων ἀπειπεῖν 928e ὑὸν κατὰ νόμον μηκέτʼ εἶναι, ὑεῖς τʼ αὖ σφίσι πατέρας ὑπὸ νόσων ἢ γήρως διατιθεμένους αἰσχρῶς ἐξεῖναι παρανοίας γράφεσθαι· ταῦτα δὲ ὄντως ἐν παγκάκων ἤθεσιν ἀνθρώπων γίγνεσθαι φιλεῖ, ἐπεὶ ἡμίσεών γε ὄντων τῶν κακῶν, οἷον μὴ κακοῦ μὲν πατρός, ὑέος δέ, ἢ τοὐναντίον, οὐ γίγνονται συμφοραὶ τηλικαύτης ἔχθρας ἔκγονοι.

    Quarrels arise between fathers and their sons, and between sons and their parents, that are more serious than they should be. In these, fathers would think the lawgiver ought to legislate that they may, if they wish, renounce their son publicly by herald before everyone, 928e so that by law he is no longer their son; and sons, in turn, that when their fathers are in a shameful state through illness or old age, they may indict them for insanity. These things really tend to happen among people whose characters are thoroughly bad. When only half of them are bad—say, the son but not the father, or the reverse—misfortunes born of so great a hatred don’t arise.

    ἐν μὲν οὖν ἄλλῃ πολιτείᾳ παῖς ἀποκεκηρυγμένος οὐκ ἂν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἄπολις εἴη, ταύτης δέ, ἧς οἵδε οἱ νόμοι ἔσονται, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει 929a εἰς ἄλλην χώραν ἐξοικίζεσθαι τὸν ἀπάτορα—πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς τετταράκοντα καὶ πεντακισχιλίοις οἴκοις οὐκ ἔστιν ἕνα προσγενέσθαι—διὸ δὴ δεῖ τὸν ταῦτα πεισόμενον ἐν δίκῃ μὴ ὑπὸ ἑνὸς πατρός, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ γένους ἀπορρηθῆναι παντός.

    Now in another constitution a disowned son would not necessarily be left without a city. But in this one, whose laws these will be, the man without a father must of necessity 929a emigrate to another country—for not a single household can be added to the five thousand and forty. That’s why the man who is to suffer this justly must be renounced not by his father alone but by his whole family.

    ποιεῖν δὲ χρὴ τῶν τοιούτων πέρι κατὰ νόμον τοιόνδε τινά· ὃν ἂν θυμὸς ἐπίῃ μηδαμῶς εὐτυχής, εἴτʼ οὖν ἐν δίκῃ εἴτε καὶ μή, ὃν ἔτεκέ τε καὶ ἐξεθρέψατο, τοῦτον ἐπιθυμεῖν ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς αὑτοῦ συγγενείας, μὴ φαύλως οὕτως ἐξέστω μηδʼ 929b εὐθὺς τοῦτο δρᾶν, πρῶτον δὲ συλλεξάτω τοὺς αὑτοῦ συγγενεῖς μέχρι ἀνεψιῶν καὶ τοὺς τοῦ ὑέος ὡσαύτως τοὺς πρὸς μητρός, κατηγορείτω δὲ ἐν τούτοις, διδάσκων ὡς ἄξιος ἅπασιν ἐκ τοῦ γένους ἐκκεκηρῦχθαι, δότω δὲ καὶ τῷ ὑεῖ λόγους τοὺς ἴσους ὡς οὐκ ἄξιός ἐστι τούτων οὐδὲν πάσχειν· καὶ ἐὰν μὲν πείθῃ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ συμψήφους λάβῃ πάντων τῶν συγγενῶν ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, πλὴν πατρὸς διαψηφιζομένου καὶ μητρὸς καὶ τοῦ 929c φεύγοντος, τῶν τε ἄλλων ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὦσιν γυναικῶν εἴτε ἀνδρῶν τέλειοι, ταύτῃ μὲν καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα ἐξέστω τῷ πατρὶ τὸν ὑὸν ἀποκηρύττειν, ἄλλως δὲ μηδαμῶς.

    Such cases should be handled under a law something like this. If someone is seized by a thoroughly unhappy passion, whether justified or not, to wish to cast out of his kin the son he begot and raised, he is not to be allowed to do this casually, or 929b on the spot. First he must gather his own relatives as far as cousins, and likewise his son’s relatives on the mother’s side, and make his accusation before them, showing why the son deserves to be proclaimed out of the family by them all; and he must give the son an equal hearing to argue that he doesn’t deserve to suffer any of this. If the father persuades them and wins the votes of more than half of all the relatives—the father, the mother and 929c the defendant not voting, but all the others, women or men, who are adults—then in this way and on these terms the father may disown his son, but in no other way.

    τὸν δʼ ἀποκηρυχθέντα ἐάν τις τῶν πολιτῶν ὑὸν βούληται θέσθαι, μηδεὶς νόμος ἀπειργέτω ποιεῖσθαι—τὰ γὰρ τῶν νέων ἤθη πολλὰς μεταβολὰς ἐν τῷ βίῳ μεταβάλλειν ἑκάστοτε πέφυκεν— ἀποκηρυχθέντα δὲ ἄν τις δέκα ἐτῶν μὴ ἐπιθυμήσῃ θετὸν 929d ὑὸν ποιήσασθαι, τοὺς τῶν ἐπιγόνων ἐπιμελητὰς τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ τούτων, ὅπως ἂν μετάσχωσι τῆς αὐτῆς ἀποικίας ἐμμελῶς.

    If any citizen wants to adopt the disowned man as his son, no law is to prevent him—for the characters of the young naturally go through many changes in the course of life. But if within ten years no one has wanted to adopt the disowned man 929d as his son, those in charge of the surplus offspring destined for the colony are to take care of such men too, so that they may take a suitable part in that same colony.

    ἐὰν δέ τίς τινα νόσος ἢ γῆρας ἢ καὶ τρόπων χαλεπότης ἢ καὶ σύμπαντα ταῦτα ἔκφρονα ἀπεργάζηται διαφερόντως τῶν πολλῶν, καὶ λανθάνῃ τοὺς ἄλλους πλὴν τῶν συνδιαιτωμένων, οἰκοφθορῇ δὲ ὡς ὢν τῶν αὑτοῦ κύριος, ὁ δὲ ὑὸς ἀπορῇ καὶ ὀκνῇ τὴν τῆς παρανοίας 929e γράφεσθαι δίκην, νόμος αὐτῷ κείσθω πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους τῶν νομοφυλάκων ἐλθόντα διηγήσασθαι τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς συμφοράν, οἱ δὲ κατιδόντες ἱκανῶς συμβουλευόντων ἐάντε δέῃ γράφεσθαι καὶ ἐὰν μὴ τὴν γραφήν, ἐὰν δὲ συμβουλεύσωσιν, γιγνέσθωσαν τῷ γραφομένῳ μάρτυρες ἅμα καὶ σύνδικοι· ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν τοῦ λοιποῦ χρόνου ἄκυρος ἔστω τῶν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὸ σμικρότατον διατίθεσθαι, καθάπερ παῖς δὲ οἰκείτω τὸν ἐπίλοιπον βίον.

    If illness, or old age, or harshness of temper, or all of these together make someone deranged beyond the ordinary, and this goes unnoticed by everyone except those who live with him, and he ruins the household on the grounds that he is master of his own property, while his son is at a loss and hesitates to bring an indictment for insanity, 929e let there be a law for the son. First he is to go to the eldest guardians of the laws and explain his father’s misfortune. They, after looking into it adequately, are to advise him whether he should bring the indictment or not; and if they advise him to, they are to act as both witnesses and advocates for the one who brings it. The man convicted is to have no authority for the rest of his life to dispose of even the smallest item of his property, and is to live out what remains of his life like a child in the household.

    ἐὰν δὲ ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνὴ μηδαμῇ συμφέρωνται τρόπων ἀτυχίᾳ χρώμενοι, δέκα μὲν ἄνδρας τῶν νομοφυλάκων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι 930a τῶν τοιούτων ἀεὶ χρεὼν τοὺς μέσους, δέκα δὲ τῶν περὶ γάμους γυναικῶν ὡσαύτως· καὶ ἐὰν μὲν δὴ συναλλάττειν δύνωνται, ταῦτʼ ἔστω κύρια, ἐὰν δʼ αἱ ψυχαὶ κυμαίνωσιν μειζόνως αὐτῶν, ζητεῖν κατὰ δύναμιν οἵτινες ἑκατέρῳ συνοίσουσιν. εἰκὸς δὲ εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους μὴ πρᾳέσιν ἤθεσιν κεχρημένους· βαθύτερα δὴ τούτοις καὶ πρᾳότερα τρόπων ἤθη σύννομα πειρᾶσθαι προσαρμόττειν. καὶ ὅσοι μὲν ἂν ἄπαιδες αὐτῶν ἢ ὀλιγόπαιδες ὄντες διαφέρωνται, καὶ παίδων ἕνεκα 930b τὴν συνοίκησιν ποιεῖσθαι· ὅσοι δʼ ἂν ἱκανῶν ὄντων παίδων, τῆς συγκαταγηράσεως ἕνεκα καὶ ἐπιμελείας ἀλλήλων τὴν διάζευξίν τε καὶ σύζευξιν ποιεῖσθαι χρεών.

    If a husband and wife can’t get along at all, because their characters are unhappily matched, ten of the guardians of the laws, men of middle age, should always look after 930a such cases, and likewise ten of the women in charge of marriages. If they can reconcile them, let that be binding. But if their souls are too stormy, the officials should look as best they can for partners who will suit each of them. Such people are likely not to have gentle dispositions; so they should try to match them with partners of deeper and gentler character. Those of them who quarrel while childless or with few children should form their new union 930b with children in view as well; those who have enough children should make the divorce and the new marriage for the sake of growing old together and caring for one another.

    ἐὰν δὲ τελευτᾷ γυνὴ καταλείπουσα παῖδας θηλείας τε καὶ ἄρρενας, συμβουλευτικὸς ἂν εἴη νόμος ὁ τιθέμενος, οὐκ ἀναγκαστικός, τρέφειν τοὺς ὄντας παῖδας μὴ μητρυὰν ἐπαγόμενον· μὴ δὲ ὄντων, ἐξ ἀνάγκης γαμεῖν, μέχριπερ ἂν ἱκανοὺς γεννήσῃ παῖδας τῷ 930c τε οἴκῳ καὶ τῇ πόλει. ἢν δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀποθάνῃ παῖδας ἱκανοὺς λιπών, ἡ μήτηρ τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ μένουσα τρεφέτω· νεωτέρα δʼ ἂν δοκῇ τοῦ δέοντος εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ζῆν αὖ ὑγιαίνουσα ἄνανδρος, οἱ προσήκοντες πρὸς τὰς τῶν γάμων ἐπιμελουμένας γυναῖκας κοινούμενοι, τὸ δοκοῦν αὑτοῖς τε καὶ ἐκείναις περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ποιούντων, ἐὰν δὲ ἐνδεεῖς τέκνων ὦσιν, καὶ παίδων ἕνεκα, παίδων δὲ ἱκανότης ἀκριβὴς ἄρρην καὶ 930d θήλεια ἔστω τῷ νόμῳ.

    If a wife dies leaving children, girls and boys, the law laid down would be advisory, not compulsory: that the husband raise the children he has without bringing in a stepmother. But if there are no children, he must marry, until he has fathered enough children for 930c both his household and the city. If the husband dies leaving enough children, their mother is to stay and raise them. But if she seems younger than she should be to live in good health without a husband, her relatives are to consult the women in charge of marriages, and do what seems best to them and to those women in such matters; and if they lack children, they are to do so for the sake of children too. The law’s standard of enough children shall be strictly one boy and 930d one girl.

    ὅταν δὲ ὁμολογῆται μὲν τὸ γενόμενον εἶναι τῶν ποιουμένων ἔκγονον, δέηται δὲ κρίσεως τίνι τὸ γεννηθὲν ἕπεσθαι χρεών, δούλη μὲν ἐὰν συμμείξῃ δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευθέρῳ ἢ ἀπελευθέρῳ, πάντως τοῦ δεσπότου ἔστω τῆς δούλης τὸ γεννώμενον, ἐὰν δέ τις ἐλευθέρα δούλῳ συγγίγνηται, τοῦ δεσπότου ἔστω τὸ γιγνόμενον τοῦ δούλου· ἐὰν δʼ ἐξ αὑτοῦ δούλης ἢ ἐκ δούλου ἑαυτῆς, καὶ περιφανὲς τοῦτʼ ᾖ, τὸ μὲν τῆς γυναικὸς αἱ γυναῖκες εἰς ἄλλην χώραν ἐκπεμπόντων 930e σὺν τῷ πατρί, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς οἱ νομοφύλακες σὺν τῇ γεννησάσῃ.

    When it is agreed that a child is the offspring of the couple in question, but a decision is needed as to which parent the child should follow: if a slave woman has intercourse with a slave, a free man or a freedman, the child is in every case to belong to the slave woman’s master; if a free woman has intercourse with a slave, the child is to belong to the slave’s master. If a man has a child by his own slave woman, or a woman by her own male slave, and this is plainly established, the women officials are to send the woman’s child away to another country 930e together with its father, and the guardians of the laws are to send the man’s child away together with its mother.

    Honoring parents

    Aged parents are the most powerful statues of the gods; neglecting them is punished.

    γονέων δὲ ἀμελεῖν οὔτε θεὸς οὔτε ἄνθρωπος νοῦν ἔχων σύμβουλός ποτε γένοιτʼ ἂν οὐδεὶς οὐδενί· φρονῆσαι δὲ χρὴ περὶ θεῶν θεραπείας τοιόνδε προοίμιον ἂν γενόμενον εἰς τὰς τῶν γεννησάντων τιμάς τε καὶ ἀτιμίας ὀρθῶς συντεταγμένον· νόμοι περὶ θεοὺς ἀρχαῖοι κεῖνται πᾶσιν διχῇ. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ 931a τῶν θεῶν ὁρῶντες σαφῶς τιμῶμεν, τῶν δʼ εἰκόνας ἀγάλματα ἱδρυσάμενοι, οὓς ἡμῖν ἀγάλλουσι καίπερ ἀψύχους ὄντας, ἐκείνους ἡγούμεθα τοὺς ἐμψύχους θεοὺς πολλὴν διὰ ταῦτʼ εὔνοιαν καὶ χάριν ἔχειν. πατὴρ οὖν ὅτῳ καὶ μήτηρ ἢ τούτων πατέρες ἢ μητέρες ἐν οἰκίᾳ κεῖνται κειμήλιοι ἀπειρηκότες γήρᾳ, μηδεὶς διανοηθήτω ποτὲ ἄγαλμα αὑτῷ, τοιοῦτον ἐφέστιον ἵδρυμα ἐν οἰκίᾳ ἔχων, μᾶλλον κύριον ἔσεσθαι, ἐὰν δὴ κατὰ τρόπον γε ὀρθῶς αὐτὸ θεραπεύῃ ὁ κεκτημένος.

    No god, nor any human being with sense, would ever advise anyone to neglect their parents. We should understand that a preamble like the following, about the service of the gods, would be rightly suited to the honor and dishonor of parents. Ancient laws about the gods are established everywhere in two ways. Some 931a of the gods we see plainly and honor; of others we set up images as statues, and we believe that when we honor these, lifeless though they are, the living gods feel great goodwill and gratitude toward us for it. So whoever has a father or mother, or their fathers or mothers, lying in his house like treasures, worn out with age, let him never imagine that any statue he could have, enshrined like that at his hearth, would be more powerful—provided that its owner cares for it in the right way.

    Cliniasτίνα δὴ τὴν ὀρθότητα εἶναι φράζεις;

    CliniasAnd what do you say the right way is?

    Athenianἐγὼ ἐρῶ· καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄξιον, ὦ φίλοι, ἀκούειν τά γε δὴ τοιαῦτα.

    AthenianI’ll tell you. Things of this sort are well worth hearing, my friends.

    Cliniasλέγε μόνον.

    CliniasJust tell us.

    AthenianΟἰδίπους, φαμέν, ἀτιμασθεὶς ἐπηύξατο τοῖς αὑτοῦ τέκνοις ἃ δὴ καὶ πᾶς ὑμνεῖ τέλεα καὶ ἐπήκοα γενέσθαι παρὰ θεῶν, Ἀμύντορά τε Φοίνικι τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπαρᾶσθαι παιδὶ θυμωθέντα καὶ Ἱππολύτῳ Θησέα καὶ ἑτέρους ἄλλοις μυρίους 931c μυρίοις, ὧν γέγονε σαφὲς ἐπηκόους εἶναι γονεῦσι πρὸς τέκνα θεούς· ἀραῖος γὰρ γονεὺς ἐκγόνοις ὡς οὐδεὶς ἕτερος ἄλλοις, δικαιότατα. μὴ δή τις ἀτιμαζομένῳ μὲν διαφερόντως πατρὶ πρὸς παίδων καὶ μητρὶ θεὸν ἐπήκοον ἐν εὐχαῖς ἡγείσθω γίγνεσθαι κατὰ φύσιν, τιμωμένῳ δὲ ἄρα καὶ περιχαρεῖ σφόδρα γενομένῳ, καὶ διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα εὐχαῖς λιπαρῶς εἰς ἀγαθὰ τοῖς παισὶ παρακαλοῦντος θεούς, οὐκ ἄρα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀκούειν ἐξ 931d ἴσου καὶ νέμειν ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἡγησόμεθα; ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε δίκαιοι νομῆς εἶεν ἀγαθῶν, ὃ δή φαμεν ἥκιστα θεοῖς εἶναι πρέπον.

    AthenianOedipus, we say, when he was dishonored, called down curses on his own children—curses that everyone sings of as fulfilled and heard by the gods. And Amyntor in his anger cursed his own son Phoenix, and Theseus cursed Hippolytus, and countless others cursed countless 931c others; from which it has become clear that the gods listen to parents against their children. For a parent’s curse on his offspring is like no one else’s on anyone else, and most justly so. So let no one think that when a father or mother is exceptionally dishonored by their children the god naturally listens to their prayers, but that when they are honored and overjoyed, and for that reason earnestly call on the gods in prayer for good things for their children—that the gods, then, won’t listen to such prayers 931d equally and grant them to us. For then they would never be just distributors of good things—which we say is least fitting for gods.

    Oedipus cursed his sons Eteocles and Polynices, who killed each other; Amyntor cursed his son Phoenix with childlessness.

    Cliniasπολύ γε.

    CliniasVery much so.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν διανοηθῶμεν, ὃ σμικρῷ πρότερον εἴπομεν, ὡς οὐδὲν πρὸς θεῶν τιμιώτερον ἄγαλμʼ ἂν κτησαίμεθα πατρὸς καὶ προπάτορος παρειμένων γήρᾳ καὶ μητέρων τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἐχουσῶν, οὓς ὅταν ἀγάλλῃ τις τιμαῖς, γέγηθεν ὁ θεός· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐπήκοος ἦν αὐτῶν. θαυμαστὸν γὰρ δήπου 931e τὸ προγόνων ἵδρυμα ἡμῖν ἐστιν, διαφερόντως τῶν ἀψύχων· τὰ μὲν γὰρ θεραπευόμενα ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, ὅσα ἔμψυχα, συνεύχεται ἑκάστοτε, καὶ ἀτιμαζόμενα τἀναντία, τὰ δʼ οὐδέτερα, ὥστε ἂν ὀρθῶς τις χρῆται πατρὶ καὶ προπάτορι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις, πάντων πρὸς θεοφιλῆ μοῖραν κυριώτατα ἀγαλμάτων ἂν κεκτῇτο.

    AthenianThen let’s take it, as we said a little earlier, that by the gods we could possess no statue more worthy of honor than a father and grandfather enfeebled by age, and mothers with the same standing. When someone delights them with honors, the god rejoices; otherwise he wouldn’t have listened to them. For surely it’s a marvelous thing 931e we have in this shrine of our ancestors, far beyond lifeless ones. The living ones, when we care for them, join in our prayers each time, and when dishonored, they do the opposite; the lifeless ones do neither. So if someone treats his father and grandfather and all such people rightly, he would possess the most powerful of all statues for winning a lot dear to the gods.

    Cliniasκάλλιστʼ εἶπες.

    CliniasBeautifully said.

    Athenianπᾶς δὴ νοῦν ἔχων φοβεῖται καὶ τιμᾷ γονέων εὐχάς, εἰδὼς πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιτελεῖς γενομένας· τούτων 932a οὖν οὕτω φύσει διατεταγμένων, τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς ἕρμαιον πρόγονοι γηραιοί, ζῶντες μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων τοῦ βίου, καὶ ἀπιόντες νέοι σφόδρα ποθεινοί, τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς εὖ μάλα φοβεροί.

    AthenianEveryone with sense fears and honors the prayers of parents, knowing that they have been fulfilled for many people many times. 932a Since this is how things are arranged by nature, for good people aged forebears are a godsend as long as they live, to the very end of life, and when they depart, the young miss them sorely; but to bad people they are very frightening.

    πᾶς δὴ τιμάτω πάσαις τιμαῖς ταῖς ἐννόμοις τοὺς αὑτοῦ γεννήτορας τοῖς νῦν πεισθεὶς λόγοις· εἰ δʼ οὖν τινα κατέχοι φήμη κωφὴ τῶν τοιούτων προοιμίων, νόμος ὅδε ἐπὶ τούτοις ὀρθῶς κείμενος ἂν εἴη· ἐάν τις ἐν τῇδε τῇ πόλει γονέων ἀμελέστερον ἔχῃ τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ μὴ τῶν ὑέων καὶ 932b πάντων τῶν ἐκγόνων αὑτοῦ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ μειζόνως εἰς ἅπαντα ἐπιτρέπων καὶ ἀποπληρῶν ᾖ τὰς βουλήσεις, ἐξαγγελλέτω μὲν ὁ πάσχων τι τοιοῦτον, εἴτε αὐτὸς εἴτε τινὰ πέμπων, πρὸς τρεῖς μὲν τῶν νομοφυλάκων τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους, τρεῖς δʼ αὖ τῶν περὶ γάμους γυναικῶν ἐπιμελουμένων· οἱ δʼ ἐπιμελείσθωσαν, κολάζοντες τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας νέους μὲν ὄντας ἔτι πληγαῖς καὶ δεσμοῖς, μέχριπερ ἂν ἐτῶν ἄνδρες μὲν 932c τυγχάνωσιν ὄντες τριάκοντα, γυναῖκες δὲ δέκα πλείοσιν ἔτεσιν κολαζέσθωσαν ταῖς αὐταῖς κολάσεσιν.

    So let everyone honor his own parents with all the honors the law allows, persuaded by what we’ve now said. But if a deafness to preambles of this sort should hold anyone fast, the following law would be rightly laid down for them. If anyone in this city is more neglectful of his parents than he should be, and doesn’t defer to them and fulfill their wishes in everything more than those of his sons and 932b all his descendants and himself, the one who suffers such treatment is to report it, either in person or by sending someone, to three of the eldest guardians of the laws, and to three of the women in charge of marriages. They are to take the matter in hand, punishing the wrongdoers, if they are still young, with beatings and imprisonment—men up to the age of 932c thirty; women are to be punished with the same punishments up to ten years older.

    ἐὰν δὲ πορρωτέρω τούτων τῶν ἐτῶν ὄντες τῶν αὐτῶν ἀμελειῶν περὶ γονέας μὴ ἀφιστῶνται, κακῶσι δέ τινάς τινες, εἰς δικαστήριον εἰσαγόντων αὐτοὺς εἰς ἕνα καὶ ἑκατὸν τῶν πολιτῶν, οἵτινες ἂν ὦσι πρεσβύτατοι ἁπάντων· ἂν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον ὅτι χρὴ τίνειν ἢ πάσχειν, ἀπόρρητον μηδὲν ποιούμενοι ὅσων δυνατὸς ἄνθρωπος πάσχειν ἢ τίνειν. 932d ἐὰν δέ τις ἀδυνατῇ κακούμενος φράζειν, ὁ πυθόμενος τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἐξαγγελλέτω τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἢ κακὸς ἔστω καὶ ὑπόδικος τῷ ἐθέλοντι βλάβης. ἐὰν δὲ δοῦλος μηνύσῃ, ἐλεύθερος ἔστω, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν τῶν κακούντων ἢ κακουμένων δοῦλος, ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀφείσθω, ἐὰν δέ τινος ἄλλου τῶν πολιτῶν, τὸ δημόσιον ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τιμὴν τῷ κεκτημένῳ καταβαλλέτω· τοῖς ἄρχουσιν δὲ ἐπιμελὲς ἔστω μή τις ἀδικῇ τὸν τοιοῦτον τιμωρούμενος τῆς μηνύσεως ἕνεκα. 932e

    If, beyond these ages, they don’t give up the same neglect of their parents, but some of them mistreat any parent, they are to bring them before a court of a hundred and one citizens, whoever are the oldest of all. If someone is convicted, the court is to assess what he must pay or suffer, excluding nothing that a human being can suffer or pay. 932d If someone who is being mistreated is unable to report it, any free person who learns of it is to report it to the officials, or else be considered a bad man and be liable to a suit for damage by anyone who wishes. If a slave informs, he is to be free: if he is a slave of those doing the mistreating or of those mistreated, he is to be set free by the officials; if he belongs to some other citizen, the public treasury is to pay his price to his owner. The officials are to take care that no one wrongs such a person in revenge for informing. 932e

    Poisoning and sorcery

    Laws distinguish harm by drugs from harm by spells and set penalties for both.

    ὅσα τις ἄλλος ἄλλον πημαίνει φαρμάκοις, τὰ μὲν θανάσιμα αὐτῶν διείρηται, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων πέρι βλάψεων, εἴτε τις ἄρα πώμασιν ἢ καὶ βρώμασιν ἢ ἀλείμμασιν ἑκὼν ἐκ προνοίας πημαίνει, τούτων οὐδέν πω διερρήθη. διτταὶ γὰρ δὴ φαρμακεῖαι κατὰ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὖσαι γένος ἐπίσχουσιν τὴν διάρρησιν. ἣν μὲν γὰρ τὰ νῦν διαρρήδην 933a εἴπομεν, σώμασι σώματα κακουργοῦσά ἐστιν κατὰ φύσιν· ἄλλη δὲ ἣ μαγγανείαις τέ τισιν καὶ ἐπῳδαῖς καὶ καταδέσεσι λεγομέναις πείθει τοὺς μὲν τολμῶντας βλάπτειν αὐτούς, ὡς δύνανται τὸ τοιοῦτον, τοὺς δʼ ὡς παντὸς μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τούτων δυναμένων γοητεύειν βλάπτονται.

    As for the ways one person harms another with drugs, the fatal cases have been dealt with; but about other kinds of harm—if someone deliberately and with forethought harms another with drinks or food or ointments—nothing has yet been set out. For there are two kinds of drugging found among humankind, and this holds up a clear statement. The one we just now explicitly 933a mentioned is the kind in which bodies harm bodies according to nature. The other, by certain sorcery, incantations and so-called binding spells, persuades those who dare to do harm that they are able to do such a thing, and persuades their victims that they are being harmed, more surely than by anything else, by these people who can bewitch.

    The Greek word here, pharmakeia, covers both poisoning and witchcraft.

    ταῦτʼ οὖν καὶ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα οὔτε ῥᾴδιον ὅπως ποτὲ πέφυκεν γιγνώσκειν, οὔτʼ εἴ τις γνοίη, πείθειν εὐπετὲς ἑτέρους· ταῖς δὲ ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δυσωπουμένους πρὸς ἀλλήλους 933b περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐκ ἄξιον ἐπιχειρεῖν πείθειν, ἄν ποτε ἄρα ἴδωσί που κήρινα μιμήματα πεπλασμένα, εἴτʼ ἐπὶ θύραις εἴτʼ ἐπὶ τριόδοις εἴτʼ ἐπὶ μνήμασι γονέων αὐτῶν τινες, ὀλιγωρεῖν πάντων τῶν τοιούτων διακελεύεσθαι μὴ σαφὲς ἔχουσι δόγμα περὶ αὐτῶν.

    Now it isn’t easy to know how these and all such things really are, nor, if one did know, would it be easy to persuade others. And when people’s souls are uneasy with one another 933b about such things, it isn’t worth trying to persuade them—if they ever happen to see molded wax figures somewhere, whether at doorways, or at crossroads, or on the tombs of their own parents—urging them, when they have no clear belief about these things, to disregard them all.

    διαλαβόντας δὲ διχῇ τὸν τῆς φαρμακείας πέρι νόμον, ὁποτέρως ἄν τις ἐπιχειρῇ φαρμάττειν, πρῶτον μὲν δεῖσθαι καὶ παραινεῖν καὶ συμβουλεύειν 933c μὴ δεῖν ἐπιχειρεῖν τοιοῦτο δρᾶν μηδὲ καθάπερ παῖδας τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δειμαίνοντας φοβεῖν, μηδʼ αὖ τὸν νομοθέτην τε καὶ τὸν δικαστὴν ἀναγκάζειν ἐξιᾶσθαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς τοιούτους φόβους, ὡς πρῶτον μὲν τὸν ἐπιχειροῦντα φαρμάττειν οὐκ εἰδότα τί δρᾷ, τά τε κατὰ σώματα, ἐὰν μὴ τυγχάνῃ ἐπιστήμων ὢν ἰατρικῆς, τά τε αὖ περὶ τὰ μαγγανεύματα, ἐὰν μὴ μάντις ἢ τερατοσκόπος ὢν τυγχάνῃ.

    We should divide the law about drugging in two, according to which of the two ways someone attempts it. First we should request, advise and counsel 933c that no one attempt to do such a thing, nor frighten most people, who are timid like children, nor again force the lawgiver and the judge to cure people of such fears. For, to begin with, whoever attempts drugging doesn’t know what he is doing—in bodily matters, unless he happens to be an expert in medicine, and in matters of sorcery, unless he happens to be a seer or an interpreter of portents.

    λεγέσθω δὴ λόγος ὅδε νόμος περὶ φαρμακείας· ὃς ἂν φαρμακεύῃ τινὰ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ μὴ θανασίμῳ μήτε αὐτοῦ μήτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκείνου, βοσκημάτων δὲ ἢ σμηνῶν εἴτʼ ἄλλῃ βλάβῃ εἴτʼ οὖν θανασίμῳ, ἐὰν μὲν ἰατρὸς ὢν τυγχάνῃ καὶ ὄφλῃ δίκην φαρμάκων, θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω, ἐὰν δὲ ἰδιώτης, ὅτι χρὴ παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτεῖσαι, τιμάτω περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ δικαστήριον. ἐὰν δὲ καταδέσεσιν ἢ ἐπαγωγαῖς ἤ τισιν ἐπῳδαῖς ἢ 933e τῶν τοιούτων φαρμακειῶν ὡντινωνοῦν δόξῃ ὅμοιος εἶναι βλάπτοντι, ἐὰν μὲν μάντις ὢν ἢ τερατοσκόπος, τεθνάτω, ἐὰν δʼ ἄνευ μαντικῆς ὢν τῆς φαρμακείας ὄφλῃ, ταὐτὸν καὶ τούτῳ γιγνέσθω· περὶ γὰρ αὖ καὶ τούτου τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον ὅτι ἂν αὐτοῖς δεῖν αὐτὸν δόξῃ πάσχειν ἢ ἀποτίνειν.

    So let this account be stated as the law about drugging. Whoever drugs someone to cause harm that isn’t fatal, whether to the man himself or to his people, or harm to his flocks or his bees, whether fatal or otherwise: if he happens to be a doctor and is convicted on a charge of drugging, let him be punished with death; if he is a layman, the court is to assess what he must suffer or pay. If he seems to be harming someone by binding spells, or charms, or incantations, or 933e any sorcery of that kind whatever: if he is a seer or an interpreter of portents, let him die; if he is convicted of sorcery without having any skill in divination, the same is to apply to him too: in his case as well the court is to assess whatever they think he should suffer or pay.

    ὅσα τις ἂν ἕτερος ἄλλον πημήνῃ κλέπτων ἢ βιαζόμενος, ἂν μὲν μείζω, μείζονα τὴν ἔκτισιν τῷ πημανθέντι τινέτω, ἐλάττω δὲ ζημιώσας σμικροτέραν, παρὰ πάντα δὲ τοσαύτην ἡλίκα ἂν ἑκάστοτε ζημιώσῃ τίς τινα, μέχριπερ ἂν ἰάσηται τὸ βλαβέν· δίκην δὲ ἕκαστος πρὸς ἑκάστῳ τῷ κακουργήματι 934a σωφρονιστύος ἕνεκα συνεπομένην προσεκτεισάτω, ὁ μὲν ἀνοίᾳ κακουργήσας ἀλλοτρίᾳ, πειθοῖ διὰ νεότητα ἤ τι τοιοῦτον χρησάμενος, ἐλαφροτέραν, ὁ δὲ διὰ οἰκείαν ἄνοιαν ἢ διʼ ἀκράτειαν ἡδονῶν ἢ λυπῶν, ἐν φόβοις δειλίας ἤ τισιν ἐπιθυμίαις ἢ φθόνοις ἢ θυμοῖς δυσιάτοις γιγνόμενος, βαρυτέραν, οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ κακουργῆσαι διδοὺς τὴν δίκην—οὐ γὰρ τὸ γεγονὸς ἀγένητον ἔσται ποτέ—τοῦ δʼ εἰς τὸν αὖθις ἕνεκα 934b χρόνον ἢ τὸ παράπαν μισῆσαι τὴν ἀδικίαν αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἰδόντας αὐτὸν δικαιούμενον, ἢ λωφῆσαι μέρη πολλὰ τῆς τοιαύτης συμφορᾶς.

    Whatever harm one person does another by theft or by violence, if the harm is greater, he is to pay greater compensation to the one harmed, and smaller if the damage he did is less; but in every case as much as the damage done each time, until he has made good the harm. And in addition each is to pay a penalty attached to each wrong, 934a for the sake of correction: a lighter one if he did wrong through someone else’s folly, having been persuaded because of youth or something of the kind; a heavier one if he did it through his own folly, or through lack of control over pleasures or pains, gripped by cowardly fears, or by desires or envies or angers that are hard to cure. He pays the penalty not because he did wrong—for what has been done can never be undone—but so that in time 934b to come he himself, and those who see him punished, may either hate injustice altogether or be relieved of much of this kind of affliction.

    ὧν δὴ πάντων ἕνεκα χρὴ καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα βλέποντας τοὺς νόμους τοξότου μὴ κακοῦ στοχάζεσθαι δίκην τοῦ τε μεγέθους τῆς κολάσεως ἑκάστων ἕνεκα καὶ παντελῶς τῆς ἀξίας· ταὐτὸν δʼ ἔργον δρῶντα συνυπηρετεῖν δεῖ τῷ νομοθέτῃ τὸν δικαστήν, ὅταν αὐτῷ τις νόμος ἐπιτρέπῃ τιμᾶν ὅτι χρὴ πάσχειν τὸν κρινόμενον 934c ἢ ἀποτίνειν, τὸν δέ, καθάπερ ζωγράφον, ὑπογράφειν ἔργα ἑπόμενα τῇ γραφῇ. ὃ δὴ καὶ νῦν, ὦ Μέγιλλε καὶ Κλεινία, ποιητέον ἡμῖν ὅτι κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα· τῶν κλοπαίων τε καὶ βιαίων πάντων τὰς ζημίας λεγομένας οἵας δεῖ γίγνεσθαι, λεκτέον, ὅπως ἂν ἡμῖν παρείκωσιν θεοὶ καὶ θεῶν παῖδες νομοθετεῖν.

    For all these reasons, and with an eye to all such things, the laws must aim, like a good archer, at both the size of the punishment in each case and, above all, at what is deserved. The judge, doing the same work, must assist the lawgiver whenever some law leaves it to him to assess what the defendant should suffer 934c or pay; and the lawgiver, like a painter, must sketch outlines of cases that follow his written code. That is what we too must now do, Megillus and Clinias, as finely and well as we can: we must say what the penalties for all thefts and acts of violence should be, so far as the gods and the children of gods allow us to legislate.

    Madness, abuse and ridicule

    Laws on keeping the mad at home, banning abuse, and limiting comic ridicule and begging.

    μαινόμενος δὲ ἄν τις ᾖ, μὴ φανερὸς ἔστω κατὰ πόλιν· οἱ προσήκοντες δʼ ἑκάστων κατὰ τὰς οἰκίας φυλαττόντων 934d αὐτούς, ὅτῳ ἂν ἐπίστωνται τρόπῳ, ἢ ζημίαν ἐκτινόντων, ὁ μὲν τοῦ μεγίστου τιμήματος ἑκατὸν δραχμάς, ἐάντʼ οὖν δοῦλον ἐάντʼ οὖν καὶ ἐλεύθερον περιορᾷ, δευτέρου δὲ τιμήματος τέτταρα μέρη τῆς μνᾶς τῶν πέντε, τρία δʼ ὁ τρίτος, καὶ δύο ὁ τέταρτος. μαίνονται μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ πολλοὺς τρόπους· οὓς μὲν νῦν εἴπομεν, ὑπὸ νόσων, εἰσὶν δὲ οἳ διὰ θυμοῦ κακὴν φύσιν ἅμα καὶ τροφὴν γενομένην, οἳ δὴ σμικρᾶς ἔχθρας γενομένης, πολλὴν φωνὴν ἱέντες κακῶς ἀλλήλους 934e βλασφημοῦντες λέγουσιν, οὐ πρέπον ἐν εὐνόμων πόλει γίγνεσθαι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς. εἷς δὴ περὶ κακηγορίας ἔστω νόμος περὶ πάντας ὅδε· Μηδένα κακηγορείτω μηδείς.

    If someone is mad, he is not to appear in public in the city; the relatives of each are to keep 934d them at home in whatever way they know how, or else pay a fine: a man of the highest property class a hundred drachmas, whether it’s a slave or a free person whom he neglects; one of the second, four-fifths of a mina; the third, three-fifths; and the fourth, two-fifths. Now many people are mad in many ways. Those we’ve just mentioned are mad from illness; but there are others who are so through a bad natural temper combined with a bad upbringing, who, when some small quarrel arises, raise their voices and 934e slander one another abusively—something not fitting to happen anywhere or in any way at all in a city with good laws. So let there be this single law about abuse, covering everyone: No one is to abuse anyone.

    ὁ δὲ ἀμφισβητῶν ἔν τισι λόγοις ἄλλος ἄλλῳ διδασκέτω καὶ μανθανέτω τόν τε ἀμφισβητοῦντα καὶ τοὺς παρόντας ἀπεχόμενος πάντως τοῦ κακηγορεῖν. ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ κατεύχεσθαί τε ἀλλήλοις ἐπαρωμένους καὶ διʼ αἰσχρῶν 935a ὀνομάτων ἐπιφέρειν γυναικείους ἑαυτοῖς φήμας, πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος, ἔργῳ μίση τε καὶ ἔχθραι βαρύταται γίγνονται· πράγματι γὰρ ἀχαρίστῳ, θυμῷ, χαριζόμενος ὁ λέγων, ἐμπιμπλὰς ὀργὴν κακῶν ἑστιαμάτων, ὅσον ὑπὸ παιδείας ἡμερώθη ποτέ, πάλιν ἐξαγριῶν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ τοιοῦτον, θηριούμενος ἐν δυσκολίᾳ ζῶν γίγνεται, πικρὰν τοῦ θυμοῦ χάριν ἀποδεχόμενος. μετεκβαίνειν δὲ αὖ πως 935b εἰώθασιν πάντες θαμὰ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις εἰς τό τι γελοῖον περὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου φθέγγεσθαι· ὅ τις ἐθιζόμενος οὐδεὶς πώποτε ὃς οὐ τοῦ σπουδαίου τρόπου ἤτοι τὸ παράπαν διήμαρτεν ἢ μεγαλονοίας ἀπώλεσεν μέρη πολλά.

    Whoever is disputing with another in some discussion is to teach and learn from his opponent and those present, refraining entirely from abuse. For when people curse each other and call down imprecations, and heap shrill abuse 935a on one another in shameful words, first of all, from words, a light thing, the heaviest hatreds and enmities arise in fact. For the speaker, gratifying a thing that deserves no gratitude, his anger, feeding his rage on a bad feast, turns savage again whatever part of his soul was once tamed by education, and becomes a beast, living in bad temper, receiving a bitter return for gratifying his anger. And then in such cases everyone 935b is apt to pass on to saying something ridiculous about his opponent. No one who gets used to this has ever failed either to miss a serious character altogether or to lose a large part of his greatness of mind.

    ὧν δὴ χάριν ἐν μὲν ἱερῷ τὸ παράπαν μηδεὶς τοιοῦτον φθέγξηται μηδέποτε μηδὲν μηδʼ ἔν τισι δημοτελέσι θυσίαις, μηδʼ αὖ ἐν ἄθλοις μηδʼ ἐν ἀγορᾷ μηδʼ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ μηδʼ ἐν συλλόγῳ κοινῷ μηδενί· κολαζέτω δὲ ὁ τούτων ἄρχων ἕκαστος ἀνατί, ἢ 935c μηδέποτʼ ἀριστείων πέρι φιλονικήσῃ, νόμων ὡς οὐ κηδόμενος οὐδὲ ποιῶν τὰ προσταχθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ νομοθέτου. ἐὰν δέ τις ἐν ἄλλοις τόποις λοιδορίας ἄρχων ἢ ἀμυνόμενος ὁστισοῦν μὴ ἀπέχηται τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, ὁ προστυγχάνων πρεσβύτερος ὢν τῷ νόμῳ ἀμυνέτω, πληγαῖς ἐξείργων τοὺς θυμῷ, ἑτέρῳ κακῷ, φιλοφρονουμένους, ἢ ἐνεχέσθω τῇ τεταγμένῃ ζημίᾳ. λέγομεν δὴ τὰ νῦν ὡς λοιδορίαις συμπλεκόμενος 935d ἄνευ τοῦ γελοῖα ζητεῖν λέγειν οὐ δυνατός ἐστιν χρῆσθαι, καὶ τοῦτο λοιδοροῦμεν, ὁπόταν θυμῷ γιγνόμενον ᾖ· τί δὲ δή;

    For these reasons no one is ever to utter anything of the kind at all in a temple, or at public sacrifices, or again at games, or in the marketplace, or in a court, or in any public assembly. The official in charge of each is to punish it without being liable for doing so; or else 935c he is never to compete for a prize of distinction, as a man who doesn’t care about the laws or do what the lawgiver has commanded. If anyone in other places, whether starting the abuse or retaliating, doesn’t refrain from such language, any older person who comes upon it is to defend the law, driving off with blows those who indulge that other evil, anger; or else he is to be liable to the prescribed penalty. We are now saying that someone entangled in abuse 935d can’t engage in it without trying to say ridiculous things, and it’s this we censure, when it’s done in anger. But what about this?

    τὴν τῶν κωμῳδῶν προθυμίαν τοῦ γελοῖα εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους λέγειν ἦ παραδεχόμεθα, ἐὰν ἄνευ θυμοῦ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν τοὺς πολίτας ἐπιχειρῶσιν κωμῳδοῦντες λέγειν; ἢ διαλάβωμεν δίχα τῷ παίζειν καὶ μή, καὶ παίζοντι μὲν ἐξέστω τινὶ περί του λέγειν γελοῖον ἄνευ θυμοῦ, συντεταμένῳ 935e δὲ καὶ μετὰ θυμοῦ, καθάπερ εἴπομεν, μὴ ἐξέστω μηδενί; τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὐδαμῶς ἀναθετέον, ᾧ δʼ ἐξέστω καὶ μὴ δέ, τοῦτο νομοθετησώμεθα. ποιητῇ δὴ κωμῳδίας ἤ τινος ἰάμβων ἢ μουσῶν μελῳδίας μὴ ἐξέστω μήτε λόγῳ μήτε εἰκόνι, μήτε θυμῷ μήτε ἄνευ θυμοῦ, μηδαμῶς μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν κωμῳδεῖν· ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, τοὺς ἀθλοθέτας 936a ἐξείργειν ἐκ τῆς χώρας τὸ παράπαν αὐθημερόν, ἢ ζημιοῦσθαι μναῖς τρισὶν ἱεραῖς τοῦ θεοῦ οὗ ἂν ἀγὼν ᾖ.

    Do we accept the comic poets’ eagerness to say ridiculous things about people, if they attempt to do this to our citizens in comedy without anger? Or shall we divide it in two, according to whether it’s in play or not, and let someone in play say something ridiculous about someone without anger, but not let anyone do so in earnest 935e and with anger, as we said? That point is by no means to be withdrawn; but let’s legislate who is to be allowed and who not. A composer of comedy, or of iambic verse, or of lyric song, is not to be allowed, in words or in images, with anger or without, to ridicule any of the citizens in any way. If anyone disobeys, the presidents of the games are 936a to banish him from the country altogether that same day, or else be fined three minas, sacred to the god whose contest it is.

    οἷς δʼ εἴρηται πρότερον ἐξουσίαν εἶναι περί του ποιεῖν, εἰς ἀλλήλους τούτοις ἄνευ θυμοῦ μὲν μετὰ παιδιᾶς ἐξέστω, σπουδῇ δὲ ἅμα καὶ θυμουμένοισιν μὴ ἐξέστω. τούτου δὴ διάγνωσις ἐπιτετράφθω τῷ τῆς παιδεύσεως ὅλης ἐπιμελητῇ τῶν νέων· καὶ ὃ μὲν ἂν οὗτος ἐγκρίνῃ, προφέρειν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐξέστω τῷ ποιήσαντι, ὃ δʼ ἂν ἀποκρίνῃ, μήτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδεικνύσθω 936b μηδενὶ μήτε ἄλλον δοῦλον μήτε ἐλεύθερόν ποτε φανῇ διδάξας, ἢ κακὸς εἶναι δοξαζέσθω καὶ ἀπειθὴς τοῖς νόμοις.

    Those who we said earlier have license to compose about someone may do so about one another without anger and in play, but not in earnest and in anger. The judgment of this is to be entrusted to the director of the whole education of the young. Whatever he approves, the composer may bring before the public; whatever he rejects, the composer is neither to perform himself 936b for anyone, nor ever be found to have taught it to anyone else, slave or free; or else he is to be deemed a bad man and disobedient to the laws.

    οἰκτρὸς δʼ οὐχ ὁ πεινῶν ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πάσχων, ἀλλʼ ὁ σωφρονῶν ἤ τινα ἀρετὴν ἢ μέρος ἔχων ταύτης, ἄν τινα συμφορὰν πρὸς τούτοις κεκτῆται· διὸ θαυμαστὸν ἂν γένοιτο εἴ τις ὢν τοιοῦτος ἀμεληθείη τὸ παράπαν, ὥστʼ εἰς πτωχείαν τὴν ἐσχάτην ἐλθεῖν, δοῦλος ἢ καὶ ἐλεύθερος, ἐν οἰκουμένῃ καὶ μετρίως πολιτείᾳ τε καὶ πόλει. διὸ τῷ νομοθέτῃ θεῖναι 936c νόμον ἀσφαλὲς τοιούτοις τοιόνδε τινά· Πτωχὸς μηδεὶς ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ πόλει γιγνέσθω, τοιοῦτον δʼ ἄν τις ἐπιχειρῇ δρᾶν, εὐχαῖς βίον ἀνηνύτοις συλλεγόμενος, ἐκ μὲν ἀγορᾶς ἀγορανόμοι ἐξειργόντων αὐτόν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἄστεος ἡ τῶν ἀστυνόμων ἀρχή, ἀγρονόμοι δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης χώρας εἰς τὴν ὑπερορίαν ἐκπεμπόντων, ὅπως ἡ χώρα τοῦ τοιούτου ζῴου καθαρὰ γίγνηται τὸ παράπαν.

    The one who deserves pity isn’t the man who is hungry or suffers something like that, but the one who is moderate, or has some virtue or some part of it, if on top of this he meets with misfortune. So it would be surprising if such a person, slave or free, were so completely neglected as to fall into utter beggary, in a constitution and city that are even moderately well run. That’s why it’s safe for the lawgiver to lay down 936c a law like this for such cases: No one is to become a beggar in our city. If anyone tries to do such a thing, gathering a living by endless pleading, the market wardens are to drive him out of the marketplace, the board of city wardens out of the town, and the country wardens are to expel him from the rest of the territory across the border, so that the land may be entirely clear of such a creature.

    δοῦλος δʼ ἂν ἢ δούλη βλάψῃ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων καὶ ὁτιοῦν, 936d μὴ συναιτίου τοῦ βλαβέντος αὐτοῦ γενομένου κατʼ ἀπειρίαν ἤ τινʼ ἑτέραν χρείαν μὴ σώφρονα, ὁ τοῦ βλάψαντος δεσπότης ἢ τὴν βλάβην ἐξιάσθω μὴ ἐνδεῶς, ἢ τὸν βλάψαντʼ αὐτὸν παραδότω· ἐὰν δʼ ἐπαιτιώμενος ὁ δεσπότης κοινῇ τοῦ βλάψαντος τέχνῃ καὶ τοῦ βλαβέντος ἐπʼ ἀποστερήσει φῇ τοῦ δούλου γεγονέναι τὴν αἰτίαν, διαδικαζέσθω μὲν κακοτεχνιῶν τῷ φάσκοντι βλαβῆναι, καὶ ἐὰν ἕλῃ, διπλασίαν τῆς ἀξίας 936e τοῦ δούλου κομιζέσθω ἧς ἂν τιμήσῃ τὸ δικαστήριον, ἐὰν δὲ ἡττηθῇ, τήν τε βλάβην ἐξιάσθω καὶ τὸν δοῦλον παραδότω. καὶ ἐὰν ὑποζύγιον ἢ ἵππος ἢ κύων ἤ τι τῶν ἄλλων θρεμμάτων σίνηταί τι τῶν πέλας, κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐκτίνειν τὴν βλάβην.

    If a slave, male or female, damages anything at all belonging to someone else, 936d without the injured party himself sharing the blame through inexperience or some other imprudent conduct, the master of the one who did the damage is either to make good the damage in full, or hand over the offender himself. But if the master counters with a charge that the accusation arose from a scheme between the offender and the injured party to deprive him of his slave, he is to bring a suit for fraud against the man who claims to have been injured; and if he wins, he is to receive double the value 936e of the slave as the court assesses it; if he loses, he must both make good the damage and hand over the slave. And if a draft animal or horse or dog or any other livestock damages any of a neighbor’s property, the damage is to be paid for in the same way.

    Witnesses and advocates

    Rules for witnesses and false testimony, and a ban on the paid art of winning lawsuits.

    ἐάν τις ἑκὼν μὴ ʼθέλῃ μαρτυρεῖν, προκαλεῖσθαι τὸν δεόμενον, ὁ δὲ κληθεὶς ἀπαντάτω πρὸς τὴν δίκην, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν εἰδῇ καὶ ἐθέλῃ μαρτυρεῖν, μαρτυρείτω, ἐὰν δὲ εἰδέναι μὴ φῇ, τοὺς τρεῖς θεοὺς Δία καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ Θέμιν 937a ἀπομόσας ἦ μὴν μὴ εἰδέναι ἀπαλλαττέσθω τῆς δίκης· ὁ δʼ εἰς μαρτυρίαν κληθείς, μὴ ἀπαντῶν δὲ τῷ καλεσαμένῳ, τῆς βλάβης ὑπόδικος ἔστω κατὰ νόμον. ἐὰν δέ τίς τινα δικάζοντα ἀναστήσηται μάρτυρα, μαρτυρήσας μὴ διαψηφιζέσθω περὶ ταύτης τῆς δίκης. γυναικὶ δʼ ἐξέστω ἐλευθέρᾳ μαρτυρεῖν καὶ συνηγορεῖν, ἐὰν ὑπὲρ τετταράκοντα ἔτη ᾖ γεγονυῖα, καὶ δίκην λαγχάνειν, ἐὰν ἄνανδρος ᾖ· ζῶντος δὲ ἀνδρὸς ἐξέστω μαρτυρῆσαι μόνον.

    If someone isn’t willing to give evidence, the one who needs it may summon him, and the one summoned must appear at the trial. If he knows and is willing to testify, let him testify; if he says he doesn’t know, he may be released from the case after swearing by the three gods, Zeus, Apollo and Themis, 937a that he really doesn’t know. Anyone summoned as a witness who doesn’t appear for the one who summoned him is to be liable by law for damages. If anyone calls one of the judges as a witness, then, having testified, he is not to vote in that case. A free woman may give evidence and speak in support of a party if she is over forty, and may bring a suit if she has no husband; but while her husband is alive she may only give evidence.

    Themis was the goddess of divine law and right order.

    δούλῃ δὲ καὶ δούλῳ καὶ παιδὶ φόνου 937b μόνον ἐξέστω μαρτυρεῖν καὶ συνηγορεῖν, ἐὰν ἐγγυητὴν ἀξιόχρεων ἦ μὴν μενεῖν καταστήσῃ μέχρι δίκης, ἐὰν ἐπισκηφθῇ τὰ ψευδῆ μαρτυρῆσαι. ἐπισκήπτεσθαι δὲ τῶν ἀντιδίκων ἑκάτερον ὅλῃ τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ καὶ μέρει, ἐὰν τὰ ψευδῆ φῇ τινα μεμαρτυρηκέναι, πρὶν τὴν δίκην διακεκρίσθαι· τὰς δʼ ἐπισκήψεις τὰς ἀρχὰς φυλάττειν κατασεσημασμένας ὑπʼ ἀμφοῖν, καὶ παρέχειν εἰς τὴν τῶν ψευδομαρτυριῶν διάκρισιν. ἐὰν δέ 937c τις ἁλῷ δὶς ψευδομαρτυρῶν, τοῦτον μηκέτι νόμος ἀναγκαζέτω μηδεὶς μαρτυρεῖν, ἐὰν δὲ τρίς, μηκέτʼ ἐξέστω τούτῳ μαρτυρεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ τολμήσῃ μαρτυρῆσαι τρὶς ἑαλωκώς, ἐνδεικνύτω μὲν πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ βουλόμενος αὐτόν, ἡ δʼ ἀρχὴ δικαστηρίῳ παραδότω, ἐὰν δὲ ὄφλῃ, θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.

    A slave, male or female, and a child may give evidence and speak in support only in cases of 937b murder, provided they furnish a reliable guarantor that they will remain until the trial, in case they are charged with giving false testimony. Either of the two parties may charge false testimony against all or part of the evidence, if he claims that someone has testified falsely, before the case has been decided. The officials are to keep the charges under the seals of both parties and produce them for the trial for false testimony. If 937c someone is convicted twice of false testimony, no law is to compel him to testify any longer; if three times, he is no longer to be allowed to testify. If, having been convicted three times, he dares to testify, anyone who wishes is to denounce him to the officials, and the officials are to hand him over to a court; and if he is convicted, let him be punished with death.

    ὁπόσων δʼ ἂν μαρτυρίαι ἁλῶσιν δίκῃ, ψευδῆ δοξάντων μαρτυρεῖν καὶ τὴν νίκην τῷ ἑλόντι πεποιηκέναι, ἐὰν τῶν τοιούτων ὑπὲρ 937d ἥμισυ μαρτυριῶν καταδικασθῶσίν τινες, τὴν κατὰ ταύτας ἁλοῦσαν δίκην ἀνάδικον γίγνεσθαι, ἀμφισβήτησιν δʼ εἶναι καὶ διαδικασίαν εἴτε κατὰ ταύτας εἴτε μὴ ἡ δίκη ἐκρίθη, ὁποτέρως δʼ ἂν κριθῇ, ταύτῃ γιγνέσθω τὸ τέλος τῶν ἔμπροσθεν δικῶν.

    Where testimony is convicted at a trial—the witnesses being judged to have given false evidence and to have won the victory for the winning side—if more than 937d half of such testimony is condemned, the case won on the strength of it is to be retried, and there is to be a dispute and decision as to whether or not the case was decided on the strength of this testimony; and whichever way that is decided, the outcome of the earlier suits is to follow accordingly.

    πολλῶν δὲ ὄντων καὶ καλῶν ἐν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ, τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν οἷον κῆρες ἐπιπεφύκασιν, αἳ καταμιαίνουσίν τε καὶ καταρρυπαίνουσιν αὐτά· καὶ δὴ καὶ δίκη 937e ἐν ἀνθρώποις πῶς οὐ καλόν, ὃ πάντα ἡμέρωκεν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα; καλοῦ δὲ ὄντος τούτου, πῶς οὐ καὶ τὸ συνδικεῖν ἡμῖν γίγνοιτʼ ἂν καλόν; ταῦτα οὖν τοιαῦτα ὄντα διαβάλλει τις κάκη, καλὸν ὄνομα προστησαμένη τέχνην, ἣ πρῶτον μὲν δή φησιν εἶναί τινα δικῶν μηχανήν—εἶναι δʼ αὐτὴ τοῦ τε δικάσασθαι καὶ συνδικεῖν ἄλλῳ—νικᾶν δυναμένην, ἄντʼ οὖν δίκαια ἄντε μὴ τὰ περὶ τὴν δίκην ἑκάστην ᾖ πεπραγμένα· 938a δωρεὰν δʼ αὐτῆς εἶναι τῆς τέχνης καὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν ἐκ τῆς τέχνης, ἂν ἀντιδωρῆταί τις χρήματα.

    There are many fine things in human life, but on most of them something like blights have grown, which pollute and defile them. Take justice 937e among human beings: how is it not a fine thing, when it has civilized all human affairs? And since this is fine, how would advocacy not be a fine thing for us too? Yet these things, fine as they are, are brought into disrepute by a certain vice that cloaks itself in the fine name of an art. It claims, first, that there is a technique for lawsuits—and that it is itself that technique, both for pleading one’s own case and for helping another plead his—which can win whether or not what was done in each case was just; 938a and that the art itself, and the speeches that come from the art, are a gift for anyone who gives money in return.

    ταύτην οὖν ἐν τῇ παρʼ ἡμῖν πόλει, εἴτʼ οὖν τέχνη εἴτε ἄτεχνός ἐστίν τις ἐμπειρία καὶ τριβή, μάλιστα μὲν δὴ χρεών ἐστιν μὴ φῦναι· δεομένου δὲ τοῦ νομοθέτου πείθεσθαι καὶ μὴ ἐναντία δίκῃ φθέγγεσθαι, πρὸς ἄλλην δὲ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι χώραν, πειθομένοις μὲν σιγή, ἀπειθοῦσιν δὲ φωνὴ νόμου ἥδε· ἄν τις δοκῇ 938b πειρᾶσθαι τὴν τῶν δικαίων δύναμιν ἐν ταῖς τῶν δικαστῶν ψυχαῖς ἐπὶ τἀναντία τρέπειν καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν πολυδικεῖν τῶν τοιούτων ἢ καὶ συνδικεῖν, γραφέσθω μὲν ὁ βουλόμενος αὐτὸν κακοδικίας ἢ καὶ συνδικίας κακῆς, κρινέσθω δὲ ἐν τῷ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν δικαστηρίῳ, ὀφλόντος δέ, τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον εἴτε φιλοχρηματίᾳ δοκεῖ δρᾶν τὸ τοιοῦτον εἴτε φιλονικίᾳ, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν φιλονικίᾳ, τιμᾶν αὐτῷ τὸ δικαστήριον ὅσου χρὴ χρόνου τὸν τοιοῦτον μηδενὶ λαχεῖν δίκην μηδὲ συνδικῆσαι, 938c ἐὰν δὲ φιλοχρηματίᾳ, τὸν μὲν ξένον ἀπιόντα ἐκ τῆς χώρας μήποτε πάλιν ἐλθεῖν ἢ θανάτῳ ζημιοῦσθαι, τὸν ἀστὸν δὲ τεθνάναι φιλοχρημοσύνης ἕνεκα τῆς ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου παρʼ αὐτῷ τιμωμένης· καὶ ἐάν τις φιλονικίᾳ κριθῇ δὶς τὸ τοιοῦτον δρᾶν, τεθνάτω.

    This, then—whether it’s an art or an artless knack and routine—must above all never grow up in our city. When the lawgiver asks people to obey and not to speak against justice, but to go off to another country, there is silence for those who obey; but for those who disobey, the voice of the law is this. If anyone seems to be trying 938b to turn the force of justice in the judges’ souls the other way, and to multiply such lawsuits beyond reason, or to assist in them, anyone who wishes may indict him for malicious litigation or malicious advocacy. He is to be tried before the court of select judges, and if he is convicted, the court is to assess whether he seems to do this from love of money or from love of winning. If from love of winning, the court is to assess for how long such a man is not to bring a suit against anyone or assist in one; 938c if from love of money, then a foreigner is to leave the country and never come back, on pain of death, and a citizen is to die, on account of the love of money he honors so in every way. And if anyone is judged to have done such a thing twice from love of winning, let him die.

    Book XII

    Embassies, audits, burial, and the Nocturnal Council.

    Athenianἐὰν ὡς πρεσβευτής τις ἢ κῆρυξ καταψευδόμενος τῆς πόλεως παραπρεσβεύηται πρός τινα πόλιν, ἢ πεμπόμενος μὴ τὰς οὔσας πρεσβείας ἐφʼ αἷς πέμπεται ἀπαγγέλλῃ, ἢ πάλιν αὖ παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων ἢ καὶ φίλων μὴ τὰ παρʼ ἐκείνων ὀρθῶς ἀποπρεσβεύσας γένηται φανερὸς ἢ κηρυκεύσας, γραφαὶ κατὰ τούτων ἔστων ὡς Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Διὸς ἀγγελίας καὶ ἐπιτάξεις παρὰ νόμον ἀσεβησάντων, τίμημα δὲ ὅτι χρὴ 941b πάσχειν ἢ ἀποτίνειν, ἐὰν ὄφλῃ.

    AthenianIf anyone, as envoy or herald, misrepresents his city in dealings with another city, or when sent fails to deliver the actual messages he was sent to deliver, or again is shown to have reported incorrectly, as envoy or herald, the messages from enemies or even from friends, there are to be indictments against such people for impiety, for violating the law concerning the messages and commands of Hermes and Zeus; and there is to be an assessment of what 941b they must suffer or pay, if convicted.

    Heralds were under the protection of Hermes, and envoys and suppliants of Zeus.

    κλοπὴ μὲν χρημάτων ἀνελεύθερον, ἁρπαγὴ δὲ ἀναίσχυντον· τῶν Διὸς δὲ ὑέων οὐδεὶς οὔτε δόλοις οὔτε βίᾳ χαίρων ἐπιτετήδευκεν τούτοιν οὐδέτερον. μηδεὶς οὖν ὑπὸ ποιητῶν μηδʼ ἄλλως ὑπό τινων μυθολόγων πλημμελῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐξαπατώμενος ἀναπειθέσθω, καὶ κλέπτων ἢ βιαζόμενος οἰέσθω μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιεῖν ἀλλʼ ἅπερ αὐτοὶ θεοὶ δρῶσιν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀληθὲς οὔτʼ εἰκός, ἀλλʼ ὅς τι δρᾷ τοιοῦτον παρανόμως, οὔτε θεὸς οὔτε παῖς ἐστίν ποτε θεῶν, 941c ταῦτα δὲ νομοθέτῃ μᾶλλον προσήκει γιγνώσκειν ἢ ποιηταῖς σύμπασιν. ὁ μὲν οὖν πεισθεὶς ἡμῶν τῷ λόγῳ εὐτυχεῖ τε καὶ εἰς χρόνον ἅπαντα εὐτυχοῖ, ὁ δὲ ἀπιστήσας τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα τοιῷδέ τινι μαχέσθω νόμῳ· ἐάν τίς τι κλέπτῃ δημόσιον μέγα ἢ καὶ σμικρόν, τῆς αὐτῆς δίκης δεῖ.

    Theft of property is unworthy of a free person; robbery is shameless. None of the sons of Zeus has practiced either of these, delighting in fraud or force. So let no one be deceived by poets, or by any other storytellers who go astray about such matters, into believing that when he steals or uses force he is doing nothing shameful, only what the gods themselves do. That is neither true nor likely. Whoever does such a thing unlawfully is never a god or a child of gods; 941c and the lawgiver is better placed to know these things than all the poets together. Whoever is persuaded by our argument is fortunate, and may he be fortunate for all time; but whoever disbelieves it must from then on contend with a law like this: If anyone steals any public property, great or small, the same penalty applies.

    μικρόν τι γὰρ ὁ κλέπτων ἔρωτι μὲν ταὐτῷ, δυνάμει δὲ ἐλάττονι 941d κέκλοφεν, ὅ τε τὸ μεῖζον κινῶν οὐ καταθέμενος ὅλον ἀδικεῖ· δίκης οὖν οὐδέτερον οὐδετέρου ἐλάττονος ἕνεκα μεγέθους τοῦ κλέμματος ὁ νόμος ἀξιοῖ ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τὸν μὲν ἴσως ἂν ἰάσιμον ἔτʼ εἶναι, τὸν δʼ ἀνίατον. ξένον μὲν δὴ τῶν δημοσίων ἢ δοῦλον ἄν τίς τι κλέπτοντα ἐν δικαστηρίῳ ἕλῃ, ὡς ἰασίμῳ ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων ὄντι, τί χρὴ παθεῖν ἢ τίνα ζημίαν 942a ἀποτίνειν αὐτὸν ἡ κρίσις γιγνέσθω· τὸν δὲ ἀστὸν καὶ τεθραμμένον ὡς ἔσται τεθραμμένος, ἂν πατρίδα συλῶν ἢ βιαζόμενος ἁλίσκηται, ἐάντʼ ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ ἐάντε μή, σχεδὸν ὡς ἀνίατον ὄντα θανάτῳ ζημιοῦν.

    For the one who steals something small steals with the same desire, but with less power; 941d and the one who removes something bigger that he didn’t deposit does wrong in full. So the law sees fit to punish neither with a lighter penalty than the other on account of the size of the theft, but because one may perhaps still be curable and the other incurable. If anyone convicts in court a foreigner or a slave of stealing some public property, the court is to decide what he must suffer or what penalty 942a he must pay, on the assumption that he is probably curable. But a citizen, raised as he will have been raised, if he is convicted of plundering his country or using violence against it, whether caught in the act or not, is to be punished with death, as more or less incurable.

    Military discipline

    No one should ever act without a commander; laws on evading service and prizes for valor.

    στρατιῶν δὲ ἕνεκα πολλὴ μὲν συμβουλή, πολλοὶ δὲ νόμοι γίγνονται κατὰ τρόπον, μέγιστον δὲ τὸ μηδέποτε ἄναρχον μηδένα εἶναι, μήτʼ ἄρρενα μήτε θήλειαν, μηδέ τινος ἔθει ψυχὴν εἰθίσθαι μήτε σπουδάζοντος μήτʼ ἐν παιδιαῖς 942b αὐτὸν ἐφʼ αὑτοῦ τι κατὰ μόνας δρᾶν, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε πολέμῳ παντὶ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ πάσῃ πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα ἀεὶ βλέποντα καὶ συνεπόμενον ζῆν, καὶ τὰ βραχύταθʼ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου κυβερνώμενον, οἷον ἑστάναι θʼ ὅταν ἐπιτάττῃ τις καὶ πορεύεσθαι καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι καὶ λοῦσθαι καὶ σιτεῖσθαι καὶ ἐγείρεσθαι νύκτωρ εἴς τε φυλακὰς καὶ παραγγέλσεις, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς κινδύνοις μήτε τινὰ διώκειν μήθʼ ὑποχωρεῖν ἄλλῳ ἄνευ τῆς 942c τῶν ἀρχόντων δηλώσεως, ἑνί τε λόγῳ τὸ χωρίς τι τῶν ἄλλων πράττειν διδάξαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἔθεσι μήτε γιγνώσκειν μήτʼ ἐπίστασθαι τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλʼ ἁθρόον ἀεὶ καὶ ἅμα καὶ κοινὸν τὸν βίον ὅτι μάλιστα πᾶσι πάντων γίγνεσθαι—τούτου γὰρ οὔτʼ ἔστιν οὔτε ποτὲ μὴ γένηται κρεῖττον οὔτε ἄμεινον οὔτε τεχνικώτερον εἰς σωτηρίαν τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ νίκην— τοῦτο ἐν εἰρήνῃ μελετητέον εὐθὺς ἐκ τῶν παίδων, ἄρχειν τε ἄλλων ἄρχεσθαί θʼ ὑφʼ ἑτέρων·

    For military expeditions much advice is given, and many laws are made, and properly so. But the most important thing is that no one, male or female, should ever be without a commander, and that no one’s soul should get into the habit of doing anything, whether in earnest or in play, 942b on its own initiative and alone. In all war and in all peace a person should live always looking to his commander and following him, governed by him even in the smallest things—standing still when ordered, and marching, exercising, bathing, eating, getting up at night for guard duty and to carry messages; and in the midst of danger itself, neither pursuing anyone nor retreating before another without 942c a signal from the commanders. In a word, one should train the soul by habit neither to know nor to understand at all how to do anything apart from the others, so that everyone’s life may be as much as possible always collective, united and shared—for there is not, nor will there ever be, anything stronger, better or more skillful than this for safety and victory in war. This is what must be practiced in peacetime, right from childhood: ruling others and being ruled by others.

    τὴν δʼ ἀναρχίαν ἐξαιρετέον 942d ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ βίου ἁπάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων τε καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπους θηρίων.

    Lack of rule must be removed 942d from the whole life of all human beings, and of the animals under human control.

    καὶ δὴ καὶ χορείας πάσας εἰς τὰς ἀριστείας τὰς κατὰ πόλεμον βλεπούσας χορεύειν, καὶ ὅλην εὐκολίαν τε καὶ εὐχέρειαν ἐπιτηδεύειν τῶν αὐτῶν εἵνεκα, καρτερήσεις τε αὖ σίτων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ χειμώνων καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων καὶ κοίτης σκληρᾶς, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τὴν τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ ποδῶν δύναμιν μὴ διαφθείρειν τῇ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων σκεπασμάτων περικαλυφῇ, τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀπολλύντας 942e πίλων τε καὶ ὑποδημάτων γένεσιν καὶ φύσιν· ταῦτα γὰρ ἀκρωτήρια ὄντα σῳζόμενά τε ἔχει μεγίστην δύναμιν παντὸς τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐναντίως, καὶ τὸ μὲν ὑπηρετικώτατον ἅπαντι τῷ σώματι, τὸ δὲ ἀρχικώτατον, ἔχον 943a τὰς κυρίας ἁπάσας αἰσθήσεις αὐτοῦ φύσει. ἔπαινον μὲν δὴ τοῦτον ἀκούειν τὸν νέον χρῆν δοκεῖν πολεμικοῦ περὶ βίου, νόμους δʼ αὖ τούσδε· Στρατεύεσθαι τὸν καταλεγέντα ἢ τὸν ἐν μέρει τινὶ τεταγμένον.

    And indeed all choral performances should be danced with an eye to valor in war, and all agility and nimbleness should be cultivated for the same purposes; and also endurance of hunger and thirst, of cold and the opposite, and of a hard bed. Most important of all, one should not ruin the natural strength of the head and feet by wrapping them in coverings from elsewhere, destroying the growth and nature of their own 942e caps and shoes. For these are the extremities, and when they’re preserved they hold the greatest power over the whole body, and the opposite when they’re not; the feet are the most serviceable to the whole body, and the head the most commanding, since it holds 943a by nature all the body’s principal senses. This, I think, is the praise of the military life the young man should hear; and these are the laws: Whoever has been enlisted or assigned to some unit is to serve on campaign.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἐκλείπῃ τινὶ κάκῃ μὴ στρατηγῶν ἀφέντων, γραφὰς ἀστρατείας εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμικοὺς ἄρχοντας, ὅταν ἔλθωσιν ἀπὸ στρατοπέδου, δικάζειν δὲ τοὺς στρατεύσαντας ἑκάστους χωρίς, ὁπλίτας τε καὶ ἱππέας καὶ τἆλλα ἐμπολέμια ἕκαστα ὡσαύτως, καὶ 943b εἰσάγειν ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἱππέας δὲ εἰς τοὺς ἱππέας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ εἰς τοὺς αὑτῶν συννόμους· ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, ὑπάρχειν μὲν αὐτῷ μήποτε τῆς ὅλης ἀριστείας ἀγωνιστῇ γενέσθαι μηδὲ ἀστρατείας ἄλλον γράψασθαί ποτε μηδὲ κατηγόρῳ τούτων πέρι γενέσθαι, πρὸς τούτοις δʼ ἔτι προστιμᾶν αὐτῷ τὸ δικαστήριον ὅτι χρὴ παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτίνειν.

    If anyone fails to serve through cowardice, without the generals’ leave, there are to be indictments for evasion of service before the military commanders when they return from camp. Those who served are to sit as judges, each group separately—heavy infantry, cavalry, and each of the other branches likewise— 943b bringing infantrymen before infantrymen, cavalrymen before cavalrymen, and the others in the same way before their own comrades. If anyone is convicted, he is never to be allowed to compete for any prize for valor, or to indict anyone else for evasion of service, or to act as accuser in such matters; and in addition the court is to assess what further he must suffer or pay.

    μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, ἐκδικασθεισῶν τῶν τῆς ἀστρατείας δικῶν, πάλιν ἑκάστων ἄρχοντας ποιῆσαι σύλλογον, 943c ἀριστείων δὲ πέρι κρίνεσθαι τὸν βουλόμενον ἐν τοῖς αὑτῶν ἔθνεσιν, μὴ περὶ προτέρου πολέμου μηδὲν παρεχόμενον μήτε τεκμήριον μήτε μαρτύρων πιστώσεις λόγων, αὐτῆς δὲ περὶ τῆς στρατείας τῆς τότε γενομένης αὐτοῖς. στέφανον δὲ τὸ νικητήριον ἑκάστοις εἶναι θαλλοῦ· τοῦτον δὲ εἰς τὰ τῶν πολεμικῶν θεῶν ἱερά, ὧν ἄν τις βούληται, γράψαντα ἀναθεῖναι μαρτύριον εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀριστείων κρίσιν παντὸς τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν τῶν δευτέρων καὶ τρίτων. ἐὰν δὲ στρατεύσηται 943d μέν τις, μὴ ἀπαγαγόντων δὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων οἴκαδε προαπέλθῃ τοῦ χρόνου, λιποταξίου τούτων εἶναι γραφὰς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς οἷς περὶ τῆς ἀστρατείας, ὀφλοῦσίν τε τιμωρίαι ἐπέστωσαν αἵπερ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐτέθησαν.

    After this, when the trials for evasion of service have been decided, the commanders of each branch are to convene a meeting again, 943c and anyone who wishes is to be judged for the prizes for valor among his own branch, presenting no evidence or testimony of witnesses about any earlier war, but only about the campaign that has just taken place. The prize for each is to be a crown of olive; and the winner is to dedicate it, with an inscription, in the temple of whichever of the gods of war he likes, as testimony for the judgment of prizes for valor throughout his life, and for second and third prizes. If anyone goes on campaign 943d but comes home before the time, without the commanders leading the troops home, there are to be indictments for desertion before the same people as for evasion of service, and those convicted are to incur the same penalties laid down before.

    Losing one’s arms

    The Athenian distinguishes losing arms by misfortune from throwing away one’s shield.

    χρὴ μὲν δὴ πᾶσαν ἐπιφέροντα δίκην ἀνδρὶ πάντʼ ἄνδρα φοβεῖσθαι τὸ μήτε ἐπενεγκεῖν ψευδῆ τιμωρίαν, μήτʼ οὖν ἑκόντα μήτʼ ἄκοντα 943e κατὰ δύναμιν—παρθένος γὰρ Αἰδοῦς Δίκη λέγεταί τε καὶ ὄντως εἴρηται, ψεῦδος δὲ αἰδοῖ καὶ δίκῃ νεμεσητὸν κατὰ φύσιν—τῶν τε οὖν ἄλλων εὐλαβεῖσθαι πέρι πλημμελεῖν εἰς δίκην, διαφερόντως δὲ καὶ τῆς τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ὅπλων ἀποβολῆς, μὴ διαμαρτών τις ἄρα τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀποβολῶν, ὡς αἰσχρὰς αὐτὰς εἰς ὄνειδος τιθείς, ἀναξίῳ ἀναξίας ἐπάγῃ δίκας. ῥᾴδιον μὲν οὖν οὐδαμῶς διορίσαι τούτων θάτερον, 944a ὅμως δὲ χρὴ τὸν νόμον ἁμῶς γέ πως ὁρίζειν πειρᾶσθαι κατὰ μέρη.

    Every man who brings any suit against another must be afraid of bringing a false charge for punishment, whether willingly or unwillingly, 943e as far as he can—for Justice is called, and truly called, the maiden of Reverence, and falsehood is by nature hateful to reverence and justice. So one must beware of going wrong in justice in other matters too, but especially concerning the loss of arms in war, in case someone mistakes cases where the loss was unavoidable, reproaches them as shameful, and brings undeserved suits against an undeserving man. It’s by no means easy to distinguish these cases; 944a still, the law must try, somehow or other, to draw distinctions case by case.

    Justice (Dike) and Reverence (Aidos, the sense of shame) are spoken of as goddesses.

    μύθῳ δὴ προσχρώμενοι ἅμʼ εἴπωμεν, εἰ κομισθεὶς ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἄνευ τῶν ὅπλων Πάτροκλος ἔμπνους ἐγένεθʼ, οἷον δὴ μυρίοις συνέπεσεν, τὰ δὲ πρότερα ἐκεῖνα ὅπλα, ἃ Πηλεῖ φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς παρὰ θεῶν προῖκα ἐν τοῖς γάμοις ἐπιδοθῆναι Θέτιδι, ταῦτα δὲ Ἕκτωρ εἶχεν, ἐξῆν ἂν τῶν τότε ὅσοι κακοὶ ὀνειδίζειν ὅπλων ἀποβολὴν τῷ τοῦ Μενοιτίου. ἔτι δὲ ὁπόσοι κατὰ κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες ἀπώλεσαν 944b ὅπλα, ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν, ἢ χειμώνων ἐν κόποις ὑποδεξαμένης αὐτοὺς ἐξαίφνης πολλῆς ῥύσεως ὕδατος, ἢ μυρίʼ ἂν ἔχοι τις τοιαῦτα παραμυθούμενος ἐπᾴδειν, εὐδιάβολον κακὸν καλλύνων· τεμεῖν δὴ χρεὼν κατὰ δύναμιν τὸ μεῖζον καὶ τὸ δυσχερέστερον κακὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου.

    Let’s make use of a story as we explain. If Patroclus had been brought back to the tent without his arms but still breathing—as has happened to countless men—while those first arms, which the poet says the gods gave Peleus as a dowry when he married Thetis, were in Hector’s hands, then the cowards of that time could have reproached the son of Menoetius with losing his arms. Then again there are those who have lost 944b their arms by being thrown down cliffs, or at sea, or when in the chaos of a storm a great flood of water suddenly swept over them. One could offer countless such cases as soothing charms, dressing up an evil that lends itself to slander. So we must separate, as far as we can, the greater and more repugnant evil from its opposite.

    In the Iliad Patroclus fought in the armor of his friend Achilles, son of Peleus; Hector killed him and stripped it from his body. Menoetius was Patroclus’ father.

    σχεδὸν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ὀνείδεσιν ἔχει τινὰ τομὴν ἡ τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐπιφορά· ῥίψασπις μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ὀνομάζοιτʼ ἂν 944c δικαίως, ἀποβολεὺς δὲ ὅπλων. οὐχ ὁμοίως γὰρ ὅ τε ἀφαιρεθεὶς μετʼ εἰκυίας βίας γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ῥίψασπις ὅ τε ἀφεὶς ἑκών, διαφέρει δὲ ὅλον που καὶ τὸ πᾶν. ὧδʼ οὖν δὴ λεγέσθω νόμῳ· ἐὰν καταλαμβανόμενός τις ὑπὸ πολεμίων καὶ ἔχων ὅπλα μὴ ἀναστρέφῃ καὶ ἀμύνηται, ἀφῇ δὲ ἑκὼν ἢ ῥίψῃ, ζωὴν αἰσχρὰν ἀρνύμενος μετὰ κάκης μᾶλλον ἢ μετʼ ἀνδρείας καλὸν καὶ εὐδαίμονα θάνατον, τοιαύτης μὲν ὅπλων ἀποβολῆς 944d ἔστω δίκη ῥιφθέντων, τῆς δὲ εἰρημένης ἔμπροσθεν ὁ δικάζων μὴ ἀμελείτω σκοπεῖν. τὸν γὰρ κακὸν ἀεὶ δεῖ κολάζειν, ἵνʼ ἀμείνων ᾖ, οὐ τὸν δυστυχῆ· οὐδὲν γὰρ πλέον.

    In reproaches, then, the application of these names allows some distinction. One wouldn’t justly call a man a “shield-thrower” in every case, 944c but rather a “loser of arms.” For a man stripped of them by reasonable force wouldn’t be a shield-thrower in the same way as one who let them go willingly; the two differ entirely and altogether. So let it be stated in the law as follows. If someone is overtaken by the enemy while armed, and doesn’t turn and defend himself, but willingly lets his arms go or throws them away, choosing a shameful life with cowardice rather than a fine and happy death with courage, then for such loss of arms 944d let there be a suit for throwing them away; but the judge must not neglect to consider the kind described before. For one must always punish the bad man, so that he may become better, not the unfortunate one; there is nothing to be gained by that.

    “Shield-thrower” (rhipsaspis) was a standard Greek insult for a coward who dropped his shield to run away.

    ζημία δὴ τῷ τὴν τοιαύτην ἀμυντηρίων ὅπλων εἰς τοὐναντίον ἀφέντι δύναμιν τίς ἄρα γίγνοιτʼ ἂν πρόσφορος; οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἀνθρώπῳ δρᾶν τοὐναντίον ὥς ποτε θεόν φασι δρᾶσαι, Καινέα τὸν Θετταλὸν ἐκ γυναικὸς μεταβαλόντα εἰς ἀνδρὸς φύσιν· ἦν γὰρ ἀνδρὶ ῥιψάσπιδι τρόπον τινὰ πρέπουσα πασῶν 944e μάλιστα ἡ ʼκείνῃ τῇ γενέσει ἐναντία γένεσις, εἰς γυναῖκα ἐξ ἀνδρὸς μεταβαλοῦσα, τιμωρία τούτῳ γενομένη.

    What penalty, then, would be appropriate for a man who has thrown away weapons meant for defense, and turned their power to the opposite effect? It isn’t possible for a human being to do the reverse of what they say a god once did, when he changed Caeneus of Thessaly from a woman’s nature into a man’s. For in a way the most fitting punishment of all 944e for a man who threw away his shield would have been the birth opposite to that one, a change from man into woman.

    In myth the girl Caenis was turned by Poseidon into a man, Caeneus.

    νῦν δʼ ὅτι τούτων ἐγγύτατα φιλοψυχίας ἕνεκα, ἵνα τὸν ἐπίλοιπον βίον μὴ κινδυνεύῃ, ζῇ δὲ ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον ὢν κακὸς ὀνείδει συνεχόμενος, ἔστω νόμος ὅδε ἐπὶ τούτοις· Ἀνὴρ ὃς ἂν ὄφλῃ δίκην ὡς αἰσχρῶς ἀποβαλὼν ὅπλα πολεμικά, τούτῳ μήτʼ οὖν τις στρατηγὸς μήτʼ ἄλλος ποτὲ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον 945a ἀρχόντων ὡς ἀνδρὶ στρατιώτῃ χρήσηται μηδʼ εἰς τάξιν κατατάξῃ μηδʼ ἡντινοῦν· εἰ δὲ μή, κατευθύνειν αὐτοῦ τὸν εὔθυνον, ἂν μὲν ᾖ τοῦ μεγίστου τιμήματος ὁ τάξας τὸν κακόν, χιλίας, ἂν δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου, πέντε μνᾶς, ἂν δὲ τοῦ τρίτου, τρεῖς μνᾶς, ἂν δὲ τοῦ τετάρτου, μνᾶν.

    As it is, since he loved his life so much that he would not risk it for the rest of his days, but would live as long as possible as a coward, bound up with disgrace, let this law, the nearest thing to that punishment, apply to such cases: A man convicted of shamefully throwing away his arms of war is never to be employed as a soldier by any general or any other military 945a commander, or posted to any rank at all. Otherwise, the auditor is to penalize the officer at his audit: if the one who posted the coward belongs to the highest property class, a thousand drachmas; if to the second, five minas; if to the third, three minas; if to the fourth, one mina.

    ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν τὴν δίκην πρὸς τῷ ἀφεῖσθαι τῶν ἀνδρείων κινδύνων κατὰ φύσιν τὴν αὑτοῦ προσαποτεισάτω μισθόν, χιλίας μέν, ἂν τοῦ μεγίστου τιμήματος ᾖ, πέντε δέ, τοῦ δευτέρου, τρεῖς δέ, 945b ἂν τοῦ τρίτου, μνᾶν δὲ ὡσαύτως, καθάπερ οἱ πρόσθεν, τοῦ τετάρτου μέρους.

    The man convicted, in addition to being released from the dangers of brave men, in keeping with his own nature, is to pay a fee for it besides: a thousand drachmas, if he belongs to the highest property class; five minas, if to the second; three, 945b if to the third; and likewise one mina, as with the others before, if to the fourth.

    The auditors

    The city chooses its best men as auditors of officials and honors them in life and death.

    εὐθύνων δὴ πέρι τίς ἡμῖν λόγος ἂν εἴη πρέπων ἀρχόντων γενομένων τῶν μὲν κατὰ τύχην κλήρου καὶ ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτόν, τῶν δʼ εἰς πλείονα ἔτη καὶ ἐκ προκρίτων; τῶν δὴ τοιούτων εὐθυντὴς τίς ἱκανός, ἄν τίς τί εἴπῃ σκολιὸν αὐτῶν ἢ καμφθεὶς ὑπὸ βάρους μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν πράξῃ, τῆς δʼ αὑτοῦ δυνάμεως ἐνδείᾳ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀξίαν; ῥᾴδιον μὲν 945c οὐδαμῶς εὑρεῖν τῶν ἀρχόντων ἄρχοντα ὑπερβάλλοντα πρὸς ἀρετήν, ὅμως δὲ πειρατέον εὐθυντάς τινας ἀνευρίσκειν θείους. ἔχει γὰρ οὖν οὕτω. πολλοὶ καιροὶ πολιτείας λύσεώς εἰσιν, καθάπερ νεὼς ἢ ζῴου τινός, οὓς ἐντόνους τε καὶ ὑποζώματα καὶ νεύρων ἐπιτόνους, μίαν οὖσαν φύσιν διεσπαρμένην, πολλαχοῦ πολλοῖς ὀνόμασιν προσαγορεύομεν· εἷς δὲ οὗτος οὐ σμικρότατος καιρὸς τοῦ σῴζεσθαί τε καὶ διαλυθεῖσαν 945d οἴχεσθαι πολιτείαν.

    About auditors, what account would be fitting for us to give, since some officials hold office by the chance of the lot and for a year, and others for more years and from preselected candidates? Who will be a competent auditor of such people, if any of them says anything crooked, or conducts his office bent by its weight and by his own lack of strength to match the office’s dignity? It’s by no means easy 945c to find a ruler over the rulers who surpasses them in virtue; still, we must try to find some auditors who are divine. For this is how things are. There are many critical points at which a constitution comes apart, as with a ship or a living creature—what we call stays, and undergirding cables, and the tendons of sinews, a single nature scattered in many places under many names. And this is not the least critical point for a constitution’s being preserved, or dissolving 945d and being gone.

    ἂν μὲν γὰρ οἱ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐξευθύνοντες βελτίους ὦσιν ἐκείνων, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐν δίκῃ ἀμέμπτῳ τε καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ἡ πᾶσα οὕτω θάλλει τε καὶ εὐδαιμονεῖ χώρα καὶ πόλις· ἐὰν δʼ ἄλλως τὰ περὶ τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν ἀρχόντων γίγνηται, τότε λυθείσης τῆς τὰ πάντα πολιτεύματα συνεχούσης εἰς ἓν δίκης, ταύτῃ πᾶσα ἀρχὴ διεσπάσθη χωρὶς ἑτέρα ἀπʼ ἄλλης, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἔτι νεύουσαι, 945e πολλὰς ἐκ μιᾶς τὴν πόλιν ποιοῦσαι, στάσεων ἐμπλήσασαι ταχὺ διώλεσαν. διὸ δὴ δεῖ πάντως τοὺς εὐθύνους θαυμαστοὺς πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν εἶναι. τεκταινώμεθα δή τινα τρόπον αὐτῶν τοιάνδε γένεσιν.

    If those who audit the officials are better than they are, and do it with blameless justice and blamelessly, then the whole country and city thrive and prosper. But if the auditing of officials is done in some other way, then, once the justice that holds all the parts of the constitution together into one has been dissolved, every office is torn apart from every other; and, no longer tending toward the same end, 945e they make one city into many, fill it with factions, and swiftly destroy it. That’s why the auditors must by all means be marvelous in every virtue. So let’s contrive a way for them to come into being, something like this.

    κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον μετὰ τροπὰς ἡλίου τὰς ἐκ θέρους εἰς χειμῶνα συνιέναι χρεὼν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν εἰς Ἡλίου κοινὸν καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος τέμενος, τῷ θεῷ ἀποφανουμένους 946a ἄνδρας αὑτῶν τρεῖς, ὃν ἂν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἡγῆται πάντῃ ἄριστον εἶναι, πλὴν αὑτοῦ, μὴ ἔλαττον πεντήκοντα γεγονότα ἐτῶν.

    Every year, after the summer solstice, the whole city must gather in the precinct shared by the Sun and Apollo, to present to the god 946a three men from among themselves, each man nominating whomever he thinks best in every respect, other than himself, and no younger than fifty.

    τῶν δὲ προκριθέντων οὓς ἂν πλεῖστοι ἐνέγκωσι, τούτους ἐκλέξαι μέχρι τῶν ἡμίσεων, ἐὰν ἄρτιοι γίγνωνται, περιττοὶ δὲ ἐὰν ὦσιν, ἕνα ἀφελεῖν, ᾧ ἂν ἐλάχισται γένωνται, καταλιπεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἡμίσεις αὐτῶν πλήθει τῶν ψήφων ἀποκρίναντας, ἐὰν δέ τισιν ἴσαι γίγνωνται καὶ τὸν ἥμισυν ἀριθμὸν πλείω ποιῶσιν, ἀφελεῖν τὸ πλέον ἀποκρίναντας 946b νεότητι, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἐγκρίναντας φέρειν αὖθις, μέχριπερ ἂν τρεῖς λειφθῶσιν ἄνισοι· ἐὰν δὲ ἢ πᾶσιν ἢ τοῖν δυοῖν ἴσαι γίγνωνται, τῇ ἀγαθῇ μοίρᾳ καὶ τύχῃ ἐπιτρέψαντας, κλήρῳ διελόντας τὸν νικῶντα καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον στεφανῶσαι θαλλῷ, καὶ τὰ ἀριστεῖα ἀποδόντας πᾶσιν ἀνειπεῖν ὅτι Μαγνήτων ἡ κατὰ θεὸν πάλιν τυχοῦσα σωτηρίας πόλις, ἀποφήνασα αὑτῆς Ἡλίῳ ἄνδρας τοὺς ἀρίστους τρεῖς, ἀκροθίνιον 946c Ἀπόλλωνι κατὰ τὸν παλαιὸν νόμον ἀνατίθησι κοινὸν καὶ Ἡλίῳ, ὅσονπερ ἂν ἕπωνται χρόνον τῇ κρίσει.

    Of those nominated, they are to select those who receive the most votes, down to half their number, if the number is even; if it’s odd, they are to drop the one who received the fewest votes, and keep half, eliminating the rest by number of votes. If some receive equal votes and make the number greater than half, they are to remove the excess by eliminating 946b the youngest, keep the rest, and vote again, until three are left with unequal votes. If all three, or two of them, tie, they are to leave it to good fortune and chance, determine by lot the winner, the second and the third, crown them with olive, and, having given them all their prizes, proclaim that the city of the Magnesians, having regained its safety by the god’s grace, presents to the Sun its three best men, and dedicates them as first fruits 946c to Apollo, in accordance with the ancient custom, and jointly to the Sun, for as long as they live up to the verdict.

    τούτους δὲ πρώτῳ μὲν ἐνιαυτῷ δώδεκα εὐθύνους ἀποδεῖξαι, μέχριπερ ἂν ἑκάστῳ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη συμβῇ γενόμενα, τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ τρεῖς ἀεὶ προσγιγνέσθων κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν· οὗτοι δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς πάσας δώδεκα μέρη διελόμενοι πάσαις βασάνοις χρώμενοι ἐλευθέραις ἐλεγχόντων. οἰκούντων δέ, ὅσον ἂν 946d εὐθύνωσιν χρόνον, ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνός τε καὶ Ἡλίου τεμένει, ἐν ᾧπερ ἐκρίθησαν· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστος, τὰ δὲ καὶ κοινῇ μετʼ ἀλλήλων κρίναντες τοὺς ἄρξαντας τῇ πόλει, ἀποφηνάντων, εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν γράμματα καταθέντες, περὶ ἑκάστης ἀρχῆς ὅτι χρὴ παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτίνειν κατὰ τὴν τῶν εὐθύνων γνώμην.

    In the first year they are to appoint twelve of these as auditors, to serve until each reaches the age of seventy-five; after that three are to be added each year. They are to divide all the offices into twelve parts, and examine them using every means of scrutiny fit for free people. For as long as 946d they serve as auditors, they are to live in the precinct of Apollo and the Sun in which they were chosen. After judging, some individually and others jointly, those who have held office in the city, they are to post written statements in the marketplace declaring, for each office, what it must suffer or pay in the auditors’ judgment.

    ἥτις δʼ ἂν τῶν ἀρχῶν μὴ ὁμολογῇ κεκρίσθαι δικαίως, εἰς τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς δικαστὰς εἰσαγέτω τοὺς εὐθύνους, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἀποφύγῃ τις τὰς εὐθύνας, αὐτῶν τῶν 946e εὐθύνων κατηγορείτω, ἐὰν ἐθέλῃ· ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷ, ἐὰν μὲν ᾖ τῳ θανάτου τετιμημένον ὑπὸ τῶν εὐθύνων, ὥσπερ ἀνάγκη, ἁπλῶς θνῃσκέτω, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων τιμημάτων ὧν ἂν δυνατὸν ᾖ διπλῆν τεῖσαι, διπλασίαν τινέτω. τὰς δʼ εὐθύνας αὐτῶν τούτων ἀκούειν χρὴ τίνες ἔσονται καὶ τίνα τρόπον.

    Any official who doesn’t accept that he has been judged justly may take the auditors before the select judges; and if he is acquitted of the auditors’ charges, he may, if he wishes, accuse the 946e auditors themselves. But if he is convicted, then if the auditors had assessed a penalty of death for him, he is simply to die, as he must; of the other penalties, those that can be paid double he is to pay double. And we must hear how the audits of these auditors themselves are to be conducted, and by whom.

    ζῶσι μὲν οὖν τούτοις τοῖς παρὰ πάσης τῆς πόλεως ἀριστείων ἠξιωμένοις 947a προεδρίαι τʼ ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι πάσαις ἔστωσαν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας κοινῇ θυσιῶν καὶ θεωριῶν καὶ ὅσων ἂν ἑτέρων κοινωνῶσιν ἱερῶν, ἐκ τούτων τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῆς θεωρίας ἑκάστης ἐκπέμπειν, καὶ τούτους μόνους δάφνης στεφάνῳ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει κεκοσμημένους εἶναι, καὶ ἱερέας μὲν πάντας τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνός τε καὶ Ἡλίου, ἀρχιέρεων δὲ ἕνα κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τὸν πρῶτον κριθέντα τῶν γενομένων ἐκείνῳ τῷ 947b ἐνιαυτῷ τῶν ἱερέων, καὶ τοὔνομα ἀναγράφειν τούτου κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν, ὅπως ἂν γίγνηται μέτρον ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ χρόνου, ἕως ἂν ἡ πόλις οἰκῆται.

    While they live, those men who have been judged worthy of the prize by the whole city 947a are to have front seats at all the festivals. Moreover, for the sacrifices, sacred delegations and other rites that the Greeks share in common, the leaders of each delegation are to be sent out from among them; and they alone of those in the city are to be adorned with a crown of laurel. They are all to be priests of Apollo and the Sun, and each year one of them is to be high priest—the one judged first among those who became priests in that 947b year—and his name is to be recorded each year, so that it may serve as a measure for counting time, as long as the city is inhabited.

    τελευτήσασι δὲ προθέσεις καὶ ἐκφορὰς καὶ θήκας διαφόρους εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν· λευκὴν μὲν τὴν στολὴν ἔχειν πᾶσαν, θρήνων δὲ καὶ ὀδυρμῶν χωρὶς γίγνεσθαι, κορῶν δὲ χορὸν πεντεκαίδεκα καὶ ἀρρένων ἕτερον περιισταμένους τῇ κλίνῃ ἑκατέρους οἷον ὕμνον πεποιημένον 947c ἔπαινον εἰς τοὺς ἱερέας ἐν μέρει ἑκατέρους ᾄδειν, εὐδαιμονίζοντας ᾠδῇ διὰ πάσης τῆς ἡμέρας· ἕωθεν δʼ εἰς τὴν θήκην φέρειν αὐτὴν μὲν τὴν κλίνην ἑκατὸν τῶν νέων τῶν ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις, οὓς ἂν οἱ προσήκοντες τοῦ τελευτήσαντος ἐπιόψωνται, πρώτους δὲ προϊέναι τοὺς ἠιθέους τὴν πολεμικὴν σκευὴν ἐνδεδυκότας ἑκάστους, σὺν τοῖς ἵπποισι μὲν ἱππέας, σὺν δὲ ὅπλοις ὁπλίτας, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὡσαύτως, παῖδας δὲ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν κλίνην ἔμπροσθεν τὸ πάτριον μέλος ἐφυμνεῖν, 947d καὶ κόρας ἑπομένας ἐξόπισθεν ὅσαι τʼ ἂν γυναῖκες τῆς παιδοποιήσεως ἀπηλλαγμέναι τυγχάνωσιν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἱερέας τε καὶ ἱερείας ὡς καθαρεύοντι τῷ τάφῳ ἕπεσθαι, ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων εἴργωνται τάφων, ἐὰν καὶ τὸ τῆς Πυθίας οὕτω τε καὶ ταύτῃ σύμψηφον ᾖ.

    When they die, their laying out, funeral procession and burial are to be different from those of other citizens. The clothing is to be all white, and there is to be no dirge or wailing. A chorus of fifteen girls, and another of boys, are to stand around the bier, each in turn singing a praise of the priests composed like a hymn, 947c calling them blessed in song throughout the day. At dawn a hundred of the young men from the gymnasiums, chosen by the dead man’s relatives, are to carry the bier itself to the tomb. In front go the unmarried young men, each wearing his military equipment—cavalry with their horses, heavy infantry with their arms, and the others likewise—while boys around the bier itself, in front of it, sing the traditional song, 947d and girls follow behind, together with any women who are past childbearing. After them priests and priestesses are to follow, as to a tomb that is pure, even if they are barred from other tombs—provided the Pythia’s response also agrees with this, and in this way.

    θήκην δὲ ὑπὸ γῆς αὐτοῖς εἰργασμένην εἶναι ψαλίδα προμήκη λίθων ποτίμων καὶ ἀγήρων εἰς δύναμιν, ἔχουσαν κλίνας παρʼ ἀλλήλας λιθίνας 947e κειμένας, οὗ δὴ τὸν μακάριον γεγονότα θέντες, κύκλῳ χώσαντες, πέριξ δένδρων ἄλσος περιφυτεύσουσι πλὴν κώλου ἑνός, ὅπως ἂν αὔξην ὁ τάφος ἔχῃ ταύτην τὴν εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐπιδεῆ χώματος τοῖς τιθεμένοις· κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ ἀγῶνα μουσικῆς αὐτοῖς καὶ γυμνικὸν ἱππικόν τε θήσουσιν. τὰ μὲν δὴ γέρα ταῦτα τοῖς τὰς εὐθύνας διαφυγοῦσιν· ἂν δέ τις τούτων, πιστεύων τῷ κεκρίσθαι, τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἐπιδείξῃ κακὸς γενόμενος ὕστερον τῆς κρίσεως, γράφεσθαι μὲν τὸν βουλόμενον αὐτὸν ὁ νόμος προσταττέτω, ὁ δʼ ἀγὼν 948a ἐν δικαστηρίῳ γιγνέσθω τοιῷδέ τινι τρόπῳ.

    Their tomb is to be built underground: an oblong vault of choice stone, as enduring as possible, with stone couches laid side by side. 947e There they will lay the one who has become blessed, heap up earth in a circle around it, and plant a grove of trees all round, except on one side, so that the tomb may have room to grow in that direction for all time, as those laid there need more mound. And every year they will hold a contest in music, athletics and horsemanship in their honor. These, then, are the rewards for those who pass their audit. But if any of them, relying on having been judged, shows his human nature by becoming bad after the judgment, the law is to direct that anyone who wishes may indict him, and the trial 948a is to take place in court in some such way as this.

    πρῶτον μὲν νομοφύλακες ἔστωσαν τούτου τοῦ δικαστηρίου, ἔπειτα αὐτῶν τούτων οἱ ζῶντες, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν δικαστήριον, γραφέσθω δὲ ὁ γραφόμενος, ὃν ἂν γράφηται, λέγουσαν τὴν γραφὴν ἀνάξιον εἶναι τὸν καὶ τὸν τῶν ἀριστείων καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς· καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ὁ φεύγων ἁλῷ, στερέσθω τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τοῦ τάφου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν δοθεισῶν αὐτῷ τιμῶν, ἐὰν δὲ ὁ διώκων μὴ μεταλάβῃ τὸ πέμπτον μέρος τῶν 948b ψήφων, τινέτω ὁ μὲν τοῦ μεγίστου τιμήματος δώδεκα μνᾶς, ὀκτὼ δὲ ὁ τοῦ δευτέρου, τρίτου δὲ ἕξ, τετάρτου δὲ δύο.

    First, the guardians of the laws are to sit on this court, then the living members of the auditors themselves, and in addition the court of select judges. The prosecutor is to write his indictment against whomever he indicts, stating that so-and-so is unworthy of the prize and of the office. If the defendant is convicted, he is to be deprived of his office, of the tomb, and of the other honors given him; if the prosecutor doesn’t obtain a fifth of the 948b votes, he is to pay twelve minas if he belongs to the highest property class, eight if to the second, six if to the third, and two if to the fourth.

    Oaths in the courts

    Since belief in the gods has weakened, parties to lawsuits are no longer to swear oaths.

    Ῥαδαμάνθυος δὲ περὶ τὴν λεγομένην κρίσιν τῶν δικῶν ἄξιον ἄγασθαι, διότι κατεῖδεν τοὺς τότε ἀνθρώπους ἡγουμένους ἐναργῶς εἶναι θεούς, εἰκότως, ἅτε κατὰ τὸν τότε χρόνον τῶν πολλῶν ἐκ θεῶν ὄντων, ὧν εἷς ἦν αὐτός, ὥς γε λόγος. ἔοικεν δὴ δικαστῇ μὲν ἀνθρώπων οὐδενὶ διανοούμενος δεῖν ἐπιτρέπειν, θεοῖς δέ, ὅθεν ἁπλαῖ καὶ ταχεῖαι δίκαι ἐκρίνοντʼ αὐτῷ· διδοὺς γὰρ περὶ ἑκάστων τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων 948c ὅρκον τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ἀπηλλάττετο ταχὺ καὶ ἀσφαλῶς.

    Rhadamanthus deserves admiration for the way he is said to have decided cases, because he saw that the people of that time clearly believed that there are gods—reasonably enough, since in that time many were descended from gods, and he himself was one of them, as the story goes. It seems he thought that no human being should be trusted as judge, but only gods; and so his cases were decided simply and swiftly. For he would give the disputing parties an oath on each point in dispute 948c and be finished with them quickly and safely.

    Rhadamanthus, son of Zeus and brother of Minos, was a legendary Cretan lawgiver and a judge of the dead.

    νῦν δὲ δὴ ὅτε μέρος τι μέν, φαμέν, ἀνθρώπων τὸ παράπαν οὐχ ἡγοῦνται θεούς, οἱ δὲ οὐ φροντίζειν ἡμῶν αὐτοὺς διανοοῦνται, τῶν δὲ δὴ πλείστων ἐστὶ καὶ κακίστων ἡ δόξα ὡς σμικρὰ δεχόμενοι θύματα καὶ θωπείας πολλὰ συναποστεροῦσι χρήματα καὶ μεγάλων σφᾶς ἐκλύονται κατὰ πολλὰ ζημιῶν, οὐκέτι δὴ τοῖς νῦν ἀνθρώποις ἡ Ῥαδαμάνθυος 948d ἂν εἴη τέχνη πρέπουσα ἐν δίκαις. μεταβεβληκυιῶν οὖν τῶν περὶ θεοὺς δοξῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις μεταβάλλειν δεῖ καὶ τοὺς νόμους· ἐν γὰρ λήξεσιν δικῶν τοὺς μετὰ νοῦ τιθεμένους νόμους ἐξαιρεῖν χρὴ τοὺς ὅρκους τῶν ἀντιδικούντων ἑκατέρων, καὶ τὸν λαγχάνοντά τῴ τινα δίκην τὰ μὲν ἐγκλήματα γράφειν, ὅρκον δὲ μὴ ἐπομνύναι, καὶ τὸν φεύγοντα κατὰ ταὐτὰ τὴν ἄρνησιν γράψαντα παραδοῦναι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἀνώμοτον.

    But now, when some people, as we say, don’t believe in gods at all, others think the gods don’t care about us, and the belief of most people, and the worst, is that in return for small sacrifices and flatteries the gods will help them steal large sums and will free them from heavy penalties in many cases, Rhadamanthus’s 948d method would no longer be suitable in lawsuits for people today. Since people’s beliefs about the gods have changed, the laws must change too. When lawsuits are filed, laws laid down with sense must remove the oaths of both parties. Whoever brings a suit against someone must write down his charges, but not swear an oath to them; and the defendant, likewise, must write down his denial and hand it to the officials unsworn.

    δεινὸν γάρ που, δικῶν γʼ ἐν πόλει πολλῶν 948e γενομένων, εὖ εἰδέναι σμικροῦ δεῖν τοὺς ἡμίσεις αὐτῶν ἐπιωρκηκότας, ἐν συσσιτίοις τε ἀλλήλοις εὐχερῶς συγγιγνομένους καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις συνουσίαις τε καὶ ἰδιωτικαῖς συγγενήσεσιν ἑκάστων. νόμος δὴ κείσθω δικαστὴν μὲν ὀμνύναι δικάζειν μέλλοντα, καὶ τὸν τὰς ἀρχὰς τῷ κοινῷ καθιστάντα 949a διʼ ὅρκων ἢ διὰ φορᾶς ψήφων ἀφʼ ἱερῶν φέροντα δρᾶν ἀεὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον, καὶ κριτὴν αὖ χορῶν καὶ πάσης μουσικῆς καὶ γυμνικῶν τε καὶ ἱππικῶν ἄθλων ἐπιστάτας καὶ βραβέας καὶ ἁπάντων ὁπόσα μὴ φέρει κέρδος κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην δόξαν τῷ ἐπιορκοῦντι· τῶν δὲ ὁπόσα ἐξαρνηθέντι καὶ ἐξομοσαμένῳ κέρδος μέγα φανερὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ, ταῦτα δὲ διὰ δικῶν ὅρκων χωρὶς κρίνεσθαι σύμπαντας τοὺς ἐπικαλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις.

    For surely it’s a terrible thing, when there are many lawsuits in a city, 948e to know full well that nearly half the people have perjured themselves, while they mix easily with one another at the common meals and in other gatherings and in their private dealings with each other. So let it be the law that a judge must swear an oath when he is about to judge; and whoever appoints officials for the community must always do so either under oath or by votes carried from the altars; 949a and so too the judge of choruses and of all music, and the supervisors and umpires of athletic and equestrian contests, and in all matters where, in human opinion, perjury brings no gain to the perjurer. But in all cases where a large and obvious gain seems likely for someone who denies a charge on oath, all those who bring charges against one another are to be judged by trials without oaths.

    καὶ τὸ παράπαν ἐν δίκῃ τοὺς προέδρους μὴ 949b ἐπιτρέπειν μήτε ὀμνύντι λέγειν πιθανότητος χάριν μήτε ἐπαρώμενον ἑαυτῷ καὶ γένει μήτε ἱκετείαις χρώμενον ἀσχήμοσιν μήτε οἴκτοις γυναικείοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ δίκαιον μετʼ εὐφημίας διδάσκοντα καὶ μανθάνοντα ἀεὶ διατελεῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, καθάπερ ἔξω τοῦ λόγου λέγοντος, τοὺς ἄρχοντας πάλιν ἐπανάγειν εἰς τὸν περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἀεὶ λόγον. ξένῳ δʼ εἶναι πρὸς ξένους, καθάπερ τὰ νῦν, δέχεσθαί τε ὅρκους παρʼ 949c ἀλλήλων, ἂν ἐθέλωσι, καὶ διδόναι κυρίως—οὐ γὰρ καταγηράσουσιν οὐδʼ ἐννεοττεύοντες ἐν τῇ πόλει ὡς τὸ πολὺ τοιούτους ἄλλους κυρίους τῆς χώρας παρέξονται συντρόφους —δικῶν τε περὶ λήξεως τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον εἶναι πρὸς ἀλλήλους πᾶσι τὴν κρίσιν.

    And in general, in a trial the presiding officials are not 949b to allow anyone to speak under oath to make his case persuasive, or to call down curses on himself and his family, or to use unseemly supplications or undignified laments; he is to keep always to explaining and learning what is just, in respectful language. Otherwise the officials are to treat him as speaking off the subject, and always bring him back to the question at issue. Between foreigners, as things are now, it is to be allowed to accept oaths from 949c one another, if they wish, and to give them with binding effect—for they won’t grow old in the city, and for the most part won’t nest in it and produce others like themselves, raised there, to be masters of the country—and for suits they file against each other the same procedure is to apply to them all.

    ὅσα τις ἐλεύθερος ἀπειθεῖ τῇ πόλει, μήτʼ οὖν πληγῶν ἄξια μηδʼ αὖ δεσμῶν μηδὲ θανάτου, περὶ δὲ χορείας τινῶν φοιτήσεων ἢ πομπεύσεων ἢ τοιούτων τινῶν ἄλλων κοινῶν 949d κοσμήσεων ἢ λῃτουργιῶν, ὁπόσα περὶ θυσίας εἰρηνικῆς ἢ πολεμικῶν εἰσφορῶν εἵνεκα, πάντων τῶν τοιούτων τὴν πρώτην ἀνάγκην ἰατὴν εἶναι τῆς ζημίας, τοῖς δὲ μὴ πειθομένοις ἐνεχυρασίαν τούτοις οἷς ἂν πόλις ἅμα καὶ νόμος εἰσπράττειν προστάττῃ, τῶν δὲ ἀπειθούντων ταῖς ἐνεχυρασίαις πρᾶσιν τῶν ἐνεχύρων εἶναι, τὸ δὲ νόμισμα γίγνεσθαι τῇ πόλει· ἐὰν δὲ ζημίας δέωνται πλείονος, τὰς ἀρχὰς ἑκάστας τοῖς ἀπειθοῦσι τὰς πρεπούσας ζημίας ἐπιβαλλούσας 949e εἰσάγειν εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον, ἕως ἂν ἐθελήσωσι δρᾶν τὸ προσταχθέν.

    Where a free person disobeys the city in matters that don’t merit beatings or imprisonment or death—concerning attendance at choral performances, or processions, or other such public 949d ceremonies or public services, whether for sacrifice in peacetime or for contributions in war—in all such cases the first compulsion is to be a fine, as a remedy. For those who don’t comply, there is to be seizure of goods by those whom the city and the law direct to collect; and for those who defy the seizure, a sale of the goods seized, with the money going to the city. If they need a greater penalty, each of the offices is to impose the appropriate penalties on the disobedient and 949e bring them before the court, until they are willing to do what they’ve been ordered.

    Travel abroad and foreign visitors

    Rules for citizens traveling as observers and for receiving four kinds of visitor.

    πόλει δέ, ἥτις ἂν μήτε χρηματίζηται πλὴν τὸν ἐκ γῆς χρηματισμὸν μήτʼ ἐμπορεύηται, περὶ ἀποδημίας ἑαυτῶν ἔξω τῆς χώρας καὶ ξένων ὑποδοχῆς ἄλλοθεν ἀνάγκη βεβουλεῦσθαι τί χρὴ δρᾶν· συμβουλεύειν οὖν τὸν νομοθέτην δεῖ τούτων πέρι πρῶτον πείθοντα εἰς δύναμιν. πέφυκεν δὲ ἡ πόλεων ἐπιμειξία πόλεσιν ἤθη κεραννύναι παντοδαπά, 950a καινοτομίας ἀλλήλοις ἐμποιούντων ξένων ξένοις· ὃ δὴ τοῖς μὲν εὖ πολιτευομένοις διὰ νόμων ὀρθῶν βλάβην ἂν φέροι μεγίστην πασῶν, ταῖς δὲ πλείσταις πόλεσιν, ἅτε οὐδαμῶς εὐνομουμέναις, οὐδὲν διαφέρει φύρεσθαι δεχομένους τε αὐτοῖς ξένους καὶ αὐτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἄλλας ἐπικωμάζοντας πόλεις, ὅταν ἐπιθυμήσῃ τις ἀποδημίας ὁπῃοῦν καὶ ὁπότε, εἴτε νέος εἴτε καὶ πρεσβύτερος ὤν.

    Now a city that makes no money except what comes from the land, and does no trading, must have worked out what to do about its own people traveling abroad outside the territory, and about receiving foreigners from elsewhere. So the lawgiver must advise on these matters, first trying to persuade as far as he can. It is in the nature of contact between cities to blend characters of every sort, 950a as strangers plant novelties in strangers. For those who are governed well under correct laws this would do the greatest harm of all; but for most cities, since they are in no way well governed, it makes no difference if they mix, receiving foreigners among themselves and going off on sprees to other cities in turn, whenever anyone, young or older, feels like traveling abroad, anywhere and at any time.

    τὸ δʼ αὖ μήτε ἄλλους δέχεσθαι μήτε αὐτοὺς ἄλλοσε ἀποδημεῖν ἅμα μὲν οὐκ ἐγχωρεῖ τό γε 950b παράπαν, ἔτι δὲ ἄγριον καὶ ἀπηνὲς φαίνοιτʼ ἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις, ὀνόμασίν τε χαλεποῖς ταῖσιν λεγομέναις ξενηλασίαις χρωμένους καὶ τρόποις αὐθάδεσι καὶ χαλεποῖς, ὡς δοκοῖεν ἄν· χρὴ δὲ οὔποτε περὶ σμικροῦ ποιεῖσθαι τὸ δοκεῖν ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἢ μὴ δοκεῖν. οὐ γὰρ ὅσον οὐσίας ἀρετῆς ἀπεσφαλμένοι τυγχάνουσιν οἱ πολλοί, τοσοῦτον καὶ τοῦ κρίνειν τοὺς ἄλλους ὅσοι πονηροὶ καὶ χρηστοί, θεῖον δέ τι καὶ εὔστοχον ἔνεστι καὶ τοῖσιν κακοῖς, ὥστε πάμπολλοι 950c καὶ τῶν σφόδρα κακῶν εὖ τοῖς λόγοις καὶ ταῖς δόξαις διαιροῦνται τοὺς ἀμείνους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς χείρονας. διὸ καλὸν ταῖς πολλαῖς πόλεσι τὸ παρακέλευμά ἐστιν, προτιμᾶν τὴν εὐδοξίαν πρὸς τῶν πολλῶν.

    On the other hand, to receive no one else and never to go abroad oneself is, first, not entirely 950b possible; and besides, it would look savage and harsh to the rest of mankind: people would think we were using that ugly term, “expulsion of foreigners,” and arrogant, harsh ways. And one must never make light of whether one seems good to others or not. The many are not as far from judging who among other people is wicked and who is decent as they are from the reality of virtue. There is something divine and sure of aim even in bad people, so that a great many, 950c even of the very bad, draw the line well, in their words and opinions, between the better sort of people and the worse. That is why it is a fine exhortation that many cities hold, to value a good name among the many.

    Sparta was known for its periodic expulsions of foreigners (xenēlasia).

    τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὀρθότατον καὶ μέγιστον, ὄντα ἀγαθὸν ἀληθῶς οὕτω τὸν εὔδοξον βίον θηρεύειν, χωρὶς δὲ μηδαμῶς, τόν γε τέλεον ἄνδρα ἐσόμενον, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῇ κατὰ Κρήτην οἰκιζομένῃ πόλει πρέπον ἂν εἴη δόξαν πρὸς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ὅτι 950d καλλίστην τε καὶ ἀρίστην παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς ἀρετήν· πᾶσα δʼ ἐλπὶς αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων, ἄνπερ κατὰ λόγον γίγνηται, μετʼ ὀλίγων ἥλιον ὄψεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους θεοὺς ἐν ταῖς εὐνόμοις πόλεσι καὶ χώραις. ὧδε οὖν χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ ἀποδημίας εἰς ἄλλας χώρας καὶ τόπους καὶ περὶ ὑποδοχῆς ξένων.

    The most correct and most important thing is to be truly good and so to hunt for a life of good repute, and never to seek it apart from that, at least if one is to be a complete man. And so it would also befit the city being founded in Crete to acquire among the rest of mankind the 950d finest and best possible reputation for virtue. There is every reason to hope, in all likelihood, if things go as planned, that the sun and the other gods will see it among the few well-governed cities and lands. So here is what must be done about traveling abroad to other lands and places, and about receiving foreigners.

    πρῶτον μὲν νεωτέρῳ ἐτῶν τετταράκοντα μὴ ἐξέστω ἀποδημῆσαι μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς, ἔτι τε ἰδίᾳ μηδενί, δημοσίᾳ δʼ ἔστω κήρυξιν ἢ πρεσβείαις ἢ καί τισι θεωροῖς· 950e τὰς δὲ κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ στρατείας ἀποδημίας οὐκ ἐν ἐκδημίαις πολιτικαῖς ἄξιον ἀγορεύειν ὡς τούτων οὔσας. Πυθώδε τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ εἰς Ὀλυμπίαν τῷ Διὶ καὶ εἰς Νεμέαν καὶ εἰς Ἰσθμὸν χρὴ πέμπειν κοινωνοῦντας θυσιῶν τε καὶ ἀγώνων τούτοις τοῖς θεοῖς, πέμπειν δὲ εἰς δύναμιν ὅτι πλείστους ἅμα καὶ καλλίστους τε καὶ ἀρίστους, οἵτινες εὐδόκιμον τὴν πόλιν ἐν ἱεραῖς τε καὶ εἰρηνικαῖς συνουσίαις ποιήσουσι 951a δοκεῖν, τοῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἀντίστροφον ἀποδιδόντες δόξης παρασκευήν, ἐλθόντες δὲ οἴκαδε διδάξουσι τοὺς νέους ὅτι δεύτερα τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐστὶ νόμιμα τὰ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας.

    First, no one under forty may travel abroad anywhere, in any way whatever; further, no one may go privately, but only publicly, as heralds or envoys or as certain official observers at festivals. 950e Trips abroad in war and on campaign don’t deserve to be spoken of among civic journeys, as if they were of this kind. To Pytho for Apollo, to Olympia for Zeus, and to Nemea and the Isthmus, we must send people to share in the sacrifices and games of these gods; and we must send as many as possible, and the finest and best, who will make the city 951a seem glorious in sacred and peaceful gatherings, giving it a counterpart to its glory in war; and when they come home they will teach the young that other people’s customs regarding constitutions are second-rate.

    Official observers (theōroi, literally “spectators”) were a city’s delegates to religious festivals abroad; Pytho is Delphi.

    θεωροὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκπέμπειν χρεὼν τοιούσδε τινὰς τοὺς νομοφύλακας παρεμένους· ἄν τινες ἐπιθυμῶσι τῶν πολιτῶν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων πράγματα θεωρῆσαι κατά τινα πλείω σχολήν, ἀπειργέτω μηδεὶς τούτους νόμος. οὔτε 951b γὰρ ἄπειρος οὖσα πόλις ἀνθρώπων κακῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν δύναιτʼ ἄν ποτε, ἀνομίλητος οὖσα, ἥμερος ἱκανῶς εἶναι καὶ τέλεος, οὐδʼ αὖ τοὺς νόμους διαφυλάττειν ἄνευ τοῦ γνώμῃ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ μὴ μόνον ἔθεσιν. εἰσὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἄνθρωποι ἀεὶ θεῖοί τινες—οὐ πολλοί—παντὸς ἄξιοι συγγίγνεσθαι, φυόμενοι οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐν εὐνομουμέναις πόλεσιν ἢ καὶ μή, ὧν κατʼ ἴχνος ἀεὶ χρὴ τὸν ἐν ταῖς εὐνομουμέναις πόλεσιν οἰκοῦντα, ἐξιόντα κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ γῆν, ζητεῖν 951c ὃς ἂν ἀδιάφθαρτος ᾖ, τὰ μὲν βεβαιούμενον τῶν νομίμων, ὅσα καλῶς αὐτοῖς κεῖται, τὰ δʼ ἐπανορθούμενον, εἴ τι παραλείπεται.

    But other observers must be sent out, of the following sort, with the permission of the guardians of the laws. If any citizens wish to observe the affairs of other people at greater leisure, let no law hold them back. For 951b a city without experience of bad and good men, never mixing with others, could never be sufficiently civilized and complete; nor could it keep its laws safe without grasping them by understanding and not by habit alone. Among the many there are always some divine people (not many) whose company is worth anything; and they are born no more in well-governed cities than in badly governed ones. The man who lives in a well-governed city, if 951c he is incorruptible, should always go out by sea and land to track them down, confirming those of his own customs that are well established and correcting any that fall short.

    ἄνευ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς θεωρίας καὶ ζητήσεως οὐ μένει ποτὲ τελέως πόλις, οὐδʼ ἂν κακῶς αὐτὴν θεωρῶσιν.

    For without this observation and inquiry a city never remains complete, nor will it if they carry out the observation badly.

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν ἂν γίγνοιτʼ ἀμφότερα;

    CliniasThen how could both be achieved?

    Athenianτῇδε. πρῶτον μὲν ὁ θεωρὸς ὁ τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν γεγονὼς ἔστω πλειόνων ἐτῶν ἢ πεντήκοντα, ἔτι δὲ τῶν εὐδοκίμων τά τε ἄλλα καὶ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔστω γεγενημένος, 951d εἰ μέλλει τὸ τῶν νομοφυλάκων δεῖγμα εἰς τὰς ἄλλας μεθήσειν πόλεις· πλέον δὲ ἑξήκοντα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν μηκέτι θεωρείτω. θεωρήσας δὲ ὁπόσʼ ἂν ἔτη βουληθῇ τῶν δέκα καὶ ἀφικόμενος οἴκαδε, εἰς τὸν σύλλογον ἴτω τὸν τῶν περὶ νόμους ἐποπτευόντων· οὗτος δʼ ἔστω νέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων μεμειγμένος, ἑκάστης μὲν ἡμέρας συλλεγόμενος ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀπʼ ὄρθρου μέχριπερ ἂν ἥλιος ἀνάσχῃ, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν ἱερέων τῶν τὰ ἀριστεῖα εἰληφότων, ἔπειτα τῶν νομοφυλάκων 951e τοὺς ἀεὶ πρεσβεύοντας δέκα. ἔτι ὁ περὶ τῆς παιδείας πάσης ἐπιμελητὴς ὅ τε νέος οἵ τε ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ταύτης ἀπηλλαγμένοι.

    AthenianLike this. First, an observer of this kind must be over fifty years old, and moreover he must have been one of those with a good name, in war as well as in other respects, 951d if he is going to send out a sample of the guardians of the laws to the other cities. Once over sixty, let him no longer travel as an observer. When he has observed for as many of the ten years as he wishes and has come home, let him go to the council of those who oversee the laws. This council is to be a mixture of young and old, and must meet every day without fail from dawn until the sun is up. It is made up, first, of the priests who have received the awards of distinction; next, of the guardians of the laws, 951e the ten eldest at any given time; and also the director of education, both the current one and those who have retired from that office.

    This is the body later called the Nocturnal Council (961a–b), though here it meets at dawn.

    ἕκαστος δὲ τούτων μὴ μόνος, ἀλλʼ ἴτω μετὰ νέου ἀπὸ τριάκοντα ἐτῶν μέχρι τετταράκοντα, τὸν ἀρέσκοντα αὑτῷ προσλαμβάνων. τὴν δὲ συνουσίαν εἶναι τούτοις καὶ 952a τοὺς λόγους περὶ νόμων ἀεὶ τῆς τε οἰκείας πόλεως πέρι, καὶ ἐὰν ἄλλοθι πυνθάνωνταί τι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων διαφέρον, καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ μαθημάτων, ὁπόσʼ ἂν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ σκέψει δοκῇ συμφέρειν μαθοῦσι μὲν εὐαγέστερον γίγνεσθαι, μὴ μαθοῦσι δὲ σκοτωδέστερα τὰ περὶ νόμους αὐτοῖς φαίνεσθαι καὶ ἀσαφῆ.

    Each of these is not to come alone, but with a young man between thirty and forty, choosing one he likes. Their meetings and 952a discussions are always to be about laws and about their own city, and about anything different they may learn about such matters elsewhere, and also about those branches of study that seem to help in this inquiry: those who learn them see matters of law more clearly, while to those who don’t, these things seem darker and obscure.

    ἃ δʼ ἂν τούτων ἐγκρίνωσιν οἱ γεραίτεροι, τοὺς νεωτέρους πάσῃ σπουδῇ μανθάνειν, ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνάξιος δοκῇ τῶν παρακεκλημένων εἶναι, τῷ παρακαλοῦντι μέμφεσθαι τὸν 952b σύλλογον ὅλον· τοὺς δʼ εὐδοκιμοῦντας τούτων τῶν νέων φυλάττειν τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν, ἀποβλέποντας εἰς αὐτοὺς διαφερόντως τε τηροῦντας, καὶ τιμᾶν μὲν κατορθοῦντας, ἀτιμάζειν δὲ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, ἐὰν ἀποβαίνωσι χείρους τῶν πολλῶν.

    Whatever of these studies the elders approve, the younger members are to learn with all diligence. And if one of those invited seems unworthy, the whole 952b council is to blame the one who invited him. Those of these young men who are well regarded the rest of the city is to watch over, keeping its eyes on them and observing them closely; it is to honor them when they succeed, but dishonor them more than the others if they turn out worse than most people.

    εἰς δὴ τοῦτον τὸν σύλλογον ὁ θεωρήσας τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις νόμιμα ἀφικόμενος εὐθὺς πορευέσθω, καὶ εἴ τινα φήμην τινῶν περὶ θέσεως νόμων ἢ παιδείας ἢ τροφῆς ηὗρεν τινας ἔχοντας φράζειν, εἴτε καὶ αὐτὸς νενοηκὼς ἄττα ἥκοι, κοινούτω τῷ συλλόγῳ ἅπαντι· 952c καὶ ἐάντε μηδὲν χείρων μηδέ τι βελτίων ἥκειν δόξῃ, χάριν γοῦν τῆς σφόδρα προθυμίας αἰνείσθω, ἐὰν δὲ πολὺ βελτίων, πολύ τʼ ἐπαινείσθω μᾶλλον ζῶν, τελευτήσαντά τε τιμαῖς αὐτὸν προσηκούσαις ἡ τῶν συλλεγομένων τιμάτω δύναμις. ἐὰν δὲ διεφθαρμένος ἀφικέσθαι δόξῃ, μηδενὶ συγγιγνέσθω μήτε νέῳ μήτε πρεσβυτέρῳ προσποιούμενος εἶναι σοφός· καὶ ἐὰν μὲν πείθηται τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἰδιώτης ζήτω, ἐὰν δὲ 952d μή, τεθνάτω, ἐάν γʼ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ ἁλῷ πολυπραγμονῶν τι περὶ τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τοὺς νόμους.

    To this council, then, the man who has observed the customs of other peoples is to go straight on his return. If he has found people able to tell him some report about lawmaking or education or upbringing, or if he comes back with ideas of his own, let him share them with the whole council. 952c If he seems to have come back neither worse nor better, let him at least be commended for his great zeal; if much better, let him be praised much more while he lives, and when he dies let the council, with its authority, honor him with fitting honors. But if he seems to have come back corrupted, he is not to associate with anyone, young or old, claiming to be wise. If he obeys the officials, let him live as a private person; if 952d not, let him die, if he is convicted in court of meddling in education and the laws.

    ἐὰν δὲ ἄξιον ὄντα εἰς δικαστήριον εἰσάγειν ἀρχόντων μηδεὶς εἰσάγῃ, ὄνειδος ἀποκείσθω τοῖς ἄρχουσιν εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀριστείων διαδικασίαν.

    And if he deserves to be brought to court and none of the officials brings him, let it be laid up as a reproach against the officials when the awards of distinction are decided.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐκδημῶν οὕτω καὶ τοιοῦτος ὢν ἐκδημείτω, τὸν δʼ εἰσεπιδημήσαντα μετὰ τοῦτον χρὴ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι. τέτταρες δʼ εἰσὶ ξένοι ὧν δεῖ πέρι λόγον τινὰ ποιεῖσθαι· ὁ μὲν δὴ πρῶτός τε καὶ διὰ τέλους ἀεὶ θερινὸς ὡς τὰ πολλὰ 952e διατελῶν ταῖς φοιτήσεσιν, καθάπερ οἱ τῶν ὀρνίθων διαπορευόμενοι—καὶ τούτων οἱ πολλοὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ἀτεχνῶς οἷον πετόμενοι χρηματισμοῦ χάριν ἐμπορευόμενοι ἔτους ὥραν πέτονται πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις— ὃν ἀγοραῖς καὶ λιμέσι καὶ δημοσίοις οἰκοδομήμασιν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως πρὸς τῇ πόλει ὑποδέχεσθαι χρὴ τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτοις ἄρχοντας τεταγμένους, 953a φυλάττοντας μὴ νεωτερίζῃ τίς τι τῶν τοιούτων ξένων, καὶ δίκας αὐτοῖς ὀρθῶς διανέμοντας, ἀναγκαῖα μέν, ὡς ὀλίγιστα δʼ ἐπιχρωμένους.

    That, then, is how the man who goes abroad should go, and what kind of man he should be. Next, the visitor who comes here from abroad must be made welcome. There are four kinds of visitor we must say something about. The first comes regularly and for good, mostly in summer, 952e like birds of passage; and most of these, just as if they had wings, fly across the sea for trade and profit at that season of the year to other cities. Such a visitor must be received by the officials appointed for the purpose in the markets, harbors and public buildings outside the city but near it; 953a they must watch that none of these foreigners introduces any innovation, and dispense justice to them correctly, dealing with them as far as necessary but as little as possible.

    ὁ δὲ δεύτερος, ὄμμασιν ὄντως θεωρὸς ὅσα τε μουσῶν ὠσὶν ἔχεται θεωρήματα· τῷ δὴ τοιούτῳ παντὶ χρὴ καταλύσεις πρὸς ἱεροῖς εἶναι φιλοξενίαις ἀνθρώπων παρεσκευασμένας, χρὴ δὲ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἱερέας τε καὶ νεωκόρους ἐπιμελεῖσθαι καὶ τημελεῖν, ἕως ἂν τὸν μέτριον ἐπιμείναντες χρόνον, ἰδόντες τε καὶ ἀκούσαντες ὧν χάριν ἀφίκοντο, 953b ἀβλαβεῖς τοῦ δρᾶσαί τε καὶ παθεῖν ἀπαλλάττωνται. δικαστὰς δʼ αὐτοῖς εἶναι τοὺς ἱερέας, ἐὰν ἀδικῇ τις αὐτῶν τινα ἤ τινʼ ἄλλον ἀδικῇ τις τούτων ὅσα ἐντὸς δραχμῶν πεντήκοντα, ἐὰν δέ τι μεῖζον ἔγκλημα αὐτοῖς γίγνηται, πρὸς τοῖς ἀγορανόμοις εἶναι δεῖ δίκας τοῖς τοιούτοις.

    The second is an observer in the true sense, with his eyes, and of all the spectacles of the Muses that belong to the ears. For every visitor of this kind there must be lodgings near temples, prepared for the hospitable reception of people, and the priests and temple-keepers must look after and care for them, until, having stayed a reasonable time and seen and heard what they came for, 953b they depart without having done or suffered harm. Their judges are to be the priests, if one of them wrongs someone or someone wrongs one of them in a matter up to fifty drachmas; if some larger charge arises, their cases must go before the market wardens.

    τρίτον δὲ ξένον ὑποδέχεσθαι χρὴ δημοσίᾳ τὸν κατά τι δημόσιον ἐξ ἄλλης χώρας ἀφιγμένον· ὃν στρατηγοῖς τε καὶ ἱππάρχοις καὶ ταξιάρχοις ὑποδεκτέον ἐστὶν μόνοις, τήν τʼ ἐπιμέλειαν 953c τῶν τοιούτων μετὰ τῶν πρυτάνεων ποιητέον ἐκείνῳ παρʼ ὅτῳ τις ἂν αὐτῶν τὴν κατάλυσιν ξενωθεὶς ποιήσηται μόνῳ. τέταρτος δέ, ἄν ποτέ τις ἀφίκηται, σπάνιος μέν, ἂν δʼ οὖν ποτέ τις ἔλθῃ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν θεωρῶν ἀντίστροφος ἐξ ἄλλης χώρας, πρῶτον μὲν ἔλαττον ἐτῶν μηδὲν πεντήκοντα γεγονὼς ἔστω, πρὸς τούτῳ δὲ ἀξιῶν τι καλὸν ἰδεῖν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν διαφέρον ἐν καλλοναῖς ἢ καὶ δεῖξαί τι κατὰ 953d ταὐτὰ ἄλλῃ πόλει.

    Third, we must receive at public expense the visitor who has come from another land on some public business. He is to be received by the generals, cavalry commanders and infantry commanders alone, and the care 953c of such a visitor, together with the prytanes, is to belong solely to the one at whose house he is hosted and lodges. The fourth, if one ever comes, is rare; but if one of these ever does come from another land, a counterpart to our own observers, he must first be not less than fifty years old, and in addition claim to be seeing something fine that surpasses in beauty what is found in other cities, or else to be showing something of the 953d same kind to another city.

    ἴτω μὲν νῦν πᾶς ἀκέλευστος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν πλουσίων καὶ σοφῶν θύρας, τοιοῦτος ἕτερος αὐτὸς ὤν· ἐπὶ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ τῆς παιδείας ἐπιμελουμένου πάσης οἴκησιν ἴτω πιστεύων ἱκανῶς εἶναι ξένος τῷ τοιούτῳ ξένῳ, ἢ τὴν τῶν νικηφόρων τινὸς ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ, συνὼν δὲ τούτων τισὶν τὸ μὲν διδάξας, τὸ δὲ μαθὼν ἀπαλλαττέσθω, φίλος παρὰ φίλων δώροις καὶ τιμαῖς πρεπούσαις τιμηθείς. τούτοις δὴ τοῖς νόμοις ὑποδέχεσθαί τε χρὴ πάντας ξένους 953e τε καὶ ξένας ἐξ ἄλλης χώρας καὶ τοὺς αὑτῶν ἐκπέμπειν, τιμῶντας ξένιον Δία, μὴ βρώμασι καὶ θύμασι τὰς ξενηλασίας ποιουμένους, καθάπερ ποιοῦσιν νῦν θρέμματα Νείλου, μηδὲ κηρύγμασιν ἀγρίοις.

    Every such visitor may go unbidden to the doors of the rich and wise, being himself another of that kind. Let him go to the house of the director of education, confident that he is a fit guest for such a host, or to the house of one of those who have won prizes for virtue; and after spending time with some of these, teaching one thing and learning another, let him depart, a friend from friends, honored with fitting gifts and honors. These are the laws by which we must receive all foreigners, 953e men and women, from other lands, and send out our own, honoring Zeus the god of strangers: not driving foreigners out by rules about food and sacrifices, as the nurslings of the Nile now do, nor by savage proclamations.

    “The nurslings of the Nile” are the Egyptians, known among Greeks for keeping foreigners at a distance.

    ἐγγύην, ἣν ἂν ἐγγυᾶταί τις, διαρρήδην ἐγγυάσθω, τὴν πρᾶξιν πᾶσαν διομολογούμενος ἐν συγγραφῇ καὶ ἐναντίον μαρτύρων μὴ ἔλαττον τριῶν, ὅσα ἐντὸς χιλίων, τὰ δʼ ὑπὲρ 954a χιλίας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ πέντε. ἐγγυητὴς μὲν δὴ καὶ ὁ προπωλῶν ὁτιοῦν τοῦ μὴ ἐνδίκως πωλοῦντος ἢ καὶ μηδαμῶς ἀξιόχρεω· ὑπόδικος δʼ ἔστω καὶ ὁ προπωλῶν καθάπερ ὁ ἀποδόμενος.

    Any guarantee a person gives, he is to give in express terms, setting out the whole transaction in a written contract before not fewer than three witnesses if it is under a thousand drachmas, and above 954a a thousand not fewer than five. Anyone who sells on another’s behalf is also a guarantor, for one who sells without lawful title or who cannot pay at all; and the one who sells on another’s behalf is to be liable to prosecution just like the seller.

    φωρᾶν δὲ ἂν ἐθέλῃ τις παρʼ ὁτῳοῦν, γυμνὸς ἢ χιτωνίσκον ἔχων ἄζωστος, προομόσας τοὺς νομίμους θεοὺς ἦ μὴν ἐλπίζειν εὑρήσειν, οὕτω φωρᾶν· ὁ δὲ παρεχέτω τὴν οἰκίαν, τά τε σεσημασμένα καὶ τὰ ἀσήμαντα, φωρᾶν. ἐὰν δέ τις 954b ἐρευνᾶν βουλομένῳ φωρᾶν μὴ διδῷ, δικάζεσθαι μὲν τὸν ἀπειργόμενον, τιμησάμενον τὸ ἐρευνώμενον, ἂν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, τὴν διπλασίαν τοῦ τιμηθέντος βλάβην ἐκτίνειν. ἐὰν δὲ ἀποδημῶν οἰκίας δεσπότης τυγχάνῃ, τὰ μὲν ἀσήμαντα παρεχόντων οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες ἐρευνᾶν, τὰ δὲ σεσημασμένα παρασημηνάσθω καὶ ὃν ἂν ἐθέλῃ φύλακα καταστησάτω πέντε ἡμέρας ὁ φωρῶν· ἐὰν δὲ πλείονα χρόνον ἀπῇ, τοὺς ἀστυνόμους παραλαβὼν οὕτω φωράτω, λύων καὶ τὰ σεσημασμένα, 954c πάλιν δὲ μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων καὶ τῶν ἀστυνόμων κατὰ ταὐτὰ σημηνάσθω.

    If anyone wishes to search someone’s house for stolen goods, he is to do it naked, or in a short tunic without a belt, first swearing by the customary gods that he truly expects to find them; and the other must let him search the house, both the sealed things and the unsealed ones. If anyone 954b refuses a man who wants to search, the one prevented may sue, stating the value of what he is looking for; and if the other is convicted, he must pay twice the assessed value in damages. If the master of the house happens to be abroad, the people living there are to let him search the unsealed things, while the searcher is to put his own seal beside the seals on the sealed ones and set any guard he likes for five days. If the master is away longer, the searcher is to bring in the city wardens and search that way, opening the sealed things too, 954c and then seal them up again in the same way with the household and the city wardens.

    τῶν ἀμφισβητησίμων χρόνου ὅρος, ὃν ἐάν τις ᾖ κεκτημένος, μηκέτʼ ἀμφισβητεῖν ἐξεῖναι. χωρίων μὲν οἰκήσεών τε τῇδε οὐκ ἔστʼ ἀμφισβήτησις· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ὅτι ἄν τις ἐκτημένος ᾖ, ἐὰν μὲν κατὰ ἄστυ καὶ κατʼ ἀγορὰν καὶ ἱερὰ χρώμενος φαίνηται καὶ μηδεὶς ἐπιλάβηται, φῇ δὲ ζητεῖν τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀποκρυπτόμενος φανερὸς ᾖ, ἐὰν 954d οὕτω τις ἐνιαυτὸν ὁτιοῦν ἐκτημένος, ὁ δὲ ζητῶν διαγένωνται, μὴ ἐξέστω τοιούτου κτήματος ἐπιλαβέσθαι μηδένʼ ἀπελθόντος ἐνιαυτοῦ. ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ ἄστυ μὲν μὴ μηδὲ κατʼ ἀγορὰν χρῆται, κατʼ ἀγροὺς δὲ φανερῶς, μὴ προστυχὴς δὲ ἐν πέντε ἔτεσιν γένηταί τις, τῶν πέντε ἐξελθόντων ἐτῶν, μηκέτι τοῦ λοιποῦ χρόνου ἐξέστω τούτῳ τοῦ τοιούτου ἐπιλαβέσθαι.

    For disputed property there is to be a time limit, after which, once someone has held it that long, no dispute is allowed. Over land and houses there can be no dispute here. As for other things someone may possess: if he is seen using the thing in town, in the market and at temples, and no one lays claim to it, but someone says he has been searching for it all this time, while the holder plainly wasn’t hiding it, then if 954d a year goes by like this, the one holding the thing and the other searching, no one may lay claim to such property once the year has passed. If he uses it not in town or in the market but openly in the countryside, and no one comes across it within five years, then once the five years have passed, the claimant may no longer lay claim to such property for the rest of time.

    ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ οἰκίας ἐν ἄστει τέ τις χρῆται, τριετῆ τὴν προθεσμίαν 954e εἶναι, ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ ἀγροὺς ἐν ἀφανεῖ κεκτῆται, δέκα ἐτῶν, ἐὰν δʼ ἐν ἀλλοδημίᾳ, τοῦ παντὸς χρόνου, ὅταν ἀνεύρῃ που, μηδεμίαν εἶναι προθεσμίαν τῆς ἐπιλήψεως.

    If someone uses it in town but indoors, the time limit 954e is to be three years; if he keeps it in the country out of sight, ten years; if abroad, for all time: whenever the owner finds it anywhere, there is to be no time limit on laying claim to it.

    ἐάν τίς τινα δίκῃ παραγενέσθαι κωλύσῃ βίᾳ, εἴτε αὐτὸν εἴτε μάρτυρας, ἐὰν μὲν δοῦλον εἴτε αὑτοῦ εἴτε ἀλλότριον, ἀτελῆ καὶ ἄκυρον γίγνεσθαι τὴν δίκην, ἐὰν δὲ ἐλεύθερον, 955a πρὸς τῷ ἀτελῆ, δεθῆναι μὲν ἐνιαυτόν, ὑπόδικον δὲ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ τῷ ἐθέλοντι γίγνεσθαι. ἐὰν δὲ ἀνταγωνιστὴν γυμναστικῆς ἢ μουσικῆς ἤ τινος ἀγῶνος ἑτέρου διακωλύῃ τις βίᾳ μὴ παραγίγνεσθαι, φραζέτω μὲν ὁ ἐθέλων τοῖς ἀθλοθέταις, οἱ δʼ εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐλεύθερον ἀφιέντων τὸν ἐθέλοντα ἀγωνίζεσθαι· ἐὰν δὲ ἀδυνατήσωσιν, ἐὰν μὲν ὁ κωλύων ἀγωνίζεσθαι νικήσῃ, τά τε νικητήρια τῷ διακωλυθέντι 955b διδόναι καὶ νικήσαντα γράφειν ἐν ἱεροῖς οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ, τῷ δὲ διακωλύσαντι μὴ ἐξέστω μηδὲν ἀνάθημα μηδʼ ἐπιγραφὴν τοῦ τοιούτου ἀγῶνός ποτε γενέσθαι, βλάβης δὲ ὑπόδικος γιγνέσθω, ἐάντε ἡττῆται ἀγωνιζόμενος ἐάντε καὶ νικᾷ.

    If anyone uses force to prevent someone from attending a trial, whether the party himself or his witnesses, then if it is a slave, his own or another’s, the trial is to be void and invalid; if it is a free man, 955a besides the trial being void, the offender is to be imprisoned for a year and liable to prosecution for kidnapping by anyone who wishes. If anyone uses force to prevent a rival in athletics or music or any other contest from taking part, whoever wishes is to report it to the organizers of the games, and they are to set the one who wants to compete free to enter the contest. If they can’t, and the one who prevented him from competing wins, they are to give the prize to the one who was prevented 955b and record him as winner in any temples he wishes; and the one who prevented him may never have any dedication or inscription for such a contest, and is to be liable for damages, whether he loses the contest or wins it.

    ἐάν τις κλεμμάδιον ὁτιοῦν ὑποδέχηται γιγνώσκων, τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπεχέτω δίκην τῷ κλέψαντι· φυγάδος δὲ ὑποδοχῆς θάνατος ἔστω ζημία.

    τὸν αὐτὸν φίλον τε καὶ ἐχθρὸν νομιζέτω πᾶς τῇ πόλει· 955c ἐὰν δέ τις ἰδίᾳ ποιῆται πρός τινας εἰρήνην ἢ πόλεμον ἄνευ τοῦ κοινοῦ, θάνατος ἔστω καὶ τούτῳ ζημία· ἐὰν δέ τι μέρος τῆς πόλεως εἰρήνην ἢ πόλεμον πρός τινας ἑαυτῷ ποιῆται, τοὺς αἰτίους οἱ στρατηγοὶ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως εἰσαγόντων εἰς δικαστήριον, ὀφλόντι δὲ θάνατος ἔστω δίκη.

    If anyone knowingly receives any stolen property whatever, he is to be liable to the same penalty as the thief. The penalty for harboring an exile is to be death.

    Everyone is to regard as friend and enemy the same people as the city does. 955c If anyone makes peace or war privately with anyone, without the community, the penalty for him too is to be death. If some section of the city makes peace or war with anyone on its own account, the generals are to bring those responsible for this act to court, and the penalty for anyone convicted is to be death.

    τοὺς τῇ πατρίδι διακονοῦντάς τι δώρων χωρὶς χρὴ διακονεῖν, πρόφασιν δʼ εἶναι μηδεμίαν μηδὲ λόγον ἐπαινούμενον, ὡς ἐπʼ ἀγαθοῖς μὲν δεῖ δέχεσθαι δῶρα, ἐπὶ δὲ φλαύροις 955d οὔ· τὸ γὰρ γνῶναι καὶ γνόντα καρτερεῖν οὐκ εὐπετές, ἀκούοντα δὲ ἀσφαλέστατον πείθεσθαι τῷ νόμῳ, μηδὲν ἐπὶ δώροισιν διακονεῖν. ὁ δὲ μὴ πειθόμενος ἁπλῶς τεθνάτω ἁλοὺς τῇ δίκῃ.

    Those who perform any service for their country must do it without gifts. There is to be no excuse, and no approved argument, that one may accept gifts for good services but not for 955d bad ones: it isn’t easy to know which is which, and, knowing, to hold firm. The safest thing is to listen and obey the law: perform no service for gifts. Whoever disobeys is, if convicted in court, simply to be put to death.

    χρημάτων εἰσφορᾶς πέρι τῷ κοινῷ, τετιμῆσθαι μὲν ἕκαστον τὴν οὐσίαν ἕνεκα πολλῶν χρεὼν καὶ τὴν ἐπέτειον ἐπικαρπίαν ἐν γράμμασιν ἀποφέρειν ἀγρονόμοις φυλέτας, ὅπως ἂν δυοῖν οὔσαιν ταῖν εἰσφοραῖν, ὁποτέρᾳ τὸ δημόσιον 955e ἂν χρῆσθαι βούληται, χρῆται, κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον βουλευομένων, ἐάντε τοῦ τιμήματος ὅλου μέρει ἐάντε τῆς γενομένης ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἑκάστοτε προσόδου, χωρὶς τῶν εἰς τὰ συσσίτια τελουμένων.

    As to contributions of money to the community: for many reasons each person must have his property assessed, and the members of each tribe must report their year’s produce in writing to the country wardens, so that, there being two kinds of levy, the treasury may use whichever 955e it wishes, deciding each year whether it will be a portion of the whole assessment or of the income arising in that year, apart from what is paid toward the common meals.

    θεοῖσι δὲ ἀναθήματα χρεὼν ἔμμετρα τὸν μέτριον ἄνδρα ἀνατιθέντα δωρεῖσθαι. γῆ μὲν οὖν ἑστία τε οἰκήσεως ἱερὰ πᾶσι πάντων θεῶν· μηδεὶς οὖν δευτέρως ἱερὰ καθιερούτω θεοῖς. χρυσὸς δὲ καὶ ἄργυρος ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ἰδίᾳ τε 956a καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς ἐστιν ἐπίφθονον κτῆμα, ἐλέφας δὲ ἀπολελοιπότος ψυχὴν σώματος οὐκ εὐαγὲς ἀνάθημα, σίδηρος δὲ καὶ χαλκὸς πολέμων ὄργανα· ξύλου δὲ μονόξυλον ὅτι ἂν ἐθέλῃ τις ἀνατιθέτω, καὶ λίθου ὡσαύτως πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ ἱερά, ὑφὴν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἔργον γυναικὸς μιᾶς ἔμμηνον. χρώματα δὲ λευκὰ πρέποντʼ ἂν θεοῖς εἴη καὶ ἄλλοθι καὶ ἐν ὑφῇ, βάμματα δὲ μὴ προσφέρειν ἀλλʼ ἢ πρὸς τὰ πολέμου 956b κοσμήματα. θειότατα δὲ δῶρα ὄρνιθές τε καὶ ἀγάλματα ὅσαπερ ἂν ἐν μιᾷ ζωγράφος ἡμέρᾳ εἷς ἀποτελῇ· καὶ τἆλλα ἔστω κατὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀναθήματα μεμιμημένα.

    A moderate man should present the gods with moderate offerings. Now the land and the hearth of one’s home are sacred to all the gods, for everyone; so let no one consecrate these to the gods a second time. Gold and silver, in other cities, whether in private hands 956a or in temples, are possessions that arouse envy; ivory, from a body the soul has left, is not a pure offering; and iron and bronze are instruments of war. Of wood, let anyone dedicate whatever he wishes, provided it is made of a single piece, and likewise of stone, for the common temples; and of weaving, not more than one woman’s work in a month. White would be a fitting color for the gods, in weaving as elsewhere; dyes should not be used except for the ornaments of 956b war. The most divine gifts are birds, and images such as a single painter can finish in one day; and let other offerings be modeled on these.

    Courts and judgments

    Three levels of courts, and rules for enforcing the year’s judgments.

    ὅτε δὲ μέρη διείρηται τῆς πόλεως συμπάσης, ὅσα τε καὶ ἃ δεῖ γίγνεσθαι, καὶ νόμοι περὶ τῶν συμβολαίων εἰς δύναμιν τῶν μεγίστων πέρι πάντων εἴρηνται, τὸ λοιπὸν δὴ δίκας ἂν εἴη χρεὼν γίγνεσθαι. δικαστηρίων δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον αἱρετοὶ δικασταὶ γίγνοιντʼ ἄν, οὓς ἂν ὁ φεύγων τε 956c καὶ ὁ διώκων ἕλωνται κοινῇ, διαιτηταὶ δικαστῶν τοὔνομα μᾶλλον πρέπον ἔχοντες· δεύτεροι δὲ κωμῆταί τε καὶ φυλέται, κατὰ τὸ δωδέκατον μέρος διῃρημένοι, ἐν οἷς, ἂν μὴ διακριθῶσιν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις, περὶ ζημίας μείζονος ἰόντων ἀγωνιούμενοι, ὁ δὲ φεύγων, ἂν ἡττηθῇ τὸ δεύτερον, τὸ πεμπτημόριον ἀποτινέτω τοῦ τιμήματος τῆς γραφείσης δίκης.

    Now that the parts of the whole city have been distinguished, how many there should be and what they are, and laws about contracts have been stated, as far as possible, on all the most important points, the next thing would be the lawsuits. Of the courts, the first would consist of chosen judges, whom defendant 956c and prosecutor choose jointly; “arbitrators” would be a more fitting name for them than “judges.” The second would consist of fellow villagers and tribesmen, divided into twelve sections. If the parties aren’t reconciled before the first court, they are to go before these and contend for a larger penalty; and the defendant, if he loses the second time, is to pay an additional fifth of the damages assessed in the written charge.

    ἐὰν δʼ ἐγκαλῶν τις τοῖς δικασταῖς τὸ τρίτον ἀγωνίζεσθαι βούληται, 956d ἀγέτω μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς δικαστὰς τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς τὴν δίκην, ἐὰν δὲ πάλιν ἡττηθῇ, τὴν ἡμιολίαν τοῦ τιμήματος ἀποτινέτω. ἐὰν δὲ ὁ διώκων ἡττηθεὶς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις μὴ ἠρεμῇ, εἰς δὲ τοὺς δευτέρους ἴῃ, νικήσας μὲν δὴ τὸ πέμπτον μέρος ἀπολαμβανέτω, νικηθεὶς δὲ ἀποτινέτω ταὐτὸν μέρος τῆς δίκης. ἐὰν δʼ εἰς τὸ τρίτον ἔλθωσιν δικαστήριον ἀπειθήσαντες ταῖς ἔμπροσθεν δίκαις, ὁ μὲν φεύγων ἡττηθείς, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, τὴν ἡμιολίαν, ὁ δὲ διώκων τὴν ἡμίσειαν τοῦ τιμήματος 956e ἀποτινέτω.

    If someone, finding fault with the judges, wishes to contend a third time, 956d let him take the case to the select judges; and if he loses again, let him pay one and a half times the assessment. If the prosecutor, defeated in the first court, won’t let it rest but goes on to the second, then if he wins he is to receive the extra fifth, and if he loses he is to pay the same fraction of the suit. If they go on to the third court, having refused to accept the earlier verdicts, the defendant, if he loses, is to pay one and a half times, as has been said, and the prosecutor is to 956e pay half the assessment.

    κληρώσεις δὲ δικαστηρίων καὶ πληρώσεις, καὶ ὑπηρεσιῶν ἑκάσταις τῶν ἀρχῶν καταστάσεις, καὶ χρόνους ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα γίγνεσθαι χρεών, καὶ διαψηφίσεων πέρι καὶ ἀναβολῶν, καὶ πάνθʼ ὁπόσα τοιαῦτα ἀναγκαῖα περὶ δίκας γίγνεσθαι, προτέρων τε καὶ ὑστέρων λήξεις, ἀποκρίσεών τε ἀνάγκας καὶ παρακαταβάσεων, καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἀδελφὰ σύμπαντα, εἴπομεν μὲν καὶ πρόσθεν, καλὸν δὲ τό γε ὀρθὸν καὶ 957a δὶς καὶ τρίς. πάντα δʼ οὖν ὁπόσα σμικρὰ καὶ ῥᾴδια νόμιμα εὑρίσκειν, πρεσβύτου νομοθέτου παραλιπόντος, τὸν νέον ἀναπληροῦν χρὴ νομοθέτην.

    The allotment of courts and the filling of them; the appointment of attendants for each of the offices; the times at which each step must be taken; voting and adjournments; and all such things that necessarily attend lawsuits: the order of filing earlier and later suits, the obligation to answer charges and to pay deposits, and everything else akin to these—we have spoken of them before as well, but what is right is well said 957a even twice or three times. In any case, all the minor, easily worked out regulations that the old lawgiver has left out, the young lawgiver must fill in.

    τὰ μὲν ἴδια δικαστήρια ταύτῃ πῃ γιγνόμενα μέτρον ἂν ἔχοι· τὰ δὲ δημόσια καὶ κοινὰ καὶ ὅσοις ἀρχὰς δεῖ χρωμένας τὰ προσήκοντα ἑκάστῃ τῶν ἀρχῶν διοικεῖν, ἔστʼ ἐν πολλαῖς πόλεσιν οὐκ ἀσχήμονα ἐπιεικῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγα νομοθετήματα, ὅθεν νομοφύλακας 957b χρὴ τὰ πρέποντα τῇ νῦν γεννωμένῃ πολιτείᾳ κατασκευάζειν συλλογισαμένους καὶ ἐπανορθουμένους, ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις διαβασανίζοντας, ἕως ἂν ἱκανῶς αὐτῶν ἕκαστα δόξῃ κεῖσθαι, τότε δὲ τέλος ἐπιθέντας, ἀκίνητα οὕτως ἐπισφραγισαμένους, χρῆσθαι τὸν ἅπαντα βίον. ὅσα δὲ περί τε σιγὴν δικαστῶν καὶ εὐφημίας καὶ τοὐναντίον, καὶ ὅσα παραλλάττει τῶν πολλῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν δικαίων καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ καλῶν, 957c τὰ μὲν εἴρηται, τὰ δʼ ἔτι πρὸς τῷ τέλει ῥηθήσεται.

    Private courts organized along these lines would be adequate. As for public and common courts, and those that officials must use in administering the business of each office, there are in many cities not a few regulations, and not unseemly ones, made by decent men. From these the guardians of the laws 957b must construct what befits the constitution now being born, collecting and correcting them and testing them thoroughly in practice, until each point seems satisfactorily laid down; then they are to finish the work, seal the regulations as unchangeable, and use them for the rest of their lives. As for the silence of judges and restraint of speech, and the opposite, and all the ways in which our notions of what is just and good and fine differ from the many that prevail in other cities, 957c some of this has been said, and some will be said toward the end.

    πρὸς ἃ πάντα χρὴ τὸν μέλλοντα δικαστὴν ἴσον ἔσεσθαι κατὰ δίκην βλέπειν τε καὶ κεκτημένον γράμματα αὐτῶν πέρι μανθάνειν· πάντων γὰρ μαθημάτων κυριώτατα τοῦ τὸν μανθάνοντα βελτίω γίγνεσθαι τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους κείμενα, εἴπερ ὀρθῶς εἴη τεθέντα, γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, ἢ μάτην τοὔνομα νῷ προσῆκον κεκτῇτʼ ἂν ὁ θεῖος ἡμῖν καὶ θαυμαστὸς νόμος.

    Anyone who is to be an impartial judge according to justice must keep his eyes on all these things, and must acquire writings about them and study them. For of all studies, the laws laid down, if they were laid down correctly, would be the most powerful in making the learner better; otherwise it would be for nothing that our divine and wonderful law has a name akin to intelligence.

    Plato plays on nomos (law) and nous (intelligence).

    καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λόγων ὅσοι τε ἐν ποιήμασιν ἔπαινοι καὶ 957d ψόγοι περί τινων λέγονται καὶ ὅσοι καταλογάδην, εἴτʼ ἐν γράμμασιν εἴτε καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πάσαις συνουσίαις διὰ φιλονικίας τε ἀμφισβητοῦνται καὶ διὰ συγχωρήσεων ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ μάλα ματαίων, τούτων πάντων ἂν βάσανος εἴη σαφὴς τὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου γράμματα, ἃ δεῖ κεκτημένον ἐν αὑτῷ, καθάπερ ἀλεξιφάρμακα τῶν ἄλλων λόγων, τὸν ἀγαθὸν δικαστὴν αὑτόν τε ὀρθοῦν καὶ τὴν πόλιν, τοῖς μὲν 957e ἀγαθοῖς μονὰς τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἐπαύξησιν παρασκευάζοντα, τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς ἐξ ἀμαθίας καὶ ἀκολασίας καὶ δειλίας καὶ συλλήβδην πάσης ἀδικίας εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν μεταβολήν, ὅσοις ἰάσιμοι δόξαι τῶν κακῶν· οἷσιν δὲ ὄντως ἐπικεκλωσμέναι, 958a θάνατον ἴαμα ταῖς οὕτω διατεθείσαις ψυχαῖς διανέμοντες, ὃ δικαίως εἴη πολλάκις ἂν εἰρημένον, ἄξιοι ἐπαίνου γίγνοιντʼ ἂν τῇ πάσῃ πόλει τοιοῦτοι δικασταὶ καὶ δικαστῶν ἡγεμόνες.

    And indeed, as for other discourses—the praise and 957d blame of people spoken in poems, and in prose, whether written down or in all the other daily gatherings, where people dispute out of love of victory and sometimes make very foolish concessions—the lawgiver’s writings would be a clear touchstone for all of them. The good judge must possess these writings within himself as antidotes to the other discourses, and set himself and the city straight: for the 957e good, securing the permanence and growth of what is just; for the bad, as far as possible, a change away from ignorance, licentiousness, cowardice, and in short all injustice, in those whose badness seems curable. But for those on whom it has truly been spun as their fate, 958a such judges and leaders of judges would assign death as the cure for souls in that condition—a thing that could justly be said many times—and would deserve praise from the whole city.

    ἐπειδὰν δὲ αἱ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν δίκαι τέλος ἐκδικασθεῖσαι σχῶσι, ταῖς πράξεσι νόμους αὐτῶν χρεὼν γίγνεσθαι τούσδε· πρῶτον μὲν ἡ δικάζουσα ἀρχὴ τὰ τοῦ ὀφλόντος τῷ νικήσαντι χρήματα πάντα ἀποδιδότω, χωρὶς τῶν ἀναγκαίων κεκτῆσθαι, 958b μετὰ τὴν διαψήφισιν ἑκάστην εὐθὺς ὑπὸ κήρυκος, ἀκουόντων τῶν δικαστῶν· ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὁ τῶν δικασίμων μηνῶν ἐχόμενος γένηται μήν, ἐάν τις μὴ ἀπαλλάττῃ τὸν νικήσαντα ἑκόντα ἑκών, ἡ δικάσασα ἀρχὴ συνεπομένη τῷ νικῶντι τὰ τοῦ ὀφλόντος παραδιδότω χρήματα. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἔχωσιν ὁπόθεν, ἐλλείπῃ δὲ μὴ ἔλαττον δραχμῆς, μὴ πρότερον εἶναι τούτῳ δίκας πρὸς ἄλλον μηδένα, πρὶν ἂν ἐκπληρώσῃ τὸ χρέος 958c ἅπαν τῷ νικήσαντι· ἄλλοις δὲ πρὸς τοῦτον ἔστωσαν δίκαι κυρίως.

    When the year’s lawsuits have been tried to a conclusion, the following laws must govern the enforcement of the judgments. First, the office that tried the case is to award the winner all the property of the loser, except what the loser must necessarily keep, 958b immediately after each vote, by proclamation of a herald, in the hearing of the judges. When the month following the court months arrives, if someone has not satisfied the winner by an agreement acceptable to both, the office that tried the case is to go along with the winner and hand over the loser’s property to him. If they don’t have the means to pay, and the shortfall is not less than a drachma, the loser is to have no right to sue anyone else until he has paid off the whole debt 958c to the winner; but others are to have valid suits against him.

    ἐὰν δέ τις ἀφῃρῆται τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν καταδικάσασαν καταδικασθείς, εἰσαγόντων μὲν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ τῶν νομοφυλάκων δικαστήριον οἱ ἀφαιρεθέντες ἀδίκως, ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην, ὡς ὅλην τὴν πόλιν καὶ νόμους φθείρων θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.

    If someone who has been condemned obstructs the office that condemned him, those unjustly obstructed are to bring him before the court of the guardians of the laws; and if anyone is convicted on such a charge, he is to be punished with death, as one who is destroying the whole city and its laws.

    Funerals

    Laws on graves and funerals, based on the belief that the soul, not the body, is the self.

    ἀνδρὶ δὴ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο γεννηθέντι καὶ ἐκτραφέντι, καὶ γεννήσαντι καὶ ἐκθρέψαντι τέκνα, καὶ συμμείξαντι συμβόλαια 958d μετρίως, διδόντι τε δίκας εἴ τινα ἠδικήκει καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρου ἐκλαβόντι, σὺν τοῖς νόμοις ἐν μοίρᾳ γηράσαντι τελευτὴ γίγνοιτʼ ἂν κατὰ φύσιν.

    Next: when a man has been born and brought up, has begotten and raised children, has engaged in dealings 958d with moderation, paying the penalty if he has wronged anyone and receiving it from another, and has grown old in due course together with the laws, his end would come in accordance with nature.

    περὶ τελευτήσαντας δή, εἴτε τις ἄρρην εἴτε τις θῆλυς ᾖ, τὰ μὲν περὶ τὰ θεῖα νόμιμα τῶν τε ὑπὸ γῆς θεῶν καὶ τῶν τῇδε, ὅσα προσήκει τελεῖσθαι, τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς γίγνεσθαι κυρίους φράζοντας· θήκας δʼ εἶναι τῶν χωρίων ὁπόσα μὲν ἐργάσιμα μηδαμοῦ, μήτε τι μέγα μήτε 958e τι σμικρὸν μνῆμα, ἃ δὲ ἡ χώρα πρὸς τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ μόνον φύσιν ἔχει, τὰ τῶν τετελευτηκότων σώματα μάλιστα ἀλυπήτως τοῖς ζῶσι δεχομένη κρύπτειν, ταῦτα ἐκπληροῦν, τοῖς δὲ ἀνθρώποις ὅσα τροφὴν μήτηρ οὖσα ἡ γῆ πρὸς ταῦτα πέφυκεν βούλεσθαι φέρειν, μήτε ζῶν μήτε τις ἀποθανὼν στερείτω τὸν ζῶνθʼ ἡμῶν.

    Concerning the dead, then, whether male or female: as for the religious rites owed to the gods below and to those of this world, whatever should be performed, the interpreters are to have authority to direct them. There are to be no graves anywhere on land that can be cultivated, no monument either large 958e or small; they are to fill those places whose nature suits this purpose alone, receiving and hiding the bodies of the dead with the least harm to the living. What the earth, as our mother, is by nature disposed to bear as food for human beings, let no one, living or dead, take away from any of us who are alive.

    χῶμα δὲ μὴ χοῦν ὑψηλότερον πέντε ἀνδρῶν ἔργον, ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις ἀποτελούμενον· λίθινα δὲ ἐπιστήματα μὴ μείζω ποιεῖν ἢ ὅσα δέχεσθαι τῶν τοῦ τετελευτηκότος ἐγκώμια βίου μὴ πλείω τεττάρων ἡρωικῶν 959a στίχων. τὰς δὲ προθέσεις πρῶτον μὲν μὴ μακρότερον χρόνον ἔνδον γίγνεσθαι τοῦ δηλοῦντος τόν τε ἐκτεθνεῶτα καὶ τὸν ὄντως τεθνηκότα, εἴη δʼ ἂν σχεδόν, ὡς τἀνθρώπινα, μέτρον ἔχουσα τριταία πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα ἐκφορά.

    No one is to heap up a mound higher than five men can build in five days; and stone slabs are to be no larger than is needed to hold an encomium on the dead man’s life of not more than four lines of heroic 959a verse. As for laying out the body, first, it is not to be kept indoors longer than the time that shows who has only fainted and who is really dead; so, humanly speaking, carrying it out to the tomb on the third day would be about right.

    πείθεσθαι δʼ ἐστὶ τῷ νομοθέτῃ χρεὼν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ λέγοντι ψυχὴν σώματος εἶναι τὸ πᾶν διαφέρουσαν, ἐν αὐτῷ τε τῷ βίῳ τὸ παρεχόμενον ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοῦτʼ εἶναι μηδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ τὴν ψυχήν, 959b τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἰνδαλλόμενον ἡμῶν ἑκάστοις ἕπεσθαι, καὶ τελευτησάντων λέγεσθαι καλῶς εἴδωλα εἶναι τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν σώματα, τὸν δὲ ὄντα ἡμῶν ἕκαστον ὄντως, ἀθάνατον εἶναι ψυχὴν ἐπονομαζόμενον, παρὰ θεοὺς ἄλλους ἀπιέναι δώσοντα λόγον, καθάπερ ὁ νόμος ὁ πάτριος λέγει—τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἀγαθῷ θαρραλέον, τῷ δὲ κακῷ μάλα φοβερόν—βοήθειάν τε αὐτῷ μήτινα μεγάλην εἶναι τετελευτηκότι· ζῶντι γὰρ ἔδει βοηθεῖν πάντας τοὺς προσήκοντας, ὅπως ὅτι δικαιότατος ὢν καὶ 959c ὁσιώτατος ἔζη τε ζῶν καὶ τελευτήσας ἀτιμώρητος ἂν κακῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐγίγνετο τὸν μετὰ τὸν ἐνθάδε βίον.

    We must believe the lawgiver in other matters, and above all when he says that the soul is altogether superior to the body; that in life itself what makes each of us what we are is nothing but the soul, 959b while the body accompanies each of us as a semblance; and that when we die, the bodies of the dead are rightly called images, while the real self of each of us, which is called the immortal soul, departs to the other gods to give an account, as the ancestral law says—which gives courage to the good, but is very frightening to the bad. It says too that there’s no great help for a man once he’s dead. It was while he lived that all his relatives should have helped him, so that he might live his life as just and 959c holy as possible, and after death, in the life after this one, go unpunished for evil wrongs.

    ἐκ δὲ τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων οὐδέποτε οἰκοφθορεῖν χρή, διαφερόντως νομίζοντα τὸν αὑτοῦ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν τῶν σαρκῶν ὄγκον θαπτόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὑὸν ἢ ἀδελφόν, ἢ ὅντινά τις μάλισθʼ ἡγεῖται ποθῶν θάπτειν, οἴχεσθαι περαίνοντα καὶ ἐμπιμπλάντα τὴν αὑτοῦ μοῖραν, τὸ δὲ παρὸν δεῖν εὖ ποιεῖν, 959d τὰ μέτρια ἀναλίσκοντα ὡς εἰς ἄψυχον χθονίων βωμόν· τὸ δὲ μέτριον νομοθέτης ἂν μαντεύσαιτο οὐκ ἀσχημονέστατα. ἔστω δὴ νόμος οὗτος· τῷ μὲν δὴ τοῦ μεγίστου τιμήματος εἰς τὴν πᾶσαν ταφὴν ἀναλισκόμενα μὴ πλέον πέντε μνῶν, τῷ δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου τρεῖς μναῖ, καὶ δύο τῷ τοῦ τρίτου, μνᾶ δὲ τῷ τοῦ τετάρτου μέτρον ἂν ἔχοι τῶν ἀναλωμάτων.

    Since this is so, no one should ever ruin his household with spending, in the belief that this mass of flesh being buried is especially his own. Rather, he should think that his son or brother, or whoever it is he most believes he is burying with longing, has gone away, completing and fulfilling his own destiny, and that one should do well by what remains, 959d spending moderately, as on a lifeless altar of the gods below. What is moderate the lawgiver might divine not at all unfittingly. So let this be the law: for a man of the highest property class, total spending on the whole funeral is not to exceed five minas; for one of the second, three minas; two for one of the third; and one mina for one of the fourth would be the right measure of expense.

    νομοφύλαξι δὲ πολλά τε ἄλλα ἀνάγκη πράττειν καὶ πολλῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τούτων δʼ οὐχ ἥκιστα, ὅπως ἂν παίδων τε καὶ 959e ἀνδρῶν καὶ πάσης ἡλικίας ἐπιμελούμενοι ζῶσι, καὶ δὴ καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἁπάντων νομοφύλαξ εἷς γέ τις ἐπιστατῇ, ὃν ἂν οἱ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος ἐπίσκοπον οἰκεῖοι παραλάβωσιν, ᾧ καλόν τʼ ἔστω καλῶς καὶ μετρίως τὰ περὶ τὸν τετελευτηκότα γιγνόμενα καὶ μὴ καλῶς αἰσχρόν. πρόθεσις δὲ καὶ τἆλλα ἔστω μὲν κατὰ τὸν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα νόμον γιγνόμενα, τῷ δὲ πολιτικῷ νομοθετοῦντι παραχωρεῖν χρὴ τὰ τοιάδε· δακρύειν 960a μὲν τὸν τετελευτηκότα ἐπιτάττειν ἢ μὴ ἄμορφον, θρηνεῖν δὲ καὶ ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας φωνὴν ἐξαγγέλλειν ἀπαγορεύειν, καὶ τὸν νεκρὸν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν προάγειν τῶν ὁδῶν κωλύειν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς πορευόμενον φθέγγεσθαι, καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἶναι.

    The guardians of the laws must necessarily do many other things and look after many matters, and not least this: they are to spend their lives caring for children and 959e men and people of every age. In particular, at the end of each person’s life, at least one guardian of the laws is to preside, whomever the dead man’s household call in as overseer. It is to be to his credit if what is done for the dead man is done well and moderately, and to his shame if not well. The laying out and the rest are to be done according to the law on such matters; but we must allow the statesman who legislates the following. To order people 960a to weep for the dead, or not to, would be unseemly; but he is to forbid wailing and letting the sound be heard outside the house, and to prevent carrying the corpse out into the open streets and lamenting while going along the streets, and to require them to be outside the city before daybreak.

    ταῦτα δὴ κείσθω τε οὕτω περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα νόμιμα, καὶ ὁ μὲν πειθόμενος ἔστω ζημίας ἐκτός, ὁ δὲ ἀπειθῶν ἑνὶ τῶν νομοφυλάκων ὑπὸ πάντων ζημιούσθω 960b τῇ δοξάσῃ πᾶσι κοινῇ ζημίᾳ. ὅσαι δʼ ἄλλαι γίγνονται περὶ τελευτήσαντας ταφαὶ εἴτε καὶ ἄταφοι πράξεις, περὶ πατροφόνων καὶ ἱεροσύλων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων πάντων, εἰρημέναι ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν κεῖνται διὰ νόμων, ὥστε σχεδὸν ἡ νομοθεσία τέλος ἂν ἡμῖν ἔχοι· τῶν πάντων δʼ ἑκάστοτε τέλος οὐ τὸ δρᾶσαί τι σχεδὸν οὐδὲ τὸ κτήσασθαι κατοικίσαι τʼ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ τῷ γεννηθέντι σωτηρίαν ἐξευρόντα τελέως ἀεί, τότʼ ἤδη νομίζειν πᾶν ὅσον δεῖ πραχθῆναι πεπρᾶχθαι, πρότερον 960c δʼ ἀτελὲς εἶναι τὸ ὅλον.

    Let these, then, be the rules on such customs. Whoever obeys is to be free of penalty; whoever disobeys a single guardian of the laws is to be punished by all of them 960b with whatever penalty they all jointly decide. Other kinds of burial, or the refusal of burial, for parricides, temple robbers and all such people, have been stated and laid down in the laws earlier, so our legislation would be nearly at its end. But in every case the end is hardly the doing of something, or acquiring or founding it. Only when one has discovered a means of preserving what has come into being, completely and for all time, can one think that everything that needed doing has been done; before 960c that, the whole is incomplete.

    How to make the laws last

    The Athenian asks how the laws can be made irreversible, like the thread spun by the Fates.

    Cliniasκαλῶς, ὦ ξένε, λέγεις· πρὸς ὅτι δὲ τὸ νῦν αὖ ῥηθὲν εἴρηται, φράζʼ ἔτι σαφέστερον.

    CliniasYou’re right, stranger. But tell us still more clearly what you meant by what you just said.

    Athenianὦ Κλεινία, πολλὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν καλῶς ὕμνηται, σχεδὸν δὲ οὐχ ἥκιστα τὰ τῶν Μοιρῶν προσρήματα.

    AthenianClinias, many sayings of old have been finely sung, and not least, I think, the names of the Fates.

    Cliniasποῖα δή;

    CliniasWhich ones?

    Athenianτὸ Λάχεσιν μὲν τὴν πρώτην εἶναι, Κλωθὼ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν, τὴν Ἄτροπον δὴ τρίτην σώτειραν τῶν λεχθέντων, ἀπῃκασμένα τῇ τῶν κλωσθέντων τῷ πυρὶ τὴν ἀμετάστροφον 960d ἀπεργαζομένων δύναμιν· ἃ δὴ καὶ πόλει καὶ πολιτείᾳ δεῖ μὴ μόνον ὑγίειαν καὶ σωτηρίαν τοῖς σώμασι παρασκευάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐνομίαν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς, μᾶλλον δὲ σωτηρίαν τῶν νόμων. ἡμῖν δʼ ἔτι μοι φαίνεσθαι δοκεῖ τοῦτʼ ἐλλεῖπον τοῖς νόμοις εἶναι, πῶς χρὴ τὴν ἀμετάστροφον αὐτοῖς ἐγγίγνεσθαι κατὰ φύσιν δύναμιν.

    AthenianThat Lachesis is the first, Clotho the second, and Atropos the third, the preserver of what has been allotted. These names are likenesses of the power that makes spun thread, set by fire, irreversible. 960d City and constitution must provide the same: not only health and preservation for bodies, but good order in souls, or rather the preservation of the laws. And this, it seems to me, is still missing from our laws: how an irreversible power is to be implanted in them by nature.

    The three Fates: Lachesis (“allotter”), Clotho (“spinner”) and Atropos (“unturnable”); the Greek of this sentence is uncertain.

    Cliniasοὐ σμικρὸν λέγεις, εἴπερ ἐστὶ μὴ δυνατὸν εὑρεῖν ὅπῃ γίγνοιτʼ ἂν παντὶ κτῆμά τι τοιοῦτον.

    CliniasIt’s no small thing you’re talking about, if it really is impossible to find how anything at all could acquire such a possession.

    Athenianἀλλʼ ἔστι μὴν δυνατόν, ὥς γέ μοι τὰ νῦν παντάπασι καταφαίνεται.

    AthenianBut it is possible; at least, it now appears to me with perfect clarity that it is.

    Cliniasμὴ τοίνυν ἀφιστώμεθα μηδενὶ τρόπῳ, πρὶν ἂν τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἐκπορισώμεθα τοῖς εἰρημένοις νόμοις· γελοῖον γὰρ τό γε μάτην πονήσαντα ὁτιοῦν εἰς μηδὲν βέβαιον καταβαλεῖν.

    CliniasThen let’s by no means give up until we’ve provided this very thing for the laws we’ve described. It’s ridiculous to labor at anything in vain and leave it resting on nothing firm.

    Athenianὀρθῶς παρακελεύῃ, καὶ ἐμὲ τοιοῦτον εὑρήσεις ἄλλον.

    AthenianYou’re right to urge that, and you’ll find I’m of the same mind.

    Cliniasκαλῶς δὴ λέγεις. τίς οὖν δή, φῄς, σωτηρία γίγνοιτʼ ἂν καὶ τίνα τρόπον πολιτείᾳ τε καὶ τοῖς νόμοις ἡμῖν;

    CliniasWell said. So what, you say, would the preservation of our constitution and our laws be, and how would it work?

    Famous passage The Nocturnal CouncilThe closing plan for a council of the wisest, which studies virtue and the gods and serves as the anchor of the city.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὐκ εἴπομεν ὅτι δεῖ σύλλογον ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ πόλει γίγνεσθαι τοιόνδε τινά; δέκα μὲν τῶν νομοφυλάκων τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους ἀεί, τοὺς δὲ τἀριστεῖα εἰληφότας ἅπαντας δεῖν εἰς ταὐτὸ συλλέγεσθαι τούτοις, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς ἐκδημήσαντας ἐπὶ ζήτησιν εἴ τί που πρὸς τὴν νομοφυλακίαν γίγνοιτο ἓν καίριον ἀκοῦσαι καὶ σωθέντας οἴκαδε, δόξαι, τούτοις αὐτοῖς διαβασανισθέντας, τοῦ συλλόγου ἀξιοκοινωνήτους εἶναι· πρὸς τούτοις δὲ ἕνα ἕκαστον δεῖν προσλαμβάνειν τῶν 961b νέων, μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τριάκοντʼ ἔτη γεγονότα, πρῶτον δὲ αὐτὸν κρίναντα ἐπάξιον εἶναι φύσει καὶ τροφῇ, τὸν νέον οὕτως εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους εἰσφέρειν, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν δόξῃ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, προσλαμβάνειν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἀπόρρητον εἶναι τὴν γεγονυῖαν κρίσιν τοῖς τε ἄλλοις δὴ καὶ μάλιστʼ αὐτῷ τῷ ἀποκριθέντι· δεῖν δὲ ὄρθριον εἶναι τὸν σύλλογον, ἡνίκʼ ἂν τῶν ἄλλων πράξεων ἰδίων τε καὶ κοινῶν καὶ μάλιστʼ ᾖ τις σχολὴ παντί.

    AthenianDidn’t we say that we must have a council of the following kind in our city? The ten eldest guardians of the laws at any given time, and all those who have received the awards of distinction, must meet together in the same place; and so must those who have traveled abroad to find out whether they might hear anything timely bearing on the guarding of the laws, and who, having come home safely, were judged, after a thorough examination by these same members, worthy to share in the council. Besides these, each member must bring along one of the 961b young men, not less than thirty years old: he first judges for himself that the young man is worthy by nature and upbringing, and then introduces him to the others. If the others approve as well, he is admitted; if not, the decision is to be kept secret from everyone else, and above all from the rejected man himself. And the council must meet at dawn, when everyone is most free of other business, private and public.

    τοιοῦτόν τί που λεχθὲν ἡμῖν ἦν ἐν τοῖς 961c ἔμπροσθεν λόγοις;

    Something like that was said in our 961c earlier discussion, wasn’t it?

    Cliniasἦν γὰρ οὖν.

    CliniasIt certainly was.

    The council as the city’s anchor

    The Nocturnal Council, like intelligence in the head, must know the city’s single aim.

    Athenianτούτου δὴ πέρι τοῦ συλλόγου πάλιν ἀναλαβὼν λέγοιμʼ ἂν τὸ τοιόνδε. φημί, εἴ τις τοῦτον βάλοιτο οἷον ἄγκυραν πάσης τῆς πόλεως, πάντα ἔχουσαν τὰ πρόσφορα ἑαυτῇ, σῴζειν ἂν σύμπαντα ἃ βουλόμεθα.

    AthenianTaking up this council again, then, here is what I would say. I say that if one were to cast it like an anchor for the whole city, with everything that suits it, it would preserve everything we want.

    Cliniasπῶς δή;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianτὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἡμέτερος ἂν καιρὸς γίγνοιτο ὀρθῶς φράζοντας μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν προθυμίας.

    AthenianNow is our moment to explain things correctly and spare no effort.

    Cliniasκαὶ μάλα καλῶς εἶπες, ποίει θʼ ὥσπερ καὶ διανοῇ.

    CliniasVery well said. Go ahead, just as you intend.

    Athenianχρὴ τοίνυν, ὦ Κλεινία, παντὸς πέρι νοῆσαι σωτῆρα τὸν εἰκότα ἐν ἑκάστοις τῶν ἔργων, ὡς ἐν ζῴῳ ψυχὴ καὶ κεφαλή, τό γε μέγιστον, πεφύκατον.

    AthenianWell then, Clinias, we must recognize for everything a preserver proper to it in each of its works: in a living creature, it is the soul and the head, above all, that by nature play this part.

    Cliniasπῶς αὖ φῄς;

    CliniasWhat do you mean now?

    Athenianἡ τούτοιν ἀρετὴ δήπου παντὶ παρέχει ζῴῳ σωτηρίαν.

    AthenianSurely it’s the virtue of these two that preserves every living creature.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow?

    Athenianψυχῇ μὲν πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις νοῦς ἐγγιγνόμενος, κεφαλῇ δʼ αὖ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ὄψις καὶ ἀκοή· συλλήβδην δὲ νοῦς μετὰ τῶν καλλίστων αἰσθήσεων κραθείς, γενόμενός τε εἰς ἕν, σωτηρία ἑκάστων δικαιότατʼ ἂν εἴη καλουμένη.

    AthenianWhen intelligence arises in the soul, in addition to its other qualities, and in the head, in addition to its other parts, sight and hearing. In short, intelligence blended with the finest senses and become one with them would most justly be called the preservation of each creature.

    Cliniasἔοικε γοῦν.

    CliniasIt seems so, at any rate.

    Athenianἔοικε γάρ. ἀλλʼ ὁ περὶ τί νοῦς μετʼ αἰσθήσεων κραθεὶς σωτηρία πλοίων ἔν γε χειμῶσιν καὶ ἐν εὐδίαις γίγνοιτʼ ἄν; ἆρʼ οὐκ ἐν νηὶ κυβερνήτης ἅμα καὶ ναῦται τὰς αἰσθήσεις τῷ κυβερνητικῷ νῷ συγκερασάμενοι σῴζουσιν αὑτούς τε καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν ναῦν;

    AthenianIt does. But what would intelligence, blended with the senses, be concerned with, so as to be the preservation of ships, in storms and in fair weather? Isn’t it that in a ship the helmsman and sailors together, blending their perceptions with the helmsman’s intelligence, preserve both themselves and everything about the ship?

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianοὐδὲν δὴ πολλῶν δεῖ τῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα παραδειγμάτων· ἀλλʼ οἷον περὶ στρατοπέδων νοήσωμεν τίνα θέμενοι στρατηγοὶ σκοπὸν καὶ ἰατρικὴ ὑπηρεσία πᾶσα 962a στοχάζοιτʼ ἂν τῆς σωτηρίας ὀρθῶς. ἆρʼ οὐχ ἡ μὲν νίκην καὶ κράτος πολεμίων, ἡ δὲ ἰατρῶν τε καὶ ὑπηρετῶν ὑγιείας σώματι παρασκευήν;

    AthenianWe don’t need many examples of this sort. But let’s consider, say, in armies, what target generals would set themselves, and what the whole medical service would, 962a if they are to aim correctly at preservation. Isn’t it, for the generals, victory and mastery over the enemy, and for the doctors and their assistants, producing health in the body?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianἰατρὸς δὴ τὸ περὶ σῶμα ἀγνοῶν, ὃ προσείπομεν ὑγίειαν νῦν, ἢ νίκην στρατηγὸς ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα δὴ διήλθομεν, ἔσθʼ ὅπως ἂν νοῦν περί τι τούτων ἂν ἔχων φαίνοιτο;

    AthenianThen if a doctor were ignorant of what concerns the body, what we just called health, or a general of victory, or any of the others we went through of their own aims, could he possibly be seen to have intelligence about any of these things?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianτί δὲ δὴ περὶ πόλιν; εἴ τις τὸν σκοπὸν οἷ βλέπειν δεῖ τὸν πολιτικὸν φαίνοιτο ἀγνοῶν, ἆρα ἄρχων μὲν 962b πρῶτον δικαίως ἂν προσαγορεύοιτο, εἶτα σῴζειν ἂν δυνατὸς εἴη τοῦτο οὗ τὸν σκοπὸν τὸ παράπαν μηδʼ εἰδείη;

    AthenianAnd what about a city? If someone were plainly ignorant of the target the statesman must look to, could he, 962b first, rightly be called a ruler at all? And then, would he be able to preserve a thing whose target he didn’t know in the least?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could he?

    Athenianδεῖ δὴ καὶ τὰ νῦν, ὡς ἔοικεν, εἴπερ μέλλει τέλος ὁ κατοικισμὸς τῆς χώρας ἡμῖν ἕξειν, εἶναί τι τὸ γιγνῶσκον ἐν αὐτῷ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο ὃ λέγομεν, τὸν σκοπόν, ὅστις ποτὲ ὁ πολιτικὸς ὢν ἡμῖν τυγχάνει, ἔπειτα ὅντινα τρόπον δεῖ μετασχεῖν τούτου καὶ τίς αὐτῷ καλῶς ἢ μὴ συμβουλεύει, τῶν νόμων αὐτῶν πρῶτον, ἔπειτα ἀνθρώπων· εἰ δʼ ἔσται 962c τοῦ τοιούτου κενή τις πόλις, οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἄνους οὖσα καὶ ἀναίσθητος εἰ πράξει τὸ προστυχὸν ἑκάστοτε ἐν ἑκάσταις τῶν πράξεων.

    AthenianSo now too, it seems, if our settlement of the territory is to be complete, there must be something in it that knows, first, what we are talking about, the target—whatever our political target happens to be—and next, in what way to attain it, and who gives good advice about it or bad: first among the laws themselves, then among people. If a city 962c is empty of any such thing, it’s no wonder if, lacking intelligence and perception, it acts at random every time, in each of its actions.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s true.

    Athenianνῦν οὖν ἡμῖν ἐν τίνι ποτὲ τῶν τῆς πόλεως μερῶν ἢ ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἔστιν ἱκανὸν κατεσκευασμένον ὁτιοῦν τοιοῦτον φυλακτήριον; ἔχομεν φράζειν;

    AthenianWell then, in which part or institution of our city is any safeguard of this kind adequately provided for? Can we say?

    Cliniasοὐ δῆτα, ὦ ξένε, σαφῶς γε· εἰ δʼ οὖν τοπάζειν δεῖ, δοκεῖ μοι τείνειν ὁ λόγος οὗτος εἰς τὸν σύλλογον ὃν εἶπες νυνδὴ νύκτωρ δεῖν συνιέναι.

    CliniasNot clearly, stranger. But if I must guess, it seems to me this argument is heading toward the council you said just now must meet at night.

    The unity of virtue

    The council’s members must understand how the four virtues are one.

    Athenianκάλλισθʼ ὑπέλαβες, ὦ Κλεινία, καὶ δεῖ δὴ τοῦτον, ὡς ὁ νῦν παρεστηκὼς ἡμῖν λόγος μηνύει, πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔχειν· ἧς ἄρχει τὸ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι πρὸς πολλὰ στοχαζόμενον, ἀλλʼ εἰς ἓν βλέποντα πρὸς τοῦτο ἀεὶ τὰ πάντα οἷον βέλη ἀφιέναι.

    AthenianYou’ve understood perfectly, Clinias. And this council, as our present argument shows, must possess all virtue. The first principle of virtue is not to wander, aiming at many things, but to look to one thing and always shoot everything at it, like arrows.

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianνῦν δὴ μαθησόμεθα ὅτι θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν πλανᾶσθαι τὰ τῶν πόλεων νόμιμα, ὅτι πρὸς ἄλλο ἄλλη βλέπει τῶν νομοθεσιῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἑκάστῃ. καὶ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν τὸ τοῖς μὲν τὸν ὅρον εἶναι τῶν δικαίων 962e ὅπως ἄρξουσί τινες ἐν τῇ πόλει, εἴτʼ οὖν βελτίους εἴτε χείρους τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, τοῖς δʼ, ὅπως πλουτήσουσιν, εἴτʼ οὖν δοῦλοί τινων ὄντες εἴτε καὶ μή, τῶν δʼ ἡ προθυμία πρὸς τὸν ἐλεύθερον δὴ βίον ὡρμημένη· οἱ δὲ καὶ σύνδυο νομοθετοῦνται, πρὸς ἄμφω βλέποντες, ἐλεύθεροί τε ὅπως ἄλλων τε πόλεων ἔσονται δεσπόται, οἱ δὲ σοφώτατοι, ὡς οἴονται, πρὸς ταῦτά τε καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμπαντα, εἰς ἓν δὲ οὐδὲν διαφερόντως τετιμημένον ἔχοντες φράζειν εἰς ὃ τἆλλʼ αὐτοῖς δεῖ βλέπειν.

    AthenianNow we’ll learn that it’s no wonder the customs of cities wander, since in each city different parts of the legislation look to different things. And in most cases it’s no wonder that for some the standard of justice is 962e that certain people should rule in the city, whether they happen to be better or worse; for others, that they should grow rich, whether or not they are anyone’s slaves; while others are eager for the so-called free life. Some legislate with two aims together, looking to both: that they should be free, and masters of other cities as well. And the wisest, as they think, look to these and all such things together, but they cannot name any single thing, held in special honor, that everything else is to look toward.

    Cliniasοὐκοῦν τό γʼ ἡμέτερον, ὦ ξένε, ὀρθῶς ἂν εἴη πάλαι τιθέμενον; πρὸς γὰρ ἓν ἔφαμεν δεῖν ἀεὶ πάνθʼ ἡμῖν τὰ τῶν νόμων βλέποντʼ εἶναι, τοῦτο δʼ ἀρετήν που συνεχωροῦμεν πάνυ ὀρθῶς λέγεσθαι.

    CliniasThen our own position, stranger, would have been laid down correctly long ago, wouldn’t it? We said that everything in our laws must always look to one thing, and we agreed, I think, that it was quite right to call this virtue.

    Athenianναί.

    AthenianYes.

    Cliniasτὴν δέ γε ἀρετὴν τέτταρα ἔθεμέν που.

    CliniasAnd we took virtue to be four things, I think.

    Athenianπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    AthenianCertainly.

    Cliniasνοῦν δέ γε πάντων τούτων ἡγεμόνα, πρὸς ὃν δὴ τά τε ἄλλα πάντα καὶ τούτων τὰ τρία δεῖ βλέπειν.

    CliniasAnd intelligence to be the leader of them all, to which everything else, and the other three of these, must look.

    Athenianκάλλιστʼ ἐπακολουθεῖς, ὦ Κλεινία. καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὴ συνακολούθει. νοῦν γὰρ δὴ κυβερνητικὸν μὲν καὶ ἰατρικὸν 963b καὶ στρατηγικὸν εἴπομεν εἰς τὸ ἓν ἐκεῖνο οἷ δεῖ βλέπειν, τὸν δὲ πολιτικὸν ἐλέγχοντες ἐνταῦθʼ ἐσμὲν νῦν, καὶ καθάπερ ἄνθρωπον ἐπανερωτῶντες εἴποιμεν ἄν· “ὦ θαυμάσιε, σὺ δὲ δὴ ποῖ σκοπεῖς; τί ποτʼ ἐκεῖνό ἐστι τὸ ἕν, ὃ δὴ σαφῶς ὁ μὲν ἰατρικὸς νοῦς ἔχει φράζειν, σὺ δʼ ὢν δὴ διαφέρων, ὡς φαίης ἄν, πάντων τῶν ἐμφρόνων, οὐχ ἕξεις εἰπεῖν;” ἢ σύ γε, Μέγιλλε καὶ Κλεινία, ἔχετον διαρθροῦντες ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ φράζειν πρὸς ἐμὲ τί ποτέ φατε εἶναι τοῦτο, 963c καθάπερ ὑπὲρ ἄλλων ἐγὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς συχνῶν διωριζόμην;

    AthenianYou’re following beautifully, Clinias. Follow the rest along with me too. We said that the intelligence of the helmsman, the doctor 963b and the general looks to that one thing to which each must look; and now we’ve reached the point of examining the statesman’s. Questioning it as though it were a person, we might say: “My remarkable friend, and where are you aiming? What is that one thing? The doctor’s intelligence can state it clearly; will you, who are superior, as you’d claim, to all men of sense, be unable to say?” Or can you two, Megillus and Clinias, spell it out on its behalf and tell me what you say it is, 963c just as I have often given you definitions of other things?

    Cliniasοὐδαμῶς, ὦ ξένε.

    CliniasNot at all, stranger.

    Athenianτί δʼ ὅτι δεῖ προθυμεῖσθαί τε συνιδεῖν αὐτὸ καὶ ἐν οἷς;

    AthenianWell then, what about the need to be eager to see it as a whole, and in which things it is found?

    Cliniasοἷον ἐν τίσι λέγεις;

    CliniasIn which things, for example?

    Athenianοἷον ὅτε τέτταρα ἐφήσαμεν ἀρετῆς εἴδη γεγονέναι, δῆλον ὡς ἓν ἕκαστον ἀνάγκη φάναι, τεττάρων γε ὄντων.

    AthenianFor example, when we said there were four forms of virtue, clearly we must say that each is one, since there are four.

    “Forms” (eidē) here may simply mean “kinds.”

    Cliniasτί μήν;

    CliniasOf course.

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν ἕν γε ἅπαντα ταῦτα προσαγορεύομεν. ἀνδρείαν γάρ φαμεν ἀρετὴν εἶναι, καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν ἀρετήν, 963d καὶ τὰ δύο τἆλλα, ὡς ὄντως ὄντα οὐ πολλὰ ἀλλʼ ἓν τοῦτο μόνον, ἀρετήν.

    AthenianAnd yet we call them all one. We say that courage is virtue, and wisdom is virtue, 963d and the other two as well, as if they were really not many but this one thing only, virtue.

    Cliniasπάνυ μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasCertainly.

    Athenianἧι μὲν τοίνυν διαφέρετον αὐτοῖν τούτω τὼ δύο καὶ δύʼ ὀνόματα ἐλαβέτην καὶ τἆλλα, οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν εἰπεῖν· ᾗ δὲ ἓν ἀμφοῖν ἐπωνομάσαμεν, ἀρετήν, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, οὐκ εὐπετὲς ἔτι.

    AthenianNow how these two differ from each other and have received two names, and the others too, is not hard to say. But how we have given the one name, virtue, to both, and to the others, is no longer so easy.

    Cliniasπῶς λέγεις;

    CliniasWhat do you mean?

    Athenianοὐδὲν χαλεπὸν ὃ λέγω δηλῶσαι. διανειμώμεθα γὰρ ἀλλήλοις τὴν ἐρώτησιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν.

    AthenianWhat I mean isn’t hard to show. Let’s divide the questioning and answering between us.

    Cliniasπῶς αὖ φράζεις;

    CliniasWhat are you proposing now?

    Athenianἐρώτησόν με τί ποτε ἓν προσαγορεύοντες ἀρετὴν ἀμφότερα, δύο πάλιν αὐτὰ προσείπομεν, τὸ μὲν ἀνδρείαν, τὸ δὲ φρόνησιν. ἐρῶ γάρ σοι τὴν αἰτίαν, ὅτι τὸ μέν ἐστιν περὶ φόβον, οὗ καὶ τὰ θηρία μετέχει, τῆς ἀνδρείας, καὶ τά γε τῶν παίδων ἤθη τῶν πάνυ νέων· ἄνευ γὰρ λόγου καὶ φύσει γίγνεται ἀνδρεία ψυχή, ἄνευ δὲ αὖ λόγου ψυχὴ φρόνιμός τε καὶ νοῦν ἔχουσα οὔτʼ ἐγένετο πώποτε οὔτʼ ἔστιν οὐδʼ αὖθίς ποτε γενήσεται, ὡς ὄντος ἑτέρου.

    AthenianAsk me why, although we call both of them by one name, virtue, we then called them two again, courage and wisdom. I’ll tell you the reason: one of them, courage, is concerned with fear; wild animals share in it too, and so do the characters of very young children. For a soul becomes courageous without reason, by nature; but without reason a soul that is wise and has intelligence never came to be, is not, and never will be, since that is a different thing.

    Cliniasἀληθῆ λέγεις.

    CliniasThat’s true.

    Athenianἧι μὲν τοίνυν ἐστὸν διαφόρω καὶ δύο, σὺ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἀπείληφας τῷ λόγῳ· ᾗ δὲ ἓν καὶ ταὐτόν, σὺ πάλιν ἀπόδος ἐμοί. διανοοῦ δὲ ὡς ἐρῶν καὶ ὅπῃ τέτταρα ὄντα ἕν ἐστι, καὶ ἐμὲ δὲ ἀξίου, σοῦ δείξαντος ὡς ἕν, πάλιν ὅπῃ τέτταρα. καὶ δὴ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο σκοπῶμεν τὸν εἰδότα ἱκανῶς περὶ ὡντινωνοῦν οἷς ἔστιν μὲν ὄνομα, ἔστιν δὲ αὖ καὶ λόγος, πότερον μόνον ἐπίστασθαι τοὔνομα χρεών, τὸν δὲ λόγον ἀγνοεῖν, ἢ τόν γε ὄντα τι καὶ περὶ τῶν διαφερόντων 964b μεγέθει τε καὶ κάλλει πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀγνοεῖν αἰσχρόν.

    AthenianYou’ve now received from me in argument how they differ and are two. Now pay me back by saying how they are one and the same. Bear in mind that you’re going to say how, being four, they are one; and then require me, once you’ve shown how they are one, to show again how they are four. And after that, let’s consider whether someone who adequately knows about any things that have a name and also an account should know only the name and be ignorant of the account; or whether, for anyone who is of any worth, it’s shameful to be ignorant of all such things concerning matters outstanding 964b in greatness and beauty.

    Cliniasἔοικεν γοῦν.

    CliniasIt seems so, at any rate.

    Athenianμεῖζον δή τι νομοθέτῃ τε καὶ νομοφύλακι, καὶ ὃς ἀρετῇ πάντων διαφέρειν οἴεται καὶ νικητήρια τούτων αὐτῶν εἴληφεν, ἢ ταῦτα αὐτὰ περὶ ὧν νῦν λέγομεν, ἀνδρεία, σωφροσύνη, δικαιοσύνη, φρόνησις;

    AthenianNow for a lawgiver and guardian of the laws, and for one who thinks he surpasses everyone in virtue and has won prizes for these very things, is there anything more important than the very things we are now discussing: courage, moderation, justice, wisdom?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς;

    CliniasHow could there be?

    Athenianτούτων δὴ πέρι τοὺς ἐξηγητάς, τοὺς διδασκάλους, τοὺς νομοθέτας, τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς φύλακας, τῷ δεομένῳ 964c γνῶναί τε καὶ εἰδέναι, ἢ τῷ δεομένῳ κολάζεσθαί τε καὶ ἐπιπλῆξαι ἁμαρτάνοντι, πότερον οὐ διδάσκοντα ἣν δύναμιν ἔχει κακία τε καὶ ἀρετὴ καὶ πάντως δηλοῦντα, διαφέρειν τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλʼ ἢ ποιητήν τινα ἐλθόντα εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἢ παιδευτὴν νέων φάσκοντʼ εἶναι βελτίω φαίνεσθαι τοῦ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν νενικηκότος; εἶτα ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ πόλει ὅπου μὴ λόγῳ ἔργῳ τε ἱκανοὶ φύλακες εἶεν, ἀρετῆς πέρι γιγνώσκοντες ἱκανῶς, θαυμαστόν τι ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἀφύλακτον οὖσαν πάσχειν 964d ἃ πολλαὶ πάσχουσι τῶν νῦν πόλεων;

    AthenianThen on these matters, should the interpreters, the teachers, the lawgivers, the guardians of everyone else, when dealing with someone who needs 964c to learn and know, or someone who does wrong and needs to be punished and rebuked—should they not surpass everyone else in teaching what power vice and virtue have, and in making it wholly clear? Or should some poet who comes into the city, or someone who claims to be an educator of the young, seem better than the one who has won the prize for all virtue? And then, in a city like that, where there are no guardians competent in word and deed, with adequate knowledge about virtue, would it be any wonder if this city, being unguarded, suffered 964d what many cities of today suffer?

    Cliniasοὐδέν γε, ὡς εἰκός.

    CliniasNo wonder at all, it seems likely.

    Athenianτί οὖν; ὃ λέγομεν νῦν ποιητέον ἡμῖν, ἢ πῶς; τοὺς φύλακας ἀκριβεστέρους τῶν πολλῶν περὶ ἀρετῆς ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ κατασκευαστέον; ἢ τίνα τρόπον τῇ τῶν ἐμφρόνων κεφαλῇ τε καὶ αἰσθήσεσιν ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡμῖν ἡ πόλις, ὡς τοιαύτην τινὰ φυλακὴν κεκτημένη ἐν αὑτῇ;

    AthenianWell then? Must we do what we are now saying, or what? Must we make our guardians more exact than the many about virtue, in deed and in word? Otherwise, how will our city resemble the head and senses of wise people, as one that possesses some such safeguard within itself?

    Cliniasπῶς οὖν δὴ καὶ τίνα τρόπον, ὦ ξένε, ἀπεικάζοντες αὐτὸ τοιούτῳ τινὶ λέγομεν;

    CliniasWhat do you mean, stranger, and in what way are we comparing it to something like that?

    Athenianδῆλον ὡς αὐτῆς μὲν τῆς πόλεως οὔσης τοῦ κύτους, τῶν δὲ φυλάκων τοὺς μὲν νέους οἷον ἐν ἄκρᾳ κορυφῇ, ἀπειλεγμένους τοὺς εὐφυεστάτους, ὀξύτητας ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ψυχῇ ἔχοντας, περὶ ὅλην κύκλῳ τὴν πόλιν ὁρᾶν, φρουροῦντας δὲ παραδιδόναι μὲν τὰς αἰσθήσεις ταῖς μνήμαις, τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις δὲ ἐξαγγέλους γίγνεσθαι πάντων τῶν κατὰ πόλιν, 965a τοὺς δὲ νῷ ἀπῃκασμένους τῷ πολλὰ καὶ ἄξια λόγου διαφερόντως φρονεῖν, τοὺς γέροντας, βουλεύεσθαι, καὶ ὑπηρέταις χρωμένους μετὰ συμβουλίας τοῖς νέοις, οὕτω δὴ κοινῇ σῴζειν ἀμφοτέρους ὄντως τὴν πόλιν ὅλην. πότερον οὕτω λέγομεν ἤ πως ἄλλως δεῖν κατασκευάζεσθαι; μῶν ὁμοίους πάντας κεκτημένους καὶ μὴ διηκριβωμένους ἔστιν οὓς τραφέντας τε καὶ πεπαιδευμένους;

    AthenianClearly, with the city itself as the trunk. Of the guardians, the young, selected as the most gifted by nature, with sharpness in every part of their souls, are placed as it were at the very top of the head and look out over the whole city all around; as they keep watch they hand over their perceptions to their memories and act as messengers to their elders of everything that goes on in the city. 965a The old, likened to intelligence because they are outstandingly wise about many things worth mentioning, deliberate, and use the young as their assistants, together with their counsel. In this way the two groups together really do preserve the whole city. Is this how we say it must be organized, or in some other way? Surely not with all of them alike, and none given a specially exact upbringing and education?

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ θαυμάσιε, ἀδύνατον.

    CliniasNo, my remarkable friend, that’s impossible.

    Athenianἰτέον ἄρα ἐπί τινα ἀκριβεστέραν παιδείαν τῆς ἔμπροσθεν.

    AthenianThen we must go on to an education more exact than the earlier one.

    Cliniasἴσως.

    CliniasPerhaps.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ἧς δὴ νῦν σχεδὸν ἐφηψάμεθα, τυγχάνοι ἂν οὖσα ἧς χρείαν ἔχομεν αὕτη;

    AthenianWell, would the one we just touched on turn out to be the one we need?

    Cliniasπαντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

    CliniasAbsolutely.

    Athenianοὐκοῦν ἐλέγομεν τόν γε πρὸς ἕκαστα ἄκρον δημιουργόν τε καὶ φύλακα μὴ μόνον δεῖν πρὸς τὰ πολλὰ βλέπειν δυνατὸν εἶναι, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἓν ἐπείγεσθαι γνῶναί τε, καὶ γνόντα πρὸς ἐκεῖνο συντάξασθαι πάντα συνορῶντα;

    AthenianDidn’t we say that the supreme craftsman and guardian in any field must not only be able to look to the many things, but must press on to know the one, and, knowing it, organize everything in relation to it, taking it all in at a glance?

    Cliniasὀρθῶς.

    CliniasRight.

    Athenianἆρʼ οὖν ἀκριβεστέρα σκέψις θέα τε ἂν περὶ ὁτουοῦν ὁτῳοῦν γίγνοιτο ἢ τὸ πρὸς μίαν ἰδέαν ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἀνομοίων δυνατὸν εἶναι βλέπειν;

    AthenianCould there be a more exact way of examining and viewing anything at all than being able to look from the many dissimilar things to one form?

    Cliniasἴσως.

    CliniasPerhaps.

    Athenianοὐκ ἴσως, ἀλλʼ ὄντως, ὦ δαιμόνιε, ταύτης οὐκ ἔστιν σαφεστέρα μέθοδος ἀνθρώπων οὐδενί.

    AthenianNot “perhaps,” my good friend, but really: there is no clearer method than this for any human being.

    Cliniasσοὶ πιστεύων, ὦ ξένε, συγχωρῶ δή, καὶ ταύτῃ πορευώμεθα λέγοντες.

    CliniasI trust you, stranger, and I agree; let’s proceed along this line in our discussion.

    Athenianἀναγκαστέον ἄρʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, καὶ τοὺς τῆς θείας πολιτείας ἡμῖν φύλακας ἀκριβῶς ἰδεῖν πρῶτον τί ποτε διὰ 965d πάντων τῶν τεττάρων ταὐτὸν τυγχάνει, ὃ δή φαμεν ἔν τε ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἐν φρονήσει ἓν ὄν, ἀρετὴν ἑνὶ δικαίως ἂν ὀνόματι προσαγορεύεσθαι. τοῦτο, ὦ φίλοι, εἰ μὲν βουλόμεθα, τὰ νῦν οἷόνπερ σφόδρα πιέσαντες μὴ ἀνῶμεν, πρὶν ἂν ἱκανῶς εἴπωμεν τί ποτʼ ἔστιν εἰς ὃ βλεπτέον, εἴτε ὡς ἓν εἴτε ὡς ὅλον εἴτε ἀμφότερα εἴτε ὅπως ποτὲ πέφυκεν· ἢ τούτου διαφυγόντος ἡμᾶς, οἰόμεθά ποτε 965e ἡμῖν ἱκανῶς ἕξειν τὰ πρὸς ἀρετήν, περὶ ἧς οὔτʼ εἰ πολλά ἐστʼ οὔτʼ εἰ τέτταρα οὔθʼ ὡς ἓν δυνατοὶ φράζειν ἐσόμεθα;

    AthenianThen it seems we must compel the guardians of our divine constitution too to see exactly, first of all, what it is that is the same throughout 965d all four, which we say is one in courage, moderation, justice and wisdom, and so is justly called by one name, virtue. If we like, my friends, let’s get a firm grip on this now and not let go until we have said adequately what it is that we must look to, whether as one, or as a whole, or both, or however it is by nature. Or, if this escapes us, do we think we will ever 965e be adequately equipped for virtue, when we won’t be able to say whether it is many, or four, or one?

    οὔκουν ἐάν γε ἡμῖν συμβούλοις πειθώμεθα, ἄλλως δέ πως μηχανησόμεθα ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐγγεγονέναι τοῦθʼ ἡμῖν· εἰ δʼ ἄρα τὸ παράπαν δοκεῖ ἐᾶν, ὁρᾶν δὴ χρεών.

    No, not if we take our own advice: we will contrive somehow or other to have this come about in our city. But if you think we should let it drop altogether, we must consider that.

    Cliniasἥκιστα, νὴ τὸν ξένιον, ὦ ξένε, θεόν, ἐατέον που τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ δοκεῖς ἡμῖν ὀρθότατα λέγειν. ἀλλὰ δὴ πῶς τις τοῦτʼ ἂν μηχανῷτο;

    CliniasBy the god of strangers, stranger, we must certainly not let such a thing drop, since you seem to us to be quite right. But how could one contrive it?

    Athenianμήπω τὸ πῶς ἂν μηχανησαίμεθα λέγωμεν· εἰ δεῖ δὲ ἢ μή, πρῶτον βεβαιωσώμεθα τῇ συνομολογίᾳ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς.

    AthenianLet’s not say yet how we could contrive it. First let’s settle, by agreeing among ourselves, whether it must be done or not.

    Cliniasἀλλὰ μὴν δεῖ γε, εἴπερ δυνατόν.

    CliniasWell, it certainly must, if it’s possible.

    Athenianτί δὲ δή; περὶ καλοῦ τε καὶ ἀγαθοῦ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο διανοούμεθα; ὡς πόλλʼ ἔστιν μόνον ἕκαστον τούτων τοὺς φύλακας ἡμῖν γνωστέον, ἢ καὶ ὅπως ἕν τε καὶ ὅπῃ;

    AthenianWell then, do we think the same about the fine and the good? Must our guardians know only that each of these is many, or also how and in what way it is one?

    Cliniasσχεδὸν ἔοικʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δεῖν καὶ ὅπως ἓν διανοεῖσθαι.

    CliniasIt seems almost unavoidable that they must also understand how it is one.

    Athenianτί δʼ, ἐννοεῖν μέν, τὴν δὲ ἔνδειξιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀδυνατεῖν ἐνδείκνυσθαι;

    AthenianAnd what if they understand it, but can’t demonstrate it in words?

    Cliniasκαὶ πῶς; ἀνδραπόδου γάρ τινα σὺ λέγεις ἕξιν.

    CliniasHow could that do? That’s the condition of a slave you’re describing.

    Athenianτί δέ; περὶ πάντων τῶν σπουδαίων ἆρʼ ἡμῖν αὑτὸς λόγος, ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ὄντως φύλακας ἐσομένους τῶν νόμων ὄντως εἰδέναι τὰ περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτῶν, καὶ λόγῳ τε ἱκανοὺς ἑρμηνεύειν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις συνακολουθεῖν, κρίνοντας τά τε καλῶς γιγνόμενα καὶ τὰ μὴ κατὰ φύσιν;

    AthenianWell then, does the same account hold for us about all serious matters: that those who are to be real guardians of the laws must really know the truth about them, and must be able to express it adequately in speech and follow it in action, judging what is done well and what is not in accordance with nature?

    Cliniasπῶς γὰρ οὔ;

    CliniasOf course.

    Knowing the gods

    Guardians must grasp the priority of soul and the order of the stars, the grounds of belief.

    Athenianμῶν οὖν οὐχ ἓν τῶν καλλίστων ἐστὶν τὸ περὶ τοὺς θεούς, ὃ δὴ σπουδῇ διεπερανάμεθα, ὡς εἰσίν τε καὶ ὅσης φαίνονται κύριοι δυνάμεως, εἰδέναι τε εἰς ὅσον δυνατόν ἐστιν ταῦτʼ ἄνθρωπον γιγνώσκειν, καὶ τοῖς μὲν πλείστοις τῶν κατὰ πόλιν συγγιγνώσκειν τῇ φήμῃ μόνον τῶν νόμων συνακολουθοῦσιν, τοῖς δὲ φυλακῆς μεθέξουσιν μηδὲ ἐπιτρέπειν, ὃς ἂν μὴ διαπονήσηται τὸ πᾶσαν πίστιν λαβεῖν τῶν οὐσῶν περὶ θεῶν; τὴν δὲ μὴ ἐπιτροπὴν εἶναι τὸ μηδέποτε 966d τῶν νομοφυλάκων αἱρεῖσθαι τὸν μὴ θεῖον καὶ διαπεπονηκότα πρὸς αὐτά, μηδʼ αὖ τῶν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἔγκριτον γίγνεσθαι;

    AthenianNow isn’t one of the finest things the subject of the gods, which we went through so earnestly: to know that they exist and how great a power they evidently wield, as far as a human being can know these things? And while we pardon most people in the city if they merely follow the voice of the laws, we should entrust nothing to those who are to share in the guardianship unless they have labored to acquire every proof there is about the gods. And this refusal to entrust would mean never 966d choosing as a guardian of the laws, or admitting among those distinguished for virtue, anyone who is not divine and has not labored over these things.

    Cliniasδίκαιον γοῦν, ὡς λέγεις, τὸν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀργὸν ἢ ἀδύνατον ἀποκρίνεσθαι πόρρω τῶν καλῶν.

    CliniasIt’s only just, as you say, that anyone who is lazy or incapable in such matters should be kept far away from what is fine.

    Athenianἆρα οὖν ἴσμεν ὅτι δύʼ ἐστὸν τὼ περὶ θεῶν ἄγοντε εἰς πίστιν, ὅσα διήλθομεν ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν;

    AthenianDo we know, then, that of the things we went through earlier, there are two that lead to belief about the gods?

    Cliniasποῖα;

    CliniasWhich?

    Athenianἓν μὲν ὃ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐλέγομεν, ὡς πρεσβύτατόν 966e τε καὶ θειότατόν ἐστιν πάντων ὧν κίνησις γένεσιν παραλαβοῦσα ἀέναον οὐσίαν ἐπόρισεν· ἓν δὲ τὸ περὶ τὴν φοράν, ὡς ἔχει τάξεως, ἄστρων τε καὶ ὅσων ἄλλων ἐγκρατὴς νοῦς ἐστιν τὸ πᾶν διακεκοσμηκώς. ὁ γὰρ ἰδὼν ταῦτα μὴ φαύλως μηδʼ ἰδιωτικῶς, οὐδεὶς οὕτως ἄθεος ἀνθρώπων ποτὲ πέφυκεν, ὃς οὐ τοὐναντίον ἔπαθεν ἢ τὸ προσδοκώμενον ὑπὸ 967a τῶν πολλῶν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ διανοοῦνται τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα μεταχειρισαμένους ἀστρονομίᾳ τε καὶ ταῖς μετὰ ταύτης ἀναγκαίαις ἄλλαις τέχναις ἀθέους γίγνεσθαι, καθεωρακότας ὡς οἷόν τε γιγνόμενα ἀνάγκαις πράγματʼ ἀλλʼ οὐ διανοίαις βουλήσεως ἀγαθῶν πέρι τελουμένων.

    AthenianOne is what we said about the soul: that it is the oldest 966e and most divine of all the things to which motion, taking on birth, has given ever-flowing existence. The other concerns the orderly motion of the stars and of everything else under the control of the intelligence that has ordered the universe. For no human being who has viewed these things neither carelessly nor like a layman has ever been so godless by nature as not to be affected in the opposite way from what the many 967a expect. They think that those who deal with such matters through astronomy and the other arts necessarily linked with it become godless, having seen, as they suppose, that things happen by necessity and not through the thought of a will aiming at the fulfillment of good things.

    Cliniasτὸ δὲ δὴ πῶς ἔχον ἂν εἴη;

    CliniasAnd what would the real situation be?

    Athenianπᾶν, ὅπερ εἶπον, τοὐναντίον ἔχει νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε ἄψυχα αὐτὰ οἱ διανοούμενοι διενοοῦντο. θαύματα μὲν οὖν 967b καὶ τότε ὑπεδύετο περὶ αὐτά, καὶ ὑπωπτεύετο τὸ νῦν ὄντως δεδογμένον, ὅσοι τῆς ἀκριβείας αὐτῶν ἥπτοντο, ὅπως μήποτʼ ἂν ἄψυχα ὄντα οὕτως εἰς ἀκρίβειαν θαυμαστοῖς λογισμοῖς ἂν ἐχρῆτο, νοῦν μὴ κεκτημένα· καί τινες ἐτόλμων τοῦτό γε αὐτὸ παρακινδυνεύειν καὶ τότε, λέγοντες ὡς νοῦς εἴη ὁ διακεκοσμηκὼς πάνθʼ ὅσα κατʼ οὐρανόν. οἱ δὲ αὐτοὶ πάλιν ἁμαρτάνοντες ψυχῆς φύσεως ὅτι πρεσβύτερον εἴη σωμάτων, 967c διανοηθέντες δὲ ὡς νεώτερον, ἅπανθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἔπος ἀνέτρεψαν πάλιν, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον· τὸ γὰρ δὴ πρὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων, πάντα αὐτοῖς ἐφάνη, τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν φερόμενα, μεστὰ εἶναι λίθων καὶ γῆς καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων ἀψύχων σωμάτων διανεμόντων τὰς αἰτίας παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου.

    AthenianAs I said, the situation now is the complete opposite of what it was when those who thought about the heavenly bodies thought them soulless. Even then wonder 967b crept in about them, and those who went into their precise workings suspected what is now truly accepted: that if they were soulless and had no intelligence, they could never use such wonderful calculations with such precision. And some even then dared to venture this very claim, that it was intelligence that had ordered everything in the heavens. But these same people, going wrong again about the nature of soul, that it is older than bodies, 967c and thinking it younger, overturned everything again, so to speak, and themselves much more so. For everything before their eyes, all that moves in the heavens, seemed to them to be full of stones and earth and many other soulless bodies, which dispensed the causes of the whole cosmos.

    Chiefly Anaxagoras, who made intelligence (nous) the orderer of the cosmos.

    ταῦτʼ ἦν τὰ τότε ἐξειργασμένα πολλὰς ἀθεότητας καὶ δυσχερείας τῶν τοιούτων ἅπτεσθαι, καὶ δὴ καὶ λοιδορήσεις γε ἐπῆλθον ποιηταῖς, τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας κυσὶ ματαίαις ἀπεικάζοντας 967d χρωμέναισιν ὑλακαῖς, ἄλλα τε αὖ ἀνόητʼ εἰπεῖν· νῦν δέ, ὅπερ εἴρηται, πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἔχει.

    These were the views that at that time produced much godlessness and made such studies distasteful; and in particular the poets came out with abuse, likening philosophers to dogs 967d barking in vain, and saying other foolish things besides. But now, as I said, the situation is the complete opposite.

    Cliniasπῶς;

    CliniasHow so?

    Athenianοὐκ ἔστιν ποτὲ γενέσθαι βεβαίως θεοσεβῆ θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδένα, ὃς ἂν μὴ τὰ λεγόμενα ταῦτα νῦν δύο λάβῃ, ψυχή τε ὡς ἔστιν πρεσβύτατον ἁπάντων ὅσα γονῆς μετείληφεν, ἀθάνατόν τε, ἄρχει τε δὴ σωμάτων πάντων, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοισι δή, τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον πολλάκις, τόν τε εἰρημένον 967e ἐν τοῖς ἄστροις νοῦν τῶν ὄντων τά τε πρὸ τούτων ἀναγκαῖα μαθήματα λάβῃ, τά τε κατὰ τὴν μοῦσαν τούτοις τῆς κοινωνίας συνθεασάμενος, χρήσηται πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπιτηδεύματα καὶ νόμιμα συναρμοττόντως, ὅσα τε λόγον ἔχει, τούτων δυνατὸς 968a ᾖ δοῦναι τὸν λόγον· ὁ δὲ μὴ ταῦθʼ οἷός τʼ ὢν πρὸς ταῖς δημοσίαις ἀρεταῖς κεκτῆσθαι σχεδὸν ἄρχων μὲν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ἱκανὸς ὅλης πόλεως, ὑπηρέτης δʼ ἂν ἄλλοις ἄρχουσιν.

    AthenianNo mortal can ever become firmly reverent toward the gods unless he grasps the two things now being stated: that soul is the oldest of all things that have had birth, and is immortal, and rules over all bodies; and, besides, as has now been said many times, the intelligence of the things that are, which we said is 967e in the stars. He must also learn the studies that necessarily come before these, and, having seen what they have in common with the art of the Muses, apply them harmoniously to the practices and customs of character; and he must be able, for whatever has an account, 968a to give the account. Someone unable to acquire these things in addition to the ordinary civic virtues would hardly ever be an adequate ruler of a whole city, but rather an assistant to other rulers.

    ὁρᾶν δὴ χρεὼν νῦν, ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, ἤδη πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις νόμοις ἅπασιν ὅσους διεληλύθαμεν εἰ καὶ τοῦτον προσοίσομεν, ὡς φυλακὴν ἐσόμενον κατὰ νόμον χάριν σωτηρίας τὸν τῶν ἀρχόντων νυκτερινὸν σύλλογον, 968b παιδείας ὁπόσης διεληλύθαμεν κοινωνὸν γενόμενον· ἢ πῶς ποιῶμεν;

    So now, Clinias and Megillus, we must consider whether, to all the laws we have gone through, we will add this one too: that the Nocturnal Council of officials, 968b having shared in all the education we have described, is to be a guard established by law for the sake of preservation. Or what shall we do?

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ λῷστε, πῶς οὐ προσοίσομεν, ἄν πῃ καὶ κατὰ βραχὺ δυνηθῶμεν;

    CliniasMy good friend, how could we not add it, if we can manage it even to a small degree?

    Athenianκαὶ μὴν πρός γε τὸ τοιοῦτον ἁμιλληθῶμεν πάντες. συλλήπτωρ γὰρ τούτου γε ὑμῖν καὶ ἐγὼ γιγνοίμην ἂν προθύμως—πρὸς δʼ ἐμοὶ καὶ ἑτέρους ἴσως εὑρήσω—διὰ τὴν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἐμπειρίαν τε καὶ σκέψιν γεγονυῖάν μοι καὶ μάλα συχνήν.

    AthenianThen let’s all strive toward such a goal. I too would gladly help you in this—and perhaps I’ll find others besides me—because of my experience and study of such matters, which has been very considerable.

    Cliniasἀλλʼ, ὦ ξένε, παντὸς μὲν μᾶλλον ταύτῃ πορευτέον ᾗπερ καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς σχεδὸν ἄγει· τίς δὲ ὁ τρόπος ἡμῖν 968c γιγνόμενος ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, τοῦτο δὴ τὰ νῦν λέγωμέν τε καὶ ἐρευνῶμεν.

    CliniasWell, stranger, we must by all means go along the path on which the god himself seems to be leading us. But how it could 968c be done correctly—that is what we should now discuss and investigate.

    Athenianοὐκέτι νόμους, ὦ Μέγιλλε καὶ Κλεινία, περὶ τῶν τοιούτων δυνατόν ἐστιν νομοθετεῖν, πρὶν ἂν κοσμηθῇ—τότε δὲ κυρίους ὧν αὐτοὺς δεῖ γίγνεσθαι νομοθετεῖν—ἀλλὰ ἤδη τὸ τὰ τοιαῦτα κατασκευάζον διδαχὴ μετὰ συνουσίας πολλῆς γίγνοιτʼ ἄν, εἰ γίγνοιτο ὀρθῶς.

    AthenianIt isn’t possible any longer, Megillus and Clinias, to lay down laws on such matters before the council has been organized—then is the time to legislate what its members are to have authority over. At this stage, what would set these things up would be teaching, with much time spent together, if it is to be done correctly.

    Cliniasπῶς; τί τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι φῶμεν αὖ;

    CliniasHow so? What should we take this remark to mean?

    Athenianπρῶτον μὲν δήπου καταλεκτέος ἂν εἴη κατάλογος 968d τῶν ὅσοι ἐπιτήδειοι πρὸς τὴν τῆς φυλακῆς φύσιν ἂν εἶεν ἡλικίαις τε καὶ μαθημάτων δυνάμεσιν καὶ τρόπων ἤθεσιν καὶ ἔθεσιν· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἃ δεῖ μανθάνειν οὔτε εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον οὔτε ηὑρηκότος ἄλλου μαθητὴν γενέσθαι. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ χρόνους, οὕς τε καὶ ἐν οἷς δεῖ παραλαμβάνειν ἕκαστα, μάταιον ταῦτʼ ἐν γράμμασιν λέγειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτοῖς τοῖς μανθάνουσι 968e δῆλα γίγνοιτʼ ἂν ὅτι πρὸς καιρὸν μανθάνεται, πρὶν ἐντὸς τῆς ψυχῆς ἑκάστῳ που μαθήματος ἐπιστήμην γεγονέναι. οὕτω δὴ πάντα τὰ περὶ ταῦτα ἀπόρρητα μὲν λεχθέντα οὐκ ἂν ὀρθῶς λέγοιτο, ἀπρόρρητα δὲ διὰ τὸ μηδὲν προρρηθέντα δηλοῦν τῶν λεγομένων.

    AthenianFirst, surely, a list would have to be drawn up 968d of those who would be suited to the nature of guardianship by age, capacity for learning, character and habits. After that, what they must learn is neither easy to discover nor easy to learn from someone else who has discovered it. And besides, as to the times—when and for how long each subject should be taken up—it would be pointless to state these in writing; for not even to the learners themselves 968e would it be clear what is being learned at the right time until knowledge of the subject has come to be within the soul of each of them. So it wouldn’t be right to call everything about these matters secret; rather, it cannot be told in advance, because telling it in advance makes nothing of what is said clear.

    Cliniasτί οὖν δὴ ποιητέον ἐχόντων τούτων οὕτως, ὦ ξένε;

    CliniasThen what must we do, stranger, since this is how things stand?

    Athenianτὸ λεγόμενον, ὦ φίλοι, ἐν κοινῷ καὶ μέσῳ ἔοικεν ἡμῖν κεῖσθαι, καὶ εἴπερ κινδυνεύειν περὶ τῆς πολιτείας ἐθέλομεν συμπάσης, ἢ τρὶς ἕξ, φασίν, ἢ τρεῖς κύβους βάλλοντες, 969a ταῦτα ποιητέον, ἐγὼ δʼ ὑμῖν συγκινδυνεύσω τῷ φράζειν τε καὶ ἐξηγεῖσθαι τά γε δεδογμένα ἐμοὶ περὶ τῆς παιδείας τε καὶ τροφῆς τῆς νῦν αὖ κεκινημένης τοῖς λόγοις· τὸ μέντοι κινδύνευμα οὐ σμικρὸν οὐδʼ ἑτέροις τισὶν προσφερὲς ἂν εἴη. σοὶ δὴ τοῦτό γε, ὦ Κλεινία, μέλειν παρακελεύομαι· σὺ γὰρ τὴν Μαγνήτων πόλιν, ἢ ᾧ ἂν θεὸς ἐπώνυμον αὐτὴν ποιήσῃ, κλέος ἀρῇ μέγιστον κατασκευάσας αὐτὴν ὀρθῶς, ἢ τό γε ἀνδρειότατος 969b εἶναι δοκεῖν τῶν ὕστερον ἐπιγιγνομένων οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ ποτέ.

    AthenianAs the saying goes, my friends, the prize seems to lie there in the middle for all of us; and if we are willing to stake the whole constitution, throwing, as they say, either three sixes or three ones, 969a then that is what we must do. I will share the risk with you by stating and explaining my views about the education and upbringing that our discussion has now set in motion once again. The risk, though, would be no small one, and not comparable to any other. This, Clinias, I urge you to take care of. For you will win the greatest glory for the city of the Magnesians, or whatever name the god gives it, if you set it up correctly; or at any rate you will never escape being thought the most courageous 969b of all who come after.

    Three sixes or three ones was the best or worst throw with three dice, that is, all or nothing.

    ἐάν γε μὴν οὗτος ἡμῖν ὁ θεῖος γένηται σύλλογος, ὦ φίλοι ἑταῖροι, παραδοτέον τούτῳ τὴν πόλιν, ἀμφισβήτησίς τε οὐκ ἔστʼ οὐδεμία οὐδενὶ τῶν νῦν παρὰ ταῦθʼ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν νομοθετῶν, ὄντως δὲ ἔσται σχεδὸν ὕπαρ ἀποτετελεσμένον οὗ σμικρῷ πρόσθεν ὀνείρατος ὣς τῷ λόγῳ ἐφηψάμεθα, κεφαλῆς νοῦ τε κοινωνίας εἰκόνα τινά πως συμμείξαντες, ἐὰν ἄρα ἡμῖν οἵ τε ἄνδρες ἀκριβῶς ἐκλεχθῶσι, παιδευθῶσί τε 969c προσηκόντως, παιδευθέντες τε ἐν ἀκροπόλει τῆς χώρας κατοικήσαντες, φύλακες ἀποτελεσθῶσιν οἵους ἡμεῖς οὐκ εἴδομεν ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν βίῳ πρὸς ἀρετὴν σωτηρίας γενομένους.

    If this divine council comes into being for us, my dear friends, the city must be handed over to it; and virtually none of today’s lawgivers would dispute this. Then what we touched on in our argument a little earlier, as in a dream, will really be almost fulfilled as a waking reality, when we sketched a sort of image of how head and intelligence are joined together—if, that is, the men are carefully selected, properly 969c educated, and, once educated, settled in the citadel of the land, and become guardians such as we have never before seen in our lives for excellence in preserving.

    Megillusὦ φίλε Κλεινία, ἐκ τῶν νῦν ἡμῖν εἰρημένων ἁπάντων ἢ τὴν πόλιν ἐατέον τῆς κατοικίσεως ἢ τὸν ξένον τόνδε οὐκ ἀφετέον, ἀλλὰ δεήσεσιν καὶ μηχαναῖς πάσαις κοινωνὸν ποιητέον ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς πόλεως κατοίκισιν.

    MegillusMy dear Clinias, from everything we’ve now said, either we must give up founding the city, or we must not let this stranger go, but by entreaties and every means we can contrive make him our partner in founding it.

    Cliniasἀληθέστατα λέγεις, ὦ Μέγιλλε, καὶ ἐγὼ ποιήσω ταῦθʼ οὕτως καὶ σὺ συλλάμβανε.

    CliniasYou’re absolutely right, Megillus. I’ll do just that, and you help me.

    Megillusσυλλήψομαι.

    MegillusI will.